Betting Systems Compilation

BETTING SYSTEMS COMPILATION
BY XPERTBET
2 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
Yankee Gold
The Yankee Gold is a very simple plan but it can win a lot of money from horse racing. A notebook and your normal daily paper are required. Make a note of the trainer that wins each race (when using the system for the first time it is best to start on Monday). When you find a trainer that has two winners in one day or two winners in two days (days must be consecutive i.e. Monday/Tuesday or Wednesday/Thursday etc) that is the system trainer and you back his next three runners only. Providing they comply with the following conditions. 1. Must have won a race in the current season. 2. If in a handicap there must not be more than 12 runners. 3. If in a non-handicap there must not be more than 15 runnners. 4. Do not bet in Selling races. 5. Do not bet in any race with less than 4 runners and don't bet if the system selection is quoted at odds-on in your paper. In handicaps don't bet on horses carrying a penalty larger than 3lbs. NOTE: System Banker Bets are horses that comply with the above rules and that were either 1st or 2nd last time out and are quoted favourite in your paper's betting forecast. STAKE: Level stakes, or back the three horses using 1,2,3 points stop-at-a-winner. Back each horse to win you a fixed sum plus previous losing stake.
ALL WEATHER BANKER

Rules of system 1 - For All Weather racing only. 2 - Handicaps only. 3 - Horse must be in first three of betting forecast (preferably using the Racing Post). 4 - Horse must have been placed on at least one of its last two runs. 5 - Horse must be amongst top three weights. 6 - Must be a course and distance winner.
Amazing Secret System

The system is quite simple. As you glance through your paper looking for any horses with the form figures 111 or 1 and 2 in their last three races make a note of any race with two qualifiers only. You then back both horses in that race at level stakes. Thats the system pure and simple. Believe me you get some nice priced winners. For example at Cheltenham 1994 there were three races that qualified and they produced two winners at 16/1 and 4/1. Stakes 60 points, returns 220 points. Not bad. I suggest that where the shortest priced qualifier is quoted less than 2/1 you place the full stake on the other qualifier, it will almost certainly increase your returns. 10 points on each qualifier, if one less than 2/1 in betting place full 20 points on other qualifier
Channel 4 Yankee Dandy

This system is what the name of it suggests. It can be operated any day that Channel 4 covers four races on the television. The reason we use only days when Channel 4 covers four races on the television is that the object of the system is to have a Lucky 15. We therefore have 4 singles, 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 accumulator on the television races. You will know from previous days that the television races are the hardest races to pick the winner. I agree with you, so this system relies on a gentleman who is paid a lot of money to just tip a horse in each of the television races. So to find the four horses for your Lucky 15, you use the horses that the tipster in your daily newspaper expects to win. I think I can hear you laughing at this system, that is up to you. All I can say is that you will be amazed at how many times he selects the winner in three of the four races, giving you a fantastic profit to your Lucky 15. Because of the sort of racing now covered by television, just two winners will give a profit.
Claiming Stakes Plan

As the title of the plan suggests, we are backing horses runing in claiming stakes only. The newspaper required to operate this system is the Daily Mirror. Any system horse will be found in seconds and should be backed to win. To find if we have a system horse just follow these very simple rules:1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Look for all the Claiming Stakes races Look at the forecast favourite horse Look to see if this horse is either Strongly Fancied (SF) of Fancied (F) No bet if forecast odds-on Fancied (F) horses must be forecast shorter than 3/1
If a horse fits these 5 rules then it is a system horse. Yes, it is incredibly simple, but the beauty of it is that it works. Any system worth following must produce a good level stake profit over a period of time and this certainly does. For the last 21 months it has given 16 winning months and 5 losing - a level stake profit of +77 IMPORTANT NOTE: Do not back in maiden Claiming races with the words "Claiming Stakes" in the title. This is an exceptionally simple plan, but very, very effective.
COLIN DAVEY METHOD

In an effort to save gullible people a lot of money here is the Colin Davey Method for which he charges 96 per month and gives the tips out on a premium rate phone number (that's when there is a tip). This information was originally posted by Bob on the Sham Tipster board on 26.9.00 and I reproduce it word for word. The "Method" is summarised in twelve "rules" as follows: 10 runners or less; top trainer and jockey; first 5 in betting; class C and above races only; ability (on VDW basis) 40+ and 20 points clear; must have won most valuable race from among those in race under consideration; must be among three horses in race whose last races were the highest class ratings (again VDW basis); selection must be distance winner or have run over distance on last run; selection must not carry more than 10lb above weight carried last run; selection should not have been beaten by more than 5l on last run; selection should be running within 28 days of last run; all selections identified by the above 11 to be backed.
The "Method" comprises nine pages in addition to the summarry, which give (mainly) useful guidance on what each of the rules means. Useful for those unfamiliar with the VDW approach, but otherwise the rules are clear even as summarised above.
So thats it folks the fantastic system that allegedly produces 80% strike rate at average odds of 5/2 (if you believe that then you will believe anything). For those of you unfamiliar with VDW see the information on this site under the Van Der Wheil Method on the home page.
FACTOR 4 AMENDED Must be top rated by Postmark, Must be forecast favourite in the Racing Post, Must be running within 4 days of last race, Must have been 1st 2nd or 3rd in that race COURSE AND DISTANCE Not 2 year olds, Maidens, or Handicaps any sole Course and Distance winner in races of less than 10K and in first four in the Racing Post
Cracking The Placepot

INTRODUCTION The Placepot is without doubt the best value bet in gambling. Just a 1.00 bet can return dividends in excess of several hundred pounds! To win the placepot you have to select a horse to be placed in each of the first six races at a meeting. As well as being great value it is an excellent "fun" bet as it gives you an interest in a large number of races for just a small investment. Placepots are run by the Tote, but most high street bookmakers will now accept placepot bets. Whether you bet most days or just on Saturdays, a Placepot bet is a smart investment to make! Obviously finding a horse to place in six consecutive races is not easy. However this publication "Cracking The Placepot" with a new, updated version is a real winner. It really works! Using it will help you to win the Placepot dividends with great regularity, you are virtually guarantted a win every week. Not all placepot are in the 500+ region (although from time to time returns can be in four figures!), but compared with other tyes of race betting the "level-stakes" returns on a week to week basis are huge. THE METHOD Firstly, we must decide which meeting to use each day. It is best to stick to just one meeting per day. If there is a choice of meetings then it is usually best not to use the main meeting as this quite often contains races with big, competitive fields, and it makes our job of finding horses to place more difficult. Conversely, the lowest grade
meeting of the day, particularly in the flat season, also has its problems. The horses here are often ridden by the poorest standard of jockeys which makes analysis hard. So when presented with a choice of meetings pick the second biggest meeting of the day to work on. If you are uncertain which one this is, then add together the prize values of each race at each meeting. The one with the second highest total will be the one to use. Having selected our meeting, we now need to make our selections. To capture the Placepot we are going to use a Placepot perm. This allows us to pick more than one horse in each race. Most bookmakers now supply Placepot perm slips which make entering easier. To win the pot we need to select a placed horse in each race. Obviously if we had covered say, three horses in every race then our chances are greatly improved. Unfortunately it's not that easy! The more horses we cover in each race, the more costly our bet. To cover three in each of the six races would need 729 bets, ie. 729 times our stake. Too much. The perm we use in this plan uses 36 lines, at 25p unit stake the bet costs just 9.00. It consists of a single selection in two of the races, two selections in another two races, and three selections in the remaining two races. 1x1x2x2x3x3=36 bets. Now to make our selections for the perm. If you are an experienced student of form you can add your own knowledge to the selection process, but here we are going to base our selections on S.P. forecasts. Using the morning betting forecasts is a very reliable selection method to use with this plan. Here's what to do: 1. Look at the s.p. forecasts for the six races concerned. Look for the two races
with the shortest priced favourites. These will be (hopefully) the most reliable
favourites of the day, and even if they don't win, they should place. These act as our "single" entries in the perm. 2. Select the two races with the biggest fields, they are usually big handicap races, and are always the hardest to select winners in. Take the first three horses in the betting forecast in each of these races, they will be our "three" selections in the perm. 3. Obviously in the remaining two races, we use the first two in the betting forecast as our "two" selection elements in the perm. We now have all the elements for our perm. Don't be fooled into thinking that because the selection method is quick and easy, it is ineffective. If you use it daily you should scoop the Placepot at least once a week. One last note about which paper to use. I recommend using one of the specialist racing papers as their S.P. forecasts tend to be more accurate, but whichever you use, keep to the same one each day.
Dynamite Doubles
1. Select any race from the days meeting where the betting forecast points to a clear two horse race, i.e.. the first two in the betting must be at least two points clear of the third favourite. The favourite might be around 6/4 and the second favourite 2/1. The next horse in the betting might be around 4/1 or better.In essence we are looking for a race where the likely winner will be either of two horses with the remainder much less likely. Avoid using odds on horses. We need two short priced horses, but not so short as to reduce the return. Should more than one race look a likely prospect, use the one with fewest runners. This obviously reduces the danger of an outsider winning. These horses we will call Horse A and Horse B. 2. The next step is a little easier. Locate the race with the fewest runners where the favourite is 9/4 or better. Most days you will find a race with between six and nine runners suitable. We will use the first three in the betting forecast for our bet. These may be priced at,say, 9/4, 3/1 and 7/2. These we will call Horse C, Horse D and Horse E 3. We now combine our selections in six doubles, with an equal stake on each. The doubles are: AC, AD, AE, BC, BD, BE To win, we obviously need one of our first two to win AND one of the other three. Remember that we have picked the most fancied horses (as defined by the true experts the bookies) so we should see a winning bet most days.
How to write your bet 3.10 York Horse A Horse B
4.25 Kempton
Horse C Horse D Horse E
2 x 3 = 6 Doubles at 1.00 = 6.00 Staked
Stake 6.00 Tax 0.54 Total 6.54
FOOTBALL SYSTEM À`

Rules of system 1 - Operate system no less than six weeks into season. 2 - Use only the teams in the top six of the league. 3- Take the top three teams in the league that are playing at home and perm the results as follows. Team A to win 1-0 2-0 or 2-1 Team B to win 1-0 2-0 or 2-1 Team C to win 1-0 2-0 or 2-1 Perm as Cross Trebles = 27 Bets. To 1 Stakes the Bet costs 27 and if successful pays about 340. At one bet a week you only need one payout every three months to be in profit.
GREYHOUND SUPER SYSTEM

Rules of system 1- Dog must have the fastest recent time. 2 - Dog must be running in a grade equal to last run. 3 - All other runners must have run in an equal or lower grade to the current race. 4- Dog must be running from trap one or six.
HANDICAP BANKERS SYSTEM

Handicap of 12 runners or less. First or Second last time out. Top 3 in Weights. Same distance as last time out. C or D winner Top 3 in Forecast (Which Forecast ?)
Outstanding Outsiders
This formula is designed to locate the best value betting proposition of any racing day, ie. a long priced horse with a realistic chance of winning. Clearly, handicaps are the races in which a plan based on outsiders is most likely to succeed. They are more open than other kinds of races and winners and placed horses start at good odds. The difficulty of course is to locate viable bets at long prices when the basis of any good system must be form. Well it is my belief that a combination of factors one statistical and one form related, can in fact be used to pick out an outsider with a real chance each day. As far as statistics are concerned, a survey over a three year period demonstrated beyond all doubt that in flat handicaps horses near the top of the weights hold the best chance of success. Class tells in racing, so they say and this is borne out by results in handicaps just as much as in other types of event. Here are the figures which underline the point: 48% of the winners of all flat handicaps are one of the top four in the weights. 62% of all winners come from the top six in the weights. These percentages point to trends in the overall pattern of results that are just too pronounced to ignore. Whilst runners can and do come from lower down in the handicap, statistically they are most likely to stem from the group which heads the weights. As for form without which no system can hope to succeed, even one based on outsiders, it is a fact that many horses with sound win and placed form in recent runs do perform well, even though the market gives them only a slender chance of success. For example any horse good enough to reach the first four in each of it's
last three races must have some chance of reaching a place again and may even win, despite whatever odds are fixed by the betting ring. The fundamental idea behing the OUTSTANDING OUTSIDERS formula is to combine these high-weight and form factors in order to pick out a horse at long odds that at the very least has a definite chance of running into a place. THE SYSTEM In the first instance it is necessary to analyse each handicap on the days cards from the point of view of weight. This is done by applying a sliding scale based on the number of runners in a race. It is logical that in a really big field we should examine a wider range of high weighted horses in a race with fewer runners. Handicaps of ten or less contestants are ignored because starting prices are unlikely to be long enough for system purposes. The scale is as follows: More than 15 runners - consider the first six in the weights 13 or 14 runners - consider the first five in the weights 11 or 12 runners - consider the first four in the weights Using this scale for every handicap race on any given day, list any horse which ran first, second, third or fourth in each of its last three public meetings and which figures in the specified weight range for the number of runners in it's race (as above). Any horse which fulfils the criteria is an OUTSTANDING OUTSIDER. Most days you will have more than one possibility. If you prefer to just back one horse each day then select the Outstanding Outsider with the biggest forecast odds.
P=MCR Greyhound System

1) Watch the first race at any given meeting. 2) Subtract the smaller Trap No from the Larger: I.E.: 1 beats 3, 3-1 =2. 3) Back the resultant trap No in the next race. 4) If lose, repeat : I.E: 5 beat 4, 5 - 4 = 1, back the 1 dog next race, double your initial stake. 5) Sounds so simple, I challenge you to find ANY meeting on the Dogs where the system loses in any 12 race run. A good little system for backing in a race where you have no idea as to the form, etc. SYSTEM A 1-4 runners - No bet 5,6, runners & 8 - 10 runners - Bet as follows :For horses who are carrying a 7lb penalty & have won in the past fourteen days over same distance (10% leeway on distance) Each way - 1,2 in 5,6 runner events Each way 1 -3 in 8 - 10 events
SIMILAR II -THE '7G' SYSTEM The 7G in the system title comes from the seven golden rules detailed below. 1. Always choose the principal meeting. 2. Choose the non-handicap races from the meeting. 3. From the races you have left, choose the forecast favourite with the shortest price. 4. If there are two or more at this price, select the race with the smallest number of runners. 5. If still tied, take the horse with the most recent win. 6. If still tied, select the horse owned by the leading owner in terms of prize money. 7. If still joint, take the earliest race. Staking is in the sequence 10, 20, 40, 50, 50, 50, 50, etc. returning to 10 after a winner. Bank required is 100 points. SIMILAR II -THE 500/1 PLAN The theory behind this system is to achieve a four race accumulator to pay out odds of over 500/1. This is aided by using multiple selections in some of the legs of the bet. The bet entails 7 selections involving six points staked in an accumulator. Staking is 1*1*2*3 = 6 bets First leg - 1 selection Second Leg - 1 selection Third leg - 2 selections Fourth leg - 3 selections Aids to selection
1. Use meetings of reasonable quality to ensure runners are making a genuine effort to win. 2. All runners in the race should have at least two runs this season. 3. 4. Look for favourites that are at least 1.5 to 2 points clear of the next horse in Try to avoid amateur, ladies or apprentice races, maidens and claimers and the betting. sellers. 5. In the third element where two selections are required, we are looking for odds of about 5/1. One way of picking these is to find races where the favourite is forecast at 4/1 or better. The horses in the first three or four in the betting forecast should be examined to see if they are running in a lower class (race value) this time. This is a fairly selective and effective selection method. 6. For the fourth element, use handicaps with 8-12 runners, and where the forecast favourite is 4/1 or more. Use the fav. plus two more in the top half of the betting forecast. 7. At the end of the day the choice is yours, but the above may direct you along the way
Precision Racing Systems - PJ1

Introduction - Precision Racing Systems - PJ1 is based on one of the more well known winner finding factors, that of beaten favourites. This may not at first sight seem an original idea, and you would think that it was unlikely to gain any sort of edge. However, by selecting only certain types of races, and applying a few simple qualifying measures to these races, vastly improves the `value` nature of the selections. This system comprises of slightly different rules for chase and hurdle races, although both types of races are utilized in the overall operation of PJ1. Beaten Favourites - In utilizing beaten favourites last time out the system immediately focuses on horses which were either considered to be the `form` horse in its previous race, or had been made favourite by the weight of money placed (or obviously both.) A horse that won its last race as favourite also meets this criteria, but is generally well backed and starts at considerably lesser odds than a beaten favourite. In the case of hurdlers, the finishing positions in the qualifying last run does not seem to have any great effect on results. i.e.2nd, 3rd, 4th or unplaced. If the horse was favourite in its last race and the trainer runs him within 14 days, he obviously believes he is capable of going well again. Due to the competitive nature of the type of race used, value is obtainable about selections despite their previous finishing position. In chase races, a marked value advantage was identified in selecting only horses that had finished 4th or worse in its last race. During testing, a similar percentage of winners were identified whether the finishing position as favourite in its last race was in the first three, or 4th or worse (26% winners in both
cases.) However, betting beaten favourites placed in the first three last time made a small loss, whereas the horses beaten into 4th place or worse realized a tidy profit when backed next time out. These animals are not so attractive to the average punter, and start at better odds. The difference between the two types of horses, their finishing positions, and the pattern of winners and starting prices is not one that is easily explained. All I will say is that the pattern has been noted over the past two seasons and should not be ignored. Within 14 days - By limiting qualifiers to those who were beaten favourites in the last 14 days, the selection has good recent form. As we will be concentrating on handicap chases and hurdles, getting a quick run in before the a horse is rehandicapped is obviously a factor. Handicaps Only - Initial tests were carried out on all types of races. Using beaten favourites running within 14 day, non handicaps for chasers produced 23% winners and a loss of more than 37 to 1 level stakes. Using handicap chases only, the percentage was less at 18%, but a profit in excess of 10 to the same stakes was realized. A similar picture was found in the case of hurdlers. The only restriction is to avoid conditional jockeys races. It is hard enough to select a suitable horse, that will jump well, without worrying about the quality of the jockey. Size of Field - Testing backed up the theory that handicap races with 12 runners or less were more predictable as a betting medium. The number of fallers and errors made increases in proportion to the number of runners in a field.
System Rules System operates from 1st November to 30 April. From your daily or racing paper, identify all handicap chases and hurdles For hurdle races, identify those runners that were beaten favourites last time
with 12 or less declared runners. (Ignore conditional jockeys races) out (BF), and that had run within the last 14 days. Finishing position is any, including fell, pulled up etc. For chase races, the same rules apply, apart from the fact that the horse must Where there is more than one qualifier in a race, both or all selections are have finished outside the first three on its last run, i.e. 4th, unplaced, fell etc. backed. Don`t be deceived by the simplicity of the above. I added various clauses such as distance, going and class in the previous race, and no difference was made to either the percentage of winners, or the profit made. As the phrase goes, Ìf it isn`t broke, don`t fix it!` Staking - It is recommended that level stakes betting is utilized for the operation of PJ1. Having tried numerous staking methods the differences to profits were minimal, and certainly not sufficient to warrant abandoning the safety of level stakes.........
RACEMASTER
Racemaster is a successful yet simple plan, which is based on sound principles and produces excellent results. All previous years results can be compiled from the RACEFORM FORM BOOK (Annual Part.) Selections for this year can be compiled from the RACEFORM UPDATE or the SPORTING LIFE WEEKENDER. When a horse has won two handicaps, he is obviously a very useful horse, probably still improving and likely to finish the season as a multiple winner. For the Racemaster system, we watch first for a horse to win its second handicap of the season. (Any two handicaps will do, and theses need not necessarily be in succession.) Next, we look at the horse that finished second to him. If the horse which finished second is giving weight, (at least 1 lb) to the winner and is not beaten by more than two lengths, we list this horse for three chances to win. As soon as it wins, and this need not necessarily be in a handicap, it is eliminated. Racemaster, which is the most brilliant system ever devised for producing long priced winners, was first introduced to the sporting public over 40 years ago. The principle behind Racemaster is that the runner up in these races has produced a useful piece of form in giving weight and getting close to an animal on the upgrade. Also, having been beaten, he will pick up no penalty and at the worst, will only suffer a slight rise in the handicap. The winners under this system are at surprisingly high average prices, illustrating successfully the advantage of betting in handicaps, if you have an efficient method of dealing with them. All selections indicated by Racemaster are backed on a level stakes basis and no staking plan is involved.
THE 10K SYSTEM

The purpose of this system is to take a starting "bank" of money and steadily increase it on a week to week basis, using a very clever and somewhat unusual method of staking. This system is not based on any in-depth study and record keeping. It is very simple to use. It is based on a sound staking strategy. In fact you don't need to produce a high strike rate of winners for this plan to work, a hit rate of one in six is good enough! Now although the system is based on clever staking, we still need to select horses to bet on. As you will see further on, the horses we select to bet on have to be within certain prices ranges. One day we will need to find a 2/1 shot, another we may need a 4/1 chance etc. (You will understand why when you have finished studying the system) Obviously we appreciate that finding winners at any price is never easy and trying to find a winner at particular odds is exceptionally difficult.. However remember that as this system requires such a low level of winners, all we really need to locate each day for the bets, are horses at approximately the correct prices, which are in with a reasonable chance of winning. So long as now and again one returns as a winner, the system will work, without the worry of having to hit a high strike-rate. If you are not confident about picking horses yourself, here's what we suggest; Follow the advises of one or two reliable tipsters out of your daily paper. If the
system requires a 4/1 shot for that days bet, find a horse from the tipsters daily lists which is approximately around the price desired. Now that we have explained the selection requirements, lets turn to the crux of the system, the betting plan. In most staking plans the backer is required to increase stakes after each loser. It is usually hoped that the eventual winner will return enough to pay off the loses to date and still yeild a profit. This idea is full of problems. Continually increasing stakes during a losing run will soon see you needing to bet very, very high stakes to return even a small profit. However with the 10K system, stakes gradually diminish as each week goes by whilst the odds of horses backed increase! In this way we overcome the fundamental deficiencies of the usual type of staking system. The staking plan works like this: On Monday and Tuesday of each betting week, you look to back a 2/1 shot. On the Wednesday and Thursday you back 4/1 shots and on Friday and Saturday of each week you stake on 6/1 shots. The price requirements for each particular day applies regardless of the number of winners and losers you back. At the start of each week divide your betting bank up into 20 equal parts. Each part is one unit. Now you stake on the horses each day as follows. MONDAY TUESDAY ODDS=2/1 ODDS=2/1 STAKE=3 UNITS STAKE=3 UNITS STAKE=1 1/2 UNITS STAKE=1 1/2 UNITS STAKE=1 UNIT
WEDNESDAY ODDS=4/1 THURSDAY ODDS=4/1 FRIDAY ODDS=6/1 SATURDAY ODDS=6/1
STAKE=1 UNIT
Remember at the end of each , total up your bank and then divide up the total by twenty to give you your new "unit" for the following week. With this system, if you only get one winner on the week, the most you can lose is up to three units, however if just two horses go in, depending to some extent which ones win, you will see a profit on the week of between three and seven units. Two winners out of six in not too much to expect, some weeks you will hit three or four winners! So it should average out at around five units each week, will see your bank increase by around 25% each week. That will turn a starting bank of 5000 into more than 10,000 in just fifteen betting weeks. Just stick to the plan, and leave any winnings in the bank until the fifteen weeks are up, then you can spend the profits.
THE 500/1 PLAN

INTRODUCTION The purpose of this plan is to consistently locate winning fourfold accumulators. The underlying aim is to locate winning fourfolds with odds in excess of 500/1 hence the name THE 500/1 PLAN. The accumulators this plan produces are not always quite as profitable as 500/1, but if you use the plan correctly, the minimum returns will be at least 250/1. This plan really is that profitable! You cannot expect the 500/1 plan to be always winning, but at the kind of adds you'll get on winning days, you need only the occasional success to stay well and truly in profit. Having said this, if you apply the principles of the plan with care, you may be surprised at just how consistent it can be. You will not need a large bank of money to bet with to operate this plan, you will only be placing comparatively small stakes each day you decide to bet. Neither will you need to use any expensive staking plans, (increasing stakes after losing days etc.). You can decide initially what unit stake you can afford and stick to that unit stake until your winnings allow you to increase it. One word of caution, don't be too ambitious when deciding what unit to use at the beginning. Make sure you can afford to suffer a few losing days before you start getting the big returns. There is nothing to say that one of your first fourfolds wont win and in such a case you will be off to a flying start and you should then always have sufficient funds to finance your betting, but "sods law" dictates that if you budget your funds to allow you to
withstand an initial losing run of ten days, then the first successful accumulator you select will be on the eleventh! For the purposes of this booklet, I have used a unit stake of 1.00. This would entail having to bet 6.00 plus tax per day - you'll understand why later. Obviously you can adjust the unit stake to suit your own circumstances. One final point, although there is no reason why this plan can't be used on any racing day, it is best to limit it to days when there are plenty of races to choose from, Fridays, Saturdays, Bank Holidays etc. THE 500/1 PLAN A fourfold accumulator usually entails selecting one horse to win in each of four separate races. All four horses chosen have to win, if not then the bet is lost. The odds on correctly selecting four winners from four races are huge. Even the most knowledgeable racing enthusiast would find it impossible to select four straight winners with any regularity. Even if you just picked four odds-on favourites, it would be a rare day that all four came home in front - only about 50-60% of oddson actually win! Using reasonable selection methods, most gamblers should be able to pick two or even three winners from four races from time to time, but it is getting a fourth winner that is the problem. How many times have you said "just one horse let me down"? Each element of an accumulator bet increases the risk of that bet losing greatly, but this risk can be significantly reduced if we select more than one runner in each element of the bet.
Imagine if instead of just one horse in each race you selected two or three. If in each element of your accumulator any one of three horses you selected could win, then even if you made your selections by sticking a pin in the race card and thus produced three runners in each of four races, you would have a reasonable chance of winning. Unfortunately, as you have no doubt realised, it is more than a little impractical to actually bet on any one of three horses winning in each part of a fourfold. The number of bets needed to cover all the possible winning combinations would be much too great to make this a viable possibility (81 bets actually), but I am sure you can see the principle of how increasing your selections in each element of a combination, greatly reduces the risks of your bet losing. Although we may not be able to make multiple selections in every part of an accumulator, we can make more than one choice in at least some of the elements. Good selection methods will help us to reduce the need for too many selections. The principle of the plan is that we combine thoughtful, informed selections with some multiple options, working together this will greatly increase our chances of winning. There are a great many different combinations of bets we can use, eg. two selections in each of the four races, this would require a total of 16 different bets (still a little too many), or maybe just selecting just one runner in each of the first three races combined with five options in the last race, this would only need 5 different bets to be placed, but it isn't the most reasoned way of doing things. The format I suggest requires placing just 6 different bets, but I feel that this format provides the right balance between intelligent selection methods and the use of multiple options.
This is what I propose doing: In two of the races we make just one selection. In the third race we pick two horses and in the remaining race we pick three runners. This requires just six different bets. We will need to be careful with our selecting, especially in the first two elements where we have no margin for error, but I feel this is the right combination to use all things considered. One of the main advantages of using this combination is the scope it gives us for increasing the accumulated odds of the bet. To explain further, although we need to stick to short priced certainties" in the two elements of the bet where we can only make one selection, the luxury of being able to pick two and more so three horses in a field allows us to more adventurous with our selections. For the "three horse race" we can choose a wide open race and select three runners at longer prices. This really helps to multiply the returns. HORSE SELECTION As we have said, even though this plan does give us something of a margin of error, we still have to be very careful when making our selections. Methods of selecting horses are many and varied. In all my time of studying racing, I have yet to see a method of selecting winners that was 100% consistent. I know some very good methods of increasing your chances, but it is impossible for me to say to you do x, y and z and you are guaranteed winners. What I can do is pass on to you a few guidelines that I use when looking for winners. The first pieces of advice are particularly aimed at locating the single horses for elements 1 and 2, after which I have a couple of suggestions to help you when looking for the two and three horse combinations.
1.
Use a race at a meeting of reasonable quality. You do not necessarily have to
use the major meeting of the day, but the prize value of the race you use should be sufficient to ensure that the horses entered are there to make a genuine effort to win, (3,000 upwards minimum). 2. 3. Ensure that all the runners in the race you use have a reasonable amount of Look for favourites that are between 1.5 and 2 points clear of the next horse in form behind them. They should have had at least two races in the present season. the betting, eg. if the favourite is 6/4, then the next horse in the betting should be at least 3/1, preferably around 7/2. 4. Don't put too much faith in tipsters unless you know from your own experience which tipsters to trust. Having said this, if the horse you are considering is hardly being tipped by any of the tipsters, there is probably a good reason. 5. Try to avoid races which are any of the following; specifically for amateurs, lady jockeys or apprentices, Claimers or Sellers, maiden races. Personally, I am still cautious about using races at all-weather meetings. Form gained on turf does not seem to have too much bearing on a horse's form on these tracks, and subsequently a little too many outsiders seem to win for my liking. However, this is just my own opinion, and all-weather races can sometimes supply the right kind of races for use as element 3 or 4 where we have the luxury of picking two or three contenders, but where we need better prices. 6. Locating the race to use for the third element of our bet can be awkward. Although it may seem an easier job to find a winner when we are picking two horses in the same race, the problem we have is that we realistically need to find horses around 5/2 or 6/1 if we want to get the really good returns. To help you find a supply
of winners around these prices here is probably one of the best selection hints I've ever given. Look for a horse in a race that is forecast to be about the correct odds we're looking for, its form will quite often be fair to indifferent, (plenty of thirds, fourths etc but few firsts), look at this horse's racing history notes, you will only find these in proper racing papers, I use the Sporting Life. If the horse's prior results were gained better classes of races than the one it is about to run in, ie. if its last few races had prize values of 4,000 or 5,000 etc. and it is now running in a race for 2,000 then this horse's chances might well be better than its odds suggest. Find a horse like this and cover it along with a shorter priced horse in that race, this will act as something of an insurance policy. You will be surprised at just how often a horse dropping in class comes home at a good price! 7. When looking for a race for the fourth element where we pick three horses, what I tend to do is look for a handicap with between 8 and 12 runners in the field and where the betting forecast suggests that the race is quite open. The forecast favourite should be about 4/1+. Pick the favourite plus two others from the top half of the forecast to use. In a handicap race like this it is a bit of a lottery selecting the winner, but by covering three runners in the way we are doing the odds will be in your favour.
The Association Method

Form Races refer to all the past races given in detail by the Racing Post. Placed refers to 1st, 2nd or 3rd NOT 4th or anything lower. You can use level stakes or a staking plan. Only consider races run in Great Britain. Do not consider the courses Lingfield and Southwell. Do not consider any meetings held on all weather courses. Consider most races except selling races, conditional, amateur or those with lady jockeys. Out of the remaining races consider those with between four and sixteen runners. Don't consider races where less than half or only half of the runners have a topspeed rating. Narrow down the runners in the selected races by picking the horses which coincide with being in the topspeed's top 2-4 and topspeed's last time out top 2-4. This varies from race to race depending on the number. For a race with 4-6 runners the horse must be in the top 2. For a race with 7-11 runners in the top 3. For a race with 12-16 runners in the top 4. So for an eight horse race for example, we are interested in the top three of each rating.
HORSE & RATING FROM LAST RUN A(86) B(95) C(51) D(41) E(91)
MASTER RATING 104 101 94 94 91

F(40) G(72) H(39)
84 72 52
Here the top three are horses A,B and C. The last time out the top three (the figures in brackets) were B, E and A. The two coinciding horses A and B qualify for further consideration, the rest are neglected. The horses must have been placed in at least half of their races this season. If they haven't run this season then you can rule them out. The trainer must be one of the top 20 trainers (in the most recent list given in the Racing Post). If on a day a list greater than 20 is given then the trainers who produce more than 30% winners qualify also (but only on the day they appear in the table). In the form races the horses must have been placed in a race of greater or within 25% of the value of todays race (this is achieved by multiplying the value of todays race by 0.75 or three quarters and then comparing.
These are the rules specific to National Hunt Racing:Rule out the following:Horses which haven't run within 35 days Horses aged 12 or over Horses which are odds on in the betting forecast Ignore horses carrying 11-7 and above. Only consider horses carrying 11-3 and above if they have been placed carrying within 2lbs of todays weight. A horse must be able to handle the distance therefore it must be either a distance winner
(indicated by a (D)), or placed 4 lengths behind in a race within 1 furlong of todays distance or won a race within 2 furlongs. (Remember there are 8 furlongs in a mile). If more than one horse remains then rule out the race. If 1 horse remains then that is the selection.
These are the specific rules for Flat Racing:-
Rule out the following:Horses that haven't run within 28 days. Horses aged 8 or over. Horses which are odds in the betting forecast. Ignore horses carrying 9-7 and above. Only consider horses carrying 9-3 and above if they have been placed carrying within 2 lbs of todays weight. A horse must be able to handle the distance therefore it must be either a distance winner (indicated by a (D) ) or placed 2 lengths behind in a race within furlong of todays distance or won a race within 1 furlong. If more than 1 horse remains then rule out the race. If 1 horse remains then that is your selection.
The Australian Dream Horse Racing System

The aim of this system is to indicate winners using proven form principles. Form is without doubt, the only accurate method of establishing the true merits of individual racehorses. Without this method it would mean betting blind and the sport would be reduced to the level of bingo, where intelligent assessment counts for nothing. However form can be a very misleading guide, especially if it is not properly understood, or used correctly. Indeed the biggest problem facing most backers is knowing which form is best. This is where THE AUSTRALIAN DREAM comes to your aid. Thousands of races have been examined to find a statistical answer to this problem. This massive survey revealed how much importance should be attached to the various factors involved. You now have in your hands, the most reliable forecasting process ever devised. The system was originally devised for Australian racing, so naturally a few changes had to be made to meet our different conditions. These were only minor alterations, the essential part still remains the same. Although good results can be obtained when the system is operated on virtually any race you like, records prove that races with the highest prize money are more suitable than others. These provide a rock solid base, and make the system even more lucrative.
SELECTION PROCESS The papers we recommend are the Racing Post, Sporting Life, or any newspaper which give details of a horses last race. Keep to the same paper daily for the best results. SELECTION PROCESS A Check each system race. Look for a horse which won last time out (current season only). If there is only one horse, THIS IS THE SELECTION of the system. No further considerations need to be taken. Remember only present season form is used at this stage. If a system race has been split into two, or more parts, use only the first division. If there are NO horses which won last time out, or if there are two or more last time out winners, apply the following rules to find the selection. SELECTION PROCESS B In this section horses are awarded points when they qualify under different circumstances. The horse with the highest total becomes the selection. Statistics prove that a horse's most recent run is a sound indication of it's ability, and the system is based around this fact. Here we award points according to the position of the horse in it's last race. However a horse winning on a group 1 course, would usually be far superior to a group 4 winner. Therefore a class factor has been included and points are awarded as follows:
GROUP 1 COURSE: WINNER RECEIVES 15 POINTS SECOND RECEIVES 12 POINTS THIRD RECEIVES 9 POINTS FOURTH RECEIVES 7 POINTS GROUP 2 COURSE: WINNER RECEIVES 12 POINTS SECOND RECEIVES 9 POINTS THIRD RECEIVES 7 POINTS FOURTH RECEIVES 5 POINTS GROUP 3 COURSE: WINNER RECEIVES 9 POINTS SECOND RECEIVES 7 POINTS THIRD RECEIVES 6 POINTS FOURTH RECEIVES 3 POINTS GROUP 4 COURSE: WINNER RECEIVES 7 POINTS SECOND RECEIVES 5 POINTS THIRD RECEIVES 4 POINTS FOURTH RECEIVES 2 POINTS Remember only a horse's latest race is taken, but it does not matter if its during the current season or not. A horse which was unplaced, fell or pulled up fails to gain any points here. A table of the racecourse groupings is given further on. A horse running again very soon after it's last race means it is fit and well, and therefore capable of running it's best form. The system takes advantage of this by awarding points as follows: WINNER RUNNING AGAIN WITHIN 7 DAYS RECEIVES 5 POINTS SECOND RUNNING AGAIN WITHIN 7 DAYS RECEIVES 3 POINTS THIRD RUNNING AGAIN WITHIN 7 DAYS RECEIVES 2 POINTS
So a horse running say on Monday and running again on or before the following Monday would qualify. Additional points are awarded if a horse is now carrying less/same weight than his previous race. LESS WEIGHT THAN PREVIOUS RACE RECEIVES 3 POINTS SAME WEIGHT THAN PREVIOUS RACE RECEIVES 1 POINT Some horses run better at certain courses and over particular distances. So points are awarded when as follows: PREVIOUS DISTANCE WINNER RECEIVES 3 POINTS PREVIOUS COURSE WINNER RECEIVES 2 POINTS It is a fact that more horses win at lower odds than those with big starting prices. the table below reflects this difference. EVENS AND ODDS-ON RECEIVES 15 POINTS BETWEEN 11/10 - 6/4 RECEIVES 8 POINTS BETWEEN 13/8 - 5/2 RECEIVES 5 POINTS BETWEEN 11/4 - 9/2 RECEIVES 3 POINTS BETWEEN 5/1 - 9/1 RECEIVES 1 POINTS OVER 10/1 RECEIVES 0 POINTS
Ideally it would be best if you could use the actual betting market just before the off. Unfortunately most people will find this inconvenient, so the alternative is to use the betting forecast from the newspaper. It is important to use the same paper each day. Once the procedure has been completed on every horse in the system race just add up all the points to find the horse which has the highest total. This is then the selection of the AUSTRALIAN DREAM. If two or more horses tie at the top, do not bet. So a horse who came 2nd last time out on a group 3 course and is running again within 7 days with less weight and is both a previous course and distance winner. Forecasted at 2/1 in the paper, he will receive points as follows. 7+3+3+3+2+5 RACECOURSE GROUPING JUMPS GROUP1 Ascot, Ayr, Cheltenham, Doncaster, Haydock, Kempton, Liverpool, Newbury, Newcastle, Sandown GROUP 2 Chepstow, Fontwell, Lingfield, Newton Abbot, Wetherby GROUP 3 Catterick, Folkestone, Huntingdon, Uttoxeter, Leicester, Market Rasen, Nottingham, Plumpton, Stratford, Warwick, Wincanton,
Wolverhampton, Worcester GROUP 4 Bangor-on-Dee, Carlisle, Cartmel, Devon and Exeter, Fakenham, Hereford, Hexham, Kelso, Ludlow, Perth, Sedgefield, Southwell, Taunton, Towcester Remember if a race has been split in two or more parts, always use the first division only.
The Bookie Basher

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 1. 2. 3. 10. Newspaper required is the Racing Post. Look at Forecast Favourites with odds in the range 8/11 - 9/4 inclusive. The 2nd favourite must be at least 4/1. The horse must have been placed in the first 3 last time out. It must have run within the last 28 days. It must be top-rated by POSTMARK - not joint top-rated. Minimum of 5 runners - maximum of 14. Must be ridden by a professional or top apprentice claiming 3 or 5lbs. Must be able to handle the going:If 3 or more runs in its lifetime it must have won or placed (beaten a 3-Y-O and older horses with less than 3 runs - no going qualification needed. 2-Y-O with less than 3 runs must handle the going by either having won or Eliminate all selling races, amateur races, juvenile hurdles, novice handicap
maximum of 3 lengths) on going similar to the reported going.
placed (beaten max 3 lengths) on the EXACT going as shown is Racing Post. hurdles, maiden chases, and all national hunt races in August.
The Brown Jack

1. 2. Results are optained by use of the Daily Mail newspaper. To obtain the one named horse for the day, proceed as follows:-
(a) Below each race the Daily Mail gives where the favourite finished in previous years (normally 7 years results). Go through each card and find the race that the favourite won most times. (b) Repeat the procedure and find the race where the favourite finished second most times. 3. The race for the day will be that with the highest figure ie. The race with the most wins for the favourite or the race with the most seconds. In the event of a race having an equal number of wins and seconds then discard that race. In the event of there being two races with an equal number of wins and seconds then give preference to the race with favourite wins. 4. The one named bet will be as follows:- If the selected race is that in which the favourite has won most times, then back the Named Forecast Favourite, if joint favourites then ignore that race and go on to the next qualifier. If the selected race is that in which the favourite finished second most times then back the horse quoted as Clear Second Favourite, again if Joint Second Favourite then ignore that race. The reason for this bet is that in a good race for backers the most likely horse to beat the favourite is the second favourite and over the years the Daily Mail betting forecast has proved to be the most accurate. 5. The following exceptions must be adhered to:45 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
(a) No bet if less than 3 years results.
(b) No bet if less than 2 wins or 2 seconds. (c) No bet if the horses has never run before. (d) No bet if quoted at odds-on. 6. In the event of a tie, give preference to:(a) Non Handicap race over a Handicap race. (b) The race with the lowest added prize money. (c) The smallest field. (d) The shortest price Note, if you have discarded any race related to rule 5, then automatically go on to the next best race. Rule 2 should have a 'rider', in the event of a race having been split, then count each division as half a race, in other words if the favourite results were 0011101.0 the last race was split and so the total wins would be 3.1/2, this happens seldom and is easily picked out in the Daily Mail as when a race has missed a year they put a dash and when it is split they put a dot. Addition to Rules In the event of a selected race being run in two or more divisions then take the shortest priced horse provided it qualifies i.e. has run before. Should it not have run before then ignore all divisions of that particular race and go on to the next best race
The Chevy Chase

This system is based solely on HANDICAP CHASES. It concentrates on races with 8 to 12 runners. The selection must be carrying 11st-7lbs or less to qualify. The horse must have been out, and must have the best recent form of the horses which qualify. In the event of there being several horses with comparable form, choose the one ridden by the best jockey, (preferably the jockey with the best record at the course). If the favourite for the race is odds on - no bet. Staking one point to win. If the selction is 8-1 or above, 1 point each way. The sytem requires patience, but it is very profitable. GOOD LUCK.
THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM

THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM offers you the chance to assess each horses form and to produce your own simple, but accurate ratings. You do not need one of the specialist Racing papers to operate this system successfully. Any ordinary Daily newspaper with a Horse racing section will be more than adequate for our needs. The basis for THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM originates from a method that was devised over 70 years ago by one of the first truly professional backers, and as far as I am aware the original method has been in constant use, by a few fortunate people, since its introduction all those years ago, and so, therefore, I believe that we can safely assume that this has more than stood the test of time! It was only ever passed on by word of mouth, in fact any interested parties were invited, and then only at the sole discretion of the Originator of the plan, along to a series of presentations, paying a fee for each session. They were, by all accounts, very successful, and those fortunate enough to attend doubtless went on their way armed with their new found knowledge and plagued the Bookmakers for many years. THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM is a greatly enhanced version of this earlier system and has, over the past twenty or so years that it has been in use, provided the user with consistent profits every season. SELECTION METHOD. THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM can be used with equal success during both the Flat and National Hunt seasons. All meetings are considered, but eliminate the following types of races: Selling: Apprentice: Ladies: National Hunt Flat: All other types of races now qualify for consideration. Once we
have our short list of races to concentrate on, take each race in turn and award FORM POINTS for the last THREE runnings of each horse. The FORM POINTS are as follows: RUN LAST OUTING LAST BUT ONE LAST BUT TWO WIN 9 6 3 SECOND 6 4 2 THIRD 3 2 1 EXAMPLE. Horse A 012 FORMRATINGS 0+6+6=12 Horse B 113 FORMRATINGS 3+6+3=12 Horse C 001 FORMRATINGS 0+0+9= 9 Horse D 113 FORMRATINGS 3+6+3=12 Horse E 212 FORMRATINGS 26+6=14 Horse F 001 FORMRATINGS 0+0+9= 9 As you can see Horse E is clear top rated with 14 FORM POINTS. On the occassions when more than one horse is rated the same, take the horse with the shortest price in the betting forecast as your selection. Repeat the above procedure for all the qualifying races. STAKING ADVICE. It has always been recommended that level stakes be used with THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM. Excellent profits are indeed attained by level stakes, but do feel at liberty to use you own staking system if you so wish.
The Dream Racing System

While gaming at casinos is always -- ultimately -- a function of luck, the Sport of Kings is elevated far above games of mere chance. Regardless of the elegance of the roulette wheel or the intensity of the blackjack table, neither can approach racing for its subtlety, complexity, and beauty. The terms of casino games are always set. The odds might just as well be written in stone. Not so with this great sport. Flesh and blood come into play. The interplay of horse and rider. The conditions of the track. The field. Timing. In order to bet successfully in this great sport, you must bring to bear your skill and judgment. In no other betting environment do you have so much control over your fate. Your greatest advantage over the bookmakers is one of choice. Whereas you can choose your races -- and bets -- the bookmaker is obligated to participate in virtually every race conducted for 52 weeks a year. You can avoid a bet in a race that is not to your advantage. The bookmaker enjoys no such freedom. Yes, choice is your greatest ally. Yet for too many, it is their greatest enemy as well. Without mincing words, the simple truth is that the average bettor frequently makes the wrong choice. In doing so, he concedes the edge he has over the bookmaker and virtually guarantees that he will remain a loser over time. Common wisdom dictates that you should familiarize yourself with the individual characteristics of the horses, the field, the track and the form book. Needless to say, such an endeavor demands a huge commitment -- in time and effort. Indeed, it is virtually a
full-time job. Those who master this knowledge will always be best placed to beat the book. They deserve the profits they earn. But you are not such a person. You already have a job and you cannot invest the time or energy to compete with these professionals. What are you to do? By being disciplined, intelligent and sticking to a system that works, you can increase your odds of success. Bookmakers love the bettor who places bets on whim, on the name of a horse, on the colour eyes of the jockey -- on anything but a system. You need a system if you are to win! The worst possible system you could use is no system at all! You must focus on the most dependable horses if you are to correctly pick the day's best bet. Favourites will almost always be the ones you will look at. With good reason. They are favourites for a reason. By simply selecting any favourite at random you will have a 30% - 40% chance of picking a winner. The question is, how to improve those chances! The most reliable favourites on any given day inevitably are those who occupy the lower end of the price range. You must remember that because of all the variables involved in horse racing, the actual favourite cannot possibly be determined until right before the race. Obviously, you will have to consult with one of the printed betting forecasts such as the national dailies or The Sporting Life. Study each race to be run that day and write down the names of the five favourites with the lowest odds. In the event that there is a tie, include all such runners for further consideration. From this short list, you will be determining the day's single horse selection. Do not fear low odds. Short odds should not be rejected due to a cursory examination. Even money often translates into an outstanding value if its true price should be 4-7.
There are those who reject the favourite on the grounds that they can get better "value" elsewhere. We call these people fools. What is the "value" of backing a horse at 5-1 if, in reality, there is only a one in ten chance that your bet will succeed? There is only one person who will profit from a "system" like that -- the bookmaker. The real key to successful betting is not being greedy. Do not look for a small stake to garner you thousands of pounds. Rather, use a system which will consistently make you a winner. Financially -- and psychologically -- winning small but often is a smart approach to any kind of wager. Okay, so now you have your five favourites. What next? Your next gambit is to establish a system to evaluate these five contenders. By following this point system, you will take the guess work out of your evaluation.
Forecast Odds 1-2 8-15 4-7 8-13 4-6 8-11 4-5 5-6 10-11
Points Given 67 65 63 62 60 58 55 54 52
Evens 11-10 6-5 5-4 11-8 6-4 13-8 7-4 15-8 2-1 9-4 5-2 11-4 3-1 10-3 7-2 4-1
50 48 45 44 42 40 37 36 35 33 31 28 27 25 23 22 20
Further, it is possible to evaluate a horse based on its last outing. This makes sense. After all, winning begets winning. For this reason, we can begin to quantify this aspect of our evaluation.
If a horse placed 1st in its last race, award 45 points. If a horse placed 2nd in its last race, award 40 points. If a horse placed 3rd in its last race, award 40 points. For all other finishes, award 35 points. Also, horses that have yet to race in the current season receive 35 points irrespective of their final finish of the previous season. Another consideration in quantifying your decision is the value of your horse's last race. If the winner's prize money of the previous race was worth at least 20% more than the current prize money, award the horse 50 points. All others should follow this criteria: Last race prize same as current race, award 40 points. Last race prize 20% less than current race, award 30 points. You should also bear in mind that favourites win more regularly in non-handicap events. For this reason, it makes more sense to award more points to contenders in these events. Therefore, award 40 points to a contender running in a non-handicap race and 30 points for running in handicap or nursery races. Another consideration in evaluating your contender is the size of the field. After careful review of the long history of racing, we have concluded that favourites succeed less often in events containing a large field. Therefore, we reject the "folk wisdom" that a bigger field means a "bigger" certainty and suggest the following awards: 45 points in those races with 10 or fewer runners. 40 points in those races with 11 - 16 runners. 30 points in those races with 16 or more runners. Market leaders often have a poorer record in competitive races. Consider the following point award: 45 points if there are no rivals which won the last time out.
45 points if there is one rival which won last time out. 35 points if there are two rivals which won the last time out. If three or more rivals won their last time out, award 30 points. Finally, if a horse has demonstrated success on the day's course then this must be factored into your calculations. Award your horse 10 points if it has previously won on the course and 10 points if it has previously won over the day's distance. Once you have factored in all these considerations, tally the points you have awarded to each of your five contenders. The horse with the greatest total is your best qualifier for the day's bet. It's that simple. No "feelings in the belly". No emotion. No getting caught up in the thrill of the race. Just smart calculation. Even so, you should never forget that both horse and rider are living creatures bound to have better and worse days. This is a variable which you cannot often calculate and which makes betting exciting. Remember, it is the uncertainty which makes it wonderful. Never give up. Follow these calculations and you will win -- if not today then certainly tomorrow.
The Fast Form Finder

This method of selecting horses is extremely easy to use and will take up only one or two minutes of your time each day. The method eliminates all races of a highly competitive nature and selects only those horses that have good recent form and the ability to repeat it. There will be an average of 3-4 bets each week and you can expect 50-60% winners all at odds against both on the flat and over the jumps. The method uses "The Sporting Life" although you needn't buy the paper if you don't want to because all the relevant information is on the pages placed on the walls of all betting shops. Here then, is the method: 1. 2. 3. Select all non-handicap races with fields of up to and including 12 declared Eliminate Amateur, Apprentice and Ladies races. Check any horse that won last time out to see if it is tipped by "Form" of runners.
"The Sporting Life" and if it is, then that a selection provided it is forecast at odds against in the betting forecast not odds on or evens. You will find Form's tips for each race in the box at the top of the page near the race card. When placing your bet write, "Odds on or evens, no bet" on your slip and this will automatically eliminate odds on and evens bets and ensure all your selections are priced at odds against. The method may also be used with ordinary newspapers. I advise you to use either the "Daily Mirror" or the "Daily Express". The same rules apply except instead of
using "Form" of the Life, the black spot form horse is used instead. Both these papers have a spot form rating and both have proved to be profitable with the method. N.B. All selections must be current season last time out winners.
The Feelgood System

The system has been devised by using the country's most successful and consistent trainers and combining these with the best of current form. The basis of this system is a MASTER LIST of TRAINERS and the current Season's list of Trainers is as follows:
TRAINER Martin Pipe David Nicholson Paul Nicholls Mary Reveley Miss Venetia Williams Nick Henderson Nigel Twiston Davies Kim Bailey P. Hobbs G. Richards Mrs S.J. Smith J.Old Henrietta Knight
58
POINTS 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
O. Sherwood L. Lungo M. Hammond J.J. O`Neill P. Bowen R.H. Alner Mrs J. Pitman
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
You will see that each Trainer is allocated a certain number of `points` - these play an important part in deciding which horses we back. Before telling you how to decide which horse to back, we now come to the meeting to chose. Obviously, if only one meeting takes place that is the meeting for the day but if more than one takes place you back the day's PRINCIPLE MEETING. If this meeting is abandoned or if your particular Newspaper does not designate the PRINCIPLE MEETING then simply use the meeting with the highest total prize money on offer.
** PLEASE NOTE ** Whilst we state that you use just the one meeting per day many purchasers do actually operate the System on ALL the meetings that take place on the day; this is left to your own personal preference. At the stipulated meeting examine each race and give appropriate points to horses trained by handlers in the master list above. For example, any horse trained by the Trainer at the
top of the list receives 20 points whilst any runner trained by the Trainer at the bottom of the list will receive 1 point. Add additional points to those horses which finished in the first four places on their most recent run PROVIDED IT TOOK PLACE THIS SEASON. Allot 10 points to any runner which won last time out. Allot 7 points to any runner which finished second last time out. Allot 6 points to any runner who finished third last time out. Allot 3 points to any runner which finished fourth last time out. REMEMBER - ONLY PRESENT SEASON'S FORM !!! The system horse is the one with the highest rating in each race. If no horse in a race is trained by one of the Trainers in the MASTER LIST still allocate points for placings. You then have your selections for the day. You then back these on a staking plan of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 points but stopping immediately you have a winner, If you do not have a winner on any particular day simply revert back to 1 point the following day.
IMPORTANT: Any horse which is top rated and quoted odds on are discarded; simply omit that race.
The Festival Method

You must only use the Racing Post for this method. No other paper will do. If you follow the rules closely you will end up with one selection sometimes two. Mark down all the horses that are running who have consistent form, horses that have finished in the first three in each of their last three races. The horses in question must have these form figures to qualify. Next you have to eliminate horses to get down to one horse. Eliminate all horses that are not rated in the topspeed ratings. These can be found underneath each race. There is usually a maximum of three. Next you eliminate all horses that are not forecast favourite by the Racing Post. If you are left with one horse then this is the days selection. If you are left with one horse then this is the days selection. If you are left with more than one horse then the selection should be the horse quoted at the shortest price in the Racing Post forecast. If two horses or more are quoted at the same price then all horses are to be backed. If, when you have eliminated all the horses that are not forecast favourite, you end up with no horses left, you move on to the next rule. Obviously with not having a selection from the first rule then this rule must be brought into operation. All the horses that qualified through topspeed ratings will requalify. Next eliminate all horses who are not quoted second favourite in the Racing Post forecast. Once again if you are left with one horse then this is the selection. If you are left with two or more selections then there is no bet for that day. If no horse qualifies under both rules then there is no bet for that day. What you are backing is a horse who has shown consistent form and returned good times. So the horse when running against others must have a first rate chance.
The Fineform Rating Formula

"The formula is both swift & effective in rating runners on the flat & over the jumps. The combination of two positive potential winning factors good recent form & proven ability - is utilised in the ratings. Points are awarded as listed below for each of the runners' previous TWO OUTINGS OF THE CURRENT SEASON ONLY.:1st 5 points 2nd 3 points 3rd 2 points 4th 1 point D (disqualified from 1st place) 5 points Course & Distance (C&D) C&D 3 points C.D 3 points D 2 points C 1 point All runners in the race are awarded points according to their previous achievements, and the runner that is rated the highest TOTAL number of points is the selection. The maximum total rating that can be achieved is 13 points. If joint Top Rated an extra 1 point for a distance winner. If still even the horse nearest the top/bottom of the card is the selection." You can use the second(third) rated horse for forecasts.
If you are selective and factor in the selections ability to go on the going, and its proven fitness with a recent run you should be in with a chance at the finish. Clive Holt supports his formula with numerous statistics. I find it is a good base to finalise selections., and it often throws up decent price winners. The Fineform Maximum Selection i.e. 13 points choices. By just backing these selections only over the season, everything I have read indicates you will come out on top. I have also seen this selection criteria method known as the "Financial Security for Life Formula," amongst others. With regards to your betting strategy I would suggest you just do single bets, although I am sure you have some very good days. Why? Because professional gamblers only normally bet in singles (I assume they must know something), and bookmakers are always encouraging multi-bets (I assume they must know something). E.g. In a Yankee out of 11 bets , if your first horse loses you lose out on 7 bets, leaving you only with 4 bets left for your last 3 selections. For staking I look at the amount I want to win and adjust my stake accordingly. E.g. I want to win 20 - on a 4/1 chance I bet 5 & on a 2/1 chance I bet 10. I always respect the market so if a horse is a 5/1 its chance of winning should be around that, likewise an even money horse should be 50/50. But then that's where we all look for value!
THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM

Why is there, I wonder, so much trepidation attached to Handicap races? Can it be because fewer favourites win Handicaps than so-called normal races. Perhaps that may have something to do with it. But by utilising THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM wisely it will make handicaps much more of an attractive proposition for you by providing many regular, decent priced winners. To successfully operate this system you will need one of the specialist Racing papers, either the Sporting Life or The Racing Post, the betting forecast in an ordinary Daily newspaper will not be accurate enough for our needs. All examples, trials and statistics studied have been obtained by using the above named papers. SELECTION METHOD. We are having a serious attempt at making Handicap races pay here, and pay for US, not the Bookmaker. So the first thing that we must do is eliminate all those really big fields, you know the sort I mean, those with 20+ runners where it looks like The Charge Of The Light Brigade coming down the hill. I admit, it is a terrific sight, but our primary aim here is to WIN, so dont bet on those races, just sit back and enjoy watching the spectacle. The next thing that we must now do is eliminate nearly all of the other Handicap races as well! In fact any Handicap race with more than SIX runners we are definitely not interested in! Nor are we interested in fields of LESS than six runners, but for a different reason.
With less than six runners in a race you simply will not get any value for money. The purpose of THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM, apart from providing plenty of winners of course, is to find decent priced winners as well. So, go through the race card each day and look for any SIX RUNNER HANDICAP RACES - these, and only these, are the races that we are going to use. If there are not any that day, then quite simply there is no bet. If there is more than one qualifying race, use the selection procedure and back them both if the race is run at different times. If, by some unfortunate coincidence, the races are at the same time, select the race with the highest prize money. The majority of six runner handicap races are won by the first second or third horse in the betting forecast. This is a statistically proven fact, we know that the winner will, with incredible regularity, come from one of these three. But which one? You are probably thinking to yourself right now: "With my luck, even by narrowing it down like this, I am still bound to pick the wrong one! ". Well, simply by following a logical line of reasoning THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM takes all the guess work out of it for you. Remember, we are after value, so we select the THIRD favourite in the betting forecast EVERYTIME. WHY? Because he is the better Price Statistically it has just as much chance of winning as the first and second forecast favourites, precisely the same, no more no less, so by selecting the third forecast
favourite we are consistently going to get the best price and so, over a sustained period of time, it is CERTAIN to pay off. In fact, you can expect an average price of 7-2 for the third forecast favourite. You will average out at 33% winners using this system, and at an average price of 7-2 this is beginning to sound very attractive. However, this system gives you one other bonus as well that really makes it pay big for you. Over a three year study for THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM the longest losing run was only eight consecutive losers. So if we could develop an effective staking plan to go with this, we could have a very worthwhile proposition indeed. STAKING ADVICE. It is mentioned above that there was a run of eight consecutive losses, it should be stressed though that this was not, by any means, the norm, in fact it was such a rare occurrence that it is perfectly possible to show a healthy profit simply by using level stakes. However, if you wish to maximise your potential return with THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM it is suggested that you use the following staking method: 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5, reverting back to one point stakes after a winner. You will see from the staking method that we allow for a run of ten losses, even though the maximum ever reached was eight, this is merely a precautionary measure, it is doubtful it will ever be needed. THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM (continued) However, if it is, simply return to 1 point stakes and progress again, you will soon recover your losses.
EXAMPLE 1 (Pre-tax) RACE 1 3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 1PT STAKED - LOSE - 1PT LOSS. RACE 2 3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 1PT STAKED - LOSE - 1PT LOSS. (MINUS 2PTS) RACE 3 3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 2PTS STAKED - WIN 4-1 - (8PTS - 2PTS) = 6PTS PROFIT. RETURN TO IPT STAKE. Note. To demonstrate just how effectively this staking method is with THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM, there now follows an example of what a fairly typical poor run will look like, and how, by having decent priced winners virtually guaranteed, any possibility of incurring heavy losses is practically eliminated. EXAMPLE 2 (POOR RUN COMING UP) RACE 1 3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 1PT STAKED - LOSE - 1PT LOSS. RACE 2 3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 1PT STAKED RACE 2 LOSE - IPT LOSS (MINUS 2PTS) RACE 3 3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 2PTS STAKED - LOSE - 2PTS LOSS (MINUS 4PTS) RACE 4.
3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 2PTS STAKED - LOSS - 2PTS LOSS (MINUS 6PTS) RACE 5 3RD FORECAST FAVOURITE - 3PTS STAKED - WIN 7-2 - (10.5 PTS - 6PTS) = 4.5PTS PROFIT. RETURN TO 1PT STAKE. IMPORTANT NOTE. All you need to operate THE GEORGE WRIGHT HANDICAP SYSTEM successfully is to learn to exercise a little bit of patience when selecting your races. Do not be tempted to gamble on more, or less, than six runner Handicaps just because you cannot find a qualifying race for a few days. This system is tried and tested on six runner Handicaps, if you stick to the guidelines you will make consistent long term profits, and surely that is what you desire, isnt it?
The Henderson Handicap System

The Henderson Handicap System concentrates solely on Handicap races. It will operate just as successfully for the National Hunt season as the Flat season, so you can now enjoy making profits right throughout the year. You do not need a specialist Racing paper to operate it, an ordinary Daily newspaper with a Horse racing section will be adequate for your needs. The Henderson Handicap System seeks to search out the quality horse in a Handicap race. As far as Handicaps are concerned, it is general knowledge that the better a horse has been performing, the the more weight it has to carry. So therefore the better horses in a Handicap should be those with the most weight to carry. But statistics prove that simply by blindly backing the top weight in Handicap races will not provide you with profits over a long period of time. The Henderson Handicap System will, however, show you just how to separate the top weights that are the genuine class animals, from the top weights that are just one of the bunch. It is a fact, and one maybe not everyone is aware of, that there are some horses that run in Handicaps that are so far ahead of the rest of the animals in the race that even by being saddled with a thundering great weight, it will not stop them from winning. In other words - THEY ARE JUST TOO GOOD! It is these horses that we are seeking, and The Henderson Handicap System will provide them for you. Selection Method
1.
Go through the racecard of each meeting for that day, make a note of every Handicap race.
2. Make a note of the weight that the TOP WEIGHT is carrying. 3. Make a note of the weight that the SECOND TOP WEIGHT is carrying. 4. Subtract the second top weight from the top weight and make a note of the DIFFERENCE.
5. Repeat this procedure for every Handicap race of the day. The system selection is the TOP WEIGHT that is set to carry the biggest margin of weight over its nearest (second top weight) rival. In the unlikely event of two races producing the same result, select the race with the closest to 8 runners. If there is still a tie, select the race with the most prize money. This horse then is the system selection and is the one bet of the day. STAKING ADVICE - Place your bet to win unless the price is better than 5/1, in which case, providing of course that there are sufficient runners, back your selection EACH WAY. You will get some tremendous value animals running for you by using The Henderson Handicap System. SUMMARY - Remember, the horse that the system selects for you is the class animal in the race, otherwise they would not be carrying top weight. By restricting our selections to those with the biggest weight difference, we are surely putting our money on the horse which is that much more superior to even its nearest rival.
THE JAMESON SYSTEM

THE JAMESON SYSTEM is specifically designed for use with Handicap Races, and as such it is not a system which will provide you with a bet every day, or perhaps not even every week for long periods of time for that matter, but it is certainly worth keeping to hand because when it does provide you with a selection then you will have a very good chance indeed of collecting. It works for both Flat and National Hunt Racing so if you exercise just a little bit of patience it will soon be second nature for you to operate it throughout the year. If you are a regular punter the chances are that you watch many races, either on track, at home on TV or on SIS at the bookmakers. How many times have you been watching the finish of a race and said to yourself: "Ah! Old so-and-so is finishing strongly, it looks like he is ready to win a race, P11 back him next time out." However, next time out old "so-and-so" is entered in one of the big handicaps, cannot quite handle the better class animals and duly fails to win, at this point we forget all about him and continue our never ending quest for winners, quite unaware that we have probably eliminated just what we are looking for from our thoughts. Let me elaborate a little...... Horses cannot, no matter what "class" of animal they are, be 100% fit ALL of the time, this is especially the case when they are frequently running in handicap company. So when you see a horse like old "so-and-so" running on strongly at the finish, it is, as you correctly assume, a good indication that he is running into form
and is worth keeping a very close eye on. But we must do this for more than just one race. Remember, anything can happen in a horse race, no matter how meticulously an animal is prepared to land a race, that horse can be badly drawn, it can be going for a gap when it closes and effectively ends it's challenge, thejockey can simply fall offi Anything can, and frequently does, happen to prevent a well prepared horse from winning its target race. However, if you continue to follow that horse, for a limited period of course, it will land its desired win and you will be handsomely rewarded for your faith. It is worthwhile remembering also that time and time again, a badly hampered horse will, somehow, manage to battle its way through to a place. So, keep your eyes open when watching handicap races and if you see a horse like "so-and-so" finishing strongly, follow him and back him EACH-WAY in his next THREE races. It is virtually certain that you will at the very least recoup your stake if he only manages a place, but he will almost certainly win one of those three races AND at an attractive price which will show you a very healthy profit overall. REMEMBER - Make a note of any improving horses in Handicap races. Once noted back them EACH-WAY for their next THREE races, but do not forget to STOP AT A WIN. IMPORTANT NOTE. - DO NOT stop at a PLACE, only STOP AT A WIN. - You must always remember that these horses are being prepared to win a specific target race or to land a pre-planned gamble, and if everything goes to plan and they do manage to win first or second time out, then the chances are that they are going to be eased off until preparations are ready for them to go and attempt to win their next target race.
THE JEFFERSON SYSTEM

THE JEFFERSON SYSTEM will not give you a bet every single day, and it certainly does require a little bit of effort to operate successfully, but the results will make it more than worthwhile. This system is for use only during the Flat season. But, operated properly, it will provide you with a very high percentage of winners for NON-HANDICAP races throughout the season. You do not need one of the specialist Racing papers to successfully operate THE JEFFERSON SYSTEM, any ordinary Daily newspaper with a Horse-Racing section will suffice. SELECTION METHOD. You are going to have to produce, and maintain, two tables. Table 1 will contain all horses which win any non-handicap races - with the exception of Selling, Apprentice and Ladies races - by a minimum of three lengths. Once a horse has qualified for Table 1, you patiently wait for his next outing. If his next race is a HANDICAP you must delete this horse from Table 1. If his next race is a NON-HANDICAP you do not bet on him, but you note how he finishes. If he WINS you must also delete him from Table 1. However, if he finishes more than two lengths behind the winner you enter the winner of that
race in Table 2, also note the date. IMPORTANT NOTE. If the horse finishing second is within half a length of the winner, and is receiving any weight from the winner, you would add the horse finishing second to Table 2 INSTEAD OF THE WINNER again not forgetting to include the date. In races like this it is normally safe to assume that the horse finishing second is the better animal. You do not have to actually see the race to discover these facts, simply examine the race report and look for the distances separating the first three past the post. The horses that we place in Table 2 are the ones that we are interested in backing. You must back them in any race that they run in but for NO MORE than ONE MONTH from the date that they were first included in Table 2. STAKING ADVICE. In the normal course of events, back each horse to win, but on the occassions when the odds do appear to be generous, i.e. 5-1 or better, then halve your stake and have an each-way wager, assuming of course that there are eight or more runners in the field. SUMMARY What this system manages to accomplish, is to provide us with a constant supply of horses that are FIT and READY to win a race. By keeping Table 2 continually up to date THE JEFFERSON SYSTEM will provide you with a steady profit generator.
THE "LAY AND GO" SYSTEM

THE "LAY AND GO" SYSTEM is specially designed for those punters who wish to place their whole days bets in one go, or if they are having a day out at the races it will give them a simple method of finding winners. Many punters like to follow their favourite jockey, but even a cursory glance at the jockeys table shows that very, very few jockeys show a level stake profit on their mounts. So clearly, in order to succeed, a system backing a jockey needs to be linked with some other sound basis of selection, the most obvious being the form of the horses that the jockey will be riding. SELECTION METHOD. This will only work at one meeting at a time so, if you are not actually at the track, it is suggested that you concentrate on the days Principle meeting. Go through the entire race programme and note the jockey who is riding the most horses which were winners last time out. This is the jockey that you will be following today. In the event of more than one jockey tying for selection, you will select the jockey who is currently the highest in the jockeys championship table at the present time. You may place a bet at the Bookmakers on each of the jockeys mounts as per the following example.
Example. 2.00 L Dettoris mount 1.00 win 2.30 L Dettoris mount 2.00 win 3.00 L Dettoris mount 3.00 win 4.00 L.Dettori s mount 4.00 win 4.30 L.Dettoris mount 5.00 win 5.00 L Dettoris mount 6.00 win STOP AT A WINNER The staking method that is used in the above example is a simple, but effective one whereby the stake is increased by just 1 point after a loss. IMPORTANT NOTE. You must put your selected jockey down for ALL the races on the programme, even if he is not down to ride in one or more races. If he does not ride then there is no loss, but if, for example, he was not down to ride in the 4.00 but managed to pick up a spare ride which duly trotted in at big odds, then I do not imagine you would be too happy. So play safe and put your jockey down for each race. Of course, if you are at the track, or even in the Bookmakers, then you could perhaps be a little bit more adventurous with your staking system, although the one used in the example is perfectly adequate and has proved to be very successful over the years.
The Mensa Systems

System 1 - The sure Fire Betting System Type of racing : National Hunt only. Turf Only. Type of races Handicap hurdles only, do NOT use novice or selling handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check the days handicap hurdles, basic bets are spotform top rated (indicated by black spot) and last time out winners (current season only), best bets are Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF). Recommended stakes, minimum 1 point, maximum 4 points as follows; add one point for each of the following tipsters; Newsboy, Bouverie, Northern Correspondant and Strongly Fancied. Staking Basic bets and best bets to level stakes OR recommended stakes. Recommended Odds Evens or better. System 2 - The `Seller` Betting System Type of racing Flat Racing only. Turf only. Type of races All non handicap sellers, do NOT use handicaps. (Selling races indicated by (S)) Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check the days non handicap sellers, bet on any horse that has a spotform TOP rating (indicated by a black spot) of 32 or higher. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4-6 or better
System 3 - The Ìnside Info` Betting System Type of racing Flat Racing only. Turf only. Type of races All races containing two year olds Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check all 2yo`s, bet on any 2yo that is Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF), American bred (indicated by USA) and making its debut (first run in public). For extra selections use Fancied (indicated by F) as well as Strongly Fancied. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better. System 4 - The `Fit And Fancied` Betting System Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat; all handicaps except sellers. National Hunt; all handicaps except sellers. Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that is Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF), a winner last time out and is carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better. System 5 - The Òn The Mark` Betting System Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat and National Hunt; all handicaps. Paper Needed Racing Post (use your bookmakers copy) System Source Check `Postmarks` daily NAP selection, bet on `Postmarks
NAP only if it is a winner last time out and carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better. System 6 - The `Bottom Of The Class` Betting System Type of racing : National Hunt only. Turf Only. Type of races Handicap hurdle and Handicap Chases, do not use novice handicaps or selling handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that has a spotform TOP rating (indicated by black spot) of 41 or higher and is carrying only TEN STONE (10-00), also bet on any horse that has a SECOND rating (one away from top rating) of 40 or higher and is carrying only TEN STONE (10-00). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4/6 or better. System 7 - The `Spot-On` Betting System Type of races Flat racing only. All Weather only. Type of races All handicaps except sellers. Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that is spotform TOP rated (indicated by black spot) and last time out winners (current season only) and is a course and distance winner (indicated by CD). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better.
System 8 - The `Speedform One` Betting System Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat; all non handicaps. National hunt; all non handicaps. Do NOT use handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror. System Source Check the daily `Speedhorse` selection, bet on the `Speedhorse` only if it is spotform Top rated (indicated by black spot) in a non handicap. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4/6 or better. System 9 - The `Speedform Two` Betting System Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat; all non handicaps. National hunt; all non handicaps. Do NOT use handicaps. Paper Needed Racing Post (use your bookmakers copy) System Source Check Topspeeds daily NAP selection, bet on Topspeeds NAP only is also TOP rated (or joint top) by Postmark in a non handicap. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4/6 or better. System 10 - The Òn The Spot` Betting System Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat and National Hunt; all handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check the daily `Topspot` selection, bet on Topspot only if it is a last time out winner and carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better.
THE MIRAGE SYSTEM

RULES: 1) Note all NON-HANDICAP races both for Flat racing and Jumps including the 'All Weather' courses. Races must consist of between 5 and 12 runners inclusive. (No amateur jockeys or apprentices claiming the full 7 lbs) 2) Note the price quoted for the favourite and the 2nd favourite in the betting forecast of your daily newspaper. 3) There must be a minimum of 4 points clear difference between the two, eg:FAV Evens - 2nd FAV 4/1 or more FAV 5/4 - 2nd FAV 9/2 or more FAV 1/2 - 2nd FAV 3/1 or more FAV 6/4 - 2nd FAV 11/2 or more FAV 4/6 - 2nd FAV 7/2 or more FAV 7/4 - 2nd FAV 6/1 or more ETC., ETC., * The BEST BETS for the purpose of the system are those with the highest points difference between the 1st and 2nd favourite. In all cases you back the favourite. On many days there may be NO BET, others ONE bet or perhaps TWO. When 2 bets are indicated back as a double. Selections can be found very quickly once familiar with the rules. Any daily newspaper may be used but the most reliable betting forecast is to be found in the daily "Sporting Life". For the purpose of records all bets are, therefore, taken from this forecast.
The Most Successful Horse Racing System Ever

This is a straightforward system which will throw up good priced winners. The main attribute of this system is that it is quick and simple to find qualifiers. Choose all races with between 6 and 12 runners. It does not matter whether these races are Handicap or Non Handicap; you back in ALL Races of 6 to 12 runners. To be a selection a horse must have been placed (first, second, third or fourth) at least four times in it's last six outings and on at least one of these occasions it must have won. It must have run a minimum of twice in the present season and must have been placed in one of those two races. It must be either a course or a distance winner or both. It must be trained by one of the leading ten trainers at the course. When all rules are satisfied you have a selection from THE MOST SUCCESSFUL HORSE RACING SYSTEM EVER.
The Multiple Hit

Perms are commonplace in pools and fixed odds betting on football, less so in racing. The nearest everyday approach in racing is the Yankee - 11 bets covering 4 horses, or the Canadian - 26 bets covering 5 horses. For the same outlay as the Yankee covering 4 horses, this method covers 6 horses for the same stake (11 bets) and 15 stakes less than the Canadian covering only 5 horses. Laids out in football-type format the "Multiplan" looks like this: XXX XXSUNTAN 1X 2 XX XXXTRISTAR 3 XX XX XINHERIT 4 XX XX XBEAKER ALCAZAS 5 XXX XX A 6 X XXXXXSIRK Bookmakers are always suspicious of this type of reduced entry and the big bookmakers insist that all bets are made out on their own entry forms. Write the bet out in full. Using the example six selections as above your bets will look like this: 5 doubles (5 bets win or each way) Suntan and Tristar Tristar and Inherit Inherit and Beaker
Beaker and Alcazasa Alcazasa and Sirk 4 Trebles (4 bets win or each way) Suntan, Inherit and Alcazasa Suntan, Inherit and Sirk Suntan, Beaker and Sirk Tristar, Beaker and Sirk 4 Horse Accumulator (1 bet win or each way) Suntan, Tristar, Alcazasa and Sirk 6 Horse Accumulator (1 bet win or each way) Suntan, Tristar, Inherit, Beaker, Alcazasa and Sirk
The Nets Profit Racing Plan

This system can be relied upon to produce regular winners at reasonable prices. Choose one race a day. It doesn't actually matter which race. There are two different systems depending upon whether the race is a handicap or non handicap. If the race is a non handicap the bet is as follows:One point to win on the unnamed favourite and one point on the named favourite. It will sometimes occur that in reality you are placing both stakes on the same horse, more often than not in non handicap races this will not be the case, however either way stick to the bets as explained here as this will give a good safety margin when betting on the specific race each day. If the race is a handicap race the bet is slightly different as follows:One point to win on the forecast second favourite and one point to win on the forecast third favourite. As you can see the bet each day be it on a handicap or non handicap race uses two points from your betting bank. As an extra measure to increase profits you may wish to use two separate betting banks and utilise two different races each day. Either way it is entirely up to you which race you use and for the more adventurous punters who wish to increase profits this plan is so consistent that any reasonable staking plan can be used.
THE NOMAD
This ingenious system takes full advantage of one very valuable piece of information, to be found only in the Racing Post. At the bottom of each race meeting there is a section called TRAVELLERS CHECK. This shows which trainers have travelled the farthest distance from their home base to the meeting in question. The number of miles travelled is clearly indicated, and we are going to concentrate on those trainers who have travelled 250 miles or more with just one horse. Here then is the simple procedure. STEP ONE: Make a shortlist of those races where a trainer has travelled at least 250 miles with just one horse - these can be seen at a glance. Eliminate from the shortlist any race where two or more trainers featured in Travellers Check with only one horse are entered in the same races. Occasionally, two trainers will travel a similar distance with the idea of winning the same race. Although we could, I suppose, split our stakes and back both, I prefer not to. We usually have several shortlisted races, so we can afford to be more selective. STEP TWO: Our next task is to list our shortlisted races in order of priority, according to the amount of prize money on offer to the winner of individual races. Please note that the distance travelled has no further bearing on our final selection. That's to say, a trainer who has travelled 300 miles with one horse receives no priority over a trainer travelling "only" 250 miles. Therefore our days "Best Bet" can be defined as follows: The race where one trainer has travelled at least 250 miles with just one horse for the least prize money.
Trainers travelling 200-249 miles: Some days there will be no trainers who have travelled as far as 250 miles, in which case we will need to lower our sights., but the following ruling is to be used only in the event of there being nothing suitable at 250 miles or more. First we make a shortlist exactly as stated earlier, but in this case the trainer must have travelled at least 200 miles with just one horse and the most precise way to work out the days "Best Bet" is with the aid of a cheap pocket calculator. Let's suppose we have a shortlist of two trainers, each having travelled over 200 miles with just one horse. Trainer A is entered in a race worth 2,782 to the winner and has travelled a total of 223 miles. Trainer B has travelled 214 miles for a prize of 2,506. Taking our calculator we divide the prize money of each trainer by the miles travelled to find out how much each trainer stands to gain PER MILE TRAVELLED. Like so: TRAINER A 2,782 divided by 223 = 12.47 per mile TRAINER B 2,506 divided by 214 = 11.71 per mile We can see that trainer B, with 11.71 for each mile travelled, stands to gain THE LEAST and is therefore the "Best Bet". On most days the "Best Bet" will stand out from the rest without the aid of a calculator. But generally speaking - the lower the prize money, the more ludicrous the suggestion that the trainer will have gone to all the time, trouble and expense involved for nothing. I've known trainers travel well over 300 miles with only one horse for less than 700 prize money - it wouldn't pay the bus fare! Obviously, the only way the trainer can
make it pay is to have a substantial wager on his own horse, which brings me to another very important point: Not all of our selections will actually trying to win the race. We must bear in mind that the majority of our selection are coup horses, running at big starting prices. Many will have deliberately lost their last three or four races in order to "bump up" the odds. Suppose a coup horse is quoted at 12/1. If the trainer was to bet say, 10,000 EACH WAY on his own horse he would make 20,000 clear profit if the horse finished only third - perhaps ten times more than the prize money he would have received for winning! Therefore, some days our "Best Bet" will be each way, on other days straight win, and where one draws the line between each way and straight win is really a matter of personal preference. Unlike many of my contemporaries, I have always believed that any selection priced at 9/2 or more is worth backing each way. There are those who would never consider an each way bet at such "low" odds, but I have always found this both logical and profitable. For example, 20 straight win at 9/2 would bring returns of 110. 10 each way on a 9/2 winner would bring returns of 75, equivalent to 20 win at 11/4, which is quite a respectable return on the day. Plus there is a great advantage of breaking even on the day, should our selection only manage to squeeze in the frame. It also ensures that there are no long-losing runs. STAKES: I recommend that you commence with enough stake money for 12 bets, or one racing fortnight. We require no real staking system as such, as level stake profits are assured, but below I have included a staking table, which allows us to manage our level stakes to best effect:
The essential thing to remember is that after choosing the appropriate Staking Line we stick with it. Suppose you wish to start with a total fortnightly bank of 25. This will put you on Line 1. Your 25 is enough for 12 days betting at either 1 each way or 2 straight win, depending on the days S.P. As soon as you have made 25 profit, you are able to graduate to Line 2 stakes. Let's suppose that it took you two average weeks to earn the 25 needed to graduate from Line 1 to Line 2. It would then only take one average week to obtain the 25 to graduate from Line 2 to Line 3, because now you have twice the stake money to do it with! To put it another way, to get from Line 1 to Line 2 we need to double our total bank. To get from Line 8 to Line 9 we need to add only about one tenth to our total bank. Once the bank has reached 250 it is back to Line 1, just adding a nought to all the figures on the chart, ie. 10 each way or 20 win. After each loser we stay on the same stake. After each winner we add our total returns to the remainder of the bank and compare the amount to the figures in the right hand column to see if we have enough to graduate to another line. You are of course, free to add stakes or withdraw spending money after each winner as you choose. SUMMARY Each and every racing day, week in and week out, horses win comfortably at big starting prices. Few of these win by accident and such winners are seldom a shock to their owners and trainers. I have yet to find a system capable of detecting all such horses, but this system will, at least detect some of them, and let's face it, one good "coup" a day is all we need.
I have divulged to you some very sound principles, which will earn you consistent profits and which will last you a lifetime, but what I cannot give you is the "feel" or "gut instinct" for racing that can only come from experience. If you are conscientious you will keep a brief record of all betting transactions. This will include the name of each horse, trainer, jockey and race meeting. Also the distance travelled, amount of prize money and of course, the result. In this way, you cannot fail to notice discernible patterns emerging. You will come to realise that there are a few rather foolish trainers around, who would indeed travel to the ends of the earth with just one horse, with no realistic chance of ever being placed, and other shrewd trainers, who would never do so unless they could come up with the goods 90% of the time. Weed out the bad, concentrate on the good. Although "form" plays no active part in our assessment, it is a good idea to list each horse's form on your record sheet. I think you will be truly amazed to discover just how many horses lose three races, win one, lose three, then win another, with absolute consistency. In other words, once the individual trainer's "coup pattern" has been discovered, it is possible to spot a "coup" even when a horse is not a longest traveller! Of course, each individual trainer has his own unique method of pulling-off such strikes, and listing each horse's form is the surest, and simplest way of spotting such coups. Follow my instructions blindly and you will still make very good profits, but the key to being a successful professional always lies in observation, never complacency.
The Perfect Racing System

SYSTEM RULES: 1)You must use the Racing Post. 2)Only races of 4 to 18 runners inclusive qualify. 3)Exclude any of the following: All Weather Racing Amateur Jockey Races or any horse ridden by an amateur Jockey. All flat races after October 31st. Any race where the forecast favourite is odds-on. Any race where more than half of the runners do not have a Postmark Rating. 4)Of the races which are left, we are looking for a horse which came 1st 2nd 3rd 4th on its last run. 5)The horse must have raced within the last 28 days. 6)The horse must be tipped by both Postmark, and Topspeed in the tipsters selection box. 7)The horse must be clear toprated by Postmark, ie the only horse within a BLACK CIRCLE next to the horses names on the racecard. If a horse is joint top rated it does not qualify. 8)The horse must be toprated by Topspeed, on its last run. You will find this information in the Postdata/Topspeed Statistics box(the one with lots of ticks and crosses in it).
9)The horse must have won, or been beaten 2 lengths or less over todays distance. If a horse has not won(or been beaten 2 lengths or less) over todays distance, its can still qualify, but it must comply to the following rules: In a flat race, allow half a furlong leaway either side, ie if it is over say 1m 2.5f, the horse qualifies if it has won(or been beaten 2 lengths or less) over 1m2f or 1m3f in any previous race. In a jumps race(hurdles or chases), same as above, but allow 1 furlong leaway either side. 10)The horse must be in the first 5 in the betting in the Racing Post, but not at a bigger price then the number of runners in todays race, minus one. For example, if it is say, a 12 runner race, it must be in the first 5 in the betting forecast, at 11/1 or less. If say an 8 runner race, it must be in the first five in the betting at 7/1 or less and so on. 11)Apply the same rule to the price of the horse in its last race. Do not back horse that were priced 10/1 or over in their last race! 12)The horse must be proven on the going. Applying the same rules step 9 above, make sure the horse will handle the going. Obviously on many occasions this will be straightforward, is when the horse has won on soft, and todays ground is soft, but if you are unsure, use the following as a guide: Soft/Heavy in places....Proven on Soft or Heavy Good to Soft....Proven on Good, Soft or Good to Soft Good to Firm....Good, Firm, or Good to Firm And vice-versa.... 13)The horse must have a positive running comment on its last run:
Ran On, Driven Out, Shaken Up, Driven Clear, Easily, Comfortably, Eased Flat, Unchallenged, Ridden Out, Readily, Stayed On Strongly, Kept On Gamely... Do not back horses with comments such Stayed On, Kept On, Weakened, Pushed Out, etc... Please Note: That although we exclude any horse that is forecast odds on, some of the selections will open and start odds on, when the market opens. These still qualify as bets, and are indeed a handsome source of profit. The reason we exclude horses which are forecast odds, is to minimise the odds on bets, and back more selections at slightly larger odds. INTHEKNOW Revised Method. 1.Use the Racing Post. 2.Use the turf meeting with the handicap offering the highest prize money. 3. All Weather meetings do not qualify. 4. Must be at least two turf meetings on the day. 5. Less than 3 handicaps on the card no bet. 6. Take the Postmark horse in handicap races only. (First 3 handicaps on card if more than 3) 7. Stake 1 point, 2 points, 4 points stop at a winner. INTHEKNOW SYSTEM ORIGINAL 1.Use the Racing Post. 2.Use the Principal meeting only (meeting in bold type in the Racing Post Index) 3. Take the Postmark horse in handicap races only.(First 3 handicaps on card if more than 3) 4.Stake 1 point, 2 points, 4 points stop at a winner.
The Professional System

This method relies on a staking plan and its success depends upon following the instructions exactly! Your aim will be for target profit, T, of 5 points per race. I use a bank of 200 and give each 'point' a 50p or 1 value. Once you have decided the amount you wish to nominate for each 'point', this should never be altered during a racing sequence. It is only a matter of time before you have a win even if you know nothing about racing. The reason you have to settle for a relatively low cash value for each point is that this amount multiplies on each loser. Lets imagine you had ten losers in a row, if you had given each point a value of 1 per point then your stake for the 11th bet would be to recover 55. If you had given each point a value of 25p then you would be aiming to recover 10.25. Consider the risks you are taking and compare this with the profit you wish to make! This system has been used for many years by those who do not believe in gambling. They believe in racing as a business. Now the secrets of the methods are yours! T =Points target for race T+L = Target + Loss (if losing) OR Target - Gain (if winning) S = Stake R = Result W = Points won that race L = Points lost that race AWS + Running total of accumulated WINS and LOSSES
Target profit reached, start sequence again RACE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 T 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 T+L 05 12 21 33 16 26 22 34 05 S 2 4 7 11 5 9 7 11 2 R L L L 2-1 L 1-1 L 4-1 L W 22 09 44 L 2 4 7 5 7 2 AWL -01 -06 -13 +09 +04 +13 +06 +50 -2
As you can see, in race 8, the target profit of 40 points was reached and exceeded. At this point all the profit is withdrawn and the sequence started again with 5 points as the target. To calculate the race stake, divide by T+L by 3 to the nearest whole number. Then to win at 3-1 or over will clear ALL outstanding losses AND give the expected profit. Many professionals advise against using odds-on prices or anything below evens, and I would say that if you follow the instructions you should not need to bet on anything less than evens.
You could, if you wish, pay the betting tax on each race by adding it to the target for the next race. In this way the method would pay your tax as well. You do not need to bet on each race however many Professionals bet on every race at any given meeting every day. For example there may be 6 races at a meeting and six days racing, therefore a total of 36 bets in a week. My advice is select your races carefully or better still subscribe to an advice service. Beware of newspaper tips and naps. One 'expert' gave over thirty losers on the trot. Although this is rare, it can happen, and if the target is too high, this run can be uncomfortable. Alternate your bets with three or four bookmakers as no bookmaker will absorb winning bets over a lengthy period. Whatever stake you use remember that a single win of 3-1 or over will clear ALL outstanding losses AND give the EXPECTED PROFIT!
The Revelation System

Working from the Racing Post go through each meeting marking off all races with 13 or more runners. Ignore any non runners on the day, so long as there are 13+ runners listed theses are the races to concentrate on. Mark all horses that ran 5th last time out. Then apply the following rules: 1. All selections must have run within the last 60 days. 2. All starting prices MUST fall within the range 9/1 and 14/1 (inclusive) 3. Where 2 or more horses qualify within the same race the stakes are still kept the same i.e. if you are betting in 20 units, 20 is bet on each horse. 4. Looking back at the last race (i.e. when the horse ran 5th) make a note of the starting price. The previous SP can move up or down by four points only. For example, a horse whose previous SP was 16/1 can move down a maximum of 4 points, thus anything below 12/1 in the coming race is no bet. If it moved down 2 points it would be 14/1 and qualify as it is within the 9/1 - 14/1 range. Similarly, if the horse was 7/1 last time out it could move to a maximum of 11/1 so effectively you would bet if the SP was 9/1, 10/1 or 11/1. So in practise any horse whose previous price was below 5/1 is ignored and any horse above 16/1. All you have to remember is that for a bet to be on is that the previous price can move up or down by four point and so long as it falls within the given 9-14/1 range. As we stated the system is selective and some days there will be no bets, but as you can see from the enclosed results it is very effective. If a losing run does occur do NOT panic, as with most
systems clusters of results easily take care of these, especially if you are betting on high priced horses. If you are unable to see `live` prices simply mark your betting slip with a proviso as follows. If SP under 9/1 no bet. If SP above (then whatever price has been calculated, but never above 14/1) no bet. As there are rarely more than two bets a day, this is not a problem as most bookies are happy with this. Try to use more than one bookmaker.
THE SCHWEPPES
Any newspaper may be used that gives the details of the last three outings of horses and includes a rating method of some type. RULE ONE: WIN - 10 points 2ND - 5 points 3RD - 1 points Add one further point for: SF - Strongly fancied C - Course runner D - Distance runner If in race runner is denoted as "top rated" for race, add a further 10 points. In each race, the horse with the greatest number of points is the one to use. TO REDUCE: To reduce to one per meeting, select only from non-handicap races. Use the horse with the most points from the races selected. Check the tipsters and if two experts have also gone for one horse than that is the selection. If still unable to reduce to one, use the horse with the highest rating in the race with lowest number of runners. STAKING METHODS: Use staking sequence 11223345566 to reduce losses and increase winnings. NOTE: To reduce to just one selection per day, use the horse in the race with the lowest number of runners from all non-handicap races.
THE SPECIFIC STRATEGY

The strategy is based on high value, each-way bets. We are looking to back horses which are between 6/1 and 10/1. Using the guidelines below around 80-90% of the chosen horses should at least place, which at fifth of the odds will show small profits. However experience has taught us that approximately 1 in 5 of these horses will actually win, it is these win bets, (at prices up to 10/1), that will see our profits spiral. Effectively, using this method you will be backing on a week to week basis confident in the knowledge that most of the time your money will be returned, plus a small profit for your trouble, patiently waiting for the big price winners we all hope for. The Specific Strategy does not incur any long losing runs. Here is how the plan operates. Firstly, we confine our betting to certain types of races, these being non-handicap races with eight, or sometimes nine runners. During the jumps season, chases are preferable to hurdles, but don't exclude hurdles altogether as the plan is still profitable with these types of races. During the flat season do not ever use two-yearold races or sprints (5-6 furlongs). This may seem to leave us very little to play with, but there will still be quite a few races of interest to us each week. The next thing we look at in the suitable races, is the betting. You can use the morning forecasts in the papers, or wait for the markets to open proper. Look for races which the bookmakers rate as a "two horse race", ie. the first two in the
betting should be very shortly priced, usually one will be odds-on and the second horse around 7/4 to 2/1. Find a race that fulfils all the criteria above and you have a bet! The horse to back each-way will be the third one in the betting. This will usually be 6/1 or better in races with a two-horse book. This will be the horse that the form experts rate as the third best in the race. Because the odds set by the bookmakers represent each horses chances of winning (not placing), backing the third best horse each-way is the finest value bet you can get in racing. It really is a loophole in the bookmakers way of working. So much so that in races of the kind the strategy is concerned with, the on-course bookmakers are unlikely to accept each-way bets like these. They realise the danger of such bets. The off-course bookmaking chains have to have a general policy and cannot adjust their betting practises for specific races. Now two notes of caution: Firstly, when you are selecting the "third" horse to back in races with a two-horse book, always stick to using the third horse in the betting. Don't be tempted to try to pick a bet from the remaining runners. A hard and fast selection method that does not allow room for emotions, hunches or personal judgement will always prove most profitable in the long run. Secondly, in eight runner races be careful that there are no withdrawals. In eight runner races a place counts as first, second or third, but if there is a withdrawal and less than eight horses start, then only first and second will count as places. This is something to avoid. Good luck.
THE TERMINATOR
Consider 6 Runner or less Handicap races only. 1st Rule Must be Top 3 most consistent horse. 2nd Rule Top 3 Official Rating 3rd Rule Top 3 on Postmark 4th Rule Top 3 on Topspeed Adjusted Or Latest. 5th Rule runner must have had a recent run Only bet when 1 horse fits all above criteria. Also if you only back 1st/2nd last time out then you will get more winners, from the small amount that were analysed also horses with recent win or 2nd form are more likely to win than a horse that has finished 6th lto for example. The reasons why I think that you have the odds in your favour are the fact that in a six runner or less field you have only got to beat five or less other horses. Someone ran an example of purely betting favourites and in six or less runner field and the percentage win ratio was about 50%, hardly suprising given the small amount of runners.
The fact that you are only considering horses that are consitent is a good thing, by consistent I mean simply add up last three form figures, ie 121=4 051=11 222=6. Replace 0 with 5, ignore F on jumps but count P/R/U as 5. And pick three horses with lowest figure. Top 3 on PostMark in Racing Post means that you are betting horses that are the best handicapped horses in the race. Top 3 TopSpeed ensures you are concentrating on the best three horses on the clock. Top 3 OR means you are looking at the best three horses in the handicap. So there you have it you are concentrating on small field, looking at the best 50% handicapped horses, the fastest 50% of horses, the 50% most consistent horses and 50% of the best horses according to the Official Handicapper, who very rarely makes a mistake as they spend sometimes a day deliberating what mark to allocate a horse. Of course you can slacken the rules to get more bets, you can tighten the rules to get fewer bets, for example only concentrating on the top 2 rated in each will give fewer bets but probably more winners, the choice is yours.
The Weekly Wage System

The Weekly Wage System is specifically designed to produce a regular weekly income for punters who wish to place their whole day's bets in one go each morning, but who still wish to achieve a second income from their betting. Many punters like to follow their favourite jockey, but even a cursory glance at the jockey's table shows that very, very few jockeys show a level stake profit on their mounts. So clearly, in order to succeed, a system backing a jockey needs to be linked with some other sound basis of selection, the most obvious being the form of the horses that the jockey will be riding. SELECTION METHOD: This will only work at one meeting at a time so, if you are not actually at the track, it is suggested that you concentrate on the day's principal meeting. Go through the entire race programme and note the jockey who is riding the most horses which were winners last time out. This is the jockey that you will be following today. In the event of more than one jockey tying for selection, you will select the jockey who is currently the highest in the jockeys championship table at the present time. You may place a bet at the Bookmakers on each of the jockeys mounts as per the following example.
Example: 2.00 L. Dettori's mount 1.00 win 2.30 L. Dettori's mount 2.00 win 3.00 L. Dettori's mount 3.00 win 4.00 L. Dettori's mount 4.00 win 4.30 L. Dettori's mount 5.00 win 5.00 L. Dettori's mount 6.00 win STOP AT A WINNER The staking method that is used in the above example is a simple, but effective one whereby the stake is increased by just 1 point after a loss. IMPORTANT NOTE: You must put your selected jockey down for ALL the races on the programme, even if he is not down to ride in one or more races. If he does not ride then there is no loss, but if, for example, he was not down to ride in the 4.00 but manages to pick up a spare ride which duly trotted in at big odds, then I do not imagine you would be too happy. So play safe and put your jockey down for each race. Of course, if you are at the track, or even in the Bookmakers, then you could perhaps be a little bit more adventurous with your staking system, although the one used in the example is perfectly adequate and has proved to be very successful over the years.
TIC-TAC SECRET SYSTEM V.2

12th October 2000 4.45pm Newmarket Racing Post Betting Forecast: 5 Seren Hill,13-2 Flossy,7 Helen's Day, Kuster,8 Sharp Stepper,Mardani,14 Bar... First of all you mark the races which have 4 or more horses which have won at least once in their last 3 races.Then you use the first 4 in the betting forecast which have won at least once in their last 3 runs So for the above we have: 1.Seren Hill 891 2.Flossy 331 3.Helens Day 101 4.Sharp Stepper 214 I have followed the horses name by the horses last three races placing.Now we need to rate them on 11 different factors using the Racing Post or the Betting Boards
which are the same.These are the 11 factors: 1.Postmark Ratings 2.Weight(+/-) since last win. 3.Wins in last 3 races. 4.Last win number of lengths from 2nd. 5.Prize Money last win. 6.Class of race latest win. 7.Ground on latest win. 8.No. of runners latest win. 9.Jockey Position in the tables(All Venues) 10.C&D perfomance 11.No. of days since last run. So I will be giveing the factors on the horses respectively. 1.Seren Hill 2.Flossy 3.Helen's Day 4.Sharp Stepper. 1(Postmark Ratings) 1.(118) 2.(114) 3.(110) 4.(108)
2(Weight +/- since latest win) 1. (-4) 2. (+5) 3. (+2) 4. (-2) 3(Wins in last 3 races) 1.(1) 2.(1) 3.(2) 4.(1) 4(Last win no. of lengths from 2nd) 1.(2 1/2) 2.(1/2) 3.(2 1/2) 4.(1/2) 5(Prize Money of latest race win) 1.(7105) 2.(9626) 3.(6661) 4.(18525) 6(Class of latest win) 1.(C) 2.(B) 3.(C) 4.(C) 7(Ground on latest win) 1.(Soft) 2.(Good/Soft) 3.(Soft) 4.Good
8(No. of runners latest win) 1.(14) 2.(18) 3.(9) 4.(12) 9(Jockey position in tables) 1.(1st) 2.(11th) 3.(10th) 4.(27th) 10(C&D perfomance) 1.(D) 2.(C&D) 3.(D) 4.(D) 11(No. of days since last run) 1.(7) 2.(16) 3.(26) 4.(16) Now we have our 11 factors we need to put them in 11 ranking tables from 1st to fourth. (Postmark Ratings) 1st Seren Hill j2nd Flossy j2nd Helens Day 4th Sharp Stepper
(Weight) 1st Seren Hill 2nd Sharp Stepper 3rd Helens Day 4th Flossy (Recent Winning Ability) 1st Helen's Day j2nd Flossy j2nd Seren Hill j2nd Sharp Stepper (No. of lengths) j1st Seren Hill j1st Helen's Day j3rd Flossy j3rd Sharp Stepper (Prize Money latest win) 1st Sharp Stepper 2nd Flossy 3rd Seren Hill 4th Helen's Day
(Class of latest win) 1st Flossy j2nd Seren Hill j2nd Helen's Day j2nd Sharp Stepper (Ground Latest Win) j1st Seren Hill j1st Helen's Day 3rd Flossy 4th Sharp Stepper (No. of runners latest win) 1st Flossy 2nd Seren Hill 3rd Sharp Stepper 4th Helen's Day (Jockey Performance) 1st Seren Hill 2nd Helen's Day 3rd Flossy 4th Sharp Stepper
(C&D Ability) 1st Flossy j2nd Seren Hill j2nd Sharp Stepper j2nd Helen's Day (No of days since last run) 1st Seren Hill j2nd Flossy j2nd Sharp Stepper 4th Helen's Day
Now we have the tables we need to find the average place of all 4 horses in all the ranking tables.This is done by writing out the places and adding them and divideing by 11.Here are the placings in respective order from the tables: 1. Seren Hill 1 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2. Flossy 2 4 2 3 2 1 3 1 3 1 2
3. Helen's Day 2 3 1 1 4 2 1 4 2 2 4 4. Sharp Stepper 4 2 2 3 1 2 4 3 4 2 2 Now we can find the figure averages; Seren Hill=(1+1+2+1+3+2+1+2+1+2+1)/11 = 17/11 = 1.54 Flossy=(2+4+2+3+2+1+3+1+3+1+2)/11 = 24/11 = 2.18 Helen's Day=(2+3+1+1+4+2+1+4+2+2+4) = 26/11 = 2.36 Sharp Stepper=(4+2+2+3+1+2+4+3+4+2+2) = 29/11 = 2.63 Now we can put the figure averages in a table 1st(lowest figure) to 4th (largest figure). (FIGURE AVERAGE TABLE)
1st Seren Hill(1.54) 2nd Flossy(2.18) 3rd Helen's Day(2.36) 4th Sharp Stepper(2.63) So Seren Hill is the top rated with Flossy 2nd, Helen's Day 3rd and Sharp Stepper 4th. Now to be a secret system bet it needs to be: 1.1st in the figure average table. 2.Be 1st in five or more of the 11 factor ranking tables. Seren Hill was a system bet as it was top in the figure average table and 1st in 6 of the 11 factor
W.M.T.T.L. Method
The Daily Mirror is required to operate this system. Look for any Non-Handicap race of up to seven runners, where neither the (SF) or (F) horse is quoted at over 10/1 and where the (SF) and (F) horse are NOT first and second in the betting forecast. If this leaves you with more than one race, reduce to one as follows. Always take a Flat race in preference to a National Hunt race. If still more than one race, take the one with the fewest runners. If still more than one, then take the one with the highest prize money. If still equal, take the race with the highest priced forecast favourites. The selection is the (SF) horse.
1-3-2-6 System - the system of a positive progression

1-3-2-6 System is a positive progression system similar to the Paroli System. The main premise of this system is that you may win four times in a row. In the first step you bet 1 unit, in the second - 3 units, in the third - 2 units and finally in the fourth step - 6 units of money. If you lose at any step you start all over again at 1 unit (then 3 units and so on). The odds should be close to 2 and the winning chance of a single event should be close to 50%. Example: The odds of every event are equal 2. You bet 1 USD. You win 2 USD. You bet 3 USD (you have to add 1 USD extra). You win 6 USD. You bet 2 USD (you take down 4 USD from the betting amount). You win 4 USD. You bet 6 USD (you have to add 2 USD extra). It is clear that if you lose the first bet you will lose 1 USD. If you lose your second bet you will lose 2 USD (1 from the first bet and 1 from the second bet). If you lose your third bet you will win 2 USD. If you lose your fourth bet you will be breaking even on the whole.
Value bets system is a special system which you should know about. It is quite simple - after choosing the event and the bet details you choose the right bookmaker to make a bet at. You know that bookmakers offers different odds on the same event - the value bets system consists in the choosing the bookmaker which offers the highest stake on the chosen event. If you decided to bet on the Dallas Mavericks playing versus New Orleans Hornets and you noticed that Bwin offers 1.60 and Expekt offers 1.70 on Dalas it is not worth to place the bet at Bwin. The value bets system may be easy combined with many other betting systems.
Betting System "1-6 nil"

This system is very simple and efficient as the most genious things are. How many times have you came across a match between hot favourite and an outsider? Because of low odds on the favourite you weren`t tempted into betting but there is a small trick that makes it possible to bet on the favourite with odds between @1,80 and @2,0. Instead of betting on the straight favourite win we will place a series of correct score bets (assuming the favourite will win) which are: 1-0, 2-0, 3-0, 4-0, 5-0, 6-0. The odds that we will get for our correct scores will usually be: result 1-0 2-0 3-0 4-0 5-0 6-0 odds @8,0 @7,0 @9,0 @12 @20 @50 Our bets will be (in correct score order): 13 units, 14 units, 11 units, 8 units, 4 units and 2 units. We have rounded the stakes a little because the approximate stakes amount is enough. No matter which of our covered correct score results will happen we will get around 100 units for a 52 units stake. This means that we placed a bet on the favourite with odds @2,0 instead @1,20.
We will lose our bets if outsider scores a goal or if the favourite scores more than six goals but our advantage is that 70% of such games end with a favourite win, the outsider does not score and the favourite does not score more than six times.
Betting System "Correct Score"

Most of the football homewins end with result 1-0, 2-0 or 2-1 which is a statistical fact. Bookmakers usually offer following odds for this correct scores: around @7,0 for correct score 1-0, around @8,0 for correct score 2-0 and around @9,0 for correct score 2-1. We will pick 2 games with this system where we expect a homewin for the hosts that should be slight favourites. Barcelona - Real Madrid 1-0, 2-0, 2-1 Chelsea - Arsenal 1-0, 2-0, 2-1 We can place 6 single bets with 11 units staked on each and 9 double bets with 2 units staked on each. Our total stake is 84 units and our return can be: with one correct score between 77 and 99 units and with two correct scores between 252 and 360 units.
Betting System "Double Chance"

You have probably stumbled across betting option called "Double Chance" where you can bet on two outcomes in the same game. The problem with double chance betting is that the odds are very low especially if we bet that the favourite won`t lose. This betting system will help us get higher odds and avoid low odds set up by bookmakers. With better odds and two results covered our chances to succeed increase. This system is prepared in such a way that we have to pick two or three games and cover two outcomes (1X, X2, 12). Example: we will pick two games and cover the X2 outcomes (draw or away win). 1. Valencia - Getafe @1,85 @3,40 @4,0 (X2) 2. Newcastle - Everton @2,30 @3,20 @3,0 (X2) We will have to write four betting coupons: coupon 1 X and X coupon 2 2 and 2 coupon 3 X and 2 coupon 4 2 and X
We will have to stake 10 units on each betting coupon and if our selections win our return for 40 units stake is: coupon 1 109 units coupon 2 120 units coupon 3 102 units coupon 4 128 units
There is of course only one winning coupon but it does bring a solid profit. This system does especially well if the favourite slips up because we have covered other outcomes and with good odds too.
Betting System "Halftime/Fulltime"

With this betting system we will use match statistics and some football match facts. Half of the football games are drawn at halftime and half of the football matches end with a homewin. We will be betiing on Halftime/Fulltime or HT/FT (9 possible outcomes) where our bet "draw/homewin" or HT/FT X/1 with approximate odds @5,0 presents a profitable option. How does the system work? Let`s pick 4 games with homewin odds between @1,50 and @2,0. If we permutate our HT/FT bets we get: 4 single bets with 20 units staked on each, 6 doubles with 15 units staked on each, 4 trebles with 10 units staked on each and a 4-fold with a 5 unit stake. Our total stake is therefore 215 units and our return will be: with one correct bet a little less than half of our stake, with two correct bets 575 units, with three correct bets 2675 units and if we get all four right we will get massive 10775 units.
You will be surprised how many times you will get two or three correct bets. Pick the games carefully, be disciplined and you shall have a great success.
CORNER PROFIT
Dont ask me how this works .just believe me, Ive been reliably informed by good sources. The person in question made 10k from the Euro 2004 championships, laying and backing the amount of corners in a match. If a favourite team is playing with 2 very attacking midfielders (like wingers), it is giving them 4 points of attack and a lot of crosses will be coming into the box. Which will result in over 10 corners during the match. Therefore you Lay the under 11.0 market at around 3.5. IT does work because Ive tried it with Chelsea and it made me good money. IT wont work every match , but it will in a matter of matches.
Current form
The "Current form" system is basically based on appropriate event choices basing on the team's form analysis in former rounds. How does the Current Form system work? At first, we pick an event which we want to bet on and analyze current sport form of both teams. We take into consideration 5 last home matches of a home team and 5 last away visitor's matches. For a win at home we give 3 points, draw - 1 point, for away win - 4 points and a draw - 2 points. We give no points for a defeat. To make the current team form more visible we give wages to every played match. The last match played by the team shall have 5, the one before last - 4 etc. Let's see how it works on an example.
Let's presume W means a win, D is a draw and L is a loss in the given fixture. Firstly we take into consideration 5 home matches of the given team. The result of the played matches: WDLWW. Next we count overall number of points according to the earlier guidelines Form at home = (3x1)+(1x2)+(0x3)+(3x4)+(3x5) = 32 Next we take into consideration 5 last visitor's matches.
The result of the played matches: DDWLD. Then we count overall number of points according to the earlier guidelines Away form = (2x1)+(2x2)+(4x3)+(0x4)+(2x5) = 28 The difference in points is 32 - 28 = 4. Thanks to this calculation we get the result which shows that the home team has bigger chances of winning. Obviously this system doesn't take into consideration injuries and cards. Additionally we can add another assumption analyzing point differences, if the difference is between -3 and 3 we bet on a draw, if the difference is bigger than 3 we bet on a win of a home team and when the difference is below -3 we bet on visitor's win.
D'Alembert system
D'Alembert system is called after a 18th century French physician Jean le Rond d'Alembert. This system is based on the basic belief that in the long run two events of approximately equal probability will happen roughly the same number of times. You must add or subtract the established basic unit to the stake depending on the result of previous event. The stake should be decreasing after the winning bet and increasing after the loosing one. The difference between D'Alembert and Martingale system is that you do not have to double your betting money in the case of lose - so your stakes do not grow so rapidly. Example: * You bet 1 USD and you win (the stake remains the same) * You bet 1 USD and you lose (the stake increases) * You bet 2 USD and you lose (the stake increases) * You bet 3 USD and you lose (the stake increases) * You bet 4 USD and you win (the stake decreases) * You bet 3 USD and you lose (the stake increases) and so on.
Parlay system - the system of a positive progression Parlay System is a positive progression system similar to the Paroli System. It is also known as the "Let It Ride" system. It is one of the oldest and the simplest betting systems. It is based on pyramiding your profit. You use your original stake and your winning profit (or some part of it) to place then next bet with (of course only in the case of winning the first bet). Example: You bet 1 USD. You win 2 USD. You bet 2 USD. You win 4 USD. You bet 4 USD. You win 8 USD. And so on...
Doc's Unit System

Doc's Unit System - A Proven Winning Sports Betting System Please note that our Unit System is used by each one of the handicapping services that's listed in our "Advisory Board" section on the left navigation bar. The 1-8 unit rating is used for all sports that we provide picks and predictions for. Below is some information as well as frequently asked questions about our unit system. The plain, hard fact is most sports gamblers lose money. And the reason for this is simple: a lack of discipline and money management. This is why Doc's Sports was the first to develop a unit system for betting sports over 39 years ago. Many services now use a system similar to ours. We know from shopping our competition that none of them have had the success that we've had over the years. As with many things in life, experience plays a big part. It doesn't matter if you're a doctor, auto mechanic, investment advisor or a sports handicapper; the longer you do something the more you learn and the fewer mistakes you make. Doc (Morey Moseman) is the founder and has been the sole owner of Doc's Sports since it opened in 1971 and has had more experience than anyone in our industry. Sports gambling is not that much different than investing in the stock market. At Doc's Sports we model our picks after similar "high risk" investments available
from a stockbroker. And while there is risk in sports gambling, if you were to follow a few simple guidelines the returns far outweigh the risks involved. How it Works: During a typical football weekend, or with the daily picks associated with basketball, baseball, or hockey, each one of the handicapping experts on our Web site releases and posts their picks in the member area. Using our unit system, you will decide what your unit is worth. For accounting purposes we use $100 per unit as an example. Our handicappers release and rate their picks based on a 1 - 8 unit rating. The stronger they feel about a game, the higher the unit value they assign to that game. So if you are betting $100 per unit you would bet $200 (or $220 to win $200) on a 2Unit Play. You would bet $400 (or $440 to win $400) on a 4-Unit Play, $600 (or $660 to win 600 on a 6-Unit Play, etc, etc.. The majority of the games released will be 1,2,3 or 4 unit games. A 5-unit game is a top game of the week type situation and you may get one or two of these each week for each sport. These games have been huge moneymakers over the last 36 years and you can expect to win at least 70% of these plays over the course of the season. You will also receive 6-unit games during the season, which are like a game of the month type situation. (You may get one or two of these a month per sport) These are
exceptionally strong plays, where exclusive information will come into play. Seven and Eight unit plays are game of the year type situations. For instance Doc's Sports 7-unit game is Docs "Top College Game of the Season." This game has been a very high percentage winner over the last 36 years, and is a must for the serious player. In football, Doc's Sports 8-unit game is Doc's "Big Ten Game of the Year." This is the most sought after game in the country year after year. This is the game that made Doc's Sports famous - the game that won and covered 19 years in a row - the game in which Doc and his customers would move the Las Vegas line up to 6 points - DON'T MISS THIS GAME. The other handicapping services on our Web site use the same type of rating system for the same situations. Unit Betting System equals Success: This "unit" sports betting system is the key to your success - but you must stay disciplined. Discipline is critical in sports betting because wins and losses often occur in streaks. The problem is that many bettors get too aggressive during a hot streak and become too panicked during a cold streak. Streaks do not last forever, so stay consistent with your bankroll and NEVER chase your losses. Use our plan and stick to it. If you stay disciplined you will enjoy success with Doc's. Does this sound too good to be true? We understand if this sounds too easy. Over the years, this industry has been filled with rip-off artists who make extravagant claims of 70, 80 and 90% winners. While this can be done during any given week or month it's simply not possible to win at this rate over the long haul of a season. If you want to make money gambling on sports and would like professional help from
a sport handicapping service that has a consistent winning record and has stood the test of time then Doc's Sports is your service. Our sports betting system works, it's that simple. If you would like to speak to someone personally about our service without any call backs or high pressure sales tactics that you may have run into with other services then give us a call by viewing our Contact Us Page - Click Here Doc's Sports is a family run business that's been recognized as one of the leaders and most trusted names in sports handicapping information for over 36 years. We hope our open and honest approach will get you in the door. We know our winning picks, exclusive information and excellent customer service will keep you coming back.
Draw progression
A system "Draw progression", as it is called, is based on the progressive Martingale system. The main idea is that with an increasing number of draws in the league you can earn more money, so before starting playing you should consider the league with the biggest number of draws. You should pick a team which is about in the middle of a table (doesn't struggle for championship nor avoiding relegation) or a team with high percentage of draws in the recent or former season. How Draw progression works? It is widely known that rates for draws are hardly ever below 3.0. We then look for a league or a team with statistically high amount of draws. We choose a starting stake which will be progressively increased in case of a lack of draws of a particular team. You should adjust the stake according to the whole amount of money you have available for the game. It can't be too high or else with a short series of failures you lose most of your money. If our team doesn't draw a game, in the next round we bet on the draw again but we multiply the stake by 3 till our team draws again. Then we come back to our starting stake. To illustrate this system I will use an example similar to the one used in Martingale. We choose the starting stake, e.g. 3. 1. We bet 3, if the team draws bet another 3 till the team don't draw, then we double our stake to 6. 2. If drew at 6 we come back to the starting point and bet 3, in case of a lack of a draw we bet 12.
3. If drew at 20 we come back to the starting point and again bet 3, in case of a lack of a draw we bet 24. Etc... In any time when the given team draws we make up for the loss from former bets plus we gain a pretty big profit, which depicts the following comparison: 1. 3 loss -> whole contribution 3, win 6 2. 3 loss 6 win -> whole contribution 9, win 12 3. 3 loss 6 loss 12 win -> whole contribution 21, win 24 Etc... Level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 Stake 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 7 15 31 63 127 255 Odds Expense 2 3 5 9 17 33 65 129
Profit
9 Level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
256
3 Stake
511
257 Odds Expense Profit
1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256
3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2
1 3 7 15 31 63 127 255 511
2,2 3,4 5,8 10,6 20,2 39,4 77,8 154,6 308,2
Fibonacci sequence progression

The system " Fibonacci sequence progression", as it is called, is based on progressing a starting bet in case of a loss. However, there are some differences between this and martingale system. How does Fibonacci sequence progression work? At the beginning we take the numbers from Fibonacci sequence and we multiply our starting stake according to them. The first numbers of the sequence are following: 0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34. Every consecutive number in the sequence is a result of adding its two predecessors. In the system we start multiplying from 1, although the first number in the sequence is 0. The Guidelines of Fibonacci sequence progression At first we pick our starting stake depending on the amount of money dedicated for the game e.g. 5. Now we look for events which rates are about 3.0 or higher. In Fibonacci sequence progression you can very well bet on draws in football (it is safer and needs less money in case of a long series of losses) and in ice-hockey (where draw stakes are very high). Next, in case of a loss we bet again but now we multiply the stake by the next number in the Fibonacci sequence. In case of a win we bet with a starting stake again. To illustrate this system I will use an example. We choose the starting stake, e.g. 5.
1. We bet 5, if we win bet another 5 till we loose, then we multiply our stake by the next Fibonacci number (1) and bet again 5. 2. If we win at 5 we come back to the starting point and bet 5, in case of a loss we again multiply our starting stake by the next Fibonacci number (1) and bet 5 again. 3. If we win at 5 we come back to the starting point and again bet 5, in case of a loss we again multiply our starting stake by the next Fibonacci number (1) and bet 10. Etc... In any time when the given team draws we make up for the loss from former bets plus we gain a pretty big profit. 1. 5 loss -> whole contribution 5, win 15 2. 5 loss 5 win -> whole contribution 10, win 15 3. 5 loss 5 loss 10 win -> whole contribution 20, win 30 As you can see, the longer series of losses, the bigger income. Level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 2 3 5 8 13 21 Stake 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 1 2 4 7 12 20 33 54 Odds Expense 2,2 1,2 2,4 2,6 4 5,6 8,6 13,2
Profit
9 10 11 12 Level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
34 55 89 144
3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 Stake
88 143 232 376
20,8 33 52,8 84,8 Odds Expense Profit
1 1 2 3 5 8 13 21 34 55 89 144
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 2 4 7 12 20 33 54 88 143 232 376
3 2 4 5 8 12 19 30 48 77 124 200
Follow the Trend

This system is again brilliant and it works a treat. It involves predicting correct scores in Live matches. How does it work? I split my week up into 3 sections. Section 1: Live Matches on Saturday Section 2: Live Matches on Sunday Section 3: Live Matches midweek. This means you have 3 intervals in the week where you WILL make profit. In this bet you can double up your stake if you lose in the 1st match or you bet on Even stakes each time and my stats still indicate a profit. However doubling up will give you even more of a profit. Lets take Sunday 22nd January as an example: On the morning of matchday I get a piece of paper and I go through all the LIVE MATCHES that I can view on Sky TV. These include matches on Sky Sports, Eurosport, ITV, BBC1, 2, Channel 5, Bravo, Setanta Sport and anywhere else that is showing Live football. ON this given day the matches were on as follows; 2.00pm Chelsea Vs Charlton
4.00pm Man Utd Vs Liverpool 6.00pm South Africa Vs Guinea (African Nations Cup) 8.00 pm Fiorentina Vs Messina It is very important that if matches that start at the same time, that you choose the match where the favourite is close to 1.60 in backing odds. This can happen in Champions League nights when their can be up to 8 matches on at once. If this is the case, I look for 1 match that sees the favourite as close to 1.60 as possible. Based on statistics, at least one of these matches should finish 1-0, 2-0 or 2-1 to the favourite. This is where we make our money. Our 1st Bet involves Chelsea who are odds on favourites to win. I go to correct scores and I back them at 10.00 to win 10, 10.00 to win 2-0 and 10.00 to win 2-1. If they do win by either of these scorelines then I would make minimum profit 30.00 from initial 30.00 outlay. Which is quite impressive. Chelsea dominate the match but Charlton equalise and with Carvalho being sent off the game finishes 1-1. I dont panic , I have lost 30.00 but the stats are still on my side. I double up my next stake and place 20.00 on Man Utd who are favourites to beat Liverpool 1-0, 2-0, 2-1. Maximum outlay 60.00. The bet comes up and I win 125.00. my 60 stake and 30 previous stake I have made 35.00 profit. AT that point I have made my profit for that interval section and I wait. If you are not successful at the end of an interval, I definitely would not recommend you chasing it ..as the stakes will increase. Over the course of the season you will make profit using this brilliant little strategy.
Its simple, you can start of with a 2.00 stake on each score and build your bank balance from there. Remember though , dont get greedy, paper bet this strategy and youll see your self it is simply amazing. I have analysed this system since September and I would have been successful at every interval. The maximum I would have had to go without without a win would have been 4 matches. My recommendation is to start off low stakes for this strategy. If a match runs into another match dont back it on our strategy.
HALF TIME/ FULL TIME

This is a slow earner, but it does work and can make you excellent money. You watch every match on Sky TV and before every match you back the home team (no matter what the odds) to be losing at half time but come back and win. Usually at around odds of 48.0 60.0. Even if they are outsiders still do this. For the 1st 10 matches of the season you back at odds of 2.00, then the next 10 , 4.00, then 6.00, then 8.00. Dont worry this happens at least 3-4 times a season and youll make brilliant money. The ones that spring to mind while I write are Luton Vs Liverpool in the cup and Leicester Vs Spurs in the cup. It does work. Look out for it and be amazed.
Intermittent Progression
Probably every player knows everything about standard progressive systems. However, we took it to a whole new level and improved the existing system so that now it's even easier to achieve profit with limited risks. Traditional progression bases on betting on, let's say, the draws of a chosen team and increasing the stake every time your bet loses (so that winning the next bet would yield you net profit). But such betting is very risky, since a series of matches can last for a very long time and you can end up having no more funds for your next bet. In our modified progression stakes increase more rapidly with every lost bet. The main principle of Intermittent Progression System is to stop betting after certain amount of lost bets (e.g. 6 matches without a draw) and go back into play after there is a draw (in our case at level 7). Of course it's completely up to you (and your ability to cope with stress and high risk) to fix a border-point, after which you stop betting. There is one particular case of this system called the draw after the draw. How to use Intermittent Progression System (the draw after the draw)? a) b) c) You select teams that drew their last match (it's best to limit the number of In the next match you bet on the same teams to draw once more If there's a draw, you win (progression ends on level 1 and you start over, i.e. teams to 4, so that you have enough capital to end the progression)
you wait for the chosen team to draw again); if there's other score than draw, you lose and you wait for your team to draw again to be able to bet again
You can freely modify the system, e.g. prolong the progression for another 2 or 3 matches after the draw. Then it looks as follows: 1. Draw, you start betting 2. You bet on the next 2-3 matches; if there's no draw, you stop betting and wait 3. Draw, you start betting 4. You bet on the next 2-3 matches (4-6 in total); if there's no draw, you stop betting and wait 5. and so on Of course a draw at any level yields you profit; you end the progression. Before you start betting on draws it is good to choose teams with high draw rate you can find accurate statistics in many web databases. Proper team selection is the key to success! Please share your opinions and experiences in comments below!
Labouchere System
Labouchere System relies on odds of 2.0 or more it means that you need just as much as 50% effectiveness to be profitable (or at least to break even). Apart from picking >2.0 odds you have to write down a sequence of numbers: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10, where the sum of the first and the last number is always your stake. If you win, you move on to the next number and if you lose, you write down the mentioned sum at the end of your sequence (1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11). Example: * First pick, stake: 1+10 = 11 / you win, you cross out 1 and 11, the sequence is now: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10. * Second pick, stake: 2+9 = 11 / you lose, you write down the stake (11) at the end, the sequence is now: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
* Third pick, stake: 2 +11 = 13 / you win, you cross out 2 and 11, the sequence is now: 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 * And so on...
* If there are only two middle numbers left, e.g. 5+6, it means that you have finished the cycle and you can either start over or try to finish the sequence (there is a perspective of higher profit, but at risk of the sequence getting longer and longer if you don't win that bet). You have to adjust you stakes to your overall bankroll. Labouchere System if very interesting, and even though it might seem senseless at first, it really is effective! Why don't you check it out yourself?
Lay the Draw Back 1-1

This is another massive advantage of using Betting Exchanges and it works an absolute treat .providing you remain patient. A PROFIT IS GUARANTEED It again works on the Law of averages based on my studying of stats. My findings and many clever statisticians have found that if a team draws one week, or even the 2nd weed, they are unlikely to draw in their next match based solely on the Laws of averages. Lets face it not every team are going to draw every match they play in all season. This is where we make our money. You go to www.xscores.com and you look carefully through all English and Scottish scores for the last 3 matches. You are looking for a team that has drawn their last 3 league/ cup games. When you find a team, you lay that team not to draw at usually around 3.2. Meaning if I stake 100 at 3.2 Im risking 220. However you must remember that the laws of averages are in your favour. To cover the bet even more I take one third of my lay stake and back the 1-1 draw at odds of around 6.8. This will not give me all of my money back if the score does end 1-1 but it will give me a sizable proportion. Remember that you must be aware that the most popular result for a draw is 1-1 ( around 59% of draws in the English League in season 2004/05 ended in 1-1). Interesting but true.
If the team fails to draw I make around 65 profit which is brilliant and this will happen most weekends. If you lose dont panic simply treble your stakes and back the 1-1 correct score with half of your stake. e.g. bet 1 stake was lay 100 back 1-1 draw 33 bet 2 - stake will be lay 300 back 1-1 draw at 150. I have never lost more than 2 weeks in a row, so you have little risk so dont panic. Again paper bet this and youll be totally amazed by the results.
LAY THE FAVOURITE GOALSCORER

If the favourite to score 1st, did score 1st every match then bookmakers would be rich. It is a fact that the favourite to score 1st only scores 1st in less than 20% of live matches played. Therefore begin a strategy that lets you Lay the favourite to score and keep going. Youll be successful in no time.
Martingale system explanation

Martingale system is a betting system of negative progression and consists in doubling the stake in case of the loss. If you stake 1 USD and you will win you can stake another 1 USD on another event. If you stake 1 USD and you will lose you should stake 2 USD on another event. If you will lose again you bet 4 USD and so over - until you will have finally won. Then you are returning to your basic stake - 1 USD. The Martingale system seems to be a really good one but it has wrong assumptions. You must have unlimited money and the stakes must be unlimited too. It is obvious that it can not be fulfilled. In simple words if you are using the Martingale system you will be often winning small amounts of money but when you lose one time - you will lose a great amount. I think that the Martingale system would be interesting combined with some other systems (like finding a value bets). The income from winning these bets is higher so the whole system may be working better. The Martingale system may be appropriate for those players who have a small initial bankroll. Remember however that this strategy is not expected to give you an income in a long run. If you are looking for a more reliable betting system - take a look at the Betting Arbitrage system.
Martingale system example Let's assume that the chance of winning every event is 50% and the bookmaker's odds is 2.00 and you will win after 6 rounds (it is quite a bad luck - the probability of not winning in five rounds equals 1/32 = 0.03125. But remember - it still happens!). It means that you had to bet 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 USD = 63 USD. Your last stake (the winning one) was 32 USD. The odds is 2.00 so you win 64 USD (one dollar more than you had to stake). Looks great? Imagine however what would be if you lost six times in a row and you no longer have money. You will be very dissatisfied with Martingale system.
NBA BETTING SYSTEM

HERES THE NBA BETTING SYSTEM IN DETAIL. AS LONG AS YOU STRICTLY FOLLOW MY BETTING GUIDELINES BELOW , YOU WILL BE WINNING ALMOST ALL OF YOUR NBA BETS! IN A NUTSHELL, YOU WILL BE BETTING THAT ONE TEAM IS GOING TO WIN AT LEAST ONE GAME IN AN ON-THE-ROAD SERIES VERSUS AN OPPOSING TEAM THAT IS INA DIFFERENT CONFERENCE. THIS IS A BET THAT YOU WILL WIN MORE THAN 97% OF THE TIME. I HAVE ALSO FOUND THAT ONLY TWO SPORTSBOOKS WORK FOR THIS BETTING METHOD AND THE LINKS TO SIGN UP WITH THEM ARE BELOW. I WONT GET INTO THE DETAILS WHY I HAVE FOUND ONLY THESE 2 SPORTSBOOKS TO WORK BUT THERE ARE MANY SPORTSBOOKS THIS BETTING SYSTEM WILL NOT WORK WITH SO PLEASE USE THESE LINKS BELOW TO SIGN UP FOR AN ACCOUNT WITH A SPORTSBOOK THAT WILL WORK. CLICKING ON ONE OF THESE LINKS WILL REDIRECT YOU TO THE MOST CURRENT SIGNUP PAGE FOR THAT SPORTSBOOK AND THEIR LATEST DEPOSIT BONUS OFFERS AS WELL. BEFORE I GO INTO DETAIL ON HOW TO MAKE THE BETS, I WILL GO OVER THE MONEY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. THERE ARE ONLY THREE BET VALUES YOU SHOULD STICK TO: BET A, BET B, BET C.
BET A = YOUR BEGINNING BET. YOU CAN, FOR EXAMPLE, SET YOUR BEGINNING BET TO WIN $100 (OR WHATEVER YOUR BUDGET WILL ALLOW) WHEN YOU FIRST START OUT. BET B = IN CASE BET A FAILS, YOU MAKE BET B TO MAKE UP FOR ANY LOSS YOUVE SUFFERED FROM BET A, PLUS ANY PROFIT YOU WOULD HAVE ACHIEVED FROM BET A. SO, IF YOUR BET A WAS FOR $170 (TO WIN $100 AT -170 ODDS), YOUR BET B WILL BE TO WIN THE $170 YOU LOST ON BET A PLUS ANOTHER $100 TO MAKE A PROFIT. THEREFORE YOUR BET AMOUNT WOULD NEED TO BE AS SUCH TO WIN $270 ($170 + $100). BET C = IN CASE BET B FAILS, YOU MAKE BET C TO MAKE UP FOR ANY LOSS YOUVE SUFFERED FROM BET A + BET B + PROFIT YOU WOULD HAVE ACHIEVED FROM THE ORIGINAL BET, BET A. SO, IF YOUR BET A + BET B LOSSES ARE $500, YOUR BET C NEEDS TO BE TO WIN $500 (PREVIOUSLY LOST) PLUS $100 PROFIT. THEREFORE YOU WOULD NEED TO PLACE BET C SUCH AS TO WIN $600. THERE IS NO BET D,E, F OR ANYTHING THEREAFTER. IF YOU LOSE BET C, YOU LOSE THE BET. HOWEVER, DO NOT BE CONCERNED BECAUSE LOSING A BET C IS SOMETHING THAT WILL ALMOST NEVER HAPPEN. ILL TALK MORE ABOUT THAT LATER. HERES THE BETTING SYSTEM: 1 CHECK THE NBA SCHEDULE AND MARK DOWN ANY SERIES WHERE ONE TEAM WILL BE PLAYING AT LEAST 3 CONSECUTIVE GAMES ON THE ROAD VERSUS A TEAM IN A DIFFERENT CONFERENCE.
FOR THE TEAM THAT WILL BE PLAYING 3 OR MORE GAMES ON THE ROAD AGAINST A DIFFERENT
CONSECUTIVE
CONFERENCE, MAKE A BET A FOR THE TEAM ON THE ROAD ON ITS FIRST GAME AND BUY 3 POINTS ON THE BET. 3 4 IF YOU LOSE BET A, MAKE BET B ON THE NEXT GAME FOR IF YOU LOSE BET B, MAKE BET C ON THE NEXT GAME FOR THE SAME TEAM THE SAME TEAM GO TO NBA.COM TO CHECK SCHEDULES AND SEE WHAT CONFERENCE EACH TEAM IS IN. THE TEAMS THAT HAVE 3 CONSECUTIVE AWAY GAMES IN A ROW VERSUS TEAMS OF THE OPPOSITE CONFERENCE ARE THE ONES YOU WILL BET ON. ONE OTHER THING OF NOTE IS THAT IF A TEAM IS PLAYING 6 GAMES IN A ROW ON THE ROAD ALL VERSUS OPPONENTS OF THE OPPOSITE CONFERENCE, YOU CAN SPLIT THAT UP INTO 2 DIFFERENT BETTING SERIES, ONE BEGINNING WITH THE 1ST GAME AND ONE BEGINNING WITH THE 4TH GAME. FROM HERE JUST CLICK ON NBA ON THE NEXT PAGE IS WHERE YOU SELECT YOUR TEAM. FOR EXAMPLE, LETS SAY YOU WANT TO BUY 3 POINTS FOR THE HOUSTON ROCKETS IN THEIR GAME VERSUS THE DALLAS MAVERICKS YOU WOULD NEED TO DO AS FOLLOWS.
JUST CLICK IN THAT CIRCLE AND ON THE NEXT PAGE IS WHERE YOU BUY POINTS AND SET YOUR WAGER AMOUNT. JUST FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE SCREENSHOT BELOW. IF YOU DO NOT UNDERSTAND BUYING POINTS , LET ME EXPLAIN. EACH GAME YOU WAGER ON WILL HAVE A POINT SPREAD. FOR EXAMPLE, IN THE HOUSTON vs DALLAS GAME THAT YOU SEE ON THE SCREENSHOT ABOVE, THE SPREAD IS +5 FOR HOUSTON AND -5 FOR DALLAS. IF YOU BET ON HOUSTON +5 IT MEANS THAT IF HOUSTON LOSE THE GAME TO DALLAS BY 4 POINTS OR LESS YOU STILL WIN THE BET IF YOU CHOOSE HOUSTON +5. IF YOU BET ON DALLAS -5 IT MEANS THAT DALLAS MUST WIN BY 6 POINTS OR MORE FOR YOU TO WIN THE BET IF YOU BET ON DALLAS -5. NOW, IF YOU BUY 3 POINTS FOR HOUSTON THAT WOULD BRING THE SPREAD TO +8 INSTEAD OF +5. THIS MEANS THAT NOW YOU CAN STILL WIN THE BET IF HOUSTON LOSES BY 7 POINTS OR LESS. SIMILARLY, IF YOU BUY 3 POINTS FOR DALLAS TO -2 IT MEANS THAT NOW DALLAS CAN WIN BY ONLY 3 POINTS AND YOU WIN THE BET. IF ANY BET FALLS ON THE EXACT SPREAD NUMBER SUCH AS HOUSTON LOSING TO DALLAS BY 8 AND YOU HAD HOUSTON +8 THE BET IS A PUSH AND IS REFUNDED. ONE FINAL IMPORTANT NOTE ON THIS BETTING SERIES IS THAT YOU STOP THE SERIES AFTER A WIN. FOR EXAMPLE, IF YOU LOSE BET A AND GO ONTO WIN BET B YOU THEN STOP THAT SERIES OF BETS (A,B,C) AND WAIT FOR THE NEXT SERIES TO COME ALONG.
YOU MUST ALSO BE WONDERING ABOUT WIN PERCENTAGES FOR THIS SYSTEM. IN AN ENTIRE NBA SEASON, IF YOU FOLLOW THE GUIDELINES, YOUR CHANCES OF LOSING A BET B ARE AROUND 14% AND LOSING A BET C IS CLOSE TO 1% !! A FINAL NOTE IS TO BE SURE YOU HAVE ENOUGH MONEY IN YOUR BETTING ACCOUNT TO COVER ALL THE WAY THROUGH BET C SHOULD IT OCCUR AND ADJUST YOUR STARTING BET ACCORDINGLY AS TO BE ABLE TO DO THIS. ENJOY! AND DONT FORGET TO USE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING SPORTSBOOKS TO BE SURE YOU CAN FULLY IMPLEMENT THIS SYTEM. THANKS AND ENJOY!!
No Draw
Let's look for 4 fixtures, which may not end with a draw. Rates for all three events in the match have to be over 2.00. Check it out on the example. We pick 4 fixtures: A Wisa Krakw - Polonia 2.50 2.55 2.80 B Chelsea - Arsenal 2.50 3.30 2.55 C Real - Barcelona 2.30 3.20 3.00 D Milan - Roma 2.35 3.90 2.45 Then we analyze all possibilities excluding draws. A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1 A-2 B-1 C-1 D-1 A-2 B-2 C-1 D-1 A-2 B-2 C-2 D-1 A-2 B-2 C-2 D-2 A-1 B-2 C-2 D-2 A-1 B-1 C-2 D-2 A-1 B-1 C-1 D-2 A-1 B-2 C-1 D-2 A-2 B-1 C-2 D-1
A-2 B-1 C-2 D-2 A-2 B-2 C-1 D-2 A-2 B-1 C-1 D-2 A-1 B-2 C-2 D-1 A-1 B-2 C-1 D-1 A-1 B-1 C-2 D-1 If we bet 16 times i.e. all possibilities without draws, for 1 for each we gain 17.80 in the worst case and 36.50 if we are lucky. As you can see the system can bring profits, but only if there is no draw in a single match.
Norwegian System
Norwegian System is very simple and effective one. It is meant rather for players that tend to bet on several events (at low odds) on one coupon, however if you like, you can also use it for single bets. You bet only on football (although it is possible to test this system in other disciplines). Before you start, you have to make a careful selection: a) b) c) you choose the strongest teams in given league (places 1-4 in the table); it's after you've made your selection you wait for your team to lose point (loss or when it loses points, you bet on it in the next match (only if it is a home match)
even better if they have been top teams for more than 2 past seasons a draw)
This system bases on an assumption that top teams are not likely to lose points in 2 consecutive matches. Of course there are exceptions to this rule, but for that very reason you have to watch several leagues. Let's have a look at the mathematical side of all this: a) total you observe 10 leagues (3 teams in each league) which gives you 30 teams in
b)
10 out of selected 30 teams have lost points in their previous game and play
their next match at home (let's assume that the odds for their victory are between 1.3 and 1.6, depending on a league and an opponent) c) you have your 10 matches which you can now use to create coupons (we don't recommend putting them all together on one coupon); the right choice of, let's say, 3 matches can yield you nice and sure profit Norwegian System requires some time to look throught databases and select teams properly. You should sum up your profits at the end of the season, because this system is meant to be used in long term only.
Other Betting Systems

Betting systems have existed for as long as gambling has. A betting system is either bogus or clever depending upon whether it is based on a sufficiently deep understanding of the given game so that there is some method to the madness. Gambling systems, even bogus ones, are always interesting to hear about, because they say something about how people perceive (or misperceive) probability. My favorite bogus systems include: * Doubling up in Casino Gambling - Consider the following strategy for gambling in roulette. Walk into the casino and bet a dollar on black. If it wins, boldly pocket your earnings. If not, bet $1 again on black. If it wins, your are back to where you started. If it loses, bet $2 on black to recoup your losses. After each loss, keep doubling up. Inevitably, you are going to win sometime, and at that point you are all caught up. Now you can start again from the beginning. You can't ever lose money with this scheme, can you? What's the problem? Nothing really, so long as you have an infinitely deep pocket and are playing on a table without a betting limit. If your table has a betting limit or you are not able to print money, you will eventually reach a point where the house will not let you bet as much as you need in order to play by this system. At this point you have been completely wiped out. This doubling or Martingale system offers you a high probability of small returns in exchange for a small possibility of becoming homeless. Casinos are more
than happy to let you take this chance. After all, Donald Trump has a much deeper pocket than either you or I have. * The O'Hare Straddle - An alternate doubling scheme is as follows. Borrow a large amount of cash on a short term basis. Set aside enough money for a ticket on the next plane to South America. Bet the rest on one spin of the roulette wheel at even money. If you win, return the principal and retire on the rest. Otherwise, use the plane ticket. Mathematically, the key to making this work is being bold enough to wager all the money on a single bet, rather than making multiple smaller bets. The casino extracts a tax on each èven-money' wager via the 0 and 00 slots on the wheel. You pay more tax each time you re-bet the winnings, thus lowering your chances of a big killing. However, the most likely result of playing the O'Hare straddle will be a sudden need to increase your fluency in Spanish. * Collecting Statistics on Lottery Numbers - Some people carefully chart the frequency with which lottery numbers have come in recently, and then play the numbers that are either ``due'' or ``hot''. Unfortunately, the notion of a number ``being due'' or ``being hot'' violates all laws of probability, technically the assumption that the numbers arise from independent Bernoulli trials. Lottery numbers are selected by drawing numbered balls from a jar, or some equivalent method. Provided that the balls have been thoroughly mixed up, there is no way a ball can know that it has not been selected for a while, and hence is due. Similarly, the notion of a number ``being hot'' makes sense only when the numbers have been drawn according to a non-uniform random number generator.
As we will see, poor random number generators certainly exist; I will talk more about this in Chapter 4. There is also historical precedent for poorly mixed-up balls. During the Vietnam War, the United States military draft selected soldiers by lottery according to birthday. Each of the 365 birthdays for the year were stamped on a ball and tossed into a jar, and unlucky 19 year olds mustered into the army if their birth date was selected. In 1970, several newspapers observed that December's children had a startlingly high chance of being drafted, and indeed, the lottery selection procedure turned out to be flawed. It was fixed for the next year, presumably small consolation to those left marching in the rice paddies. Although each lottery combination is just as likely to come in as any other, there is one formally justifiable criterion you can use in picking lottery numbers. It makes a great deal of sense to try to pick a set of numbers which nobody else has selected, since if your ticket is a winner you won't have to share the prize with anybody else who is a winner. For this reason, playing any ticket with a simple pattern of numbers is likely a mistake, since someone else might stumble across the same simple pattern. I would avoid such patterns as 2-4-6-8-10-12, and even such numerical sequences as the primes 2-3-5-7-11-13 and the Fibonacci numbers 1-2-35-8-13, because there are just too many mathematicians out there for you to keep the prize to yourself. There are probably too many of whatever-you-are-interested-in as well, so stick to truly random sequences of numbers unless you like to share. Indeed, my favorite idea for a movie would be to have one of the very simple and popular patterns of lottery numbers come up a winner; say, the numbers resulting from filling in the entire top row on the ticket form. As a result, several hundred people will honestly
think they won the big prize, only later to learn it is not really so big (say only $5,000 or so). This will not be enough to get members of the star-studded, ensemble cast out of the trouble they got into the instant they thought they became millionaires. On the other hand, there are well-founded betting systems available for certain games, if you know what your are doing: * Card counting in Blackjack - Blackjack is unique among casino games in that a sufficiently clever player can indeed have an advantage over the house. In blackjack, each player starts with two cards, and the goal is to collect a set of cards whose total points are as close to 21 as possible without going over. The key decision for any player is whether to accept an additional, unknown card from the house. This card will increase your point total, which is good, unless it takes you over 21, which is bad. You win money if your total is closer to 21 than the dealer's, who must play according to a well-defined strategy. If you know nothing about the cards which you are to be dealt, then the dealer's strategy is sufficient to guarantee the house a nice advantage. However, a sufficiently clever player does know something about the hand which she will be dealt. Why? Suppose in the previous hand she saw that all four aces had been dealt out. If the cards have not been reshuffled, all of those aces are now sitting in the discard pile. Assuming that only one deck of cards is being dealt from, there is no possibility of seeing an ace in the next hand, and a clever player can bet accordingly. By keeping track of what she has seen (card counting) and properly interpreting the results, she knows the true odds of each possible card showing up and thus adjusts her strategy accordingly. Card counters theoretically have a inherent advantage of up to 1.5% against the casino, depending upon which system they use.
Edward Thorp's book Beat the Dealer started the card-counting craze in 1962. Equipped with computer-generated counting charts and a fair amount of chutzpah, Thorp took on the casinos. Once it became clear (1) that he was winning, and (2) it wasn't just luck, the casinos became quite unfriendly. Most states permit casinos to expel any player they want, and it is usually fairly easy for a casino to detect and expel a successful card counter. Even without expulsion, casinos have made things more difficult for card counters by increasing the number of decks in play at one time. If there are ten decks in play, seeing four aces means that there are still 36 aces to go, greatly decreasing the potential advantage of counting. For these reasons, the most successful card counters are the ones who write books which less successful players buy. Thorp himself was driven out of casino gambling in Wall Street, where he was reduced to running a hedge fund worth hundreds of millions of dollars. Still almost every mathematically-oriented gambler has been intrigued by card counting at one point or another. Gene Stark, a colleague of mine who you'll read more about later, devised his own card counting system, and used it successfully a few times in Atlantic City. However, he discovered that making significant money off a 1.5% advantage over the house requires a large investment of either time or money. It isn't any more fun making $5.50 an hour counting cards than it is tending a cash register. * The Eudaemonic Pie - Physicists tend to be good at mathematics. A few years ago, the American Physical Society had its annual convention in Las Vegas, during which the conference hotel/casino took a serious financial hit. The hotel rented out rooms to the conference at below cost, planning to make the difference back and
more from the gambling losses of conference goers. However, the physicists just would not gamble. They knew that the only way to win was not to play the game. But another group of physicists did once develop a sound way to beat the game of roulette. A roulette wheel consists of two parts, a moving inner-wheel and a stationary outer-wheel. To determine the next ``random'' number, the inner wheel is set spinning, and then the ball sent rolling along the rim of the outer wheel. Things rattle around for several seconds before the ball drops down into its slot, and people are allowed to bet over this interval. However, in theory, the winning number is preordained from the speed of the ball, the speed of the wheel, and the starting position of each. All you have to do is measure these quantities to sufficient accuracy and work through the physics. As reported in Thomas Bass's entertaining book The Eudaemonic Pie, this team built a computer small enough to fit in the heel of a shoe, and programmed in the necessary equations. Finger or toe presses at reference points on the wheel were used to enter the observed speed of the ball. It was necessary to carefully conceal this computer because otherwise casinos would be certain to ban the players to moment they started winning. Did it work? Yes, although they never quite made the big score in roulette. Like Thorp, the principals behind this scheme were eventually driven to Wall Street, building systems to bet on stocks and commodities instead of following the bouncing ball. Their latter adventures are reported in the sequel, The Predictors. * Flooding Large Lottery Pools - Lotteries in the United States keep getting bigger. The bigger a jackpot, the more people that want to play. Many states have switched to systems of accumulated pools, where if no grand prize winner emerges
in a given week, the money rolls over to supplement next week's prize. The pool grows very large whenever a few weeks goes by without a winner. Whenever the pool gets large enough (say $100 million), it starts a betting frenzy which draws national attention. The interesting aspect of large pools is that any wager, no matter how small the probability of success, can yield positive expected returns given a sufficiently high payoff. Most state lotteries are obligated to pay some fraction (say 50%) of all betting receipts back to the bettors. If nobody guesses right for a sufficiently long time, the potential payoff for a winning ticket can overcome the vanishingly small odds of winning. For any lottery, there exists a pool size sufficient to ensure a positive expected return assuming a given number of tickets sold. But once it pays to buy one lottery ticket, then it pays to buy all of them. This has not escaped the attention of large syndicates which place bets totaling millions of dollars on all possible combinations, thus ensuring themselves of a winning ticket. State lottery agents frown on such betting syndicates, not because they lose money (the cost of the large pool has been paid by the lack of winners over the previous few week) but because printing millions of tickets ties up agents throughout the state and discourages the rest of the betting public. Still, these syndicates like a discouraged public. The only danger they face are other bettors who also pick the winning numbers, since the pool must be shared with these other parties. Given an estimate of how many tickets will be bought by the public, this risk can be accurately measured by the syndicate to determine whether to go for it. Syndicate betting has also occurred in jai-alai, in a big way. Palm Beach Jai-Alai ran an accumulated Pick-6 pool, which paid off only if a bettor correctly picked the
winners of six designated matches. This was quite a challenge, since each two dollar bet was a 86 = 262,144-to-one shot for the jackpot. On March 1, 1983, the pool stood at $551,332, after accumulating over 147 nights. This amount was more than it would cost to buy one of every possible ticket. That day an anonymous syndicate invested an additional $524,288 to guarantee itself a large profit, but only if it didn't have to share. Only $21,956 was wagered on Pick 6 that night by other bettors, giving the syndicate an almost 96% chance of keeping the entire pot to itself, terrific odds in its favor. Indeed, only the syndicate held the winning combo of 4-7-7-6-2-1, a ticket worth $790,662.20.
Paroli system explanation

The Paroli system is a system of a positive progression. It is considered to be the opposite of the Martingale strategy and it is called sometimes the Anti-Martingale System. It is based on increasing the stake only in the case of the win. If you are going to use the Paroli strategy you should think about your overall betting plan. You need to decide exactly how many times you want to win in a row until you start over with your initial bet. It depends on the odds but three winning in a row seems to be a good choice. So - in case of three winnings in a row or the first lose you should restart your betting. The Paroli Betting Strategy is designed to take advantage of winning streaks. If you are lucky enough you can win more money than in case of flat betting. The Paroli strategy may be appropriate for those players who have a small initial bankroll but like every betting system - it is not expected to make you a winner in a long run. If you are looking for a betting strategy which is really reliable - have a look at Betting Arbitrage system (also called Sure Bets). Paroli system example * You bet 1 USD and you won. * You bet 2 USD and you won. * You bet 4 USD and you won.
* You bet 1 USD and you won. * You bet 2 USD and you lost. * You bet 1 USD... and so on.
Progression
Progression is a system that is based on incresing the stake with every consecutive bet until you correctly predict the score. You use stakes that, after the progression is finished, guarantee you profit regardless on which level it is finished. You can use progressive staking system in many ways you can bet on draws, underdogs or number of goals (i.e. over/under). It works with any sport discipline, the only thing you need to start winning is a proper analysis of teams you will bet on as well as calculating your stakes correctly (so that you can afford to play certain number of progression levels). When you play over / under bets you have to be aware that odds above 2.0 are pretty rare here. This means that in order to be profitable you will have to adjust your stakes wisely. On the other hand you will win more often. How to pick teams for progression? The best way to do this is to analyze historic data (optimally from 3-5 previous seasons) for certain teams. You look at the exact number of over / under scores. Additionally you have to consider home and away matches separately. After thorough analysis is complete you pick your teams and way of betting, e.g. having analyzed the MLB you came to a conclusion that San Francisco Giants achieves more under scores in home matches, so you decided to bet on under every time
SFG play at home. If you lose, you raise the stake depending on odds for the next match. If, on the other hand, you win, you go back to the first level of your progression. Football is a perfect discipline for it (under/over 2.5 goals bets). When to start using progression? This question shows up over and over again. The answer is simple the perfect moment doesn't exist. Some players claim that if a team has played, for instance, 5 over matches, their next game has to be under. You might agree with that, but history shows it doesn't have to be that obvious. Let's just say you can start using progression at any given moment during a season, as long as you possess appropriate capital. You can bet on every single match as well as just wait for a long streak. It is up to you, every player has their favourite method. What are yours? Share your thoughts in a comment below!
REALITY TV SHOWS
Reality TV shows have proved to be a brilliant little earner, and I reckon there is actually inside info leaking out that means a massive surge in backing 1 hour before the end. I have never lost a single penny using this method. Youll see yourself. When the lines close (you have 10 minutes before an announcement is made. Basically this is your time to back the favourite. By this time the favourite has been established. 2 incidents that I can recall was Big Brother Celebrity. George Galloway was 1.02 after the lines closed. An absolute cert. I placed 1k on him to be evicted and made 20. IN the next eviction Dennis Rodman was 1.26 at the close of lines. I put 300 and made 78 profit. Yes its that simple. This works.
TEAM NEWS STRATEGY

This is a good little strategy that I have used before to my advantage. Basically it is brilliant for Carling Cup matches when the unpredictability of team selection makes it a punters paradise. Check the club team news on the internet in the morning of the match (it would amaze you how many people want to back someone , who isnt even playing) to score 1st. As soon as they back it, you Lay it. Ive used this in the past to net small pieces of profit. Do your homework , reap the rewards.
Tennis Betting Secrets

There will be other bookmakers that you might have to sign-up to but that will be discussed in a later chapter. Well you are now done the first step. Lets get another step closer to your money.. Set Your Starting Bank Your starting bank can be any amount you like! But for this example, I highly recommend that you have at least $100 or units so you can make your winning significant and spread them among the main betting accounts I have identified above. Spread your starting bank The system calls to bet 30% of the starting bank on each wager so I recommend you spread your starting bank among a few bookmarkers or have the money readably available to add into the account. The System Details Bet on what? Only bet on womans Tennis
The reason why I say only womans tennis is because women are more predictable and was proven in my back testing. I have tried it with men but the results arent as great. Bet on the Favorites Only place bets when the odds are <= 1.4 When to bet? Bet when you find and odd that is >5% from the total average bookmarker odds For Example: if the average odds of many bookmarkers for one particular tennis match is 1.3, you multiply it by 5% or 1.05 (1.3x1.05) and you will come up with 1.365 only place a bet if you have at least 1.365 available to back (the more higher the better) Extras - Double your bets when you double your starting bank amount
The Awesome Price Finder Racing System

(Designed To Take Advantage of the Betting Exchanges and Their Superior Backing Prices) The Rules 1. Using The Daily Mail newspapers only find the daytime meetings (Disregard twilight and evening cards). Look to the five year record above each meeting (This is displayed just under the tipsters choices). Disregard any meeting that does not have at least 3 top jockeys named in this record. (Sometimes the Daily Mail only shows 1 top trainer and 1 top jockey and if this is the case then disregard the meeting altogether) Remember, we need to know who the 3 best jockeys over the last 5 years at any particular meeting are. If the 3rd and 4th named jockeys have the same numbers of winners then include this 4th jockey also. *Finally, be aware of any jockey changes, as this will affect which horses are potential bets. 2. Working in chronological order, look to see if any of the top 3 jockeys have a ride in the first applicable race of the day. The horses that these jockeys ride are the only ones we will ever be interested in. This rule applies throughout. Consider all days except Sundays. 3. Consider all race types except NH Flat (Bumper) races. Disregard these races completely. Apart from this all race types on all codes should be considered.
4. If there is only 1 top jockey in the race then this will be our sole bet just so long as the price falls between 7/2 and 66/1. Basically disregard any selections that are under 7/2 and over 66/1. 5. If there are 2 top jockeys in the race then you must be aware of their prices close to the off. If both selections are under 12/1 then preference is given to the shorter priced horse. If both selections are within 1 point of each other then you would back them both equally. For example, 5/1 and 11/2 would mean that you back them both; 5/1 and 13/2 would result in a single bet on the shorter 5/1 horse only. If the selections are both 12/1 or over then preference is given to the higher priced horse. If however, the other selection is within 4 points then again both selections would be backed; 16/1 and 12/1 or 14/1 and 12/1 would mean all must be bet on, whereas 12/1 and 18/1 or 14/1 and 20/1 would require a single bet on the 18/1 and 20/1 horses only. Incidentally, if the prices were 11/1 and 14/1 (both close to the border) then we would give preference to the 11/1 shot as it is within the 12/1 and under category. An easier example might be 25/1 and 33/1 or 8/1 and 33/1; here just the 33/1 shot would be covered on both occasions. If 1 selection is under 12/1 and 1 is over then preference is always given to the higher priced horse. 6. If there are 3 top jockeys with rides in the race then the rules are quite similar to the above. If all 3 horses are 12/1 or under then preference is given to the shortest priced horse. Again, if any of the other 2 are within 1 point of the shortest then they are also backed. An example might be 4/1, 5/1 and 9/1; both the 4/1 and 5/1 horses would be backed and the 9/1 would be rejected. Another might be 11/2, 7/1 and 7/1; only the 11/2 horse would be backed. If 2 or more selections are 12/1 and over then the rules are the same as in No.5 above. The highest priced horse is automatically
backed and any other horse that falls within 4 points is also backed; 14/1, 16/1 and 20/1 would require 2 single bets on the 20/1 and 16/1 horses. If the prices were 20/1, 33/1 and 33/1 then both the 33/1 horses would be backed and the 20/1 horse rejected. Again, if 1 horse is under 12/1 and 2 are above then preference is given to the outsider of the 2 above 12/1 (Both backed if within 4 points) 7. All races with more than 17 runners should be discarded outright. 8. A final note is in relation to the top 3 jockeys and the amount of winners that they have had over the last 5 years. If the 2nd and 3rd named jockeys have less than 5 winners then you should discard the meeting as clearly there is not much previous form from which to get too excited about. This scenario is quite rare though. In fact we have only discarded 3 meetings because of this.
The Labouchere system

The Labouchere system: (Money management betting systems, gambling systems.) Negative progression system, also called the 'Cancellation System'. (See also "The Labouchere System in Reverse" below) This system is also called the 'Cancellation' system. There are many variations. In its simplest form, you write down a series or a set of numbers; say, 1 2 3 4 5 6. The series can be short or long and not necessarily sequential such as 1 1 1 3 3 5 7. The choice of a particular series depends on the type of game you want to apply it to and the odds of the bet. Each number represents the amount in units or chips to bet. You bet the first and last of these numbers. In this example 1 and 6, which totals 7 units. If you win, you cross out the two numbers and bet the next two 'ends' (the outside numbers). In this instance 2 and 5. If you win again you bet on the next two remaining numbers 3 and 4, and if you win that too, you would have made a 'coup' or completed one game. Then you start all over again. If you lose, then you add that one number to the end of the series. Say you lost your first bet of 7 units (1+ 6). Then you add number 7 to the end of the series to look like this: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and your next bet would be 8 units (1+ 7). If you won the first bet but lost the second 2 and 5, then the series of numbers would look like this: 2 3 4 5 7.
If you work it out, you will see that when the series is completed or when you make a 'coup', there is always a profit. The negative side of this system is that you could end up betting large sums of money even if your initial bet is small. The Labouchere System in Reverse: Add winnings to the sequence instead of losses. If you win, add one number (the winning units) to the end of the series. If you lose, delete two outside numbers. Put an appropriate target of, say, 20 units profit for 'even money' bets (less for higher odds), and when reached begin another sequence. Sequence commencement is 1,2,3,4 so you risk only 10 units per sequence. The Labouchere System in Reverse is a positive progression betting system. The Winner's Edge System - A variant of the Labouchere System in Reverse: (Note: The description of the system is reproduced below the exact way it was submitted, word for word. The idea behind this system seems to make a lot of sense. However, the betting procedure and the amounts involved are not clear. If anyone can help in clarifying this, it will be greatly appreciated.) "This is one invited by a Canadian many years ago. It is like the Cancellation System above with this variation: When winning, ( add the first and last number in the sequence ), the first time, and then 3 numbers until you lose. If you lose, add that to the end of the sequence and bet only the first(only one) number not crossed off. If you lose again, go to betting the unit bet, to preserve capital. I have found one needs about 40 times the first number in the sequence when starting as a bankroll , with the initial numbers being about 40-20-20-20 % (ie $50. sequence would be written: $20-10-10-10.)Your bankroll taken to the table will be $1000.00.This means, I've found that you only have to win 30% of the time to be successful! I have used this
very successfully in the casinos, to the point that I was asked to leave the table several times, as the casinos dont want consistent winners. It scares them. This system requires nerve, fearlessness and an appropriate bank roll. WHen playing Baccarrat, I was winning $4000. an hour , but again, don't back off pushing the money out, or you will lose. The system really forces one to bet large when winning and small when losing, which is exactly the opposite of what most people do- and what the casino expects.YOu also need high enough table limits . It can be used playing blackjack, baccarrat or roulette, but is best for blackjack. Make sure you get their OK to write the bets down before you start, and tell them you are not counting cards." * Negative progression betting systems: You increase the bet when you lose. Require more capital and usually employed to force a winning outcome following a losing streak. (Nerve-wracking, very painful when you lose. Avoid these systems if you can.)
The Parlay system

The Parlay system: (Money management betting systems, gambling systems.) Positive progression system, similar to the Paroli System. This system is similar to the Paroli system and has the effect of 'pyramiding' your profit. Pyramiding is a parlay wager whereby the original wager plus its winnings are played on successive wagers. It is commonly used in horse racing betting. Basically you make a bet and if you win you re-invest the winnings on the next bet. You 'let it ride'. This method of play is by no means risk free, but it offers the least amount of risk of all wagers since the player is only concerned with either a win, place or show selection or a combination of the three. It is one of the oldest methods of wagering and was originally derived from the same premise that banking systems use to compound interest. * Positive progression betting systems: You increase the bet when you win. Kind of 'let-it-ride'. Require less capital and usually employed to take advantage of winning streaks. (No sweat, easy ride. My favorite.)
WIMBLEDON DAY 1
At the beginning of Wimbledon take the top 3 women seeds and put them in order that they are going to be playing on Day 1. One of them will win (happened every year for past 20 years) 2-0 in sets. Back with odds of around 1.50 to 1.60. It happens and is guaranteed, due to the gulf in class. If you lose treble your stake and back the same for next match. You will win, trust me.
Beat the Book - An Application of Mathematics

Here is a mathematical technique to help you convert any race into a profitable scenario by writing off the chances of the contenders which, in your opinion, cannot win. At first, the technique will work best in early price races because you will have the time to make your calculations without fear of prices changing in midstream. First of all, study a race and delete all the runners that you are convinced cannot win. Next, you will need to carry out the following calculations on the prices of the live contenders you have selected - I have tabulated an example to make the explanation easier. The example shows a list of selected 'live contenders' in a race, together with the best early prices available for each:
Early Price 15/8 7/2 6/1 15/2
*Expressed
in
terms of chance 8 in 23 2 in 9 1 in 7 2 in 17
Calculation % Chance 8/23 x 100 34.78 2/9 x 100 1/7 x 100 22.22 14.29
Stake
required
to
return 100 34.78 22.22 14.29 11.76
2/17 x 100 11.76

186
20/1
1 in 21
1/21 x 100 4.76
4.76 87.81
Total stake required to return 100 provided any of the selections win
*To express in terms of chance, use the second half of the odds fraction and the total of the odds fraction. E.g. 15/8 would be 8 chances in 23 (15+8) We can see that, by staking the calculated amounts to win on each of our live contenders at the best early prices we can find, we are certain of securing a 12.19 profit (13.88% ROI) regardless of which contender wins. We are confident of the outcome because we consider the runners we have eliminated to have no chance of winning. Obviously you cannot use the technique if the sum of your percentages is more than 100. However, should you decide to eliminate a well-fancied favourite from your calculations, or your list of live contenders is very short, the potential profit can be significant. The technique can be used in a live betting market once you become so familiar with the calculations that you are able to make them very quickly.
BEATEN FAV FLAT TRAINERS

Horse must have been a beaten Fav last time out, SP must be no bigger than 11/1, Horse must be trained by one of the following Trainers: B J Meehan P J Makin K R Burke B Ellison J L Dunlop R A Fahey P W DArcy P W Harris G Wragg B W Hills M A Jarvis E J Alston P W Hiatt
Beaten Favourites With Sights Lowered

Rules: Bet any horse that is competing for less prize money than on its previous run, provided that it was a favourite or joint-favourite on that previous outing. Lower prize money takes into account prize money for the winner only. Ignore any race in which there is more than one qualifier. System applies to both Flat and NH races. System applies to UK races only. Staking: 5pts to win on each selection. Logic: Lower prize money normally indicates a lower graded or lesser quality race. If a horse attracted enough support to warrant favouritism in a better event, then it should have strong claims against lesser opposition. This set of circumstances often indicates a retrieval mission, with connections attempting to recoup previous losses. An easier task is often chosen for the horse when this is the case. Beaten Favourites With Sights Lowered Bet Date Selection Result SP Retn Bal (pts) (pts)
1 6 Nov Bollywood 2 6 Nov Milk And Sultana 3 6 Nov Corrib Lad

189
6th/13 9/2 0.00 -5.00 4th/13 7/1 0.00 -10.00 2nd/6 3/1 0.00 -15.00
4 6 Nov Osolomio 5 7 Nov Double Dizzy 6 7 Nov Dan's Man 7 7 Nov What Do'In 8 7 Nov Panic Stations 9 8 Nov Copper Bay 10 8 Nov Syncopated Rhythm 11 8 Nov Bob Bob Bobbin 12 8 Nov Monashee Grey 13 8 Nov Wee Anthony 14 8 Nov Augustus John 15 8 Nov Free Angel 16 9 Nov Pilca 17 9 Nov Scotch Pancake 18 9 Nov Dubai On 19 9 Nov Barclay Boy 20 9 Nov Alpine Reel 21 10 Nov Touch Of Ivory 22 10 Nov Desert Leader 23 10 Nov Neutron 24 10 Nov Oodachee 25 11 Nov Sincerely
190
1st/12 13/8 13.13 -6.87 1st/10 13/8 13.13 +1.26 PU/11 9/2 0.00 -3.74 PU/7 11/2 0.00 -8.74
1st/13 5/2 17.50 +3.76 3rd/9 15/2 0.00 -1.24
8th/16 4/1 0.00 -6.24 1st/13 9/1 50.00 +38.76 4th/10 4/1 0.00 +33.76 2nd/10 11/8 0.00 +28.76 6th/12 12/1 0.00 +23.76 14th/14 6/1 0.00 +18.76 1st/13 8/11 8.64 +22.40 5th/12 9/2 0.00 +17.40 1st/10 5/2 17.50 +29.90 8th/11 7/4 0.00 +24.90 1st/12 2/1 15.00 +34.90 5th/10 5/1 0.00 +29.90 2nd/10 12/1 0.00 +24.90 2nd/14 11/1 0.00 +19.90 3rd/7 9/2 0.00 +14.90
1st/13 5/1 30.00 +39.90
26 11 Nov Weet A Head 27 11 Nov Hotchpotch 28 11 Nov Monsieur
8th/10 11/4 0.00 +34.90 3rd/13 6/1 0.00 +29.90 1st/12 15/2 42.50 +67.40
29 11 Nov Hammer Of The Gods 2nd/9 5/1 0.00 +62.40 30 11 Nov Ashwell Lad 31 11 Nov Heavens Walk 32 12 Nov Once A Brownie 33 12 Nov Royal Rosa 34 13 Nov Cesc 35 14 Nov Pietersen 36 14 Nov Golden Sprite 37 14 Nov Parkview Love 38 14 Nov Charles Parnell 39 15 Nov Bally's Boo 40 15 Nov Wild Cane Ridge 41 15 Nov Caribou 42 15 Nov At The Money 43 15 Nov Bronze Star 44 16 Nov Oenologue 45 16 Nov Papillon De Iena 46 16 Nov Snoopy Loopy 47 16 Nov Iron Man
2nd/16 13/2 0.00 +57.40 2nd/12 15/8 0.00 +52.40 1st/13 Evs 10.00 +57.40 2nd/9 13/8 0.00 +52.40 1st/7 5th/9 2/1 15.00 +62.40 9/2 0.00 +57.40
8th/14 16/1 0.00 +52.40 8th/9 17/2 0.00 +47.40
4th/12 5/2 0.00 +42.40 PU/18 6/4 0.00 +37.40 2nd/9 9/1 0.00 +32.40 2nd/4 6/5 0.00 +27.40 2nd/8 5/2 0.00 +22.40 2nd/14 12/1 0.00 +17.40 PU/9 1st/8 3rd/6 1st/8 Evs 0.00 +12.40 9/2 27.50 +34.90 10/3 0.00 +29.90 10/1 55.00 +79.90
48 16 Nov Tashkandi 49 17 Nov Minella Tipperary 50 17 Nov Dream Alliance 51 17 Nov Time Marches On 52 17 Nov Tarlac 53 17 Nov Fabine 54 18 Nov Viewforth 55 18 Nov Ardea Brave 56 18 Nov Beck 57 18 Nov Sir Don 58 18 Nov Peregrine Falcon 59 18 Nov Speagle 60 19 Nov Harrihawkan 61 19 Nov Pouvoir 62 19 Nov Geeveem 63 19 Nov Hakim 64 19 Nov Rosita Bay 65 19 Nov Levitski 66 20 Nov Im Ova Ere Dad 67 20 Nov Paso Doble 68 20 Nov Show Me The River 69 20 Nov Montillia
192
1st/9
7/4 13.75 +88.65
1st/14 8/13 8.08 +91.73 1st/10 4/6 8.33 +95.06 5th/16 6/1 0.00 +90.06 1st/7 4/5 9.00 +94.06
4th/10 4/6 0.00 +89.06 5th/12 9/1 0.00 +84.06 3rd/8 4/1 0.00 +79.06
7th/10 5/1 0.00 +74.06 1st/12 8/1 45.00 +114.06 1st/13 15/8 14.38 +123.44 1st/11 5/1 30.00 +148.44 4th/8 3/1 0.00 +143.44
2nd/5 10/3 0.00 +138.44 1st/7 4/5 9.00 +142.44
Fell/20 7/1 0.00 +137.44 1st/12 11/2 32.50 +164.94 2nd/8 5/2 0.00 +159.94 4th/14 11/4 0.00 +154.94 2nd/13 8/1 0.00 +149.94 PU/5 7/2 0.00 +144.94
12th/12 9/1 0.00 +139.94
70 20 Nov Cree 71 20 Nov Classi Maureen 72 20 Nov Wood Fern 73 20 Nov Tartan Special 74 21 Nov Dunquaire Lady 75 21 Nov Chickado 76 21 Nov Pirate Flagship 77 21 Nov Romil Star 78 21 Nov Persian Point 79 21 Nov Franky'n'jonny 80 21 Nov The Luder 81 21 Nov Glory Be 82 21 Nov Randwick Roar 84 21 Nov Cimyla 85 22 Nov Fisherman Jack 86 22 Nov My Way De Solzen 87 22 Nov Alfasonic 88 22 Nov Mr Loire 89 22 Nov Prime Contender 90 23 Nov Travolta 91 23 Nov Hoh Viss 92 23 Nov Ile De Paris
193
2nd/13 10/3 0.00 +134.94 PU/16 3/1 0.00 +129.94 3rd/13 3/1 0.00 +124.94 3rd/12 9/2 0.00 +119.94 3rd/10 28/1 0.00 +114.94 3rd/14 6/1 0.00 +109.94 2nd/4 11/8 0.00 +104.94 3rd/13 6/1 0.00 +99.94 4th/10 7/2 0.00 +94.94 11th/14 7/1 0.00 +89.94 1st/8 4/6 8.33 +93.27
3rd/14 11/1 0.00 +88.27 5th/8 1st/7 8/1 0.00 +83.27 6/4 12.50 +90.77
5th/10 16/1 0.00 +85.77 1st/7 PU/8 1st/9 4/11 6.82 +87.59 6/1 0.00 +82.59 6/4 12.50 +90.09
1st/11 5/1 30.00 +115.09 3rd/10 7/2 0.00 +110.09 4th/12 9/4 0.00 +105.09 4th/10 11/1 0.00 +100.09
Bet on a Single Jockey

Remember: these systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without real stakes before risking any money. Backing one jockey may seem a bit of a long shot but good profits can be made by supporting a single jockey in the hope that one day they will ride a number of winners at any one meeting. Frankie Dettori famously rode seven winners in one unforgettable afternoon at Ascot. Bookies across the country had their largest single afternoons losses. The cumulative odds for the seven winners amounted to over 25,000/1, a long shot maybe but proven possible. It is not uncommon for one jockey to ride a well-priced set of winners in one meeting. Many punters try the one jockey system but give up after just a few attempts. Like every other system you have to stick with it. This system needs to be used during the turf flat horse-racing season. In a typical season there will be about 33 Saturdays from March to beginning of November and you would use the system on each Saturday. You have got to decide on your level of stake and only bet what you can comfortably afford to lose. Multiply your level of stake by the number of times you want to try this system out and put aside this sum as your betting bank. Accepting that you may lose should take some of the pressure off operating this system. One big pay out would comfortably put your plan into profit. Each day look at the two main horse racing meetings of the day and select the top jockey riding there. Then take each of their first six mounts or however many they have and
back them in a series of trebles, four, five and six timer accumulators. If the jockey has six mounts this will involve 42 bets. It sounds a lot but on small stakes the total outlay is not that large. If you used 25pence as your base stake the bet will have cost you 10.50 in total. Two meetings are being used so the amount laid out on any one day will be 21.00 If you multiply that by the number of Saturdays in the season (in this case 33) you have an outlay of 693 for that season. This sounds a lot but even on days where your chosen jockey manages a treble your returns should cover a large portion of your bet and will hopefully exceed it! Top jockeys are selected because they usually have the best rides. Betting neednt be restricted to Saturdays but what must remain the same is using spare cash and using the system on a consistent basis. There is no doubt that top jockeys often ride a few winners on the same day. Before you try using the system check the horse racing results for a few weeks and you will see the one jockey system can and does work!
CD WINNERS
Back CD winners who are top weight in Claimers and Sellers at 10f or more. The reason for this is that punters under estimate the chances of CD top weights in these races. Most of the contenders are serial sand winners and punters refuse to bet on them because they think that the Horse has won enough races, the horse is running in a seller/claimer so the connections cant fancy it if they risk it being bought. This is wrong! The serial winner in these races keeps on winning and beating the lower weighted runners. The provision of 10f+ is to ensure that the CD has more meaning. The longer the race, the more advantage of having won over the course and the distance. Initial Strike rates for this method shows 47%, with a 30% profit. The Selection Criteria Explained All Select Racing systems have a number of criteria which are used to select the horses from the field each day. We recommend using the Racing Post newspaper or their website as this gives a thorough analysis of each horse and race every day. Alternatively the Mirror also uses the same information as The Racing Post. There are a lot of attributes that decide if a horse is a selection or not in a race. We have listed all of the attributes we use when developing our systems here but not all of them apply to each system. Selection criteria used by Select Racing: Racing Post ratings How is the horse rated by the Racing Post for factors such as speed.
Race type Handicap, Sprint, Hurdles, Chase, All weather etc Horses age Pretty self explanatory. 2YO, 5YO etc. Selected courses Some systems should only be used on selected courses. Days since last run How many days have past since its last race. Number of runners in the race Some systems require over or under a certain number of runners in a field. Is it Favourite? Yes or No!!!! Race distance 5f sprint or 3 mile chase etc Position last time out Where the horse finished the last time it raced. The horses starting price The SP of the horse is sometimes required to be within a certain range to be a selection. The class of the race G1 races are run in a very different way to class D races or Listed races. This criteria is quite important. Weight the horse is carrying A few systems will need a horses weight to be taken into account. All of these factors can play a big part in selecting winning horses so all are taken into consideration. Each system we produce uses all or some of these criteria to generate its selections and we explain where to find them on a race card on the next page for you. How to Make Selections Using the Criteria We suggest you start by picking the race type first of all as this will narrow the number of races you need to look through each day. The illustration below shows you where to find the information on the Racing Post website.
A = Racing Post ratings B = Race type + The class of the race C = Horses age D = Selected courses E = Days since last run F = Number of runners in the race G = Is it Favourite? + The horses starting price H = Race distance I = Position last time out J = Weight the horse is carrying
About the 2 Year Old System There are a lot of people that shy away from 2 year old horses as they can be unpredictable beasts and are probably equivalent to a teenage child! Anyone with children will know what we mean. There are a few trends however that seem to run in the 2 year old horse and consistently allow it to win. We have studied a number of races and have tweaked our system over the years to consistently pick winning 2 year old horses. Here are our statistics for 2005 using this system. Number of Selections Number of Winners Strike Rate or 3rd Longest Run of Winners Longest Run of Losers Return to 10 level stakes Points Profit to Level Stakes 8 18 730.88 73.88 274 75 27.37%
% of horses placed 1st, 2nd 59%
Claiming Stakes Plan
As the title of the plan suggests, we are backing horses running in claiming stakes only. The newspaper required to operate this system is the Daily Mirror. Any system horse will be found in seconds and should be backed to win. To find if we have a system horse just follow these very simple rules:1. Look for all the Claiming Stakes races 2. Look at the forecast favourite horse 3. Look to see if this horse is either Strongly Fancied (SF) of Fancied (F) 4. No bet if forecast odds-on 5. Fancied (F) horses must be forecast shorter than 3/1 If a horse fits these 5 rules then it is a system horse. Yes, it is incredibly simple, but the beauty of it is that it works. Any system worth following must produce a good level stake profit over a period of time and this certainly does.
For the last 21 months it has given 16 winning months and 5 losing - a level stake profit of +77 IMPORTANT NOTE: Do not back in maiden Claiming races with the words "Claiming Stakes" in the title. This is an exceptionally simple plan, but very, very effective.
CREAM SYSTEM
In my circle of racing friends, this system is referred to as the CREAM SYSTEM. This is alluding to the fact that the cream always rises to the top, and that in this instance; the CREAM of the racehorses will always beat the average racehorse. So, the system relies entirely on CLASS horses. So , let us get on quickly with the system to earn you a nice income. 1. Log on to the internet and browse to http://www.sportinglife.com 2. Click on Racing 3. Click on Race cards 4 This will bring up a list of the following weeks race meetings 5. Look at todays meetings and click on Summary on any meeting 6. This will bring up a list of the individual races for that meeting Now we are going to set up a THREE WAY FILTER to zone in more closely. 1. Filter out any race with 10 runners or more 2. Filter out any race with a class factor lower than ( Class D ) 3. Filter out any handicap race Let me explain briefly why we filter the above. 1. Filter out any race with 10 runners or more Single figure races should in theory prove less troublesome over say races with 30 runners, simply because the more horses, the harder it is to win. Also, if you have a wall of 9 horses in front of you with a furlong to go, there is not much hope.
So, a small group of horses should be easier for the jockey to get his horse past those in front of him. 2. Filter out any race with a class factor lower than ( Class D ) As we said earlier, the class factor is what this system depends on. Group races 1.2.3. Listed Races. Grade Races. Class A. B. C. are all top notch races that attract all the best horses. Class D,E,F,G,H races are for the lower ability animals, and also unreliable horses, which obviously, you do not want your money on. Also, and this is vital. The higher the Grade of race, the more the prize money. The more the prize money, the more likely that the owner, trainer, connections, etc, WANT THE HORSE TO WIN. Im sure no one is nave enough these days to think that all horses turning up at every meeting are all trying to win. They will only win when the connections want them to win. So, filter 2 is very important. We only want to bet on the decent prize money races. 3. Filter out any handicap race Keeping on the cream theme, we want to back the best horses against horses of lower ability, simple enough. If it is a handicap, then the professional handicapper, who knows his job inside out, will try to make all the horses finish in a straight line, by adding weight to the jockeys saddle. This is absolutely no use to us whatsoever, so no handicap races. We want the cream to rise to the top, with our money on it. Now we have filtered the race card, and we can see that only ONE race fits our criteria for betting selection
2.45 Kempton Betfair Novices Hurdle ( Class B ) 7 Runners. Click on the Time of the Race i.e 2.45 and the Full Race with Horses, Jockeys, Price Forecasts will come up. Click on the first horse in the race, in blue, after its number. This will bring up the horses individual form. Scroll down to Most Recent Races Run then look across to where is says Performance. You will see here a list of where the horse finished on its previous races, but more importantly, you will see WHAT CLASS OF RACE IT HAS BEEN RUNNING IN. This is what we are most interested in. Now we know that the race today is a Class B race, so we are looking for: Whether the horse has had previous runs in a Class B race or Higher. Whether the horse has finished creditably in this company. I.e. 1st, 2nd 3rd, 4th. Whether the horse has finished creditably in this company recently, in its last two starts. Never back a horse that is out of form. Whether the horse has winning form, but of a lower class race. Ie Class E. Go down each of the runners in the race, noting or writing down the above. A clear picture will often emerge. Let us say that Horse Number 1 has ran in Class B on its last two outings, finishing 4th and 2nd. Horse Number 2 has won its last three outings, all Class E. Horse Number 3 has been unplaced in its last four outings, in Class A, B, B, C. Horse number 1 would be the clear selection. He has performed creditably in the Grade, 4th and 2nd. Horse number 2 , although winning its last three races, has to leap 3 grades to win this, and that would be a difficult task. Horse number 3 is up to the Grade, but is out of form, and best watched until regaining some decent form.
Now, press your back button on your browser until you get back to the individual race in question, and scroll down to the price forecast at the bottom of the page. Horse number 1 should be the favourite, ie the shortest price, and THIS IS OUR SELECTION. However, should Horse number 2 be the favourite, or second favourite, then we will be thinking about LAYING this horse on the exchanges, in other words, we will be backing it to LOSE. If the horse is an outsider, ie 10/1 to 33/1, leave alone. The market realises it is unlikely to win Repeat this process, starting again with the filter process, for all of the race meetings for the day. You will then be left with a number of selections for the day. Now, because this is a class system, often, selections will be only on a Saturday, or on a major meeting like Ascot, Cheltenham, Chester etc, during the week. Often, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday will show no selections because of the lack of Class C or higher races. No worry, you may get 3 or 4 selections on a Saturday. Finally, let us now see what we are going to do with our findings for the day. We have 3 camps here: A) THE BACKERS B) THE LAYERS C) THE DISCRIMINATIVE PUNTER Looking at the example above, we have: Horse Number 1 , which we could punt on to win. This is Camp A) The Backers. Horse Number 2 , which we could lay on to lose. This is Camp B) The Layers.
Selectively doing one or the other above, or both, according to vibes, conditions of the race, weather, jockey , trainer in form, etc.This is Camp C) The discriminative punter. We will analyse each Camp in turn, starting with the highest risk, hence highest return; THE BACKERS. The backers have only one chance. Their horse must win: It must beat the other 6 horses. The layers have 6 chances out of 7 to win. The backer has only 1 out of 7. So it is inevitable that only a percentage of your selections will win. It is therefore imperative that you have a sensible staking plan for the inevitable ups and downs of the backers life. If only 50% of your selections win, you will make a fortune!! This is the staking plan which I have used successfully over the years. There are others, but I have only tested this one. THE STAKING PLAN DATE 15/01/04 16/01/04 16/01/04 16/01/04 17/01/04 18/01/04 21/01/04 24/01/04 HORSE A B C D E F G H STAKE 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 40 WIN LOSE W 2/1 W 1/1 W 4/1 L W 9/4 L W 3/1 W 4/6
/ BANK 240 260 340 320 365 345 405 418
25/01/04 26/01/04
I J
40 20
L W 1/1
378 398
We start with a bank of say, 200. Keep this separate from everything else, this is your BETTING ONLY BANK. Each selection you make, you bet 10% of this bank. If you would rather be more careful, conservative, make this 5% When the bank doubles , you double your stake. So, in the above example, 20 per selection was staked until the bank doubled ( went past 400 ) on the 21/01/04. Then the stakes went to 40, ( 10% of the bank ) until the loss on 25/01/04 brought us back under 400, so the stake reverted to 20. Keep careful daily records. Thats it. Now, years down the line, you are going to want to place 480 per selection or more, so your local bookie is not going to want your custom. I have added a section on online bookmakers with this CD. What I have done, personally, is to use 3 or 4 online bookmakers until they ban me, or more usual , restrict my amounts to some silly figure like 10 maximum per bet. Then close the account, draw out the money, and open another with a different bookmaker. There are new online bookmakers opening weekly, so you should not run out of them. THE LAYERS. This is a new phenonomen of recent times. You actually take on the role of the bookmaker through what is known as betting exchanges. So, in the example above, we are looking to LAY Horse Number 2 to LOSE If there are seven runners, we have a 6 out
of 7 chance of winning. The bookmaker is taken out of the equation, although bookmakers do use these betting exchanges. Now because we have 6 out of 7 chances of winning, we have to give decent odds to people to entice them to bet with us and not the bookmaker. So the prices on betting exchanges tend to be 20% better than the bookmaker. For example. If Horse No2 is 2/1 favourite on the Sporting Life site, you may want to offer 5/2 to entice backers to back with you. So to win 20, you have to be prepared to lose 50 Thats it, as long as Horse no2 does not win, exchange will adjust your account with an extra 20, less approx 5% for their commission. If Horse No2 does win, your account will be debited 50. Now, with laying horses, you can follow the same pattern as the backers above, keeping careful records like thus; Or, you could you a slight variation for laying, which is altering your stake to coincide with 10% ( or 5% ) of your stake. Example Below. Remember, we want the horse to lose here: DATE 15/01/04 16/01/04 16/01/04 16/01/04 HORSE A B C D STAKE 20 22 24 26 WIN LOSE L L L L
/ BANK 220 242 266 292
17/01/04 18/01/04 21/01/04 24/01/04 25/01/04 26/01/04
E F G H I J
29 22 24 27 30 33
W 9/4 L L L L W 1/1
226 248 272 304 334 301
THE DISCRIMINATIVE PUNTER. Like all things in life, the more you try your hand at new things, the more knowledge you gain, and the more discrimination you learn. After a year or two, or less, you may find that certain things work for you, certain things dont, and you can move on to more and more profit situations, and less loss situations. An example may be: A certain trainer is on a roll at the moment: nearly everything coming out of the stable is trotting up. If this occurs, and this is one of your lays, it might be prudent to let this one go for today. Or: A freak downpour makes the going heavy at Sandown, and you notice that one of your selections runs all his best races on firm going. Let this one go. Keep your money in your pocket. The more knowledge you have, combined with the Cream System, can make the difference between moderate success, and the extraordinary success of the few.
DAILY DOUBLE SYSTEM
Use only the daily mirror. It uses the same starting prices forecast as the Racing Post while only costing about a fifth the price and has the specialist information required to operate the system.
To get the information we require, first look at the horse's name, and then look at the abbreviations in brackets after the jockey's name. The abbreviations that we require are: i) ii) iii) SF =Strongly Fancied to win F =Fancied to win EW =Each way Fancied to be placed 1st, 2nd, 3rd
Only use races of 8, 9, or 10 runners maximum. Starting from races of 8 runner's look at the strongly fancied marked horses and pick out those with a starting price forecast of 6/1 or better. Should there be no 8 runner races with SF horses at 6/1 then move on to 9 runner races and so on. Should this still not produce any selections then start again at 8 runner races taking only the Fancied horses working your way up, move on to the Each Way horses if this fails to produce horses with an SP of 6/1 and over. Do this until you get a maximum of two runners. We back these daily half a point each way each i.e. 50p each way/5 each way (depending on your spending power and are able to afford the possible loss). Cover with a small each way double if you wish.
If you only find one horse then back it each way. Obviously in such circumstances we will not have a double bet. If no horses are found then no bet. It is very important that the rules are adhered to
If you find more than two then the following rules should be observed. Flat races: Horses running over a longer distance are preferred therefore a horse running over 1m would be better suited to one running over 5f National Hunt: horses running over hurdles make better selections than horses running over fences. Distances should be disregarded as a consideration. If you have two identical types of races and you need to dispose of one, it is actually best to pick the horse with the lowest SP, as this ought to have a more realistic chance of winning. For example if you have two 8 runner flat races run over 1m both with an SF horse, if one has an SP of 8/1 and one has an SP of 16/1, the horse with the SP of 8/1 is the preferred selections. And that is all there is to it. It is actually very easy to operate the system and selections should be found in a few minutes. This system is safe because it only picks horses in small fields at what ought to turn out to be generous odds. If we only used pure guesswork we would have a 30% chance of picking a horse at random finishing in the first three. But because our selections should at least be able to get a place or better then anyone can see that the odds are tipped in our favour. The essence of this system is to steadily put the odds on your side, so it is important to implement the rules thoroughly and not cut corners. If you do this you will see that your betting bank will at worst be breaking even but I am convinced that in the long term your bank will grow and grow. Remember the golden rule of gambling is never to bet with money you cannot comfortable to lose. A tiresome warning told by many, but ignore it at your peril!
FACTOR 4
The 4 FACTORS which indicate a winning selection. The beauty of the FACTOR 4 system is that it is essentially very simple.When a horse meets the FOUR selection criteria on which FACTOR 4 is based,quite simply it represents a very good bet. I make no apology if FACTOR 4 looks too simple.(Simplicity is usually a benefit! There are those who blieve that a betting system must be complicated in order to produce results.In fact,certain tipsters deliberately make their systems appear complicated and difficult to understand in order to give the false impression that their system is more scientific than it actually is). But why make a betting system more complicated than it needs to be? If you really want it,I will be quite happy to devise a personal system for you which will involve you in 2 days work before you know which horse you should be backing. Just follow the four selection criteria of FACTOR 4 and you will achieve equal or better results without the need to invest hours of your valuable time before placing your bet. HERE ARE THE 4 SELECTION CRITERIA FOR FACTOR 4 1 2 3 4 The horse must be rated 78 or above in the Daily Mail It must have won,or been placed 2nd or 3rd last time out It must be running within 4 days of its last run. It must be favourite.
FOLLOW THOSE 4 SIMPLE RULES FOR WINNER SELECTION AND YOU ARE BOUND TO SECURE WINNERS AT LEAST 50%OF THE TIME. And if you are
doing that consistently,you will end the season well ahead.There is no reason why starting with a 1000 bank and betting 10% on each selection with your winnings rolled forward-you cannot make 20000 to 50000 per annum as a TAX FREE second income from your betting activity. SIMPLICITY IS THE KEY Lets face it, if you know what youre about and have devoted your life to doing it,it is not at all difficult to devise a winning horse racing system. But the usual problem is that deploying successful backing systems is a full-time occupation.And most people do not have the time available to spend time analysing several months previous results in order to reach a conclusion about the likely winner in a particular race. FACTOR 4 renders such a time commitment unnecessary,because all of the work has been done for you.Just deploy the four simple selection criteria and start making your TAX FREE second Income. What you need to use FACTOR 4 As I have already indicated,FATOR 4 was designed with the"amateur" punter in mind-the person who knows little or nothing about horses or horse racing Here are the 4 key items of information you will be using: They are: 1 Result last time out 2 Number of days since last race 3 The rating of the horse 4 Is it the favourite?
First-time Blinkers for Handicap Debut

Rules: Bet any horse that is wearing blinkers for the first time in its career when the race also happens to be its handicap debut. For the purpose of this method, handicap debut is taken to mean the horse's first run in a handicap of the type in which it is entered today (either flat, chase or hurdles). System doesn't apply to any other form of headgear. Ignore races in which there is more than one qualifier. System applies to both flat and NH racing. System applies to UK races only. Staking: 5pts win on each selection. Logic: It is common practice for some trainers to run horses under less than optimum conditions in races which qualify them for a handicap mark. Having achieved a competitive rating for the horse the trainer is then faced with the task of taking advantage of it. He will attempt to do that by selecting the ideal conditions for his runner, in terms of track type, distance and ground.
It is a fact that blinkers, more often than not, work better on subsequent applications than they do the first time. However, on the occasions that they do enhance a performance on their first application the results can be spectacular. A generous rating for a handicap debut and an ideal set of conditions can further enhance the effect of first-time blinkers on the occasions that they do provide this spectacular improvement.
Handicap races
We will look at Handicap races which are more open than other kinds of races and where winners and placed horses tend to start at bigger odds. the difficulty is to locate viable bets at longer prices when the basis of a good system must be form used in one way or another. Class counts A survey over a three-year period demonstrated that class counts in racing and that in flat handicaps horses near the top of the handicap hold the best chance of winning. The survey showed that 48% of the winners of all flat handicaps are one of the top tour in the weights and over 60% come from the top 6 in the handicap so whilst runners can and do come from lower down in the handicap, statistically they are most likely to stem from the group which heads the weights Form As for form without which no system can hope to succeed many horses with sound form in recent runs do perform well even though the market might give them only a slender chance of success. Any horse good enough to reach the first four in each of its last three races must have some chance of reaching a place again and may even win, despite what chance the odds compilers or the Bookmakers give them.
Picking the selections First of all it is necessary to analyse each handicap on the days cards from the point of view of weight. This is done by applying a sliding scale based on the number of runners in a race. Handicaps of ten or less runners are ignored as are races of 17 or over 15 or more runners consider the first six in the weights 13 or 14 runners consider the first 5 in the weights 11 or 12 runners -consider the first four in the weights Then pick out any horses that have run third or fourth in each of their last three outings, which figured in the above specified weight range and they are your selections. Some days you will have more than one possibility and if you prefer to just back one horse each day then select the one with the biggest forecast odds preferably from The Racing Post. or the opening shows.
NAPSTA SYSTEM
Introduction: This system is based on a very rational criterion, it produces quite a few selections and a good strike rate. You will need a copy of the Racing Post or visit their website at www.racingpost.co.uk This system relies on the fact that certain professional form readers are quite good at their jobs. When they are all in agreement on the chances of a horse winning it stands to reason that the horse has a pretty good chance. With a few filters to remove any unwanted strokes of poor luck this system has been fine tuned to provide good quality horses at reasonable prices that win often enough to provide a good turnover and return on investment. Paper trade for a while and see how you get on with it. The System: Eliminate any Chases. No All weather meetings Use on FLAT ONLY after the Grand National to the end of Oct Use on NH ONLY from November to the Grand National Locate the Racing Post Selection Box (this is the matrix where there is a roundup of the days tips by all the press tipsters) Look for Topspeed, Postdata, Spotlight and Postmark.
If ALL 4 of these are in agreement then you have a noted possible. You now need to check the training centres. If at least ONE of the following also tips your noted possible then you have a SELECTION. Newmarket Lambourne The South The North West Country Back your selection to win
OUT IN FRONT (F2)

System Once 10 games have been played, bet a 1 unit Accumulator on each of the leaders of the four Divisions. Logic The Logic behind this is that once 10 games have been played, the form has usually settled down, and the stronger teams are usually near the top if not top. You also tend to find that in lower divisions, one or two teams run away with things. This means that they are obviously going to win a lot of games, and you are simply combining them with the other divisions leaders to maximise the odds.
Play The Tote Scoop6 - Not The Lottery

The Tote Scoop6 is far better value than the National Lottery, it's for serious punters who want a chance of winning a huge return on a tiny stake. The Tote Scoop6 is like the National Lottery for the more discerning. It offers potentially huge dividends for a very modest investment. The differences are equally obvious - the National Lottery is strictly for mug punters only. Unfortunately for Lottery owners Camelot, they seem to be in short supply in this country now, as the public has turned up its nose at the Lotto. By contrast, 100,000 players every week are investing in the Tote Scoop6, in the belief that they are in control of their destiny regarding the wager. To an extent, they are correct, and they certainly have far more control than is the case in the National Lottery. Odds of more than 14 million to one govern the Lotto, whereas Tote Scoop6 punters can reduce their odds dramatically, by making their own decisions regarding the horses that they nominate to carry their cash. Sorry to labour the point, but the Lottery is an example of everything that is wrong in today's society - a quick fix, characterless contest. It's almost distasteful to compare the moronic pursuit of the plastic balls to the Sport of Kings. When investing in the Tote Scoop6, punters know that months of endeavour have helped to produce each of the six races that make up the Tote Scoop card each week. Just viewing a jockey, weighing less than 8st, trying to control half a ton of thoroughbred should be enough to convince you of the Scoop6's supremacy. After all, your cash is
surely far better spent supporting an industry that employs hundreds of thousands of people, than on the corporate, tacky Lottery. Anyone with even a fleeting interest in the sport will tell you how they were affected by the loss of Persian Punch in April, and how racing can produce extreme emotions, both good and bad for different reasons. I haven't seen a weekly or monthly magazine for 'Lotto' supporters, or television programmes that attempt to educate punters about which balls might come out in any particular sequence! Scoop6 Tactics The Tote Scoop6, then, is for the more skilful client. They can select short-priced favourites, or opt for more speculative runners, if they're trying to win the swag for themselves, not wishing to share the dividend with anybody else. Informed clients can insure against losing, if for example they have selected the first four winners, by laying horses on the internet. The Tote placepot part of the wager also offers investors the chance to win plenty of cash without actually selecting a winner at all! The potential rewards of Tote Scoop6 are considerable. First of all, the Place Fund is a useful consolation if you don't land the big win, but all your selections are placed. The average dividend pays 572, which is similar to the average placepot return. Of course the dividend can vary dramatically, but as most of the races feature competitive TV racing with good size fields, there is always the potential for a four-figure return. As recently as Lincoln Handicap day on 4 March this year, the Place Fund returned a
dividend of 6,336, on the back of some good competitive racing from Doncaster and Newbury. The other benefit of the Place consolation is that it can prolong your enjoyment of the TV racing if your win selections have gone down. Should you win the Win Fund by picking all six winners, you'll be looking at an average payment to date of around 93,000. Again, the dividend will vary depending upon the size of the rollover pool and the number of winners. However, it's worth pointing out that the Win Fund return for Tote Scoop6 regularly beats the equivalent SP accumulator bet. What's more, if you're a single winner there's the chance of an absolutely monstrous win. Ron Nicholson is the best example of this in recent times. Ron landed a huge win of 878,939 for a 4 bet in April this year. That beats most bookmakers' traditional limits on payouts. On top of the Win Fund, there's always the chance of the Bonus the following week. The Bonus is difficult to win, so rollovers build up fast. The average Bonus return to date stands at just under 200,000, with the record payout being 853,245, landed by a syndicate at Newmarket in August 2003 - not a bad return on top of the Win and Place winnings the previous week! 85% of Scoop6 investments come via individual players, with syndicates making up the rest of the pool. Syndicates are available to anyone who wishes to team up with family, friends or work colleagues, who can pool their resources and enter permutations that give such clients a more realistic chance of scooping the pool. Many heads are better than one One tactic employed by syndicates is to select two runners in what appear to be the four hardest races to judge, and bank on just one horse in the other two events. The total stake
for such a wager would be 32, via a 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 1 x 1 entry, which equals sixteen bets (at 2 per line). Dropping back to basics, just ask yourself what is the realistic price of selecting the first ball that drops out of the 'Lotto' machine. The answer of course is 48/1, whilst (before form is analysed) the price of any horse to win a ten-runner event (as an example) is 9/1. Cynics would suggest that 'Lotto' players have six chances (via the number of selections), which reduce those 48/1 odds. The realist in me suggests however, that the further you get into the 'competition', the harder it is to win. After the fifth ball is known, for example, the realistic odds for a chosen number to emerge are 43/1. Compare that to the sixth and final leg of the Placepot, and you will quickly determine that the further you go in the Tote Scoop6, the easier it is to ensure that you do not lose on your original stake. That's a scenario that is impossible to organise within the lottery format. Lottery players could argue that the 'bonus ball' enters the equation after the sixth ball is drawn, but Tote Scoop6 investors would react by suggesting that the 'place fund' is still running for them, if their first five selections had been successful. Finally, I should endorse the cynic's view that good causes have seen only a small percentage of the National Lottery money, which was promised all those years ago, unlike the fat cats, who have been lapping up the cream for the last ten years. By contrast, all the profits that emerge from the Tote Scoop6 go back into the horse racing industry, and I refer you back to the earlier paragraphs of this article if you wish to know why that can only be a good thing. In short, brainless balls are for losers - hail the Tote Scoop6!
Professional Soccer Gamblers Betting Exchange Secrets

In recent years we have seen a new betting opportunity arise through a new breed of web site called betting exchanges. These sites allow for person to person betting without a bookmaker being involved. Quite simply, you are able to accept bets on offer from other visitors who are either offering bets available to back to win or lay to lose. As a visitor to the Betting Exchange, you also have the power to offer your own bets at the stakes and prices of your choice. Other visitors then have the option to take the bet that you offered or they might ask for their own bet. Some visitors will want to bet that a certain outcome will happen, whilst another visitor will want to bet that it wont. When these visitors get together their wager is matched and the betting exchange will hold on to both visitors stake money until the outcome is decided, then pay the winner from the losers account less a small commission of between 2 and 5 percent. With the advent of the bookmaker, we now see visitors competing between each other to offer attractive bets for visitors resulting in one thing: Great value opportunities with prices available being so much better than regular bookmakers that its hard to see where their place will be in the future.
Remember, a regular bookmaker will have high overheads and they must always offer bets on all of the possible outcomes of an event. The individual however has the luxury of accepting and offering just the bets that they want, usually as a result of their own research or through the research of their preferred Soccer Tipster. Just on the most basic level, youll find that if you wanted to back a certain team to win, youll get better odds at the betting exchange than you would at the bookmakers hence every time you win, youll now win more. However, this report was created to show how the professionals are using the Betting Exchange sites to make profits that are virtually guaranteed and in some cases they are definitely guaranteed! After you have visited these sites, youll be able to pick out your favourite and have the choice to simply stay with one or use a combination of betting exchanges to effectively work between them for extra profit opportunities. Betting Exchange Facilities If you visit one of the betting exchanges mentioned, youll see that you can click on a variety of events and tournaments. With each Soccer Team youll find prices available to back the team in question or to lay it and the same goes for the draw options.
At this stage its probably best if you visit the sites yourself to get a feel for their layout and where their Soccer Teams are positioned plus their online tutorials for using the sites as they all come with easy user guides. The power that you now have is the ability to bet that something wont happen (lay) which until recently was the luxury of the bookmaker only. All figures are written in the decimal format so if you are new to decimalised odds you can use the tables within this manual to convert between fractional and decimal. Taking Advantage of Extra Value By now youll be aware of the extra value that the betting exchanges give us and the vast majority of users visit the betting exchanges just to back the Soccer team that they will feel will win at better odds than they could possibly hope for at their regular bookmaker. If you are used to only using your local bookmaker for bets, nows a good time to benefit from the better prices available. For example, you might want to back a team to win and the best odds available at your local bookie might be say around the 5/1 / 11/2 mark. Checking the betting exchange websites youll more than likely find the same bet available at 8 or 8.5. Thats 7/1 and 15/2 marking substantial better value. Betting On The Draw Going back to the Bookie Beating Soccer Course, youve seen how the professionals monitor results to develop a points system to show which teams are most likely to win
lose or draw. Using the points system, you can see which teams have the same number of points and are, on paper, evenly matched. These are the teams that statistically, are most likely to draw. Now, lets say that youve identified that Liverpool and Chelsea are two teams that are evenly matched and want to bet on a 1-1 draw. Traditionally the majority of punters would use a bookmaker to place this wager and settle for the odds given. At best they might shop around a few bookmakers before placing their wager. The professionals however now take full advantage of whats available through placing a selection of bets at the Betting Exchanges so that: If you are correct and the match results in a 1-1 score, you win more than if youd placed the wager at a bookmakers and: You cover all other likely draws so that whichever draw finally occurs, you make a profit. Heres how: Betting On The Draw Lets say youve checked with your bookmaker and they are offering a Liverpool / Chelsea draw at 11/2 which is 6.5 decimalised. However, you check with an exchange and find that the same bet is available at 15/2 or 8.5 decimalised. At the same time you see that all the draw options are available as follows: 0-0 16.5 8.5
2-2 20.00 70.00 By recognising the extra value available, you can cover all likely draw outcomes as follows to make a profit on all draws and a massive profit if you are correct with your 1-1 prediction as follows: Stake 118 8 100 8 2 Profit 16.5 8.5 20.00 70.00 +124 -100 -8 -2 +14 -8 +750 -8 -2 +732 -8 -100 +152 -2 +42 -8 -100 -8 +138 +22 Odds 0-0 1-1 2-2 3-3
So, for a 118 stake you profit by 732 if your 1-1 prediction is correct which is still better than any bookmaker odds available. At the same time by placing smaller wagers on the other draws, you can make a profit on the other draws as well. I staked a little more on the 2-2 outcome as this is the next most likely draw but you might want to stake a little less. Remember, you will be using statistically the teams most evenly matched and hence this bet provides you with the power that you didnt have prior to the betting exchanges
arriving without paying over the odds for it. Try it next time you want to bet on a draw. With a little practise you can create the exact bets that you want. Football Betting Without The Risk An old favourite system of many experienced Soccer gamblers is to wait for the season to start and settle down before placing a series of wagers (to win the league) on the five or so teams dominating the league. Lets say that you are certain that you can pick out the top five teams in the league where you feel that one is almost certain to end as the league winner. Football Betting Without The Risk Continued Lets say you have the following odds available on these top teams: Team 1) Team 2) Team 3) Team 4) Team 5) 9/1 at bookie A 8/1 at bookie B 7/1 at bookie A 13/2 at bookie A 5/1 at bookie B
If you convert the odds for each team into percentages (which also gives you your stake) you get the following stakes and profits when teams 1,2,3,4 or 5 win the league. Team 1 at 9/1 = 10% so stake = 100 Returns 1000
Profit 363.90
Team 2 at 8/1 = 11.11% stake = 111.10 Team 3 at 7/1 = 12.50% stake = 125.00 Team 4 at 13/2 = 13.33% stake = 133.30 Team 5 at 5/1 = 16.67% stake = 166.70 Total staked 636.10 Return 1000
Returns 1000 Returns 1000 Returns 1000 Returns 1000
Profit 363.90 Profit 363.90 Profit 363.90 Profit 363.90
Profit 363.90
Trading For Risk Free Soccer Bets The above staking shows an old way to cover all likely outcomes and is used by many professional Soccer Gamblers to make annual profits on the eventual league winners. We can now go one step further. Heres how: With the introduction of the betting exchanges, we now have the ability to trade by betting for and against the same outcome of an event. If our calculations are correct we can guarantee a profit by trading during the duration of the bet. For example, lets say that the Premier league or another division has turned into a two horse race. It could be that youve seen that Arsenal and Chelsea are pulling away from the rest of the table in one season and that Arsenal are leading the way. When you check the odds on Arsenal to win at a betting exchange, you might see quite short odds of around 1.57 (4/7) and Chelsea at more tempting odds of around 3.25 (9/4).
At the same time, you notice that from the fixtures, Arsenal have a difficult month ahead of them whilst in contrast Chelsea have some relatively easy matches. So what do you do? The answer is to back Chelsea whilst their odds are high. What we want is for Chelsea to then pull off the expected wins and hence their odds will shorten whilst Arsenals odds grow as they struggle during their tougher matches. Its not unusual for two dominating teams to even switch odds completely during such times. Look at how this transfers into profit: August 1st back Chelsea 100 at 3.25 To Win Sep 1st back Arsenal 100 3.25 To Win Result: Winning bet = 225 minus the losing bet of 100 = 125 profit (less 6.25 commission) leaves us with a nice risk free profit. At this point you might be thinking that such bets are possible with regular bookmakers. Well this is true but the bookmakers over round and odds compilers make it so that creating a guaranteed profit situation for your self is an extremely difficult task. You can end up taking risks you shouldnt. With Betting Exchange websites youll find that the value in the odds allows for you to use your knowledge to trade in and out profitable bets like in the example above. You
can also ask for the odds of your choice to see if another visitor will accept making bookie to exchange arbs very popular as you can always ask for a bet and the worst that can happen is that it does not get matched costing you nothing. With the ratings systems and statistical advice given in the Bookie Beating Soccer Handbook, youll have the tools to make more powerful and informed decisions. The Singles Bet Money Maker Occasionally we see bookmakers singles bets that stand out a little as being good value. This is due to bookmakers having to compile their odds early in the week so that they offer set prices on the Thursday when the coupons come out ready for Saturdays matches. Another example of a better value bet might come from what we call concessions where the bookmakers offer a nice value bet with the aim of hooking in more regular users of their service. We cant bet the doubles or trebles at the exchanges but professionals are using a singles method (on good value bets) to guarantee a profit. Now, when we see a singles bet that stands out with a good price you should try to lay the bet to lose at the exchange at a price below that of the bookmakers. If your bet is matched you can either back your bet at the bookmaker for a guaranteed profit or wait to see if you can reverse out of the bet at the exchange when the market settles down. The other option is to accept other peoples bets if the price is right although its more likely that you will need to offer your own.
To get in on these types of profits you need to get hold of and check your coupons as early as possible so that you can create your bets before the market falls in line. Get in on the live action for guaranteed profits Betting live is a term used for placing wagers or asking for bets whilst the event is actually taking place. Live action betting is exciting but it does however offers much more to the professional Soccer gambler as it provides another opportunity to bet risk free or take a guaranteed profit. Heres how: Lets say that youve used the information in this handbook (or a tipster) and your research shows that youve identified that you should place a wager on a home team win for team x at odds of 3.0 This is your wager and if you follow a successful tipster or do your homework you should find that over time youll make a profit and your winning bets will pay for your losing bets and leave you with a profit. In this respect, you are placing your wager and letting it run its course. However, with in action betting, if you know what you are doing you can place another wager at the betting exchange in action to take the risk away by laying the same team x to lose during live action.
If you back 50 on team x to win at 2/1 (3.0) you would be looking at winning 100. If youve done your research, during the match you should see your team go ahead and be winning at some point. Maybe its towards the end of the match and your team scores and is leading 1-0 and looking sure to win. Its at this time when you can look to the betting exchange to see what you can lay the same team at to lose. If you find that at this time you now have the option to lay at 1.05, you can place a tiny 2.50 lay bet that would protect your 50 original bet because laying at 1.05 is the same as backing at 21.0 so 2.50 multiplied by 21 = 52.50 less your 2.50 stake returns you your 50. So for just 2.50 out of your 100 winnings you will have edged your initial wager during live action and things cant go wrong for you if team y suddenly scores a last minute equaliser. Not only this if you take it further and increase your lay stake youll see that you now have a guaranteed win bet regardless of the outcome. Try it out on paper now and see. How you use this information is up to you. Some professionals make a habit of taking a guaranteed smaller profit as soon as one is available whilst others will let their bets run to their conclusion safe in the knowledge that their research will make them bigger gains in the long term rather than cutting them short by securing an arb. I would say that if you have the chance to take a guaranteed reasonable profit, to take it as long as you are not selling yourself too short. On the bets that you dont have the chance to trade out of for a risk free profit, these are the bets that sometimes you win and
sometimes you lose. If you and/or your tipster have done your homework though, you should increase your profits further over time through covering your losing bets with your winning bets plus leaving you with increasing profits. Knowing The Market and its behaviour As you can see from the above example, knowing how a match is most likely to pan out is key to making guaranteed risk free trades whether it be through placing one bet on one day and another a month later to level it out or whether you place a bet with a bookmaker on one day and then go to trade out of it the next day at the exchange. This is where your research comes in which goes back to the statistics monitoring you have learned in the bookie beating soccer course. The more you do the more likely it is that you can become an experienced trader. Trying to trade without experience or knowledge is too risky and if keeping records and playing with your calculator isnt your thing, its probably best that you steer clear of live trading and stick with the other methods of professional soccer betting. Backing and Laying We have seen how backing teams at the betting exchanges offer great value and youll see this when you compare the prices to your regular bookmaker. However we also have the ability to lay which means that we can bet on an outcome not happening. What this means is that lets say you think a team is playing at home but you think that it wont win. Before to bet on this youd have to place one bet on the away team and one
bet on the draw. Doing these two bets at the bookmaker would result in you paying the bookmakers over round twice which would wipe out any statistical advantage that you had. Over the long term, youd lose. However, if the above example happens to you now, you can bet against the home team winning on an exchange without being penalised through an over round. If you are backing, you want to back at the highest possible price whilst when you are laying you want to lay at the lowest possible price. To quickly see the back and lay prices, weve placed a table below showing the back price on the left and its equivalent lay price on the right. Back and Lay Price Equivalents in Decimals as seen at Betting Exchanges
Back Price 100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60 58 Lay Price 1.010 1.010 1.011 1.011 1.011 1.011 1.011 1.012 1.012 1.012 1.012 1.013 1.013 1.014 1.014 1.014 1.015 1.015 1.016 1.016 1.017 1.018
56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19.5 19 18.5 Back Price 18 1.061 17 1.065 16 1.069 15 1.074 14 1.080 13 1.087 12 1.095 11 10.5 10 1.114 1.116 1.119 1.122 9
1.018 1.019 1.020 1.020 1.021 1.022 1.023 1.024 1.026 1.027 1.029 1.030 1.032 1.034 1.036 1.037 1.038 1.040 1.042 1.043 1.045 1.048 1.050 1.053 1.054 1.056 1.057 Lay Price 1.059 1.063 1.067 1.071 1.077 1.083 1.091 1.100 1.105 1.111
1.125
1.128 1.132 1.135 1.139 8 7.8 7.6 7.4 7.2 7 6.8 6.6 1.185 1.192 6 1.204 1.208 1.213 5.6 5.5 5.4 1.233 1.238 1.244 5 4.9 4.8 Back Price 4.6 1.286 1.294 4.3 1.313 4.1 4 3.95 3.9 3.85 3.8 3.75 3.7 3.65 3.6 3.55 3.5 3.45 1.417 3.35 3.3 3.25
1.143 1.147 1.152 1.156 1.161 1.167 1.172 1.179 1.200
1.217 1.222 1.227
1.250 1.256 1.263 Lay Price 1.278 1.303 1.323 1.333 1.339 1.345 1.351 1.357 1.354 1.370 1.377 1.385 1.392 1.400 1.408 1.426 1.435 1.444
3.2 3.15 3.1 3 2.98 2.96 2.94 2.92 2.9 2.88 2.86 2.84 2.82 2.8 2.78 2.76 2.74 2.72 2.7 2.68 2.66 2.64 2.62 2.6 2.58 2.56 2.54 Back Price 2.52 2.5 2.48 2.46 2.44 1.70 2.4 2.38 2.36 2.34 2.32 2.3 2.28 2.26 2.24 2.22 2.2 2.18 2.16 2.14 2.12 2.1
1.455 1.465 1.476 1.500 1.505 1.510 1.515 1.521 1.526 1.532 1.538 1.543 1.549 1.556 1.562 1.568 1.575 1.581 1.588 1.595 1.602 1.610 1.617 1.625 1.633 1.641 1.649 Lay Price 1.658 1.667 1.676 1.685 1.694 1.71 1.72 1.74 1.75 1.76 1.77 1.78 1.79 1.81 1.82 1.83 1.85 1.86 1.88 1.89 1.91
2.08 2.06 2.04 2.02 2 1.99 1.98 1.97 1.96 1.95 1.94 1.93 1.92 1.91 1.9 1.89 1.88 1.87 1.86 1.85 1.84 1.83 1.82 1.81 1.8 1.79 1.78 Back Price 1.77 1.76 1.75 1.74 2.37 1.72 1.71 1.7 1.69 1.68 1.67 1.66 1.65 1.64 1.63 1.62 1.61 1.6 1.59 1.58 1.57 1.56
1.93 1.94 1.96 1.98 2.00 2.01 2.02 2.03 2.04 2.05 2.06 2.08 2.09 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.18 2.19 2.20 2.22 2.23 2.25 2.27 2.28 Lay Price 2.30 2.32 2.33 2.35 2.39 2.41 2.43 2.45 2.47 2.49 2.52 2.54 2.56 2.59 2.61 2.64 2.67 2.69 2.72 2.75 2.79
1.55 1.54 1.53 1.52 1.51 1.5 1.49 1.48 1.47 1.46 1.45 1.44 1.43 1.42 1.41 1.4 1.39 1.38 1.37 1.36 1.35 1.34 1.33 1.32 1.31 1.3 1.29 Back Price 1.28 1.27 1.26 5.00 1.24 1.23 1.22 1.21 1.2 1.19 1.18 1.17 1.16 1.15 1.14 1.13 1.12 1.11 1.1 1.09 1.08 1.07
2.82 2.85 2.89 2.92 2.96 3.00 3.04 3.08 3.13 3.17 3.22 3.27 3.33 3.38 3.44 3.50 3.56 3.63 3.70 3.78 3.86 3.94 4.03 4.13 4.23 4.33 4.45 Lay Price 4.57 4.70 4.85 5.17 5.35 5.55 5.76 6.00 6.26 5.56 6.88 7.25 7.67 8.14 8.69 9.33 10.09 11.00 12.11 13.50 15.29
1.06 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01
17.67 21.00 26.00 34.33 51.00 101.00
Profit Points System

This one has 'mixed reviews' to say the least and I haven't tested it. See what you think. In this system you are not promised a winner in every race but it is designed to keep you ahead of the game over long periods of time. This system even lets you know when not to part with your cash. Betting points are allocated for each race then the bets are placed according to the principal race meeting as printed in the Daily Mail. The reason the Daily Mail is used is because when the system was being tried the Mails racing information was accurate and consistent and presented in such a way that this system was easy to execute. The amount of cash you bet is up to you with the possibility of each point being worth as little as 1. Calculating in points really only makes the system much easier to understand and makes working out your profits much easier! For the best results the Profit Points system must be followed exactly and used over a period of time for it to be profitable. Long term gambling profits are only possible if you follow a system to the letter and not place a bet on any horse that takes your fancy. Like any system you may have the odd bad month and this is to be expected, however the system prevents against continuous losses and with patience your winning streak will return and you will be back in profit. So, to make the system work you must first purchase a copy of the Daily Mail daily and look at the principal race meeting and note down only races with 8 or 9 runners. The principal meeting is the one with the highest prize money on offer. Other meetings can
be used but statistics have shown that this is the best meeting to choose. If there are no principal meetings in any day then pick the one with the most prize money. Always select the second named horse (second favourite). If there are joint favourites still only select the second named horse. Now bet 1 point on your selected second favourite horse. Remember your point can be worth as much or as little as you like. Should you lose in the first race then increase your stakes by 1 point. Keep increasing your stakes until you have a winning race. If you have 6 consecutive losses then stop betting, this limits losses to 21 points in any one sequence and also safeguards against a long losing run. If a winner doesnt arrive when you reach 6 consecutive losses then you must wait for 2 consecutive losing days as before and recommence with 1 point. When you have your selected winner restart with a reduced stake. To restart you subtract the starting price from the number of points on your winning bet. The starting price will need to be rounded up to the nearest whole figure. Starting Price of 2/1 = 2 points, 10/1 = 10 points, evens 1/1 = 1 point. Starting Price of 6/4 = 1.5 points which is rounded up to 2 points, 5/4 is approximately equal to 1 point.
QUICK RETURNERS FLAT TRAINERS

RULES Horse must be returning to the track within 7 days of latest run. Sp must be no bigger than 11/1 Horse must be trained by one of the following trainers: P J Makin J R Boyle W G M Turner R Charlton Sir Mark Prescott B W Hills B Ellison E J Alston P W DArcy J R Fanshawe M S Saunders G L Moore Miss Gay Kelleway P Howling H Morrison
Reverse Horse Profit Plan

Welcome Welcome to the Reverse Horse Profit Plan, a completely unique and fresh approach to accumulating wealth through Internet Horse Racing. Unlike any horse racing system or strategy of old, this system shows how its possible for anyone to make a healthy income betting on horses to lose. We say fresh approach because our historical aim has always been to monitor and create betting systems and strategies that pick out winning horses with the aim of profiting over time. Many horse racing systems are effective over time if followed correctly, but selecting winners is never an easy task which is why we can certainly recommend the approach that we shall teach you today. The year of 2002 has brought about a new betting opportunity through the rise of a breed of web sites called betting exchanges. These sites allow for person to person betting without a bookmaker being involved. Quite simply, you are able to offer a bet at your desired stake and price on a horse within a race to other visitors to the site. Other visitors then have the option to take the bet that you offered. If you are correct and your selected horse losses, you keep the other persons stake money. If you are wrong, and your selected horse wins, you pay out at the odds that you decided. Money is then either debited or credited from your account that you must open before you lay out your bets for others to take. Quite simply, our aim is to provide the betting exchange sites with offers of horses that we feel will lose and hence keep other peoples stake money when we are right. As we have all the odds in our favour, we will always be successful over time. After you have visited these sites, youll be able to pick out your favourite and have the choice to simply stay with one or use a combination of betting exchanges to effectively lay more bets.
Clients from the US may wish to explore some of the many other Betting exchange sites that cater for more US Horse Racing Events. Why is Reverse Horse Betting So Successful? The reason why this kind of reverse betting approach is so successful is because we now have so many factors in our favour. Here are just a few: Firstly, when we lay a horse to lose we have every other horse racing for us. Even professional gamblers will know that this is a huge factor in our favour. How many times have you studied a race only to see a horse that you thought had no chance, come through to win? The point that I am making here is that racing can often be a very inaccurate science and by turning the tables to simply have every horse but one racing for us we will always profit over time with the Reverse Horse Profit Plan. Whilst we can enjoy the benefits of being a bookmaker, we dont have to take their risks. We only offer horses that we think will lose and at the stakes that we decide. This is another huge factor because it means that we dont have to balance our book like a bookmaker does. We are free to offer tempting odds on horses that we feel will lose which means that the thousands of visitors to the betting exchange sites will readily take us up on our offers. The availability of statistics and free help for us is incredible. We have everything readily available online to help us pick out the exact horses we need to select for our system. Ill go into full details about this later but needless to say, every statistic that we need to identify if a horse is likely to lose is readily available. Which Horses Do We Select and Why? The horses that we select for this system are always the favourite which is the horse with the shortest price or smallest odds in the betting forecast. Only 30% of favourites win so we shall be concentrating on identifying the 70% of losing favourites and then selecting those with short prices. Our system selects the favourites for two reasons. Firstly, these horses have the shortest prices so when we are wrong we pay out little compared to if we had offered prices on the other horses. Secondly, visitors to the betting exchanges will always take our bets as
they will feel that the horse has an excellent chance of winning because it is the favourite. If we were to select horses priced at 25-1, of course they might probably lose but its also probable that no one would take the bet that you offered. There is also the chance that the big priced horse will win leaving you with a big loss to cover. By being able to identify favourites likely to lose, we have the makings of a sound profit plan. With so many factors in our favour, we can now be confident of accumulating wealth over time. Understanding Odds and Percentages Before we go into the system of how we select favourites that are likely to lose its important that we understand how odds and prices are written across the world. This is because the betting exchange sites that we use write odds and prices down in the European format instead of the USA or UK style. The quickest way to learn is to simply have a comparison table with lots of prices compared between the three styles as follows:
USA -3.50 -3.30 -3.00 -2.75 -2.50 -2.25 -2.00 -1.90 -1.75 -1.61 -1.50 -1.37 -1.25 -1.20 -1.11 -1.10 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.11 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 UK 2/7 3/10 1/3 4/11 2/5 4/9 1/2 8/15 4/7 8/13 4/6 8/11 4/5 5/6 9/10 10/11 1/1 21/20 11/10 10/9 6/5 5/4 13/10 27/20 EUR 1.29 1.30 1.33 1.36 1.40 1.44 1.50 1.53 1.57 1.65 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.83 1.90 1.91 2.00 2.05 2.10 2.11 2.20 2.25 2.30 2.35 % 77.8 76.7 75.0 73.3 71.4 69.2 66.7 65.5 63.6 61.9 60.0 57.9 55.6 54.6 52.6 52.4 50.0 48.8 47.6 47.4 45.4 44.4 43.5 42.6 USA 2.75 2.80 3.00 3.33 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.00 7.50 8.00 8.50 9.00 10.0 11.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 UK 11/4 14/5 3/1 10/3 7/2 4/1 9/2 5/1 11/2 6/1 13/2 7/1 15/2 8/1 17/2 9/1 10/1 11/1 12/1 14/1 16/1 18/1 20/1 22/1 EUR 3.75 3.80 4.00 4.33 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.00 7.50 8.00 8.50 9.00 9.50 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0 21.0 23.0 % 26.7 26.3 25.0 23.1 22.2 20.0 18.2 16.7 15.4 14.3 13.3 12.5 11.8 11.1 10.5 10.0 9.09 8.33 7.69 6.67 5.88 5.26 4.76 4.35
1.37 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.62 1.70 1.75 1.80 1.87 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.25 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70
11/8 7/5 6/4 8/5 13/8 17/10 7/4 9/5 15/8 19/10 2/1 21/10 11/5 9/4 23/10 12/5 5/2 13/5 27/10
2.37 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.62 2.70 2.75 2.80 2.87 2.90 3.00 3.10 3.20 3.25 3.30 3.40 3.50 3.60 3.70
42.1 41.7 40.0 38.5 38.1 37.0 36.4 35.7 34.8 34.5 33.3 32.3 31.2 30.8 30.3 29.4 28.6 27.8 27.03
25.0 28.0 33.0 40.0 50.0 66.00 80.00
25/1 28/1 33/1 40/1 50/1 66/1 80/1
26.0 29.0 34.0 41.0 51.0 67.0 81.0
3.85 3.45 2.94 2.44 1.96 1.49 1.23
Understanding Odds and Percentages Now, if we look at the chart we can see that evens is 1.00 in the USA and 1/1 in the UK. If you were to offer a horse at evens on the betting exchange sites you would therefore type in 2.00. To understand the European style better, lets look at how its worked out. Taking the evens price again, we see it as 1.00 in the US and 1/1 in the UK. Taking the UK fraction, 1 divided by 1 = 1 plus your stake of 1 = 2.00. -2.50 in the US is seen as 2/5 in the UK and 1.40 in Europe because 2 divided by 5 = 0.40 plus your stake of 1 = 1.40. So, taking our examples if we lay a horse to lose with a stake of $10 at evens (and our bet is taken) and our selected horse loses, we win the other persons $10 stake money. If we are wrong and our selected horse wins, we lose $10 because a $10 bet at evens wins $10 and this amount would then be deducted from our betting account. Offering a $10 stake on a horse at 2.50 US (2/5 UK) again gives us a win of $10 if our selected horse loses. If we are wrong and our selected horse wins we lose just $4 because
a $10 stake at 2.50 (2/5 UK) (1.40 EUR) would mean that $4 would be deducted from our betting exchange account. When you start to work through the short priced figures, it will become clear why we select short priced favourites for this system. Payouts can be low compared to our stake whilst still having an excellent chance of our selected horse losing. Clients from the US will notice that after evens, the figures in the Euro style are the same as in the US but plus 1. This is simply because the Euro style includes the original stake when you work it through whilst the US style does not. For example if you placed a normal bet of $10 at 1.11 you win $11.10 because $10 multiplied by 1.11 equals $11.10. But if you look at the table youll see 1.11 written as 2.11 in the Euro style. A normal $10 bet at 2.11 again wins $11.10 but if you work it through youll see that $10 multiplied by 2.11 equals $21.10 but this includes your original stake that you must deduct to give you your winnings of $11.10. It wont make any difference if you are betting in UK pounds as there are 100 pence to the pound like there are 100 cents to the dollar. Clients from the UK will notice that 10/9 is written as 2.11 in the Euro style. This time, both ways of writing these prices includes your stake when you work them through. 10 bet at 10/9 wins 11.10. Taking the 10/9, 10 plus 9 equals 19. Multiply this by your stake of 10 equals 190. Then divide 190 by the second fraction figure of 9 to give 21.1. Then deduct your original stake of 10 to give you your winnings of 11.11. Now, work through some examples until you are happy with understanding the European way of writing down prices. The amount that you lay on each horse to lose will depend on your betting bank to be covered next. Your Betting Bank Your betting bank is the amount of money that you wish to put aside for the Reverse Horse Profit Plan. As a rule we recommend that you start laying stakes at one twentieth of the bank that you have available. So, if you wish to start with say UK 200, one twentieth would mean that you would lay 10 on each horse that you feel will lose.
The reason we must always used a defined bank is to be able to confidently cover any losses that we incur over time whilst moving towards consistent long-term profitability. Once your bank reaches 400, you might then want to double the stake that you offer to 20 and so on. Remember, your betting bank needs to be made up of money that you can comfortably afford to lose. Whilst the odds will be in your favour, you are still gambling so never use money that you need to pay for everyday essentials like bills and food etc. Strategies for laying horses to lose There are two strategies for laying horses to lose. The first is the standard approach where we select a single horse in a race that is the favourite but we believe it will lose. The second strategy is the advanced strategy where we can choose to lay a combination of horses in the same race to lose or lay a horse not to be placed. Not to be placed means that we lay a horse to lose which we feel will not place in the first three or first two if there are seven or fewer runners. The standard approach for laying horses to lose When first starting out in this kind of betting, we recommend following a standard approach to begin with. That is to use our race selection criteria (discussed later) to identify the right races and to lay a single horse to lose in each race that you select. Then as you gain confidence in your ability to spot losing favourites youll be able to gauge whether or not its worth offering a bet on a favourite not to be placed. We shall discuss advanced strategy in detail later as it can be very rewarding as the prices that we offer will be tiny. When we are correct, we keep the other persons stake money completely as usual. If we are wrong, we pay out peanuts. Of course its more difficult to pick out favourites that wont place but by the time youve read this system, youll be able to. The standard approach for laying horses to lose Now, lets say that youve read this system and understand the prices in the Euro style and have used our methods (discussed later) to pick out the right favourites from the right
races to back to lose. You will have opened an account with one of the betting exchange web sites and deposited some money. The amount of money that you deposit must be enough to cover the bets that you intend to lay. For example, if you deposit 100 into a betting exchange site, you could lay one 10 stake on a horse and set the price at 10/1. (US 10.00) Of course you would type this into the betting exchange as 11.00. You would not be able to lay any further bets as you would not have the funds in your account to cover any further horses if you lost on the horse at 11.00. As we shall be laying much shorter priced horses, you will be able to lay many more for your money. For example, you could lay ten horses priced at evens for your 100 with 10 stakes as this would be enough to cover yourself if all of your selected horses won and you lost. Now, lets say that we are ready to lay a horse at our chosen betting exchange. We would log on to the site, navigate to our chosen race and type in our decided stake and price next to the horse that we chose. (More on betting exchanges later) You might see that other people have already started to offer prices on your horse too so bear this in mind when deciding on your final price. You wont want to offer too big a price if you dont need to. On the other hand if someone has already put a price down on the horse that youve also selected, you might want to beat it by a tiny amount to look more tempting to other visitors to the betting exchange. Once we have typed in our details and offered a price and stake on our selected horse, we are now taking the part of the bookmaker and will wait for a visitor to the betting exchange to see our offer and match our bet. Once matched, if we are correct and our selected horse loses, we gain the other persons stake money and their account is debited by that amount whilst your account will be credited. How to select the right horse from the right race A few years back, we carried out some research into favourites whilst developing racing systems based around identifying the 30% of winning favourites that we see. In the UK we found that whilst 30% was the average from all races in the UK for favourites to win, this figure nearly increases to 50% for the Hunter chase races during the season running between February and June.
Our point is that we are able to throw our research into reverse and now point out the types of races that are much less predictable, harder to select the winner and hence giving us a greater chance of selecting those favourites highly likely to lose. Based on past research, the races that we shall select for this system are: Maiden Races Conditions Races Listed Races Group Races (Novice Hurdles) (Novice Chases) Firstly, lets look at why we have chosen Maiden Races as one of our main types of races to consider. Maiden races are for horses that have not yet won a race before making these type of races ideal for us due to the following reasons: Maiden races for 2 year olds on the flat make for a race full of inexperienced horses. There is no accurate way to judge if an animal will win clearly but the bookmakers will have to put one up as the favourite. As these horses have not won a race before, its difficult to know which animal will turn out to be the most dominant. Basically, the form is just harder to read which is good news for us. At this stage in a horses career there is always lots of trainer, owner and bookmaker hype simply due to maybe a reputable trainer or how well a horse has been doing in training. The truth is we dont know how its going to perform until its put to the test. We are now able to use all of our normal criteria to identify potential losing favourites but on top of that, we have all of these natural factors to put the odds in our favour further.
Identifying favourites likely to lose Firstly, our aim is not to spend hours trying to analyse each and every race we come across. We shall be looking to spend around 30 minutes on the mornings that you wish to find horses to lay to lose. The tool that we always use to identify our selections is the Racing Post website which holds all of the information that we need for forthcoming European horse races. Navigating around the Racingpost.co.uk To get a feel for navigating around the racing post web site, I recommend that you print off this document and then visit the site if you are not already familiar with using it. What we are going to do is quickly click around the site, identifying the pages that are most helpful in what we are trying to achieve. Once you are at www.RacingPost.co.uk click around using the guide to follow: We are going to start by getting you used to navigating around the Racing Post website and make sure that you understand the basics before we go into the strategies for identifying potential losing favourites. Firstly, as you land on the racing posts home page, down the left hand side, fifth button down, youll see todays racing. Click through and youll see one meeting for the day and the complete list of all available meetings down the right side of the page at the top under other meetings. This is our starting point and we shall first look at the meeting on screen for any qualifying races then click through, one at a time, the other meetings available. For each meeting that you click, youll see the races available and the times at the left side of the screen. Remember, we are looking for maiden races conditions races listed races group races novice hurdles and novice chases. Youll see lots of different sponsors for each race but the words maiden conditions and novice etc will also be found in the race names.
As you are clicking through all of the races available, note down which races qualify for our system. After you have clicked through all of the available races and noted down several potential races, we will now be able to look at each individually to see if it looks like the favourite might be beaten by any of the others in the race. Navigating around the Racing Post Web Site Now, lets say that youve identified several potential races and you want to look at them in a little more detail. You can click on the name of the race itself on screen to take you to the race details. Once you click on the race name, youll see a pop-up box appear by smart bet showing an odds comparison chart. Close this box and youll see the runners in the race and details. Under the list of runners youll see the betting forecast and the first horse with the shortest odds is the forecast favourite. We shall now be trying to identify whether or not we feel that this favourite will be beaten. Before we go into the analysis, well cover a few basics for those new to betting. As you look at the race and its runners youll see that under the time is the number of runners in the race. To the right of the time, youll see the name of the race its class and far right, the distance of the race. Next to the number of runners is the prize money to the winner. Under the winner prize money, from left to right youll see No. for the horse number. Form for each horse showing where it placed in its last three race outings. Horse the name of the horse and directly next to the horses name youll see a number. This is the number of days since its last outing. Trainer is the name of the horses trainer. Wgt is the weight that the horse is due to carry in stones and pounds. So if the weight is 8-7 this means 8 stone 7 pounds. (There are 14 pounds in a stone) Jockey is the horses jockey/rider for the day. To the right of the screen under Analysis youll see Spotlights which, when clicked will show you the Racing Posts opinion of each horse in the race. Selection box which holds the views of every expert from many daily newspapers as to which horse they feel will win. Under that we have the three tools of postmark top speed and official ratings which are advanced tools.
If you scroll down a little, you will also see on the right, buttons for top trainers and top jockeys. When clicked, it will show you the performance of the trainers and jockeys contesting your race. To the left is the Spot light Verdict and below that a table made up of ticks, question marks and crosses to help give an indication of each horses chances in brief. Ticks are good. Crosses are bad and question marks show as unknown. The more ticks under ability and recent form give a horse a better chance of winning according to the table. We shall now move on to the actual strategies we use to pick out favourites likely to lose. Keep with the Racing Post web site as we shall be navigating in some new areas. Strategies used to determine favourites likely to lose On the morning that you wish to lay some horses to lose, logon to the Racing Post web site and identify several races using the guide above. Once you have your list of races, its time to start looking at the favourite as well as the other horses in the race. Remember, we are ideally looking for short priced favourites around 11/8 or even shorter (US 1.37) thats 2.37 in the European style. Our maximum odd is 4.0 (3-1) after which we recommend that you dont lay. The potential loss is not worth the risk and there will always be more to choose from. Now, lets say that youve identified a number of races and want to know whether or not to lay the favourite at a betting exchange to lose. Start by clicking through to the race details like before so that you can see every horse in the race. Your starting point can be to click on to selection box. This will give you the views of twelve experts from the daily newspapers and 4 criteria from the racing post website all giving you their verdict on which horse will win. For example, lets say that your first selected race for the day is at 3.00pm in Nottingham and the forecast favourite is a horse called Jalousie. You might click on to selection box and see the following: Spotlight Postmark Jalousie Cool Kat
Topspeed Cool Kat Postdata Jalousie Lambourn Castle King The North Jalousie Sporting Life Jalousie The Times River God Telegraph Cool Kat The Guardian Jalousie Independent Castle King Daily Mail Jalousie The Express River God Daily MirrorJalousie The Sun Cool Kat The Star River God Now, looking at the panel of experts we can see that their opinion is split between four horses. Jalousie has the most votes but there are three other horses that have received votes also. Its always reassuring when you see the panel split like this and we can proceed with more confidence. Strategies used to determine favourites likely to lose On some occasions, you wont see the panel so split. If you clicked onto selection box to see: Spotlight Jalousie Postmark Jalousie Topspeed Jalousie Postdata Jalousie Lambourn Jalousie The North Jalousie Sporting Life Jalousie The Times Jalousie Telegraph Jalousie The Guardian Jalousie Independent Jalousie
Daily Mail Jalousie The Express Jalousie Daily MirrorJalousie The Sun Jalousie The Star Jalousie An overwhelming majority decision by a range of experts towards Jalousie is enough to make us stop right here. It looks highly likely that Jalousie will go on to win so we would avoid laying it. Remember, the selection box is just a quick starting point to deciding whether or not to carry on with our selection strategies. If the panel is split, it just means that we continue with our analysis, it does not mean that we have a horse to lay yet. Only when every expert agrees on the same favourite to win do we ignore that race. Strategies used to determine favourites likely to lose Now, lets say that weve selected a number of races to look at and the first is a maiden stakes race over 1m 1 furlong. Weve checked the selection box and not every expert is picking the forecast favourite to win so we continue with our analysis. Strategies used to determine favourites likely to lose When we look at maiden races, we look at: What races the forecast favourite has already run. We also look at what races the other horses have run. We take a mental note of what races they were and how well they did. (This just takes around two minutes and Ill show you how in a second.) We want to know if the favourite has not come across the ground, surface or distance in its previous races. (If a horse has yet to experience the ground on your race, it could prove vulnerable) We want to know if the favourite is making its debut. Its possible that the horse has never run a proper race before and is the favourite simply because of its trainer or bookmaker hype. (If a horse is making its debut and is only the favourite for the reasons
above, again it could prove vulnerable.) We always ignore any trainer or bookmaker hype and just stick with the figures. Strategies used to determine favourites likely to lose Now that you know what we are looking for, heres how to look: As you look at the race itself, youll see all of the runners down the screen in bold black print. When you position your mouse over each horses name, youll see it highlight red. When you click on it youll be taken through to the results of every race that that horse has run, where it placed and also be able to look at the type of horses that it has run against. What we are going to do is click through to this page for each horse in the race. It will soon become apparent if we have a number of potential threats to the favourite. What we want to see is one or more horse that has the potential to beat the favourite based on the figures. Strategies used to determine favourites likely to lose Now click onto the favourite of a selected race and Ill go through what you will see and how to interpret it. After clicking through, youll see from left to right: The Date Date of its previous races The Surface (Gd = Good GS = Good/Soft etc) The Race Class (A-G) The Race Type IE, Mdn stands for Maiden. Race Outcome IE, 4/16 means that the horse placed 4th out off 16 runners. Under the Outcome youll see the winner of the race and how many lengths our favourite was behind. Now, when you are looking at this page, there are a number of key points you must take a mental note of.
Firstly, look at the horses last few races. Where did it place, against how many runners and at what grade. The race class of A G is vital. A grade is the highest quality of race with G being the lowest of the classes. Horses are stepping up and stepping down in grade all of the time and its vital for us to find this out. If our favourite has been racing in class Es and is stepping up to class D for the first time, it is unproven at this quality and could be potentially vulnerable depending on the quality of the other horses which we shall find out as we click through them one at a time. Also, are there any horses used to running in higher classes stepping down in class today to make a potential challenge to the favourite? Take a mental note of the prize money that each horse has run for and at which prize money level the horse has had its success. Compare this with the prise money of the race you are looking at to see if any horses have a good chance of causing an upset for the favourite. Have any of the other horses won races of the same quality as the favourite? If the whole quality of the runners is poor, look to see if any of the other horses have placed in similar positions in the same class of race as the favourite. For races other than maidens, look to see if the favourite has ever won a race. It might be that the favourite is the favourite due to trainer/jockey combination etc or that its dropping in class, or all three. A horse could prove vulnerable if its never won a race simply due to horse behaviour. (More on this later) Strategies used to determine favourites likely to lose As you continue to click through to look at each horses previous race results it will soon become clear that some horses have very little chance of winning based on the figures whilst some have a very good chance. All that we need to see is one or a number of potential challenges to the favourite for us to decide to lay it on the betting exchange. That way, we know that we have a good chance of a potential upset to the favourite from the horses that we have identified as dangerous. On top of this we have every other horse
running for us. This is a big factor as some horses often come through to win out of nowhere to help us out even more. If the favourite is the favourite because it won its last race, click through to see what horses it beat. You can do this by first clicking on the name of your favourite to go through to its results, then clicking on the horses name under the race outcome heading. This will be the name of the horse that finished second and also by how much it was beaten. When you click through to look at the previous race of the favourite, take a look at the quality of the field. How far did the favourite win by? Whom did it beat? If the second placed horse was priced at 20-1 in a generally weak looking field, it could mean that our favourite today didnt have to do very much to win its last race at all. Is the favourite running on unfamiliar ground? You can check this by looking at the surface of its last races and then comparing it to that of your current race. If its unproven on unfamiliar ground then its just another point in our favour. Incidentally, its also worth looking at the jockeys of the favourite and the jockeys of the horses that you feel might pose a threat. If the favourite won a race with a top jockey and its the same jockey on the horse today, the favourite becomes that bit more dangerous because of the confidence between the jockey and the horse as a team. Horse Behaviour Another factor worth mentioning is horse behaviour. Professional gamblers will already know what I mean by this and its very relevant to the reverse horse method. Some favourites might be the favourite because of their position in better classes of races or the trainer/jockey combination. However, if its never won a race it has a better chance of being beaten today even by an inferior horse. This is a bold statement I know, and wont always prove correct but people who work and train horses will know what I mean here. Basically, horses naturally prefer to follow and have to be trained to lead and to be a winner. This is where horse behaviour comes in. A horse with a powerful presence can mentally overpower even a horse of better ability, especially if they met on a previous occasion and the better horse lost.
The simple point that I am making here is that if a horse has proved itself to be a winner, bear this in mind. If its never won a race, bear this in mind also. Strategies used to determine favourites likely to lose To summarise, after checking the selection box and going through each horses history whilst checking the prize money, ground, grades of races, horses stepping up and down and the jockeys, youll soon build a mental picture of the race and whether or not we have a number of threats to the favourite. If we do then this will be one horse to lay for today. As you become more experienced, this whole process will become much quicker and also very instinctive. Its a great feeling when you just know that the favourite for a race has a huge chance of being badly beaten. Races to Avoid Some races we feel are best avoided are: Handicaps Sellers Claimers Remember, we also never lay the favourite if every selection box expert picks it. We also never lay the favourite of a maiden race if its been trained by D. R Loder. Choosing Prices To Offer After you have selected the horses that you plan to lay at the betting exchanges, youll need to decide on what prices to offer. Obviously, what you will be trying to do is make the price as short as possible so that if we are wrong we stand to lose a fairly small amount. For instance, lets say that we have found a short priced favourite by the name of Jalousie whom we feel has a good chance of being beaten. We could lay this with a 20 stake at odds of 4/5. This is 1.25 in the US but remember, you will need to type the European figure into the betting exchange as 1.80. Now, if Jalousie losses as long as our bet has been matched, we win 20. If Jalousie went on to win, we would lose 16 because 20 multiplied by 1.80 equals 36 less the stake of 20 equals a 16 loss.
You might find that you decide on a price and visit your race at the betting exchange, only to find that someone has already offered a bet at that same price at the exact stake that you wanted to lay. You would then have the option to beat that stake by a small amount if you wished to make your bet look the most tempting to any visitors to the exchange. However, you might find that someone has offered a slightly better price than you wanted to lay but their stake has been set much higher. You could then stick with your original price as many visitors to the exchange might only be planning to bet in your stake range. Also, dont increase your asking odds to get matched. If you need to increase to get matched only increase by the bare minimum to get noticed. Finding the right prices to offer When you click onto a race at the Racing Post site and see every runner available, at the bottom of the runners you will see a betting forecast. This is only a guide and will no doubt change so the best way to proceed when beginning is to make a note of the forecasted short price of the horse that you want to lay, then offer a price realistically lower than this. After a bit of time, youll begin to see what sort of prices get taken by users of the exchange and what gets passed by. It will become instinctive over time as you find the right balance between offering the shortest price possible and having the price that you offer matched by visitors to the exchanges. To view the odds and prices being offered by online bookmakers, you can check sites like Oddschecker.com who compare the odds of several online bookmakers. Methods of Laying Horses to Lose There are three methods of laying horses to lose. The first is the straight single horse lay. That is we have identified a favourite in a race, then visit our betting exchange to lay it to lose at the stake and price that we decide. The second method is to lay two horses in the same race to lose. Of course, you might be thinking that when you lay two horses to lose, you have a greater chance of losing. Well, you are correct but by manipulating the odds on two horses in the same race we have the chance to win far more than we lose. Again, if we are fairly accurate with our selections, we can only profit over time. Here is an example of when you might want to lay two horses in the same race to lose:
Lets say that we are looking at a race and have found that there are a number of horses that look like they are potential winners but that the first two horses in the betting forecast are Thumper at 4/5 favourite (US-1.25) and Pedro Down at second favourite priced at 2/1. (US 2.00) Both of these animals have short prices taking up a big percentage of the market. This is where the percentage figure on our chart earlier comes into play. If you look at the chart from earlier, youll see that we have price comparisons for between US, UK and Europe and next to that the total percentage that each price represents. Using the percentages is how bookmakers try to guarantee a profit for every race. Bookmakers compile the odds on every horse in the race and assign each one an initial percentage of the total race. The odds that are assigned are to guarantee a profit regardless of the eventual outcome. One way to look at it is if bookmakers assigned prices to every horse and the percentage of every horses price totalled 100, the bookmaker would break even. In real life bookmakers books always total over 100 as each horse has a bigger chance of losing than the odds might suggest. Advanced Methods of Laying Horses to Lose Now, going back to our example, because Thumper and Pedro Down have such short prices, they are taking up a big percentage of the market as determined by the bookmaker. If you take a look at the chart, youll see that 4/5 (US 1.25) is written as 1.80 in the Euro style and equals a percentage of 56%. (Rounded up) Pedro Down has odds of 2/1 (US 2.00) that is written as 3.00 in the Euro style and takes up 33% of the market. Taking the two horses together and adding up the percentages, youll see that together they total 89%. If you were wondering how we arrive at the percentages, if you take a look at the chart at (US 1.25) (UK 4/5) (Eur 1.80) 100 divided by 1.80 equals 55.56% and so on. Now, with both horses totalling 89% of the market, we can manipulate the odds to always win far more than we lose. Heres how:
If we take the percentage of each horse and place a corresponding stake in pounds, here is what we gain: Thumper is worth 56% so lets say we offer a 56 stake on Thumper at 1.80. Pedro Down is worth 33% so lets say we offer a stake of 33 on Pedro Down at 3.00. Now, if any other horse comes through to win and both our targets lose, we win 89. But, if either of our selected horses win, we would lose just under 12. Heres how: If Thumper won, we would lose 44.80 on Thumper but gain our stake money on Pedro Down of 33 so our loss would be just 11.80. (56 x 1.80 = 100.80 less the original stake of 56 equals 44.80) If Pedro Down won, we would lose just 10 as we lose 66 on Pedro Down but gain our stake money on Thumper of 56 (33 x 3.00 = 99 less the original stake of 33 equals a 66 loss but a 56 gain) Now, its clear to see that we have lots more to gain than to lose. We can win 89 but at worse lose just over 10. Over time and as you gain in experience in finding short priced losers, you can only profit. Advanced Methods of Laying Horses to Lose Now that weve looked at the standard approach and the double approach, its time to look at the third and final advanced method of laying a horse to lose. The final approach is to lay a horse not to be placed. By that we mean that you lay a horse not to place 1st 2nd or 3rd in a race with eight or more runners or not to place 1st or 2nd in a race with less than eight runners. The betting exchanges allow us to lay these type of bets and they can be very rewarding.
Heres how, Lets say that weve a race where we feel the favourite to be weak or that there are a number of horses capable of doing better. Going back to our earlier example, lets say that Thumper priced at 1.80 (US 1.25) (UK 4/5) looks like it could be beaten by a number of horses in the race. We could lay Thumper not to be placed at much shorter odds, because our risk of losing the bet is much greater. As a general rule, you may lay horses not to be placed at one fifth of the original odds. So, if we take the original price of 1.80 and divide it by five (0.80 x 0.20 = 0.16 plus the 1 to give us our Euro style price = 1.16) we get odds of 1.16 to lay on Thumper not being placed. Now, lets see how much we have to gain when we are right: We could try to win a much larger amount of money than normal as our payout would be so low. If we lay a 100 stake on Thumper not to be placed and were correct, we would win 100. If we were incorrect and Thumper went on to win, we would just lose 16 because 100 multiplied by 1.16 = 116 less the original stake of 100 = 16. As you can see, we have far more to win than to lose and of course we can wait, pick and chose our races as we please. In fact, you could place six of these bets and only need to win one to break even. Plus, when we have less than eight runners in our race, lay not to be placed only refers to the first two runners past the post. Applying All Strategies When starting out, you might want to start by laying single horses to lose. Its the best and most cost effective way to start. As you become more confident though at selecting favourites likely to lose I would recommend you also look towards the advanced strategies. It can be a fantastic way to boost your income further.
Betting Exchanges One of the biggest and most user friendly betting exchanges is BetFair.com who cover a huge range of sporting events including UK and US and European Horse Racing. You may now visit the site and register as a user. Ill talk you through the process so that you can be ready to start when you feel. When you visit the site, youll notice about two thirds across to your right you will see a few words in white and blue saying New User. Click onto this to be taken to a quick form to sign up. You will first need to give yourself a username and password. Simply make something up for both then duplicate your password again to be taken to the next stage. You will now be asked to fill out the personal details form that asks a few questions about yourself. Half way down you will be able to decide which currency you wish to bet in and have the choice of US Dollars, UK Sterling, and the Euro etc. Once you have completed this form, click through to answer a couple of general interest questions. Click through again and you will have the choice to deposit some funds if you wish or go back to the hope page. From here on, you are registered as a user and you will now see your user name logged in to the site. When you are back at the home page, take a look at the table on the left that shows the events of the day that you are able to bet on. You will be able to see that UK and US horse racing is available. Clients in the US can obviously use the information in this report to apply to US racing but remember that the RacingPost.co.uk only provides us with information about European races. You will need to use a reliable source for US horse racing statistics first. Navigating The Screens to Lay your bets Now, using the table on the left of the home page, click through to horse racing and take a look at a race on screen.
You should now see the race name in the top left and in the top right it should say Displaying selections and the total number of runners for the race. The runners will be down the left side of the page and you can scroll down to see every one. Across the top of the race, you will see that the screen is split into two with Available to back on the left side and Available to lay on the right. Navigating The Screens to Lay your bets Available to back shows that another visitor to the site has laid a horse at their selected price and stake and is waiting for someone to accept their offer. Available to Lay shows that a visitor to the site is requesting an opportunity to bet a certain amount at their decided price and is waiting for someone to offer to accept their proposed bet. At the base of the screen you will see four buttons: Place Multiple Bets View Matched Bets View P&L View/Edit/Cancel Unmatched Bets Place multiple bets allows you to bet two or more horses in the chosen race. View Matched Bets allows you to check if your bet has been accepted. View/Edit/Cancel Unmatched Bets allows you to go back into your bet and change the price, the stake or cancel the bet altogether. For us to apply our system to lay a horse to lose, we find our race and our horse then click on the Lay button to input our bet. You will be taken to a simple box where you then enter odds (Remember, we are using the digital Euro price style) and then your desired stake. If you are happy, you can then click on Place Bet to place your bet. The next box will then confirm your bet and show
you how much you will win and how much you stand to lose if you are incorrect and your chosen horse wins. We are charged 5% on our net wins when we are successful. We are not charged anything extra if we lose our bet. Once you have placed your bet, youll be given a reference number and also be able to see your available to bet balance in the top right. You are able to lay further horses as long as your available to bet balance is big enough to cover any losses. The betting exchanges are designed to be user friendly and have extensive help available if needed. How to Win Big with Zero Risk Its also possible to organise your bets so that you can make a substantial gain at best or at worse break even. Heres how: As you will see, prices can get bigger or shorter depending on which way the market is going. Its quite possible that a horse may look like the favourite and start off with a short price but eventually end up with a much bigger price as bookmakers see money going down on other horses in the race. Therefore, if we lay a horse at an exchange at say evens 1/1 or written as 2.00 at the exchange and this bet is matched early we then have the luxury of being able to watch what happens at the bookmakers to see if we can take a Zero Risk bet. The way that it works is that we lay a bet at short odds at the betting exchange first. If its matched we then look to see if online bookmakers are offering a bigger price later in the day and back the same horse to win at our online bookmaker. Heres what can happen: Lets say that we have successfully lay a bet at evens (2.00 Euro) for a 100 stake.
We then notice later that a bookmaker online is offering the same horse at odds of 3.00 Euro. We then bet 100 through our online bookmaker on the same horse to win at 3.00. If our selected horse wins, we win 200 at our online bookmakers and lose 100 at our betting exchange giving us a profit of 100 with no risk taken. If our selected horse losses, we simply lose our 100 stake with the online bookmaker but gain 100 from our betting exchange and hence break even.
SAFE SYSTEM
This easy to use system will enable you to pinpoint a high percentage of winners in just a few minutes per day.This method has been applied only to turf racing,but may be suitable for use on all weather racing.For turf racing it has been applied to both handicap and non handicap racing but I feel this method will do better in non handicap races. The Rules 1 2 Use the Racing Post Newspaper. For each meeting in the Racing Post there is a selection box indicating the
selections of 16 racing tipsters.Only consider horses that have been selected by at least 10 of these tipsters. 3 Of these horses selected by the tipsters only consider horses that are rated top on Topspeed Ratings and on Postmark Ratings.They must be top rated for both of these rather than one or the other.NoteYou may get a situation where either Topspeed or Postmark make 2 or more horses joint top rated.You only consider the joint top rated that are selected by Topspeed or Postmark-When looking at the actual ratings for each horse you may find that some of them are joint top rated.You can easily decide which of the joint top rated are selected by Topspeed or Postmark by looking at the selection box where the main selection for Topspeed or Postmark is given(even when the ratings indicate a joint top rated). 4 From the remaining selections you now only consider those horses that finished 1st
2nd 3rd in its last race which must have taken within the current season.
Any horse that remains is a Safe System selection.
Note-Both Topspeed and Postmark are listed in the selection box in the Racing Post.These are taken into account when counting the number of tipsters who have selected a horse.For instance if a horse is selected by 10 tipsters and 2 of these 10 are Topspeed and Postmark that is ok.If a horse is selected by 11 tipsters but not by neither Topspeed or Postmark then it does not Qualify as a bet.Firstly make sure that ten tipsters have gone for a horse before checking to see if Topspeed or Postmark have selected it. Additional Selections-You may find a horse that qualifies under the above rules,but its last race was from the previous year.Generally speaking these are not Safe System bets however you can make an exception if the horse has run within the last 30 days under a different code.For instance if a horse qualifies under all the rules but it has not had a current season run over fences but within the last 30 days it has run on the flat then this would be a system bet,providing it finished 1st 2nd or 3rd. Recap-Horses must be selected by at least 10 of the tipsters listed in the selection box of the Racing Post.It must have finished 1st 2nd or 3rd in its last race which must have taken place within the current season.
SIMILAR 2 THE 7G SYSTEM

The 7G in the system title comes from the seven golden rules detailed below. 1. Always choose the principal meeting. 2. Choose the non-handicap races from the meeting. 3. From the races you have left, choose the forecast favourite with the shortest price. 4. If there are two or more at this price, select the race with the smallest number of runners. 5. If still tied, take the horse with the most recent win. 6. If still tied, select the horse owned by the leading owner in terms of prize money. 7. If still joint, take the earliest race. Staking is in the sequence 10, 20, 40, 50, 50, 50, 50, etc. returning to 10 after a winner. Bank required is 100 points.
SINKING FAST (F4)

System Once 10 games have been played, Every week look for the bottom placed team with the least points in any of the 4 divisions. Then bet a 1 unit single on who ever is playing them. Logic The Logic behind this is that once 10 games have been played, the form has usually settled down, and the teams at the bottom of the leagues at this point, can usually be expected to stay there or thereabouts for the rest of the season. It is not expected that they will win many games, and you are simply betting on their weakness as opposed to any strength their opponents may have. You could actually do this for the bottom team in each of the 4 divisions if you wish.
SOCCER STAR SYSTEM

This method involves trading before a goal is scored. Now you may think that is a risky, but there are various ways to minimize this risk. Firstly, you need to locate the under/over 2.5 goals market on any given match. The first rule of this system is to make sure that the Under 2.5 Goals selection is over 1.90 on Betfair. Now why 1.90? This is because it means that its obviously going to be a tight game so there is not a large number of goals expected. Maybe 1-0, 1-1. 1-2 either way. This method works as follows. Prior to kick off you place a LAY bet on the OVER 2.5 goals. The aim is to trade off every 5 minutes. The prices will continuously be rising, providing there is no goal. Within the first 5 minutes, the price should rise to at least 1.95. Say we placed our lay bet of 100 at odds of 1.93. Calculations would be as follows: 100 x 1.93 = 93 liability We wait 5 minutes after kick off. The price has now risen to 1.99. We now want to BACK the selection to trade it off for a guaranteed profit. The calculations would be as follows. 100 x 1.99 = 99 profit. Trade = Profit Liability which would give us a guaranteed profit of 6.
Now this doesnt seem like much, but if you constantly repeat this method throughout a game you could profit heavily. The best plan is to use the following structure for this method to maximize profit. 1. Complete this trade twice. 2. Wait for a goal. 3. Complete the trade twice once more. I recommend doing it in that order. This has been tried and tested on various matches and the best plan to stick to is the one above. So to review the rules of the system, they are as follows. 1. Make sure you select the Over/Under 2.5 goals. 2. The odds of Over 2.5 goals must be 1.90 or more. 3. Follow the system structure.
Some Tricks of the Trade

Remember: these systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without real stakes before risking any money. 1) Happy Birthday What do you think the result would be if a child of say 7 years old were to run a 100 metre race against a 15 year old? I think the older child would win, don't you? Well although horses have a shorter life span, just a few months difference in age can make a big difference to strength and ability when they start racing. Now in our part of the world every racehorse is considered to have its birthday on the first of January, regardless of when it was actually foaled. So a horse born on 30th Jan is considered to be a two year old at the same time as one born on May 1st. That three month difference in real age 'though can make a big difference in strength and ability. So, when you look at two year old races early in the season it pays to check the month in which the contestants were actually foaled. You can generally find this information in the Racing Post and Sporting Life. Now generally breeders aim to get their foals all born around the same time, but sometimes you will find races where some runners are three or four months older than their competitors. By itself that doesn't guarantee a win but add the info to your selection method and the extra age and strength can make a significant difference, expecially when the going is extra soft or heavy.
2) Horses for Courses Why do you think that phrase is in the common language? It's simply because it's well know in the racing fraternity that certain racehorses just love certain courses. No one quite knows why a horse may feel at home more on a particular track but it happens frequently. The more unusual tracks, e.g. Brighton, particularly tend to have their specialists. When a horse runs at its favourite track it often takes on a second life. If you take the time to familiarise yourself with the horses that love one track rather than another, the rewards are there for the taking. 3. Tendencies of the Draw This is only a consideration for flat racing because there are no stalls used with the jumps. It is proven to be possible to get an edge by studying the tendency that particular starting stalls may have on the winner at individual race tracks. Just because there is a particular bias at one course doesn't mean it will be repeated elsewhere. You have to make your own statistics. However such study can bear fruit. For example, in the late eighties shrewd punters noticed that at Thirsk, in sprint races of five or six furlongs on soft going, when the stalls were placed on the stands side it was only the horses drawn with the very highest numbers that would be competing at the finishing post. Maybe that was a very specific set of circumstances but, when they occurred, those in the know took full advantage. One guy in particular managed to twice win over 200,000 by forecasting the first three horses home in the correct order when these conditions arose.
He did it by betting on a range of permutations of the highest drawn horses, then sat back and let fate deliver the goods. Put in the work to check your results and find the patterns before everyone else does. 4. The form of the Trainer Once a trainer stable has really 'got into its stride' it can often start to turn out winner after winner. Again there is no point in waiting until a stable's success rate is common knowledge. You have to spot the emerging trend early and hook into it from the start. That may not sound easy, but here's a strategy to give you a good chance: Write out a list of the top 20 or 30 trainers that you'll find from the Racing Post, then award them points for each winner, second third or fourth they run on a daily basis. Total up the results each day and you'll soon be able to spot emerging trends from individual trainers.
Ten golden rules of successful betting

1) Never bet more than you can afford to lose. That should be blindingly obvious - but sadly too many amateur punters just take a risk, hoping that this one will be the big win they need. The only way to stand a chance of winning over the long term is to have a consistent plan and to use a dedicated betting bank that contains no more money than you would be prepared to lose entirely in the worst of circumstances. Once you start staking amounts you can't afford to lose your judgement will inevitably be affected. Also, there's no thrill in putting your financeal future, or even your family's financial future on the line. Decide on the maximum wager you feel comfortable with. It doesn't mean you have to be happy to lose it. Just that you can afford to lose it if the worst should happen. Otherwise your betting will go nowhere. 2) Remember there are no certainties. If you study probability you will learn that absolutely NOTHING is impossible. No matter how big a cert something looks, never bet your last penny on it. Scientists only talk in probabilities. It is regarded as highly unlikely that the moon will crash into the earth tomorrow - but it is not impossible. The odds of winning the UK national lottery are 14,000,000 to one - but almost every week someone wins it. However much you may feel you are on to "a good thing", only ever commit a small proportion of your available funds to it. When things go wrong - as sometimes they WILL then you will live to fight another day. 3) Be flexible in your approach
There is more than one way to win in betting. An approach that works for one punter may not work for another. Experiment to find the approaches that work for your betting and then spend enough time with them to let them work over time. At the same time, however, do not close you mind to other possibilities. There are many approaches you can study to back, lay, trade, arbitrage, bet in running, use software to enhance trading or staking. Among the free systems we'll send you from freehorseracingsystems.com you may well find two or more methods that, when combined together, give you the magic edge. 4) Keep a record of your bets Keeping records is ESSENTIAL. You can start to build up a picture of the bets that work for you and those that don't. Without keeping records you are shooting in the dark. Of course it's tough to have to write down those painful losing bets when you'd prefer to forget them, but if you want to make a long-term success of betting you need a record of your failures as well as your successes. If you can use a spreadsheet such as Microsoft Excel or similar then that can help you to easily analyse profitable statistics. If not then at the very least a dedicated paper notebook should be there to do the job. 5) Don't bet on emotion Betting on situations when you have an emotional envolvement is to be avoided at all costs. It should be obvious, but never bet on your favourite soccer team just because you are desperate to see them win. Your bets should be guided by the VALUE that you can get from a win. Not just what you think is the likelihood of a win. The most successful punters have no emotional involvement in the outcome of a sport. If you want to watch a race or a match for the enjoyment of the game then do that without betting on it. It also
means you won't have the possibility of a double disappointment if your favourite team loses and you also lose a bet. 6. Bet only in situations where you think you have an edge. If everyone else knows what you know then you can be sure the prices for your "sure bet" will be at their lowest. You may make a modest profit this time but betting this way over the longer period will never bring you a consistent profit. Look for horse races or other bets where you think the odds on offer are more than they should be for the true likelihood of winning - call these "Value Horses" - and you'll have profits to be proud of over the longer term. 7. Don't let strange results throw you. As I said in part 1, there is no such thing as a certainty. So you need to make sure you are not thrown by turnarounds you were not expecting. If you are following a really good race horse that gives you great expectations and he meets an unexpected defeat, don't let that one event put you off backing him in the future. Week in week out, favourites that have been beaten last time out come home on their next outing. It infuriates punters, but they only have themselves to blame. Take time to analyse an unexpected defeat and you may well see that a good opportunity is still just around the corner whilst the less wise majority have given up on him. 8. Look for situations where others are betting emotionally. I said in part one that you shouldn't bet with emotion. However, there are opportunities when you can see that others are doing exactly that. In times when everyone is looking for instant gratification there are plenty of times where punters are too easily deceived by a single good performance. Often the press will start writing up the chances of a two year old racehorse for the following year's Derby or Guineas after only one or two good
performances. So punters will then start backing ante-post on emotion only. On race day however, you may well find better value with other runners. On soccer, London teams are often at shorter prices than the should be simply because so many of the country's fans live in the capital and will emotionally back their home sides. You can profit from the folly of others. 9. Plot a strategy Get a strategy and stick to it. Don't bet on whims. That doesn't mean you should be inflexible but do bet in a structured way. If you place small bets for fun on weekdays then at least try to take your weekend bets as a serious business with heavier wagers. Better still 'though, cut out the "fun" bets altogether. Ultimately there's far more fun in consistently winning than haphazardly losing. 10. Enjoy your betting To put it another way - just know when to STOP. Keep a check on yourself and always try to be honest if you ever feel that betting is running away with you. A long losing run tells you you should change your system. If you've followed the other rules 'though you won't gave got into a situation where you are painfully losing money. Be prepared to stop and take stock. Betting should be a pleasure - but not an adrenaline rush. If you ever feel you need help to get back in control, take it sooner or later.
THE ASSASSIN METHOD

Use 'The Sporting Life' for this process. 1. Note all races with less than 12 runners that have 'stopwatch' ratings. 2. All horses must have a rating, ignore races where a quarter or more horses do not have a rating. 3. Make a note of the horse with the highest rating in each race, ignore races with more than 1 top rated. Now you have a list of potential bets. 4. Ignore horses where 3 or more of its rivals have no form behind them. 5. Ignore horses making a seasonal debut, or returning from a long break. 6. Ignore horses that have not been placed in at least TWO of their last THREE outings. 7. Ignore horses that have not won a race at the same distance it is now racing in. If any, Back the remaining horse or horses in each of their races.
THE CHASE SYSTEM

This system is for horse racing Handicap Chases. Remember: these systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without real stakes before risking any money. Go through the days National Hunt cards for races with 8 to12 runners inclusive Eliminate all horses carrying 11st-8Ibs or more. Pick out of the remainder those that have been out at least twice during the current campaign and have been placed in the first four in both those races. From those qualifying so far eliminate those not in the first four in the Racing Post betting forecast. Then choose the ones ridden by the jockeys with the best record at the course Do not bet if the favourite for the race is odds on.
THE DIFFERENCE
For horse racing, non-handicap races, flat, jumps and All Weather. Remember: these systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without real stakes before risking any money. 1) Note all NON-HANDICAP races both for Flat racing and Jumps including the' All Weather' courses. Races must consist of between 5 and 12 runners inclusive. (No amateur jockeys or apprentices claiming the full 7lbs) 2) Note the price quoted for the favourite and the 2nd favourite in the betting forecast of your daily news paper .selecting those favourites with a minimum of 4 points clear difference between the two, e.g.: FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV 4/6 Evens 5/4 1/2 6/4 7/4 -2nd -2nd -2nd -2nd -2nd -2nd FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV 7/2 4/1 9/2 3/1 11/2 6/1 or or or or or or more more more more more more
The BEST BETS for the purpose of the system are those with the highest points difference between the 1st and 2nd favourite, In all cases you back the favourite. Selections can be found very quickly once familiar with the rules. Any daily newspaper may be used but the most reliable betting forecast is to be found in the daily "Racing Post"
THE DOUBLE TOP SYSTEM

Here is quite an old yet remarkably effective system that shows a level stakes profit most months. Prices vary from odds-on to 4/1 and the longest losing run since April 2001 has been just 6 on one occassion. Paper: Racing Post Examine the 'selection box' of tipsters for each in the Racing Post. For a selection to qualify it must be tipped by the first four tipsters in the 'selection box'. That is, it must be the selection of Postmark, Postdata, Topspeed and Spotlight. No bet in handicap races, nurseries, claimers, sellers, amateur or apprentice races. Starting with a 1,000 bank in April 2001, you would now have a bank of over 10,000 using this system and the 'stepper' staking plan. Level stakes bets of 100 would have returned a profit of over 3,300
THE FAST HANDICAP RATER SYSTEM

This simple, but very effective, system operates for both Flat and National Hunt Racing. An added bonus is that any Daily newspaper which has a racing section can be used - you do not need to purchase one of the specialist racing papers. SELECTION PROCEDURE. 1. Delete all Non-Handicap races and any Handicap races with less than EIGHT runners. 2. In any remaining Handicap races, make a note of any horse in the following weight range:- FLAT 8-7 to 7-8 NATIONAL HUNT 10-8 or LESS But ONLY if they are 5-1 or more in the betting forecast. 3. Only using the form figures for the current season make a. note, next to any selection arrived at by using the rules above, of the last TWO runs of each selection. If there is more than one selection, use the table below as an eliminator, with the figures at number one being the best, number two the next best and so on. FORM TABLE. 1. 1 46. 4 4 2. 2 47. 4 2 3. 2 08. 4 3 4. 3 09. 2 2 5. 4 0 10. 7 3 If after this there is still more than one selection, take the lowest in the betting forecast, if they still cannot be separated take the one with the lowest Weight (including penalties).
IMPORTANT NOTE. Some papers give extended form figures, (5,6, 7, etc.) but for this system only use 1,2, 3 and 4, anything else should count as 0. In National Hunt racing you will also see letters in the form figures, e.g P, B, S, U, F, these also should count as 0. BETTING ADVICE. Your aim, on any given day, is to find four selections from four races. If there are more than four, choose the four highest rated using the FORM TABLE on the previous page. Once you have found your four races back them in an EACH-WAY YANKEE. A Yankee is a special bet comprising of 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 fourfold, giving a total of 11 bets. Suggested stake is lOp per bet, which means an outlay of 2.20 and remember to pay tax on your bet. Your total outlay for this bet will therefore be a meagre 2.42 while the returns can be quite phenominal. SPECIAL ADVICE. If any of your selections are the favourite in the betting forecast have an extra bet to WIN on that selection.
The Flynn Points Method

Remember: these systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without real stakes before risking any money. This method uses tables of "points" to quickly asses and compare the winning chances of horses in different races. It is not so much a complete system in itself but offers a very useful quick check when you are comparing chances of two or more candidates thrown up by other horse racing systems and selection methods. It is common knowledge that favourites win a higher percentage of non-handicaps than handicaps. Also winners last time out win a higher percentage of races than those who finished second or third, etc.. Taking these facts as our basis the following tables can be used in different kinds of horse races for a quick assessment. Flat Handicap Races Position Last Time Out Betting Favourite Won 2nd 3rd 4th Other 10 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4
2nd Favourite 9
3rd Favourite 4th Favourite 5th Favourite 6th Favourite
8 7 6 5
6 5 4 3
5 4 3 2
4 3 2 1
3 2 1 0
In this example, a horse in a Handicap race which is fourth in the betting and ran second last time out would get five points. Flat Non Handicap Races Position Last Time Out Betting Favourite Won 2nd 3rd 4th Other 10 8 6 4 7 5 3 6 4 2 5 3 1
2nd Favourite 8 3rd Favourite 6
Here, a horse in a non-handicap race which is favourite and ran third last time out would get seven points.
THE GOLD NUGGET SYSTEM

THE GOLD NUGGET SYSTEM operates on an occasional, rather than everyday basis, but if you operate it wisely it will give you an extraordinarily high proportion of winners. Any Daily newspaper with a Horse-Racing section will suffice, you do not need one of the specialist Racing papers to successfully operate this system. You can pinpoint the most likely races that you will be interested in quite quickly by looking through the betting forecast in the racing pages. Make a note of any forecast favourite in the 2-1 to 54 region. These, and only these, are the horses that we are interested in. To maximise it's potential you need to take notice of the betting as each of these races comes up, which means either being on-course, in a Bookmakers or, if you prefer, you are able to operate it just as successfully from home with a telephone, television with teletext facility and a credit/debit account. When the market opens on our chosen race, watch how the favourite reacts, if it "drifts" out to 5-2 or more immediately eliminate that race. We are no longer interested in having a bet. However, if the price of our horse, the forecast favourite, begins to "harden", then keep a very close eye on it because, if all the following rules are met to our satisfaction, we could decide to have a bet on it BETTING ADVICE 1. 2. Wait as long as possible before placing your bet. If the price drifts out, ignore it for betting purposes. Just watch and see what
happens, the chances are it will lose.
3. If the price hardens to a MINIMUM of 4-6, then this is the one to be on, this is why you must hold back from placing your bet for as long as possible. 3. 4. 5. If the price hardens to less than 4-6, DO NOT BET. There is no such thing as a certainty in Horse-Racing arid very short priced losers With THE GOLD NUGGET SYSTEM you have got a very good indicator of when
HURT. a horse is well fancied to win, and if you are cautious about the price you act upon, you will show a good profit. But you must be patient and only bet when the circumstances, and therefore the price, is acceptable for you to do so. Better than evens on a horse when it is as strongly fancied as this represents excellent value, even as low as 4-6 can give a healthy return because you will have a very high percentage of winners. However, lower than 4-6 offers appalling value for money under any circumstances, so exercise discretion and wait for another race when ALL the signals are in your favour and you can get the value you want. Statistics show that you can fully expect 75% of winners from THE GOLD NUGGET SYSTEM.
THE MAGICIANS SIX IN A ROW SYSTEM

You do not need one of the specialist Racing papers to operate THE MAGICIANS SIX IN A ROW SYSTEM, any newspaper which has a Horse-Racing section will be perfectly adequate. RACE SELECTION. Check through the days racing and note the first six Nonhandicap races that are being run where the forecast favourite is priced between 1-2 and 5-1. I.e. You are after a SEQUENCE of six races in order to capitalise to the fullest the potential that THE MAGICIANS SIX IN A ROW SYSTEM offers you. EXAMPLE. Newmarket 2.00 , Folkestone 2.15 , Newmarket 3.30 , Newmarket 4.30 , Folkestone 4.45 , Folkestone 5.15 BETTING STRATEGY. This example uses 5.00 stakes, but may be converted to suit your own pocket by following the recommended betting strategy:- 1 point, 1 point, 2 points, 2 points, 3 points, 6 points and then, if necessary, repeat from the beginning. Newmarket Folkestone Newmarket Newmarket Folkestone 2.00 2,15 3.30 4.30 4.45 Favourite Favourite Favourite Favourite Favourite 5.00 5.00 10.00 10.00 15.00 to to to to to win win win win win
Folkestone 5.15 Favourite 30.00 to win STOP AT A WINNER. If, for example, you should win on the 3rd race, then the next three races would become the first three races of our next "Sequence of Six" races. If
there are no more races that day then continue over on to the next days race cards. If by any chance, and this is highly unlikely, you should go six races without a winner, then stop, and start again with your original bank. By adopting this policy you are strictly limiting any losses that you may incur while at the same time maximising any potential profits that will come your way. THE MAGICIANS SIX IN A ROW SYSTEM not only gives you some very decently priced winners it also keeps you supplied with regular winners. All you need is a strike rate of just l-in-6, at a fairly decent price, to provide you with a nice healthy profit. Follow the guidelines detailed here and you will have a regular, constant supply of winners. BETTING ADVICE. When completing your betting slip it is perfectly acceptable of course, for you to simply write FAVOURITE down. But I would advise you that, wherever possible, to write the name of the horse down. All bookmakers hate regular winners, and more than anything els'e they hate regular winners that operate a successful system. If they see someone (YOU !) regularly collecting winnings on "unnamed favourite" bets they will quickly catch on that something is going on, so do operate with caution. As an added safeguard, try not to use one bookmaker all the time, move around a bit and make it more difficult for the bookie to spot you. By following these simple precautions you will be able to operate this system successfully for many years without being noticed.
The Market System

Remember: these systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without real stakes before risking any money. Although the draw, the going, the jockey and many other points have all to be taken into the reckoning when making those all important selections, the movement of money In the ring at the racecourse is the single most Important matter to take into account when having a bet. Cuts in the odds of a 50/1 chance to 40/1 are not significant as it does not take a great deal of money to change those kind of odds, but a point off a 3 - 1 chance is a different proposition and signals that somebody, somewhere, is having a decent bet, especially in certain kinds of races. Going through the cards, pick out the selling races and if there is National Hunt racing pick the novice hurdle races as well. Watching the market moves in these races, back any horse that contracts from its opening show by the number of points shown on the right of the table below. To take advantage of these market moves, you need to be either in the betting shop or watching Teletext with your phone handy. That way you will have all the shows from all the meetings at your fingertips, it is not so easy at the Racecourse.
You won't have a lot of bets but you could have a high strike rate. Opening Show Points 4-1 and Under 5-1 6-1 7-1 8-1 9-1 10-1 11-1 up to 14-1 1 point 2 points 2 points 3 points 3 points 4 points 4 points 6 points
THE NH FORCE
Introduction: This system is based on a very radical criterion, it produces selections with a good strike rate and high returns. You will need a copy of the Daily Mirror to operate this system. This System relies on the fact that certain professional race readers are quite good at their jobs. This time we are relying on the skills of the Daily Mirrors race reader(s) who predict if a horse is fancied (Indicated by an F next to a horses name) or a strongly fancied (Indicated by an SF next to a horses name). With a few filters to remove any unwanted strokes of poor luck this system has been fine tuned to provide good quality horses at high prices that win or are placed often enough to provide a good turnover and return on investment. Paper trade for a while and see how you get on with it. We think you will be surprised! The System: Select only National Hunt flat Races, Highlight the horses that are indicated as F or SF in the above races. Are either or both of these horses unexposed? This means that there are no form figures at all next to the horses names. If there are no form figures then that horse is a selection. If both horses in one race qualify then back both. Back your selection(s) to win if less than 5/1 or E/W if 5/1 or above.
THE PLATINUM PLAN

Any daily newspaper can be used, but the daily Mirror is recommended Since it has one of the finest betting forecasts available. Do not bet when the going is described as Heavy, Soft to Heavy, Soft Or Firm. Do not bet on all-weather surfaces. Do not bet on Sundays Or Bank Holidays. Strike out all handicap races, nursery races and selling races and races which are to be run over less than seven furlongs (7f). Strike out any race where the prize money on offer is over 10,000. Strike out any race with more than eight runners. Strike out any race where the first in the betting forecast has Forecast odds of less than 6/4 or more than 3/1. Strike out any race where the difference between the second and Third favourites in the betting forecast is less than one clear point. For example, If the 2nd Fav is forecast at 5/2 and the 3rd Fav is forecast at 3/1, this race does not qualify. If, however, the 3rd Fav was forecast at 7/2 or greater, the race would qualify. Any races you now have left after this rigorous deletion process qualify for a bet . (NOTE-If there are no such races, you may opt to bring a few back in by including 6f and 5f races which meet the other criteria outlined above. This is your choice.) The Platinum Plan calls for you to make a level stake outlay of 3 points on every race. The three points should be distributed as follows: 2 points to win on the FAVOURITE 1 point to win on the 2ND FAVOURITE
Whilst you are free to use the named horses which are forecast first and second favourite in the betting forecast of your newspaper, I have found that simply betting 2 points on the "FAVOURITE" and 1 point on the "2ND FAVOURITE"generates better long- term profits. This is most certainly due to the obvious deviation of the actual betting market from the forecast betting market. Your total outlay for every race selected by the Platinum Plan is therefore 3 points This outlay remains level from race to race. A betting bank of no less than 30 points is recommended. This is sufficient for ten bets. For the ultimate in comfort, a betting bank of 60 points would prove sufficient for twenty bets. As you can see, The Platinum Plan is incredibly simple to operate, but the strike rate and profit it generates are second to none.
THE PROFESSIONAL INVESTMENT PLAN

STEP 01 Begin with a betting bank of 60 points, which is sufficient for twenty Platinum Plan bets. STEP 02 AT the beginning of each month, calculate your points as being 1/60th of your bank. Initially with a (say) 600 bank, your points would be worth 10 each. Your outlay on each race would therefore be 30 (20 on the FAVOURITE and 10 on the 2ND FAVOURITE). STEP 03 At the end of each month, if you wish, take 10 points out of the bank and put it to one side for your own use. You may ignore this step if you want your betting bank to grow faster. STEP 04 Now recalculate your stakes as described in step 2 and continue from that point. As I said, this is a very simple investment programme, but it can work wonders in helping a modest bank soar to great heights. Consider the following: You begin with a betting bank of 600. Your total outlay on each Platinum Plan race at this stage is 30 . Your bank can therefore fund twenty Platinum Plan races with ease. I have said that, on average, The Platinum Plan generates between 5 and 20 points per week. You will soon discover this for yourself. But what would happen over a twelve month period if the Platinum Plan generated only 20 points PER MONTH and you used The Professional Investment Programme without taking out the optional ten points per month for your own use? Let's take a look.
MONTH RACE STAKE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 30 39 51 69 93 123 165 219 291 390 519 693
PROFIT 200 260 340 460 620 820 1100 1460 1940 2600 3460 4620
NEW BANK 800 1060 1400 1860 2480 3300 4400 5860 7800 10400 13860 18480
NEW POINT 13 17 23 31 41 55 73 97 130 173 231 308
NEW STAKE 39 51 69 93 123 165 219 291 390 519 693 924
The Professors One A Day Betting Formula

For Flat And National Hunt Racing Rules From the 1st of April to the end of October each year, all National Hunt meetings are excluded (unless no Flat Meetings are scheduled for a particular day). Otherwise only consider Flat events, either turf or all weather, during this period. From 1st November to the end of March annually, both flat and national hunt are open for consideration. The objective of this formula is to isolate just one solitary race from each days entire racing programme. Once located no other contest need be sought, as the eventual selection will always be derived from this source. Any daily paper which publishes details of all meetings may be utilised to good effect, however those seeking optimum results are advised to consult the sports specialist paper-Racing Post. Gaining free access to the Post is usually a straight forward matter since it is displayed in every betting office throughout the land. It is also available on the internet at www.racingpost.co.uk. To establish the formulas sole qualifying for any day is simplicity itself. Refer to the newspaper of your choice and in turn examine the betting forecast of every single race taking place on that day-excluding national hunt races from 1st April to end of October and all foreign events. The purpose of this action is to determine which race contains the days shortest priced forecast favourite. Should it transpire that two or more races contain a favourite with the same equal forecast favourite,always give preference to the contest where the favourite achieved a better finishing position in its last race during the current season. If this still leaves two or more races ,choose the event containing the favourite
that has run the most recent. Select the race with the fewest entries if you still have more than one left at this stage. To recap, consult all races and use your papers betting forecast to locate the race containing favourite with the lowest odds for that particular day. Once this sole qualifying race has been established, the days other events have no further relevance to us. Now that the qualifying race has been found, make a note of the racecourse staging the event. Also make a note of how many days it has been since the favourite last raced. This data will ultimately determine which horse is backed. With these two pieces of information at hand refer to the racecourse key table where courses are listed in alphabetical order. Note that not every track is included. Under a courses name various listings appear. A typical listing might read Fav 15 days-Qual 26 Days. These figures need to be consulted on a daily basis, althogh you are only required to refer to the listings that appear under the name of the meeting staging the formulas qualifying race. Example for a race at Ascot you would only need to look at the listing under Ascots name. Once you have discovered the Racecourse staging the qualifying race, check to see how many days ago since the favourite last raced. Now refer to the appropriate listings in the Key table to see if an exact match can be found for the number of days since the favourite last appeared. For ease of clarity lets say the qualifying race was at Ascot, and the forecast favourite last ran precisely 15 days ago. After refering to Ascot in the Key Table we come across this entry Fav 15 days Qual 26 Days. Since the first part of the listing Fav 15 days tells us that we are looking for a favourite which last ran 15 days ago, then on this occasion we do have a match (If no match can be found then this becomes the days sole bet).
However because in this example the days since the favourite last ran corresponds identically with the relevant listing, the second part of the listing Qual 26 days now comes into play. Whats required now is to look at all other runners in our qualifying race to see if any one of them ran exactly 26 days ago. Should it be the case, this horse automatically becomes the days sole bet. If two or more horses last raced 26 days ago, then the one with the best form place last time out(current season)would be selected. However, if there happened to be no other horse who last appeared 26 days ago, then the forecast favourite in our qualifying race becomes the formulas selection for that day. REAL LIFE EXAMPLE On 21st aug 1999, the days qualifying shortest price favourite was trouble mountain 8/13, running at Chester. Consulting the Racecourse Key Table for Chester revealed this listing Fav 23 days Qual 8 Days. Since the favourite Trouble Mountain had actually raced 23 days ago, an exact with the first part of the listing is made-thus the required procedure is to check for any horse which has run 8 days ago. A competitor in this event named Glenrock did indeed race 8 days ago, hence he became the days sole qualifying bet and duly obliged at the rewarding odds of 8/1. Of course there will be days when referring to the Racecourse Key Table selections do not materialise as in this example. In these cases always select instead the forecast favourite from the qualifying race.This means there will be a bet every day (barring non-runners and abandonments).
RACECOURSE KEY TABLE AYR CARLISLE CATTERICK CHELTENHAM DONCASTER FONTWELL HAYDOCK KELSO LEICESTER LUDLOW NEWTON ABBOT PERTH SANDOWN SEDGEFIELD STRATFORD TOWCESTER UTTOXETER WETHERBY WORCESTER ASCOT FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV 27 DAYS 8 DAYS 67 DAYS 12 DAYS 18 DAYS 14 DAYS 27 DAYS 15 DAYS 10 DAYS
FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV
34 DAYS 17 DAYS 45 DAYS 19 DAYS 17 DAYS 4 DAYS 64 DAYS 36 DAYS 26 DAYS 11 DAYS 12 DAYS
QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL
18 DAYS 21DAYS 77 DAYS 55 DAYS 16 DAYS 16 DAYS 12 DAYS 9 DAYS 7 DAYS 88 DAYS 12 DAYS 13 DAYS 69 DAYS 14 DAYS 43 DAYS 34 DAYS 16 DAYS 17 DAYS 88 DAYS 20 DAYS
AYR BATH BEVERLEY BRIGHTON CHEPSTOW CHESTER EPSOM FOLKESTONE HAMILTON LEICESTER NEWBURY NEWMARKET NOTTINGHAM PONTEFRACT REDCAR SALISBURY THIRSK WARWICK YARMOUTH YORK
FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV FAV
16 DAYS 15 DAYS 11 DAYS 5 DAYS 15 DAYS 23 DAYS 18 DAYS 10 DAYS 14 DAYS 9 DAYS 16 DAYS 20 DAYS 16 DAYS 9 DAYS 17 DAYS 24 DAYS 42 DAYS 26 DAYS 15 DAYS 158 DAYS
QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL QUAL
12 DAYS 34 DAYS 340 DAYS 47 DAYS 11 DAYS 8 DAYS 29 DAYS 12 DAYS 13 DAYS 48 DAYS 30 DAYS 19 DAYS 29 DAYS 160 DAYS 17 DAYS 9 DAYS 10 DAYS 18 DAYS 19 DAYS 36 DAYS
THE RAPID PROFIT PLAN

THE RULES 1.All selections must be taken from the Daily Express.Some newspapers differ when giving betting forecasts for a race.All my research has been done using the Daily Express.If your paper gives exactly the same forecasts as the Daily Express then this is fine. 2. The only races the plan uses are Handicaps for any age and any sex.The plan does not use Handicaps with any of the following words in the title of the race;Selling,Maiden,2YO,3YO,Fillies,Amateur riders or apprentices.These races are unreliable when using the plan.Only use races with between 8-14 runners. EXAMPLE: 3.45 THE RAPID PROFIT HANDICAP 9 (7) 410 HORSE NAME (13) TRAINER 5 8 0.JOCKEY FORECAST:3/1 HORSE A,5/1 HORSE B,11/2 HORSE C,7/1 HORSE D,8/1 HORSE E,10/1 HORSE F,G(*USE 6 IF JOINT PRICE) PART ONE Mark down each horse that is in the first five named in the betting forecast.All horses on the same price as the fifth named are also marked down.In the example,horses A,B,C,D,E and F are selected.These are the only horses that are used.,from now on ignore every other horse in the race.
PART TWO From the horses selected in part one,note the number of days since each horse last ran.This is the number thirteen in brackets in the example.The three lowest numbers are noted.Every horse that has one of these numbers is given a second mark.All horses having run 22 days ago or more are ignored.This will leave anything from one horse (very rare)to all the horses from part one.This is the short list. FINAL QUALIFIER Using only the horses on the short list,note the position each horse came in its last race.This is shown on the race card as the number to the left of the HORSE NAME.In the example this is 0,meaning the horse was unplaced.All positions 7,8,9 count as 0.Now for the selection. If any horse came fifth last time out,then this is the selection.If none,any horse that came sixth last time out.If none,any horse that was unplaced last time out but won the previous race,as in the example.If none,any horse that came fourth last time out.If none,any horse that came third last time out.If none,any horse that came second last time out.If still no qualifiers then there is no bet.No horse which won its last race is a bet If two horses tie on the same number,the one that run most recently is the selection. On the All Weather,1.Start the qualifier with fourth last time out,then fifth etc,not fifth then sixth etc 2.If the selection carries 8 0,stones and pounds,as in the example,or less,then this is no bet.Select next best. The plan is based on common winning factors which are often repeated.Firstly,the five or so in the betting are the experts choice of which horses have the best chance of winning a race. Not many horses win at above10/1,which is about where we limit our
selections.Secondly,horses that have had a recent run,within three weeks,are still race fit.All trainers get their horses fit for a race,but there is nothing like a real race to tone a horse up.Finally horses that have come fifth,sixth or fourth in their last race,are getting close to winning but without any penalty for winning or getting placed. Also backing horses with lesser form generally gives value in the betting market. I hope you enjoy using THE RAPID PROFIT PLAN.Use it exactly as directed above.If you try to adjust it it wont work:If you have a couple of losers,please stick with it!The next winner is just round the corner>At the very least rate each possible race for a month without betting any real money.During the turf season Ignore All Weather racing. Every horse that is 3/1 or less in the forecast,is backed to win.Every horse above this price is backed each way.
THE RICHARD EVANS FORM GUIDE

The selection procedure for this system utilises two key factors to determine which horse, and in which race we should bet on it, by noting the improved running of a horse and determining if that horse is trained by one of our selected trainers. To successfully operate THE RICHARD EVANS FORM GUIDE you will need one of the specialist Racing papers, either the Sporting Life or The Racing Post, the betting forecast in an ordinary Daily newspaper will not be accurate enough for our needs. All examples, trials and statistics studied have been obtained by using the above named papers. Most trainers are under constant pressure from their owners to tell them when their charge is going to "deliver the goods". They have to be accurate because an owner, as you can well imagine, would be none too pleased if given the "nod" by the trainer, then puts a sizeable wager on his horse, only for it to get beaten! Now, I am quite sure that most trainers are thoroughly decent people, but charities they are not and so we cannot expect them to let us into their little secrets, can we? So we have to attempt to devise a way whereby we can discover for ourselves just when a trainer is getting one of his horses ready to win. Frequently, the key pointer to when a horse is ready to win, is when it runs into a place. By utilising the tables on the following pages you will have to hand vital information which will help you to recognise the signs to enable you to back the right horse in the right race.
SELECTION METHOD. 1. Eliminate all of the following races: Claiming Auction Sellers - Amateur Ladies Apprentice races and ANY races run on All-weather tracks. 2. Look through the race card, and make a shortlist of any runners that a trainer from Table One has running. 3. Using Table Two and Table Three eliminate any race that is not listed. Example. i) JHM Gosden has a runner in a 2-y-o Handicap at Newmarket. Does this horse merit consideration? JHM Gosden is on our list of Trainers, and 2-y-o Handicaps at Newmarket are a "YES" on our list. So this horse is shortlisted. ii) BW Hills has a runner in a 3-y-o Non-handicap at Chester. Does this horse merit our consideration? BW Hills is on our list of Trainers, but 3-y-o Non-handicaps at Chester are a "NO" on our list. So this horse is eliminated. iii) JR Fanshawe has a runner in an All-age Handicap at Nottingham. Does this horse merit our consideration? JR Fanshawe is not on our list of Trainers, and All-age Handicaps at Nottingham are not on our list either. So this horse is eliminated. After a little practise this will not take you long to do each day, as the list of Trainers and Courses does not contain every one available. We have only used the most successful
ones that have proved to be the most rewarding to follow by using statistics compiled over many past seasons. If you stay within the guidelines of THE RICHARD EVANS FORM GUIDE you too will find it very rewarding indeed. Once you have your days shortlist of possible horses to consider, the selection procedure continues: 4. Look at the horses last run, if it was 1st, 2nd or 3rd then keep this horse on your shortlist. 5. If the horse was 4th, unplaced or, in the case of National Hunt racing, fell or failed to finish for whatever reason - that horse is eliminated. What you are now left with is a shortlist of horses that are ready to win. They have been prepared by an acceptable Trainer, they are running in an acceptable race AND on an acceptable course. In short, we can be reasonably sure that at least the horse will be TRYING to win. The only race that you are interested in is the days most valuable race from your shortlist. If you are left with more than one horse in that race use the following elimination procedure: FINAL ELIMINATION PROCEDURE. 1. Look at the betting forecast for your selected race and note the forecast starting price of the shortlisted animals. The one that will become your final selection is the horse that has "come in most in the betting as soon as the 2nd show is available. The reason we have to wait until now is because by this time those in the know will have been given the final "nod" from the trainer and the money that they are placing will be starting to be
reflected in the price. Unfortunately, this is the only way that we can accurately discover what their real plans are for the animal. No stable money = No confidence. Stable money being placed on a horse that we know to be ready = 99% confidence. SUMMARY. Use THE RICHARD EVANS FORM GUIDE wisely, it does need a certain amount of effort (from the user) to work properly, but if used as a tool, it will turn you into something of a craftsman in the art of winner finding. TABLE ONE TRAINERS TO USE AKEHURST R ARMSTRONG RW BAILEY A BALDING IA BARRON TD BELL M BENSTEAD CJ BERRY J BRITTAIN CE CAMACHO MJ CECIL HRA CECIL Mrs J CHANNON MR CHAPPLE-HYAM CHARLTON R
COLE PFT CUMANI LM CYZER CA DOW S DUNLOP JL EASTERBY MH EASTERBY MW ELS WORTH DRC GOSDEN JHM HALL Miss SE HANBURY B HARWOOD G HASLAM PC HERN WR HERRIES LADY HILLS BW HODGES RJ HOLLINSHEAD R HUNTINGDON LORD JARVIS W JOHNSON M JONES BOB KELLA WAY Miss G LEWIS G
LODER DR McCORMACK M McMAHON BA MORLEY D MUIR WR NORTON SG PAYNE JW PEARCE J PRESCOTT Sir M PRITCHARD-GORDON GA RAMSDEN Mrs JR REVELEY Mrs M RYAN MJ SMITH D STOUTE MR THOMPSON-JONES H THOMPSON-JONES T TINKLER N TOMPKINS MH WALWYN P WATTS JW WHITAKER RM WHITE J WILLIAMS RJR
WILSON DA WRAGG TABLE THREE COURSES AND RACES TO USE NON-HANDICAPS COURSE 2-y-o 3-v-o All ages ASCOT YES NO NO AYR YES NO NO BATH YES YES YES BRIGHTON YES NO NO CATTERICK YES NO NO CHESTER YES NO NO DONCASTER YES YES YES EPSOM NO YES NO FOLKESTONE YES NO NO GOODWOOD YES YES YES HAYDOCK YES YES NO KEMPTON YES YES YES LINGFIELD YES YES NO NEWBURY YES YES YES NEWMARKET YES YES NO REDCAR YES NO NO SALISBURY YES YES YES
SANDOWN YES YES YES WNDSOR YES YES YES YORK YES YES YES THE RICHARD EVANS FORM GUIDE (continued) TABLE TWO COURSES AND RACES TO USE HANDICAPS COURSE 2-y-o 3-y-o All ages ASCOT NO YES YES AYR NO NO YES BATH NO YES YES BRIGHTON NO YES YES CATTERICK YES NO YES CHESTER YES YES YES DONCASTER YES YES YES EPSOM NO YES YES FOLKESTONE YES YES YES GOODWOOD YES YES YES HAYDOCK YES YES YES KEMPTON YES YES YES LINGFIELD YES NO NO NEWBURY YES YES YES NEWMARKET YES YES YES
REDCAR YES YES YES SALISBURY YES YES YES SANDOWN YES YES YES WINDSOR YES YES YES YORK YES YES YES
The Selection Criteria Explained

All Select Racing systems have a number of criteria which are used to select the horses from the field each day. We recommend using the Racing Post newspaper or their website as this gives a thorough analysis of each horse and race every day. Alternatively the Mirror also uses the same information as The Racing Post. There are a lot of attributes that decide if a horse is a selection or not in a race. We have listed all of the attributes we use when developing our systems here but not all of them apply to each system. Selection criteria used by Select Racing: Racing Post ratings How is the horse rated by the Racing Post for factors such as speed. Race type Handicap, Sprint, Hurdles, Chase, All weather etc Horses age Pretty self explanatory. 2YO, 5YO etc. Selected courses Some systems should only be used on selected courses. Days since last run How many days have past since its last race. Number of runners in the race Some systems require over or under a certain number of runners in a field. Is it Favourite? Yes or No!!!! Race distance 5f sprint or 3 mile chase etc Position last time out Where the horse finished the last time it raced. The horses starting price The SP of the horse is sometimes required to be within a certain range to be a selection. The class of the race G1 races are run in a very different way to class D races or Listed races. This criteria is quite important. Weight the horse is carrying A few systems will need a horses weight to be taken into account. All of these factors can play a big part in selecting winning horses so all are taken into consideration. Each system we produce uses all or some of these criteria to generate its selections and we explain where to find them on a race card on the next page for you. How to Make Selections Using the Criteria? We suggest you start by picking the race type first of all as this will narrow the number of races you need to look through each day. The illustration below shows you where to find the information on the Racing Post website.
A = Racing Post ratings B = Race type + The class of the race C = Horses age D = Selected courses E = Days since last run F = Number of runners in the race G = Is it Favourite? + The horses starting price H = Race distance I = Position last time out J = Weight the horse is carrying
About the 2 Year Old System There are a lot of people that shy away from 2 year old horses as they can be unpredictable beasts and are probably equivalent to a teenage child! Anyone with children will know what we mean. There are a few trends however that seem to run in the 2 year old horse and consistently allow it to win. We have studied a number of races and have tweaked our system over the years to consistently pick winning 2 year old horses. Here are our statistics for 2005 using this system. Number of Selections Number of Winners Strike Rate % of horses placed 1st, 2nd or 3rd Longest Run of Winners Longest Run of Losers Return to 10 level stakes Points Profit to Level Stakes 274 75 27.37% 59% 8 18 730.88 73.88
**BONUS SYSTEM** The Select Racing 2 Year Old Golden Oldie As a little bonus well let you in on a little secret weve noticed in our years of studying racing. To be honest it isnt really a secret or a system but more of an observation that seems to happen more often than not. In 2YO only races take a look at the field and keep your eyes peeled for any horses that have only ever had one run in their life and came second in that race. These horses more often than not will be the favourite on their second run and be up against a novice field or horses that didnt do too well in their first race. Usually these 2YO horses will have odds at around even money or 2/1 in some cases. They rarely lose their second race and if you back each one you find to level stakes youll
come out laughing well over 50% of the time. These little gems dont come up very often but when they do get on them!!!!!! The 2YO System Important Rules: To be a selection the horse MUST MEET ALL CRITERIA IN RED stated below. If it does not meet EVERY criteria it should not be bet on as a selection by this system. Racing Post ratings Speed Figures = Must be in the top 3 rated horses. Race type Any Horses age 2 year olds only. Selected courses Any Days since last run Any Number of runners in the race Any Is it Favourite? Doesnt matter Race distance 5 6 Furlong sprint races only. Position last time out 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th only. The horses starting price Must be Even money or higher. No odds on horses. The class of the race G3, Listed, B, C, D, E only. Weight the horse is carrying Any Note: We do not use this system to select horses for any of the Select Racing tips services because the strike rate is below our required 40%. This system does however generate an excellent profit figure even with a relatively low strike rate which is why we give it out as a free system to our new members.
THE SIMPLE SYSTEM

Here is a simple system that was printed 15years ago and it does throw up its fair share of winners. You have to stick to the rules though. Do not bet Sellers or Claimer Races. Do not bet Amateurs or Ladies Races. Do not bet N H flat or Hunter Chases. Do not bet Apprentice or Condition races. Do not bet Novice Hurdles or Chases. Do not bet TYO Nurseries or Handicap. Do not bet Races with less than 5 runners. Do not bet Races with more than 12 runners. Do not bet any horse that is not in the First 3 of the betting forecast. Do not bet any horse quoted 10/1 or more. Do not bet any horse that has not run within 18 Days NH & 24 days Flat. Do not bet any horse that has not had at least 2 Outings. Do not bet any horse not placed in first 3 in both its Races. Do not bet any horse that is not a Distance Winner. Do not bet any horse that is not Top Rated by a Form Expert. If left with 2 Horses then No Bet.
End As you can see this system really narrows the field down to Class Form And Distance horses. If used with Timeform it turns out a lot of winners but you have to wait on the runners. Remember, you must stick to the rules and don't be tempted to break them. GOOD LUCK
THE WINNING OUTSIDER SYSTEM

THE WINNING OUTSIDER SYSTEM can be operated either from the Bookmakers or, if you prefer, just as well from the comfort of your own armchair. All that you will need is a television, with Teletext facility, a telephone and a credit/debit account at one of the major bookmakers. The strategy that we are going to adopt with this method is to choose Handicap races, both Flat & National Hunt Chases are acceptable - but NOT National Hunt Hurdles. Each qualifying race must be limited to between 4 to 8 runners. If you are operating at the bookies simply watch the board for the latest prices. If you are at home call up page 380 on BBC Ceefax or 570 on C4 Teletext for the Horse Racing Index and then call up the page of the latest show for your selected race. Once you have the latest prices on show our selection will be the outsider, yes that's quite right, the outsider! There is, you will be pleased to hear, a logical reason behind this, which I will now explain.... In small fields, no matter what the quality of the field is, regardless of whether or not it is a Flat race or "over the sticks", you will, with alarming frequency, get a falsely run race, with the end result being a three mile chase turns out to be a five furlong sprint! And you can get some amazingly priced animals "trotting up". Well, you now have the means to be on them ! I have checked back over many years and THE WINNING OUTSIDER SYSTEM works equally well on the Flat as it does over fences, with the exception being Hurdles races, the reason for this is a peculiarity which is unique to hurdles. Very few Handicap Hurdle races have less than 9 runners! Those that are less than 9 usually turn out to have just 4 or 5 runners and the prices are all pretty low, there rarely is a true "outsider" in these races and so they are best left completely
alone. The statistics that I have based this system on certainly do not warrant the inclusion of Handicap Hurdle races, and anyway, it works perfectly well without them. STAKING ADVICE. - Because of the odds that we can expect with a winner from this system, you need only raise your bet occasionally when the circumstances dictate, and then simply as a means to cover your losses. Example 1 (This is allowing for a longish losing sequence) Odds 5 per point 10-1 L Stake 1 point 5.00 12-1 L Stake 1 point 5.00 8-1 L Stake 1 point 5.00 16-1 L Stake 1 point 5.00 10-1 L Stake 1 point 5.00 14-1 L Stake 1 point 5.00 Increase stake to 2 points to cover our losses. 6-1 W Stake 2 points 10.00. Win 60,00 30.00 = 30.00 profit. It will work perfectly adequately using this staking method, but do feel at liberty to implement your own favourite staking plan. The advantage of using this one though is that it is safe, you will not drain your betting bank as you would if, for example, you simply doubled the stake after each bet. But before you entertain such an idea ask yourself whether or not you would be capable of putting 400 on the 20-1 outsider of six. The chances are that you wouad bottle out, and then imagine how sick you would feel when it bolted in - this would happen at some stage, unless, that is, you have nerves of steel. The above staking plan is simple, but it is very, very effective. I do urge you to use
it until you have proved to yourself just how incredibly successful THE WINNING OUTSIDER SYSTEM is. FURTHER ADVICE. - If you are at the point where you are about to increase your stake in order to cover your losses, delay placing your bet until the last possible moment, because the price of the outsider does tend to drift out just before the off. You may have the situation where the outsider is 12-1 and you are in the position where you are going to have to increase the stake to cover your losses, if you wait a little while you may find that the horse drifts out to 20-1, thereby eliminating the need to increase your stake. The key point is:- WATCH THE PRICES AT ALL TIMES. When there are two horses tied as outsiders, then back them both, the odds will permit this. If there are more than 2 tied as outsider, which is very uncommon, so uncommon in fact that it is hardly worth mentioning, but I do attempt to cover every eventuality, in such an event NO BET. 25-1 or over, halve your stake. 33-1 or over, NO BET. 33-1 winners in small fields are as rare as hen's teeth. That is all there is to it, I have been using this system on a regular basis for ten years and yet it never fails to amaze me how consistent it is in providing me with big priced winners.
TOP STRIKER DOUBLE (F1)

System Every Week that Both Arsenal and Manchester United are playing, place 1 unit Double on both Thierry Henry and Ruud Van Nistelrooy to score first goal. (Obviously if they play each other, there is no bet) Logic The Logic behind this is that since the Premiership began, these 2 teams have been the dominant force in the Premiership. Its also fact that over the past 2/3 seasons, Both Henry and Van Nistelrooy have been at the very top of the goalscoring charts with between 25 and 30 league goals each. It therefore stands to reason that due to the sheer number of chances created by both Man United and Arsenal, their strikers will score a lot of goals. It is therefore assumed that a lot of the time, these two will score the first goal in a game, simply due to the chances that come their way. As the average odds for each of these to score first is around 5/2, it means the double pays out around 12/1. Adaptations Check the top goalscoring list regularly. Try top goalscorers from other leagues. A lucky 15 including the Top goalscorer from each of the leagues would pay out well and by using certain Bookmakers would be paid at triple the odds if only one scored.
Top Ten Betting Mistakes

The first step to formulating a solution is to define the problem. The following points are areas of betting where many punters often get it wrong. My views arise from long personal experience and years of communication with succesful and unsuccesful punters alike. My aim here is to highlight these common areas of failure in the hope that I can speed up your learning curve towards succesful betting. Read the following thoughts and you may be able to side step many of the pot holes others have fallen into in the past. 1) Failure to Use Betting Banks Most gamblers fail to understand that the best method of achieving a healthy and sustained long term profit from racing is to set aside a sum of money away from your main finances, solely for the betting of horses. Whatever method or system you are using, whoever you are following or subscribing to or however your own bets are calculated, you are better off with a "Betting Bank" that has built -in advantages that can help you. It needs to be independent from your own personal finances and needs to be protected from factors that can threaten it. This can take a lot of emotion out of the decision making process. Emotion is a factor that threatens all punters. The size of your betting bank will of course be dependant upon your own individual circumstances and free capital available. An analogy to the world of shares perhaps may be that no financial advisor worth his salt would advise you throw all your capital into the stock market alone.
The vast majority of punters fail to use any form of set aside bank. They bet randomly with what ever money they have in their pocket at the end of the week or go in too deep with stakes far in excess of their personal safety levels. A punter with a professional attitude will set aside what he can comfortably afford to invest and then determine the best use he can make of that fixed sum of capital. With a fixed sum of capital available you now move on to the next reason for failure. 2) Failure to Stake Correctly It is vital that you consider your betting bank as capped in amount. You do not have an endless pool of resources to dip into. Betting by its nature carries inherent risks. These risks include periods of low strike rates and long losing runs. Your betting bank and staking should be adapted for the method you use. You must in advance, prepare yourself for the possibility of a worse than average sequence of losers through adoption of a sufficient number of units in your betting bank. Correct methodical staking in addition to the mathematical advantage, can also help overcome the risk of emotional reaction to a sequence of unusually positive or negative results. Take the Pricewise column in the racing post as an example. Long term if you could get on at the advised prices, it would have returned a decent profit overall. During this time however followers would have to have endured runs of up to 40 losers in a row! Despite the overall long term profit I suspect the vast majority of Pricewise followers would have been terminated either by a failure to set aside a sufficient amount of points or through failure to cope with the emotion of the losing run. We have long since established here a strike rate of about 35% on our Best Bet selections and at an average S.P. of over 5/2 for each winning bet. We feel able to protect clients banks as long losing runs haven't happened and the strike rate
and odds have been more than enough to ensure long steady and safe growth for your betting profits. That is in essence the key to winning money. Manage your accounts in a way that protects them as far as possible from the element of risk that the game presents you. 3) Chasing Losses Chasing losses at first sight may appear to be an easy way to guarantee an eventual profit but the true story is it is a game for fools and statistically will not work unless you generate an overall level stakes profit. Chasing losses is a game for the illinformed who do not want to make the effort to seek value in their bets. Bookmakers have to price up every race. Punters don't have to play in every race, they can pick the races they want to bet in ,and that is the main edge that people fail to understand. If you have had a losing day, by attempting to chasing your losses you give up that advantage and bet in the races that you should not be betting in. You are therefore betting the way bookmakers want you to and not in the way to win. Many punters will alter their stakes in the last race either to "chase" losses or "play up" winnings. Its no coincidence that the bookmakers have ensured that the last race on each day is often a handicap or one of the hardest races that day . There will be more racing the next day and the day after that. The secret is waiting for opportunities and only betting when you know you havecircumstances which favour you and not the bookmakers. You must never change your approach, or deviate from sensible staking as there is no such things as "The Last Race". 4) Lack of Value Appreciation
Appreciation of "value" in a bet is core to long term success. To profit over a long series of bets you must be betting at odds greater than the true chance of winning your selection have. To do this however over the long term, you need to concentrate on each race individually and seek the value bet in that race. There is value to be had in every race. The key to it is understanding where that value is. Many times a punter will screw up a losing betting slip and say "At least I had some value". There is absolutely NO relationship between value and prices. A 33/1 chance may be diabolical value yet a very short priced favorite may be supreme value. It does not follow that the bigger the price you take the better "value" you have . The value is sometimes clear but more often well hidden and it takes a trained eye to see that. Everyone has this "Foresight" on occasions, it is a game about opinions after all and nobody is always right or wrong. Value can be the most expensive word in racing if you can't bet winner. The old cliche is that value is about betting a horse whose true chance is better than its price reflects. That's only a small part of it. You also have to make sure that you bet in the right way and in the right races as that is the only way you can keep strike rates high and protect a betting bank. You should continually strive to increase value in your bets. Once you have a selection you feel is value do not just take the first acceptable price that comes along. Seek to improve it by shopping around the various bookmakers or try and top the best bookmakers price by looking to the betting exchanges. Marginal improvements on odds on each bet you make can have a dramatic effect on long term profits. 5) Greed For Instant Wealth Many punters seek the thrill of a life changing bet that will produce huge gains of instant wealth for a small outlay. Bookmakers play on your natural desire and go out of their
way to encourage you to bet exotic multiple selection bets that can in one hit, turn a small stake into a large sum. Professionals however rarely bet in multiples. Most professionals bet singles and steer away from the multiple bets. Bookmakers relentlessly promote a host of multiple bets with exotic names such as Yankee, Lucky 15, andGoliath. The reason they are heavily touted is the profit margin in the bookmaker's favour increases the more selections you add to your multiple bet. Say you select any random 5/1 selection. If you bet this as a single the bookmaker may have a theoretical edge in his favor of 15%. Taking two such selections however and betting them in a win double, the bookmakers profit margin rises to about 30% ! Yes your win double can produce a much bigger win from the same stake however over the long term the bookmaker is eating away at your capital at a much faster rate. It is a waste of time debating which type of multiple bet is 'best'. Unless your prediction skills are supernatural or you are incredibly lucky, then betting in singles is more often the best option. You may say that many "Pros," do bet in multiples in bets like The Scoop 6 or the Jackpot, but that's only because they know there is plenty of "Dead" money in any given Pool and they are betting against people who don't understand the dynamics of those types of bet. There are times you should bet in multiples but in truth they are few and far between. You can't approach this as a "Get Rich Quick " scheme. It is a long slow process of serious and sustained profit and not a game for Get Rich Quick schemers. If you go Into any Betting shop, have a look at all the posters on the wall offering "special offers", "enhanced terms " and "bonus offers". You will see they are all multiple bets. Bookmakers want you betting in multiples and it is easy to see why. They carve most profit from them. You never see a Bookmakers promotion offering extra's on a win or each way single. Ask yourself why.
6) Lack of Discipline Lack of Discipline is the big hurdle for punters trying to turn a losing hobby into a winning one. Bookmakers know that. That's why in every betting office you can bet on numbers, lotteries, ball games, racing from all over the globe with horses nobody has heard of before and even now computer animated, or as they call it, virtual racing. Bookmakers just believe that its a case of punters sitting all day betting on what ever is put in front of them and sadly they are right in many cases .They are simply thrill seeking and don't care what they bet on, as long as they can bet. There is no methodology at all and many betting office regulars are simply a bunch of headless chickens prepared to pay long term for the warming buzz of the occasional win. Even more experienced regular gamblers who are savvy enough to turn down bets that they know are stupid always let themselves down by continually bleeding their profits with a fun tenner here and a fun tenner there. It takes great discipline to NOT bet at times. It takes discipline to walk away from a horse when the price isn't right. It takes discipline to say no to that small fun bet. It takes discipline to keep your money in your pocket and deny yourself the emotional buzz of watching your runner. Punters come in all shapes and sizes. Even the shrewder punters who could win at the game, fall into the trap of lack of discipline of study. After a winning period they forget that what made them winners in the first place, was the effort they put in. They fall victim to over confidence, laziness and indiscipline. Being a long term successful punter is like swimming against the tide. It takes an effort to stay still, even greater effort to move ahead and as soon as you relax or slack off you start to go backwards.
7) Emotion Betting is a lonely game. Its also a highly skilled game. Emotion undermines success in many ways . There is comfort in knowing that as a sheep when you are wrong it is not your fault as you were simply doing what everyone else was doing. With betting, the laws of market supply and demand, dictate that long term, the sheep will get fleeced. Emotion neutralises discipline and long proven successful practices. The result of any isolated race has little or no relation to races just before that or just after that . Races should be viewed in isolation from each other. We are all emotional in betting but the players at the top of the tree have this down to a fine art and can control those emotions. Other punters have long since been conditioned by bookmakers to EXPECT to lose rather than win. They have an in built psychological factor that makes them feel like losers and they have been conditioned to losing by years of doing so. Over 95% of punters are flawed emotionally. Examples of emotive gambling include punters following a horse ,trainer or a jockey blind . The "Hype" horses are cannon fodder for emotional punters. They may also follow tipsters blind as they "hate" the thought of missing out on a winner. They pay no attention to the changing conditions of a race that may follow non runners or the ground changing. They missunderstand confidence and can't cope with a lack of confidence. Emotion also prevents people from advanced betting subjects such laying , hedging and arbitrages. Emotion forces some punters to bet horses with certain names that remind them of loved ones. Names such as "Long Tall Sally " and "Susan's Pride " attract many to them just for a name that's relevant to them . Most punters have a grudge against their own money and winning and being successful is alien to them. Emotional punters lose their heads in barren times and fail to capitalise on winning runs. They mess
about with systems and staking plans that make no sense. The more emotion you can rule out of your betting , the more successful you will become . You have to view everyone in the game as your enemy and as people trying to take your hard earned money away from you in the same way as you would a pickpocket . Once you can master your emotions you have made the first big step to betting profitably . 8) The Grass is Greener The grass is rarely Greener on the Other Side. The truth is that the grass that isn't working for you has not been grown, cultivated or looked after properly. Many punters change approaches and methods so quickly that they don't give any method a true test . If they find a system that works they don't continue after a few bad results . It is the same as gamblers who write down every bet they have . Once they have a few losers they often lose the heart to do this and stop doing so and move on to another area . They are like children with new toys at Christmas . They never stay with any method long enough to prosper . They always feel the" Grass is Greener" , when in truth the "Grass" they are using has been abused and left to deteriorate. They want the next Big "new idea " or "method " and that doesn't work either as the fault lies not in the Grass, but the Gardener . They have no long term consistency in their betting and are constantly tinkering with what wasn't broke or moving on in search of the holy grail before a full evaluation of what they are currently examining has been completed. A competition to win best garden will be won by the person who can spend most time in the garden and master its challenges, the gardener who is prepared to care about his garden and invest in the tools that will help his garden grow and keep the weeds at bay. It's the same with betting. You
will do far better long term if you can make a concentrated effort of learning and research in one key area rather than flitting from this to that. 9) Laziness Most punters are LAZY! They have religiously followed a doctrine of poor planning and lack of research. They refuse to study and spend hours looking at how they can win at betting. They refuse to invest in the game and invest in their own learning . You cant refuse to spend money, just look at the racing for 30 minutes and expect to win long term. You simply can't get away with that in the hardest trade of all , Winning Money at Beting. If it was that easy , then millions would do it .You must either invest in your betting , or pay someone to do just that. Natural human tendency is to try and get away with the least amount of effort. Lazy punters are cannon fodder for the bookmakers. They make little or no effort in their selection process nor make an effort to extract maximum returns from their bets. Those who put the most work in are the more likely to succeed. My philosophy is simple. I believe that if a bookmaker, journalist or odds compiler spends 3 hours on a race then I'll spend 6 hours on that race to gain the edge. The famous golfer Gary Player once said "The Harder I Work the Luckier I Get". That is true about both golf and betting .Most people can't spend 12 hours a day studying betting as they have families, jobs, commitments and lead their own lives. That is what you pay us for. We do that study for you and re-invest money in our betting so that we can find every edge possible to Help You Win. 10) Stupidity!
Amazingly most punters fail to learn from their mistakes. They continue for years making the same basic errors time and time again. Pure stupidity. Strive to improve your betting performance by continually learning from the mistakes and weakness is your game. Your bookmaker may have been laughing at you for years. You have it in your power however to improve your betting and hopefully wipe that smile from his face for good.
TOP THREE (F3)

System Once 10 games have been played, bet a 1 unit Treble on each of the top 3 teams in the premiership. Logic The Logic behind this is that once 10 games have been played, the form has usually settled down, and the stronger teams are usually near the top (In the case of the Premiership, you know the same teams are going to be up there season on season, with maybe one or two exceptions) Again, in order to stay up there, the teams will need to keep winning games. You are simply combining them to do it at the same time. You could actually do this for each of the divisions if you so desired, as you may find that there is less strength in depth the further down you go
TRAVELLING FLAT TRAINERS

RULES Horse must have travelled at least 150 miles SP must be no bigger than 11/1 Horse must be trained by one of the following trainers: P A Blockley Ian Williams L M Cumani M H Tompkins P W Harris J M P Eustace H Candy
10 Mini-Systems For The Week-End Punter

Here are 10 mini horse racing systems that are perfect for the weekend warrior. 1. Look for horses that finished in the money, that is first, second or third at their last four starts in their current campaign. 2. Play any non-placed run if it finished its most recent race within two lengths of the winner. 3. Try a horse whose last run was on the same track as today unless it is shipped from a major track (Belmont, Churchill, Santa Anita) to a minor track (Penn National, Turf Paradise, Mountaineer). This little method will give you a few good horses to check out and regularly comes up with some good winners. 4. If a horse was a favourite or low odds (3-1 or less) in its last race and today is over 101 in the same type race or lesser, take a shot! This method can return some big longshots. 5. Don't bet on a horse that won at longshot odds its last race and is running at favouritism or low odds today. If you weren't there for the wedding why go to the funeral? If this is the case, look instead for a horse with a low morning lines (3-1 or less) and is going to post over 3-1 odds. 6. Look for a horse that is a proven a winner at either the track or distance. Or box the top 3 money-earners at either the track or distance. This is a powerful handicapping tool that's simple to use when betting horses. 7. If a horse is a heavy favourite due to a big class drop or favourable distance change, look for another horse that is doing the same exact thing only being ignored at higher odds - this little gem can really make your day at the race track.
8. Never play more than 2 race tracks at a time. It's so tempting with Satellite simulating but unless you want to blow through your money in about 30 minutes, don't do it. 9. Have a goal in mind. If you go to the track and say, I'd like to win 50 today, that's a goal. But if you say, I only want to lose 50 that's a goal too. And your mind will make sure you achieve it. So what's better to have as a goal, reasonable winnings or tolerable losses? It's up to you. 10. Look for threes. Anytime a horse is doing something for a third time, that can be a very good thing. 3rd time blinkers, 3rd race off a layoff, 3rd race in a new class - for whatever reason this is a horse racing miracle number. Keep your eye on it. Those should have you cashing many tickets and buying many of your buddies a beer or two.
Betting Insurance Systems

How to get back your stake when your horse doesn't win. Picking just one winner in a race can be a nightmare. You can do everything right, you can find the best horse in the field and you just know it should cross the line first. Then something goes wrong. The horse falls, it gets bunched in on the rails, it just wasn't feeling right on the day - or the dark horse, 20-1 outsider comes though and pips it at the post. Among our methods I like to consider ways to insure my bets. It may mean I don't always pick up so much on the outright winners, but I certainly never lose as often as I would without these kind of insurances. In this simple method, I use "saver" bets to cover my chosen winner. In future methods I'll show you some more sophisticated ideas, but this one is effective and easy to apply with just a little extra calculation. Here's how it works. Let's say from one or more of my selection methods I've come up with a likely winner and a good value horse at 2/1. However, there are 10 other runners and behind him there are just two that I think could be some competition. The first of these is priced at 7/2 and the other at 5/1. The rest of the field I believe to be no competition for these top three. So, although I still think the favourite will win at 2/1, I'm going to take out some "insurance" on the other two and I'll put bets on them that will return all of my stake money if either of them should win. Here's the calculation: Let's assume my TOTAL stake is 10.00 For the first contender at 7/2, I'll convert his price to European digital odds. To do this, divide the first figure by the second and add 1. So 7 divided by 2 = 3.5, plus 1 = 4.5
Now, I'll divide this figure into my total stake - 10 / 4.5 = 2.22 The is the amount I'll stake on this horse. At odds of 7/2, if it should win, then I'll get back the full 10.00 of my stake money. Perform the same calculation on the second horse and you get: 5 / 1 = 5 + 1 = 6.00 Divide this into 10 and you get: 1.66 This is my stake on the second horse and will guaratee my full returned stake if it should win. So if I now subtract these two extra stakes from my total stake of 10.00 I get 10.00 - 2.22 - 1.66 = 6.18 This final figure of 6.18 is what I have left to stake on the favourite that I really believe will win. So, if my champion wins I get 12.36 profit, plus my 6.18 returned, but I lose the 3.88 of the other two bets - so my actual profit on the bet is 8.48. However, if either of the others should win I get back the full amount of my stake and no loss. If you are averse to losing then this is a great but simple way to keep your money safe.
Betting Insurance Systems 2

The Double Bet An ingenious way to bet on two horses for a fine return. Although not widely known, this is an excellent and devious way to exploit a betting loophole to come closer to guaranteeing your profit. Here we are betting on two horses in different races. How you choose the two horses is up to you and should be based on some reasonably reliable system or form study. The secret is in how your bet is written out for the bookmaker. Filling out your betting slip You will need to place your bets with TWO different bookmakers for this to work. Imagine, for this example, you have chosen "Classified" to win in the Three O'Clock at Newmarket and "Lakota Brave" to win in the Three Thirty. At the first bookmaker you should fill out your slip as follows: 1 Win, Classified, 3.00 Newmarket 2 Win, Lakota Brave, 3.30 Newmarket Stop at a Winner (Of course you can use higher stakes, but the two bets should be in the same proportion as the example above). So the total staked in this example is 3.00 At the second Bookmaker you should write your bet as follows:
1 Win, Lakota Brave, 3.30 Newmarket 2 Win, Classified, 3.00 Newmarket Stop at a Winner Remember to add that final line "Stop at a Winner". This means that if you first selection wins then your stake on the second horse is returned to you along with your winnings on the first - so you don't lose money on the second bet. What you have done is to reverse the stakes on the horses in the second bet. Also, notice the timing of the races on the second bet is in reverse order. Now you may find that some betting shops will not accept your bet unless the races are in chronological order. However, competition between bookies and betting exchanges is now so intense that many bookies will be pleased to accept your bet whatever. So, what happens if either of your selections should win? Let's say Classified loses but Lakota Brave wins at 3/1. At the first bookmaker's you will lose the 1 on the first half of the bet but will receive 8 (including the return of your stake) for Lakota Brave's win. At the second betting shop you will receive 4 return for Lakota Brave and, because you instructed to "stop at a winner" you will also get back your stake for Classified even though it lost a half hour before. For your total investment of 6 you get 9 in winnings plus your 2 stake at the second shop on Classified. A total profit of 8.00. You've guaranteed a profit from at least one horse winning whilst ensuring you hardly lose anything for the other losing. All at a lot less cost than placing a perm bet with a similar guarantee.
What if BOTH horses win? Actually this method is more profitable if only one horse wins than if they both win. Imagine both horses won at 3/1. You would win 3 (plus your 1 stake returned) from the first half of the bet at both betting shops and the bet would stop before the second race in each case. Your profit then is just 6.00. Still nothing to complain about 'though. What's so great about this system? There are four possible outcomes in this bet. Horse A wins, Hose B wins, they Both win or they Both lose. In three of these four outcomes you make a profit and if you have selected wisely you have a high chance of at least one horse winning. Single bets are very risky and perm bets on two or more horses are much more expensive than this. Actual winnings with this method will vary according to which horse wins and at what odds. So you should calculate beforehand if the odds available will pay off for you with this kind of staking. This kind of bet is quite legal and there is no need to tell the second bookmaker about your bet with the first.
Contest 4
With Cheltenham fast approaching I thought this might be the right time to give you the following idea for the Festival that might help point us in the profitable direction. It's not my own idea but comes from the renowned Russell Clarke, B.Sc Hons (as he always rightly describes himself), and from all the evidence it seems to be rather a good plan. It might work all the time at all meetings, but Clarke suggested it especially for Cheltenham and also for Aintree following on. Just one thing, though. It's not going to pinpoint actual winners; rather it will narrow the field down in each race to a few possibles from which each punter can make his own choice. The basic Clarke concept is to identify progressive horses as being the most likely Festival winners, and his method for doing so is extremely simple. Using the Racing Post he looks at the Topspeed figures and the Postmark ratings for every runner. If, in either case, Topspeed or Postmark, the latest figure is the highest figure, then that indicates a progressive runner and is one to include in your list for consideration. It's certainly simple, but let's look at some examples. The results I have to hand come from the Festival Meetings of 1996 and 1997. In '96, of the 19 races there were 17 won by progressive horses. And the following year, 13 out of 19 were won by these progressives. But before we get over-excited it has to be said that in over half of the races, 21 of the 38 to be exact, more than half of the horses were progressive. Ignoring these for having too many to consider, we'll concentrate on the other 17. Here are some of the results. In '96 - a race with 5 of the 12 being progressive we had the 1st and 2nd at 7/1 and 4/1. Another had only 2 progressive and they finished 1st and 2nd at 10/1 and 13/8. In another with 5 of the 13 runners progressive, one of them was the 20/1 winner. There were others too, but perhaps the best was the race with 15 of the 30 being progressive and supplying 1st and 2nd at 25/1 and 16/1. And from the following year there was a winner at 20/1 from 8 progressives in a 16 runner field, and more amazingly, 5 progressives in a field of 17 gave the winner and second at 20/1 and 25/1. The very next race, believe it or not, gave 1st and 2nd at 20/1 and 33/1 from 7 progressive horses out of the 15 runners. Maybe there is something in the idea to give us food for thought at Cheltenham in a month's time. Away from racing, here is a true story that greatly amused me recently. Mr and Mrs Highlander had gone away for a week-end break to a semi-posh hotel on the shores of Loch Lomond, where, of an evening after dinner, the hotel management saw fit to provide entertainment for their guests - as if drinking wasn't enough! There was a singer, a comedian - and then a quiz. That's where the story starts.
We were issued with our answer sheets, and then the questions started. The first twenty were on general knowledge and the Highlanders were doing rather well. Indeed, I was beginning to eye up the prize bottle of champagne with a proprietorial air. "Now," announced the quizmaster, "the final five questions of the quiz are all cryptic clues with the answers being the names of sweets or confectionery. Here's the first one - where mothers might gather for a drink." I looked around and not many people were writing. But Highlander had it. I wrote down Mars Bar, and waited for the next. "Got that one?" asked the quizmaster, surveying the lounge. A few shouts of "No" answered him. "Right then, our next clue is - every girl-friend would like to have this." The complete silence told the quizmaster that nobody had the answer, so he tried to help out by giving an extra clue. "And," he said, "her boy-friend would like her to have this too." Still puzzlement everywhere, except at a table not far from us. The genius there shouted out in his excitement, "I've got it. A Gobstopper!" Appropriate though it was, I knew it couldn't be the right answer, but I'd have awarded him the champagne for it there and then. After all the laughter had died down any further interest in the quiz had all but disappeared. Highlander was laughing so much he didn't even hand in his answer sheet; but for anyone who may still be wondering what the correct answer was - and this comes as a real anticlimax (I use these words very advisedly!) - apparently there is a sweet on the market called Cherry Lips. Just a few comments about this month's classic system, Contest 4. It is for use with N.H. racing as befits this season of the year, and is, as its name suggests, the fourth in a series of which number 1 is in the Surewin catalogue of systems. I believe I could uncover numbers 2 and 3 from my own collection. The vendor is a Philip Ryder from an address in London, and it was from his father or uncle (the latter, I think) that I bought my very first system many years earlier, and his address was in Great Portland Street, London, as far as I can recall. To bring the family history up to date, I have a feeling that Bill Clarke, who currently operates his racing service from a farmhouse in Dorset, is part of the illustrious Ryder system dynasty. Anyway, let Contest number 4 begin. This is for N.H. racing. For many years Trainers4Courses has been a winning formula on the Flat and over the sticks. Contest 4 concentrates on the fact that certain trainers have a distinct liking for a particular course and this is taken into account by concentrating on a short list of trainers for each race meeting. You can see a list of leading trainers for each N.H. course in the Daily Mail and Daily Mirror, both of which give the number of winners for each trainer over the past few years, with runners on a particular day. You can back all the Contest 4 Plan qualifiers in singles, doubles or you can if you wish Stop at a Winner.
1. From the list of leading trainers ignore any that have more than two runners at a single meeting, unless there are 7 races, in which case they can have a maximum of three runners, but do not include N.H. Flat races. 2. Start with the trainer with the most wins. If he has 1 or 2 runners at a single meeting then these are the Contest 4 advices, providing that if there is a single runner it must be in the first three in the paper's betting forecast and that it has been placed in the first three in its last race. If there are two system runners, then at least one of them must be in the first three in the betting and have been placed on its last outing. If there are three, due to a 7 race card, then again at least one must have been placed in its last outing and be in the first three in the betting. Therefore you can have a single Contest 4 selection, 2 selections and on rare occasions three. 3. Continue down the list of leading trainers for the course until you have a qualifier, i.e. a trainer that meets the requirements of Rule 2. If a trainer has more than one runner in a race ignore the race. You are looking for a leading trainer starting from the top who has 1, 2 or on rare occasions 3 runners with the qualifications as in Rule 2. At least one of the horses must be in the first three in the betting and have been placed on its last outing; in other words, the horse in the first race may be at a big price and have no form, but you still support it as long as the other horse meets the betting and placing rules. A single horse must meet the betting and placing rules. No bets in races of less than 4 runners, and if both races (in the event of 2 qualifiers) are Novice events, no bet. Go on to the next trainer on the list. 4. If the second or third selection is quoted at 6/4 or less, then delete that trainer and continue down the leading trainers' list until you have 1, 2 or on rare occasions 3 Contest 4 Plan advices.
Deciding if a bet is worth the risk

Do the maths make sense before you place your horse racing bet? This is one of the first questions you should ask yourself before considering putting down your stake money. Does the bet provide VALUE? What we mean by this is - the odds offered by a bookmaker are never the "true" odds or probabilities of a horse winning. Who knows exactly what those figures should be? The figures in the odds are more indicative of what the market as a whole (all the punters in the country and beyond) believe is a horse's chance of winning. The figures are driven by market forces. If more people want to back a horse because they think it will win then the bookmakers odds will shorten (reduce). This is as true in the bookmakers' shop as it is on the betting exchanges. However, one factor you can be sure of is that whatever the odds offered about a particular horse, the bookmaker will "balance" his total book so that, over all, he is guaranteed a small profit from the race - or at least from the many races he takes bets on that day. All professional gambling bodies do this. Bookmakers, casinos, bingo halls, the National Lottery, etc. will all stack the odds AGAINST the punter so that even if individuals win individual bets - the "house" wins over all. Bookmakers call this inbuilt advantage their "over round". It means instead of all the odds in a race adding up to 100% they will generally add up to something like 117% - and that extra 17% is in the bookmaker's favour. This is his expected profit margin. So, as your objective should be to try to consistently tip the odds further in your favour, you should be looking out for bets where in the race as a whole the over round is on the low side, i.e. below that typical 17%.
Here's how you do it: Firstly, express all the odds of the race in European 'digital' format. So for example "evens" is 2.0, "Two to One" is 3.0, etc. (To transform fractional odds to digital, divide the first figure by the second and add one - so 6 - 4 becomes 1.5+1 = 2.5). Then divide each digital odds price into 100 to give you the percentage figure for each horse. So, for example, with a three horse race with odds: Horse 1 Horse 2 Horse 3 1.8 3.3 4.0 = = = 55.55 30.30 25.00 ------110.85 % % % %
Here, with the total book adding up to about 111 % this shows a lower than average over round. If you find, by using a good selection method, a horse in this race with a good chance of winning then you are more likely to get good value from this bet than in the typical bookmaker race. The lower the total percentage odds of the race the more the book is in your favour.
DOWNGRADED HURDLERS SYSTEM

This system involves certain hurdlers which have been dropped in class. It has perhaps more rules than I care for a system to have, but all of them are logical and the result is a set of rules that has produced a level stakes profit for each of the last eleven seasons. Firstly well look at the stats for all hurdlers which have been dropped in class over the last four seasons..
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2000 436 4208 10.36 -1233.89 -29.32 -13.52 2001 530 5098 10.40 -1529.77 -30.01 -10.72 2002 549 4985 11.01 -1424.30 -28.57 -9.27 2003 564 5028 11.22 -1074.07 -21.36 -10.16 2079 19319 10.76 -5262.03 -27.24 -10.76
Now, if we look closely at the stats broken down by SP, we can see that as you would expect, the longer the SP the lower the strike rate.
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% < 1/2 103 143 72.03 -8.25 -5.77 -7.02 1/2 - 20/21 195 369 52.85 -37.13 -10.06 -9.12 1/1 - 11/8 128 276 46.38 6.20 2.25 1.34 6/4 - 15/8 129 383 33.68 -37.76 -9.86 -9.61 2/1 - 7/2 480 1953 24.58 -134.09 -6.87 -6.31 4/1 - 15/2 577 3882 14.86 -189.00 -4.87 -4.48 8/1 - 15/1 331 4752 6.97 -928.00 -19.53 -19.19 16/1 - 31/1 104 3660 2.84 -1506.00 -41.15 -41.17 32/1 - 63/1 25 2589 0.97 -1633.00 -63.07 -61.45 64/1+ 7 1312 0.53 -795.00 -60.59 -55.99
As can be seen, The LSP% is quite acceptable until we go past the 4/1 15/2 range, then the losses are considerable. The runners that are sent off with an SP between 33/1 and 50/1 have a less than 1% strike rate, which means their true odds is over 100/1. Clearly the SP group to concentrate on is those sent off at shorter than 8/1. Splitting these results into handicap and non-handicap categories, we can clearly see that the non-handicaps is the more profitable area, so this is the group we shall concentrate on..
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% handicap races 368 2598 14.16 -219.50 -8.45 -8.38 non-handicap races 209 1284 16.28 30.50 2.38 3.24
The next area well look at is the gender of the qualifiers. Its amazing how a system can often be greatly improved by concentrating solely on one sex, and in this instance its the males who outperform their fairer counterparts 355 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% mare 46 393 11.70 -96.00 -24.43 -24.22 filly 31 282 10.99 -85.00 -30.14 -29.11 colt 20 86 23.26 49.50 57.56 50.12 horse 36 252 14.29 -28.50 -11.31 -8.99 gelding 444 2868 15.48 -28.00 -0.98 -0.56
It goes without saying that the female runners should be ignored here. Finally, we look more closely at the actual weight change of the qualifiers from their last outing..
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% down > 14 lbs 7 16 43.75 2.78 17.38 13.05 down 9 - 14 lbs 30 110 27.27 -12.36 -11.24 -7.49 down 5 - 8 lbs 75 228 32.89 19.24 8.44 15.32 down 1 - 4 lbs 159 583 27.27 -32.73 -5.61 -10.53 no change 113 432 26.16 -48.10 -11.13 -6.23 up 1 - 4 lbs 177 619 28.59 0.36 0.06 -0.20 up 5 - 8 lbs 116 353 32.86 6.09 1.73 -12.63 up 9 - 14 lbs 60 191 31.41 15.97 8.36 -2.66 up 15 - 20 lbs 36 73 49.32 68.43 93.74 50.61 up 21+ lbs 5 25 20.00 -8.33 -33.32 -52.24
Those runners who were allotted more weight than on their last run performed better than the other runners, suggesting that in this case class overrides the weight element. The most profitable area is clearly a weight rise of between 15 and 20 lbs. So the rules are.. 1) Non-handicap hurdles only 2) SP must be less than 8/1 3) Horse must be down in class 4) Male horses only 5) Horse must be carrying between 15 and 20 lbs more than on their last outing
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2000 12 15 80.00 38.92 259.47 149.34 2001 7 23 30.43 1.58 6.87 8.42 2002 8 16 50.00 11.97 74.81 29.57 2003 9 19 47.37 15.96 84.00 49.37 36 73 49.32 68.43 93.74 50.61 Date Cse RcTyp Horse Position SP 16/07/00 STR H46VS PETUNTSE 1 2 17/07/00 WOL H4+I TORY BOY 5 2.75
05/08/00 WOR H4+S GEE BEE BOY 1 5.5 12/08/00 STR H4+I ALPINE PANTHER 2 4 26/08/00 WOR H4+M BERING GIFTS 1 2.5 17/10/00 DEV H4+BV TORDUFF EXPRESS 1 5 17/10/00 DEV H4+BV FLAKED OATS 3 5 17/10/00 DEV H4+V REIZIGER 1 1.88 11/11/00 AYR H3V SPIRIT OF PARK 1 0.33 27/11/00 KEL H4+BM EBINZAYD 1 1.63 06/01/01 UTT H4+S BULLENS BAY 1 2.75 08/01/01 FAK H4+V SPUNKIE 1 3.33 24/02/01 HAY H5+ BRING SWEETS 1 7.5 31/03/01 HAY H4+V TYNEANDTHYNEAGAIN 1 4.5 21/05/01 HUN H4+ BERING GIFTS 1 5 29/07/01 NWT H4+(0 DIVORCE ACTION 3 0.8 06/08/01 NWT H4+I PATELEY 7 2.25 06/08/01 NWT H4+V MAJOR LANDO 1 0.33 11/08/01 STR H4+I TAM O'SHANTER 2 5.5 24/08/01 FON H4+S ARCTIC BURNER 5 5.5 01/12/01 HAY H4+I SUPERIOR RISK 1 4 18/12/01 HER H4+OS DRAKESTONE 2 5.5 19/12/01 NBY H4+ ROB LEACH 2 3.33 14/01/02 PLU H4+V HAWADETH 1 4 11/03/02 PLU H5+V HURRICANE PETE 2 4 26/03/02 KEL H4+V BAHAMAS 12 1.75 30/03/02 PLU H4+(0 SMOOTH SAILING 1 3 01/04/02 MAR H5+V TEE-JAY 8 1.75 02/04/02 WAR H4+V BONUS BRIDGE 4 3 08/04/02 KEL H4+V MYTIMIE 17 2 16/04/02 NCL H4+VI RAW SILK 1 3 19/04/02 AYR H5+V MARAGUN 4 3.33 20/04/02 BAN H4+V BEAVER LODGE 1 1.75 25/04/02 PER H5+V SURPRISING 1 1.5 26/04/02 SAN H4+ INTERSKY FALCON 2 3 27/04/02 SAN H4+ SUDDEN SHOCK 2 5.5 27/04/02 SED H4+OV BROOKLYN'S GOLD 2 6 03/05/02 SED H4+M FROM LITTLE ACORNS 3 3.5 30/06/02 UTT H4+M MR FLUFFY 1 0.5 04/08/02 MAR H4+V SUN KING 2 0.73 26/08/02 SOU H4+I HAPPY HUSSAR 2 4.5 26/08/02 FON H4+I OCEAN LINE 1 1.88 29/01/03 LEI H4+VI KINGSTON BILL 5 7 01/02/03 UTT H4+VS ROMAN KING 1 2.25 08/02/03 NBY H5+V JABOUNE 3 2.75 06/03/03 CAR H4+OI HUGO DE PERRO 1 0.67 15/03/03 UTT H4+V TAILLEFER 3 4
17/03/03 WET H4+V FLORRIES SON 1 0.67 24/03/03 TAU H4V FAST MIX 2 0.57 01/04/03 NCL H4+VI MISTER CHISUM 1 6 16/04/03 CHL H4+V GRAVE DOUBTS 10 5 01/05/03 HER H4+M CLEVER THYNE 1 6.5 21/05/03 KEL H4+ TRAMANTANO 2 3.5 22/05/03 KEL H4+ LAOUEN 1 1.5 03/08/03 MAR H4+V DON'T SIOUX ME 1 1.38 25/08/03 FON H4+I BRADY BOYS 2 5.5 03/09/03 NWT H47S LINUS 1 6.5 13/09/03 WOR H4+M KAIKOVRA 2 5.5 23/10/03 HAY H47V ATTICUS FINCH 2 2.25 28/10/03 CHL H4+M ORACLE DES MOTTES 2 2 22/11/03 CAT H3VI MAUNBY ROCKER 1 5 28/11/03 AYR H4+OI BIRKDALE 3 2.75 20/12/03 WAR H4+V TOM'S PRIZE 2 0.91 07/01/04 HER H4+(0 SOUTHERNDOWN 2 7 26/01/04 WET H5+BV QUAINTON HILLS 7 6.5 12/02/04 HUN H4+I SHARPATEN 4 4 23/02/04 CAR H4+V JOES EDGE 1 1.25 04/03/04 LUD H4+V KING SOLOMON 2 1.75 13/03/04 SAN H4+V DISTANT THUNDER 1 3 19/03/04 WAR H4+I OULTON BROAD 1 4.5 10/04/04 CAR H4+V MOONLIT HARBOUR 1 2 13/04/04 CHP H4+M ILABON 1 0.33 01/05/04 SOU H4+S NORDIC PRINCE 1 2
Experience Counts
Its logical to presume that a horse with previous racecourse experience will hold an advantage over any rival newcomers which have yet to take part in any public race, as racecourse debutants often ruin their chance by running green and becoming overawed by the occasion. But what advantage, if any, is gained by experience in terms of the number of outings a horse has had? Here we are going to examine the statistics for two year old favourites, competing in maiden races, and having raced more times than the average for the field. If a horse is made favourite for a maiden event, then it must be presumed that the horse has shown (or is expected to be able to show) the ability to win a race of this type. First well look at the overall stats for all favourites in 2yo maiden races over the last four seasons.
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2001 232 568 40.85 -24.79 -4.36 -2.52 2002 250 591 42.30 27.84 4.71 0.23 2003 275 638 43.10 12.90 2.02 0.27 2004 253 701 36.09 -22.21 -3.17 -8.69 1010 2498 40.43 -6.26 -0.25 -2.57
Only a tiny loss of 0.25% from a sample of almost two and a half thousand runners bodes well for this exercise. Favourites in these types of races clearly perform well in comparison to other race types, as the average strike rate for all 2yo favourites is around 37% - significantly lower than the 40.43% strike rate enjoyed by this group of market leaders. What we will now look at is the performance of this group of favourites in relation to the experience they have in terms of races run, in comparison to their rivals experience. To find a horses exposure, you simply divide the number previous runs it has had by the average number of previous outings of the entire field. So if the favourite has raced 2 times previously, and the average number of previous runs for the whole field is 3.4, then the favourites exposure is 59% (2 / 3.4).
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% rce of debutants 15 44 34.09 -9.87 -22.43 < 10% 143 409 34.96 -28.18 -6.89 10 - 29% 2 9 22.22 -2.50 -27.78 30 - 44% 23 58 39.66 -3.02 -5.21 45 - 59% 43 95 45.26 5.35 5.63 60 - 69% 32 84 38.10 -8.06 -9.60 70 - 79% 39 101 38.61 -16.95 -16.78 80 - 89% 38 108 35.19 -25.74 -23.83 90 - 100% 72 186 38.71 -10.95 -5.89 101 - 124% 89 211 42.18 3.59 1.70 125+% 514 1193 43.08 90.07 7.55
The profitable percentage group 45-59% is almost certainly a statistical aberration, no doubt due to the small sample size, as this is completely out of line with the rest of the percentage groups. Other than that group, its only when the exposure percentage sails past 100% (ie the favourite has had more previous runs than the field average) that a profitable edge appears. The fact that almost half (48%) of the runners examined fell into this group strongly suggests that these results are reliable. Concentrating solely on those favourites which had an exposure percentage of greater than 100%, we can see how a profit can be made simply by backing them blindly.
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2001 133 304 43.75 10.71 3.52 -0.17 2002 159 341 46.63 52.72 15.46 10.12 2003 167 359 46.52 38.16 10.63 6.85 2004 144 400 36.00 -7.93 -1.98 -7.23 603 1404 42.95 93.66 6.67 2.63
The results can be further improved upon by looking closely at the time of the year these favourites raced in..
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Jan-Mar (days 1-89) 2 5 40.00 -0.08 -1.60 April (days 90-119) 24 56 42.86 1.70 3.04 May (days 120-150) 50 130 38.46 0.66 0.51 June (days 151-180) 79 199 39.70 -23.92 -12.02 July (days 181-211) 105 233 45.06 25.25 10.84 August (days 212-242) 112 237 47.26 30.44 12.84 September (days 243-272) 108 215 50.23 40.19 18.69 October (days 273-303) 70 175 40.00 13.52 7.73 November (days 304-333) 36 114 31.58 -0.18 -0.16 December (days 334-365/6) 17 40 42.50 6.08 15.20
As can be seen, the first five months of the year produced a profit so small it would not have been worth the trouble placing the bets, and then June showed a heavy loss. It is only when we move into July onwards that the real profits appear. This is fairly logical, as 2yo racehorses strengthen up dramatically as the season progresses, and horses with proven form then hold the aces over lightly raced types and newcomers. By November, the turf season has all but finished and the profits dry up once more as the low-quality all-weather meetings take over. If we concentrate solely on the runners between the start of July through to the end of October, we get the following impressive results
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2001 88 187 47.06 14.55 7.78 3.54
2002 102 207 49.28 43.65 21.09 10.51 2003 111 221 50.23 36.62 16.57 9.78 2004 94 245 38.37 14.58 5.95 -0.72 395 860 45.93 109.40 12.72 6.14
Rules: a) 2yo maiden races only b) Horse must be favourite c) Horse must have an exposure percentage of 101+ d) July, August, September, October only Date Cse RcTyp Horse Position SP 30/06/04 LIA 2MU FORZEEN 3 1.38 30/06/04 CAT 2M AL GARHOUD BRIDGE 1 2.75 30/06/04 CAT 2MF BIBURY FLYER 2 1.5 01/07/04 EPS 2M EMERALD PENANG 1 4.5 01/07/04 NBY 2M GRAND MARQUE 1 4.5 02/07/04 SAN 2M MELROSE AVENUE 1 2.75 02/07/04 BEV 2M WONDERFUL MIND 1 1.1 02/07/04 HAY 2MU HARVEST WARRIOR 1 3.33 02/07/04 HAY 2MU BOUNTY QUEST 4 3.33 03/07/04 NOT 2M KOMAC 6 1.63 04/07/04 BRI 2MU SAFENDONSEABISCUIT 4 1.88 05/07/04 EDI 2M ALPAGA LE JOMAGE 1 1 05/07/04 RIP 2MUF CASTELLETTO 1 0.53 07/07/04 KEM 2MF PARK LAW 1 1 08/07/04 EPS 2MU ENCANTO 2 1.75 09/07/04 YOR 2M SEYAADI 2 2 09/07/04 ASC 2MF GENNIE BOND 3 4 09/07/04 ASC 2MF THEAS DANCE 8 4 10/07/04 YOR 2M CLARET AND AMBER 5 3 10/07/04 YOR 2M COUP D'ETAT 2 2.25 10/07/04 CHE 2MU BOLD MINSTREL 1 1.88 10/07/04 SAL 2M TRANSGRESS 8 3.33 11/07/04 BAT 2MF VALUE PLUS 11 2.75 12/07/04 WSR 2M GALEOTA 1 3.5 12/07/04 WSR 2M LOADERFUN 2 3.5 13/07/04 BEV 2MU BIG HASSLE 1 0.57 13/07/04 BRI 2M CAMPEON 4 1.38 15/07/04 HAM 2MU MONASH LAD 3 0.62 15/07/04 EPS 2M IN THE FAN 1 0.73 16/07/04 NBY 2MF SWAN NEBULA 5 1.25 16/07/04 CAR 2MU LORNA DUNE 6 3.33 16/07/04 PON 2MU HIDDEN STAR 6 2 361 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
17/07/04 HAY 2M MOZAFIN 4 2.25 19/07/04 AYR 2M TOM FOREST 5 2 19/07/04 BRI 2M MISS CASSIA 3 2.25 19/07/04 WSR 2MF ANGEL SPRINTS 1 3.5 20/07/04 AYR 2M LOVE ANGEL 3 1.5 21/07/04 LIA 2M SEYAADI 5 2.5 21/07/04 CAT 2M GOLDEN LEGACY 1 0.44 21/07/04 SAN 2M EMBOSSED 1 3.5 21/07/04 LEI 2MU SCARLET INVADER 8 1.88 22/07/04 FOL 2MF VELVETEEN RABBIT 3 2.5 23/07/04 THI 2MF CONSIDER THIS 3 2.5 23/07/04 ASC 2MF DANCE FLOWER 3 2.75 23/07/04 ASC 2M CAPABLE GUEST 2 0.5 24/07/04 NCL 2MU BEE STINGER 2 0.8 24/07/04 NCL 2MU SPINNAKERS GIRL 2 2.5 24/07/04 YOR 2MU LITTLE DALHAM 1 0.8 24/07/04 LIN 2MU GIFTED GAMBLE 1 0.8 24/07/04 SAL 2M MARCHING SONG 2 1.25 25/07/04 PON 2M WITCHRY 1 0.25 25/07/04 NMJ 2M KHARISH 3 1.5 25/07/04 NMJ 2M DISGUISE 2 0.8 26/07/04 SOA 2M SAFSOOF 1 0.1 26/07/04 WSR 2M PERSIAN ROCK 1 1.75 27/07/04 BEV 2MUF WITHERING LADY 1 0.44 28/07/04 EDI 2MF DUCAL DIVA 2 2.5 28/07/04 KEM 2MF GREAT OPINIONS 10 2.25 28/07/04 LEI 2M ARMY OF ANGELS 1 0.15 29/07/04 GOO 2MF MISS L'AUGEVAL 1 3.33 29/07/04 CAR 2MU MERCHANT 2 1.63 29/07/04 EPS 2M WASALAT 9 4 29/07/04 EDI 2MU COLEORTON DANE 1 1.63 30/07/04 GOO 2M GROUND RULES 9 2.75 30/07/04 NMJ 2M FRITH 3 0.91 30/07/04 NMJ 2M DANIEL THOMAS 2 0.83 31/07/04 DON 2M EQDAAM 3 2 31/07/04 NMJ 2MF ROAD RAGE 1 0.73 31/07/04 THI 2M TURNAROUND 1 0.57 31/07/04 LIA 2M SIGN WRITER 4 1.25 31/07/04 LIN 2M FLAG POINT 7 2.25 01/08/04 NBY 2MF DANCE FLOWER 5 2.25 03/08/04 CAT 2M MOZAFIN 3 2 04/08/04 NCL 2M TAGULA SUNRISE 3 3 05/08/04 CHP 2M AGENT KENSINGTON 4 1.5 05/08/04 YAR 2MU ARABIAN DANCER 3 0.91 05/08/04 FOL 2M QUERIDO 1 0.33 362 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
05/08/04 FOL 2M MARCHING SONG 1 1.1 06/08/04 NMJ 2M WINDSOR KNOT(I) 1 0.8 06/08/04 HAY 2M COUNTDOWN 1 0.44 07/08/04 LIA 2M RUSSIAN CONSORT 1 2.5 08/08/04 LEI 2M CAPABLE GUEST 1 1.25 08/08/04 WSR 2MU BLAISE HOLLOW 1 2.75 09/08/04 LIA 2M WEDDING PARTY 1 1.1 09/08/04 WSR 2M PRINCE SAMOS 7 3 09/08/04 THI 2MU ABLE CHARLIE 6 2.25 09/08/04 THI 2M CHISELLED 4 0.44 10/08/04 BAT 2MUF SHOSOLOSA 3 1.63 11/08/04 BEV 2M GONE FISHING 3 2.5 11/08/04 YAR 2M JUANTORENA 3 0.36 11/08/04 SAL 2M AFRICAN STORM 7 2.5 11/08/04 SAN 2M PIPER'S ASH 1 0.83 12/08/04 SAL 2MU SIR MONTY 6 3.33 12/08/04 SAN 2M KHARISH 2 2.75 13/08/04 FOL 2MU GRAND PLACE 1 0.83 13/08/04 NMJ 2M MUTAMAASEK 7 2.5 13/08/04 NMJ 2M COUP D'ETAT 6 2.75 14/08/04 NMJ 2MF CASSYDORA 1 3.5 14/08/04 NMJ 2MF COUNTY CLARE 3 3.5 14/08/04 RIP 2MU ALONG THE NILE 6 4.5 14/08/04 RIP 2MU ARTIC FOX 13 4.5 14/08/04 GOO 2M GOODWOOD SPIRIT 3 2 15/08/04 PON 2M HANSEATIC LEAGUE 6 0.73 15/08/04 BAT 2MU EDGE FUND 9 2 16/08/04 NOT 2MU BREAKING SHADOW 3 3 16/08/04 BRI 2M ASIAN TIGER 1 1.88 16/08/04 WSR 2M SANT JORDI 1 3 16/08/04 WSR 2M COOL PANIC 5 3 17/08/04 HAM 2M PROFIT'S REALITY 3 1.5 18/08/04 YOR 2M RAJWA 2 1.5 18/08/04 NOT 2MF SINGHALESE 3 5.5 18/08/04 NOT 2MF AUTHENTICATE 6 5.5 19/08/04 CHP 2M ARABIAN DANCER 5 3.33 20/08/04 SOA 2M KOMAC 1 2 22/08/04 FOL 2MU GROUP CAPTAIN 2 2.75 23/08/04 WSR 2M JUANTORENA 4 1.5 24/08/04 YAR 2M PIANOFORTE 4 0.83 25/08/04 BRI 2MU PHLAUNT 3 1.25 26/08/04 LIA 2M TOFFEE VODKA 1 3 26/08/04 LIA 2M TREMAR 1 1.25 27/08/04 NMJ 2MCG JACK THE GIANT 9 3 27/08/04 NMJ 2MF SINGHALESE 3 3 363 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
27/08/04 NMJ 2MF PLAYFUL ACT 1 0.53 27/08/04 NMJ 2MCG THE DUKE OF DIXIE 3 1.25 27/08/04 THI 2MU NORTHERN SECRET 7 2.25 27/08/04 THI 2M STRETFORD END 4 0.67 27/08/04 THI 2MU SECRET HISTORY 1 2 28/08/04 NMJ 2M WISE OWL 4 3 28/08/04 GOO 2MF JE SUIS BELLE 2 1.1 28/08/04 RED 2M TSAROXY 1 2.25 29/08/04 YAR 2M SIGN WRITER 3 1.88 30/08/04 WAR 2MU BRIANNSTA 1 4.5 30/08/04 WAR 2MU POLAR DAWN 1 3.5 30/08/04 EPS 2M MISTER GENEPI 3 2.75 30/08/04 NCL 2M MOZAFIN 8 0.36 30/08/04 CHP 2MF RESISTANCE HEROINE 7 2.75 31/08/04 RIP 2MU OCEANICO DOT COM 1 2.75 01/09/04 YOR 2M BANCHIERI 3 1.75 02/09/04 SAL 2MF DONYANA 1 4 02/09/04 SAL 2MF BAHJA 3 2.5 02/09/04 SAL 2MF PROUD SCHOLAR 6 2.5 02/09/04 RED 2MU TAGULA SUNRISE 2 0.4 02/09/04 CAR 2MU CHISELLED 2 3 03/09/04 KEM 2M KHARISH 1 2.25 03/09/04 KEM 2MF CODE ORANGE 2 0.67 03/09/04 HAY 2M JUANTORENA 2 1.63 04/09/04 THI 2MU MCELDOWNEY 7 2.25 05/09/04 YOR 2MU RIDDER 1 2.5 06/09/04 BAT 2MUF ARABIAN DANCER 1 3.5 06/09/04 BAT 2MUF AGENT KENSINGTON 9 3.5 06/09/04 WAR 2MU THE PHEASANT FLYER 1 1.75 07/09/04 LIA 2MF GONE FISHING 3 0.91 07/09/04 CAT 2MU RINGAROOMA 2 1.5 08/09/04 DON 2M SHANNON SPRINGS 2 1.25 08/09/04 EPS 2M CORDAGE 4 1.88 09/09/04 CHP 2M MOKARABA 2 1.75 09/09/04 EPS 2M GOODWOOD SPIRIT 1 0.73 10/09/04 SAN 2M UNREAL 1 3 11/09/04 CAR 2M SECRET PACT 1 3 11/09/04 GOO 2M TAMATAVE 4 2.5 13/09/04 RED 2MF MAY MORNING 2 2.5 13/09/04 RED 2M CHINESE PUZZLE 3 2.75 13/09/04 EDI 2MU BOB'S FLYER 4 1.5 13/09/04 BAT 2M DISGUISE 4 1.38 13/09/04 BAT 2M SILVER HIGHLIGHT 2 1 14/09/04 SAL 2M PALATINATE 1 2.25 14/09/04 SAL 2M LOADERFUN 1 2 364 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
14/09/04 THI 2M TARAS TREASURE 1 2.5 14/09/04 THI 2M ABLE CHARLIE 7 2.5 14/09/04 THI 2M HADRIAN 1 2.25 15/09/04 BEV 2M RUSSIAN RIO 5 3 15/09/04 BEV 2M JUANTORENA 1 0.91 15/09/04 BEV 2MU KING'S ACCOUNT 1 1 15/09/04 YAR 2MF DESERT IMP 3 1.63 15/09/04 YAR 2M HOME AFFAIRS 1 0.62 16/09/04 YAR 2M OLIGARCH 3 0.83 17/09/04 NBY 2M NEWSROUND 1 0.4 18/09/04 LIA 2MU ELRAFA MUJAHID 1 4 18/09/04 LIA 2MU BOLD COUNSEL 6 4 18/09/04 NBY 2M MUSEEB 2 3 18/09/04 WAR 2M RED AFFLECK 1 0.67 19/09/04 HAM 2M LOVE PALACE 1 0.62 20/09/04 KEM 2MF QUICKFIRE 1 0.62 20/09/04 KEM 2M AMEEQ 9 1 20/09/04 CHP 2M DUROOB 3 1.75 21/09/04 NMR 2M FORWARD MOVE(I) 1 2 21/09/04 NMR 2MF TITIAN TIME 1 2.75 21/09/04 NMR 2MCG GROSVENOR SQUARE 1 2 21/09/04 NMR 2M KING MARJU 1 0.91 22/09/04 LIA 2MU WATCHMYEYES 2 1.1 22/09/04 LIA 2MU POLLITO 3 1.75 23/09/04 PON 2M WISE OWL 1 0.53 23/09/04 PON 2M LITTLE MISS GRACIE 1 1.38 24/09/04 HAY 2MF MOLLY MARIE 2 1.5 24/09/04 HAY 2MCG LORD MAYFAIR 6 3.5 24/09/04 ASC 2M DAVID JUNIOR 1 1 25/09/04 RIP 2MUF LADY DAN 16 3 25/09/04 HAY 2MCG MOZAFIN 1 1.1 27/09/04 WSR 2M SPEIGHTSTOWN 1 1.25 27/09/04 WSR 2M EVA SONEVA SO FAST 1 1.25 28/09/04 NOT 2MF SHARAIJI BLOSSOM 1 1.38 28/09/04 NOT 2MF ENTERTAINING 2 2.75 28/09/04 NOT 2MF INDIENA 3 1 29/09/04 NCL 2M GOLDEN FURY 3 1.5 29/09/04 NOT 2M DISGUISE 2 2.75 29/09/04 SAL 2M SUBYAN DREAMS 5 2.25 30/09/04 GOO 2MF LOVE THIRTY 1 0.83 04/10/04 WSR 2M HANSEATIC LEAGUE 1 3 05/10/04 CAT 2M BEN CASEY 5 1.5 06/10/04 LIA 2M QADAR 1 0.91 07/10/04 WOA 2MU WATCHMYEYES 1 1.75 365 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
08/10/04 YOR 2M PIVOTAL'S PRINCESS 2 2.5 09/10/04 WAR 2M MOON FOREST 1 0.73 09/10/04 YOR 2M MISTER GENEPI 1 0.62 09/10/04 YOR 2M NOBLE DUTY 3 0.62 11/10/04 WSR 2M HOLLY SPRINGS 2 0.83 12/10/04 LEI 2M LUIS MELENDEZ 1 2.5 12/10/04 LEI 2M CAVE OF THE GIANT 9 4 13/10/04 LIA 2M KING'S KAMA 3 1.63 13/10/04 LIA 2M KING'S MAJESTY 2 1.1 14/10/04 NMR 2M RIVER ROYALE 3 3.5 15/10/04 RED 2M WILLIAM TELL(I) 2 1.75 15/10/04 BRI 2M OLIGARCH 1 1.1 16/10/04 CAT 2M FINE LADY 2 2 16/10/04 WOA 2M PLANET 2 3 16/10/04 WOA 2M SPECTAIT 3 3 18/10/04 PON 2MU TURKS WOOD 8 3 19/10/04 WOA 2MU BELLY DANCER 2 1.25 19/10/04 WOA 2M RAINBOW IRIS 8 2.5 19/10/04 BAT 2M GIMASHA 12 1.88 19/10/04 BAT 2M WOTCHALIKE 1 0.5 19/10/04 BAT 2M TAMATAVE 4 2 20/10/04 NOT 2M ROYAL JET 5 0.91 21/10/04 BRI 2M COUP D'ETAT 3 1.1 22/10/04 DON 2M ROYAL MOUGINS 5 4 22/10/04 DON 2M DANIEL THOMAS 2 1.88 23/10/04 WOA 2MU IL PRANZO 1 2.75 23/10/04 NBY 2M SPEAR THISTLE 1 2.75 27/10/04 YAR 2M BUREAUCRAT 6 2.25 28/10/04 LIA 2MF ROYAL JELLY 1 3.5 28/10/04 LIA 2MF ARCHEOLOGY 2 3.5 28/10/04 LIA 2MF CELTIQUE 2 2 28/10/04 LIA 2MCG DANIEL THOMAS 1 0.67 28/10/04 LIA 2MCG KING'S MAJESTY 1 1.63 29/10/04 NMR 2M ORANMORE CASTLE 6 1.5
Favform
He sidled up to me in the betting shop and whispered, "I've got a great system for you." Now, I should explain that this was not some suspicious stranger, nor a good friend who knew of my interest in systematic betting, but an ordinary fellow-punter that I would see in the shop occasionally and exchange greetings of the kind - "How's your luck?" "All bad." "Picking any winners?" "No, I couldn't pick my nose." I should also explain that this encounter took place about the middle of July this year; thats important. He turned to his Racing Post, had a quick look through it and then announced, "No, there's not a bet today. But anyway, here's what to do."
I'm a sucker for such approaches and listened attentively to what he had to say. When he had finished I felt an absolute sense of anti-climax and disappointment, and yet I knew that what he was saying was completely true - every winner was genuine and the huge prices were well documented. So, what was his wonderful system? Simply, back all the selections of Pricewise in the Racing Post. I like to think of myself as a reasonably switched-on punter and I've been well aware of Pricewise since its earliest days. As I recall, Mark Coton was one of the first writers of the column, and since then many who have followed him have gone on to fortune, if not fame, as successful telephone tipsters. Mel Collier comes to mind as a recent example, and I'd be happy to punt a quid that Tom Segal, the present incumbent, will be following that profitable money trail before too long. So, if I know all this, why was I not cashing in on it like my fellow-punter in the betting shop? A good question. I was fully aware of Pricewise's great run of winners, but because I had not got in on it at the start and because, unless you are very quick you miss out on the value of the early odds on offer, I had not felt inclined to back one of Pricewise's great winners. As I write these notes around mid August, it would seem that the golden run of Pricewise has perhaps come to an end for the moment. And I can't help but remember hearing John McCririck on Morning Line some time ago sounding off about how Pricewise had just suffered a losing run of quite alarming proportions; and what can happen once can easily happen again. These are just a few of the thoughts that crossed my mind that day as my punter pal revealed to me his wonderful system. I know that some of you out there are keen golfers, so here's something for you - a golfing joke. Husband and wife were out together having a game when the wife was stung rather painfully by a wasp. The husband rushed her to a doctor, who was himself a
golfing enthusiast, and explained the problem. "And whereabouts were you stung?" asked the doctor. "Between the first and second hole, replied the lady. "My goodness, said the doctor with some interest, "you must have a really wide stance!" That was too short; wed better have another one. This is a true story concerning a friend of mine who really is a bit of a comedian. We were having a game this day and he hadn't been playing at all well. Then to make matters worse, as he was walking out of a bunker he trod on the bunker rake that was lying there, and it came up and hit him a painful blow in a delicate area. When he'd recovered he said, "Ooh, that was sore! But it's the best two balls I've hit all day." Favform is the name of our system for this month, and the name more-or-less sums it up. You'll be backing carefully selected favourites with a special kind of form and it's not, perhaps, the kind of form you might be expecting. It dates from the time of the Sporting Life, so when it mentions using the betting forecast of that paper, then, as usual, I'd suggest the forecast of the Racing Post to replace it. I've just had a look at the results it gives and they cover a period, Flat and N.H., of over six months. If we can believe them, the strike rate is an incredible 74%, including a winning run of 14 and a losing one of only 3. The points profit works out at just under 30, which is more than the total number of selections for the period. If that kind of form can be maintained, it would certainly be a favourite with me. Favform This method involves looking for horses that despite a poor previous outing are considered well clear favourite over the rest of the field, by having a forecast S.P. (Sporting Life) well apart from the second favourite forecast. So, whereas many methods
are simply rating formulae, this method highlights a more 'intuitive' selection. This approach is extremely successful as the results show. Selections are made as follows for all races, N.H. or Flat, shown in the Sporting Life. 1. Consider only horses that are clear favourite in the S.P. betting forecast shown in the Sporting Life for that day. 2. Note the S.P. forecast in the Sporting Life for these horses (this must be between 11/10 and 5/2 inclusive) and also the 2nd favourite forecast S.P. (which must be greater than or equal to 11/4). These two forecasts must fall into one of the following combinations. Forecast S.P. of Favourite Forecast S.P. of 2nd Favourite 11/10 Greater than or equal to 11/4 5/4 Greater than or equal to 11/4 11/8 Greater than or equal to 11/4 6/4 Greater than or equal to 3/1 13/8 Greater than or equal to 3/1 7/4 Greater than or equal to 7/2 15/8 Greater than or equal to 7/2 2/1 Greater than or equal to 7/2 9/4 Greater than or equal to 7/2 5/2 Greater than or equal to 4/1 3. Eliminate horses which are racing for the first time in the season, unless they have never raced before in races shown in the Sporting Life. 4. If the horse has raced that season, the result as shown in the Sporting Life must be '0' for its previous outing, i.e. it finished the race, but out of the first four places.
5. In the betting market the horse must be clear favourite just before the 'off', and its price must be greater than evens but less than or equal to 3/1. Note, this means that odds-on selections are not backed. When conditions 1 to 5 are satisfied, the horse is backed to win only.
Festival
Strange things can happen in the betting shop. One day a few years ago now I was busy studying form when a stranger came up and engaged me in conversation. I'm always naturally suspicious in these situations and when he proceeded to tell me that he was the driver of a horse-box that had come up to the Perth meeting that day with a couple of runners from a well known Lambourn yard, I had a good idea of what was coming next; especially when he added that both were expected to win later that afternoon, and at good prices. I hastily ended the conversation and drifted away to study my Racing Post to see if I could uncover a noted Lambourn trainer that had two runners at Perth later in the afternoon.
It didn't take too much study to reveal the answer. Kim Bailey at that time was training in Lambourn and sure enough he had two runners at Perth later that day, and they were at decent prices. He was the only trainer that fitted the bill. The fact that he had a good record at Perth was a bonus. I congratulated myself on my cunning and went ahead and backed both of them - just in singles, as I afterwards regretted, and not in a double. They both won. The prices were good, I collected my considerable winnings and was making my way out of the shop when I saw again the horsebox driver. I was thinking about bunging him a few quid from my winnings, just out of generosity, when I saw a good friend that I hadn't seen for a few months, so went to speak to him instead. I pointed out to him the Kim Bailey driver and related my story, expecting him to be impressed by my craftiness. Instead, he laughed for about two minutes. When he managed to stop he told me that my Kim Bailey driver lived along the street from him, and was a noted chancer of the highest calibre who hadn't worked a day in his life. So, although his life was one of total make-believe, my winnings were real enough. I think I had the last laugh. That was a true story and so is this, brought to mind by the mention of the Perth race meeting in the previous anecdote. Mrs Highlander and myself were in Perth for the day, she to do some scientific testing of the power of plastic, or what I would call extreme shopping, while I had to kick my heels in a variety of pubs to pass the hours. At times it's a hard life. I found myself eventually in a pub called The Last Drop. I thought it was a great name for a hostelry and so stayed there sampling quite a few drops of malt, especially that of Highland Park which comes from the most northerly distillery in the U.K. After a while I was feeling in expansive, and probably expensive, mood and addressed the owner to the effect that I considered The Last Drop a most appropriate name for a drinking place where you could enjoy your dram to the very last sensation. He quickly put me right. He explained that it was nothing to do with that at all. It was all about the site of the pub, because it was exactly located on the place where the last gallows in Perth did its grisly business. It was indeed for many the last drop. I felt a sudden chill in the bar and quickly finished my malt before going out into the warm sunshine. Thinking of horses' names the other day I suddenly remembered a name from the past or rather a family of names, all including the word KYBO. It came from an acronym for a piece of matronly advice given to the owner when he was a public schoolboy. Keep Your Bowels Open. The matron's advice continued into history. Before going on to our system for this month, how about this thought that must have occurred to most of us at some point in our pursuit of a winner? A racehorse is the only
animal that can take several thousand people for a ride at the same time. Yes, and I've been aboard many times. Now, for the system. It's called Festival and I've been tempted to introduce it many times in the past because it's a fairly well known one and is frequently referred to in discussions of the best performing systems over the years. I would just like to clarify one or two points. The three form figures should all come from the current season. And secondly, when it talks about the Topspeed ratings under each race, that is no longer how they are recorded. There is now a separate chart for each meeting, race by race, so you will have to look there to see if the selection is placed in the first three. After all that, let's hope that the Festival is a cause for celebration for all of us. Festival You must only use the Racing Post for this method. No other paper will do. If you follow the rules carefully you will end up with one selection, sometimes two. 1. Mark down all the horses that are running who have consistent form, i.e. horses who have finished in the first three on all of their last three runs. Next, you have to eliminate horses to get down to one horse. Eliminate all horses that are not rated in the Topspeed ratings. These can be found underneath each race. There is usually a maximum of three. Next you eliminate all horses that are not forecast favourite in the Racing Post betting forecast. If you are left with one horse then this is the day's selection. If you are left with more than one horse then the horse to be selected is the one at the shortest price in the Racing Post forecast. If two horses or more are quoted at the same price, then all horses are to be backed. If when you have eliminated all the horses that are not forecast favourite you end up with no horses left, you move onto the next rule. Obviously, with not having a selection from the first rule then this rule must be brought into operation. All the horses that qualified through Topspeed ratings will re-qualify. Next, eliminate all horses who are not quoted second favourite in the Racing Post forecast. Once again, if you are left with one horse then this is the selection. If you are left with two or more selections then there is no bet for that day. If no horse qualifies under both rules, then obviously there is no bet for that day. What you are backing is a horse who has shown consistent form and returned good times. So the horse when running against others must have a first rate chance.
Follow The Money Follow The Money is a very simple method with one major surprise - its uncanny ability to select winners. The objective of this system is to follow the clever money. Betting takes place as near to the off as is possible and the current rules for selection are below, however, further research is ongoing and as always commonsense needs applying. 1. Buy a daily newspaper, we recommend the Daily Express as its morning odds are more complete than some other newspapers. We also use the Racing Post. When looking for the morning paper odds on a horse take the highest figure from the two papers. You will find that by using just one or the other some selections will be missed. This is due to the difference in the odds displayed in the respective papers. (see note later} 2. Sit by your television on BBC 1 Ceefax and wait for the first show in the first race. Have your bookmakers account telephone numbers ready.
3. When the first show appears examine all horses quoted at 12/1 or less and compare their price with the early morning price in the Daily Express or Racing Post. Using the chart below, any horse that is 12/1 or less and with a morning price of 20/1 or more is a bet if it holds its price or reduces to just before the off. Likewise a horse quoted as 16/1 in the morning needs to come into 9/1 and so on. For practical reasons it is dangerous to wait until they go behind before betting as they may be off by the time you are talking to your bookie. We recommend you place your bet about 2 minutes before the race. Internet: I am sure that this method can be used over the internet but we have not really experimented with this as there has been no need to. You would obviously use an odds checker service instead of BB1 ceefax and possibly Betfair or an on-line bookmaker to place your bets. Cautions. Be careful not to take these too literally, apply commonsense. 1. Avoid races where more than one horse qualifies. Break this rule if you wish, Byrons Bay on Friday 6th of May came in from 66/1 (Express) to 10/1 and went on to win, even though there was another selection in the race this seemed a value bet. 2. Beware races with lots of non-runners. For example, if the first and second favourites drop out prices on the remaining horses will shorten for the wrong reasons. 3. Avoid races with an obvious odds-on favourite unless it is a selection. .While every little rule that is determined by commonsense cannot be written in stone the winners are there to be found and many people are using the system profitably in their own way.
Odds in the morning paper 20/1 or more 16/1 or more 14/1 or more 12/1 or more 11/1 or more 10/1 or more 9/1 or more 8/1 or more 7/1 or more Coming in to just before the off 12/1 or less 9/1 or less 8/1 or less 7/1 or less 6/1 or less 11/2 or less 5/1 or less 9/2 or less 4/1 or less
Odds in the morning
Coming in to just before the off
paper 6/1 or more 11/2 or more 5/1 or more 9/2 or more 4/1 or more 7/2 or more 10/3 or more 3/1 or more 7/2 or less 10/3 or less 11/4 or less 5/2 or less 9/4 or less 15/8 or less 7/4 or less 6/4 or less
FOOTBALL TREBLE SYSTEM

Please note before you start to use this system please make sure you understand how the system works, you could always do a few dummy runs before actually placing your own cash on it. This system works by choosing three teams, the first team must be at home and must be expected to win, as this team is the banker in our system you are allowed to have odds
of around 4/9, 1/2, 8/15. You should check the stats to see the away teams record if the away team has a good away record choose a different home banker. A good example would be Dumbarton to beat Elgin City Saturday 4th August 2007 Dumbarton are 4/9 with Williamhill This is where the skill comes in, you now have to choose two teams that offer good value for money, odds of between 4/5, 10/11, evens, 11/8, 6/4, 6/5 are the sort of odds that I always take. When choosing these teams try to choose teams that do note lose often as our system covers the draws on the 2nd and 3rd teams in our system. My personal preference is to go for a home team at even money and a away team at around 6/4, 7/5. As an example for this guide I will use the following teams: Morton versus Clyde, 4th August 2007, Morton are 19/20 to win at home. Stenhousemuir versus Arbroath 4th august 2007, Arbroath to win away 11/8 Now we have chosen our three teams, I will show you how the system works. You start with ten pounds, you can use higher stakes if you wish. First bet = Dumbarton Win 4/9, Morton Win 19/20, Arbroath Win 11/8 7 pounds on = 46.83 back, profit = 36.83 Second bet = Dumbarton Win 4/9, Morton Win 19/20, Arbroath draw 11/8 1 pounds on = 9.86 back, loss = 0.14p third bet = Dumbarton Win 4/9, Morton draw 5/2, Arbroath Win 11/8 1 pounds on = 12.01 back, profit = 2.01 Fourth bet = Dumbarton Win 4/9, Morton draw 5/2, Arbroath draw 5/2 1 pounds on = 17.69 back, profit = 7.69
As you can see as long as the banker wins and the other two do not lose you will get your stake money back, you have to use a little bit of common sense, this system works very well at weekends using English and Scottish football, Scottish division three is especially good for the value for money bets. I recommend experimenting with the two value teams, I like choosing one even money home and a good away chance, but you might find more luck with just choosing away teams. I hope this guide has been some use.
GUARANTEED PROFIT SYSTEM

The Guaranteed profit system is based on the main PRICEWISE selection every Saturday in the Racing Post. It is Guaranteed because we are able to back the selection to win at one price in the early morning and then lay it to lose at a shorter price nearer to the start of the race. So, whether the selection wins or loses, you have a guaranteed profit.
Heres how it works In the racing post every Saturday find the Pricewise feature and look for his main selection of the day. Because Pricewise is so popular, the price on offer in the early morning is almost certain to get shorter Particularly if the selection is featured on Channel 4s Morning Line. Lets say that the main Pricewise selection is available at 14/1 in the early morning. Back the selection to win with, say, 100 stake at 14/1. Closer to the off the selection may well be , lets say, 9/1. Lay it to lose on the exchanges with a stake of 150. Scenario 1 The Selection wins You win your win bet and collect 1,400 (100 x 14/1) You lose your lay bet which costs you 1,350 (150 x 9/1) Profit = 50 Scenario 2 The Selection Loses You win your lay bet and collect 150 You lose your 100 stake on the win bet Profit = 50 Whatever happens you make a profit! Here are some useful tips and pointers about operating the system You need to ensure that you can get your bets on at the right level of staking to guarantee a profit. Probably the best-known and most used Betting Exchange is Betfair. They will
take a small commission from your winnings but you are guaranteed to make a profit if you follow the system. In order to get the biggest price possible for your win bet you will need to find out the information required as early as possible. This means acquiring a copy of the racing post bright and early on Saturday morning or you can go onto the Racing Post website to access the information that may be available on Friday evening to give you a head start. The earlier you place your win bet the bigger the price you will obtain which makes laying it off at a shorter price easier. If the main selection is a shorter single figure price bear in mind that it may not drift in that much and your potential profit may not be too large. In this case you may not wish to play on that particular day, although a guaranteed profit is still a profit! The Best horses to back and then lay are obviously those that open up at a big price. This especially the case if they are featured on Channel 4s Morning Line at 8am on Saturday mornings. The interest generated by Channel 4 will virtually guarantee the price of the Pricewise selection will shorten dramatically. PRICEWISE selections are, of course, also available on some weekdays for the big festival meetings. You could also operate the system on these weekdays but Saturday is normally the biggest betting day so the price of the selections are more likely to tumble throughout the morning to give you the best laying opportunities. It is recommended that you paper trade this system for a few weeks to start with, to get the feel of how it works before betting. Start with small stakes to begin with until you feel confident about how the betting exchanges work. You will soon see for yourself that a guaranteed profit is possible every week.
Handicap to Handicap System

Here we are going to examine the statistics for horses which finish first, second or third in handicap races, to see how they perform on their subsequent runs. To try and concentrate on races with reliable form well only include handicaps with at least 14 runners this eliminates small field events which are often run at a false pace creating form which is often not repeated. Well also apply this rule to the subsequent races as quite often handicap form doesnt carry through to non-handicaps, just as big field form doesnt translate well to races with a small amount of runners.
The table below shows the results of all next-time-out runs from horses which finished first, second or third in a handicap with 14 or more runners, as long as they reappeared in another handicap with at least 14 runners YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2001 198 1671 11.85 -177.71 -10.63 2002 173 1570 11.02 -288.44 -18.37 2003 152 1361 11.17 -348.57 -25.61 2004 142 1215 11.69 -168.02 -13.83 2005 128 1117 11.46 -152.33 -13.64 If we break down these results into starting price bands, we can see that blindly backing all of the qualifiers which were sent off as SP fav on their next run would return a loss of just 1.18 LSP% from a total of 1569 bets SP WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Fav 347 1569 22.12 -18.57 -1.18 2nd fav 150 1147 13.08 -167.00 -14.56 3nd fav 87 935 9.30 -248.00 -26.52 4th fav 81 785 10.32 -30.00 -3.82 5th fav 32 563 5.68 -193.50 -34.37 6th fav 28 451 6.21 -125.00 -27.72 7th fav 23 368 6.25 -59.00 -16.03 8th fav+ 45 1116 4.03 -294.00 -26.61 To lose just 1.18% of total stakes from 1569 bets is a solid base to build on, so next well examine the stats of the price bands of these favourites in their qualifying races. SP WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% <7/2 68 264 25.76 -5.28 -2.00 4/1 to 15/2 111 553 20.07 -82.04 -14.84 8/1 to 15/1 111 515 21.55 +19.54 +3.79 16/1 to 28/1 50 197 25.38 +52.46 +26.63
33/1 and more 7 40 17.50 -3.25 -8.13 Very interesting that its the horses which were sent off at the bigger prices on their previous run perform better next time out than the horses which were sent off at short odds. I think this suggests that if a horse is relatively unfancied and runs a big race to finish in the first three in a big field handicap (14 runners or more) then the horse has run above expectations and is probably a little bit ahead of its handicap mark. Conversely, if a horse is fancied and finishes in the first three, it probably hasnt run above expectations (just run to its current mark) and therefore is not ahead of the handicapper. The final stats well look at is the number of days the qualifying runners were off the track before their qualifying run DAYS OFF BEFORE LAST RUN WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 1-7 days 25 112 22.32 +11.75 +10.49 8-15 days 35 179 19.55 -12.59 -7.03 16-31 days 56 231 24.24 +46.38 +20.08 32-47 days 24 71 33.80 +51.21 +72.13 48-79 days 12 43 27.91 +16.50 +38.37 80-111 days 4 13 30.77 +7.25 +55.77 112-223 days 9 75 12.00 -34.00 -45.33 >224 days 3 28 10.71 -17.75 -63.39
Apart from a small loss on the 8-15 days band, it clearly pays to avoid those qualifiers who had been off for at least 112 days before their qualifying run. This is probably because many horses which run a big race after a break are rest-pattern types, who often need another rest before they run again otherwise they bounce and cant reproduce their good previous run. So if we add this final rule, we are left with the following results from the last five seasons YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2001 44 186 23.66 +31.83 +8.20 2002 30 131 22.90 +18.50 +5.01 2003 23 112 20.54 -10.17 -7.65 2004 27 113 23.89 +26.26 +23.24 2005 32 107 29.91 +54.08 +50.54 TOTAL 156 649 24.04 +120.50 +18.57 The rules are. a) Horse must have last raced in a handicap of at least 14 runners, finishing first, second or third, at 8/1 or longer b) Horse must be running in a handicap of at least 14 runners c) Horse must be SP fav (including joint or co-fav) d) The horse must have been off the racecourse for no more than 111 days before its last run Results from 2004 Date Cse RcTyp Horse Position SP 22/02/05 LIA 4+H SENOR EDUARDO 3 4.5 28/03/05 WAR 3H BADDAM 3 2.5 02/04/05 KEM 3+H SEVEN NO TRUMPS 12 4.5 02/04/05 DON 4+H STREAM OF GOLD 1 5 13/04/05 BEV 4+H POLISH POWER 15 4.5 15/04/05 THI 3H KNOCK BRIDGE 2 3.5 25/04/05 WSR 3H DAVENPORT 1 4.5
06/05/05 NOT 3H OAKLEY ABSOLUTE 1 3.33 07/05/05 NMR 3+H KEW GREEN 1 4.5 09/05/05 WSR 3H RAWAABET 12 6 14/05/05 NOT 3+AMH SLING BACK 8 6 17/05/05 RED 3+H TELEPATHIC 10 4 20/05/05 GOO 3+AH ONE WAY TICKET 3 3 24/05/05 LIA 4+BH COMPTON ECLAIRE 3 4 24/05/05 LIN 3H RUMAN 1 2.75 25/05/05 NMR 3H ABIENTOT 8 3.5 26/05/05 AYR 3+H SHIFTY 14 1.88 30/05/05 SAN 4+H DESERT REIGN 4 4.5 03/06/05 THI 3+AH POLAR FORCE 4 4 04/06/05 EPS 4+H CROW WOOD 1 4.5 04/06/05 DON 3+H TOUGH LOVE 2 4 04/06/05 CHP 3+H SIR BLUEBIRD 12 4 06/06/05 PON 3+H KANGARILLA ROAD 6 2.5 07/06/05 SAL 3+H GOLDEN DIXIE 3 5 09/06/05 BRI 3+H CAYMAN BREEZE 1 5.5 09/06/05 BRI 3+H SAXON LIL 3 5.5 13/06/05 WSR 3+H HABANERO 1 5.5 13/06/05 WSR 3H SOUTH O'THE BORDER 3 5.5 13/06/05 WAR 3+H LISTEN TO REASON 5 3.33 15/06/05 YOR 3+H BALLAST 2 5.5 16/06/05 NBY 3+AH ATTORNEY 1 4 22/06/05 SAL 3FH COCONUT SQUEAK 1 4.5 25/06/05 LIA 3H DISOBEY 6 4 02/07/05 LEI 3FH MANIC 4 5 02/07/05 HAY 3+H WINTHORPE 7 6 02/07/05 CAR 4+MH ROUGE ET NOIR 1 4 04/07/05 BAT 3MH MASTER COBBLER 4 5 04/07/05 EDI 3H FOREHAND 11 2.75 04/07/05 WSR 3+H DORCHESTER 11 5 05/07/05 NMJ 3H STETCHWORTH PRINCE 4 5.5 08/07/05 CHE 3H FANTASY DEFENDER 11 5 08/07/05 CHP 3+H MOONLIGHT MAN 1 2.25
11/07/05 WSR 3+H DUNN DEAL 5 5 16/07/05 NBY 3+H ACE OF HEARTS 7 3.5 16/07/05 RIP 3+MH PREMIER PROSPECT 2 2 23/07/05 LIN 3+H LISTEN TO REASON 7 5 27/07/05 GOO 3+H AFRAD 1 5 27/07/05 GOO 4+H WANCHAI LAD 9 2.5 29/07/05 GOO 3+H SIERRA VISTA 5 3 29/07/05 NMJ 3+H POKER PLAYER 2 3.5 30/07/05 DON 3H BOWNESS 3 2 30/07/05 LIN 3+H PORTMEIRION 1 5.5 01/08/05 CAR 3H OUTRAGEOUS FLIRT 3 4 03/08/05 BRI 3+H BOUNDLESS PROSPECT 3 5 04/08/05 YAR 3+MH ROWANBERRY 1 3 04/08/05 BRI 3+SH TAIPAN TOMMY 10 5 06/08/05 LIN 3+H WILL THE TILL 9 6 06/08/05 LIN 3+H LABELLED WITH LOVE 1 3.5 11/08/05 CHP 3+AH SHORT CHANGE 8 2.25 11/08/05 CHP 3+H ELIDORE 1 5 12/08/05 FOL 3+FH KALLISTA'S PRIDE 1 2.5 12/08/05 CAT 3+H KALANI STAR 2 3.5 16/08/05 YOR 3+H BRIDGE LOAN 7 5.5 23/08/05 BRI 3+H KENSINGTON(I) 3 6 26/08/05 NCL 3+H PRESS EXPRESS 1 1.75 27/08/05 YOR 3+DBH IDEALISTIC 1 5 27/08/05 YOR 3+DBH TEDSTALE 11 5 27/08/05 YOR 3H TAX FREE 1 2.25 28/08/05 YAR 3+H CHARLIE TANGO 6 6 29/08/05 CHP 3+H GOT TO BE CASH 9 5 29/08/05 CHP 3+H BALLYBUNION 1 4 02/09/05 HAY 3+BH SILVERHAY 12 4.5 04/09/05 YOR 3+H NEON BLUE 1 3.5 05/09/05 NCL 3+H MUSIOTAL 9 6.5 08/09/05 BAT 3+H NIGHT STORM 1 4 11/09/05 GOO 3+AH DEEPER IN DEBT 1 4 12/09/05 RED 3+AH POLAR FORCE 1 6.5
16/09/05 AYR 3+H ICE PLANET 15 4 16/09/05 NOT 3+H INTAVAC BOY 8 5.5 17/09/05 WAR 3+H WILLHEGO 1 4 17/09/05 AYR 3+H OUT AFTER DARK 14 8 19/09/05 CAR 3H AZUREE 3 4.5 20/09/05 BEV 3+H LIZARAZU 5 3.33 24/09/05 HAY 3+H INCHNADAMPH 12 5.5 27/09/05 NOT 3+H SUMMER RECLUSE 2 5 30/09/05 NMR 3+H KING'S CAPRICE 8 5.5 30/09/05 NMR 3+H MOAYED 16 5.5 30/09/05 LIA 3H DIG DEEP 4 2.25 01/10/05 NMR 3+H BLUE MONDAY 1 5 01/10/05 NMR 3H SPEAR THISTLE 4 5.5 01/10/05 NMR 3H KARLU 10 5.5 03/10/05 PON 2H CHASE THE ACE 2 5 04/10/05 LEI 3+FH DANCE TO THE BLUES 1 5.5 05/10/05 NOT 3+H SECRETARY GENERAL 5 5 08/10/05 SAL 3+H HIGH BRAY 1 3.5 09/10/05 NCL 3+H EXTRA COVER 11 3.5 10/10/05 WSR 2H BOLD CROSS 2 5 11/10/05 LEI 34SH HOH BLEU DEE 8 5 14/10/05 NMR 3+H NOTNOWCATO 1 2.75 16/10/05 EDI 3+H PURE IMAGINATION 2 6.5 20/10/05 BRI 2H HEAVEN CAN WAIT 10 5 22/10/05 NBY 2H WOVOKA 8 4.5 29/10/05 NMR 3+H COMMANDO SCOTT 6 6 05/11/05 DON 3+AH GAME LAD 6 6.5 05/11/05 DON 3+AH WIGWAM WILLIE 15 6.5 12/11/05 LIA 3+H RAMSGILL 1 2.5 26/11/05 LIA 3+H PRIME POWERED 12 4
How the Bookmaker stitches you up

. . . . and how to fight back. If you want to make a long term profit at horse racing you need to understand some simple but fundamental principles about "probability" and the way bookmakers compile their odds.
There is a way to overcome the disadvantage you have against bookmakers, which I'll explain in a moment. First, 'though, let's look at the weapons of the 'enemy'. The bookies are in business to make a profit every week. Not necessarily on every race but, over the long term, they know that if they lose money on one event they will quickly get it back and make their profit on the following races. How do they know that? Simply because the "playing field" slopes in their favour - directly towards your goal. If you were playing soccer against the bookmaker then you would be kicking uphill all the time - and there's no half time when you get the chance to change ends! Here's what I mean. Imagine a three horse race. A bookmaker's odds for the three horses may be expressed something like this: Favourite Outsider = 1.8 = 4.5
2nd Favourite = 3.3
(This is using European digital odds format) We can express these odds as percentages of the total 'book' by dividing them into 100. So: Favourite Outsider = 100/1.8 = 55.55% = 100/4.5 = 22.22%
2nd Favourite = 100/3.3 = 30.30%
If we add up all these percentages then the total comes to 108.07%.

Of course, if the bookmaker's odds represented the REAL chances of the horses winning (which of course can never be accurately known in advance) then the total probabilities should add up to 100%. In other words, that extra 8.07% is all in the bookie's favour and, if all the races were like this, then he would make a consistent 8% profit over the long term. In this example the 8% (called the bookmaker's over-round) is quite low. In reality you'll find over-rounds of 12% or more very often. If your entire strategy is based on "picking winners" then you can pick winners until the cows come home but if you keep betting on fancied horses with level stakes you will eventually lose because the odds are against you. You will always win LESS than the bet is "worth" in real terms. Is there an answer for the professional gambler? Well there are TWO possible ways to fight back against this disadvantage: The first is to try to find "Value" bets. That is to say you look consistently for individual horses that have a better real chance of winning than the bookmaker's odds suggest. This, however, is difficult. Bookmakers know their game very well and trying to find individual chinks in their armour takes some dedication. There are many theories about how to identify "value". Finding a method that works more often than not is well worth the effort. For the value hunter I highly recommend the Value Horse Method. Three years of consistent testing of this method has shown it to produce for the punter the same kind of profits that the bookmaker would normally enjoy.
The second weapon to fight back against the bookie is to use a dynamic staking plan that will recover any losses and boost the value of winning bets. To calculate such a plan on paper would be quite difficult as there are so many factors to take into account. Simple ideas such as doubling up after losing bets are a sure fire road to ruin and should never be resorted to. The Safebet Plan software is a cheap, simple to use, and effective tool, proven to reverse the edge that bookmakers enjoy. So long as your selection method is half decent then Safebet Plan will certainly boost your returns and turn short losing runs back into profits.
How To Spot A Vulnerable Favourite

As the popularity of the betting exchanges grows, so more and more people are looking to profit from horse racing by laying horses to lose. But what is the best strategy? On the face of it, one might think that simply betting that the outsider will lose is a quick way to make easy money. In reality, the best horse to bet against is the race favourite.
Betting that the outsider at 20/1 will lose will be fine to start with, and doubtless you will soon develop a winning run of profits. However, sooner rather than later that 33/1 shot with absolutely no chance will come home in front, and you may well have laid him at a price of 52.00 (for example) on Betfair. BOOM! There goes all your hard-earned winnings, and more! Generally a horse will be the favourite because it has the weight of the markets money behind it, which forces the price down. Simple economics. There will be a point however, where the horses price is too low compared to its actual chance of winning. Beyond this true price is where the layers will start to make a profit. So we go ahead with this strategy, and we proceed to lay every favourite, right? Wrong. Horse racing favourites are often priced too low. This is how bookmakers have made their profit for generations. But they are not priced too low every time sometimes a favourite is the most likely horse to win a race for very good reason. If we took the simplified approach of laying every favourite, after a while betting on the exchanges we would remain around the break even point, because the exchange markets are a very efficient barometer of probability. However, after paying commission on our winnings, we would watch our account slowly draining away like water down a plughole. Not good. So how do we know which favourites are true favourites, and which are weak or vulnerable? One method is to analyse the positive aspects of a horses form. It will not surprise you to learn that more favourites win when they have fewer question marks against them. This is not rocket science, but taking the time to separate strong contenders from weak favourites will give you the edge to make that all-important profit.
Below is a list of form criteria you can apply to the market leader in any given race: 1. Horse and Class: Must have shown the ability or obvious potential to seriously compete in the class of today's race. 2. Horse and Track: Must have proven ability on either today's track or one with similar characteristics. 3. Horse and Recent Form: Analysis of general form over the last few weeks. 4. Horse and Race Distance: Must have shown the ability or obvious potential to run competitively over today's distance. 5. Horse and Draw: Highlight any obvious disadvantage if applicable. 6. Horse and Going: Must have shown an obvious ability to handle today's ground. 7. Trainer and Track: Trainer must have at least a 10% strike rate on today's track. 8. Trainer and Recent Record: Trainer must have had at least two placed or one winning horse in the last 14 days. 9. Jockey and Track: Jockey must have at least a 10% strike rate on today's track. Rating a favourite as weak or otherwise is entirely subjective, but you may determine (for example) that a horse with 3 or more question marks or negatives over their form would be considered a horse worth opposing. As always the question of price will come into the equation. A horse with several boxes left to tick in the list above may be a favourite in a weak race at 5/1. This may be a fair price, and you may not want to get involved in laying him to lose. On the other hand, when a 2yo filly steps hoof onto the track for the first time, and is offered at odds-on simply because she is ridden by Frankie Dettori on behalf of the Godolphin training empire, then you may want to consider taking her on. In summary: race favourites are often a profitable source of potential Lay Bets, as they
are often over-bet and offered at prices too low compared to their actual chance of winning. Take the time to analyse key aspects of the horses form and judge whether they are a strong or weak favourite. If you decide they are vulnerable to defeat and the price is short enough, then you have identified a good lay bet.
How to spot the winner in the paddock

I believe the punter at the track has an enormous advantage when it comes to the final selection in a race. Unfortunately you can't learn the art of judging a racehorse's fitness by appearance overnight. I still feel it is well worth the practice whenever you can get to the track. Horses come in all sizes and fitness in a large horse can be harder to judge than in a smaller one. There are some pointers you can look for, however and these will get you started. As with everything - practice approaches perfection.
General rules I recommend starting with races where there are only a few runners, say no more than six or seven. Concentrate, at first, on only the top races of the day's card. The reason being that you can be pretty sure in the top races of the day the runners will be actually trying to win !! (Don't they always? If you really need an answer to this question, go back to square one, do not pass Go and miss two turns whilst you work it out :-) ). In races with a large field and poor race money many runners will simply be there for an outing. Here are the basics . . . 1. Sweating This is not a simple test because, like humans, horses tend to sweat either when they are very fit or very unfit. However a really fit horse is likely to sweat less than an unfit one. Still, a light build up of sweat on a horse's coat can be a good sign. It means he's raring to go and keen to race. A light ring of sweat between a horse's back legs is also a sign of keeness. Be on your guard, however when you see a heavy sweat build up. Some horses will sweat heavily regardless of fitness through getting worked up and nervous - so horses that have worked up a real sweat close to the start of the race should be avoided. It's unlikely they'll be at their best. Light sweaters in the paddock, however, frequently dry out once they canter down to the start. Worth taking some binoculars to check how they're doing as they go down to the line. Sometimes TV watchers get a good enough view at this point to be able to make worthwhile decisions. 2. Coat Condition
Generally a glossy coat indicates a healthy and fit animal. Dullness tends to indicate the opposite. Again don't judge on this feature alone as some horses rarely have shiny coats nomatter what. 3. Muscle Tone The definition of a horse's muscles is probably the most significant factor. There are many places to look but, for beginners, concentrate on the following: First look at the hind quarters (behind the saddle). From a point about a quarter of the way down the rump through to the top of the rear legs look for a sharply defined line. This muscle line is quite obvious when it is there and it's a pretty good indication of a horse's condition. The sharper the line the better. Second, look at the belly and the rib cage. A hint of the rib cage visible indicates no excess fat. Of course it shouldn't be too prominent or the horse may be under nourished. Lastly look over the chest, especially the area just above the forelegs. Well defined muscles here are a clear sign of fitness. Over all behaviour Finally check the horse's over all behaviour and demeanour. A horse walking around the paddock with its head held low and looking listless is probably not fit. You want to see a springy step and bright eyes, looking keen and alert. Also a horse with calm appearance is likely to run better than one that is acting up in a nervous fashion. Horses that are hurling themselves around and rearing up are wasting vital energy. No matter how inexperienced about paddock judging you are - sometimes you'll just know by looking that a horse is supremely fit. That feeling is your instinct and, through practice, it can be built upon.
Remember you can never judge a potential winner by appearance alone. You should first have narrowed the field with some good prior research or system. If you learn to use this visual skill as the final 10% of your process then you'll certainly get an extra edge that other punters are not benefitting from.
Jump Into Profit

A word to the wise - and of course I include all our readers in that category - and that word is Signposts. What I am suggesting is that the daily feature in the Racing Post which goes under that name and which has been appearing there for several months now is of enormous interest and assistance to anyone engaged in trying to make a profit by backing horses; and isn't that all of us? It truly is a wonderful collection of up to the minute statistics some reasonably familiar and available from other sources - but others less so, and to the best of my knowledge, not to be found elsewhere. To find them all together, condensed in a couple of pages, is really helpful to all systems enthusiasts. Let's have a look at some Signposts.
Hot trainers and hot jockeys is self-explanatory, but is a signpost that can certainly point you in the right direction. It provides you with those trainers and jockeys who have the best win/run % over the past 14 days and should be heeded at all times. Conversely, cold trainers and cold jockeys should make you think twice about backing their horses. Then there is the section which gives trainer-jockey combinations with the best % of wins at the course, with at least three course wins. There are systems based on this single fact, and I would suggest taking a close look at combinations with a win ratio of 35% or over. Incidentally, just at random, I'm looking at Signposts for the 29th of July, and a trainerjockey combination of 35% or more has indicated a nice 13/2 winner. There is much, much more in Signposts, all of it I can recall cropping up in systems over the years. For example, it lists horses dropping to seller class for the first time, horses wearing blinkers or visor for the first time, horses who ran in the same race in previous seasons and horses who are out again within seven days of a win. Each of these groups is worth close scrutiny by itself. But there's more! We're given horses that are racing off a lower official handicap rating than they have won off last year, the Topspeed horses that are most points clear in handicaps, the Postmark horses that are most points clear in handicaps, the horses that have travelled furthest to contest today's race, and a particular favourite of mine, the information that I am now checking for the 7th of August that has given 120 winners from 270 selections - a strike rate of over 44% with a profit of more than 2,360 to a level 100 stake. Not a bad return for looking out something that will take you less than ten seconds each day to discover. The secret? It's the Most Popular Nap selection of the day, all worked out for you in Signposts. But even that is not the best of Signposts in my opinion. However, we've had so much to think about already this time that I'll leave till next month the system selections it gives which from this random choice of Racing Post for 29th July included winners at 6/1, 11/1, 5/1, and 13/2. Obviously that doesn't happen every day, but once you know which Signpost to look for you'll find your way to some good winners every day. That's for next month then. A little more on horses' names. I saw one the other day called Seven Shirt, and when I looked a bit closer I saw why it was so named. It was owned by Mrs Jean Keegan, wife of the legendary wearer of that shirt. And still on the footballing theme, new England soccer star Wayne Rooney tried to get two names registered for his horses, but they were turned down. I think we can see why. The first was Hoof Hearted, and the naming authorities saw it, not as some kind of anatomical description of a horse, but rather as a question as to who was causing the bubbles in the team bath! The second was Norfolk Enchants. Now, I'm sure these same naming bods are aware that parts of East Anglia are
very beautiful, but they were not to be taken in. They could recognise the opinion that the opposing team hadn't a hope of winning! In France, it seems, they are not so particular. Trainer Ellie Lalouche has just registered a horse with the name Big Tits. I'm sure at some point it will come in for massive support. The system this month is around a quarter of a century old (it had a badly done handwritten presentation), but it is pretty effective I can assure you. I have seen old results for it, but they are not to hand at the moment. However, as I recall, they showed considerable profit, as the system name suggests. Finally, the system says it is to be used between November and March, so that makes it a timely choice for this month. Jump Into Profit This system should be operated only during the National Hunt Season proper - i.e. the period between November and March when there is no Flat racing. The operating rules are as follows: 1. Novice races only - hurdles and chases, including novice handicaps and novice sellers. 2. In these selected races only, check the forecast favourite, and it must satisfy the following conditions. (A) Placed second or third last time out, current season. (B) Beaten favourite on its last outing. (C) Form rated in the top two (e.g. Daily Mail Formcast, Mirror Spotform, Express W Factor, etc). (D) It must be running again within 21 days of its last outing. Providing all the above conditions are satisfied and in the specific type of race stated, the horse will be a 'Jump Into Profit' selection. There is no restriction on the number of runners. This system should continue to do well on a level stake basis, but because of the very high win ratio and the consequent winning runs, profits can be boosted by the application of the 10% staking plan.
Lingfield AW Favourites System

In Flat racing, SP (starting price) favourites win, on average, 31.28% of all races. This percentage figure can vary slightly from year to year, but as can be seen from the table below, its a safe bet that this strike rate will continue in the years ahead.
YEAR 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 WINS 1025 1114 1080 1157 1390 1248 1309 1320 1317 1492 RUNS 3280 3347 3399 3525 4085 4032 4155 4250 4319 4602 STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 31.25 -330.46 -10.07 -7.46 33.28 -177.93 -5.32 -3.95 31.77 -241.95 -7.12 -4.16 32.82 -279.22 -7.92 -4.45 34.03 -101.47 -2.48 -1.55 30.95 -328.87 -8.16 -6.53 31.50 -398.88 -9.60 -7.12 31.06 -321.79 -7.57 -5.71 30.49 -313.81 -7.27 -6.20 32.42 -215.10 -4.67 -3.90
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003
1410 1399 1402 1476 1479 1465 1490 1681
4647 4613 4661 4792 4750 4891 4936 5244
30.34 30.33 30.08 30.80 31.14 29.95 30.19 32.06
-416.19 -418.39 -513.59 -326.81 -269.34 -434.81 -426.40 -285.06
-8.96 -7.06 -9.07 -7.89 -11.02 -7.32 -6.82 -6.21 -5.67 -6.15 -8.89 -7.04 -8.64 -6.76 -5.44 -4.22
24254 77528 31.28 -5800.07 -7.48 -5.75
We will now look more closely at these SP favourites, and see how they perform in relation to the forecast price of the second favourite. A forecast 2/1 favourite will have a ratio of 2 if the second favourite is forecast at 4/1 (4 divided by 2), and a ratio of 2.5 if the second favourite is forecast at 5/1 (5 divided by 2) etc.
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% ratio = 1 (jt or co favs) 687 2996 22.93 -344.35 -11.49 ratio >1 - <1.1 1389 5834 23.81 -575.80 -9.87 ratio 1.1 - <1.25 4644 18368 25.28 -1323.64 -7.21 ratio 1.25 - <1.5 4843 17907 27.05 -1509.89 -8.43 ratio 1.5 - <2 4603 14691 31.33 -1031.18 -7.02 ratio 2 - <3 3695 9793 37.73 -726.46 -7.42 ratio 3 - <4 1326 2825 46.94 -151.76 -5.37 ratio 4 - <5 801 1515 52.87 -23.52 -1.55 ratio 5 - <7 945 1663 56.83 -58.87 -3.54 ratio >=7 1321 1936 68.23 -54.60 -2.82
Quite clearly, the bigger the difference between the first and second favourites in the betting forecast, the more chance of victory for the SP favourite. The category groups where the SP favourites have a ratio of 2 or larger all hit a strike rate bigger than the overall average, so it is these we will concentrate on. Below is the table of each individual racecourse for these SP favourites, in strike rate order.
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP Catterick 239 464 51.51 -4.56 Redcar 272 531 51.22 18.30 Warwick 175 342 51.17 40.43 Chester 140 276 50.72 10.06 Thirsk 190 377 50.40 -10.33 Beverley 273 546 50.00 2.82 Southwell (turf) 16 32 50.00 0.21 Pontefract 211 424 49.76 -11.11 Hamilton 231 469 49.25 9.04 York 197 402 49.00 17.08 Wolverhampton (turf) 74 153 48.37 -13.64 Leicester 244 510 47.84 1.58 Lingfield (turf) 254 534 47.57 -10.95
Ayr 203 430 47.21 -41.44 Yarmouth 253 536 47.20 -30.59 Goodwood 249 533 46.72 -10.28 Brighton 271 581 46.64 -47.60 Carlisle 114 245 46.53 -16.55 Windsor 207 445 46.52 -6.63 Nottingham 254 550 46.18 -10.41 Newcastle 196 425 46.12 -51.32 Chepstow 135 294 45.92 -26.25 Musselburgh 191 420 45.48 -29.05 Newmarket (July) 215 474 45.36 -26.21 Newmarket (Rowley) 209 472 44.28 -17.84 Ripon 181 412 43.93 -59.55 Folkestone 170 390 43.59 -28.03 Wolverhampton (aw) 345 795 43.40 -68.76 Bath 160 369 43.36 -57.54 Haydock 211 493 42.80 -67.13 Lingfield (aw) 423 992 42.64 -72.20 Doncaster 219 514 42.61 -61.87 Southwell (aw) 455 1073 42.40 -81.22 Newbury 176 417 42.21 -48.21 Sandown 199 478 41.63 -47.66 Kempton 158 381 41.47 -32.53 Salisbury 160 388 41.24 -39.19 Epsom 81 198 40.91 -15.11 Ascot 137 367 37.33 -70.94
The average strike rate is 45.61%, and eight tracks showed a LSP from backing these SP favourites blindly. Its interesting that the three all-weather (AW) tracks all hit a strike rate lower than average, suggesting that these clear favourites on the sand dont perform well as their turf counterparts in general. This is possibly down to the fact that a lot of horses simply do not translate their good turf form on to the slower Fibresand, so although a horse may be well ahead of their rivals in terms of class (and therefore start as a short price favourite), if it doesnt take to the different underfoot conditions then it will almost certainly fail to win. But what about Polytrack? This newer surface is far more similar to turf than the old style Fibresand and Equitrak, so logically these clear SP favourites should perform better at the Polytrack courses of Lingfield and Wolverhampton than on the Fibresand at Southwell. If we look at the record of these horses on the sand, broken down into surface types, we can see that the stats back up this logic. SOUTHWELL (Fibresand)
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% 1989 6 12 50.00 0.40 3.33 1990 37 81 45.68 -4.12 1991 29 64 45.31 -7.45 1992 23 66 34.85 -9.48 1993 37 80 46.25 -8.83 1994 20 47 42.55 -6.83 1995 22 54 40.74 -9.46 LSP LSP% -5.09 -11.64 -14.36 -11.04 -14.53 -17.52
1996 24 61 39.34 -12.06 -19.77 1997 23 61 37.70 -11.93 -19.56 1998 41 82 50.00 11.27 13.74 1999 31 78 39.74 -13.48 -17.28 2000 41 100 41.00 -9.67 -9.67 2001 48 110 43.64 0.20 0.18 2002 39 89 43.82 4.17 4.69 2003 34 88 38.64 -3.95 -4.49 455 1073 42.40 -81.22 -7.57
WOLVES (Fibresand)
YEAR 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 0 2 0.00 -2.00 -100.00 27 58 46.55 -5.63 -9.71 26 51 50.98 -3.69 -7.24 24 54 44.44 -3.61 -6.69 22 58 37.93 -8.88 -15.31 32 74 43.24 -6.83 -9.23 37 69 53.62 5.96 8.64 41 91 45.05 -7.66 -8.42 38 103 36.89 -17.52 -17.01 44 121 36.36 -22.26 -18.40 54 114 47.37 3.36 2.95
345 795 43.40 -68.76 -8.65
LINGFIELD (Equitrak)
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 1989 5 11 45.45 1.06 9.64 1990 12 34 35.29 -10.61 -31.21 1991 27 56 48.21 3.50 6.25 1992 28 59 47.46 -1.10 -1.86 1993 24 58 41.38 -11.92 -20.55 1994 14 52 26.92 -22.18 -42.65 1995 33 67 49.25 -1.86 -2.78 1996 31 73 42.47 -11.26 -15.42 1997 35 76 46.05 -9.33 -12.28 1998 32 77 41.56 -9.02 -11.71 1999 32 90 35.56 -25.40 -28.22 2000 32 73 43.84 -3.27 -4.48 2001 19 41 46.34 4.17 10.17 324 767 42.24 -97.22 -12.68
LINGFIELD (Polytrack)
YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2001 6 23 26.09 -5.56 -24.17 2002 46 102 45.10 22.11 21.68 2003 47 100 47.00 8.47 8.47 99 225 44.00 25.02 11.12
I have no stats for 2004 but could it be just a coincidence that the results on Polytrack have produced decent profits whereas those on Fibresand and Equitrak have produced losses? The poor results in 2001 could have been down to the new surface bedding in. As mentioned earlier, Polytrack is by far the closest match to turf of all the all-weather surfaces, and Id bet that these results will continue, not just at Lingfield but also at Wolves, where a new Polytrack surface has replaced the old Fibresand. Rules: a) Horse must be SP favourite b) The forecast 2nd favourite must be at least twice the forecast price of the forecast favourite c) Polytrack only (Lingfield and Wolves) Here are the full results from Lingfield since the Polytrack surface replaced the old Equitrack Date Cse RcTyp Horse Position SP 13/11/01 LIA 3+M MERCURY RISING 8 1 15/11/01 LIA 2M AZILLION 1 2.5 15/11/01 LIA 3+AH PULAU PINANG 1 3.33 15/11/01 LIA 3+M KAMA SUTRA 2 0.73 15/11/01 LIA 2S PLAY MISTY 8 3.5 20/11/01 LIA 2I OMEY STRAND 3 1.1 04/12/01 LIA 2M PLAYAPART 1 0.36 04/12/01 LIA 3+N(0 DUNEDIN RASCAL 8 2.5 04/12/01 LIA 3+H PULAU PINANG 1 1.25 04/12/01 LIA 3+BH TUFTY HOPPER 2 2.75 12/12/01 LIA 3+ REEF DIVER 1 1.75 19/12/01 LIA 3+H GASCON 4 3.5 19/12/01 LIA 2H NOBLE ACADEMY 8 1.5 19/12/01 LIA 3+H PORT MORESBY 5 2.25 19/12/01 LIA 3+M BEST BOND 1 2.25 19/12/01 LIA 3+H PURE ELEGANCIA 2 2.75 22/12/01 LIA 3+ CELTIC THATCHER 3 2.25 28/12/01 LIA 3+AH PORT MORESBY 6 3 28/12/01 LIA 2M THUNDERING FALLS 9 2.75 28/12/01 LIA 3+H GERONIMO 7 1.75 29/12/01 LIA 2H STEELY DAN 2 1 29/12/01 LIA 3+M MERSEY SOUND 3 0.57 29/12/01 LIA 3+S UNDER CONSTRUCTION 2 1 03/01/02 LIA 4+M MERSEY SOUND 1 1.63 05/01/02 LIA 4+BH POSITIVE PROFILE 1 1.5 05/01/02 LIA 4+H WHALEEF 2 1.75 08/01/02 LIA 4+AH MUTABASSIR 4 3.5 08/01/02 LIA 3S DISPOL EVITA 1 0.8 09/01/02 LIA 4+M PARAGON OF VIRTUE 1 1.75 12/01/02 LIA 4+I ASCARI 8 4 404 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
12/01/02 LIA 4+I MYSTERI DANCER 13 4 12/01/02 LIA 3M FRAZZLED 2 2 16/01/02 LIA 4+M DENNIS OUR MENACE 1 2.5 16/01/02 LIA 4+I SOUNDS LUCKY 3 4 16/01/02 LIA 3S BULLFIGHTER 1 1.88 23/01/02 LIA 4+I LAKOTA BRAVE 1 0.91 23/01/02 LIA 3AH TIPTRONIC 1 1.75 23/01/02 LIA 4+I COWBOYS AND ANGELS 1 1.25 23/01/02 LIA 3+M FRAZZLED 2 0.62 23/01/02 LIA 4+H CALLING DOT COM 7 1.38 23/01/02 LIA 4+S URGENT SWIFT 2 2.25 30/01/02 LIA 4+H CALLING DOT COM 1 1.2 30/01/02 LIA 4+MH FLORIAN 2 2 30/01/02 LIA 3+I NINEACRES 7 1.88 30/01/02 LIA 3S FAX TO SOOTY 1 3.5 30/01/02 LIA 3S BATTLE LINE 4 3.5 02/02/02 LIA 3+M PALUA 1 2.25 02/02/02 LIA 3+M LAND OF FANTASY 3 1.75 02/02/02 LIA 4+H PULAU PINANG 3 1.75 06/02/02 LIA 3H LORD MELBOURNE 1 1.2 06/02/02 LIA 46M MY LAST BEAN 8 3.5 06/02/02 LIA 3S HOLLYBELL 1 1.38 09/02/02 LIA 3+M TEXAS GOLD 1 2 09/02/02 LIA 3+M COMPTON DYNAMO 2 2 13/02/02 LIA 4+H SIR FRANCIS 1 2.25 13/02/02 LIA 3M GROOVEJET 3 0.8 16/02/02 LIA 3+M ANNABELLE 1 1.1 20/02/02 LIA 3M ATTLEE 2 1.5 20/02/02 LIA 4+I LAKOTA BRAVE 1 0.62 20/02/02 LIA 3+S KATHAKALI 5 1.1 20/02/02 LIA 4+H SIENA STAR 1 1.63 23/02/02 LIA 3M SCULPTOR 2 1 23/02/02 LIA 3+ ADIEMUS 1 3 23/02/02 LIA 3I PLATINUM DUKE 5 1 26/02/02 LIA 3+M PURE MISCHIEF 3 1.25 26/02/02 LIA 3H MR LEAR 3 0.8 27/02/02 LIA 3+M ROYAL PRODIGY 1 0.29 27/02/02 LIA 4+H AMIGO 2 2 02/03/02 LIA 3M BRAZEN 1 1 06/03/02 LIA 4+AH OPEN ARMS 2 2.25 06/03/02 LIA 3+M EAGLES HIGH 1 2.5 06/03/02 LIA 3+M FILLE DE JOIE 3 2.5 06/03/02 LIA 3H COMPTON DYNAMO 6 0.83 06/03/02 LIA 3+S FEAST OF ROMANCE 1 2.5 405 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
16/03/02 LIA 3+L ADIEMUS 1 1.63 25/03/02 LIA 3H NIGHT CAP 1 2 27/03/02 LIA 3+M FRANKIES DREAM 2 1.63 27/03/02 LIA 3+S FORTUNATE DAVE 1 3 06/04/02 LIA 3H COMPTON DYNAMO 1 1.75 06/04/02 LIA 3 CASTLE GANDOLFO 1 0.4 06/04/02 LIA 2V DUSTY DAZZLER 3 0.44 28/05/02 LIA 3+I LAKOTA BRAVE 3 0.53 28/05/02 LIA 3N(0- SHIRLEY COLLINS 6 2.5 29/05/02 LIA 3+I CHEENEY BASIN 1 1.5 01/06/02 LIA 3+H ALAFZAR 12 2.75 01/06/02 LIA 3H SENTINEL 1 0.67 01/06/02 LIA 3M CZARINA WALTZ 2 3 01/06/02 LIA 3+H PURE ELEGANCIA 1 2.75 09/06/02 LIA 2MU XHOSA 2 2.25 03/07/02 LIA 3H NAUGHTY NELL 1 1.25 03/07/02 LIA 3+AH LYGETON LAD 2 4 10/07/02 LIA 34M MANICANI 3 0.91 10/07/02 LIA 3+H CLASSIC MILLENNIUM 1 2.25 10/07/02 LIA 3+S BANK ON HIM 1 1 17/07/02 LIA 3N(0- TALLDARK'N'ANDSOME 2 2.25 20/07/02 LIA 3+S BANK ON HIM 4 1.1 24/07/02 LIA 2M FELLOW SHIP 3 1.25 24/07/02 LIA 3N(0- WIXOE EXPRESS 1 0.8 04/09/02 LIA 3+M SUMMER WINE 2 2 04/10/02 LIA 3+M WELL CHOSEN 1 0.91 09/10/02 LIA 2M DUBAI LIGHTNING 1 0.25 09/10/02 LIA 3+S PANCAKEHILL 1 2.5 09/10/02 LIA 3+M SIKSIKAWA 8 3 16/10/02 LIA 2M GONDOLIN 3 1.5 16/10/02 LIA 3+H LOOK FIRST 3 2.5 31/10/02 LIA 2MF LITTLETON ARWEN 1 0.73 31/10/02 LIA 3+H DISTANT COUSIN 1 3.5 14/11/02 LIA 3+ MURGHEM 7 1.38 14/11/02 LIA 3+H ROS THE BOSS 3 1 23/11/02 LIA 2S DUBAI DREAMS 1 1.75 23/11/02 LIA 3+H MARNIE 2 2.75 27/11/02 LIA 3+I E MINOR 9 0.57 11/12/02 LIA 3+H LYGETON LAD 2 2.25 11/12/02 LIA 3+ LAGUDIN 4 0.67 11/12/02 LIA 3+H GEORGE STUBBS 14 3 14/12/02 LIA 34I MADELINE BASSETT 3 1.88 14/12/02 LIA 2M MADE IN JAPAN 1 3 18/12/02 LIA 2V DOMIRATI 7 1.75 18/12/02 LIA 3+H LINNING WINE 1 3.5 406 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
21/12/02 LIA 3+H MASTER T 4 4 21/12/02 LIA 3+H BRILLIANT RED 6 3.5 28/12/02 LIA 2M PARK STREET(U) 3 1 28/12/02 LIA 3+H CRISTOFORO 1 1.2 28/12/02 LIA 3+H EYECATCHER 3 1.5 30/12/02 LIA 3+S BANK ON HIM 1 1.38 07/01/03 LIA 3S PRINCESS SHOKA 6 2.75 08/01/03 LIA 4+M WEECANDOO 1 1.75 11/01/03 LIA 4+S BANK ON HIM 4 1.5 15/01/03 LIA 4+M ALCHEMIST MASTER 4 1 15/01/03 LIA 4+H ALTAY 1 1.63 18/01/03 LIA 3M DOWN MEMORY LANE 2 0.4 18/01/03 LIA 3+ J M W TURNER 2 1.5 22/01/03 LIA 4+H KELPIE 2 2 22/01/03 LIA 3+M LITHUANIAN 1 1.1 22/01/03 LIA 4+S RAYIK 3 3.5 25/01/03 LIA 3M RAHAF 2 2.25 29/01/03 LIA 3M LUNDY'S LANE 1 0.91 29/01/03 LIA 3+I PALAWAN 1 1.1 30/01/03 LIA 4+S BANK ON HIM 2 3.33 30/01/03 LIA 4+S BORI MIROV 9 3.33 30/01/03 LIA 4+H SIENA STAR 2 2 30/01/03 LIA 3H PROMISING KING 2 0.83 01/02/03 LIA 3+M MUSICAL GIFT 2 2 01/02/03 LIA 4+N(0 PARACHUTE 1 1.1 01/02/03 LIA 3+N(0 ROY MCAVOY 6 2.5 01/02/03 LIA 3+M LET ME TRY AGAIN 1 1.1 05/02/03 LIA 4+I(0 OUR CHELSEA BLUE 1 2 05/02/03 LIA 46M ORTHODOX 1 1.2 05/02/03 LIA 3M NIGHT WARRIOR(I) 4 3 05/02/03 LIA 4+H GIG HARBOR 1 1.5 08/02/03 LIA 3+M IRISH TYCOON 2 0.62 12/02/03 LIA 3M GOLANO 3 0.53 15/02/03 LIA 3M SHARP BREEZE 1 1 19/02/03 LIA 3M PHANTOM FLAME 2 1.38 19/02/03 LIA 3+M MARBLE ARCH 1 1.5 19/02/03 LIA 3H ROYAL ROBE 2 2.5 19/02/03 LIA 3+S EASTER OGIL 1 0.91 22/02/03 LIA 3H PRETENCE 1 1.63 22/02/03 LIA 4+H GIG HARBOR 3 2 22/02/03 LIA 3I AVENTURA 1 2 22/02/03 LIA 3+M REQUITE 1 0.8 25/02/03 LIA 3+M ISLAND RAPTURE 1 0.57 26/02/03 LIA 3 LUNDY'S LANE 1 0.4 01/03/03 LIA 3M SANTANDO 1 0.73 407 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
01/03/03 LIA 3M PRIVATE CHARTER 1 0.4 05/03/03 LIA 4+AH BEYOND THE POLE 4 3.33 14/03/03 LIA 3M STRENGTH 'N HONOUR 1 0.83 15/03/03 LIA 2 KURINGAI 4 3 26/03/03 LIA 3+M CHINKARA 1 0.62 26/03/03 LIA 3+N(0 ROYAL PRODIGY 3 1.5 28/03/03 LIA 3+I MAGIC RAINBOW 4 0.5 28/03/03 LIA 2MU ROMANCERO 1 0.67 28/03/03 LIA 3+I PETRUS 4 0.62 05/04/03 LIA 3M FANNY'S FANCY 1 2.25 09/04/03 LIA 3+AH TARAWAN 5 1.5 17/05/03 LIA 3+H HAAFEL 3 4 24/05/03 LIA 3M AMANDUS 2 1.5 28/05/03 LIA 2S RAPHOOLA 1 0.91 28/06/03 LIA 3M SKIBEREEN 2 0.8 09/07/03 LIA 3+H BANNINGHAM BLAZE 7 3.5 23/07/03 LIA 3H TEMPSFORD 1 1.2 28/08/03 LIA 2V LOMMEL 5 0.67 28/08/03 LIA 3+H HARIPUR 1 3 28/08/03 LIA 3+H ROYAL STORM 7 3 03/09/03 LIA 3+M WITTICISM 2 1.75 03/09/03 LIA 3+M PERELANDRA 1 1 03/09/03 LIA 3H HIGH REACH 4 1.5 03/09/03 LIA 3+N(0 FLORIAN 3 0.8 03/09/03 LIA 3+H COMPTON ECLAIRE 6 1.63 09/09/03 LIA 2MF SUNDROP 1 0.91 03/10/03 LIA 2M KHABFAIR 1 0.67 08/10/03 LIA 2M CELTIC HEROINE 1 3 08/10/03 LIA 3+S BURGUNDY 1 2.75 15/10/03 LIA 2M JACK SULLIVAN 1 1.5 15/10/03 LIA 3+H LABRETT 6 3.5 27/10/03 LIA 2MU KABIS BOOIE 4 2.25 30/10/03 LIA 2MF INCHENI 1 0.62 30/10/03 LIA 2MF GRANDALEA 6 0.62 30/10/03 LIA 3+N(0 FLORIAN 3 1.63 02/11/03 LIA 2M FANCY FOXTROT 6 2 02/11/03 LIA 3+N(0 MISSION TO MARS 1 2 12/11/03 LIA 2M DARTING(U) 1 1.63 13/11/03 LIA 2S JOINT DESTINY 7 2.5 18/11/03 LIA 2M KABREET 1 1.25 18/11/03 LIA 3+BH COLD TURKEY 1 1.2 22/11/03 LIA 2S LYRICAL GIRL 3 2.5 22/11/03 LIA 2S ROWAN PURSUIT 1 0.91 26/11/03 LIA 2M BIENVENUE 3 1.75 26/11/03 LIA 3+I COMPTON ECLAIRE 9 2.5 408 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
26/11/03 LIA 3+H COMPTON DRAKE 1 1.1 26/11/03 LIA 3+N(0 TEXAS GOLD 1 1.1 26/11/03 LIA 3+H MACARONI GOLD 2 2.75 29/11/03 LIA 2M PUKKA 1 0.53 29/11/03 LIA 3+N(0 MR BOUNTIFUL 3 2.25 02/12/03 LIA 2H ANUVASTEEL 1 2 06/12/03 LIA 3+I SMITH N ALLAN OILS 1 2.75 10/12/03 LIA 3+ WINDY BRITAIN 1 0.83 17/12/03 LIA 2V QUEENSTOWN 2 0.67 17/12/03 LIA 3+I FREE OPTION 3 1.63 17/12/03 LIA 3+I LOOKING DOWN 13 1 30/12/03 LIA 3+S ABSOLUTE UTOPIA 1 2 30/12/03 LIA 2H INTRIGUING GLIMPSE 3 2.75 30/12/03 LIA 3M MARGERY DAW 2 2 30/12/03 LIA 3+I TYPE ONE 1 0.91 30/12/03 LIA 3+N(0 STAR OF NORMANDIE 2 1.88 The last-time-out starting price seems significant, although admittedly the sample size of just over 200 runs is fairly small. As can be seen, the qualifiers which started at odds of 8/1 or bigger last time performed far better than those that started at shorter odds
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% first recorded run in RSB 4 10 40.00 0.41 4.10 <1/2 1 2 50.00 0.00 0.00 1/2-20/21 8 11 72.73 3.90 35.45 evens-11/8 4 10 40.00 1.33 13.30 6/4-15/8 5 13 38.46 -1.30 -10.00 2/1-7/2 18 44 40.91 -0.98 -2.23 4/1-15/2 25 75 33.33 -11.02 -14.69 8/1-15/1 21 38 55.26 14.42 37.95 16/1-31/1 10 18 55.56 13.35 74.17 32/1-63/1 2 3 66.67 2.66 88.67 64/1+ 1 1 100.00 2.25 225.00 CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 15/2 or shorter lto 61 155 39.35 -8.07 -5.21 8/1 or bigger lto 34 60 56.67 +32.68 +54.47
NAG 3 LAY SYSTEM

1) Look at Racing the racecards Post on www.RacingPost.co.uk and identify or the in the
printed
newspaper,
favourite
(includes joint favourites). 2) Check the Topspeed column to see if the paper favourite
has the highest Topspeed rating. If it doesn't, lay it!
New Cert Method

Another Flat season is here again with its traditional big handicap to get us under way the Lincolnshire. You realise that you are no longer a novice at this racing game when you can recall the Lincoln taking place in its original venue, and not in Doncaster as now. Question. What was special about the Lincoln of 1948? Lots of things maybe, if you were the winning owner, trainer or jockey or if you had backed the winner at 33/1. But historically, it was something else. The number of runners who lined up for the flag start that day was a staggering 58, almost double the maximum allowed today, and I understand it created a world record. The winner, incidentally, was Commissar, trained by Arthur Budgett and ridden by Bill Rickaby. He had been bought as a foal for only 270 guineas, and although he was an 8-year old, the Lincoln was his very first attempt at a mile. However, enough of looking back; let's look ahead to the new Flat season with two simple ideas that I think should be profitable. First, the one I mentioned in November, based on the Signposts feature, the most popular Nap of the day. I'm sure it will be worth following, especially with these two additional suggestions. Sometimes there is no single most popular Nap, with perhaps 2, 3 or even 4 or more sharing the honour. When that happens I'd advise splitting your stake if there are 2, but should there be more than 2 I'd suggest no bet that day. Obviously, a singular most popular Nap must carry more confidence than when there are two or more. My second suggestion is simply to use a modest staking plan since the winning strike rate is so high. We've given a number of suitable staking plans with our systems over the past months, so choose whatever one best suits your individual approach. My second idea is also remarkably simple and profitable, and with fewer selections than the previous one. I have the complete figures for Flat season 2002, but not for last year. If anyone wishes to research it for 2003 you might come up with some interesting results. I'd hope it would be just as profitable as the previous year. In 2002 there were 129 selections and 40 winners, a strike rate of 31%. It produced a profit of over 40 points. And what is this simple idea? Back all beaten favourites on their last run that were odds-on for that run. That's it, and you'd be surprised at some of the big prices you get when you back them. As I write this I'm looking at Saturday 6th September 2003, where The Persuader, odds-on from his previous run, won nicely at 11/2. After the serious business of racing, let's turn to the more trivial matter of politics! I saw something on T.V. the other day that reminded me of the best political joke I've ever known - a real classic - so I thought I might re-tell it.
What I saw on T.V. was Charles Kennedy, the Lib-Dem leader, being interviewed by Jeremy Paxman or some such interrogator. One question was, "Could you imagine being married to someone who didn't share your political views?" Kennedy was rather taken aback and said that he'd never considered such a possibility, but on reflection thought that he probably couldn't. And that's what reminded me of the joke. A female Labour M.P. and a male Tory M.P. decided that they would get married despite their obvious political differences. Everything went well until they arrived at the honeymoon hotel. They were having a drink in the bar before adjourning to bed to consummate the political alliance, when someone made a political comment that sparked a fierce ideological argument, resulting in our honeymoon couple going to bed at each other's throats, rather than some other part of their anatomies! They lay in the honeymoon double bed poles and policies apart. But human nature being what it is (even for MPs), the new wife in the middle of the night spoke wistfully from the back of the bed saying, "There is a split in the Labour party, and if the Conservative member would like to stand, I'm sure he would get in." From the front of the bed came her new husband's sad reply, "The Conservative member has already stood, independently, three times and on each occasion has lost his deposit." If you're like me there are times in your betting life when you fancy following a system that gives longer-priced, more speculative selections; but at other stages you go for the shorter-priced near certainties. That's what we have here. I can remember following this system when it was called Cert A Day, but then new rules were added making it even more selective and more profitable, and with a new name - New Cert Method. Everything is fully and clearly explained with results. Just one other thing needs to be said. It lists the four Racing Post tipsters to be used - Diomed, Topspeed, Postmark and Spotlight. Of course Diomed is no longer one of them, so we have the choice of using the other three only, or adding Postdata as the fourth. My preference would be to use the four, as this preserves the essence of the system. New Cert Method Before outlining the new rules for the Cert Method, I'll give the basic rules first as you'll need to apply these before you can narrow the selections down. Basic Rules. 1. The paper required to operate this system is the Racing Post. 2. The meeting to concentrate on is the day's principal meeting. This is usually covered on the centre pages of the Racing Post. 3. The races to consider are all non-handicap races. All non-handicap races, sellers, claimers etc, as long as it is a non-handicap race you consider it.
4. Taking each non-handicap race in turn, you see what is being selected by the following four tipsters - Diomed, Topspeed, Postmark and Spotlight. If three of these four advisers select the same horse in a particular nonhandicap race and it is forecast favourite in the Racing Post betting forecast, it goes onto the short list. At this stage delete from your short list any horse that is forecast lower than 2/5, i.e., if quoted at 2/5 or better it stays on the short list. If quoted at 4/11, 1/3 etc it is deleted from the short list. 5. Once you have been through all the non-handicap races at the principal meeting and short-listed those horses indicated by the rules above, you will then obtain the day's selection by backing the horse at the lowest forecast starting price. If two horses are forecast at the same starting price, then back both. 6. Nine days out of ten you will obtain a selection from the principal meeting. Occasionally you will not. In these instances apply the above set of rules to the first meeting covered in the Racing Post and if still no bet, the second meeting and so on until you arrive at a selection. Very occasionally you will have a no betting day. Note. You only count the horse as being selected by Postmark if it is clear top rated. Those are the basic rules of the Cert Method. By using this method over the last four months you would have obtained the following selections. Although some may consider four months as not long enough to be conclusive, I would point out that we have covered this method over the last year or so, and a 50% strike rate is a fair indication of how the system will perform overall. There were 52 winners from 100 bets, with a L.S.P. of 9.12 points. Return on outlay 9%. To make the method even more selective and profitable, you can apply the following. First of all, apply the basic Cert rules to find the day's selection. Wait for a loser, and then start backing the Cert selections. For instance, if on day one the selection loses, you back the Cert selection on day two. If the selection loses on day two, you back the selection on day three and so on until you have a winner. Once you have a winner you wait until the Cert Method gives another loser before you start backing again. By operating in this manner you would have narrowed down the basic selections of the method to - 47 bets with 29 winners, an L.S.P. of 15.52 points and return on investment of 33%. The second way of making the Cert Method even more selective is just an extension of the above rule. Work the basic Cert Method as usual, but wait until the method has given two consecutive losers before starting to back the Cert selections. Once you have backed a winner, stop betting until the method again gives two consecutive losers. This would have given the following results. 18 bets giving 13 winners, with a L.S.P. of 10.23 points and return on investment of 60%.
Taking the idea one stage further and only backing Cert selections after three consecutive losers would have given four bets and four winners and an investment return of 79%. This is probably taking the idea too far as few punters would be prepared to wait four months for only four bets at these prices.
Non-Handicap Draw Analysis

Its a well known fact that winners are easier to find in non-handicap races than in handicaps the conditions of the former type of events usually favour just a handful of runners, whereas in a handicap race each runner is theoretically weighted to hold an equal chance to all of their rivals. If we look at the performances of all runners in non-handicap races over the last ten seasons, as can be expected the strike-rate drops as the SP lengthens. SP WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% <1/2 892 1219 73.17 -49.64 -4.07 1/2 - <8/11 1004 1726 58.17 -126.87 -7.35 8/11 - <evens 1201 2255 53.26 -73.37 -3.25 evens - <5/4 942 2039 46.20 -91.50 -4.49 5/4 - <6/4 884 2126 41.58 -84.48 -3.97 6/4 - <7/4 969 2579 37.57 -100.73 -3.91 7/4 - <2/1 1007 2958 34.04 -144.81 -4.90 2/1 - <5/2 1721 5905 29.14 -538.46 -9.12 5/2 - <3/1 1554 5996 25.92 -388.00 -6.47 3/1 - <4/1 2515 11647 21.59 -921.23 -7.91 4/1 - <6/1 3415 21583 15.82 -2236.50 -10.36 6/1 - <8/1 1939 17489 11.09 -2873.50 -16.43 8/1 - <10/1 1114 13345 8.35 -2911.00 -21.81 10/1 - <12/1 842 12400 6.79 -2984.00 -24.06 12/1 - <16/1 998 21282 4.69 -7318.00 -34.39 16/1 - <20/1 453 12114 3.74 -4411.00 -36.41 20/1 - <24/1 385 15151 2.54 -7052.00 -46.54 24/1 - <33/1 271 13789 1.97 -6734.00 -48.84 33/1 - <50/1 278 22696 1.22 -12971.00 -57.15 50/1 and more 96 29785 0.32 -23801.00 -79.91 The LSP% is very similar in all SP groups from odds-on up to the 7/4 - <2/1 group, before shooting up dramatically as the SPs increase. For this exercise well concentrate solely on those horses which were returned with an SP of less than 2/1. An average strike-rate of 46.3% was returned for this SP group over the 10 year period studied. We
can now analyse the stats of this SP group by sorting each racecourse into strike-rate order. CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Warwick 136 255 53.33 34.78 13.64 Chester 122 242 50.41 9.97 4.12 Lingfield (turf) 189 377 50.13 10.46 2.77 York 147 295 49.83 10.64 3.61 Pontefract 174 353 49.29 -11.02 -3.12 Ripon 160 326 49.08 -9.22 -2.83 Hamilton 186 382 48.69 -7.61 -1.99 Redcar 175 360 48.61 -23.46 -6.52 Beverley 221 455 48.57 -1.76 -0.39 Doncaster 216 450 48.00 8.12 1.80 Windsor 177 370 47.84 0.78 0.21 Leicester 204 428 47.66 -6.31 -1.47 Edinburgh (Musselburgh) 149 314 47.45 -12.82 -4.08 Chepstow 110 234 47.01 -0.37 -0.16 Salisbury 171 365 46.85 7.72 2.12 Goodwood 204 436 46.79 -12.38 -2.84 Catterick 154 330 46.67 -19.53 -5.92 Southwell (aw) 406 874 46.45 -19.53 -2.23 Bath 172 371 46.36 -17.44 -4.70 Carlisle 75 162 46.30 -16.11 -9.94 Brighton 206 447 46.09 -23.50 -5.26 Epsom 87 191 45.55 -6.61 -3.46 Newmarket (July) 189 415 45.54 -26.52 -6.39 Nottingham 202 447 45.19 -44.34 -9.92 Yarmouth 225 499 45.09 -41.65 -8.35 Wolverhampton (aw) 472 1048 45.04 -56.25 -5.37 Thirsk 154 344 44.77 -38.28 -11.13 Ayr 151 340 44.41 -43.20 -12.71 Haydock 185 417 44.36 -32.24 -7.73 Lingfield (aw) 454 1034 43.91 -78.25 -7.57 Kempton 135 310 43.55 -26.43 -8.53
Newcastle 165 380 43.42 -55.70 -14.66 Sandown 150 350 42.86 -38.63 -11.04 Newbury 155 362 42.82 -36.73 -10.15 Ascot 114 268 42.54 -18.25 -6.81 Folkestone 114 270 42.22 -25.21 -9.34 There is quite a percentage range between top and bottom strike-rates, with Warwick hitting 53.33% and Folkestone just 42.22%. Logically thinking, if the top tracks from the above table can produce a profit (albeit a small one) from blindly backing every nonhandicap runner sent off at less that 2/1, then surely adding a draw bias filter should produce a highly profitable method. Well start at the top and work our way down, looking at each course and how the results are affected by the draw. On the tracks with both a round and straight course, we have to separate these and analyse them individually, as the draw bias (if any) may be in complete contrast to one another. WARWICK CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Warwick 136 255 53.33 34.78 13.64 A 53% strike-rate and a LSP% of +13.64 is incredible considering these runners were backed blindly, but these excellent results can be improved upon further by analysing the draw stats. CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% lowest quintile 31 50 62.00 13.82 27.64 low side quintile 36 57 63.16 20.82 36.53 central quintile 28 53 52.83 6.70 12.64 high side quintile 17 46 36.96 -8.31 -18.07 highest quintile 24 49 48.98 1.75 3.57 Clearly it is an advantage to be drawn low at Warwick, and simply by concentrating on the lowest 60% of the draw the already impressive results improve to the following.
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Warwick 95 160 59.38 41.34 25.84 At Warwick, back all runners in non-handicaps sent off at shorter than 2/1 which are drawn in the lowest 60% of the field. CHESTER CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Chester 122 242 50.41 9.97 4.12 Chester is notorious for having a strong draw bias, with those drawn on the inner (low) usually holding a strong advantage at all distances. It therefore should come as no real surprise to find that the above stats can be improved upon significantly by using the draw to discard those runners disadvantaged by the tracks configuration. CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% lowest quintile 20 29 68.97 13.31 45.90 low side quintile 32 56 57.14 13.11 23.41 central quintile 19 50 38.00 -11.55 -23.10 high side quintile 22 47 46.81 -1.91 -4.06 highest quintile 29 60 48.33 -2.99 -4.98 The lowest 40% of the draw is clearly favoured
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Chester 52 85 61.18 26.42 31.08 At Chester, back all runners in non-handicaps sent off at shorter than 2/1 which are drawn in the lowest 40% of the field. LINGFIELD (turf) CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Lingfield (turf) 189 377 50.13 10.46 2.77
All races on the turf track at Lingfield at distances shorter than 1m take place on the straight course, with the high drawn runners up against the nearside running rail. On the round course its the lowest drawn horses which have the advantage of the rail. The straight course stats are as follows. CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% lowest quintile 22 41 53.66 5.04 12.29 low side quintile 25 50 50.00 2.93 5.86 central quintile 33 54 61.11 11.13 20.61 high side quintile 27 51 52.94 6.92 13.57 highest quintile 43 83 51.81 2.82 3.40 No apparent draw bias, with every quintile profitable. The round course stats read. CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% lowest quintile 5 13 38.46 -1.35 -10.38 low side quintile 10 28 35.71 -7.57 -27.04 central quintile 7 13 53.85 1.39 10.69 high side quintile 10 19 52.63 0.49 2.58 highest quintile 7 25 28.00 -11.34 -45.36 Disappointing stats, with only two of the quintiles making a profit. Sticking to the straight course only, a healthy profit can be made.. CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Lingfield 150 279 53.76 28.84 10.34 On the turf at Lingfield, on the straight course back all runners in nonhandicaps sent off at shorter than 2/1. YORK CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% York 147 295 49.83 10.64 3.61
Yorks 5f and 6f trips are run on the straight course, the 7f course is on an extension to the straight, while the longer distances take place on the round track. The straight course/extension stats are.. CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% lowest quintile 8 24 33.33 -8.21 -34.21 low side quintile 10 22 45.45 -0.95 -4.32 central quintile 9 28 32.14 -11.94 -42.64 high side quintile 16 29 55.17 4.32 14.90 highest quintile 25 41 60.98 12.46 30.39 The highest two quintiles (next to the running rail) clearly hold the advantage here. The round course stats read.. CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% lowest quintile 10 15 66.67 6.42 42.80 low side quintile 18 31 58.06 7.31 23.58 central quintile 14 31 45.16 0.06 0.19 high side quintile 22 37 59.46 9.44 25.51 highest quintile 15 37 40.54 -8.27 -22.35 Only the quintile drawn furthest away from the running rail produce a loss, the others perform exceptionally well. CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% York 105 184 57.07 40.01 21.74 At York, back all runners in non-handicaps sent off at shorter than 2/1 which are drawn in the highest 40% of the field on the straight course/extension (5f 7f), and in the lowest 80% of the field on the round course. Following these rules from the four courses would have produced the following results over the last 10 seasons WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 402 708 56.78 136.61 19.30
Nulli Secundus
The meaning of the word Lore in my dictionary is given as - knowledge of a special or different kind. I'm going to use Lore as an appropriate acronym for my ratings idea that I mentioned in July, and which I've been asked to describe further. Here it is then - Less Obvious Ratings Evaluation - Lore. I would suggest using it in races where there is plenty of form available, and to the first four or five in the betting forecast, depending on the number of runners and using your own judgement. Here, then, is an imaginary race of 8 runners, where 3 of the first 4 in the betting stood out on form from their last two runs. Dubai Gold - 11 C and D, 6/4 fav. Classic Cert - 12 and C, 5/2. Carbuncle - 34, 6/1. Now, on most ratings systems Dubai Gold looks a maximum selection, with Classic Cert a few points behind. Putting normal figures to it - 5 for a win, 3 for a second, 2 for a third and 1 for a fourth, with a course winner receiving 1 point, distance winner getting 1 point and C and D getting 3 points - the totals would be Dubai Gold 13 points, Classic Cert 9 points and Carbuncle a miserable 3 points. It looks quite clear-cut - Dubai Gold to win from Classic Cert; but just let's look a little closer. Remember, back in July I raised the matter of number of runners in a race and the value of a race. Well, here goes to put my figures to our above race. Dubai Gold's two wins were in small fields and with fairly modest prizes. Using L.O.R.E., here's how we rate Dubai Gold. His two wins were in fields of 5 and 6 runners so we give him 5 points and 6 points for these. The values of the two races were 3,000 and 4,000 so we award 3 and 4 points for them. And, as before, 3 points for the C and D win. That makes Dubai Gold's total points 5+6+3+4+3 = 21. Now let's see Classic Cert. It won a 7-runner race worth 5,000 and was second in a 6-runner race worth 6,000. For the win in a field of 7 it gets 7 points and for being second of 6 runners it gets 6 - 2 = 4 points. For race values it gets 5 points and 6 points and a further 1 point for its course win. So, Classic Cert's total is 7+4+5+6+1 = 23. Contrary to what we might have expected, Classic Cert is ahead of Dubai Gold by 2 points. Now we come to Carbuncle. He was third of 12 in a race worth 11,000 and then fourth of 14 in a race of 12,000. For being third of 12 he gets 12 - 3, 9 points, and for being fourth of 14 he gets 14 - 4, 10 points. The race values add on 11 and 12 points respectively. The total, therefore, is
9+10+11+12 = 42. So, the unlikely Carbuncle comes out clearly on top with double the points of the apparent maximum Dubai Gold. At 6/1, Carbuncle is certainly the horse I would be backing in that race. Finally, just to make it clear on race values, a race worth 5,499 would get 5 points but 5,500 or over is rounded up to 6 points. Incidentally, this is not the end of LORE, just the beginning, with other important ideas still to be incorporated. We may return to them later. And for a bit of fun, what would you suggest was the parentage of our imaginary selection Carbuncle? I'd say - by Ignition out of Aunty's Favourite! Meantime, how about a joke? A shy, romantic young man was buying his new girlfriend a birthday present and enlisted the help of her friend in his choice. Together they went to a smart fashion house where the friend suggested an elegant pair of white gloves with a furry lining. While the purchase was being made the friend bought for herself a pair of sexy, white silk panties; and in the course of the transaction the two small packages became exchanged, leaving the young man with the panties instead of the gloves. Unaware, he parceled them up and sent them to his girlfriend with the following note. "I hope you like your present which I thought might be suitable since I noticed that when we went out last week you weren't wearing any. Your friend helped me in my choice and at first suggested long, buttoned-up ones, but then she showed me hers and I liked the look of them so much that I bought similar ones for you. The lady in the shop agreed that white was best and assured me that although she had been wearing her white ones for over a fortnight they were still showing no signs of soiling, despite lots of rough hand contact. My only regret is that other hands could be touching yours before I see you on Friday. Please wear them then and I shall be so excited to remove them and kiss the fair form underneath. Perhaps eventually you might wear my ring there which could link our lives forever. One last suggestion. I've been told that the latest fashion is to wear them with the top folded back, showing a little fur underneath. Till Friday, Yours, John." Let's see if we can come up with a furry good system for this month. The one I've uncovered has the unusual name Nulli Secundus, and the Latin scholars among you will know that this translates as - Second to None. From my original circular for it I see that it is very selective, giving an average of only six bets per month, with selections on both the Flat and N.H. It quotes the following sequence of 10bets from a 3-month period. W 10/11, W7/1, L, W 9/2, L, W 8/1, W 11/2, W 15/8, W 15/8 and W 9/4. Odds-on selections are largely avoided and expected annual profits are around 200 points. It would be too much to expect all winners, and none second.
Nulli Secundus This method concentrates on a horse's last three runs. The only races you can follow are as follows: Flat - 5f to 2 mile handicaps, inclusive. N.H. - any handicap race. The only paper suitable is the Racing Post. Rules 1. Top rated on Topspeed. 2. Placed 1st last time out in a time faster than average, or placed 2nd, beaten under 2 lengths in such a race. 3. Placed in first four in at least one of previous two runs before being placed 1st or 2nd. Must have been beaten under 4 lengths or the race was run in a time faster than average. If the horse won one or both of its previous races then it must have been in a time no slower than 2 seconds above average. Average times can be found at the top right corner of the horse's form, denoted as - (fst 1.0s) or (slw 1.0s). If there is no bracket of faster or slower than average times when the horse was placed on its previous runs, there is no bet, unless the horse was 1st or 2nd last time out in a time faster than average. 4. On the Flat the horse must be a distance winner. In N.H. racing the horse must have won or ran well over the distance or ran well / won over 2 furlongs more or less. 5. There must be 6 or more runners. 6. Last run must be within 14 days. 7. No bet if favourite for race is forecast at 11/10 or less in Racing Post forecast. 8. No bet on All weather racing. 9. No bet in Amateur races.
ODDS ON CHASER
This particular system has maintained a very healthy average strike rate of 82.62% over the course of 12 years from 1993 so it is definitely not to be sniffed at. here is the system in a nutshell: 1. Any chaser forecast shorter than 1/2 in the Racing Post 2. Running in class D or E race only 3. Running over 3m2f or shorter 4. Running on going ranging between soft and firm 5. Must be a maiden, or have won a race within the last 547 days There have been 290 winners from 351 qualifiers with this particular system since 1993, roughly averaging 30 bets per season. Of course, for any system to show such a high strike rate as this it concentrates on short priced favourites. You'll see that the system has only produced an average of just over 3.5pts profit a season at starting price (Betting exchange prices generally do significantly better). The risk with this system would be that you would need to bet in fairly substantial amounts to make any real profit of note. Because of this you would need a fair degree of nerve to continue following the system should the first selection not win for whatever reason. On the plus side this sort of system suits the person who requires a high strike rate and is not easily un-nerved by suffering the odd heavy reverse of fortune. You will not become a millionaire by following this system. Indeed the wisest course of action is to dispel such notions from your mind with any system. Life (in the real world) isn't like that.
Odds On Chasers Years 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Race Type chase Odds, Forecast Price Race Class D, E <2 miles 1 furlong 2m 1f - 2m 2f 2m 2.5f - 2m 4f 2m 4.5f - 2m 6f 2m 6.5f - 3m 3m 0.5f - 3m 2f Race Going soft good to soft or yielding good good to firm firm Winner, Days Since a Win maiden last win <4 days ago last win 4-7 days ago last win 8-15 days ago last win 16-31 days ago
< 1/2
Race Distance
last win 32-47 days ago last win 48-79 days ago last win 80-111 days ago last win 112-223 days ago last win 224-547 days ago YEAR 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 WINS 28 23 26 20 30 19 20 17 28 34 34 11 290 RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP%
33 84.85 27 85.19 33 78.79 26 76.92 38 78.95 22 86.36 26 76.92 19 89.47 33 84.85 40 85.00 42 80.95 12 91.67 351 82.62
4.89 14.82 5.65 20.93 1.95 0.93 2.98 1.03 5.91 3.58 7.84 3.96
14.40 19.84 3.28 3.59 6.43 15.38 1.71 19.48 12.16 15.14 6.19 17.11 10.18
2.42 11.00 5.72 30.11 6.32 19.15 6.90 17.25 2.11 5.02 2.43 20.25 43.33 12.34
Owning a Share in a Racehorse Investment or Indulgence?

Owning a racehorse used to be confined to those fortunate few who were rich and privileged enough to afford one, which is not surprising when costs of feeding, training, vets bills etc are all taken into account. But not anymore thanks to the formation of syndicates. It is now possible to own a share in your very own racehorse, this way you have all the fun, excitement and possible winnings of ownership with only part of the cost. Should your chosen horse do well and have considerable winnings and you all agree to sell then you could make a handsome profit! I was personally very skeptical about any value in actually owning through a syndicate. Then my friend Raj Patel related how he made a very tidy profit out of a part ownership in Miss Assertive through Nick Litmoden's Newmarket stable. There are two ways to join a syndicate, but for both you will firstly need to contact the British Horseracing Board (BHB) on 0171 3960011. If you decide to go along the first route of joining an ownership club, the BHB will provide you with a list of multiple ownership groups as well as offering advice regarding suitable horses, employment of trainers and jockeys, any ownership clubs who are seeking members, in fact all you need to know! You can also attend a special course run by the BHB for new owners. You have a choice of which ownership club to choose or you could alternatively join the ownership club at the Royal Ascot course, this has 200 members who have access to a clubroom and private grandstand. Whatever club you join, you must register with the Jockey Club and make sure the club is officially recognised and approved by the BHB.
Before you hand over any money get as many details as possible about your chosen syndicate just to make sure it is suitable for you and that there is a good working relationship between members. The more members in one syndicate then the less costs incurred however should your horse win then you will receive less prize money. Costs for just one horse mount up quickly with training fees, feed bills, farrier costs, any vet bills incurred including inoculations, rugs etc. so dont be fooled into thinking that racehorses are cheap to keep, they are finely tuned athletes and need to be treated as such. Syndicate ownership is an ideal way to own a racehorse with the financial burden being shared. Hopefully your racehorse will earn enough to pay for its keep and although your return may not be a lot of cash, the pride at being part owner of a magnificent animal and watching it race should be more than enough to justify the costs of its keep. Friends form some syndicates and again there are rules and regulations to abide by. The Jockey Club will again offer advice on all these necessary rules and regulations. Costs of a part share can vary enormously, but we are talking thousands rather than hundreds. As an investment remember it's quite risky too. I would recommend talking with an accountant to see if you can legitimately structure this as a business investment to claim tax deductions against the expenses (or losses if the worst should happen). You will also need to decide if you want a flat racer of jumper. Flat racers usually cost a bit more than jumpers and the BHB can advise you about buying a horse for investment potential. Before you buy arrange to meet the horses trainer and ask questions about its age, any past injuries, has it won or been placed in any races, how much roughly does it cost to keep per month etc. Try and get as much expert advice as you can about the horse before buying it and keep an open mind.
Remember there are no guarantees that your horse will win or you will actually have a return from your investment. Heeding expert advice on buying and training should start you off on the right direction and with luck and good fortune you will watch your horse win its race from the private owners stand. Just think how proud you will be then and your previous worries about costs incurred will pale in comparison.
Patience Pays
This month, Patience Pays. Well, I suppose it does every month, but that is the name of the classic system we'll be looking at this time. We have some results for it from the early l980s. In the 1983/84 National Hunt season it gave thirty-nine selections of which twenty-five were winners, with a profit, after tax, of over eleven points. In the 1984 Flat season there were fifty-three selections and thirty winners, giving a profit, after tax, of over seventeen points. And in the 1984/85 National Hunt season we had twenty-four bets, with sixteen winners and a profit of over ten points. But first, I've been asked if I could find any more horses' names that may bring a smile to the weary punter's face as he wades through the Form Book! It seems that nowadays you would need a degree in Arabic to understand, or even pronounce, many of the names currently in use. And those names that display any kind of wit or originality of thought are as rare as Bin Laden supporters in the White House! However, I've found a couple that did the trick for me this month. The first is Wanna Shout by Missed Flight out of Lulu. And the second, Upstage by Quest For Fame out of Pedestal. Finally, I remember from a season or two ago a horse that belongs, I believe, to Sir Clement Freud, called Dig Up St Edmunds. The contradictory idea of that one appealed to me, especially if it won. You've been patient so far. I hope it pays. Here is the system. As the title implies, this is a system for those who are prepared to wait for the occasional good investment. The average is less than two bets a week. If, therefore, this is the only system you intend to operate, the need for patience must be stressed. Do not be tempted to introduce rules of your own in order to increase the number of bets. To find a selection, there are four rules which must all be satisfied. These are: 1. The horse must have won last time out, current season. 2. The forecast price of the horse must be 5/4, 11/8, or 6/4 - NOTHING ELSE. 3. It must be selected by at least one of the two main tipsters of the newspaper you use. 4. It must have run previously within the last twenty-one days. Comments I use the Daily Mail and all results quoted are based on the information given in this newspaper. Rules 2 and 3 mean that occasionally, and only very occasionally, the selection could be different from the one indicated by the Mail, but having checked other newspapers, nine times out of ten the selection will be the same and overall results and profits will be virtually identical.
Having decided on which two correspondents to use, stick to them. For instance, if using the Daily Mirror, you may decide to use Newsboy and Bouverie. Alternatively, you may prefer to use Spotform as one of your indicators, plus one of the other two, but whichever you decide, for consistency of results, stay with the same two. I use Robin Goodfellow and Gimcrack. Profits quoted are based on level stakes. However, because of the high percentage of winners and the absence of any serious losing runs, it is feasible to use a fairly simple staking plan to boost profits. I show three ideas, not particularly new, but each one suitable for the pattern of results given by the selection method. A. Increase stakes by one point after each bet, but the next stake should never be more than one point larger than the last figure in the Arrears column. This Arrears figure is achieved through adding together your losses and an expected one point win per bet. Following a winner deduct one point from the profit and then deduct this amount from the Arrears. Return to the starting stake when the Arrears are completely cleared. The following example demonstrates the procedure. RESULT STAKE LOSS PROFIT ARREARS Lost 1 1 - 2 Lost 2 2 - 5 Lost 3 3 - 9 Won 6/4 4 - 6 4 Lost 5 5 - 10 Lost 6 6 - 17 Won 2/1 7 - 14 4 Lost 5 5 - 10 Won 1/1 6 - 6 5 Won 1/1 6 - 6 At this point the Arrears column has been wiped out, and if you add up the profit and loss columns you will see there was a loss of twenty-two points and a profit of thirty-two points, making a single point profit on each of the ten bets. B. Sequence: - 1 - 2 - 2 - 3 - 3 - 4 - 4 - etc, returning to one point after a winner. C. Start by staking one point on each selection until a winner is backed. Then increase to two points and continue to stake two points until two winners have been backed, not necessarily consecutively. Then increase stakes to three points and continue to stake three points until three winners have been backed, not necessarily consecutively. Then increase stakes to four points, etc. Continue in this way until a predetermined number of points
has been won or lost, and then revert to one point and start all over again. The actual number of points is a matter of personal choice. However, a suitable compromise might be to win ten points or lose twenty points. The following table illustrates the procedure. RESULT STAKE PLAN PROFIT PLAN LOSS Lost 1 - 1 Won 1/1 1 - Won 1/1 2 2 Lost 3 - 1 Lost 3 - 4 Lost 3 - 7 Lost 3 - 10 Won 7/1 3 11 At this point the coup ends for we have won more than our suggested ten points. The next stake would revert to one point and the procedure would be repeated. They say that you must be getting old when you start to reminisce, but anyway here is a personal reminiscence which takes us back to 1968, and it seems a whole lifetime ago. Another racing tale told out of school, again concerns the running of a Derby, this time the one of 1968. Remember who won it? I certainly do, with good reason - Sir Ivor. I had heard about Sir Ivor from Ireland over the winter and had backed it at all prices ante-post right up to the day of the race. But the day of the race was the problem. I was a fairly new teacher in 1968, and on the Wednesday of the Derby I had to attend a teachers' conference where something of vital curricular importance was being discussed - what it was I have no idea now - and even at the time my mind was more preoccupied with Epsom than Education. The conference was being held in the Assembly Hall of a large school, closed for the day because of the meeting, and was attended by all the top educational brass of the region, including the over-all Director of Education. To me, a new, young teacher, he was an awesome figure, the fount of all promotion and little short of God. Halfway through the afternoon session of the conference there was a break for coffee, and to my delight I noticed that it was around the time of the Derby taking place. I left the rest of my dedicated colleagues to their coffee and sneaked off, knowing that somewhere in the empty school I would find an empty room with a T.V. I did. I switched on, pulled up a desk to sit on and was watching the preliminaries when I heard something behind me. What I saw when I turned round made me glad I was wearing my brown trousers! There, coming into the room in his immaculate suit was God.
The Director of Education actually apologised for interrupting my viewing, but said that he had been passing along the corridor, heard the T.V. and thought someone had left it on by mistake. I decided quickly that it would be best to confess all, to try to explain what I was doing there. He seemed particularly interested to hear about my bets on Sir Ivor, although I didn't reveal to him the full extent of them. I soon realised that this idea of betting on horses to try to make money was something entirely out of his experience, but which at the same time seemed to fascinate and excite him greatly. By this time the race had started and long before the field reached Tattenham Corner he was cheering on Sir Ivor like a madman. I was sitting as quiet as a well-behaved pupil. As the horses entered the final furlong I could see that Lester on Sir Ivor was moving out from the rail to pass Connaught and was going to win. I was quite calmly reckoning up my winnings. My new betting companion, on the other hand, was going utterly berserk as he drove Sir Ivor home to a length and a half victory over Connaught. He turned to me and said, "Thanks for letting me share that. It's about the most exciting thing I've ever been involved in." We returned together, somewhat drained, to the re-started conference. Just a few months later I got my first step on the promotional ladder.
Profiting From Track Pace Bias

Racetrack bias in horse racing has always been an interesting subject, be it the effect of the draw or the favoured running style. Draw biases are still very much as prevalent today as they were in the past, but unfortunately they have been studied and analysed to such an extent in the racing press that any value to be had from backing well drawn runners is now long gone. You only have to look at the starting prices of the highest drawn runners in every 5f Beverley handicap to see that finding value using well-known draw biases is nowadays incredibly difficult. Pace bias, on the other hand, has had far less media coverage than the effect of the draw, which means, for the time being at least, that finding an edge using this particular angle should reap rich rewards, as the starting prices of pace-favoured runners are not driven down in the same way as they are in the case of a well drawn horse. Some racecourses are widely known among racing form students to favour a certain running style. York has, for many years, been a happy hunting ground for front-runners and those horses that sit in just behind the leaders. Chester racecourse is another venue that favours those racing prominently the configuration of both of these racetracks gives an advantage to this type of early paced runner. Conversely, on the new All-Weather surface Polytrack, which is in place at Lingfield and Wolverhampton, front-runners have a dire record due to the elasticated surface allowing hold-up horses to preserve energy throughout the race and also allowing them to instantly quicken far more easily than they can on turf, thus the advantage held by those runners which set their own pace is diminished. So how can we profit from this? Simply knowing which of our racetracks favour frontrunners and which do not is a handy piece of knowledge to have, but turning this information into profit is easier said than done. In my experience, trying to pre-judge the likely pace make-up of any race is nigh on impossible its certainly possible to achieve a rough idea of the likely pacesetters, the pacechasers and the hold-up runners, but confidently predicting exactly which horse(s) will lead in every race you examine is just not feasible. One major problem is the fact that trainers can and often do change the riding plans of their horses, for various reasons. For example, a horse may have been held up in every race of its career to date, yet on this occasion the trainer may decide to tell the jockey to try and make the running with his charge. And this is just one horse in one race how
could it be possible to guess the plans of each and every trainer? There is simply no way of knowing and trying to base a system or method around such debatable guesswork is a risky business. What I decided to do was to examine every single winner from the last 19 flat seasons that had managed to win by making all of the running. I concentrated solely on those winners that had then gone on to win on their next start too. The following table shows each racecourse and the strike rate percentage of these winners for their next time out appearances. WOLVERHAMPTON (aw) 25.00 LINGFIELD (aw) 23.56 KEMPTON 22.22 LEICESTER 21.54 DONCASTER 20.31 NEWBURY 20.16 HAMILTON 19.47 SOUTHWELL (aw) 18.88 WINDSOR 18.53 WARWICK 18.50 AYR 18.42 HAYDOCK 18.40 THIRSK 17.94 CATTERICK 17.77 BATH 17.38 SANDOWN 17.33 LINGFIELD (turf) 17.22 CARLISLE 17.20 MUSSELBURGH 17.19 NEWMARKET (Rwly) 17.03 ASCOT 16.97 NEWMARKET (July) 16.94 GOODWOOD 16.81 REDCAR 16.71 FOLKESTONE 16.67 RIPON 15.99 YARMOUTH 15.97
YORK 15.85 CHEPSTOW 15.50 CHESTER 14.64 NOTTINGHAM 14.60 BEVERLEY 14.47 PONTEFRACT 14.41 SALISBURY 14.41 BRIGHTON 13.96 NEWCASTLE 13.86 EPSOM 12.78 So for example, of all the Wolverhampton (aw) winners that made all of the running to win their races, 25% of them managed to follow up that victory with another on their very next outing. 20.16% of Newbury front-running winners managed to win next time out, and the strike rate from Goodwoods winners was 16.81%. As you will see, there is quite a varied set of figures here, which is too wide a span for it to be insignificant. The strike rates from the All-Weather tracks of Lingfield and Wolves are almost doubled that of Epsom and there is a near 10% strike rate difference between the highest turf track and the lowest turf track. There has to be a reason why frontrunning winners at certain tracks go on to win their next starts far more often than others. It cant have anything to do with class, as among the top half a dozen courses on the table we find top class venues such as Kempton and Newbury alongside lowly Wolverhampton (aw) and Leicester, and the home of the Derby, Epsom, is at rock bottom on the list. Careful scrutiny of the table leads me to believe I know the answer. The majority of courses that favour front-runners can be found towards the bottom of the table, while the tracks which making all at is a tough task are situated around the top. This makes sense when you think about it if a horse can win by making all of the running on a track which holds a pace bias against front-runners, then it has clearly put in a meritorious effort and must be capable of winning again hence the higher next-run strike rates at the hold-up style favoured courses. On the other hand, if a horse makes all to win on a racetrack which strongly favours the front-running style then it has possibly been flattered in doing so and will find it harder to supplement its win with another on its next outing, especially as it will usually have a tougher task with its official rating being upped for winning.
As mentioned earlier, the Polytrack surface at Lingfield and Wolverhampton All-Weather tracks does not lend itself to front-runners, so its no surprise to find these two tracks at the top of the table (for the purpose of this analysis I have only included races at these venues from when the new Polytrack surface was laid). Its interesting to see that of the four other courses to have a higher strike rate than 20%, three of them have long, stamina-demanding straights which are unsuitable for front-running types as there is nothing to help break up the pace and therefore they are there to be shot at by the laterunning type who needs to come with a long raking run; Leicester has a straight 7f track and on the round course the run-in is a good 5f, Doncaster has a straight mile course with a 5.5f run-in on the round course, and Newbury has a similar description to Doncaster. At the foot of the table, Epsom holds an awful strike rate of just 12.78%, which strongly suggests that the track hands a strong advantage to horses that make all there. The severe undulations, tight turns and a short run-in, not to mention the completely downhill 5f course, make this track a front-runners paradise. No wonder so few winners go on to win again from here. Many other front-running favouring courses are found near the foot of the table Chester, Beverley and Brighton to name a few. So now that we know which tracks produce the most subsequent wins from their frontrunning winners, we can use this information to our advantage. Looking at the last 5 seasons using the top six courses from the table, we get the following collective results. YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2000 23 108 21.30 -7.66 -7.09 2001 15 77 19.48 -7.03 -9.13 2002 20 124 16.13 -23.51 -18.96 2003 30 149 44.57 -15.10 -10.13 2004 49 184 26.63 110.88 60.26 TOTAL 137 642 21.34 57.58 8.97 Backing all font-running winners from these six tracks on their next starts has hit a strike rate of 21.34% with an excellent LSP% of 8.97. Obviously the fantastic results from 2004 have skewed the figures somewhat, but only in 2002 did the strike rate disappoint, and remember this is backing every single qualifier blindly with no filters. Most systems can be massively improved by adding a rule which chucks out the big priced qualifiers any system which relies on longshots winning at is always going to be less likely to continue to make a profit due to the odd 33/1 shot skewing the figures. Breaking down our stats into SP groups we have the following
CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% SP < 4/1 8 0 210 38.10 9.58 0.46 4/1 - <6/1 2 3 103 22.33 24.50 23.79 6/1 - <8/1 1 4 92 15.22 12.50 -13.59 8/1 - <10/1 1 1 65 16.92 35.00 53.85 10/1 - <12/1 5 42 11.90 14.00 33.33 12/1 - <16/1 2 53 3.77 -23.00 -43.40 16/1 or bigger 2 77 2.60 21.00 27.27 Clearly the qualifiers that were sent off at odds of 12/1 or longer are the ones to avoid here. Although the 16/1 and bigger group made a good profit, it was clearly due to a couple of huge priced winners inflating the results. Discarding the runners that were 12/1 or bigger we get the following results. YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2000 23 84 27.38 16.34 19.45 2001 15 58 25.86 11.97 20.64 2002 20 100 20.00 0.49 0.49 2003 29 118 24.58 0.90 0.76 2004 46 152 30.26 65.88 43.34 TOTAL 133 512 25.98 95.58 18.67 So with just the one filter, we have a LSP in every year - in fact it has produced a LSP in 14 of the last 16 seasons, which reinforces the thinking that this is a logical sound idea. Although only a small profit in years 2003 and 2003, this is still highly promising considering just one basic filter (Starting Price) has been used. Breaking down the stats further, we can see from the following table that one particular age group makes a significant loss as compared to the profits made by the other age groups CATEGORY WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2yo 2 3 90 25.56 -12.31 -13.38 3yo 36 137 26.28 48.28 34.24 4yo 15 63 23.81 5.77 9.16
5yo 12 49 24.49 14.26 29.10 6yo 9 21 42.86 13.35 63.57 7yo 0 5 0.00 -5.00 -100.00 8yo-10yo 2 14 14.29 1.00 7.14 The strike rate for the 2yo runners is actually only just below the average of 25.98%, but clearly these juveniles offer no value in their prices and return a loss of over 12%. Discarding this 2yo age group leaves us with a profitable system, which is based on logic and should continue to prove profitable in the years to come. The final results for the system are YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2000 17 61 27.87 27.70 45.41 2001 11 48 22.92 2.30 4.79 2002 12 46 26.09 17.86 38.83 2003 22 94 23.40 6.50 6.91 2004 40 128 31.25 64.70 50.55 TOTAL 108 415 26.02 106.06 25.56 RULES a) Horse must have won last time out at one of the following tracks by making all the running DONCASTER, NEWBURY, LEICESTER, KEMPTON, LINGFIELD (aw), WOLVERHAMPTON (aw) b) Discard any runner which is sent off with an SP of 12/1 or bigger c) Discard 2yo runners
Project A
I've just realised what I've been doing wrong all these years; I've been backing horses to win and not greyhounds or humans. What am I talking about? Well, during the past year two events took place that have gobsmacked me completely. One, was the sprint race between a greyhound and a racehorse. If I'd been present that day I'd have wagered my last half euro that the horse would have won, easily. But no. The greyhound beat the horse comprehensively. Then in June '04 came the other event that seriously dented my confidence in the ability of the racehorse. But we've got to go back to 1980 for the origins of this event. In Llanwrtyd Wells, Powys that year there was a pub argument about whether a man could beat a horse and rider over a gruelling 22-mile race across the roughest terrain that Wales could offer. Hills, valleys, rivers - the lot. A prize of 1000 was put up for the first runner to beat a horse over the line. I'm not sure what odds the bookies would have offered on the first runner to do so on that day, but for me the horse would have been long odds-on, an absolute certainty. And so it proved. The leading human runner trailed in about three quarters of an hour behind the first horse. Pub argument was over - horse the winner. You would have thought so, but not everyone did. It became an annual event in Llanwrtyd Wells (I'm glad I'm just writing it, and not having to say it), with an extra 1000 being added each year to the prize for the first runner to beat the horse. Still no runner could do it although the time lag behind the horse eventually came down to seconds rather than minutes, and that to me was pretty amazing considering the distance of 22 miles and a total running time of over 2 hours. And then in June '04 I saw this tiny snippet of a paragraph in the national press that I could hardly believe. With the prize now at 25000 (courtesy of William Hill) a runner from London called Huw Lobb beat all the 47 horses in the race across the line to collect his 25 Grand. In my view he certainly deserved it. The only trouble is that every time I back a horse now I'm haunted by this recurring vision of a muddy man in singlet and shorts beating my selection by a short head at the winning post. These horses that were beaten by Huw Lobb, and the greyhound, might well have benefited from treatment from Ken Payne. Remember him? If your racing memories go back to the 60s and 70s you certainly will, for he was one of the most flamboyant, exciting - and controversial trainers of the period. When eventually everything went disastrously wrong for him he wrote his life story, telling all up to that point, and then
promptly disappeared from the racing scene. The book is called The Coup and is now out of print and much sought after, but if you can get hold of a copy do so, for it tells a most entertaining racing story. For those who haven't read it and can't get hold of a copy I'll give an inkling of what you've missed. His training career was really quite short - from a glorious day in January 1968 until a horrific one in October 1976 - but in between! Before training racehorses Ken Payne had done his National Service in Malaya (which turned out later to be very important) and after coming home set up a windowcleaning business, starting with a bucket and a ladder. Before long he had built it up to such an extent that he was employing 700 men, and so he got his nick-name Window Payne. But he was always short of money and had always been interested in horses, so he got hold of a pony and trained it for racing on the small flapping tracks, hoping to take the bookies to the window cleaners! And so he did; because while he'd been in Malaya he'd met a strange vet known only as Georgie who introduced Ken to the murkier side of horse training. Basically, he showed Ken how to build up a horse by giving it a course of special vitamins and also a regime of anabolic steroids injections. Remembering how successful the treatment in Malaya had been, Ken got in touch with Georgie who, for a fee, sent on to Ken the necessary materials which were then used on the pony. It won and Ken collected thousands; that's how it all started. Strangely enough the horse that launched Payne's training career at Catterick in 1968, the hurdler Neronton, hadn't had the drug treatment. When it came to Payne in October '67 it was broken down and could hardly walk. An old horseman friend of Payne discovered what was wrong with the horse's feet, cured them and they then restored it to its form of years gone by when it had been a pretty good hurdler. All this was kept quiet and Neronton was entered in a selling hurdle at Catterick - a broken down old horse trained by an unknown trainer. Payne got the bulk of the money down at odds of 8/1 to 10/1, spread over a wide range of betting shops in the New Forest area (where Payne was based) and elsewhere. Neronton was ridden that day by Brian Fletcher, later to ride three National winners, but at the fifth hurdle Neronton virtually fell. Payne thought he had and that he had lost everything, but Fletcher picked him up and went on to win, going away. Ken Payne had won over 20000, enough to set him off on his training career. At first it was at Berkeley House, Lambourn and later he moved north to Kingsley House at Middleham. Eventually he built up there a string of over 100 horses for Flat racing, but wherever he was he always had money problems because of his extravagant life-style. To pay the bills and survive he had to keep on landing betting coups, and these were usually in selling plate races where he would enter a number of runners to confuse the bookies.
The coup horse, however, would always be well prepared in Payne's customary way, with its course of B-12 vitamins and injections of steroids. Payne always reckoned that what he was doing was not cheating in any way, for he maintained that his treatment just made the horse stronger but did not make it run faster. At the time the official veterinary view agreed with him and he was quite open about what he did. The bookies, naturally, hated him for his coups and did everything in their power to thwart him. But I'll have to continue with the story next month, including his utter downfall in October '76. And I've also discovered some details of his life after what's told in the book and after he disappeared so dramatically from the British racing scene. Now, though, we must get on with this month's system. It's often pointed out that the factors which make a system successful in one era may not be so effective at some later time. But I'm convinced that there are some ideas which should prove to be profitable at any time, and this month's system is based on such an idea. It's a very simple one - a trainer's success rate. Also it fits in quite neatly with our fore-going piece about the trainer Ken Payne and his profitability. The name of the system is quite uninspiring Project A but we'll forgive it that if it comes up with as many coups as were landed by Window Payne. PROJECT A The aim is to find horses that have the quality to win the chosen race. The Trainer holds the key to success and he is the ONLY PERSON who knows the quality of his horses and which are laid out to win. All trainers have periods in a season when their horses are at their best and can be relied on to bring home the bacon. These are the horses you can pinpoint with this simple formula: You will need a notebook and all you have to do is to note the trainers who train the winner of each race. When you find a trainer who has trained two or more winners in a day, or two or more winners on consecutive days, he is the trainer to note. You then back his next 3 runners that comply with the following rules:- Must have won a race in the current season. If in a Handicap race, there must not be more than 12 runners. If in a Non-handicap race, the maximum runners must be 15. ELIMINATE: All Sellers and any qualifier NOT in the first 5 in the betting forecast. SPECIAL NAP SELECTIONS;- Each qualifying horse must have been 1st or 2nd in both of its previous 2 races. It must also be quoted forecast favourite in the betting forecast.
We do not recommend betting in a race of 3 runners or less, or in the big handicaps where too many top class horses are competing. Do not bet in handicaps where the qualifying horse carries more than a 31b penalty on the Flat, or 61bs over the Jumps. If avoidable, do not bet Odds-On.
QUICK RETURNING STAYERS

Although some racehorses are at their best when they have been off the track for a lengthy period, generally speaking if a horse is returned to the track quickly after its previous outing, then its worth serious consideration. If we look at the stats from the last four seasons, we can see how there is a gradual decline in strike-rate (and gradual increase in level stakes loss) as the lay-off time increases. LAY-OFF TIME WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Last ran <4 days ago 612 5088 12.03 -335.84 -6.60 Last ran 4-7 days ago 2152 21083 10.21 -5156.35 -24.46 Last ran 8-15 days ago 5455 58333 9.35 -17460.54 -29.93 Last ran 16-31 days ago 5630 60885 9.25 -17775.26 -29.19 Last ran 32-47 days ago 1551 18198 8.52 -4847.79 -26.64 Last ran 48-79 days ago 923 11683 7.90 -3301.37 -28.26 Last ran 80-111 days ago 314 4705 6.67 -1402.06 -29.80 Last ran 112-223 days ago 901 12669 7.11 -4016.91 -31.71 Last ran 224-547 days ago 460 7728 5.95 -3135.28 -40.57 Last ran 548+ days ago 40 1087 3.68 -471.14 -43.34 As can be seen, a gradual but definite drop in performance the longer a horse is away from the racetrack. For this system we are going to concentrate only on those runners which had reappeared within seven days of their last outing. Over the last four seasons the results from backing all horses brought back out within a week of their last run are. YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2001 639 6603 9.68 -1944.36 -29.45 2002 665 6376 10.43 -1420.63 -22.28 2003 657 6203 10.59 -1092.89 -17.62 2004 803 6989 11.49 -1034.32 -14.80 TOTAL 2764 26171 10.56 -5492.20 -20.99 Next well examine the results of the starting odds of these runners obviously the inclusion of those horses which were sent off at huge odds is going to skew the figures
SP WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% <4/1 1164 3842 30.30 -153.70 -4.00 4/1 to 11/2 548 3290 16.66 -191.00 -5.81 6/1 to 15/2 325 2754 11.80 -282.00 -10.24 8/1 to 9/1 196 2166 9.05 -336.50 -15.54 10/1 to 11/1 122 1915 6.37 -546.00 -28.51 12/1 to 14/1 189 3182 5.94 -561.00 -17.63 16/1 to 18/1 76 1649 4.61 -355.00 -21.53 20/1 to 22/1 57 1813 3.14 -612.00 -33.76 25/1 to 28/1 40 1556 2.57 -510.00 -32.78 33/1 to 40/1 30 1867 1.61 -805.00 -43.12 50/1 and more 17 2137 0.80 -1140.00 -53.35 The <4/1 price band gives us a 30.30% strike rate with a level stakes loss of only 4%, therefore it is this price range we will consider. The rundown of these runners for the four year period under scrutiny is as follows YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2001 267 876 30.48 -16.36 -1.87 2002 278 911 30.52 -31.13 -3.42 2003 280 928 30.17 -51.39 -5.54 2004 339 1127 30.08 -54.82 -4.86 TOTAL 1164 3742 30.30 -153.70 -4.00 A very consistent strike rate and only a small level stakes loss each year not bad at all considering the large sample size. Next well look at how these runners perform over different distances. DISTANCE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 5 - <6 furlongs 227 725 31.31 -2.20 -0.30 6 - <7 furlongs 184 653 28.18 -54.71 -8.38 7 - <8 furlongs 150 528 28.41 -26.09 -4.94 8 - <9 furlongs 159 584 27.23 -78.95 -13.52 9 - <10 furlongs 72 235 30.64 -18.67 -7.94
10 - <11.5 furlongs 108 377 28.65 -13.46 -3.57 11.5 - <12.5 furlongs 142 431 32.95 -20.64 -4.79 12.5 - <13.5 furlongs 21 41 51.22 20.46 49.90 13.5 - <14.5 furlongs 33 91 36.26 13.93 15.31 14.5 - <16 furlongs 16 34 47.06 11.26 33.12 16 - <17 furlongs 44 123 35.77 11.07 9.00 17 furlongs and more 8 20 40.00 4.30 21.50 Undoubtedly a clear cut-off point there at the 12.5 furlong mark. For some reason, backing horses which are brought out again within 7 days of their last race and which are sent off at odds of less than 4/1, lose you money at every distance below 12.5 furlongs yet win you money at this trip or longer. In fact, sticking to these three simple rules, this system has made a profit in nine of the last ten seasons YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 1995 29 77 37.66 +13.31 +17.29 1996 25 59 42.37 +11.13 +18.86 1997 35 90 38.89 +15.91 +17.68 1998 27 79 34.18 +3.23 +4.09 1999 25 72 34.72 +4.11 +5.71 2000 33 90 36.67 +6.42 +7.13 2001 31 72 43.06 +16.61 +23.07 2002 24 77 31.17 -4.86 -6.31 2003 31 70 44.29 +24.25 +34.64 2004 36 90 40.00 +25.02 +27.80 TOTAL 441 1280 34.45 +63.95 +5.00 The rules are. a) Horse must have last raced less than 8 days ago b) Horse must be less than 4/1 starting price c) Only consider races longer than 12f in distance Results from 2004 06/01/04 SOA 4+H PHANTOM STOCK 2 0.67
08/01/04 SOA 4+(0- PADDY MUL 1 2.25 08/01/04 SOA 4+(0- KAGOSHIMA 2 3.5 08/01/04 SOA 4+(0- KYALAMI 4 3.5 09/01/04 WOA 4+BH PHANTOM STOCK 1 1.5 14/01/04 WOA 4+(0- IRELAND'S EYE 4 3 16/01/04 WOA 4+S VINCENT 1 1.38 21/01/04 LIA 4+S MYSTERIUM 4 3 27/01/04 SOA 4+H LAMPOS 2 1.5 31/01/04 LIA 4+N(0 FALL IN LINE 1 0.3 03/02/04 SOA 4+BH ALTITUDE DANCER 2 1.88 05/02/04 SOA 4+H ALTITUDE DANCER 1 2.25 06/02/04 WOA 4+SH THE LAST MOHICAN 2 2.5 12/02/04 SOA 4+H REFLEX BLUE 4 1.75 19/02/04 SOA 4+H BOX BUILDER 2 3 02/03/04 LIA 4+I RADIANT BRIDE 1 3 08/03/04 WOA 4+(0- BUZ KIRI 2 2.25 08/03/04 WOA 4+(0- RADIANT BRIDE 4 2 13/03/04 WOA 4+H PHANTOM STOCK 7 2.5 14/03/04 SOA 4+(0- STRAVMOUR 1 3.33 16/03/04 SOA 4+I(0 ORINOCOVSKY 2 3.33 17/03/04 WOA 4+H AVEIRO 1 1.88 30/03/04 SOA 4+(0- MONSAL DALE 7 3 02/04/04 SOA 4+H FFIFFIFFER 10 3.5 10/04/04 HAY 4+H BENBYAS 1 3.5 23/04/04 WAR 4+(0- MERCURIOUS 5 1.25 29/04/04 LIA 3+(0- LEOPHIN DANCER 3 3.5 29/04/04 LIA 3+(0- SERAPH 9 3.33 02/05/04 SAL 4+H SENTRY 3 3.33 07/05/04 CHE 4+G3 SYSTEMATIC 1 2.5 07/05/04 NOT 3H BILL BENNETT 2 1.75 15/05/04 SOA 4+H MADIBA 2 2.75 20/05/04 GOO 4+H COLD TURKEY 4 2.75 26/05/04 RIP 4+H RED SUN 2 1.88 02/06/04 NOT 3+H MY LEGAL EAGLE 1 3 03/06/04 HAM 4+H PARTY PLOY 1 3.5
03/06/04 HAM 4+H TRUSTED MOLE 6 3.5 03/06/04 CHP 3+H QUEDEX 5 2.75 04/06/04 WOA 4+I ROMIL STAR 1 0.83 04/06/04 WOA 4+I AVEIRO 5 1.38 13/06/04 SAL 3H TUDOR BELL 2 3.33 16/06/04 HAM 4+AH MILLENNIUM HALL 1 2.5 18/06/04 AYR 3+AMH MERRYMAKER 1 2.75 19/06/04 WAR 3+H MOONSHINE BEACH 4 3.33 20/06/04 WAR 3+H BAKIRI 4 3.5 24/06/04 HAM 3+DH INCHNADAMPH 1 3 24/06/04 HAM 3+DH LATALOMNE 4 2 26/06/04 DON 4+H GLORY QUEST 1 3.5 02/07/04 WAR 4+BH TRUSTED MOLE 8 2.5 02/07/04 HAY 3H DUNLEA DANCER 6 2.5 08/07/04 FOL 4+H TOM BELL 4 3 08/07/04 WAR 4+H RED RIVER REBEL 2 2.25 08/07/04 WAR 3+H MOONSHINE BEACH 1 2.75 08/07/04 WAR 3+H DARN GOOD 2 2.5 09/07/04 SOA 4+H THE KELT 9 1.63 10/07/04 HAM 3+H ELLWAY HEIGHTS 5 3 11/07/04 HAY 3+H MAGIC COMBINATION 1 2.25 11/07/04 BAT 4+H MOONSHINE BEACH 1 2 12/07/04 SOA 4+H NEXT FLIGHT 6 3 14/07/04 LIN 3+H TUNGSTEN STRIKE 1 1.88 16/07/04 HAM 3+H ELUSIVE DREAM 1 0.44 24/07/04 NOT 4+SH BANNINGHAM BLAZE 1 3 29/07/04 CAR 4+AH VANDENBERGHE 3 3 01/08/04 CHE 4+H HIGH ACTION 1 1.25 04/08/04 NCL 3+H RIYADH 2 3.5 04/08/04 YAR 3+DH BOBSLEIGH 3 2.25 08/08/04 RED 3+H TONI ALCALA 5 3.5 12/08/04 SAL 3+H TILLA 2 2.5 19/08/04 YOR 3H LOST SOLDIER THREE 1 3 27/08/04 NMJ 3+H SENDINTANK 1 1.75 27/08/04 THI 3+H MASTER WELLS 1 3
28/08/04 GOO 3+L SWIFT TANGO 2 2.5 30/08/04 NCL 3+H SENDINTANK 1 0.5 06/09/04 WAR 3+AH OOPS 4 3.5 06/09/04 WAR 3+AH SALUT SAINT CLOUD 8 1.63 06/09/04 NCL 3+H TRILEMMA 1 0.57 13/09/04 RED 3+H INCHPAST 1 1.75 13/09/04 EDI 3+H SHARADI 1 2 16/09/04 PON 3+ CORRIB ECLIPSE 1 1.5 29/09/04 SAL 3+H NAWOW 7 2.75 30/09/04 GOO 3+H DARN GOOD 4 2.5 02/10/04 NMR 3H QUARRYMOUNT 1 3.5 04/10/04 PON 3+H RESTART(I) 12 3.5 16/10/04 CAT 3+N(0 SNOW'S RIDE 2 3.5 06/11/04 DON 3+H SENDINTANK 1 0.91 12/11/04 WOA 3+BH ROMIL STAR 3 3.5 17/11/04 SOA 3+H MADIBA 1 3.5 10/12/04 WOA 3+H KING FLYER 6 3 13/12/04 WOA 3+H GARDEN SOCIETY 1 2.5 14/12/04 SOA 3+H MAGIC RED 3 0.91
Racereader Plus
Who can remember Van Der Wheil, or the Flying Dutchman as he was also called? He first made his impact on the British betting scene in the letters page of the old Handicap Book in 1980, and well do I remember the influence he had on me. If I were more conscientious I would go up into my loft, remove my old Handicap Books from under their gathering layer of dust and check the facts of what I am about to write. But I'm not going to, because some of what he said then has become so engraved on my betting psyche that it will never be forgotten. His letters continued all through the 80's informative, challenging, and also provoking a great deal of heated discussion. VDW was a great believer in consistent form; nothing very startling in that. He looked for his winners from the first four or five horses quoted in a reliable betting forecast. Again not the most revolutionary idea in the betting world. But then he introduced his method for assessing a horse's ability. As far as I am aware, he was the first to do so previously the notion of ability was a matter of personal opinion, but the Dutchman changed all that. He was able to give ability a numerical value, based on facts not opinions, and in the intervening years a whole anthology of systems has been spawned using the VDW factor for ability as the main source of inspiration. And what was this ability rating? For anyone who may still be in doubt, here is the VDW secret. He added up the amount of money a horse had won for winning races (not for being placed), divided this by the number of races won and then knocked off the final two figures. The resulting number is the horse's ability rating. So, if a horse has won 50,000 in five races, then it has an ability rating of 100, or if another has won 88,000 in eight races, its rating would be 110, that is ten points superior to the first one. Fortunately, all the figures required for working out the ratings are supplied in a convenient way in the Racing Post. The only races VDW used with his method were high-value ones with medium sized fields. As I'm writing these notes on the 11th September (a day to remember), I look at the Doncaster meeting and one race stands out, the Park Hill Stakes with nine runners. One of the runners has consistent form (it won its last race), it has an ability rating of over 200, one hundred points clear of the next highest and is trained by probably the top trainer at the course. Also, I hear it has been laid out for the race. They don't often come much better than that, and of course it won. It was Alexander Three D, trained by Barry Hill.
Regarding consistent form, taken over a horse's last three runs, VDW simply added the form figures together, so that 111 gave a rating of 3, the most consistent, and 000 a rating of 30, the least. Therefore, taking the first five horses in the betting forecast, he would work out the three most consistent and if one of these had the highest ability rating, then that was a possible bet. But there was more to it than that. There was always talk of a 'missing link' which caused endless discussion and argument in the Handicap Book's correspondence page. What the link was I have never been able to work out. Perhaps there wasn't one, unless it might be the individual temperament of each punter. VDW once gave his complete formula, as follows: - Consistent Form + Ability + Capability + Profitability + Hard Work = Winners. After all that serious betting stuff let's have something on punting that's a bit more lighthearted. It's a news item that appeared in the press earlier this year, but some of you may have missed it. Even if not, it's worth another look. We all know that everybody placing a bet has to be optimistic and a bit crazy, but this jobless punter from Paignton in Devon takes, not just the biscuit, but the whole bloody packet! He placed a bet with Hills at odds of 20 million to 1 that Elvis Presley will ride into London on missing racehorse Shergar, and play tennis against the fugitive Lord Lucan in the Wimbledon Men's Final. Our punting devotee from Devon wanted to stake 10 on the wager, but Hills limited his stake to 5p, with potential winnings of 1 million. I'll leave the last word to our peerless punter from Paignton. He said, "Hills were obviously nervous about my bet." I wonder if the bookies will be nervous about the selections of this classic system - Racereader Plus. I've seen lots of systems that are based on its ideas and that must be a recommendation in itself. It's suitable for both Flat and N.H. racing and is a sound sensible approach to finding winners. Here it is - Racereader Plus. The newspaper to be used is the Daily Mail, and we are looking at each nonhandicap race at each meeting, with the following exceptions: All races for apprentices only. All races for amateur riders only. All maiden only races. All races with less than eight or more than twelve runners. 1. Look at each horse in the qualifying races and award points on the following basis. Last run 1st - 5 points. 2nd - 3 points. 3rd - 1 point. 2. Previous run 1st - 3 points. 2nd - 2 points. 3rd - 1 point. 3. The horse with the highest score must be rated 75 or above by the Daily Mail Formcast.
4. The horse must be quoted in the first four in the betting forecast of the Daily Mail. 5. If more than one horse qualifies, the selection is the horse with the highest Formcast rating. 6. For National Hunt racing there is no bet on any horse that has fallen or been pulled up in either of its last two races. Staking Set aside a betting bank of twenty points. For example, if your normal stake is 10, your bank would be 200. Your first bet is one point and remains that until your bank plus profits reaches thirty points, at which time your stake increases to 1.5 points. At forty points your stake becomes two points and so on. Should your bank drop below twenty points your stake remains at one point.
Scrutineer
First this month, a disclaimer. Highlander is as patriotic a Scot as his name suggests, but at the same time considers himself very much a citizen of the United Kingdom, with the greatest admiration for all of its members. Now, after getting that off my chest, perhaps I can tell my joke. God was in the middle of his work of creating the world, and when he finished one night he had a little chat with the Archangel Gabriel. "Gabe," he said, "I'm knackered. I've had a hard day, but a good one. I've just created a wonderful country with beautiful mountains, forests with deer, rivers full of salmon, lochs and beaches." "Sounds great, boss," said Gabriel. "A fortunate country." "But that's not all," went on the Big Fellow. "I've also decided to give the people a drink to enjoy called Malt Whisky. Here, I've brought you a drop to try it. He poured Gabriel a bumper which the Archangel tossed back in a oner and said, "Whew! That was good. Enough to knock your halo off." When he got his breath back, Gabriel asked, "And what are you calling this lucky land?" "Scotland," said God. There was a pause while Gabriel considered his next words. "I don't want to criticise, but boss, do you not think," he said at last, "that perhaps you've been over generous to this new creation?" God gave him a strange little smile before replying. "No," he said, "I haven't. Just wait till you see the neighbours I'm giving them." O.K., O.K. it's only a joke! One of the funniest lines in literature concerning horses, I think, (and no doubt many of you will have others to back against it) is one I came across again the other day and which raised a smile once more. I thought I might share it with you. Here it is. "He flung himself from the room, flung himself upon his horse and rode madly off in all directions." Question. Who was he? And who was the humorist who wrote it? And no, the horseman wasn't a confused Frankie Dettori getting his silks in a twist and doing a reverse flying dismount! Real answers later. Have you ever tried this one on somebody, preferably a mug, or even had it tried on yourself? It goes like this. Say to somebody (perhaps your same mug) "I'll bet you 5 that if you give me a tenner, I'll give you 20." It sounds a very good bet, and hopefully your mug will take it on. He hands over his tenner and awaits his 20 in return. Instead, you say," O.K. You win the bet. Here's your 5." So, you're 5 up on the transaction. Depending on the company you can use proportionate stakes to suit. The system for this month is called Scrutineer, and quite a few factors come under scrutiny in it in the eternal quest for our elusive winners. But there's one thing about it
that slightly bothers me. Look at Rule 4. "The horse must be running in a similar class race to its last race." Fair enough. Many systems say that and it's perfectly good advice. But then Rule 4 goes on to turn penalty values into ratings. Again, fair enough for comparison. And finally at the end of Rule 4 there's a little sum that increases the value of the last race by 50% and that is the figure that has to be the same as or higher than the figure of the present race. It's all a bit confusing when the words "similar class" are used at the start of Rule 4. For myself, I'd be quite happy for "similar class" to mean just that the present race to be of the same value or less than the last race. It makes it simpler, and I believe better. Finally, race values have obviously increased since the system was published some years ago, so in Rule 1 for the Flat I'd suggest a figure of 9,000 instead of 6,000, and in Rule 11 for N.H., 6,000 instead of 4,000. Answers. The mad mountie in our question was called Lord Ronald Nosh, and the humorist was the great Canadian Stephen Leacock. Scrutineer This is a method that requires the use of the Racing Post. Minimum number of runners is 5 and the maximum 14. Flat Rules. Only consider: 1. Races with a penalty value of 6000 or more. 2. Won last time out or was second beaten by 3/4 length or less. For 2 yearolds it can be 2.5 lengths or less. 3. Ridden by one of the current top fifteen jockeys. The jockeys table can be found in the pages of the Racing Post. 4. The horse must be running in a similar class race to its last race. To work this out the penalty value for each race is turned into a rating by moving the decimal point twice to the left of the penalty value. This gives the rating. I.e.7551 = 76 as the figure is rounded to the nearest 100. 7550 = 75, 12021 = 120. To work out whether the horse ran in a similar class race on its last run, divide the penalty value rating by 2 and add that number to the penalty value rating. I.e.80 divided by 2 = 40 added on to the 80 = 120. If the final total is the same or higher than the penalty value rating of today's race, then the horse is still a possible selection. 5. The horse must have been fancied in the market the last time it ran. To work this out use the following price guide. It gives the number of horses running in its last race and the maximum odds the horse's starting price could be. For example, if the horse ran in a six horse race on its last run, the horse must have had a starting price of 7-2 or less. Price Guide
Number of Runners in Last Race Maximum Starting Price 4 or less 3-1 5 or 6 7-2 7 or 8 9-2 9 or 10 6-1 11, 12 or 13 8-1 14 or more 10-1 6. If only one horse in the race being analysed qualifies through rules 1 5 then proceed to the next section. If more than one horse qualifies then that race is no good for betting purposes and there is no need to proceed further. Section B Certain aspects of the horse's form are to be taken into consideration before it can become a selection. 7. The horse must be able to handle the ground. Use the following chart to determine whether the horse can handle the ground. Use the reported going in the Racing Post. Reported Going in Racing Post Going horse has won on or been beaten length or 2.5 lengths for 2 year-old or N.H. Flat. Heavy Soft/Heavy Soft Heavy, soft, good to soft Good to Soft Soft, Good to Soft Good Good, good to firm Good to Firm Good, good to firm, firm Firm Good to firm, firm Hard Firm, hard 8. The horse's last run was within 28 days, except for the classics where 56 days is allowed. 9. Maximum distance for Flat racing is 2 miles. Races of 2 miles and a few yards are allowable, but races of 2 miles and 1 furlong plus are not. 10. No bet on Flat until May 1st. No bet at Chester. No bet on Bank Holidays. National Hunt Rules 11. Only consider races with a penalty value of 4000 or more. 12. Won last time out or was second beaten by 2.5 lengths or less. 13. Ridden by one of the top 15 jockeys or a jockey who has ridden the horse at least twice in the horse's last three runs.
14. Same as Rule 4 in Flat rules. 15. Same as Rule 5 in Flat rules. 16. Same as Rule 6 in Flat rules. Section B 17. Same as Rule 7 in Flat rules. 18. The horse's last run to be within 42 days. 19. The maximum distance is four miles 4 furlongs. 20. No bet in Juvenile Hurdle races. No bet on National Hunt until September 15th. Foreign jockeys can be used, provided they are amongst the top five in their respective riding countries. If unsure, do not use.
Soccer correct score betting

Okay, it's not horse racing - but here's something to think about with UK soccer correct score betting. Remember: these systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without real stakes before risking any money. There's good money to be made out or Correct Score Football Betting and gradually, the big book makers are trying counter measures in an attempt to reduce their liabilities. Ladbroke and Coral will not accept Aussie Correct Scores. The remaining Aussie odds-layers, have added the words "Singles Only" to their coupons. Currently, most U.K. betting shops accept Correct Score Doubles, Trebles, etc. on U.K. football matches. The special coupons can be located on most betting shop counters from each Tuesday onwards. In the event of all the coupons being used or missing a normal betting slip can be used. Ensure you date your betting slip for the Saturday in question and you'll see the actual instructions/wording below. Currently, in even matched games, a score of 2-1 (home or away) is approximately 9/1 and 3-2 (either way) is 25/1 or 28/1. So a 2-1 Treble yields 1000/1 and the worst 3-2 Double pays 625/1. My approach, in an attempt to snare a 1000/1 Treble, is to select ten matches and to perm any 3 from 10, in 120 Trebles. Obviously, I avoid all the Manchester United V Barsleys and I believe 2-1s are easier to find than 1-2s. The individual match prices are a good guide as to who's going to win 2-1. Seek marginally (4/5, 8/11 etc.) odds-on home sides. Another good guide is to purchase a
weekly Racing and Football Outlook from a good newsagents on a Wednesday. They devote four tabloid size pages to football. As said, any 3 from 10 is 120 Trebles and cheaper Perms are 3 from 8 (56) and 3 from 9 (84). There's no very simple way of calculating Trebles, but it is done as follows: If you wish to know 3 from 16, you draw a horizontal line and below the line you write 1x2x3 and above the line you put 16x15x14. Then devide above the line by below the line for the answer - 560. Calulating Doubles is simplicity itself. If you wish to know how many Doubles in, say 20, you take the number below the 20, half the even number and multiply the two together. So Doubles in 20 is 190 (19x10). On U.K. football 3-2 is a fairly reasonably common score and at a minimum match price of 25/1 the Double is a very tasty 625/1. Any 2 from, say 15 is 105 Doubles and the Doubles can be from 1p upwards - so at 10p the wager would cost 10.50 and at 1p the stake is 1.05p. One things for absolute sure, you'll find more 9 and 25/1 football winners, than similarly priced horse race winners. Each week there will beroughly twenty (out of fifty-odd), 9/1 and 25/1 football winners on the coupon. Finding the 3-2s is not an impossibility. Seek home sides who average two home-goals per game, that are marginally odds-on, playing sides that are averaging at least one away goal per away game. I shouldn't be telling you this and I hope not too many readers try this approach, or it'll be Singles only from mid-September. Eliminate all the Home/Away "bankers" and cover the residue in 3-2 Doubles (any 2 from, say 35) and you'll win money over the season.
Now for the instructions. Having decided how many matches you wish to cover in Doubles or Trebles and at what score, you simply do this: Find the Correct Score Column and enter 2-1 (for example) in the ten appropriate boxes (for example). Then turn the coupon sideways and write (for example) "120x10p Win Trebles" and then enter 12.00p in the Total Stake box. Should you wish to try 3-2 doubles, then use a different coupon (one wager per coupon) and write 3-2 in your 20 selected boxes and sideways write (for example) "190x1p (for example) Win Doubles" and enter 1.90p in the Total Stake box. Should the coupons be absent, then borrow a duplicate coupon from behind the betting shop counter (for the match numbers) and then write on a betting slip "Football Correct Scores 30.08.97 matches 7, 11, 18, 27 etc. (Put a ring around the match numbers) all 3-2 in 120x10p Win Doubles". Do likewise for your 2-1 Win Trebles. Ask the counter-hand to check you haven't "under" or "over" staked your wager.
Soothsayer
As you read this, the Derby will probably be over for another year with Royal Ascot still to come. What can we expect at this year's Ascot? Well, as usual, fancy hats, royal pageantry, high fashion, champagne and, no doubt, surprise results. Just let's hope that it doesn't turn out like the Royal Ascot of 1930, perhaps the most amazing in its 200 yearlong history. Day one had taken place normally, but then on the second day, just after the Royal Hunt Cup had been run, it happened. A thunderstorm of exceptional ferocity struck Ascot with lightning, thunder and torrential rain; and in less time than it took The Macnab to win the Hunt Cup, the grandiose social splendour of Royal Ascot was turned into farcical chaos. Rivers of mud claimed not only shoes but hats and even dresses. Women fainted. But far worse, a bookmaker in Tattersall's was killed when struck by lightning. Panic took over as terrified race goers rushed to escape the mayhem, all thoughts of their finery forgotten. Racing, of course, had to be abandoned for the first time ever in the history of Royal Ascot - altogether a most remarkable day in racing history. You would think it a pretty safe bet to say that lightning wouldn't strike in the same place again. But you'd be on a loser. Against all the odds, something very similar happened again at Royal Ascot in July 1955, and before you accuse me of having got the month wrong, let me explain. In 1955 there was a major rail strike in June and this caused the postponement of the Royal Meeting until the following month. And that's when lightning struck again. It was Gold Cup day and the time was 4.10pm when the almighty flash cut its way through the crowd on the Heath side. Bodies were knocked flat or hurled in the air; people stood dumb-struck in the torrential downpour gazing at the bodies; and then it was discovered that two were dead, including a pregnant mother. At that point racing was abandoned - for the second time in Royal Ascot's history. I wonder how many people attending Royal Ascot this year, mindful of what I have just described, will lay down their glass of champagne and cast an anxious glance skywards, should a few storm clouds gather. Before we leave Royal Ascot, one system for it that could be relied on for winners in years gone by was to follow the mounts of Lester Piggott. I've actually seen that system for sale at a big price. I wonder what jockey this year could be put forward for following in the hope of making a profit? Time for a joke, I think. I was watching Michael Palin crossing the Sahara Desert the other night when I was reminded of this one. A baby camel says to his mother, "Mummy,
why do I have such big flat feet?" "Because, son," she answers, "we have to tramp across hundreds of miles of desert carrying big loads, and feet like that help us to walk without sinking into the sand." A little later the baby asks, "Mummy, why do I have such long, thick eye-lashes?" "Because, son," she replies, "when there are sand storms in the desert these eye-lashes help to protect your eyes from the blowing sand." Again the baby asks, "Mummy, why do I have such thick, hairy skin?" "Because, son," she says, "a covering like that is essential to protect your body from the intense heat of the sun in the middle of the Sahara." After a pause, the baby speaks again. "In that case, Mummy, what the hell are we doing in Whipsnade Zoo?" Soothsayer is the name of our system for this month, and as a slight digression, perhaps I should have had it for the month of March. For if I remember my Shakespeare correctly, it was the soothsayer who warned Julius Caesar to "beware the Ides of March". All right. Let's get back to the system. It dates from around 1990, is based on the Racing Post and contains sufficient common-sense rules regarding short priced selections that should ensure a regular and continuing supply of winners. From the year's results quoted with the system (which I see no reason to doubt) I would highlight some interesting facts. The strike rate is 78%, there is a longest winning run of 15 and a longest losing run of only 2. The level stake profit is around 50 points. All very impressive, and I would have thought a suitable staking plan could be used to very great advantage. Soothsayer is based on clear favourites and their obvious chances. The only newspaper which can be used is the Racing Post, with present season form only. 1. The horse must be forecast favourite in the Post betting at odds of 8/11 to 9/4 inclusive. 2. The horse forecast second favourite in the Post betting must be 4/1 or higher. 3. The horse must be clear top rated by Postmark. No joint top ratings allowed. 4. The horse must have been placed in the first three on its last outing. 5. The horse's last outing must be within 28 days inclusive. 6. Minimum runners 5 and maximum runners 14. 7. The horse must be ridden by a professional or top apprentice. 8. The horse must be able to handle the going. Please read the following rules carefully. A. Any horse which has had 3 or more runs in its lifetime must have won or been placed (beaten 3 lengths or less) on going the same or very similar to the reported going. I.e. Reported going - good to firm, the horse must have handled good, firm or good to firm. B. Any 3 year-olds with less than 3 runs have probably encountered most kinds of going on the home gallops, so it is best left to the trainer's discretion about the going, so no
going qualifications needed. Older horses with less than 3 runs also qualify under this group. C. All 2 year-olds with less than 3 runs must have shown they can handle the going by either winning or being placed (beaten 3 lengths or less) on the exact going reported in the Post. 9. Do not bet on the following. Selling races. Maiden Chases. Amateur Races. Juvenile Hurdles. Novice Handicap Hurdles. All National Hunt races until the 1st of September.
SPEED ON THE SAND

All-Weather racing in Britain has always been looked upon as the poor cousin of turf racing, mainly due to the low quality of racehorse it attracts and the dismal prize-money which is attributed to the majority of the races under this particular code. Relations are improving, thanks to the emergence of the universally acclaimed Polytrack surface, which is generally accepted to be a safer and fairer surface than the older sandbased compositions Equitrak and Fibresand. Prizemoney is considerably higher too, which means a better class of runner is attracted which, in turn, leads to more interest from punters and the media, and this has helped raise the profile of racing on artificial surfaces in this country. From experience of compiling my own speed ratings for many years, I know that the art of rating performances by the use of the clock can reap rich rewards, and the one area of speed ratings which stands out from the rest has always been All-Weather racing. There seems to be fewer races which develop into tactical affairs on sand than on turf, possibly due to the general lower class of race on the all-weather courses, with many races of these events being run at a true gallop right from the off - this results in more races being available for time analysis which leads to more reliable and accurate speed figures. So, if speed ratings are to be presumed more accurate on sand than on turf, this should be reflected in the results of Topspeed, the Racing Posts very own speed rating compiler. If we run through the last 18 years of flat season data using the RSB program, searching for the results of all horses which were toprated by Topspeed, and had an SP of shorter than 4/1 (this is to concentrate on only those horses which were deemed good enough on form to go close), we arrive at the following results. SURFACE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% All 10443 27718 37.68 -163.93 -0.59 Turf 8717 22803 38.23 -85.40 -0.37 AW 1726 4915 35.12 -78.52 -1.60 Not exactly the result I was expecting, with the turf results showing a better figure on both of the important factors, the strike rate and LSP%. This seemed to fly in the face of logic, so I delved deeper to try and find out why the results had been the opposite of what I thought they would be.
I decided to take a closer look at the all-weather results, and the table below shows the results from each of the last 16 seasons. YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 1989 12 30 40.00 4.19 13.97 1990 56 147 38.10 8.46 5.76 1991 65 168 38.69 1.31 0.78 1992 66 183 36.07 0.44 0.24 1993 96 247 38.87 6.66 2.70 1994 71 236 30.08 -12.57 -5.33 1995 103 281 36.65 4.83 1.72 1996 99 303 32.67 -35.91 -11.85 1997 111 296 37.50 18.61 6.29 1998 132 392 33.67 -20.10 -5.13 1999 173 448 38.62 7.68 1.71 2000 198 538 36.80 4.88 0.91 2001 151 424 35.61 8.26 1.95 2002 115 327 35.17 19.35 5.92 2003 121 354 34.18 2.00 0.56 2004 157 541 29.02 -96.61 -17.86 TOTAL 1726 4915 35.12 -78.52 -1.60 For some reason, 2004 resulted in a heavy loss not only did the strike rate drop from a supremely consistent mid-30s figure to a little over 29%, but the LSP loss was almost 100 points. In fact, were it not for this particular season, the total LSP would have been in profit rather than loss. Why did the results in 2004 suddenly take such a dramatic downturn? My immediate theory was targeted towards the arrival of the Polytrack surface at Wolverhampton racecourse, which replaced the original Fibresand. The old surface had become dangerously in need of replacement, which resulted in some unreliable results, and when the new track was laid later in the year the early results were once again untrustworthy due to Polytrack being a surface which encourages falsely run events. Therefore its not surprising to find that the results from Wolverhampton were largely responsible for the poor results from 2004. The three all-weather tracks are analysed individually below.
WOLVERHAMPTON YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 1993 0 1 0.00 -1.00 -100.00 1994 29 94 30.85 -4.53 -4.82 1995 41 104 39.42 15.49 14.89 1996 39 99 39.39 7.58 7.66 1997 31 92 33.70 2.35 2.55 1998 39 126 30.95 -19.05 -15.12 1999 56 157 35.67 -12.90 -8.22 2000 75 213 35.21 -11.78 -5.53 2001 66 161 40.99 23.85 14.81 2002 42 128 32.81 -2.43 -1.90 2003 45 128 35.16 -5.14 -4.02 2004 50 202 24.75 -51.43 -25.46 TOTAL 513 1505 34.09 -58.99 -3.92 LINGFIELD YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 1989 5 15 33.33 -0.82 -5.47 1990 19 52 36.54 3.23 6.21 1991 32 85 37.65 7.68 9.04 1992 33 91 36.26 -3.76 -4.13 1993 35 101 34.65 -11.48 -11.37 1994 17 78 21.79 -21.75 -27.88 1995 41 101 40.59 10.01 9.91 1996 32 115 27.83 -30.56 -26.57 1997 44 108 40.74 17.28 16.00 1998 55 145 37.93 14.44 9.96 1999 68 161 42.24 17.43 10.83 2000 60 166 36.14 4.22 2.54 2001 32 95 33.68 5.94 6.25 2002 33 101 32.67 -1.87 -1.85 2003 33 112 29.46 -14.69 -13.12 2004 43 170 25.29 -48.36 -28.45 TOTAL 582 1696 34.32 -53.06 -3.13
SOUTHWELL YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 1989 7 15 46.67 5.01 33.40 1990 37 95 38.95 5.23 5.51 1991 33 83 39.76 -6.37 -7.67 1992 33 92 35.87 4.20 4.57 1993 61 145 42.07 19.14 13.20 1994 25 64 39.06 13.71 21.42 1995 21 76 27.63 -20.67 -27.20 1996 28 89 31.46 -12.93 -14.53 1997 36 96 37.50 -1.02 -1.06 1998 38 121 31.40 -15.49 -12.80 1999 49 130 37.69 3.15 2.42 2000 63 159 39.62 12.44 7.82 2001 53 168 31.55 -21.53 -12.82 2002 40 98 40.82 23.65 24.13 2003 43 114 37.72 21.83 19.15 2004 64 169 37.87 3.18 1.88 TOTAL 631 1714 36.81 33.53 1.96 Polytrack was introduced to Lingfield in November 2001 and to Wolverhampton in 2004. It seems perfectly logical to me to assume that the poor recent Topspeed results from these two tracks is down to this new speed-rating unfriendly surface. Southwell, after all, has continued to produce consistent figures in recent years, as has turf. So from now in this study, we will consider only those races which took part on nonPolytrack all-weather surfaces (Equitrack & Fibresand). Experience has taught me that race distance is very much a key factor in the study and use of speed ratings; the longer the race, the less likely that a true pace will ensue, leading to slow times and unreliable form. With this in mind, well now look at the stats from the last 5 seasons of these Topspeed selections on non-Polytrack all-weather surfaces (SP<=4/1) broken down by distance DISTANCE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% <=10f 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13 10f> 145 441 32.88 -44.55 -10.10
TOTAL 611 1708 35.77 20.49 1.20 As can be seen, quite clearly a marked difference of fortunes over long and short distances. There is only 3.9% between them in terms of strike rate but the considerable gulf in LSP% shows that the runners over the longer trips are bad value. Concentrating on the runners which contested races over 10f or less, the yearly breakdown since 2000 looks like this. YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2000 159 416 38.22 18.52 4.45 2001 112 309 36.25 22.73 7.36 2002 59 168 35.12 10.51 6.26 2003 74 174 42.53 40.57 23.32 2004 62 200 31.00 -27.29 -13.65 TOTAL 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13 The main thing to notice here is the poor return from 2004, but the vast majority of these losses came from Wolverhampton in the months leading up to the laying of the new Polytrack surface. The Fibresand at Wolverhampton was in no fit state for horse racing in the latter stages of its existence and Im sure this is the reason for the poor results. The final filter we are going to add here is field size, and once again it is a logical inclusion small fields are far more likely to produce a false pace (and therefore a false and unreliable result) than larger ones, and the following fieldsize breakdown supports that theory. FIELD SIZE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2-4 runners 9 21 42.86 -2.86 -13.62 5-7 runners 83 231 35.93 -19.26 -8.34 8-10 runners 181 472 38.35 34.25 7.26 11-16 runners 193 543 35.54 52.91 9.74 TOTAL 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13 At least eight runners in a race is a must have rule for this method, as speed ratings are worth less as the field size diminishes. As Lingfield and Wolverhampton have made the
transition to Polytrack, Southwell is the only current allweather course to have a nonPolytrack surface in place, so it is this track which will provide the selections for this method. So the final rules and results are as follows a) Southwell all-weather races only b) Horse must be top rated by Topspeed c) Horse must be sent off at shorter odds than 4/1 d) Only consider races 10f or shorter in distance e) Only consider races with at least eight runners YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2000 123 324 37.96 27.73 8.56 2001 90 261 34.48 11.39 4.36 2002 51 144 35.42 12.76 8.86 2003 67 148 45.27 49.86 33.69 2004 43 139 30.94 -15.58 -11.21 TOTAL 374 1016 36.81 86.16 8.48
SPEED RATINGS HURDLE SYSTEM

The use of the clock in National Hunt racing is a far less popular method for searching for winners than it is in flat racing, simply because of the many discrepancies with which the jumping code is burdened with (unreliable race distances, ultra-slow run races, unreliable standard times to name but a few). That is, however, not to say that profits cannot be made by using time as a guide. In fact, it could be argued that if an edge in this sphere could be found then it would probably prove profitable to follow for a longer time span than a similar system devised for flat racing would, due to the popularity of speedratings amongst punters on the latter code driving prices down taking away any value to be had. Well start by looking at all races over the last four NH seasons and the results of those runners rated/not rated by Topspeed (the Racing Posts very own speed rating figures) TOPSPEED WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Top-rated 2917 12701 22.97 -764.14 -6.02 Not top-rated 10101 115876 8.72 -35871.01 -30.96 Immediately this tells us that Topspeeds top-rated runners should be given respect in National Hunt races. The LSP% loss of a little over 6% is highly commendable considering over 12 thousand races were involved, and of course there will undoubtedly have been plenty of no-hopers making up a percentage of the selections. Concentrating on these Topspeed top-rated horses, well analyse them further by looking at their starting prices. Its logical to presume that those towards the head of the market
are going to be the ones producing the higher strike rates and higher profits, as many of the bigger priced selections will probably have been running under unsuitable conditions, hence their inflated prices SP position WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 1st fav 1635 4001 40.86 -217.67 -5.44 2nd fav 653 2566 25.45 195.33 7.61 3rd fav 281 1869 15.03 -195.12 -10.44 4th fav 154 1371 11.23 -157.67 -11.50 5th fav 85 934 9.10 -69.50 -7.44 6th fav 51 663 7.69 -3.50 -0.53 7th fav 25 419 5.97 -106.00 -25.30 8th fav 17 310 5.48 -17.00 -5.48 9th fav 4 182 2.20 -92.00 -50.55 10th fav 12 386 3.11 -101.00 -26.17 No surprise then to see a gradual fall in strike rate % as the SP position rises. Its clear from the above stats that its the front two horses in the betting which we need to be concentrating, with just a small loss of 22.34 level stake points from over six and a half thousand bets. So have our first two rules; top-rated on Topspeed and either favourite or 2nd favourite in the betting. Next well analyse these qualifiers by examining the results from different race distances
DISTANCE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2m 2m 2f 834 2427 34.36 -66.81 -2.75 2m 2.5f 3m 1082 3079 35.14 -9.28 -0.30 > 3m 0.5f 372 1061 35.06 53.75 5.07 Theres no denying over which distances the profit comes from although the strike rates are almost identical, clearly the shorter the trip, the more over bet the qualifiers are. Concentrating solely on those running in races over a distance of further than three miles returns a healthy 5.07 LSP%. Finally well look to see whether the race type has any bearing on results, as the pace of jumping hurdles differs somewhat to that of jumping fences OBSTACLE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Chase 249 776 32.09 -30.21 -3.89 Hurdle 123 285 43.16 83.96 29.46 Pretty conclusive proof there that hurdle races are the ones to concentrate on here. Not much of a surprise really as the pace in hurdle events is much stronger than in chases, as the horses can jump the smaller obstacles far more quickly than the bigger fences, and therefore speed ratings have more of an impact in hurdle races. So the final rules and results are as follows a) Topspeed top-rated horses only b) Horse must be either first or second SP favourite
c) Only consider races longer than 3 miles in distance d) Hurdle races only YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2001 28 77 36.36 18.99 24.66 2002 30 66 45.45 15.53 23.53 2003 40 76 52.63 37.32 49.11 2004 25 66 37.88 12.12 18.36 TOTAL 123 285 43.16 83.96 29.46
The Ace
"No, no, stop. Too much information!" How often have we heard that said nowadays when a friend is imparting to us too many lurid details of some intimate, personal relationship! That current phrase 'Too much information' sticks in my mind also when considering, not just systems, but also the whole process of trying to select winners. At times it seems we really do have too much information at our disposal. But then again, can we ever have too much? Does success lie in considering all the possibilities available to us? 1 honestly don't know the answer, if there is one. I'm sure many of us are aware, however, of the Brimardon service, widely advertised, and costing as I write, about two and a half grand for six months' selections. It certainly seems to come up with the results, achieving a profit of 554 points in 2002. I'm not a subscriber myself, but I understand that these figures are genuine and proofed to the Racing Post. And I further gather from their advertising material that they consider thousands of positive and negative values in every race evalued. Yes, thousands. Obviously, it is all done by computer but it puts the manual efforts of mere mortals (like myself) in some kind of perspective. Do we need to evaluate thousands of factors in every race to find the winner? Are we wasting our time (and money) if we are unable to do so? I am simply posing the questions, not answering them. One thing I will say about Brimardon is this. They have been in operation since 1985, and I would make an educated guess that the founders then were three guys named Brian, Martin and Donald! Before leaving this interesting subject of Brimardon - of course it is interesting if it makes 554 points of profit in a year - I'd like to make a suggestion. I can remember in the years since 1985 seeing the Brimardon software programme which supplies their winners being offered for sale in computer magazines and the national press. If such an offer is still available from any member I'd be interested to have it, and perhaps conduct a trial to let you all know how the results are going. Too much information? With 554 points profit, I think maybe not! I was sitting at a cremation service the other day having a quiet laugh to myself. Now, before you accuse me of gross insensitivity, let me explain. I couldn't help but remember as I sat there a cremation joke I'd heard just some days earlier. But before I tell it may I mention a great novel that I read some time ago by the Scottish author lan Banks, and it is called The Crow Road. In the opening chapter the hero's grandmother is being cremated when there is an almighty explosion. It turns out that she was fitted with a pace-maker
which hadn't been removed and that is what caused the blast in the furnace. The story continues beautifully after that explosive start. Back to our joke. The cremation is taking place of a famous and flamboyant heart surgeon. He had left instructions that the gates through which the coffin would disappear into the furnace should be decorated with flowers in the shape of a heart (as befitted his profession), and it is at this point in the service that our joke begins. The heart-shaped floral doors had just parted when a mourner began to laugh quite audibly. His neighbour turned to him angrily and suggested that he show more respect. The laughing mourner said, "I can't help it. You see, I'm just considering what could happen at my own cremation when it comes." "And why on earth should your cremation cause you such amusement?" asked the neighbour. Remember last month we had the horse's name telling the World War Two story of the Dambusters. We've another story this time; not a specific one, more a general type - the western. Like most other young lads of my generation I was an avid reader of westerns, and looking back now I realize that they were all basically the same story. The hero would be a tall, tough, slow-spoken cowboy and probably called Tex or Hank. The villains were the Indians cunning, ruthless and addicted to scalps and firewater. Furthermore, they always had to be defeated and Tex or Hank always won. Even more satisfying, Tex or Hank invariably also won the hand and heart of the beautiful Lois or Consuela. Simple stuff, I know, but how we enjoyed it then. Memories of that kind of story all came back to me when I saw this horse's name. It is Ambushed by Indian Ridge out of Surprise Move. One final horse's name for this month, not a story, more a witty and accurate comment on modem life. Cash 'N Credit is the horse and it is by Homo Sapien out of Not Enough. That's us, all right! On to our classic system for August. It is called (not very originally) The Ace System. At a rough count, it evaluates about ten factors in each race which, I suppose, is manageable if not exhaustive. It can't compare with the thousands of positive and negative values mentioned earlier, but nonetheless, maybe The Ace will come up trumps. Finally, next month marks our second anniversary of contributions, so before then I'll dig deep to try and unearth something a bit special. I might also try out my new rating system mentioned last month. THE ACE SYSTEM 1. USE RACING POST 2. USE MAIN MEETING ONLY (centre pages) 3. CLEAR TOP RATED POSTMARK AND CLEAR TOP RATED TOPSPEED
4. SELECTION MUST BE RIDDEN BY A JOCKEY WHO IS IN THE TOP 10 OF THE JOCKEY TABLES (for the first month of any season use last seasons tables) 5. LAST TIME OUT SELECTION MUST NOT HAVE BEEN 10/1 OR MORE. 6. LAST TIME OUT SELECTION MUST NOT HAVE BEEN BEATEN MORE THAN THREE LENGTHS FLAT, OR FIVE LENGTHS N H. 7. IN HANDICAP RACES THE SELECTIONS HANDICAP MARK MUST BE NO MORE THAN 7LBS HIGHER THAN A MARK IT HAS ALREADY WON OFF. ALTERNATIVELY IT SHOULD BE RUNNING FROM A MARK NO HIGHER THAN IT HAS BEEN PLACED FROM IN ANY ONE OF ITS LAST FOUR RACES. 8. IN NON HANDICAP RACES A SELECTION MUST HAVE RUN IN MORE VALUABLE RACE THAN TODAY'S RACE LAST TIME OUT. 9. SELECTION MUST BE FORECAST IN FIRST THREE IN RACING POST BETTING FORECAST IN RACES WITH TWELVE OR LESS RUNNERS, OR FIRST FOUR IN BETTING IN RACES WITH 13 OR MORE RUNNERS 10. SELECTION MUST BE ABLE TO HANDLE GOING. A SELECTIONS ABILITY TO HANDLE GOING WILL BE DETERMINED BY REFERRING TO THE POSTDATA BOX AND MAKING SURE THE SELECTION HAS A TICK UNDER GOING. 11. IGNORE ANY RACE WHERE A ODDS,FAVOURITE IS FORECAST. HANDICAP MARKS By referring to the form pages where the information is supplied for a selections last two or three runs you will find details of all races a possible selection has won. Any win in a handicap will be listed and also the handicap mark the selection won off. For each race you will find a ratings table which indicates the handicap mark the horse is running off today. In these rating tables, to the left of the selections name you will find details of the horses last few races, the mark it ran off and if it was placed off that mark.
The Factor 8 System

Over the past months I have written more than once about the Racing Post being a great source of racing information of all kinds. And so it is. But the ordinary daily national press is also a rich supplier of data and help for the punter, and I thought that over the next month or two I would take a look at the different approaches and material they provide; with, perhaps, some additional personal stuff thrown in. For this month we'll start with the Daily Express. My very first recollection of any newspaper is of the Express, differently shaped then, being in broadsheet format back in those days. Looking back with hindsight I can only assume that my father took it every day for some reason other than its blatant Conservative politics which would not have suited him at all. It could well be that he favoured it because of its racing information. I think it was generally recognised then that the Express was the best national daily for racing with the Scout (at that time the great Clive Graham), Peter O'Sullevan, not just a great tipster but later to become the voice of racing with his marvellous commentaries (and still going strong as I write this) and Bendex, who then was Charles Benson. They also had a Scottish tipster called Scotia which completed a really impressive team. As I recall it, the Scout, Peter O'Sullevan and Scotia gave each day their three main tips indicated by 3 stars, 2 stars and 1 star. Many were the systems then that relied simply on the number of stars a selection received from the Express tipsters. And if there was one that received 9 stars, then that was something to bet on! Another memory is that in those war-time years when paper was scarce, the Express, in its large format, consisted of very few pages, sometimes I believe, only four. How different from nowadays when a paper has so many pages and supplements that a paper delivery boy is lucky to survive puberty without suffering from round shoulders and a hernia. The Express was owned then in the 1940s by the Canadian Lord Beaverbrook, a war-time friend and colleague of Winston Churchill. Beaverbrook has told a true story I enjoy about another great war-time Prime Minister, Lloyd George in the First World War. Lloyd George was returning late one night from campaigning in rural Wales when his car broke down. His driver decided to search for help and found a big house nearby where he
knocked on the door for assistance. It just happened to be the local asylum or mental hospital. The driver told the night porter who answered the door that he had Lloyd George outside in the car. "Bring him in," said the porter wearily. "I've got another seven of him in here already." I've hardly seen the Express since those far-off days, but bought one the other day to check up on it now. I was glad to see the Scout and Scotia are still there, though not tipping in every race, but the new big-name tipsters came as a shock - Computerman and Rottweiller. However, I noted that Computerman on the previous day, the 1st November, had napped a 14/1 winner, Sir Desmond, so that impressed me. There is a section called Gossip From The Gallops and on that day it gave 4 selections which provided 3 winners at 14/1, 10/11 and 3/1. Again pretty impressive. Another section called Analyser gives details of hot trainers and jockeys, best races for favourites, outsiders, trainers and jockeys and also horses with biggest ratings drop from winning mark. Two of these were given and one of them won at 12-1. These exceptional results on that random day are probably fortuitous, but I'm tempted to take a further longer look at the Express. Now, something completely different. Here's a little gag to try in the pub or wherever and I can assure you it works for I did it the other day to great effect. Choose your subject (I hesitate to use the word victim) carefully. Success depends on this. He should be extrovert and not quite Mensa material; then explain that this is a test of intelligence and acting ability. A dumb man goes into a chemist's shop and wants a toothbrush. How would he be able to get it? Our subject, after a second's thought, should start to mime brushing his teeth. You agree and applaud him. Then you ask how a blind man would be able in the same shop to get a packet of condoms. Again after a second or two he should start his mime. He gets a packet, opens it and produces something that he begins to apply in his groin area with a roll-on motion. Just before he is finished you interrupt and say, "No, the blind man would simply say 'A packet of condoms, please'. For this month's system I can simply say Factor 8. It has proved successful on both the Flat and NH with big-priced winners at 20/1, 16/1, 14/1, 12/1, 11/1, 10/1 etc. It has proven level stake profits on both codes over more than one season, and furthermore it is extremely easy to operate. There is a popular recent system on the market that I'm sure you'll know called Factor 4, the brain-child of Colin Davey. Let's hope that Factor 8 turns out to be twice as good as Davey's. Factor 8 System
The phase "Fit and Fancied is often used in the racing pages of your morning newspaper, when allied to winning form it can be used as an important weapon in your betting armoury. When a horse suddenly hits top form most trainers, barring those foolish enough not to try, like to strike again whilst the iron is still hot. Many racehorse trainers have very few purple patches during a season, and not knowing when the going may change or sickness strike their string, they have to take full advantage of any good spells that are available. We too can benefit when these horses suddenly "Spring to life" by using this simple method. By using the DAILY MAIL (All results are based on this paper) note at the days principle meeting in any race, barring Foxhunters chases, the sole horse that won a .race in the last eight days. Do NOT bet if there is more than one selection in a race. In the Daily Mail, printed after the horses name, is the number of days since a horse last ran and Sundays are included in this total, so, we are actually looking for the horse that won in seven racing days. I began checking this system on the first day of the 1984 Flat season and for that whole period I followed ALL qualifiers at ALL meetings and had these winners:Concert Pitch 14/1 Eastform 16/1 Kiowa 7/1 Highham Grey 8/1 Widd 15/2 Humberside L. 8/1 Hizpah 7/1 Gunfighter 8/1 Leysh 20/1 Free Range 10/1 Bold Realm 11/1 Secret V. 12/1 First Bout 8/1 Mels Choice 11/1 Karens Star 8/1 Shellman 10/1 Cap DAzure 12/1 Maumann 9/1 During the course of the season I amassed 109 WINNERS for a level stake profit to 10 of 961.13. Like most punters I Iike to keep my bets to a daily minimum and that is why I now restrict all selections to the main card. Anyone with a reasonable
memory though will note that many of the winners listed came from the time when the selections were in their respective seasons major races. It is unlikely that there will be more than two bets a day, though the rare case of three selections in a day will occur. The 1905 Flat Season did not disappoint either with great winners such as MAYOR at 20/1 and VERBARIUM at 14/1. Many fine doubles and trebles were also found :Incestuous 7/2 Ardrox Lad 13/2 Gunfighter 8/1 Laysh 20/1 Harry H. 3/1 K Battery 4/1 Lucky 0 5/1 Hilton B 9/4 Top That 1/1 Bassenthwait 5/6 Nile E L Free Go 6/5 Lobbit 4/7 Jacks L. L Video .R. L Rahash L Mel's C. 11/1 Skyboot 11/2 Chaplins C 7/1 Brampton I 8/1 Karens S . 8/1 Park -Par. 9/4 Nonsense 5/1 Chaplins C 9/2 Mums 6/4 Si Signor 5/2 Sir Bless 1/1 Bay B. L Dee Jay E L Even better news though was that the system worked just as well under N.H. rules. 1984-85 N.H. Out Of The Gloom 7/1 WARGAMB 7/1 CELTIC CRACKER 8/1 Edwards Corner 16/1 Coxmore K. 7/1 Grundy Glow 5/1 Amongst many winners from all meetings. And a good each way was had in the 1985 2000 Guineas supreme Leader 3rd at 50/1. Latest News:479 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
1985-86 N.H. so far:- I6 WINNERS 30 Losers Level stake profit to 10 stakes 88.79. This includes three winners from last four bets. On I6th Feb Irish Champion Hurdle HERBERT TOUTED WON 8/1. This was not included in the profit mentioned. STOP PRESS. VERY LATEST BLIND BURN 5/2. INHERIT 9/1. SUPER REGAL 9/2.
The Gem
Now, for the special Signpost that I mentioned last month, but before getting down to details, I'll give some background to the idea. Many, many Flat and N.H. seasons ago, long before the Racing Post was even thought of, I had this idea (or maybe I picked it up somewhere - I honestly can't remember) to make a close study of the connection between certain trainers and tipsters. To put it simply I reckoned that some well-known newspaper tipsters would have special access to a certain stable or stables. This would be revealed by the number of winners or winning naps they had from these stables. Once I had worked this out I was then in a position in the future to pay special heed to naps from such stables, and back them accordingly. It was quite a laborious task to work out the profitable connections, but it paid off. It's sad to realize that most of the tipsters and trainers I worked on then are now all gone. At some point I allowed my plan to lapse, and then it was always too much work to resurrect it. So, imagine my surprise when one day recently in Signposts I discovered this self-same idea all worked out for anyone wanting to take advantage of it. Look for the section in Signposts marked Tipsters' Trainers. Underneath, it goes on to explain that it lists tipsters from their Racing Post Naps competition who are showing a profit from at least two wins from the stable of today's nap. This covers the current and previous year. That may not be exactly how I worked it out all these years ago, but it is near enough; and it sure saves a helluva lot of work! Let's have a look now at the example I mentioned last month from the random choice of the 29th July Racing Post. The first pairing mentioned is Steve Simpson of the Blackpool Gazette and trainer B.J. Meehan. They have a record of 4 winning naps from 7 and a profit of over 14 points. Today's nap from the connection is Carrizo Creek and it won at 5/1. Another listed pairing is Tony Lewis of The Star and trainer G.A. Butler. Their nap today is Nayyir and it won at 6/1. The best combination of the day is the North Correspondent of the Racing Post and Mark Johnston's stable. Their record is 21 winning naps from 42 and a profit of over 31 points. Today the nap is Darasim which won at 11/1. Finally, Garry Owen of the Scottish Daily Record (which I use every day) and trainer Sir Mark Prescott. Their combined nap is Fritillary and it won at 13/2. Of course there were unsuccessful combinations on the day, but still the system managed a profit of over 20 points. As I said last month, we can hardly expect this level of success all the time, but I hope that it's a Signpost that will be a good guide for some time to come.
I've come across some strange happenings in betting shops over the years, but I witnessed one of the most unusual the other day - and I thought I should share it with you. She was tall, attractive, wearing a long dress, and she was standing right beside me. Suddenly, she whipped up her ample skirts and started poking about in her pink panties underneath. Soon she unveiled something that was moist and wrinkled - a betting slip, that is - and started to smooth it out in front of my startled gaze. I tried hard to make out this hot tip, this beauty straight from the horse's mouth, so to speak, but she had disappeared to the counter before my eyes came back into focus. I began to wonder what the horse might have been called, and looked through a list of the day's runners to see if I could find one that could be appropriate. Here are some actual ones from that day's cards, honestly, that I thought might suit. First there was Ball Games, then Forest Queen or Go Between. I also considered Kinda Cute, maybe Most Saucy or Pure Brief. Finally I went for Peak to Creek. A sporting joke, this time from the world of boxing. An old grey-haired granny who was a boxing fanatic all her life decided that she would belie her years, join the current fashion and have a tattoo done, in fact not one but two. Inside one thigh she decided on a portrait of Frank Bruno and inside the other Mike Tyson. When they were complete she was not at all happy with the likenesses and called for the shop manager to register her dissatisfaction. He examined them and agreed with her that they were not particularly good, but he added, "Still, that one in the middle of Don King is absolutely brilliant." I have to admit that the system I've selected for this month is something of an unknown quantity to me. It is not ancient because it is based on the Racing Post, but I seem to recall at some stage in my betting past having had some success with it; there are pleasant memories associated with it. If I were more organised I should be able to find the records, but since I can't I'll give it a trial run now and see how it does. I've just checked this Racing Post for the 29th July that is in front of me, and the system selection is Tahreeb - a winner at 6/4. P.S. I've done more checking since then and it gives lots of winners, albeit most of them at fairly short prices. The staking plan given should be rather effective. Maybe this Gem is a real sparkler! The Gem The rules to be applied in strict order are as follows: 1. Use Racing Post. 2. For each meeting covered refer to the Selection Box which covers the selections of all tipsters.
3. Make a note of each most tipped horse in each race which is tipped by at least 8 correspondents 4. From this list delete any horse which does not have at least twice as many tips as the next most popular horse. To clarify the rule, if the most tipped horse has say 8 tips and the next horse has 4 or less, the horse will at this stage be retained on the list. If the next horse has 5 or more tips, the horse is deleted from the list. 5. From the horses left, delete any which are not in the top two on the Topspeed ratings. At this stage the horses left on your list will have at least 8 tips in the selection box and have at least twice as many tips as the next best tipped horse, and will be in the top two on Topspeed ratings. 6. From the horses left on your list delete any which are forecast less than evens in the Racing Post forecast. Having applied the above six rules you may find that you have no horse left on your list. In this instance there is no selection for that day. The remaining horses are The Gem system selections. If you are left with more than one horse and just one bet is required, narrow down to one using the following rules. 7. From the horses left on your list take the one in the race with the least number of runners. 8. If still more than one horse left take the one in the race which has the lowest prize money to the winner. Staking This method should show a reasonable profit to level stakes, but if you wish to boost profits further use this staking plan. Increase stake by one point after each winner, up to a maximum of three points, and then decrease the stake by one point back to the opening stake - 1-2-3-2-1. The staking plan is only applied after a winner. Always revert to one point after any loser and stay on one point until a winner arrives.
The Hat Trick Seeker

A method that finds horses with recent winning form and now running over a distance to suit them. Remember: these systems are offered with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without real stakes before risking any money. This is an easy to apply system that uses recent results to qualify a horse. 1. Go through the day's race cards and cross out all handicaps, selling, ladies, apprentice and amateur riders races. 2. Now disregard any race from those remaining where the forecast favourite is odds on. 3. From the surviving races, look for any horses that have WON their last two races in the current season and are now running within 18 days of their most recent win. 4. Finally, delete any remaining horse that is NOT a winner at the current distance. Qualifying horses should have either "D" or "CD" against their name on the racecard. When you go through this selection method you know that any horses that qualify have recent winning form and are running over distances to which they are suited. If you find two qualifiers in a given race you can back them both if they are each over 3/1.
If you want to refine it further for say one bet a day then choose the qualifying race that is run for the most prize money. This is a rough guide to the quality and consistency of the runners and the jockey's enthusiasm for actually winning.
The Holy Grail

A system for selecting winning horses This is a horse system that has been in production for some time now. It has be fine-tuned and vetted to make sure everything is working well and genuine profits are made on a regular basis. This system could actually be described as using a bit of common sense and mixing it with a little luck. Now as most people are lacking one or the other of these, or even both if unfortunate enough, this system is certainly good news, especially for those who regard themselves as professional. The system should work with any daily newspaper. In fact we actually used the Daily Mail to obtain our selections. The benefit of this system is that it does not give longwinded, complicated rules to follow, or even a load of scientific spiel to baffle the reader, moreover it is a logical approach and should be regarded as a great business opportunity. There are a few rules to abide by as with any system but these are what we would call relatively simple and most importantly they are rules that any person can follow and implement very quickly to find their selections for that day. Below are the rules. Rules: 1. Only look to the principle race meeting of the day. The Daily Mail always specify which meeting is the principle one if unsure.*(read following notes). 2. Only horses that have won their last race are to be considered. 3. Only horses that have run this season are to be considered, i.e. they must have the little dash used on the previous form figures, to the left of the most recent run. If any symbol rather than a number 1 is next to the horse's name then disregard it. The actual amount of days it has been since its last race is irrelevant, Sometimes
this can actually be quite a high figure. Also if the horse is described as doubtful where the jockey name should be then it can be disregarded also. 4. Only horses @ 5/ 2 or over are to be considered. 5. If the favourite of the race is shorter than 8/11 then disregard race altogether ie. 4/6 and shorter. 6. If there is more than one qualifier as can happen quite regularly, then you must stake one point on each horse to a maximum of three horses (three points). However should there still be more than three qualifiers, then you must choose the outsider ie the three with the biggest odds. If two share the same odds then this means you have to cover four. Cover all four but only stake a half point on each (two points) 7. Fields can be no more than 18 runners. We would just like to briefly explain the afore-mentioned logic of this system before giving you the results. The reason we choose the principle meeting is that in our opinion this is where the truest racing occurs, due to the best horses and the greater prestige of the prizes. However, there is an important note to go with this rule. If say for example during the jumps season the paper signals an all weather meeting as the principle meeting then disregard and look to the jumps meeting that has the main jockeys riding. This is a very rare situation and has only happened rarely. For us it is the jumps that are priority during the jumps season and the turf during the flat season. In the winter only the second choice jockeys are used on the all-weather. Hardly a principle meeting! Of course if there are no jumps meetings and an all weather meeting is the principle one then fine, its just the other scenario you should be aware of. If a horse has won its last race then you know you are not backing a donkey so to speak. At least you know that your horse can win and that it
currently is in form. To make a good profit even if you hit bad losing runs then you must get some decent priced winners. That is why you cannot back anything under 5/ 2. It also means that if you do back three horses in one race then you cannot fail to make a profit even if it is the shortest priced one that wins. More than likely though it is a bigger priced horse that will win and so give an even greater profit margin. Too many runners can again be a bit of a problem. Problems can arise due to collisions and less chance of winning if then are more horses etc. And generally if the favourite is a big odds-on, then generally it is just too reliable to oppose. As you can see there is a logic to this approach and more importantly it works. Like most tipsters it will find you some gems with winners so far up to 33/1. Do you know many tipsters or systems that can boast these kind of prices? We certainly do not. As a note when our selections were non runners we have just omitted them from the following results. Also, we never do each way bets, only the horse winning or losing is best. If you put 100 each way on a 20/1 winner you would actually lose yourself about 1500 profit as opposed to putting the whole 200 on the nose and what is the sense in that! Results 18/11/03 21/01/04 Bets 251 Won 47 Profit 125.79pts
The Omega Plan

A true story. Nothing very dramatic or sensational, but it can still raise a smile with me. A number of years ago the 'Greatest Jockey', John Francome, was in town to open a new branch of Ladbrokes. Naturally, I was quite keen to meet a jockey I had greatly admired during his illustrious jumping career, and my excuse for approaching him was a book I had recently been given as a present. This was a pictorial record of his life in racing and contained a number of very interesting photographs of our jockey in lots of his greatest triumphs - and disasters. The day of the visit arrived and I turned up at the Ladbrokes' opening armed with my book. Strangely enough, there were only a few people present for the event and I was able to walk straight up to the 'Greatest Jockey' with my book and have a chat. He was accompanied by a really attractive Ladbrokes promotional model wearing the Ladbrokes uniform and a silk sash over her shoulder. I showed John the book and he was very intrigued by some of the pictures as, he said, he could scarcely remember the events being portrayed; others he could recall very clearly and gave a most interesting added commentary to them. We eventually ended our chat and he signed the book with a message I still treasure. At this point our lovely Ladbrokes model called on John to accompany her to their next engagement, and headed for the shop door two steps ahead of him. Just then, unknown to her, the silk sash slipped from the girl's shoulder and landed on the floor. The 'Greatest' called out to her - and I remember distinctly the exact words he used - "Look, dear. You've just dropped your drawers!" I refrain from any speculation as to what might have happened to that same garment, later that day - or night! Before we get on to this month's system, just time for a silly little thought we all have them now and again! It concerns an expression we hear in racing parlance all the time these days - the hold-up horse. Of course we know what it means; the kind of horse that doesn't like to be out in front in a race, but instead prefers to make a late run from further back in the field. That, in simple terms, is the hold-up horse. I know all that, but why then does the expression 'hold-up horse' create a very different picture in my imagination? Instead, I'm back in the age of the stagecoach and highwaymen, and I'm present with Dick Turpin and Black Bess on a dusty track over the heath. While Dick stands idly in the background, twiddling his thumbs, Black Bess is rearing up on her hind legs by the
stage-coach door, pistols held menacingly in her front hooves, while she addresses the terrified occupants. "Your money or your life!" Now, that's what I call a hold-up horse! We're going Greek with our system this time. A month or two ago I wrote about the names given to systems, and the name this month is Omega, the last letter of the Greek alphabet. I can't quite see the sense in that - if it had been called Alpha, the first letter, then I could have understood it better, but not the idea of being last. Also, Omega means a big 'O', which is hardly the most inspiring suggestion of what you are hoping to win with the system. Perhaps the inventor was a Roy Orbison fan! It's not a system I've used myself because basically it's designed for multiple bets which are not my particular favourite. However, I've included Omega in our collection because of its rather unusual approach to finding winners, and also for its interesting permutation ideas, where it covers six selections in doubles, trebles, and accumulators in only eleven bets. Who knows, maybe the last will be first. Objective The purpose in using the Omega Plan is to successfully select a high number of profitable race winners from any meeting, then, by using the Omega Plan staking permutation, put into operation the opportunity to achieve multiple payout dividends in the form of doubles, trebles, and accumulator bets. If previous trends are repeated - and there is no reason why this shouldn't be the case - selecting medium to high-priced winners and receiving very good payouts may well become a regular thing. Source Any daily newspaper which includes the day's horse racing programme can be used to good effect. Information may vary slightly from paper to paper but whichever paper you use, there shouldn't be any major departure from the overall performance of the Omega Plan. Meeting If only one race meeting is scheduled for the day, then you will obviously select from that particular meeting. Otherwise, focus your attention solely on the day's Principal Meeting. If this meeting is subsequently abandoned, or if your paper fails to designate the Principal Meeting, give preference to whichever meeting offers the highest prize money. Selections Now that you have chosen your particular meeting, operate phase 1 of the Omega Plan in the following manner. Horses will have the following information listed against them. a. Weight. b. Latest finishing positions (5 or 6 races).
c. Course and distance information, etc. d. Jockey. Taking each runner in turn, add up the total of finishing positions over this season's outings (usually 5 or 6): - e.g. 1 0 0 2 4 3 = 10. You now check the horse's weight and rounding up or down the odd pounds, e.g. 8st 9lbs becomes 9st. ADD this figure to the total of the season's finishing positions, and this will give you a rating number for each horse. If a horse has two or more zeros (unplaced) in its form, you will add five points to the rating. Now in order to successfully rate the winners it is intended to choose the horse with the LOWEST number of points awarded. So we will deduct one point for each time the horse has won over today's distance. Also deduct one point if it has run over today's course. Where a horse has pulled up or fallen against its record, add four points to its rating. A beaten favourite will have three points deducted from the points already awarded. As an optional extra, you may deduct points (from one to five) for jockey skill. Finally, having worked your way down the list of runners you'll have a points rating for each horse in the race. Check to see which horse has the LOWEST number of points. This is the race selection. If more than one horse has the same points rating, choose the horse with the highest quoted starting price. If you still have more than one horse with the same rating choose whichever has the best weight advantage along with the best 'last finish' position. Staking Apart from using rated selections in single bets, if this is your preference, the aim is to choose six horses from six races and, using a staking permutation achieve possible winning doubles, trebles, and accumulators for big winnings. Having selected your horses you will set out your bet, in full, in the following manner. Let's assume you have completed the ratings and, having selected six as probable winners, you are now ready to bet. Betting permutations are quite commonplace in football and fixed-odds betting but are less common in horse racing. This is a pity really, because a good racing permutation can provide extremely good chances to make healthy profits for a comparatively small outlay. The closest bet to the permutation is that daily favourite - the Yankee - a four horse bet backed in six doubles and four trebles with an accumulator. The permutation plan set out here is, I believe, far superior. It can be operated for the same cost as the Yankee, yet it gives the opportunity to land multiple doubles, trebles, and accumulators, from six selections, against the four
allowed by the Yankee, which is a 50% increase in the selection ratio against the Yankee, which can only mean more chances to win for no extra cost. For that reason bets should be made with 'No Limit' bookmakers. Stakes The permutation plan can be operated from as little as 55p for win only stakes or 1.10p with each-way stakes. Stakes can be increased to whatever you wish. Set out your bet as follows. * First race Ascot 1.45 * Second race Ascot 2.15 * Third race Ascot 2.45 * Fourth race Ascot 3.15 * Fifth race Ascot 3.45 * Sixth race Ascot 4.15 5 x 5p win doubles (Races 1 & 2, 2 & 3, 3 & 4, 4 & 5, 5 & 6) 4 x 5p win trebles (Races 1 3 & 5, 1 3 & 6, 1 4 & 6, 2 4 & 6) 2 x 5p win accumulators (Races 1 2 5 & 6, 2 3 4 & 5) 11 x 5p win bets = 55p staked.
The Punter's Revenge System Plus 6

Last month we promised you something special for the first anniversary of Highlander, and it's not so much a classic system as a classic con. How about a system where you just cannot lose - guaranteed? I've seen all that before, I can hear you say. I certainly have, but this time it's true, absolutely true. There is one snag, however. Before going on to my shameful story, let's digress to consider a modern source of guaranteed profit - arbitrage betting. As I understand it, arbitrage betting started life in the stock exchange, making a profit by dealing in different markets at different prices, and then expanded into spread betting on a whole variety of sporting markets. Now there are opportunities for profitable arbitrage betting on the odds offered in all sports. Two things have contributed to this possibility - the abolition of betting tax, because arbitrage betting operates on small profit margins which the betting tax could wipe out, and secondly, the use of the internet which gives the punter access to a very wide range of odds offered by many different operators, and the chance to take advantage of such odds quickly by punting on the internet with such operators. Just in case anybody is still wondering what arbitrage betting is, here is a quick explanation. We'll take a tennis match between Sampras and Agassi. On the Internet you find a bookie offering these odds - 4/6 Sampras and 11/10 Agassi. Then you find another firm taking a different view. They go 11/10 Sampras and 4/6 Agassi. You quickly back Agassi with the first at 11/10 and Sampras with the second at 11/10 also. So, no matter what the result you have made a 5% profit on your investment. There's no risk, it's quick and it makes your annual interest on your Building Society account look a bit feeble! And one final word on the subject; I have given a very conservative example at 5% profit. Whilst profits may never be huge percentage-wise, it is often possible to achieve much higher profits than the example I have shown. My own classic con with guaranteed profit takes me back to 1974 - a year I remember well because then, for once in my life, I felt wealthy! Looking back, I honestly cannot remember whether I saw the idea for it somewhere, or whether I worked it out for myself. Whatever, I knew that my plan would not be acceptable to any reasonably sharp-witted bookie, so perhaps I was fortunate in the one I approached. Without naming the organisation, it was one of the Big Three, with a name that would appeal to a Highlander! The shop manager could not have been the brightest silk in the weighing room, for when I put my plan to him, with nothing concealed, he said that the bet was perfectly acceptable. I was quite sure that if he'd
looked at his company rules displayed on the wall, he would have discovered otherwise. Anyway, this was the plan. 'Stop at a winner' betting and betting 'down the card' are methods which most bookmakers will accept. My variation was stop at a winner, betting down the field - and with one big proviso. First things first. The stop at a winner betting was on one race at a time. Let's say the 2.30 at Ascot was a five horse race. 1.A 2.B 3.C 4.D 5.E. My bet was 10 win, down the field, stop at a winner - 50 staked. If horse A won that was it - all the other stakes were returned and I had the winnings on horse A. But if horse E won, I had lost the stakes on A, B, C, and D, but won on E. Let's say that horse E was the evenmoney favourite, so I had lost 40 and won 10, a loss of 30. That was how I presented my idea to the manager, and he fell for it - but that was not quite how I put it into operation. I would only have bet on that 2.30 race at Ascot if the betting on the race was roughly as follows. 1.A at 2/1, 2.B at 3/1, 3.C at 4/1, 4.D at 5/1, and 5.E at 6/1. That would be a perfectly normal market of just under 110%. With my same staking of 10 down the field, stopping at a winner, I would be guaranteed a profit of 20, no matter which horse won. Obviously, the betting didn't have to be exactly as I have given it, but as long as it roughly followed that pattern of increasing as it went down the field, then you couldn't lose. And I can assure you that there are plenty of races where that pattern applies. When I was using the system I would occasionally choose a race where I was sure to lose a little, just to make it less obvious what I was up to, and sometimes I would take a chance on a race where I could win a lot or lose a little. On one or two occasions I had winners at 100/1! That was a real bonus. Of course I couldn't expect my good fortune to last forever. After about nine months or so of continuous winning, I was called aside by the manager one day, and very apologetically he told me that he had been instructed by Head Office to stop accepting these bets. In truth, I'd been expecting it for some time. I experimented later, with some success, on variations of my idea that just could be acceptable, and I might return to them in a later contribution, but the golden days had gone. However, if anyone out there finds a bookmaker who'll take the bet, I'd love to hear of your success. There are other ways, of course, of making money, as our horse's name for this month would suggest. I'm sure it will ring a bell with some of our readers. The horse is Wait For The Will by Seeking The Gold out of You'd Be Surprised! Again, I've got to applaud the cynic who came up with that comic idea.
To round off this first anniversary, we have a special system that complements legally our own classic con. I'll give an idea of what it is all about by quoting from the original advert. "Select a rock solid banker, then combine this banker with each of a further five selections from five different races, making five win doubles. If your banker is a winner, and just one of the other five selections wins you will have a winning double, but strange as it may seem, you will not have any losing doubles. Your stake is directed on to the winning double. But how?" It goes on to say that if the banker does not win and you have just one winner from five, then you recover 90% of your total stake. And if your banker wins at 7/4 or more, and all the other five lose, you will recover all your stakes plus a small profit. It all sounds mysteriously good and is called the Punters' Revenge System Plus Six. It is essential to write your bets out exactly as per the examples, and to ensure accuracy in this respect it is strongly recommended that you get a good supply of betting slips so that the betting slips can be made out in the peace and quiet of your own home, rather than in the hectic atmosphere of the betting shop. Write down a list of your selections and label them A, B, C, D, E, etc, as per the example. A. Pebbles B. Oasis C. Sheer Gold D. Plover E. Ringer Banker Fill in the name of each selection on the betting slips which follow, making absolutely sure that you keep to the same pattern as shown on each slip. The stakes on the doubles and singles can be varied to suit your own pocket, but try to maintain the same proportions. This method of betting gives you a decided advantage, and it has been used very successfully over many years. The six betting slips are set out as follows: Stop At A Winner Stop At A Winner 10 p win selection A 10 p win selection E 10 p win selection B 10 p win selection A 10 p win selection C 10 p win selection B 10 p win selection D 10 p win selection C 5 win Double 5 win Double Selection E Selection D And Banker And Banker
Stop At A Winner Stop At A Winner 10 p win selection D 10 p win selection C 10 p win selection E 10 p win selection D 10 p win selection A ` 10 p win selection E 10 p win selection B 10 p win selection A 5 win Double 5 win Double Selection C Selection B And Banker And Banker Stop At A Winner Stop At A Winner 10 p win selection B 10 p win selection A 10 p win selection C 10 p win selection B 10 p win selection D 10 p win selection C 10 p win selection E 10 p win selection D 5 win Double 10 p win selection E Selection A 25 win Banker And Banker Footnote. You may care to experiment with different numbers of horses, either more or less than the example, but you must stick to the same patterns.
The System 3 TIPSTERS

involves using the daily selections from the following 3 tipsters: Racing Post Newmarket Sun Tempelgate Times Rob Wright My theory behind this is that individually, each tipster has a strike rate of about 25%. By combining these 3 tipsters and only betting on the horses that they all tip, gives quality. Therefore, you only bet on races where the horse is tipped by all 3 tipsters. BUT, it doesnt stop there. The tipsters strike rates will include Odds-on favourites, so I avoid these. Also some horses that are tipped by all 3 tipsters, for some reason or other, drift in the market. Therefore, I only backed a horse to win if: 1. All 3 tipsters tipped the same horse. 2. SP was greater than or equal to 2.25. 3. SP was less than or equal to 5.00. 4. 5 to 19 incl. runners in a race. 5. Bets were placed before the race started. Stakes I placed 5 to win bets for SP of 3.00 and above, and 10 to win bets for SP up to 3.00. Results During the Period of Running: 1. I placed bets on 287 races.
2. There were 111 winners. 3. Strike Rate was 38.6%. 4. Max. Losing Run was 13 races. 5. Of my 100 pot, only 85 was the max. ever used. (Max. Outlay) 6. Total Staked during Period of Running was 2,010. 7. Total Gross return during Period of Running was 2,477. 8. Net Return was 467. Whilst the Net return equated to 549% (Net Return [467]/Max. Outlay [85]), you can see that unless I was prepared to increase the stake sizes and take the plunge and actually trade, the system was a lot of work for a small monetary return. I had run a similar system in tandem with the above whereby the Odds range was narrowed to 2.50 to 3.25 incl., and this system returned a Net profit of 825% over 128 races with 62 winners (strike rate 48.4%), but was only found after all the data I was collecting was analized .... the wonders of hind-sight!! Basically, the system was 'selective betting', because certain criteria had to be met before a stake was made.
The Ten Commandments of Good Horse Racing Systems

Part 1 One of the men who has most made a study of Horse Racing Systems is Nick Mordin, racing journalist and writer. From his studies he came up with this helpful summary of the features of a good race betting system. I've split up this advice onto different pages to make it more likely you will think carefully about each condition when considering the value of systems you are presented with. I don't have all the answers but I aim to give you a variety of views to help you make up your own mind. 1) The goal of a system should be not to pick winners but to identify a type of horse that the betting public consistently underrates. You can waste a great deal of time studying the form book simply to find rules that suggest a horse may be a likely winner. Just because you pick a winner does not mean that betting will be profitable in the long term. If a great proportion of the betting public can also see that this is a winner then the odds you can obtain will be very low. The objective of the professional bettor should be to find horses that are UNDERVALUED by the general public. Betting consistenly on horses whose chances of winning are greater than their bookmaker odds suggest will bring profits over the medium to longer term. Only when you have found errors in the thinking of the market as a whole should you turn to the form book to see if you can profitably exploit this. 2) The best systems are based on facts that defy most punters' expectations.
If you remember that you are essentially betting against other punters (both in a bookies and on betting exchanges) then you should realise that if you bet on the same things that they do you cannot hope to succeed in the long term. Try to find facts that defy the expectations of most punters. (For example only: - well bred horses win less often than poorly bred ones in low class races; horses win less often in first-time blinkers; etc...) The reaction of a common punter when you explain your system should not be "That's clever" but rather "That sounds like rubbish - I can't se that!". Only you should know different. 3) Be suspicious of a system that is based on information that can easily be gleaned from any daily newspaper. It is difficult to base an esoteric system on information that is straight out of the Racing Post. This info is pinned up on the walls of every betting shop in the country and forms the basis of most punters' selection processes. Systems based on more difficult to come by information such as physical appearance, gallop reports, pedigree analysis and trainer patterns are more likely to bring results.
Three Day Placed

Another simple system, guaranteed to find many winners. Races of up to 10 runners Selection must have been placed 1, 2, or 3 last time out. Selection must have last raced within THREE days
Trainer Lungo
Rules: L Lungo trains (UK racing only) Horse is favourite or joint favourite Last time out was 14 days ago or less Totals Win Bets All Selections 100 Wins Strike Rate 56 56.0% Win at SP 137.8% Placed wins) 79 Place Strike Rate 79.0% Each-Way %Return at SP 122.9%
%Return (inc
As you can see, the average return to SP for all years is 137.80 for every 100.00 invested. The number of bets has been down slightly in the past 2 or 3 years, but the returns are still very good: Results broken down by Year Win Bets Wins Strike Rate Win at SP
Placed wins)
Place Strike Rate
Each-Way %Return at SP
%Return (inc
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
23 17 12 16 11 11 8 2
13 8 7 9 8 6 4 1
56.5% 47.1% 58.3% 56.3% 72.7% 54.5% 50.0% 50.0%
154.8% 106.9% 143.6% 103.4% 174.9% 172.1% 116.8% 137.5%
18 13 8 14 10 10 5 1
78.3% 76.5% 66.7% 87.5% 90.9% 90.9% 62.5% 50.0%
132.4% 101.8% 117.6% 106.1% 152.8% 153.8% 103.2% 102.5%
Im happy enough to run the system as it is, but as you can see, it works best over shorter trips under 3 miles, so this is an optional rule if you feel comfortable adding another variable:
Results broken down by Race Distance Win Bets 1m6f to 1m7f 1 2m to 2m1f 33 Wins Strike Rate 1 21 1 100.0% 63.6% 33.3% Win at SP 166.7% 143.0% 166.7%
Placed wins) 1 28 3
Place Strike Rate 100.0% 84.8% 100.0%
Each-Way %Return at SP 140.0% 126.1% 158.4%
%Return (inc
2m2f to 2m3f 3
2m4f to 2m5f 30 2m6f to 2m7f 10 3m to 3m1f 20
20 5 7 1 0
66.7% 50.0% 35.0% 50.0% 0.0%
161.8% 164.5% 87.0% 78.6% 0.0%
25 8 13 1 0
83.3% 80.0% 65.0% 50.0% 0.0%
137.1% 146.0% 90.3% 67.1% 0.0%
3m2f to 3m3f 2 3m4f and more 1
The longest sequence of winners in a row was 8, and the longest sequence of losers in a row was 6:
Sequences Consecutive Winners 1 Winner 2 Winners 3 Winners 4 Winners 5 Winners 6 Winners 7 Winners 8 Winners 9 Winners 10 Winners 12 2 3 3 1 1 0 1 0 0
504
of
11 Winners 12 Winners 13 Winners 14 Winners 15 Winners 16 Winners 17 Winners 18 Winners 19 Winners 20 Winners 21 Winners 22 Winners 23 Winners 24 Winners 25 Winners 26 Winners 27 Winners 28 Winners 29 Winners 30+ Winners
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sequences
505
of
Consecutive Losers 1 Loser 2 Losers 3 Losers 4 Losers 5 Losers 6 Losers 7 Losers 8 Losers 9 Losers 10 Losers 11 Losers 12 Losers 13 Losers 14 Losers 15 Losers 16 Losers 17 Losers 18 Losers 19 Losers 20 Losers 21 Losers 9 8 4 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
22 Losers 23 Losers 24 Losers 25 Losers 26 Losers 27 Losers 28 Losers 29 Losers 30+ Losers
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Recommended staking plan: Use 3% of the bank on each selection (So if your staring bank was 100.00, your first stake would be 3). Update your bank after each qualifying race, and determine the stake to use for your next bet. Note that the above system is recorded to starting price. Shopping around for prices between bookies and exchanges would produce greater profits. As usual, it comes with a few health warnings: Always bet with money you can afford to lose Trends change over time Dont blame me if they dont continue
Tricks the bookmakers use to get you to spend more money

Although there are more opportunities these day to bet from home on the Internet, the High Street betting shop is still a major source of the big bookmaker chain's income. When you go into a betting shop it is the owner's objective to relieve you of as much money as possible - and they have many tricks up their sleeves to do that. Here are a few to be aware of. The knowledge of what you are up against should help to keep your profits higher. Profit is the name of the game as far as Betting Shops are concerned. Their aim is to make as much money as possible and to do this they need the punters to spend. You should find all you need to spend time comfortably in a Betting Shop including sustenance by way of food and drink. If you need to leave the shop to buy food and drink then you might not come back, so it is far better to sell it to you on the premises. Keep you in and keep you interested is the name of the game. Newspapers will be displayed where you can easily access them with the tipsters boxes probably highlighted. The top tips are usually short priced favourites which is what the Bookmaker wants you to bet on. Favourites lose around 60% of their races so if they do win their prices will be small as will the payouts. The Bookmakers' profit will of course be high. The low prices of the favourites mean that more punters will bet on them to win rather than each way. Again this is to the Bookmakers advantage as win bets are more profitable than either way bets. Many of the sporting events are shown on televisions in the shops, it is more thrilling to bet on a race and to see the result unfold in front of you. Not only you can bet on horse
races, the Greyhounds are also very popular now. These races normally start earlier and finish later that Horseracing and you will probably find that in between horse races there is a Greyhound race being run. This way you will have plenty of opportunities to place your bets on whatever you fancy and when you are collecting your winnings at the end of your day you will also have a chance to have a flutter on the Greyhound Racing before you leave. Like all trained sales staff, the staff in the Betting shop will try and tempt you to switch to bets that are more profitable for the Bookmaker. Examples are often shown on the whiteboards, these more often than not are the type of bet which will give the Bookmaker a larger profit. Special offers, bets advertised with bonuses and vouchers on major race days are all designed to keep your interest and to encourage you to come back and of course spend more money! Placing a bet is simplicity itself if you choose a slip for the most profitable bets. These are usually very colourful with clear instructions printed on them. If you want on the other hand to place a bet that is more profitable for you then you will probably have to use a blank slip with no instructions whatsover printed on it! A Clever idea to enhance the Bookmakers profit. How many people would rather fill in an easy to follow betting slip than try and figure out a blank one without asking for help. As you will have gathered everything is geared up with profit in mind. Free competitions with the customer selecting one horse each day, the winner being the one with theoretically the most money by the end of the week are common place. To have a chance to win you must place a bet every day in the shop, once you are in you are more than likely to place a bet.
Greyhound cards will be near the counter where you place your bets. This way you wont have to go too far when the hare is running and a race is about to start. Main meetings of the day are usually placed opposite the television screens so that you can see the prices then turn round and the race card is directly visible opposite you. Finally Betting Shops will allow you to collect your winnings before the weigh-in after the race. This ensures that you will have your winnings in time to place a bet on the next race. If the result is amended then the money quickly re-bet will far outweigh any monies lost on the amendment. All are carefully thought out hard sell tactics designed to encourage you to part with your cash.
Two Horse Per Race Method

Nick Mordin is a name that will be familiar to most of us who are interested in systems and betting, and he is someone for whom I have a great regard. His approach, though, is highly individual. Roughly speaking, he advocates taking a view that goes against the crowd as being the best way to obtain value in betting. In the ancient two-runner Aesop Fable Listed Stakes, he would have been, I'm sure, the only punter there to back the tortoise against the hare! And at good odds too, while I would have lumped onto the odds-on favourite. Therein lies the problem - it is easy to get carried away by the known form of the hare, while that of the tortoise is clearly far less attractive. So what Mordin would suggest is a kind of lateral thinking; not going for the obvious, but looking for a profitable angle that might not be apparent to one and all. I once wrote a little verse that sums this up. I do claim responsibility for the verse, though not for the idea behind it. Here goes: "A cannibal and his young son were out in the jungle one day, When there in a clearing before them, a gorgeous young nude lady lay. Said the son, 'Come on, Father, let's grab her. Take her home and we all shall be fed.' Said the father, 'Yes, son, we'll take her. But we'll eat your mother instead!" See what I mean? Profitable lateral thinking. But to return to racing. A basic rule that I've seen laid down in countless systems is - avoid like the plague all races confined to apprentices only, amateurs only, or lady riders only. The thinking behind it is obvious, too obvious. Thinking laterally, one may come up with an idea that could turn out to be profitable because of the value available by going against the masses. So, instead, we look very carefully at such races for the following good reason. Within the ranks of apprentices, amateurs, and lady riders there is an extremely wide range of ability, particularly perhaps, in the amateurs and ladies. To put it bluntly, there are a few very good riders among them, and the majority are well below that standard. Therefore, if we see a second or third favourite ridden by one of the few good riders and the favourite has one of the rest on board, then we have a real value bet. You can readily work out for yourself the few riders to be followed and the others to be avoided. Our little joke today concerns two ageing jockey friends who wouldn't fit into any of the foregoing categories. These were retired old pros, Billy and Sam, who were inclined after a drink or three to have discussions of a distinctly philosophical nature. In particular, they liked to consider the possibility of a life hereafter, and whether in that heavenly after-life there would exist
horse racing, as known to them and enjoyed by them here on earth. They sincerely and fervently hoped there would. Sadly, Billy died of a heart attack, leaving his friend Sam grieving and alone. Then, one night in bed, Sam was wakened by a strange sound and a ghostly light at the foot of his bed. Slowly, the light took the shape of his old friend Billy, and the sound became Billy's voice talking excitedly. "Sam, there is a heaven and I've gone there. And there's racing there too. Oh, Sam, and what racing it is! The going is always perfect and every horse is a real thoroughbred that runs straight and true to form in every race. There's no Stewards' Enquiries, no bans or suspensions and every jockey is guaranteed a big win every week or so." "That's fantastic, wonderful, magnificent!" shouted Sam. "There's just one snag, though," said Billy sombrely. "You're booked for a ride next Saturday." The system this time is in two parts. The first part gives us two horses per race, and in part two this is narrowed down to occasional single selections. The originator suggests using the betting forecast of the Daily Mirror or Daily Mail. I would strongly advocate that of the Racing Post instead. Having dug it out of my files recently, I decided to give it a trial in present-day conditions. In the short spell that I checked it, I was pleasantly surprised by the results. I hope that you will be too. Two Per Race Method 1. Note the first three horses named in the betting forecast. 2. Delete the one with the worst form figure last time out - current season's form. 3. Horses which have not run during the current season are counted as being unplaced last time out - except 4. Those making their racecourse debut in a race in which at least 4 horses have run before (current or previous season). These are counted as having won last time out. Otherwise, these debutants are counted as having been unplaced. 5. Where two horses have the same form figure, delete the one quoted at the longest odds. E.g. 3rd in the forecast that won last time out, with both 1st and 2nd in the forecast that were unplaced last time, the second quoted would be deleted. 6. Where all three have the same placing, then the 3rd quoted is deleted. 7. Whilst forecast prices may vary according to the paper used, there is usually a large measure of agreement on the names of the first three, which is the basis of this idea. So you should safely be able to use your usual daily. Even when there are several meetings, a minute will usually suffice to name the horses selected. However, to avoid any possibility of confusion, any advertised results will be based upon the Daily Mirror, or if the Mirror is not published, the Daily Mail. This essentially simple idea combines three basic statistics. Firstly, around 75% of all winners come from the first three in the betting
forecast. Secondly, 1st placings last time out produce more winners than 2nds, which in turn produce more than 3rds, with 4ths remaining a poor fourth. Thirdly, horses making their racecourse debut and quoted in the first three in the betting forecast in a race in which at least four horses have run before produce a steady stream of winners under both codes. Sometimes they drift from their forecast price and start at longish odds. The other day, one quoted 2nd in the betting at 100/30 won at 16/1. Whilst day-to-day results will vary, unless many years' statistics become meaningless, the idea will produce a large number of winners. However, the best chance of profitability is to be selective. A good idea would be to confine bets to those races in which at least one of the two qualifiers won, or counted as won, last time out. On the basis of previous returns this should approximately halve the number of bets, but retain a high percentage of the winners. Occasional One Horse Bets - In those Non-Handicaps only where one only of the two horses indicated by the original rules won or counted as won last time out, and is quoted in the betting forecast at 3/1 or more, this horse is considered a one horse bet. The statistics mentioned previously show that, of all the form figures, winners last time out have the highest success rate. The figure is improved if taking Non-Handicaps only. Races in which only one of the two original qualifiers won or counted as won last time out should both further enhance the rate and considerably reduce the number of bets. The minimum forecast requirement will also considerably reduce the number of bets, as in most cases where there is only one qualifier, it will be quoted at less than 3/1. The forecast stipulation also ensures that a relatively small percentage of winners are required to produce a profit. Some days there will not be a bet, on others usually one or two. Level stakes is suggested at all times. As with the original method, the Mirror, if absent the Mail, will be used to determine bets.
Understanding Handicapping
Remember: any systems offered are with no guarantees. Test them yourself by 'paper trading' without real stakes before risking any money. Handicapping in horse racing, what is it all about and how does it work? Handicapping is so important in this particular sport that if horse racing didnt have a handicap system then it would be boring with the same horses winning all the time and therefore wouldnt have lasted very long. Quite simply the abilities of a race horse are so vast that if there wasnt a way to try and keep the competition level then it wouldnt be worthwhile holding a race. Handicapping is a complex system but a basic understanding of the system is a worthwhile piece of knowledge to have. Lack of knowledge and understanding will leave you at a disadvantage and one step behind the bookies and they are very knowledgeable on this subject! Horses have overall abilities, a range of weights and running speeds, and in a race the horses are allocated different weights so that in theory they all have an equal chance of winning. The weight to be carried is determined according to the horses perceived level of ability at that time. A generally accepted calculation between weight and distance is shown below: Distance to weight relationship 5 Furlong Races Up to 1/2 a length 3/4 length 1 length 6 - 8 Furlong Races
Weight 1 pound 2 pounds 3 pounds
Up to 1/2 a length 3/4 length 1 length
Weight 1 pound 2 pounds 2 pounds
9 Furlong Races and further Up to 1/2 a length 3/4 length 1 length Weight no allowance 1 pound 1 pound
Jockey Club handicappers are responsible for allocating handicap marks. They fall on a scale between 0 and 140 with each point on the scale representing the equivalent of one pound in weight. Horses capable of running in the best races will generally be rated above 115. The horses rated with the least ability are at the bottom end of the scale around 40. This is all quite simple and straightforward but Im afraid does become more confusing. The weight a horse carries in a handicap race will initially be determined by the level of that race, and the handicap mark will generally reflect the ability of that horse. The confusing part is that a horse could carry top weight in one race but on the same day carry the bottom weight in another. Handicap races are set up for horses of all different classes and this is calculated through the conditions of entry dictating the maximum handicap mark that will be accepted into that particular race. Simply a handicap race for horses rated 0 -75 will attract runners with a lower ability than one where 0 - 90 is the rated handicap. No horse rated higher than 75 would be eligible to
run in the 0 - 75 race while for the second handicap horses would only be eligible to run with a rating up to 90. If the horse had a handicap rating of 75 it could run in both races but in the 0 - 75 race it would have to carry the top weight. The top weight is always 10 stone in handicaps. If the horse had a rating of 70 in the 0 - 75 race then it would obviously carry less weight, 5lbs less which would make the weight 9st 9lbs. Should the horse rated 75 decide to run in the 0 - 90 race then 90 minus 75 equals 15 so the horse would carry 15lbs less than 10 stone which would make the weight it would carry 8st 13lbs. It is easily to become confused about how the horses handicap mark and the weight it carries exist. The weight a horse carries is not a guide to its handicap and bears no relation to this. A common mistake is to think that the horse that carries the lowest weight stands a better chance of winning. The handicap position is the important point that should be considered and where the horse is in the overall position in the handicap, that is where it is in the scale of 0 - 140. The idea is that a horse carrying the top weight in a low handicap race will have the same chance of winning in a higher quality race carrying the lowest weight (7st 7lb).
WEIGHT EFFECT ON SAND

This month we are going to examine the effect the weight a horse is allocated has on results on the All Weather. If we study results from Lingfield, Southwell and Wolverhampton from the seasons 2001 to 2004 (inclusive), we can see from the following table that as the weight band increases, so does the strike rate. WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 7.8 8.0 110 2539 4.33 -1056.84 -41.62 8.1 8.7 493 7412 6.65 -3070.20 -41.42 8.8 9.0 1807 20549 8.79 -6734.60 -32.77 9.1 9.7 1432 14944 9.58 -4154.98 -27.80 9.8 10.0 900 8327 10.81 -1744.81 -20.95 This doesnt really tell us much because more horses towards the head of the betting find themselves in general allotted more weight than those near the foot of the weights. We need to narrow our search down to a level playing field before we can start making any firm opinions. Well do this by concentrating solely on SP favourites. Now if we examine the weight band stats, we see that there seems to be little advantage in any area WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 7.8 8.0 16 53 30.19 -7.67 -14.47 8.1 8.7 111 393 28.24 -82.98 -21.11 8.8 9.0 601 1839 32.68 -126.63 -6.89 9.1 9.7 453 1662 27.26 -150.24 -9.04 9.8 10.0 341 1198 28.46 -55.46 -4.63 Now the table shows a much more balanced view. Clearly the uneven distribution of the horses with the better chance of victory (i.e. those towards the front of the betting) was skewing the figures in reality the strike rate is more or less level across the board. The next step in trying to create a true reflection of the effect of weight is to narrow the research down to handicaps only. In these races the runners are allotted weight in accordance to their official ability with the better horses carrying more weight than their lesser rivals which means that they are more competitive than non-handicaps and therefore a more reliable guide to statistics. WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP%
7.8 8.0 10 36 27.78 -2.14 -5.94 8.1 8.7 29 154 18.83 -57.02 -37.03 8.8 9.0 125 507 24.65 -69.44 -13.70 9.1 9.7 240 931 25.78 -55.74 -9.76 9.8 10.0 212 853 24.85 -70.90 -13.38 Nothing conclusive there as apart from a dip in the 8.1 8.7 range (probably due to the small sample size) the figures are more or less even across the board. That changes, however, when we break the results down by track LINGFIELD WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 7.8 8.0 2 6 33.33 1.25 9.58 8.1 8.7 3 41 7.32 -29.30 -72.69 8.8 9.0 37 159 23.27 -26.53 -13.06 9.1 9.7 84 307 27.36 5.69 1.80 9.8 10.0 83 289 28.72 30.68 12.29 SOUTHWELL WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 7.8 8.0 1 14 7.14 -10.50 -75.00 8.1 8.7 17 54 31.48 2.13 3.94 8.8 9.0 50 168 29.76 7.70 4.58 9.1 9.7 72 271 26.57 -13.70 -5.06 9.8 10.0 60 251 23.90 -44.92 -17.90 WOLVES WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 7.8 8.0 7 16 43.75 7.11 44.44 8.1 8.7 9 59 15.25 -29.85 -50.59 8.8 9.0 38 180 21.11 -50.61 -28.12 9.1 9.7 84 353 23.80 -47.73 -13.52 9.8 10.0 69 313 22.04 -56.66 -18.10
The small sample size of the lower weight bands are creating a false impression of fluctuating strike rates, so to alleviate this well group together all runners carrying 9-0 or less LINGFIELD WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 7.8 9.0 42 206 20.39 -54.58 -26.50 9.1 9.7 84 307 27.36 5.69 1.80 9.8 10.0 83 289 28.72 30.68 12.29 SOUTHWELL WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 7.8 9.0 68 236 28.81 -0.67 -0.03 9.1 9.7 72 271 26.57 -13.70 -5.06 9.8 10.0 60 251 23.90 -44.92 -17.90 WOLVES WEIGHT WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 7.8 9.0 54 255 21.18 -73.35 -28.76 9.1 9.7 84 353 23.80 -47.73 -13.52 9.8 10.0 69 313 22.04 -56.66 -18.10 This gives a more realistic picture, and throws up an interesting set of results. While Southwell and Wolves have little difference in their weight bands (Southwell seemingly slightly favours those in the lower half of the weights), its the results from Lingfield that catch the eye. There is a considerable jump of almost 7% in the strike rate of 20.39% for those runners carrying 9-0 or less to 27.36% for those carrying between 9-1 and 9-7. The strike rate increases even further to 28.72% for the 9-8 to 10-0 band. This doesnt surprise me in the slightest, as the Polytrack surface that is in place at Lingfield has a lesser effect on energy distribution than on the Fibresand surfaces at the other two courses (towards the end of 2004 Wolves replaced their old Fibresand with Polytrack, so all but a couple of months worth of statistics in this analysis came on the old surface). The Polytrack surface has a lesser pull on energy output due to the elasticated surface allowing the horses to bounce off the ground, and its logical to assume that this is the reason for the abnormality in the results in the previous table for Lingfield. The less
energy-demanding a race is, the less effect weight will have on a horse, so therefore those allocated larger weights in order to slow them down enough to create a level playing field (as it the sole purpose of handicaps) will have their disadvantage lessened. So we can see that SP favourites at Lingfield running in handicaps carrying 9-1 or more actually make a profit from backing them blindly, with is excellent considering there have been almost 600 bets during the last 4 seasons. Concentrating on just these qualifiers that carry 9-1 or more, we can see from further analysis that the effect of the draw is quite strong DRAW QUINTILE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% Lowest quintile 37 115 32.17 27.13 23.59 Lowside quintile 38 125 30.40 19.51 15.61 Middle quintile 39 133 29.32 17.79 13.38 Highside quintile 29 121 23.97 -18.57 -15.35 Highest quintile 24 102 23.53 -9.49 -9.30 Clearly there has been a major disadvantage in being drawn in the highest 40% of the field, with a clear drop in the strike rate and a level stakes loss. Good profits have been made from the lowest 60% of the draw, so these are the qualifiers we will continue to analyse. The final part of the jigsaw is to look at the different results produced by male and female horses SEX WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% filly/mare 20 76 26.32 -7.67 -10.09 colt/gelding 94 297 31.65 72.10 24.28 As you can see, there is a ROI loss of over 10% on the females, yet in stark contrast an impressive ROI profit of almost 25% on the males. As Wolverhampton has now changed its surface to Polytrack, there is no reason why this system should not work at that venue as well, as indeed in the future at the various new AW courses being built. RULES 1. Polytrack only 2. SP favourite only 3. Horse must be allotted (ignore jockey claim) 9-1 or higher (ignore amateur races where all weights are raised)
4. Lowest 60% of the draw only to be considered (this is only applicable to Lingfield, not enough data at present for Wolves) 5. Male horses only Polytrack was introduced to Lingfield in November 2001 and to Wolverhampton in 2004. It seems perfectly logical to me to assume that the poor recent Topspeed results from these two tracks is down to this new speed-rating unfriendly surface. Southwell, after all, has continued to produce consistent figures in recent years, as has turf. So from now in this study, we will consider only those races which took part on nonPolytrack all-weather surfaces (Equitrack & Fibresand). Experience has taught me that race distance is very much a key factor in the study and use of speed ratings; the longer the race, the less likely that a true pace will ensue, leading to slow times and unreliable form. With this in mind, well now look at the stats from the last 5 seasons of these Topspeed selections on non-Polytrack all-weather surfaces (SP<=4/1) broken down by distance DISTANCE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% <=10f 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13 10f> 145 441 32.88 -44.55 -10.10 TOTAL 611 1708 35.77 20.49 1.20 As can be seen, quite clearly a marked difference of fortunes over long and short distances. There is only 3.9% between them in terms of strike rate but the considerable gulf in LSP% shows that the runners over the longer trips are bad value. Concentrating on the runners which contested races over 10f or less, the yearly breakdown since 2000 looks like this. YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2000 159 416 38.22 18.52 4.45 2001 112 309 36.25 22.73 7.36 2002 59 168 35.12 10.51 6.26 2003 74 174 42.53 40.57 23.32 2004 62 200 31.00 -27.29 -13.65 TOTAL 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13
The main thing to notice here is the poor return from 2004, but the vast majority of these losses came from Wolverhampton in the months leading up to the laying of the new Polytrack surface. The Fibresand at Wolverhampton was in no fit state for horse racing in the latter stages of its existence and Im sure this is the reason for the poor results. The final filter we are going to add here is field size, and once again it is a logical inclusion small fields are far more likely to produce a false pace (and therefore a false and unreliable result) than larger ones, and the following fieldsize breakdown supports that theory. FIELD SIZE WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2-4 runners 9 21 42.86 -2.86 -13.62 5-7 runners 83 231 35.93 -19.26 -8.34 8-10 runners 181 472 38.35 34.25 7.26 11-16 runners 193 543 35.54 52.91 9.74 TOTAL 466 1267 36.78 65.04 5.13 At least eight runners in a race is a must have rule for this method, as speed ratings are worth less as the field size diminishes. As Lingfield and Wolverhampton have made the transition to Polytrack, Southwell is the only current all-weather course to have a nonPolytrack surface in place, so it is this track which will provide the selections for this method. So the final rules and results are as follows a) Southwell all-weather races only b) Horse must be top rated by Topspeed c) Horse must be sent off at shorter odds than 4/1 d) Only consider races 10f or shorter in distance e) Only consider races with at least eight runners YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% 2000 123 324 37.96 27.73 8.56 2001 90 261 34.48 11.39 4.36 2002 51 144 35.42 12.76 8.86 2003 67 148 45.27 49.86 33.69 2004 43 139 30.94 -15.58 -11.21 TOTAL 374 1016 36.81 86.16 8.48
Windfall Flat Racing System

Sometimes, rightly or not, we use the term 'classic' to describe the system we are presenting. Well, we are starting off this month with a system idea that is certainly entitled to be called 'classic', because it is based on the five classic races; and as the beginning of next month sees the running of the first two classics of the season, now seems to be the right time to give it an airing. From fifty years ago I can remember a racing and football weekly paper called The Winner which published some very good systems. They also occasionally published books of systems, and it is from one of these books that this idea comes. I have the book, but at this very moment can't lay my hands on it. However, it is very easy to remember the simple, basic idea of the system. You back the un-named favourite in each of the five classics with an increasing stake, and stopping at a winner. That's it. As far as I can remember, the staking was 5, 5, 10, 10, and 15 points. I've had a look back over a number of years chosen at random to check it, and it's done quite well. However, the trouble is that a losing year with no favourite winning would result in the considerable loss of 45 points. Now, a racing puzzle that may exercise the little grey cells for a minute or less. At certain times of the year Highlander likes to back 4 year-olds against 3 year-olds. It was that time of the year and it was certainly a suitable race for it consisted of only four runners, two of them 4 year-olds, and two of them 3 year-olds. So, Highlander backed the two 4 year-olds to be 1st and 2nd in a reverse forecast. For various reasons, Highlander wasn't able to hear the result of the race, but a friend assured him that the 3 year-olds were definitely not 1st and 2nd. That left Highlander wondering what was the probability now of his reverse forecast being a winner. Can you help him? I've talked before about my days in teaching, but I'm very glad to be out of the classroom now, especially with all the newspaper talk of today's violence in schools. Thinking along those lines reminded me of an incident that made me smile at the time, and can still raise a chuckle. This particular boy, who was not actually in my class, was quite un-remarkable except for one thing which made him known throughout the School. He suffered from severe B.O. Despite friendly advice from pupils and teachers alike our smelly boy continued to pong, till at last one day it was so bad that he was sent home from his P.E. class with a note to his mother explaining the problem and asking for something to be done about it. I knew nothing at all about what was happening because I was in conference with the Headmaster at the time; he likewise was quite un-prepared for what was about to happen. Suddenly, the door of his office was thrown open and in burst this fearsome, big woman, bleary of eye and reeking of alcohol.
"How dare you send ma boy home!" she shouted. "He comes to school to be learnt, not to be smelt. He's not a fucking geranium!" Having delivered herself of this truism, the idea of flowers had obviously entered her befuddled mind, for she suddenly noticed the vase on the headmaster's desk. She picked it up and emptied the entire floral contents over his head. Then, with a stagger she was gone. The headmaster took it all in his stride and was laughing as he mopped himself dry. I felt I could risk a titter or two myself. And as far as I can recall, the smelly boy remained rather ripe till the day he left school, and indeed may still be polluting the atmosphere and causing havoc to the ozone layer to this day. Time now for the serious matter of our system for this month, the Windfall Flat Racing System. What can we say about it? It's very simple and straightforward; its all ready to start from the beginning of next month; and it's very selective in the number of horses you'll be backing. One last thing. I've seen exactly the same rules sold as a system under various other names over the years. That in itself must be some indication of its merits. So, let's hope that a Windfall is indeed what we'll be getting. The Windfall Flat Racing System operates from 1st May through to 31st October. Selections will be found from the Racing Post daily paper. Claiming races are the only races considered by the Windfall Flat Racing System. The only horses to consider are those that are forecast favourite in the Racing Post betting forecast. To become a Windfall selection the horse must be: 1. Top rated on Topspeed ratings. 2. Must have finished in first three last time out, which must be a race in the current season. 3. The betting forecast price must be in the range of 1/2 to 5/1 inclusive. Any shorter than 1/2 no bet, and any higher than 5/1 no bet. Staking Plan. Use a starting bank of 10 points and back to level stakes using one tenth of the bank. Always stake one tenth of the bank at its highest level. Do not decrease stakes if the bank falls below the highest point. E.g. If the bank increases from 100 to 150, the bet is one tenth of 150 which is 15. If the bank falls below 150 remain on 15 stake until 150 is surpassed. Stakes will then increase to one tenth of the new bank.
7 Gambling Truths
1.When betting on football matches back unfashionable teams playing well. You often get value odds on these matches Money won is twice as sweet as money earned! 2.make sure when backing racehorses the horse acts on the ground. Many professionals consider this the main point to check when assessing form Look high look low, and we see that gamblers actually form most of the worlds inhabitants 3.Dont bet in every race. Make sure you bet only when the odds are in your favour. Bookmakers have to price up for every race. You dont have to! Luck can often mean simply taking advantage of a situation at the right moment. It is possible to make your luck by being always prepared 4.Look for value for money bets. Try to find false priced favourites and bet against them Fortune brings in some boats that are not steered 5.Set aside a pool of money just for betting - 200, 500, or 1000 are examples. Stake 5% of your betting bank on each selection. When your bank doubles double your stake to 5% of the new bank
All of us have bad luck and good luck. The man who persists through the bad luck who keeps going on is there when the good luck comes and is ready to receive it 6.Following in-form trainers and avoiding out-ofform yards can enhance the success of your betting considerably. Try to catch trainers as they come out of the doldrums, and be quickly aware when they are going back in. The smarter you play the luckier you will be! 7. Bet on what you know-Our team of experts on Football Betting make 80% of their money from English and Australian football matches because they have extended knowledge of every team and follow every move closely and do their research. The same can be said for our Horseracing Team who make their money from UK Horseracing and cover every angle possible to keep the odds in theirs and your favour. A mans got to have at least one bet a day, else he could be walking around lucky and not know it
1326 Staking Plan

The clue to how 1326 Staking Plan works is in the name. It is similar to other staking plans such as the parlay system. Should be lucky enough to win 4 times in a row you stand to make large profits. The series continues until you lose. After you lose the series restarts over at 1 unit. The series also ends after 4 wins. For example The first bet you make is 1 unit The second bet is 3 units The third bet is 2 units The fourth bet is 6 units. Lets look at a working example by setting each unit at 10 and each win at even odds: The first bet is 1 unit which equals 10. Let's say this bet loses. The sequence starts again. The next bet is still the first bet and is still 1 unit. The first bet is still 1 unit which still equals 10. This time the bet wins. This means the next bet is 3 units. The second bet of the current series is 3 units which is 30. Let's say this bet wins as well. The next bet is 2 units. The third bet of the current series is 20. Lets say this bet loses. The series restarts and the next bet reverts back to the start of the series. 1 unit. 10.
If you were to win 4 bets in a row you would make a substantial profit. The example shown uses level odds but in horse racing the odds are usually greater meaning that profits are often created and banked on each bet. Percentage Staking Plan Sometimes known as the 'plateau philosophy', the percentage staking plan says you should recalculate your stake whenever your betting bank reaches a certain, predefined level. Some say that you shouldn't downgrade your stake if you fall back through a level, on the assumption that if you stick with the higher stake it will speed up your return to the top.
Anticipated Losing Runs

One of the quickest ways to betting disaster is to be unaware about the impact of losing sequences. They can occur without warning at any time, and can quickly devastate capital funds if of insufficient size to absorb them. First of all, how does one know what lengths such losing sequences are likely to be? Well actually, this is fairly easy to predict, provided one has an accurate idea of the probable strike rate. For both negative and positive sequences are directly related to strike rate, and one can mathematically determine the probability of specific sequences appearing, provided that is, one knows what percentage of the bets in a series are likely to lose or win. The generally accepted view is that levels of retained capital reserves should prudently be greater than the longest losing sequence one would expect to encounter during a series, multiplied by ones maximum stake. Exactly how much greater would of course be dependant on ones attitude to risk though, as a rule of thumb, the lower the strike rate then the longer losing sequences will be therefore, the more capital cover would advisably be required. To illustrate, please see the table below, which can be used to determine possible staking strategies. Let's say, for example, ones estimate of a strike rate over a series of 500 bets would be around 40%. Please note at this stage that there are no good or bad strike rates they are all purely relative to the odds range one decides to target. As can be seen from the table, with a 40% strike rate one can expect to have a losing sequence of 10 somewhere in the series (there is a 75% chance of that happening). However, there is a 50% chance of hitting a losing sequence of 12 and a 25% chance of a run of 14 losers. That sequence of 14 is less likely to occur, but it will still happen, on average, once in every four series. On the flip side of the coin, one has a 75% chance of hitting at least one winning run of 6 during the series. A sequence of 7 is a 50:50 possibility and a successful run of 8 has a 25% chance of occurring. Such figures can be seen in the 60% row (take a chosen strike rate, in this case 40%, away from 100 and look in the row for the difference in order to anticipate winning sequences). Finally, with a less than 1% chance, one is likely to confront a losing sequence of 20 no more often than once in every hundred series - this being the base figure that should be used in constructing a betting bank. Please don't make the common mistake of thinking these sequences won't happen. They are mathematically determined by strike rates and will happen as often as they are entitled to, whether one likes it or not. Nobody can avoid them. When they do occur it
certainly doesn't mean that you are 'out of form' or doing anything wrong its just the mathematics involved being proved accurate. Then provided the averaged price of winners are compatible with the strike rate and retained capital reserves are at sufficient levels to absorb such anticipated sequences, one will always be in a sound enough position to successfully weather such negative run. Anticipated Losing Runs Negative / Positive Sequence Chances Strike Rate Likely 50:50 Unlikely Rare (%) 75% chance 50% chance 25% chance 1% chance 3 83 105 132 235 4 69 86 106 185 5 59 73 90 153 6 52 64 78 130 7 46 57 68 113 8 42 51 61 101 9 38 47 56 91 10 35 43 51 82 11 33 40 47 75 12 30 37 44 69 13 29 34 41 64 14 27 32 38 60 15 25 30 36 56 16 24 29 34 53 17 23 27 32 50 18 22 26 30 47 19 21 25 29 45 20 20 24 28 42 21 19 23 26 40 22 18 22 25 39 23 17 21 24 37 24 17 20 23 35 25 16 19 22 34 26 15 19 21 33
15 18 21 31 14 17 20 30 14 17 19 29 13 16 19 28 13 16 18 27 12 15 17 26 12 15 17 25 12 14 16 24 11 14 16 24 11 13 15 23 11 13 15 22 10 13 15 21 10 12 14 21 10 12 14 20 9 12 13 20 9 11 13 19 9 11 13 19 9 11 12 18 8 11 12 18 8 10 12 17 8 10 11 17 8 10 11 16 8 10 11 16 7 9 11 15 Anticipated Losing Runs Negative / Positive Sequence Chances Strike Rate Likely 50:50 Unlikely Rare (%) 75% chance 50% chance 25% chance 1% chance 51 7 9 10 15 52 7 9 10 15 53 7 9 10 14 54 7 8 10 14 55 6 8 9 14 56 6 8 9 13
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2
8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3
532
9 9 9 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4
13 13 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 9 9 9 9 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 6 5 5
Blinkers
The fitting of blinkers or "the blinds" as they are sometimes referred to, has always been a matter for debate. While some trainers fit their charges with blinkers with regularity, others simply refuse to use them. There are some people who associate blinkers with roguishness or a lack of honesty in a horse, and many punters view the fitting of blinkers with a degree of suspicion, especially when a runner is fitted with them intermittently, instead of on a permanent basis. In several countries, once a horse has won a race while wearing blinkers, the fitting of them becomes mandatory for all future races - and quite right too. The main aim of fitting racehorses with blinkers is to aid concentration by stopping the horse from looking around and to help them to run in a balanced manner and to a straight line when brought under pressure. Most animals who wear this device are thoroughly genuine but do need the correcting influence of the blinkers to bring out the best in them. A few are indeed un-genuine, but they are in a minority. Always take note when a horse is sporting blinkers for the first time. Their application will sharpen it up and may bring about an improvement in form. It is an especially important factor to consider in sprint races, where the break from the stalls is vital. If in previous races an animal was losing ground as the stalls opened, it should, with the aid of blinkers, show greater alacrity from the gate, and with that, an improved performance. If a sprinter has been previously missing the break or swerving and becoming unbalanced on leaving the stalls, and yet is still able to finish the race on the heels of the winner or placed horses, then a possible win might be the outcome if fitted with the "headgear" for the first time, and perhaps at good value odds. Be more cautious with the middle-distance and staying animal that is wearing blinkers for the first time. The initial fitting of the device sometimes has the effect of inducing the horse to pull hard for its head during the early stages of the race, thereby unnecessarily burning up valuable reserves of energy, and as a consequence will be found wanting at the business end of the contest. This, of course, would be an unlikely event if the pace of the race was a fast one throughout, but if, as is so often the case, the early pace was slow, or even worse, funereal, then the headstrong, hard pulling horse might well exhaust itself before the race begins in earnest. Watch how the blinkered animal canters to post; if it is pulling hard here, then it will also be prone to do likewise in the early stages of the race itself.
Have reservations about backing a horse that is wearing blinkers for the first time after a disappointing performance which followed several good runs without blinkers. This horse may not improve for blinkers; its poor last-timeout performance might have been due merely to having had an "off day". Occasionally a horse fitted with the blinds may resent them and run badly. Of course this aversion will not usually become known until after the race is run and the cause is lost. Although many horses do improve with the aid of blinkers, there is no guarantee of it - as is the case with most aspects governing the performance of the thoroughbred racehorse. Take note of the blinkered runners if there is going to be a strong headwind blowing against the field for much of the race. The wind can swirl around inside the leather cups that form the eye-shields and unsettle a horse. Watch for any reaction from the blinkered runners during the preliminaries on a day when such conditions prevail. Sometimes a horse that needs to be fitted with blinkers is made nervous or rather uneasy by the tunnel vision enforced by a full set of blinkers. It is therefore, as an alternative, usually fitted with a visor, which is a pair of blinkers with an aperture -usually a long slit cut down each eye-shield which allows the horse some lateral vision, while at the same time assisting the animal to concentrate on its running. In some instances a horse will be fitted with a hood. This device does not shield the eyes in any way, but it does cover the ears and most of the head and neck regions. It is normally fitted to horses which are unsettled by the noise created during the running of a race, or for those animals which dislike cold and inclement weather conditions.
Falling Trees.& Spinning Cats A clever bloke told me about Zen & the Art of Falling Trees. Imagine the scene: youre in the woods and you hear a scream.timber!!! The tree in front of you begins to sway violently. You cant tell in which direction it will fall. Do you run round in a confused panic, eyes half closed waiting for the thump? Or, do you stand still, observe closely, waiting until the direction of descent is obvious and then, and only if necessary, move just enough to ensure your safety? Assuming you realise that staying calm and collected is the best alternative - what of your betting? This Buddha of the North no doubt understands instinctively that chasing losses is not good. That betting wildly, without discipline, is an equally silly idea. He knows that some you win, but most you lose. As long as your SPs are good, all will be fine in the long run. Losing mustnt worry you, there must be no such thing as emotion.only thought. Understand that your gambling stakes shouldnt represent money, (that stuff you earn by working), but units of investment. If you cant gamble with detachment, (and I dont mean indifference; enthusiasm for life is a prerequisite to good health), then youre operating by emotion rather than calculated thought..if this is the case, stop gambling now! Sort out your Betting Bank, establish a betting strategy. Understand when and how you will bet.and stick religiously to these parametersthere are never exceptions. Discipline must be developed. A bet is either inside or out, resist at all costs the temptation to twist & bend the rules. Observe closely your betting habits. If youre afraid to write everything down, (and I mean every single bet you ever lay?), then, most likely, youre too embarrassed to admit, (even to yourself), just how disorganised you are..how much you lose!? Ask yourself this: whats happiness to a gambler? Answer: a good priced winner. And what happens between moments of happiness? You lose money. If this loss represents a pre-determined fraction of your betting bank, you dont worry. You know that if you wait patiently for the next betting opportunity, and the price is right, you have a good chance of getting back on track. In other words, stand still, watch the shaking trees, step aside if necessary..but
never, ever, run around in a panic trying desperately to find the safe spot. You need to be out there, standing confidently amidst the tumbling treesconfident in your ability to step to one side when necessary. Youll get side-swiped occasionally, but we all take a few knocks between here and the winning post. Save your energy for when its needed; save your money for when the price is right, when conditions are in your favour. Dont chase lossesdont chase betsdont chase happiness: A mother cat comes home to find her kitten running round in circles, desperately trying to catch onto its own tail. What are you doing kitten? Mother, you once told me that happiness for a cat is having a tailIm trying to catch mine, to hold on tight to happiness! Silly kitten..i also told you to accept its existence, to continue confidently in life..to look over your shoulder occasionally and youll always find it there, following behind wherever you go.
Fixed Staking Plan

In some quarters it is widely accepted that fixed profit betting is better value than level stakes betting. Again this is a matter of personal opinion. With level stakes betting, you are keeping your accounting on the spend side of your book fixed by sticking to one bet size to suit all. The upside here is that you can control your expenditure and can easily analyse your bank. The down side on the other hand, is that you are limiting the income side of your book in direct proportion to the odds available on the bet ie, a 2/1 (3.00) shot will return far less than say a 7/2 (4.50) shot using the same stake amount. With fixed profit betting, you basically work in the opposite way, in that the spend side of your book becomes flexible whilst the income side of your book will be fixed. In other words, your bet size will change in direct proportion to the odds on offer, with the aim of achieving a pre-determined profit. A consequence of this type of betting is that the longer the odds become, the smaller the stake becomes conversely, the shorter the odds become the larger the stake becomes. Using this system therefore, it is advisable not to bet odds on. With fixed profit betting, you are aiming to achieve a pre-determined profit target with each bet. It means that long odds require small stakes however; very short odds can require very large stakes. It is therefore advised especially in this system not to bet when odds are less than 6/4 (2.50).
For example, say you set your profit target per race at 40 odds given for the horse are 4/1 (5.00) your stake would be 40 divided by 4 = 10 therefore, 10 x 5 = 50 Minus your stake = 40. However if you had odds say 1.7 40 divided by 0.7 = 57 your stake would have to be 57 to return 40 (not a good idea for odds on betting)
Form
If asked what is the most important element to be considered when making selections, it is likely that the majority of racing people would say, "Form" Some people, however, including the late Phil Bull (one of the greatest of the professional backers in his early days), would maintain otherwise. He was once quoted as saying: "The outcome of a race will be decided by the characteristics of the horse rather than other circumstances'. This rather categorical statement has much truth in it judging by the constant flow of form upsets, or "shock results", which are an all too regular feature of modem day competitive racing. It would be well to remember from time to time that in racing, results which are seemingly incomprehensible to the student of form occur with great frequency, thus confirming the almost cynical view that there is no such thing as a shock result. What cannot be denied, however, is that form is the focal point around which most other factors revolve. Although bare form by itself is not enough, it is still the foundation on which we base our considerations when assessing the possible outcome of a race. There are two types of form: direct and collateral (indirect). The first named, for example, is when two or more runners in a race have met before, so making a direct form linkage with today's race tenable. In the case of collateral form; if two runners in a particular race have never before met, their comparative ability - one against the other can be roughly gauged by using "key horses" which have run against both of them, thereby allowing indirect lines of form to be drawn. For example: if horses A and B have never before met in a race, but horse C has competed against both in the past, then C will become the key horse and will be used to create comparisons of ability. Very often there will be more than one key horse, thereby making comparisons more substantive. There are a multitude of differing types of races, either mixed or framed specially for the certain categories of racehorses according to age, sex and ability, including, in order of merit: Group One, Group Two, Group Three, Listed; Conditions and Rated- Stakes, Limited Stakes, Auction, Claiming, Maiden, Selling; plus a variety of graded Handicaps. Because they are the weaker sex, fillies receive either a 3Ibs or 51bs weight allowance from the colts and geldings, and winners of races, be they handicaps or non-handicaps are, in nearly all cases, penalized right up to Group Two (inclusive). The weight a horse has to carry in all-aged non-handicaps is, apart from penalties, based on the Official Weight-for-Age Scale. It is advisable to get to know this scale well by referring to it frequently, it is also important to familiarize oneself with the class divisions
of the various types of races and to be able to recognize the "class" of a horse while engaged in the study of a race. Any form student who can classify horses will always be one step ahead. Take note when the form of a particular race is working out well. If, for instance, the winner of a race at York the previous week defies a penalty in a competitive field at Newmarket, and the third horse home in that York race has just won well, then obviously the horse which finished second at York will go into your notebook, and its reappearance eagerly awaited. Always mark a dual winner of consecutive handicaps, and note those runners which finished close up behind on its first win. They will have run close to a horse which was at the top of its form, and about to win again under a penalty. First though, satisfy yourself that the wins were gained in races of a competitive or worthy nature. Note the winner of a race which beat a field containing two or more previous recent winners. This winner was defeating runners which have been at the top of their form, and may well follow up with another victory. Perform a careful study of horses which finished either first or second on their previous outing and were clear of the third horse. Also note the size of the field: the higher the field, the more meritorious in the performance. It is generally unwise to accept form recorded more than six weeks previously. So much can happen during a longish period of absence, a horse may lose its edge or it may have been off the course through injury; so be cagey about supporting a runner which has been absent for some time until it proves itself on the racecourse again (Good recent form is the ideal criterion that should be used as evidence when studying a race. The only exceptions to this rule are when: a) A particular horse is known to run best. b) When the trainer is noted for being able to produce his runners either on their debuts or after a lengthy absence (H. Cecil and J. Berry are two such trainers). c) Those horses of the highest calibre who are raced infrequently, with lengthy gaps between their races. Much attendant media publicity is given to the home gallops' preparations of these horses leading up to the major races. In the main, back an animal on the evidence of what it has achieved on the racecourse and not - according to gossip - what it is going to achieve. If any hapless punter had backed every "Morning Glory" that had been touted in his direction, he would almost certainly have ended up showing a hefty financial deficit.
Have reservations concerning runners which have run "with promise". Inexperienced horses which run promisingly sometimes do justify the tag placed on them by the race readers and other commentators, but many of them reappear only to disappoint their connections - and backers too. These animals often start at false odds; so unless one has indisputable and compelling evidence to justify support, such as a fast time performance or good form lines, then caution is the watchword. Bearing in mind what has been discussed in the previous paragraph, watch for an opportunity where a horse which made a debut of promise and substance on a mgn grade track is up against an un-raced "talking horse". Experience and proven ability are plus factors in just such a case, and these combined may prove too much for the heavily touted beast to overcome. A value bet is often to be found when such opportunities arise. A race which contains a field of newcomers can, on the odd occasion, throw up a betting opportunity for the shrewd and experienced rails' and paddockside judge. Using information such as breeding lines, foaling dates and yearling purchase price combined with observations concerning overall physical appearance and bearing, temperament and action, one can often narrow the field down to two or three likely candidates for the winners enclosure which stand out from the rest. One will often find that these are among the market leaders, but 3 value bet can sometimes be found. One should never try to find prospective future winners from the above type of race, either from the grandstand or the form book. They are notoriously unreliable races from which to forge any kind of judgement, purely because there is no prior form to fall back on for inference or confirmation in respect of the abilities of the winner or the placed horses. Unless a fast timefigure has been recorded. Let these horses prove themselves again before lending our support. Excepting an operation to improve its breathing, which will often bring about an improvement in performance, a lot of horses which undergo operations often lose some of their previous form. This seems to apply more especially to those animals which have received surgery to the legs. Again, let these ones prove themselves first before risking a bet on them. Maiden race winners are notoriously difficult to assess, unless the maiden race win was recorded in a fast time or one of the runners-up has franked the form next time out. If a horse wins its maiden from a large-size field in a bunched finish - even on a high grade track - then it is likely that the race was a moderate affair. However, if it wins impressively at a high grade course in a fast time with the rest of the field strung out like a row of beans, then one may be sure that the winner is useful.
That great trainer, the late Captain Ryan Price was brilliant when it came to preparing a horse for one of the big handicap races, whether Flat or National Hunt. He once said of these races, "A few pounds either way does not really matter, it is the horse that is right on the day that wins". The major handicap races are so competitive that a horse needs to be either a fast improving type, or one that has received a thorough preparation and to be "spot on" for the day of the race to stand a chance of winning. Those runners that are "cherry-ripe" will stand out on looks in the paddock: another good reason to go to the races! If a horse is the clear form choice in a race and has all other conditions in its favour, yet still manages to get beaten, avoid backing the beast in the future - it might well be ungenuine. In fact, back against it if the circumstances and the odds are right.
Fortunes On The Football Pools

Introduction Although it seems likely that the football pools as we know them are a Swiss invention, the British system was introduced by one Mr. Jervis, whose business began in a very small way shortly after World War 1. Week after week, punters in his home city Birmingham, paid pennies in hopes of winning the princely sum of 2. The first of the big firms, Littlewoods, arrived in the mid-1920s, followed by Vernons just a few years later, and Zetters in 1933. Many companies followed, only to find themselves unable to attract any real share of a rapidly expanding market increasingly dominated by the three main companies. One by one the challengers were swallowed up by their larger competitors. Although doing the pools has always promised riches to some lucky customer, it wasnt until relatively recently that the opportunity to become an instant millionaire presented itself, when in 1976 the first million pounds was won by Margaret Francis of Wiltshire who shared her win. The first outright instant millionaire was a Bexley housewife who, just a few months later, received her million with a handsome 32,000 bonus. Today the Treble Chance attracts an estimated 98% of pools entries; consequently it is the one we focus on here. Explaining the Treble Chance To be successful the punter must accumulate 24 points from however many crosses he places on the coupon. Look in any national or regional mid-week paper and youll find that the majority of really big jackpot wins are awarded for 24 points. But not always, and where a large number of draws (score or no-score) occur at any one time, one frequently finds many entries sharing a jackpot payout,
sometimes reducing individual awards to almost insignificant levels. Conversely, where draws are few, a major jackpot win might be awarded to a handful of entrants, sometimes a lone winner who achieves the highest possible number of points that week, frequently 23. It has been lower. Consequently, the lower the number of draws scored and the harder they are to forecast, the higher the potential awards and the fewer likely recipients. Where Those 24 Points Come From: Typically, we are aiming to forecast as many score draws (3 points each) as possible, and maybe a couple of no-score draws (2 points each). Spotting 8 score draws means scoring 8 x 3 points = the magic figure 24. Where you forecast 7 jackpot match draws and 1 no-score match draw points are awarded thus: 7 x 3 = 21 1 x 2 = 2 Total = 23. The Treble Chance was introduced to make the job of winning the jackpot harder and thereby provide higher rewards for a lucky few. It seems to work! Inflation and the Football Pools The following changes in maximum jackpot prizes reflect the effects of inflation over the years: 1950 - 100,000 1957 - 200,000 1959 300,000 1971 - 400,000 1972 - 500,000 1979 - 750,000 1986 - 1,000,000 1990 1,500,000 1991 - 2,000,000 Today, in theory, you can win 3,300,000 (including bonuses). Theories of Pools Forecasting In the early days of the football pools, mathematical permutations were the usual forecasting method, mostly devised by statistics experts and guaranteed to win at least one prize every season for anyone using the formula. Later forecasters followed form, attempting to predict current team and individual ability, past performance, sometimes taking into account grounds, weather and pitch conditions, distance the away team travels, and so on. By reasoning, opponents of this forecasting technique argue that very few major prizes will be awarded to students of form, simply because too many people having access to the very same information increases shares in the payout. Forecasting 1990s Style Various forecasting theories are
popular today, some adopted exclusively, others blended to give a unique method known only to their inventors. Here, we can but advise on most popular forecasting methods, which readers must make their selection from based on time available, inclination and access to appropriate information. Important Point: Forecasting methods considered here are not designed to increase your chances of winning but to decrease your chances of not winning. All will shortly become clear as we highlight the main theories known to have resulted in major wins over the past few years. Past Performance (Form) Exponents here attempt to predict patterns and trends which might have a bearing on future results. Most commonly, individual and team performance records are studied in detail, usually over the entire season, sometimes several. Books to help you analyse past performance include the ever-popular News of the World Football Annual, which in over 400 pages lists everything there is to know about earlier seasons, including players, coaches, matches played, scores, scorers, even players dates and places of birth for those who work with horoscopes, biorhythms, lucky numbers. The tabloid and specialist football press, including Racing and Football Outlook, provide updated information to make forecasting easier. Past performance can mean analysing recent matches, perhaps just the current season. Alternatively, it might mean going back over several seasons because, as one popular pools journalist reports: I am convinced that tradition plays as big a part as recent form in this fascinating game. Year after year, we find certain teams acting as veritable bogeys to other teams, even when the latter seems to have the best recent form. Winners on Form: Britains first pools half-millionaire, Cecil Grimes, claimed that his eight predictions were all based on form. The following week a London syndicate collected over half a million pounds from carefully targeted predictions by a lady member. Tips: Study as many published league tables as you can and analyse various aspects, including
previous match results for particular opponents, what grounds have been lucky or otherwise for specific teams, what influence travelling has on a particular away team, and so on. Look for unusual influences on which you, and only you, can base future predictions. Shock Factor It is to shock draws that the majority of jackpots owe their being. Too many bankers - near-certain results - make for numerous winners to share in the proceeds. Include a few shock draws, for example a weak team drawing with a strong one on the latters home ground, and you could have the jackpot all to yourself. Look for Shock Draws Among: Teams currently suffering a long losing spell. Underdog teams currently enjoying a winning spell. Teams currently suffering a long run of bad luck, of whatever type. Even the worst spell of bad luck ends one day, usually in a draw. Teams seeking revenge against their opponents, usually for a humiliating defeat at their last meeting. Numbers Due (The Law of Averages) Professional tipsters and forecasters, including statisticians, maintain that several patterns emerge when actual numbers on a football coupon are compared with the frequency of those numbers achieving draw results (score or no-score). Statistical research points to a number of factors which regularly determine whether a match will, or will not, result in a draw. Although averages change, at the time of writing, popular pools journalists suggest placing your crosses against: Home teams that have not drawn at home on the previous four or more consecutive occasions Away teams that have not drawn away on the previous four or more consecutive occasions Any of the first and last three teams in the league table, where the top three are playing away and the bottom three are at home All matches where the previous meeting between the two teams resulted in a draw or one goal difference Any team that lost in its last home match. Consecutive home defeats are rare Away teams that lost their last match played at home All matches where
the home attack is weak and the away defence is strong Coupon numbers that regularly result in a draw Strong teams playing away and weak teams playing at home. The Revenge Factor Every dog has its day, or so they say, and its surely no different for consistently losing and frequently humiliated teams. And should such humiliation arise in a match played at home, statistically the experts tell us, the chances of that team scoring a draw or win when it next meets the offending team are greatly enhanced. Pride also features highly in the increased chances many tipsters place on specific teams achieving a draw or win in certain matches. Fear of relegation, hints of future relegation, consistently bad press reviews, all can bring a regularly losing team back to winning form, usually starting with a draw. Lucky Divisions Some forecasters maintain that certain league divisions achieve more draws (score and no-score) than others. Exactly which divisions are involved might change over time and, as usual, there is no substitute for maintaining an ongoing analysis of those divisions where draws most frequently occur. The News of The World Football Annual, referred to several times in this report, will help you here. Using this forecasting method, the entrant is advised to limit his or her choices to just one or two divisions where the majority of crosses should be placed. Lucky Grounds Specific grounds prove lucky, and vice versa, for certain football teams. Luck, in fact, has a big part to play in winning: for the team and the pools enthusiast. Again, records of past wins, losses, incidents, and so on, will help you establish a pattern to work from in future games. The News of The World Football Annual - again - provides all this information for you. Things to watch out for here include underdog teams playing at grounds which have previously proved lucky for them, or consistently winning teams playing at grounds where they rarely win or draw. Lucky Numbers Lucky numbers are, in fact, the factor to which the majority of big wins
are due. So says the Man from Littlewoods! So we feel justified in including this winning tactic in our report. Many winners confess to owing their fortunes simply from placing crosses against family birthdays, ages, house numbers, lucky numbers, and any other numbers that have proved lucky or significant for them. Try it, it works! A Few Words About Syndicate Entries In the end, however, the most likely way to substantially increase the odds of winning in your favour is by upping your stake and increasing the number of entries you make. This can be done on individual or syndicate entries. Syndicates are formed almost exclusively for the purpose of submitting multiple entries, and syndicate wins feature regularly in the winners lists. As a syndicate member, youre never likely to achieve your own jackpot win, but now that weve reached a 2,000,000 plus level on the pools, your share of a major win can still reach a staggering six-figure fortune. Syndicates, in theory, are wonderful inventions. In practice they are fraught with complications, the most common of which is greed. Additionally, illness and absence causing participating members to miss a payment might conveniently be viewed as that person having fallen out of the syndicate, with the effect that the prize might now be shared between fewer participants. A Few Words About Permutations Tables Permutations tables aim to predict combinations of coupon numbers likely to result in a score or no-score draw. They usually take no account of individual or team form, and most rely purely on numbers and other statistical theories. This isnt to say that permutations tables do not occasionally yield major wins. They do, but usually only where the entrant has covered hundreds of lines on one coupon. Very costly! We do not recommend you use permutations tables! Neither do the pools companies! Things You Should Know About The Football Pools Research indicates that around 45% of pools entrants put their crosses anywhere. Some use a pin, others draw numbers out of
a hat, some programme their computers to select numbers at random. And one major winner reports that her pools coupon got in the way of spilled tea which, when dried, left tiny marks where the tea leaves had landed. Using another coupon, she entered her crosses where the tea leaves had fallen, and won! Less than 10% of winners follow form. My winning contact reveals: Littlewoods told me the majority of winners make their selection based on birthdays, lucky numbers, even house numbers, ages and important dates in their lives. Research indicates that long distances to travel to away matches can have a tremendously adverse effect on most teams, regardless of strength or league position. A strong team playing a fair distance from home might well be at a major disadvantage. Most people put their crosses against teams high up in the league table, many place the majority of crosses at the top of the coupon. Placing yours lower in the table and towards the bottom half of the entry coupon mean less people to share in the subsequent payout. Few people study midweek results which can have a great influence on Saturdays performance. Make a note of mid-week changes to form, luck, sickness and injuries. Pointers to Success on the Football Pools Forget about forecasting systems that promise immediate fortunes. If these plans really worked, their originators would be far too busy raking in the proceeds to consider selling their secrets to others. Moreover, if several people gain access to a plan which does work, individual shares will be low. Do not chance an entry on a spoilt or defaced coupon. You will almost certainly be disqualified. Always get another coupon and start again. Better still, do a rough entry on one coupon, check it, and transfer the details carefully to another coupon. A photocopy is invaluable for this purpose. Make sure your entry arrives on time. Use first class postage every time. Remember that Australian pools coupons usually have an earlier entry date than their British counterparts. Remember to include your name and address and your
entry fee! Sounds silly, but lots of people forget to include one or the other, sometimes all! And yes, there have been major wins which have been forfeited this way. Always look for teams and numbers to eliminate before forecasting from the remainder. Teams to eliminate include: Consistently winning or losing teams. Remember, however, that these are likely candidates for shock draws and might be reconsidered once all bankers are identified. All coupon numbers which rarely result in a draw. All home teams with a higher league position than the away team. Again, consider these as prime candidates for shock draws. Dont try to keep facts and figures, trends and events in your head. Start a notebook with a separate page for each team. Take notes, enter scores, and so on. Maintain scores for every team for every match played. Keep a separate sheet where results can be entered against coupon numbers. Look for draw-prone numbers, analyse which leagues attract most draws, and so on. Pools Terms Defined Cheques. Pools companies accept entry fees by cheque subject to conditions printed on the coupon. Subject to certain conditions payment by credit card or switch card is also permissible. Claims. The pools companies sometimes ask for claims to be submitted for a 24pt line where there are 10 jackpot draws or less. Sometimes claims are invited for less than 24 points, depending on what draw results occur on the day. Note however that even if you fail to claim you will still be paid out. Collectors. These are agents who collect coupons and entry fees for processing to the pools company. Sometimes newsagents and other retail outlets double as agency. The system is less costly than paying by cheque or postal order. But, note that, there have been occasions where agents have not processed money to pools companies and winners have not been recognised, or paid. Note too that the rules state that the collector is your agent, not the pools companys. On the whole, however, the system works pretty well and saves time, trouble and cost for participants. Dividend.
Sometimes Divi. This is the amount due to a winning line. The dividends of all pools companies are published around 11.00am each Wednesday. The amount of the dividend is determined by dividing money left in the pool after tax and commission by the number of winning entries. Draw. A match where both teams score the same number of goals or both teams fail to score. Eight from Ten. The most common entry on the Treble Chance where entrants mark ten Xs in a column in the hope that at least 8 will be jackpot draws. First or Top Dividend. Lines containing eight jackpot draws on the Treble Chance, thereby scoring 24 points (8 x 3). If no-one has achieved 8 jackpot draws, the first dividend can be won by a line with fewer points, sometimes 23, 22 or 21. High Score Draw. Namely where both sides score two or more goals each. High score draws are worth 2.5 points each (jackpot draws score 3 points each and no-score draws earn 2 points each. No Publicity. Usually applied where entrants mark a X indicating they want no publicity in the event of winning the jackpot. Their wishes are honoured. And, contrary to popular opinion, including that X does not make you less likely to win. Perm or Permutation. This means to combine and is usually applied to fancy tables which apparently show you exactly where to put those crosses to guarantee a pools win! Stake. The amount of money gambled on each line in your entry. Syndicate. A group of people who share the cost of a pools entry and divide any dividends. Tax. Tax is not payable on a pools win. Tax is, however, deducted from the stake. But the pools company pays, not you. Third Dividend. Paid to lines worth 23 points on the Treble Chance on weeks where there is a 24 points winner. Where there is no 24 points winner the First Dividend will usually go to anyone achieving 23 points.
Foxform System
Royal Ascot is with us again, and here are a few things from previous Royal Ascots that I don't think we'll see this time around. First, and I can remember this as I'm sure many of you will, the opening race of the meeting, the Queen Anne Stakes in 1974. Controversially, the first three home in the race that day were all disqualified, leaving the fourth the winner, Brook at 12/1. And no, I wasn't on it. Something I can't quite remember happened during the Royal meeting in 1832. A pensioner from the navy called Collins, for some reason known only to himself, decided to hurl a lump of rock at the then King, William IV. It missed, but Collins was nonetheless arrested and ordered to be hanged, beheaded and quartered (just to be sure, I suppose, in case he might do it again), but some kind of justice eventually prevailed and instead he was deported. Slightly less dramatic, but more recent, were the events on Gold Cup day in 1971 and 72. The Gold Cup goes back to 1807, but what happened in 1971 and 72, I don't think ever took place in consecutive years before. The horse involved was Rock Roi and in both years he was first past the post, but in both years he was disqualified. I wonder what odds you'd have got against that happening. And finally, with all the current plans for re-building at Ascot and moving meanwhile to York, it is perhaps worth remembering how it all started there. In 1711 at the personal orders of Queen Anne, the building of Ascot racecourse was begun. And the initial cost? A mere 558. Just about the price of lunch for two, I'd say in 2004. With champagne, of course! A few months ago I pointed out the wealth of information to be found in the Racing Post in the Signposts section; and it certainly does cover all kinds of different approaches. There is one heading called Surviving The Cut which lists all horses that have been gelded since their last run. The only trouble is, I'm not sure whether we're intended to back them, avoid them or simply feel sorry for them! I was telling you last time about being in the pub The Last Drop, and why it was so named, and at the time I was reminded of a true story concerning a friend of mine which has a linked idea, as you'll see. There was no space to tell it then, so here it is now. My friend is a paramedic, and near our town, or city as it now is, there is a very high bridge over a stretch of water which has become a favoured site for suicide jumpers. (The last drop).
This particular night my friend was on duty when they were called out by police to the bridge where someone had just jumped. Normally, you can be as sure that the jumper will be successful as that Fallon will win in a photo finish. But on this occasion Kieren lost out. The police told the paramedics that the jumper had very fortunately landed in a shallow part of the firth with soft mud underneath. This had cushioned his landing so that he was out in the firth, stuck in the mud, quite badly injured but not dead. My paramedic friend had to make his way out to him in the dark to free him and save his life, at some obvious risk to his own. This he eventually did with much effort and had him back in the ambulance, injured but still alive. The first priority, as he told me later, was to get a line into the man's arm for the necessary drugs, and so he cut up the sleeve of the jumper's jacket to get the line in as quickly as possible. As he was slicing it up, the would-be suicide turned on him angrily, complaining that he was ruining his expensive new jacket. My friend, naturally exasperated, gave him the perfect reply when he said, "You weren't thinking too much of your bloody jacket when you jumped off the bridge!" My information doesn't reveal if the jumper had just suffered a bad losing run on the horses, and I only hope that following this month's system won't lead to any such drastic action. It is called The Foxform System, and once more I like it because it takes a slightly different approach to some others. It uses the Sporting Life Naps table, but as I said recently we have the exact replacement in the Racing Post. I've checked the column numbers referred to in the Sporting Life and they are exactly the same as in the Post today, so no problems there. Everything else is quite straightforward. I'm looking at the original advert which shows Flat profits of 61 and 58 points for the previous two seasons. So, let the hunt begin. Tally-ho for Foxform! Foxform System The basic aim of the Foxform System is to use professional tipsters, but only when they are doing well and only in certain races. You will require a copy of the Sporting Life daily. Now turn to the Naps Table. The object is to find the top TWO tipsters from the top six in the Naps Table by the following method. Add the tipsters' present sequence of losses (7th column from left) to the tipsters' losses (2nd column from left), then divide this total into the level stake profit (last column). The highest figure and the second highest figure are the two tipsters we use. If both tipsters give different horses in the same race we use the first. Write down the names of the horses given by the two tipsters and the forecast starting price, then the type of race they are running in, e.g. Non-handicap, seller, handicap (0-75), (0-90) etc, maiden. Now we eliminate the following.
Flat racing. No odds-on. No maiden races. No selling races. No 3 year-olds in (0-75) and below handicaps. No National Hunt races for Flat racing. Not when a tipster has given 9 consecutive losers or more (column 7). National Hunt All races qualify, but horses with more than two runs in present season do not qualify. No odds-on, or if a tipster has given 9 or more consecutive losers. Starting and Finishing Times Flat Racing. Start - last Monday in April. End - first Monday in October. N.H. Racing. Start - 2nd Monday of National Hunt Table (November). End - Start of Flat racing (March). So that's it, simple but effective. You may find the use of a pocket calculator of help in finding the top two tipsters, but with practice it's quite easy.
Handicaps
Handicap races are often the subject of debate within the betting fraternity. To bet or not to bet, that is the question. Many professional backers refuse to bet on handicaps or even to study this type of race because in their opinion handicaps are just too difficult to solve. One cannot say they are wrong in that assumption because a study of past records will show that through the average starting price of the winners of all the different categories of races run, the winners of handicap races returned (on an average basis) the biggest starting prices. What makes them so unpredictable and difficult to resolve is the fact that all the runners in a handicap are weighted on past form to run a dead heat: of course this never happens. However, there are backers who specialize in handicap races, and are successful; they know full well that, in percentage terms, they will back fewer winners than their fellow backers who shun this type of race, but are quite prepared to forego the more regular returns in exchange for the rewards of bigger prices about the winners and, in some cases, the attractions of each-way betting. Of course the decision of whether or not to bet in handicaps is a purely subjective matter, but if one is prepared to put in the time required to necessitate proper study, then it can be worthwhile and financially rewarding. Basically, handicaps are structured on a "class" basis, which seems at first sight to be contradictory, given the egalitarian nature of these races. To qualify for entry to a handicap, a horse must have raced at least three times so that the Official Handicapper can assess its approximate ability. The Official Handicappers rate horses in terms of pounds, from around 20lbs for the very poorest animal to 140lbs (10 stone) for an exceptional one. The lowest grade of handicap is the seller, and the highest is the open handicap race. The Royal Hunt Cup and the Stewards' Cup are two such examples from the highest grade. There are many grades in between: 0-70, 0-100 etc. Some runners win only in their own particular grade, and for differing reasons, for instance, a good-sized, robust horse with an official rating of 84 and carrying bottom weight of 7st 7lbs might be beaten on a regular basis while competing in major handicaps because it just does not possess the necessary pace, or class, to compete effectively against the high grade handicappers, even though earning a low weight; yet that same animal may win a much lower grade contest (0-70) whilst shouldering top weight of 9st 81bs simply because it was up against a lower grade field of runners and was able, because of its physique, to carry its burden well and "outclass" the opposition. Keen
students of handicap form become familiar with the pattern of running of the experienced handicappers and find good research rewarding. One should not attach too much importance to the breeding aspect of the contestants of most handicap races, particularly as regards to older horses. The trainer will have discovered the general level of ability of his horse and has concluded that the animal is, by definition, a handicapper. The breeding side will, however, still come into play with the two-year-olds and lightly-raced, early-season three-year-old handicappers. Although the trainer will by now have a fairly good estimation of the horse's optimum trip - and they are usually correct - never be afraid to differ. Practice at forming your own judgements. A racehorse cannot be fully assessed by the Official Handicapper, nor attain eligibility to run in a handicap race, until it has run three times. If a horse has run twice and ran prominently on each occasion without winning, then it is often the case that the connections will deliberately wish for the animal to be well beaten on its third run in order to receive a lenient rating and, as a consequence, getting in its first handicap with a nice low weight: so, have second thoughts when deciding whether to back a maiden of any age on its third racecourse appearance. Special attention should be paid to the going in handicap races. Each runner will have been allotted a rating which should, in theory, result in the whole field of runners going across the finishing line as one. However, when looking through past form it will become apparent that the Official Handicap Rating for many of the runners has been awarded for performances on varying degrees of going, ranging from very firm to very soft. They may have dropped a few pounds since achieving their optimum rating, but the principle is there: always check the Official Rating, the distance, and particularly the state of the ground when a horse achieved its best performance, and compare them with the same for today's race. The going will not always have such a major bearing on the outcome of non-handicap races. Non-handicaps are often much more cut and dried affairs between just a few chief protagonists, with the other runners fairly well out of contention; and so although it is bound to have some effect, the going will not have such a marked impact on the outcome of a race, as would have been the case in a handicap. Note three-year-old handicappers that possess scope, and after either winning or going close in a good handicap, have a long and deliberate break. This allows the animal with scope to cancel out its penalty, or rise in the Official Ratings, with physical improvement and maturity. If, for instance, a horse has been raised 7lbs in the Official Ratings for a victory or a very prominent run during the last week in May over a distance of one mile;
it then reappears during the first week in September, and, by using the Official WeightFor-Age Scale, it can be seen that the rise of 7Ibs has been neutralized by way of more than three months of physical improvement. Examples of this have been shown in the section dealing with three-year-olds. Before backing this type of candidate, be sure it has a preparatory race first. It may have been off the track through injury or a virus, and might also be the type to need an outing in order to bring it back to concert pitch. Unfortunately some of these three-year-olds never recover from setbacks, so first let it prove itself again on the racecourse. A number of the major handicaps are won by lightly-raced three-year-olds and fouryear-olds emanating from the bigger, classic winning stables. This type of yard will always contain well-bred horses which, although possessing ability, do not have sufficient talent to succeed at Group level. When it is realized that an animal is not up to winning at Group level in the U.K., Ireland or France, it will either be campaigned at other European venues - usually Italy or Germany - or will be aimed at one of the major handicap races at home. Unfortunately, however, they so often finish up at unrealistically short prices. But good early ante-post odds can sometimes be obtained if one is sharp enough or well informed. Keep your eyes open and ears flat-to-the-ground for news and information of these candidates. If a progressive handicapper rises to the level whereby it is able to win a high grade handicap off a high handicap rating, and is then pushed on further into Listed or even Group Three company, it may yet be able to show still more improvement and defeat seemingly better class rivals. Listed events are frequently contested by horses which have either too high a rating, and so will have to carry big weights in handicap races, or do not have sufficient speed to win in Group Three company. These factors will often allow the progressive high grade handicapper to step in and win. The bigger the weight carried when winning or going close in a big handicap, the more meritorious will the performance be - and even more so if gained on a Group One track. Watch out for this kind of betting opportunity - it often represents good value. Pay particular attention to three-year-olds which perform with distinction against older horses in handicap races; this is particularly significant during the first half of the season, and even more so over a distance of ground, as many three-year-olds have not yet attained sufficient strength to compete effectively against their older opponents over nonsprint distances during the early stages of the season: the higher the grade of track, then the more meritorious will the performance be.
It can be significant when a horse with decent, if not high grade handicap form is competing in lower class, non-handicap events, i.e. Maiden, Selling, etc. Most handicaps are of a competitive nature, and this horse may be up against decidedly moderate animals. Check the Official Ratings of the runners and keep a good eye out for good value betting opportunities when these instances present themselves. Pay attention to the number of runners in handicap races. If, for instance, the particular runner you are studying is competing in an eight-runner handicap race where its rating, the going, distance, type of track and grade of race is very similar to its last outing where it finished a close third in a field containing twenty-two runners, then this horse is noteworthy and deserving of your attention. Today it has just seven opponents as against twenty-one last time out when it defeated nineteen of them. Of course the reverse is also true: if your candidate for study ran well last time up against only seven other runners and now faces twenty-one opponents, then you would have to have good reason to be confident of success, with it now facing so many more opponents. The above guideline may not always work out, but it very often does, and not only finds value-for-money bets, but just as importantly, helps avoid losers. What no one can deny is its logic. The same principle also applies to non-handicaps, but only to a certain extent. It applies to a more imperative degree in handicaps because the form is so tightly knit. Over the course of a season, not too many horses are capable of winning a standard handicap when rated higher than 100 by the Official Handicapper. When allotted a high rating, it often means the horse has to shoulder a biggish weight in a competitive race, and to win must be in tip-top form with conditions to suit. Although a few older horses do perform this feat during the course of a season, the majority of handicap winners rated 100+ tend to be improving three-year-olds who often progress to win Listed Stakes, and occasionally Group-class races, and perform with great credit. When reading through the home gallops' reports from your daily and weekly racing papers, note any handicapper that is working with higher class horses. It will almost certainly be the case that it is being used as a lead horse; but this task sometimes brings about an improvement as it will often try to compete with the better horses. Familiarize yourself not only with the previously best winning mark in the ratings and the overall form of the runners that you are studying from the specialist daily racing paper, but also turn to the "Today's Ratings" section where each runner's current Official Rating, together with the last four Official Ratings which each horse "ran off' can be located. It can quickly be seen by how many pounds each horse has been raised or
lowered in the ratings. This is valuable information to the student of handicap form, so use your racing paper to the full. With the right application there are good priced winners to be found in handicap races, and there is no reason why one should not specialize in them - provided one is prepared to put in the time and effort required.
HANDY HINTS FOR HANDICAP HUDRLES

Here are some handy hints for those who wish to be in handicap hurdles. 1. First and foremost keep stakes to a minimum if betting in handicap hurdles however good a horse's chance seems to be. Appearances can be deceptive in races of this kind. 2. In races over shorter distances up to 2m 2f (2 miles is the in-between distance) the ability to quicken at the end of a hurdle race is an important ability, far more so than in chasing. Any evidence of such speed in a horse's racing record is a great sign and when it is combined with either good or improving form last time out, demonstrates that it may have what it takes to win. 3. There is a significant, statistically favoured weight range in handicap hurdles beginning somewhere just below top weight. This means that horses near the bottom of the weights in these races are not likely to win because they are usually outclassed. 4. When a horse is competing against seasoned animals of roughly equal ability, it will need experience and plenty of it. Few hurdlers, whatever their natural talent, realise their potential without this prerequisite. The best way to establish whether a horse has such experience is to check whether it has already won a handicap hurdle race. Irrespective of how it performed last time out and no matter what the grade of a race, no bet should be laid on a handicap hurdler which has only won, so far, in novice company. 5. A few horses are able to run up a sequence of wins in handicap hurdles since extra weight does not easily stop a horse with a measure of hurdling talent at the top of its form. A winner of a handicap hurdle may survive a quite steep rise in its official rating and still win again in the not-too-distant future, if not immediately. 6. However weight makes a significant difference in hurdle races over the longer distances, particularly when the ground is soft or heavy. Therefore, ones approach to weight should be modified in races of 2m 6f or more.
Kelly Staking Plan

You could now say that matters are going to get just a bit more complex. The Kelly staking plan is based on using the Kelly Constant. Kelly Criteria was developed in 1956 by John L. Kelly and the Kelly Criteria is designed to maximize the growth of your bankroll over the long term, by determining the optimal stake on a bet. The Kelly Criteria requires that your percentage-estimations (probabilities) are better than the bookmakers estimations. If you are confident that you can determine value to be in your favor as opposed to that of the bookie, the following Kelly Criteria formula will tell you the optimal amount of your bank to bet. There are many ways of writing this formula. For arguments sake the original format is showed here. One thing you MUST know is your edge, (probability of winning). f* = bp - q / b where f* is the fraction of the current bankroll to wager; b is the current bet odds(fractional); p is the probability of winning; q is the probability of losing, which is 1 p. For example if your start bank = 10,000 and your current decimal odds are 5. You have done all your research and your edge is 25% or 0.25. Therefore f* = (((5-1)*0.25) - (1-0.25)) / (5-1) f* = 0.0625 Multiply this fraction by the start bank to find your stake; Stake = 0.0625 * 10,000 = 625 The Kelly Criteria is popular with many professional bettors, many others prefer not to use the Kelly Criteria as they deem it too risky, in that it requires a large number of
percentage estimations. Even if you are good enough to find a large number of overrated value bets, using the Kelly Criteria can still cost you money due to the resultant stake being too high. In an attempt to offset this problem, many supporters of the Kelly Criteria principle use a variation to the system called Proportional Kelly which divides the percentage by [say] 2, and which helps minimize the risk. If you overestimate your ability to predict an outcome i.e. you predict a 60% chance, when the correct prediction should be 52%, you will pay for it by losing money. If on the other hand, you underestimate your ability to predict the outcome i.e. you predict a 55% chance, when the real chance is 60%, you will win money with the Kelly Criteria. This is due to the fact that Kelly Criteria formula optimises your stakes providing you are able to predict with a high degree of accuracy. With the Kelly Criteria you make money by having only a small advantage on every game you pick. If you instead have a small disadvantage for every game you pick as a result of overestimating your predictions, you will lose money with the Kelly Criteria as compared to flat stake betting.
LAYING SYSTEM 1
1. The runners must be 10 or less. 2. Odds must be between 3.0 and 5.8 3. The winning percentage of Trainer and Jockey on that course must not be above 20%. 4. In the race, there must be at least 4 horses within RPR of 10. For example, if a horse has RPR of 100 then there must be at least 4 horses with minimum RPR 90. 5. The selection must be the racing post 1st or 2nd forecast. 6. At least 1 horse having equal or more ticks for Ability in the post data section.
LAYING SYSTEM 2
1. Only take forecast favourites on racing post and the odd must be between 2.0 and 3.5 on betfair. 2. The horse must not have highest RPR. It can have joint highest RPR. 3. Number of runners must be 9 or above. 4. The percentage of tipsters supporting it must be 35% or less. 5. The difference between odds of 1st fav and 2nd fav on betfair must be 3.5 or less.
LAYING SYSTEM 3
This system will give you 2 laying bets everyday but solid one. Check Naps table(Full Naps Table) on racing post. Concentrate on the last 8 tipsters as these tipsters have shown overall loss and out of these 8 tipsters, simply take the 2 tipsters that have longest losing sequence. If the season changes from Flat to National Hunt or vice versa then wait for at least 3 or 4 weeks before you start this method. Also lay the selected horses only if they have bet fair odds between 2.9 and 5.9.
LAYING SYSTEM 4
Race must be a handicap race, and have a minimum of 8 horse running in the race 1) Horse must be the forecast favorite in the racing post, with the forecast favorite having odds of 5/1 or less 2) The horse must not have no more then 4 tips in the selection box from the newspaper tipsters 3) The horse must not be napped I.e. have no (*) next to its name in the selection box\ 4) Not the post data verdict 5) Start with small stakes, gain control of the system and its rules, and gradually raise your stakes and increase the size of your betting.
LAYING SYSTEM 5
1 ) Find all horses that have not run for 190 days or over 2 ) No odds over 7/1 3 ) remove horses in races less than 1m & 4 furlongs 4 ) no course wins or distance wins 5) No Tipster backing the selection
MAKE MONEY ON EXCHANGES

The Exchanges First of all check out the betting exchanges. The most popular one at present is betfair.com but you may wish to check out the others as well. You'll find adverts for the competition in the Racing Post. If you are not familiar with the exchanges you must read the blurb on the respective sites and observe how things work before you get stuck in. I know that some people don't like to pass banking details over the net but in my experience the site is very secure. I have done over 50,000 worth of trade using Betfair without a single problem. A Quick Word About The Bookies To take full advantage of the many opportunities available you should also consider opening accounts with all the major bookmakers. When deciding which accounts to open check out the price guides on a 'Pricewise' page of the Racing Post. Personally I would recommend Hills, Ladbrokes, Corals, Skybet, Stanley, Blue Square and the Tote. Opening accounts by telephone isrelatively easy these days. There will be times when you want to 'get on' selections at the advertised, early morning price. It is reasonably easy to 'get on' these early prices with Hills, Coral, Ladbrokes, Tote, Stanley and Blue Square but you will need to beon the phone bang on opening time and be prepared to have your stakes limited. For example if you are trying to get 100 on a 20/1 shot with Stanleythey may offer you 25 at 20/1 and the rest at Starting Price. Don't be tempted by the 'rest at SP'. Ladbrokes and Hills seem to be the most accommodating while Coral will usually offer you 50's worth. I guess a lot depends on your account history as well as the amount of business they are expecting but the above details apply to me and several others I have spoken to. You can also get some cash on with the bookies when the shops open but again, you will need to get in early and the limited stakes will apply. If you are prepared to do a bit of running around occasionally you could, say, get 50 on via telephone and 50 on in a shop. It may also be possible for you toopen a credit account and a debit account thereby increasing the number of options open to you. Back To The Exchanges So where do the exchanges fit in? Well, the aim of the exercise is to put you in a 'winwin' situation, a position where you can't lose, right? (Just in case you are not familiar with the exchanges they allow you to lay horses as well as backing them. In effect this allows you to be a bookmaker). If there is anything you are unsure about here please contact me by email and Ill get back to you as soon as possible. Just to complicate
matters slightly the exchanges will deduct a small percentage from your profits on each market or event. It's usually around the wins you pocket 1400 less 1320 through Betfair (110 x 12). If the horse loses you lose the 100 you had on with Ladbrokes and win 110 though Betfair. (Remember the commission? They will deduct around 5.50 leaving you with a 4.50 profit on the race. Wow again! If your selection wins YOU WIN and if your horse loses YOU WIN! In actual fact there is a third way to do business here. It's not one which I usually put into practice but I'll mention it anyway. Using the above example let's lay the horse for 150. If the horse wins you pocket 1400 from the bookie but lose 1560 on the exchange. If the horse loses you lose the 100 with the bookie but win 150 through Betfair. (Less commission leaves you with 142.50). So, overall you win 42.50.. Look at this in detail, you stand to lose 160 for the chance to win 42.50. (So, in your capacity as a bookie you layed a horse at 3.76/1. Not bad going for a horse which is starting at around 12/1 ! Would your bookie be happy with that situation? I'll let you be the judge of that! Incidentally, if you had layed the horse for 200 your effective lay is 1000 to190 which works out at over 5/1. So you see, it is important to 'do your homework' thoroughly. It's crucial that you experiment on paper before you start investing hard cash. Watch how the markets develop on the exchanges and get a real feel for it before you put the money down. 5% mark. I'll use that figure in my examples to make things as simple as possible. Compare The Prices So, before you place your bet look at the odds on offer with the bookies and compare them with the odds on offer with the exchanges. If you find a horse which is available to 'lay' at shorter odds on the exchange than it is to back with the bookies then you have a golden opportunity to get involved. e.g. let's say that Tamarin Bleu is available to back at 14/1 with Ladbrokes and available to lay with Betfair at 12/1. You get 100 on at 14's with Ladbrokes and then lay the horse for 100 on Betfair at 12's. If the horse wins you will collect 1400 (plus your stake) from Ladbrokes and pay out 1200 through Betfair leaving you with 200 profit. If the horse loses you willlose your 100 with Ladbrokes and collect 100 from Betfair. (remember thatslight complication I mentioned earlier? Betfair will deduct around a 5 commission from you). There are two ways you can deal with the commission angle. On the one hand look at the situation you've got yourself into. Your potential winnings are 200 for a possible 5 loss! Wow, effectively 40/1 for a horse which is around the 12/1 mark. A pretty smart bet I think you'll agree. This is a situation you can get yourself into time and time again by applying the principles in this guide. You will find that you are able get into this sort of position on most Saturdays. The second way to deal with the commission? Ok, you've got your 100 on with Ladbrokes at
14/1. Now lay the horse for 110 at 12/1. Now if the horse market and eliminates your chance of getting into a no-lose position. In caseslike these you have three options open to you. a) 'Bite the bullet' and take what comes. b) Lay the horse to bigger stakes than you backed it for in the hope that it loses and you make a small profit. (Sometimes these 'drifters' do go on to win but generally they are drifting for a good reason. For obvious reasons thebigger the drift the less likely the horse is to win. But please be careful). c) If you cant lay a selection before the off you may be able to lay it in running. Personally I usually go for the third option but you should play in the way you feel most comfortable. Also, a quick word of caution regarding withdrawn horses. Each market on the exchanges will provide details of withdrawn horses and the % deduction applicable. Check these details before you lay your selections. Backing and Laying On The Same Exchange There are times when there are good opportunities to back and lay on the same market using an exchange. Take note of the headings above the back and lay sections. A completely fair market would see the %'s above the columns showing 100%. Bookies profit margins vary, but it stands to reason that if you are backing when there is a 125% market you will lose in the long run. A casino may only make a few % on the each market but do they win? You bet your life they win! So look for opportunities where the 'back' column shows as near to 100% as Excited? I hope so. Just in case you are still sceptical I backed Rince Ri in last years Grand National for 100 with Ladbrokes at 40/1 and layed it on the exchanges for 200 at average odds of 16/1. Work it out for yourself. Inside Information? Now that's all very well, I hear you saying, but how did you know the horse would shorten in price? Well, personally I subscribe to a well known 'advice service' which provides me with the occasional bit of inside information. I estimate that around 5% of my betting activity is based on this information so it's no great hardship if you decide not to go down that route. Pricewise You will notice that the Pricewise selections in the Racing Post often start at shorter odds than you can back them for in the morning. But a word of caution here, if you intend to trade on this basis make sure you back the selections first before you lay them! Learn from my mistakes, In the early stages I tried to lay selections first, only to find that I couldn't back them at the advertised prices. It can be an expensive lesson to learn. You have been warned! There are times, obviously, when a horse which you have backed drifts in the could score and you could easily end up with egg on your face! Spotting The Right Market I like to concentrate on markets where there are only 2 or 3 potential outcomes such as match odds or over/under 2.5 goals. Look at the percentages of the market. Often you will find a 'gap' in the available odds. For example it may be possible to back Arsenal at 2 (evens) or lay them at
2.25 (5/4). In a situation like this I will decide whether to back or lay first. I usually determine this by checking the % book. Whichever is closest to 100 isthe one I will generally opt for though I will also check out how much money there is in the relative boxes. (odds will tend to move in the direction of the least available money). So, in this example let's say I decide to lay Arsenal. I will 'post' a bet to lay Arsenal at odds of 2 (n.b NOT 2.25!). Now, if that bet is taken by another punter I will then try to back the same selection at odds of 2.25 (n.b. NOT 2!)If that bet is also taken by another punter that leaves me sitting pretty. I'll make .25 (a quarter) of my stake if Arsenal win and there is no risk of losing a penny. (remember that the exchange will only take a commission on profit and because you layed and backed on the same market with the same exchange there will be no profit made if Arsenal lose). I could give you hundreds of examples like this but frankly you will learn best by observing the markets and re-reading this guide. Bit by bit you will learn to recognise betting opportunities with increasing ease. Betting In Running Just a quick word about betting in running which allows you to place bets during the event. These markets do offer some good opportunities to increaseyour profits though you have to think and act quickly to take full advantage. Again, at the risk of repeating myself you need to observe the markets and practice to small stakes until you are confident in what you are doing. It is possible to bet in running on horse racing but not on the shorter races. You can also get involved in football, golf, darts, etc. It is fascinating to watch the markets fluctuate according to events on the field of play and Im sure you will soon start to spot some good opportunities. possible. If a market shows less than this figure then, in theory at least, it is possible to back every selection and still win. However, these opportunities are very rare. A similar principle applies to laying selections. This time if the 'book percentage' figure rises above 100% you could theoretically lay all of the 'runners' and win but again these opportunities are rare. Be wary of getting involved in markets where the % book does not accuratelyreflect the market. For example check out a televised football match. A 'to score' market could show a 'lay %' of well over 100%. This may, at first glance, appear very attractive but remember that, in theory all of the players
Maria Staking Plan

So called after a username on a forum thread that turned 3000 into 100,000 in only 303 days in real-time. In total there were 3547 wins from 4131 selections = 85.88% strike rate. Like all staking plans which are essentially mathematical formulas, The Maria staking plan can be broken down into rules. 1) - There are 3 distinct odds ranges to be aware of. The following is based on a starting bank of 3000 * Prices below 3.5: lay to 1% of bank - backer's stake 30 (liability is always under 75 in this price range) * Prices from 3.6 to 7.4: lay to 0.6% of bank - backer's stake 18 (liability is always between 46.80 - 115.20 in this price range) * Prices from 7.5 to 11: lay to 0.4% of bank - backer's stake 12 (liability is always between 78 - 132 in this price range) * Anything above 11 or 10/1 is left alone. 2) - If making profits, the stakes are increased on a daily basis in proportion to the betting bank on a daily basis. For instance, if after day 1 the betting bank is at 3300 then 1% would now be 33 rather than 30. Level Staking Plan This is the most common form of staking plan and is sometimes known by other names such as flat betting being. This system requires that you bet the same stake at all times.
The size of the stake can be determined however you like. One method is to link it to your starting bank. For example, if your start bank was 200 you would split the bank into points. 200 = 200 points. In this case 1 represents 1 point. You would then adjust this up as required to a set stake of say 5 points or 10 points. The level staking plan is a very safe low risk staking plan and can be used as a reference against other staking systems to analyse their performance. Any selection system that does not produce a profit at level stakes should be looked at very carefully before continuing with it. Any selection system not in profit using level stakes does not have an edge. In TSM we have our basic level staking plan and an Advanced Version.
Recovery Staking Plan

Recovery Staking PlanThe Back Recovery Plan is identical to the Lay % Recovery in that it aims to recover your losses over a set number of cycles and bets. The available settings in TSM are shown in the screenshot. Using the above settings the intial stake is 2% of 100. Stake = 2 units. When the bet loses you enter the recovery mode. The above settings allow 2 cycles with each cycle containing 4 bets. The amount of loss to recover is set at 100%. In the example below there are 6 bets. The first bet is a loss. The series defecit is therefore 2 units. The settings tell TSM to try and recover 2 units over 4 bets. Therefore bets 2,3,4 and 5 are calculated as 2/4 = 0.5 At the bet 6 recovery mode is finished and the stake is back to 2 units. Recovery 2 In the next example bet 4 is a loss. The settings tell TSM there are 2 cycles. As the first cycle was not finished we enter the second cycle and try and recover our losses again. As bet 4 lost the series defecit is 1.5 units. The next 4 bets (assuming they all win) will be 0.38 units. You can see that by bet 9 the defecit is recovered and recovery mode is finished. The stake reverts back to 2 units. Recovery 3 If however cycle 2 is not completed, the staking plan cuts its losses and starts again. In TSM you can set the amount of bets to recover your losses from 1-100. You can also select the cycles from 1-25. You can also tell TSM to recover the initial stake aswell.
In the example above this would increase our recovery stakes to recover the initial 2 on every bet. If the bet loses at any point that initial stake is added on to the next cycle. This works differently to the Lay % Recovery Staking Plan. Essentially instead of recovering the initial stake over x amounts of bets we are recoverying the initial stake on each and every bet. You can see the effect of this below. Recovery 4 A further setting available is the option to link your stake to the cumulative total. When not in a recovery mode the initial stake is adjusted relative to the cumulative total. The final setting not yet mentioned is the ability to recover any commission lost during your winnings. For this to be active commission must be turned on in the TSM software and the 'Increase Stakes to Recover Commission' must be checked in the staking plan settings. The previous examples had commission turned off. In the example below commission is turned on and set at 5%. The screenshot below shows how the stakes are raised to allow for commission losses. Recover initial stake is also turned on.
Rolling Doubles Staking Plan

Personally i feel this staking plan is similar to the parlay staking plan. However, instead of putting all your winnings on the next bet, only the winnings from half of your initial stake is added. This occurs on a rolling basis, creating rolling doubles. In summary - each selection in a series has two or three bets placed on it, depending on whether the first leg of the rolling double was successful: Assume initial stake is 2 units. This initial stake is split in half to give the size of the stakes in part 1 and part 2 below. 1. Always placed - A single win bet. Possible Outcomes - take the profit if it wins, or accept loss of 1st Leg stake if it loses. 2. Always placed - Leg 1 of the rolling double. Outcomes - carry forward the return if it wins, or accept loss of stake if it loses. 3. Only placed if Leg 1 wins - Leg 2 of the rolling double where the return from the winning Leg 1 is placed on the selection.
Outcomes - take profit from Legs 1 & 2 if it wins. If it loses the only real monetary loss to be accepted is the original stake placed in Leg 1. In TSM you can edit the start bank and percentage to bet on the initial stake. There is also an option to link the initial stake to the cumulative total so that your stakes can increase overtime. The final option is to calculate return on investment minus the rolling double 2nd leg stakes as in essence the 2nd leg rolling double is a non-risk part of the stake.
Secure Staking Plan

This plan is simple but often very effective. It is based around the fact that lower odds on a horse imply that it is more likely to win than a horse with higher odds, and in this context the stakes are adjusted accordingly. This methodology theoretically protects your betting bank from staking large amounts on horses that are less likely to win. As a result, you can change and manipulate the variables to suit your own style of betting. Over time this has been quoted by many professionals as being the best of all the staking plans, but once again, this is purely a matter of opinion as opposed to a matter of fact. Using a starting bank of say 200.00, the first level of the sequence would look something like this: maximum to be bet = 10% of the bank = 20.00 the stake is set as a percentage of the maximum bet amount. all odds less than 2/1 (3.00) use 100% of the stake = 10 for odds greater than 2/1 (3.00) a stepped sequence of reducing percentages is used
Sports Arbitrage
Introduction As a member of the bookmaking community for a large part of my life I have known about sport arbitrage betting for a while now. It is a way of generating free income from the fact different bookmakers all over the world all have different formulas to work to, different clients to cater for and compilers with different opinions on sporting fixtures. I always thought that it was an incredible hassle to find sport arbs, after all, just type in the phase into Google and you will find a multitude of web companies all offering to do all the work for you and of course take over half the profit! Now with the information and links in this document and the arb calculator you will be able to quickly find arbs and make guaranteed money from bets. What is an arb? There are well over 100 secured totally safe bookmakers all over the world all offering different odds on betting. This number is steadily increasing. An arb is formed when different bookies have different prices for different outcomes in a particular sporting event. The bottom line is that we can place bets to cover both (all) outcomes with different bookies and get back more than we invested. The best way is to investigate this is with an example: During a ladies single game at Wimbledon between Williams and Sharpova the bookies Tote and Victor Chandler priced the outcomes differently: Tote - 3/1 Sharpova to win Victor Chandler - 2/5 Williams to win to return 100 with Victor Chandler above we would have to invest 71.42. To return 100 with Tote for a Sharpova win we would have to invest 25. Our total collective investment would be just 96.42 - and whoever won the game our total return would be 100. We have just made a guaranteed 3.58% on your money within 2 hours. You can find plenty of these arbs each and every week. How did we calculate how much investment is required to return 100 (including our stake)? A very simple calculation: With v.c. the odds for a williams win was 2/5. To find out how much you need to invest to return 100 simply make the following calculation: (a) 2/5 + 1 = 1.4 (b) 100/1.4 = 71.43
2. With tote the odds for a sharpova win was 3/1. To return 100 (including our stake): (a) 3/1 + 1 = 4 (b) 100/4 = 25 total investment (71.42 + 25) = 96.42 total return regardless of outcome 100 total profit (100 - 96.42) = 3.58 risk free. Why do arbs occur? Arbs occur when we use 2 or more bookmakers - and they do so because the odds compilers of the various bookmakers simply have different opinions. Don't forget you will be using online bookies from all over the globe in your quest to find arbs - and while a bookie in the UK may be upto speed about premiership football results, the same is less than likely true for the bookies in say in America or Australia. And as more and more online companies are formed, we can expect the number of arbs to increase with time. Arbs are here to stay, and a source of free and easy cash. Reading the Odds This part of the publication will help you understand the way bookies display their odds. It would be great if all bookies globally just displayed their odds in a uniform way, but across the world they show them differently: (a) fractions - e.g. 2/1 3/1 etc a lot of bookies will express odds as fractions (especially in the UK). The top figure is the profit achieved and the bottom figure is the investment required to achieve that profit. So 2/1 means 2 profit from an investment of 1. 1/3 means a profit of 1 from an investment of 3 and so on what you need to remember with this way of writing odds is that the profit does not include your stake which will be returned to you if you win. (b) decimals - a lot of European bookies express odds in terms of decimals e.g. 1.5, 3.4 etc what you have to remember about decimals is that your stake has been included in the return - so 3.5 means your total return including stake is 3.5. To convert a decimal into a fraction is to simply deduct 1 from the decimal - so a decimal price of 3.0 isnt 3/1 it's 2/1. To calculate your returns on a decimal bet just multiply it by your stake. So a 10 bet on 3.0 odds returns 30. (c) US odds us odds have a + or - in front of them. If positive it shows your profit for every 100 staked. Thus 100 at +400 would mean you get a total return of 500 (and a profit of 400). If it has a negative sign it shows how much you need to stake to achieve a 100 profit. So -400 means you would need to bet 400 to win 100. As you start to read and use these odds more frequently you will become a lot quicker at finding arbs.
How to spot abs Now we have a firm understanding of arbs, their causes and the odds system we're going to see how best to spot them, and how to organise your time for maximum efficiency. As an arb trader it's vital that you construct a daily checklist of events that you wish to investigate. It's very handy to buy a diary specifically for your arb trades and jot down the specific events you'll be hunting for arbs in. Make this a routine - for instance, perhaps on a particular Saturday you want to check the premiership fixtures, the tennis fixtures and the one day series between India and England. Do not randomly hunt for arbs without this sort of plan. Now that you've identified the list of events you're going to attack today, what do you do next? Let's start with the tennis fixtures between player a & player b. To see if any arb opportunities exist construct the below table: Bet365 Ladbrokes Eurobet Scandi Victor Chandler Player A 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/7 2/6 Player B 2/1 5/2 3/1 5/2 2/1 Here it's obvious that the best 2 prices are 2/9 for Player A (Bet365) and 3/1 for Player B (Eurobet). Does an arb exist here? Yes: to return a total of say 1000 on player a with Bet365 we need to invest (2/5+1 = 1.4...then 1000/1.4) 714.28 to return a total of 1000 on Player B with Eurobet we need to invest (3/1+1 = 4...then 1000/4) 250 Our total investment to return 1000 whichever player wins is just 964. This is a clear arb opportunity and you would then place 714.28 with Bet365 on Player A and a further 250 with Eurobet on Player B. At the end of the match you will pickup a certain profit of 35.72 - finding just 3 arbs a day of this kind (very achievable) will give you a daily profit of 107.16 - and a tax free monthly income of over 3000. Hopefully you are now beginning to realise the magic of arbs. If you take this systematic approach with each sporting event you have on your checklist your chances of finding an arb are good. However there are a couple of free websites which will help you identify even more: By the time you finish reading this guide, you will have many websites that I recommend - it's a good idea to open up a new directory in your favourites dedicated to arb trading. These websites are all free and priceless in helping you make money with arbs. Calculating arbs Here we'll go through some more arb examples, including football arbs, which require 3 bets to get your return.
1. Let us consider the following arb: Player A - 4/7 Player B - 17/9 to calculate your return and how much you should stake do the following: (a) convert fractions into decimals: player a - 4 divided by 7 is 0.5714. Add one to get your decimal figure of 1.5714. Player b - 17 divided by 9 is 1.8888. Add one to get your decimal of 2.8888. (b) divide the decimal figures you have calculated into 1000 and this will tell you how much you need to invest to return 1000: player a - 1000/1.5714 = 636.37 needed to return 1000 player b - 1000/2.8888 = 346.16 needed to return 1000 (c) add your total investments required to return 1000: 636.37 + 346.16 = 982.53 Does an arb exist? Yes - were you to invest a total of 982.53 on both players winning you are certain to get back 1000. That's a 17.47 return in a couple of hours for doing nothing. This is a low return arb - you will often find arbs returning between 5% and 10% and sometimes even more. How to work out investments required for soccer arbs. Let's say Brazil are playing USA and the bookies have priced it as: Eurobet - brazil win at 11/10 Bet365 - draw at 14/5 Centrebet - USA at 4/1 let's go through the calculation as we did in the first example: (a) convert fractions into decimals brazil win - 11/10 + 1 = 2.1 draw - 14/5 + 1 = 3.8 USA win - 4/1 + 1 = 5 (b) find out how much is required to return 1000 in each instance. Brazil win - 1000/2.1 = 476 to return 1000 draw - 1000/3.8 = 263 to return 1000 USA win - 1000/5 = 200 (c) add your total investment required to return 1000: 476 + 263 + 200 = 939 Does an arb exist? Again, yes. Were you to place a total of 939 you are certain to make a profit of 61 - not bad for 90 minutes work (if you can call it that). Now that you have identified the arb you would place the bets - 476 with eurobet on a Brazil win, 263 with Bet365 on a draw and 200 with Centrebet on a USA win. With time and experience you will find that arbs occur not only with sporting events but with any event where you can place a bet - from politics to music awards. The opportunities are limitless. Soccer arbs the next couple of chapters will help you focus on finding arbs in particular sports, and the tools, tricks, tips, bookies and websites that you should use for each. The information is priceless and has taken years to formulate and perfect. We will start with soccer, where arb opportunities are almost endless thanks to global coverage of global leagues. The best arbs are to be found in the standard '90 minute result' category (an example of which we saw in chapter 4).
Odds comparison sites such as Betbrain are very useful in finding soccer arbs - there are so many bookies who offer soccer results - and that's a very good thing for us. It ensures many opportunities to pickup free cash exist. It's important to note that in the UK many of the bookies will compile similar odds so you wouldn't find many arbs between UK bookies. There are however different odds to be found with European bookmakers which of course leads to arbs. In your quest to hunt down arbs you should open accounts with as many online bookies across the world as you can. The bookies you should take special note of with soccer are:
10Bet - 188Bet - 888Sport - AllYouBet - Bet3000 - Bet365 - BetAtHome - BetBoo - BetFred BetSafe - Betsson - BetWay - BlueSquare - BoDog - Bwin - CanBet - Coral - Dafabet - Expekt GameBookers - MyBet - PartyBets - PinnacleSports - RedBet - SkyBet - SportingBet - StanJames TitanBet - ToteSport - VictorChandler - WilliamHill
One of the best soccer tips is to start looking at lower leagues first and work your way up instead of the other way around - remember there are very few experts on lower league football so more price differences are likely to exist here, and so more arbs can be found. Get news before the bookies - remember that with soccer you will find that breaking news will change odds dramatically. The good news is that some bookies are much less responsive than others in changing odds to breaking news and this results in arb opportunities being created. Probably the most famous example of this was the Israel vs Austria world cup qualifying match where Israel were at home. Due to fear of terrorism about 9 Austrian players backed out which of course weakened the team considerably - of course not all bookies responded to the news quickly - and at one stage the combination of odds included: Israel win 11/10 draw 5/2 Austria win 4/1 It was possible to pickup a profit of 40 on an investment of 1000 just for knowing your soccer news. Other soccer markets - there can be arbs found in other soccer markets such as corners and total goals but these are harder to find and your main hunt should be in the results after 90 minutes area as we have talked about. Final tips - this applies to all your arb bets, you should always round up or down when you place a bet as it makes you less conspicuous. A bet such as 234.67 looks a little odd compared with 235. There is nothing illegal about arbs but if a bookie suspects you are an arb trader he may try and restrict your bets.
Another tip that applies to any sport is that you should always secure the best price first (the one that is out of line with what other bookies are offering) - as this price may not last. Tennis arbs There are always big differences between the compilers of different bookies so tennis always produces many arbs. The biggest caution when finding tennis arbs are different bookie rulings when a player retires from a game. Some bookies will payout in the event of a player having to retire, and others wont. When finding tennis arbs it's important to ensure both bookies you place bets with have the same rules in the event of a retired player. The below are the bookies of choice for tennis trading. Of course don't count out others but the following have been known to be involved in creating arbs:
Tennis is a good sport for finding arbs - and it runs pretty much all through the year so it's worth getting involved with it as it will get you arbs all-year-round. Just to illustrate, at the time of writing the draw for the Wimbledon first round had just been made - and as usual threw up a feast of arb opportunities to pick and choose from. Within minutes the following matches offered free money for the taking: Raymond (1.36 with Unibet) vs Fortez (4.5 with Stanbet) giving a return of 4.44% Mallise (1.33 with Unibet) vs Saulnier (4.5 with Skybet) giving a return of 2.56% Gimelstob (1.62 with Stanbet) vs Labadze (2.92 with Expekt) giving a return of 4.57% Boutter (1.45 with Unibet) vs Galvani (3.5 with Stan James) giving a return of 2.45% Krajan (3.0 with Thegreek) vs Massu (1.57 with Betabet) giving a return of 2.98% The important point to remember here is that this is not at all unusual - if anything the results were a little on the low side in producing juicy high % arbs, but even so there were more arbs than could be used. In fact there were several other arbs produced in that draw.
Cricket arbs There are plenty of arb opportunities to be found in cricket. But as with tennis it's important to understand different bookie rules. In county cricket this means knowing how bookies treat drawn matches - by far most will refund stakes in the event of a draw but a few firms do not. In the national one day games, again you have to see how bookies will treat a tie - most will return stakes but again there are a couple of firms that do not. Once you check the rules once you will be comfortable placing arb bets going forward. The best bookies for domestic cricket are listed below:
international cricket arbs - the key to finding arbs in international cricket is to have a large number of foreign betting accounts. Different bookies operate to different profit margins (and foreign ones often take lower margins which create arbs between them and the uk). Some of the best bookies for cricket arbs include:
As with hunting for football arbs keep an eye on the cricket news for events that can change prices (quickly with some bookies and very slowly with others, thus creating a nice pick of arbs). Golf arbs
Your best place to find golf arbs are in the 2 or 3 ball bets where bookies will pick either 2 or 3 golfers, the object of course is to back the best one. Let's look at a 3 ball example: player 1 player 2 player 3 bookie a 6/4 2/1 5/4 bookie b 11/4 7/4 5/4 bookie c 7/4 6/4 5/4 bookie d 2/1 7/4 7/4 If you place bets with bookies at 11/4, 2/1 and 7/4 you end up with a profit of 4%. As always if you are placing 3 bets always secure the most 'odd' one first and secure the others that are more in line with the industry later. You dont want to be in the position where a bet changes halfway through your trade. For example in the above, you want to secure 7/4 on player 3 first as the other prices 5/4 appears to be standard. You can try looking for arbs in 2 ball betting but they are less common -always check for 3 balls first. Some of the best sites for golf arbs are:
As with any form of betting always check the bookie rules in case of exceptional events. Make this a rule and you will never go wrong. Other sports & betting events Snooker - a difficult sport to predict means that opinions among bookies are widely divided - and this of course creates plentiful arbs for us. Again (and I do not apologise if I keep mentioning it as its critical) it's important to check the different bookie rules in the (very) unlikely event of an abandoned match - some bookies will call off bets while others will regard the player that goes on to the next round as the winner. Where bookie rules are different do not place bets - no matter how unlikely a match is to be abandoned we are after risk free profits and should leave nothing to chance. The bookies that often create arbs in snooker are listed below:
10Bet - 188Bet - 888Sport - AllYouBet - Bet3000 - Bet365 - BetAtHome - BetBoo - BetFred BetSafe - Betsson - BetWay - BlueSquare - BoDog - Bwin - CanBet - Coral - Dafabet - Expekt 586 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
GameBookers - MyBet - PartyBets - PinnacleSports - RedBet - SkyBet - SportingBet - StanJames TitanBet - ToteSport - VictorChandler - WilliamHill
Motor Racing - while mr arbs are not as common as those in the sports we've covered so far, they can produce some high paying ones when they occur. The 3 categories here are qualification, race and classification. Qualification - here 2 drivers race against each other but odds can change quite substantially as the day nears. Some bookies take the drivers practice runs seriously (and hence modify odds accordingly) while others dont. This of course can create some very tasty arbs. The best way to spot arbs here is to create a table of odds before practice - and check the same odds immediately after to see where arbs have been formed. Race - bookies select 2 drivers and the driver finishing highest out of the 2 in the race is the bet winner. There are some big arbs to be had here - again because some bookies change their odds as they see practice results, and others just leave their original odds untouched. Classification - a driver is 'classified' if he finishes 90% of a race, and odd compilers also have massive differences in opinions here which is great for us. The bookies worth looking at for motor racing are:
Finding arbs in-running In-running bets are those which are placed while a game or event is already in progress, and as can be expected there are plenty of arbs for the take if you act quickly. It's advisable to move onto in-running arbs only when you're comfortable with the pre-match arbs. One of the reasons that in-running arbs are so plentiful is that bookies do not have time to consider all things when placing odds - you can quite literally feast on arbs
everyday with in-running bets if you know where to look. We'll look at the plentiful opportunities sport by sport. Cricket - if you've ever seen a cricket game you'll know that just one wicket can change the direction of the game - as well as bookie odds which create a bountiful supply of arbs as the game develops. With cricket the arbs will tend to form only after an entire innings has been played out - in the second innings, as the wickets and boundaries begin to accumulate you will see more and more arbs being formed before your eyes. Arbs can be found not only in the results category but also in total runs betting. Cricket is certainly one of the best sports to find arbs, both pre-match as well as in-running - and dont forget, bookies sometimes have to price bets with a view to balance their books rather than setting them realistically based on the probable outcome. This applies to every sport and is fantastic news for the arb-trader. Football - steer clear of the result after 90 minutes area for in-running football. The fact is (and it can be a little surprising) there just aren't enough arbs here to make it worth looking at. The last corners market is much better if you wish to find in-running football arbs - a 2 possibility event and plenty of 'out-of-date' prices (as most bookies see this as a secondary importance market, much to our delight). Wait until the last quarter of the match, and if the match changes dramatically (e.g. A goal is scored) you will find out of date prices that you can just secure. Remember that bookies will close the market with 80 minutes gone on the clock - remember this when placing a late arb. Golf - a moderate amount of arbs can be found here but patience is required, and your best chances are when a tournament is limited to 3 potential winners. Arbs tend to be found more often in the european tour. Snooker - like cricket, it takes just one moment to completely change a game. It's worthwhile following the in-running details and odds to see if there are any easy pickings to be had. Wherever there's a bet, look for arbs So far we've looked at a number of different sports that are likely to produce many arbs for you to feast on. You've already seen how just a couple of ordinary arbs that appear everyday can make you 100 in daily tax free profit for 10 minutes work! However one thing you should never forget, is that any bet that the bookies offer, be it in sports, politics or generally just about anything (e.g. Betting on big brother) is likely to produce arbs. You're not in this business because you're interested in the sport or event you're placing an arb on. No, you're here to make money and maximise your profit whether Man united
beat Arsenal or the Green Party win the general elections. You don't care - because you're going to be taking money from just about every bet that the bookmakers can offer. Possibly the best thing is that you can start of with as little or as much money as you want. Just some of the other events that you can find arbs in are: Music, film & television awards. Politics - the wealth of fantastic arbs available in politics betting is best illustrated through an example: The number of seats a particular party will win can produce spectacular results. Here is an actual example of how you could have made easy money on a political arb. During the last general election here were the odds on the number of seats that Lib Dem would win: Bookie a: Under 43 - 4/9 43 and over - 13/8 Bookie b: Under 45 - 11/4 45 to 50 - 2/1 50 and over - 10/11 what is immediately obvious (it appears to everyone but the bookies involved who think they are always correct) is that one bookie is betting 10/11 on more than 50 seats while the other bets 13/8 on more than 43. The actual polls (which are usually very close to the actual result) were predicting 54 seats which means Bookie a got their odds horribly wrong. 13/8 for over 43 seats was unbelievable to arb traders everywhere. This is an instance where 'biasing' your arb to take advantage of this situation would be fully justified. So for example investing 1200 at 13/8 and 436 at 11/4 would have netted you a profit of 1513.64 - a return of 92%. And this was no exceptional arb - in the same time seat betting on the labour & conservative parties would have produced over 90% returns too. The list of bookies you should investigate for these kind of non-sport arbs are listed below:
Staying ahead of the game - tips, tricks and advice

The system - all bookies put their customers into categories. These include the 'loser' tag (i.e. This guy is completely hopeless at betting and all his bets should be encouraged) right upto the 'dangerous/unprofitable' tag - a better who tends to win more often than not. From your point of view, the more loser tags you can get, the better as you don't want to be labelled as an investor who takes money from the bookies - or they may just refuse to trade with you! So how do you avoid this from happening? This and other issues are looked at below. Don't place bets with decimals - if the 2 sides of your arbs required investments of 109.87 and 455.18 round them up/down to 110 and 455. This looks much more like a 'normal' bet, and you're less likely to set off alarm-bells with bookies. Family - where possible use family and friends to set-up accounts with bookies if you have been tagged as unprofitable and they refuse to trade with you. Where you know you have had a series of wins with a particular bookie, make an extra special effort to try and place the losing end of an arb with him. This should lower your chances of getting tagged. If you're refused a certain amount that you're trying to secure an arb for, then try again after a little while. It's not uncommon to find that your full amount will be accepted just minutes after initially being refused. There are certain types of equipment you can invest in to improve your efficiency at making high % arbs. For a start, a mobile phone is very useful - you probably already have one, but if not think about getting one. It's very useful as you can place a bet with a bookie (on their freephone number usually) while placing the other end of the arb at the same time online. In the event of a betting dispute check the www.ibas.co.uk website (independent betting arbitration service) for advice. Your yearly sports events calendar It doesn't matter what time of year it is, you will always find plenty of opportunities to secure arbs. There are numerous major events every month, and these are covered by a large number of bookies all over the world - this really does result in a steady flow of arbs all year round. The calendar below will help you plan your arb trading for each particular month. January Darts - world championship Golf - kapalua championship Tennis - atp & wta tours Darts - bdo world championship American football - nfl Golf - honolulu open Golf - south african open American football - afc/nfc wildcard playoffs Tennis - australian
open Golf - bob hope classic Golf - alfred dunhill championship American football - afc & nfc divisional playoffs Golf - phoenix open Snooker - regal welsh open Golf - perth classic American football - afc/nfc championship Golf - melbourne classic February Golf - pebble beach national pro-am Tennis - wta/atp tours American football super bowl Snooker - english masters Golf - buick Golf - anz championship Tennis davis cup American football - afc/nfc pro bowl Golf - nissan open Golf - world golf championship March Snooker - china open Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - genuity championship Golf malaysian open F1 - australian grand prix Snooker - thailand masters Golf - coral springs classic Golf - dubai desert classic Golf - bay hill Golf - quatar masters F1 - malaysian grand prix Golf - the players championship Snooker - irish masters Golf - madeira island open Golf - houston open Golf - open de canarias F1 - brazilian grand prix April Tennis - wta/atp events Golf - sugarloaf classic Golf - algarve open Tennis - davis cup (rd 2) Snooker - regal scottish open Golf - masters tournament F1 - san marino grand prix Golf - head island classic Basketball - nba playoffs Snooker - world championship Golf - greater greensboro classic Golf - the seve trophy Tennis - fed cup F1 - spanish grand prix May Golf - new orleans classic Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - french open Golf - byron nelson classic Golf - international open F1 - austrian grand prix Golf - fort worth colonial Golf - german open Golf - memorial tournament Golf - pga championship F1 - monaco grand prix Tennis - french open Golf - victor chandler british masters June Golf - long valley open Golf - british masters Basketball - nba finals Golf - buick classic Golf - english open F1 - canadian grand prix Golf - us open Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - greater hartford open Golf - great north open F1 - european grand prix Golf - st jude classic Tennis - all england championship Golf - irish open July Golf - illinois open Golf - dublin open F1 - british grand prix Golf - greater milwaukee open Tennis - wta/atp events Golf - scottish open Golf - new york open Golf - british open Tennis - fed cup qf F1 - french grand prix Golf - john deer classic Golf - tnt open F1 - german grand prix Golf - colorado international August Golf - qwest int Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - volvo scandinavian masters Golf - buick open Golf - celtic manor resort wales open Golf - us pga championship Golf north west ireland open F1 - hungarian grand prix Golf - nec invitational Golf - reno tahoe open Golf - washington golf championship Golf - scottish pga championship Golf - southern england championship Tennis - us open Golf - bmw international open
September F1 - belgian grand prix Golf - canadian open Golf - european masters American football - nfl Golf - pennsylvanian classic Tennis - wta/atp events Golf german masters F1 - italian grand prix Golf - tampa bay classic Golf - wgc american express championship Tennis - davis cup Golf - texas open Golf - ryder cup F1 - usa grand prix October Golf - kingsmill championship Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - las vegas classic Golf - lancome trophy F1 - japanese grand prix Golf - national golf classic Golf - world match play Golf - buick challenge Golf - spanish open November Golf - atlanta tour championship Tennis - atp/wta events Golf - southern farm bureau classic Tennis - fed cup Golf - volvo masters Tennis - masters cup December Tennis - davis cup final Golf - wgc emc2 world cup The websites that show you the available arbs everyday This guide has armed you with the knowledge you need to be a fine sports arbitrage trader. However finding arbs everyday can be a time consuming process so the websites given below are absolutely priceless. They show you the available arb opportunities on a daily basis - in fact they are updated real-time as and when more arbitrage opportunities develop. There are subscription services providing the same information, this guide gives you these sites as part of your package. Please ensure you read the guidance tips below there are certain situations where you may not be able to use the bets on the website, but Im willing to bet you will find at least one yield arb right now Have a go!
Check all the bookies rules in the event of an abandoned game I have included direct links to this information on my site list. While this may seem unlikely, this sort of thing can happen in sport. Most bookies have standardised rules in such events but you should check with each bookie that you place your arb with anyway. For example in some cases you may find that bookie a will payout depending on who technically won the tie (even if by default - e.g. Tennis player going through by default because his opponent got
injured), while bookie b will call off all bets and return your stake. As mentioned while such events are rare it is advised that when bookie rules in such instances are different you do not place the arb. All bookie sites will have contact information and a list of rules where this information can be discovered if the direct links are not at Check that any fees / tax that the bet may incur with the bookmaker doesnt outweigh the profit and you will still make at least 2%. Check the minimum bet you can place, it may be more than you need to bet to win the arb. Check the rules on payout and make sure they are exactly the same for both bookmakers. (You wont lose money if the game is abandoned etc.) Get the webpages up in your browser, keep them all open at the point just before you are going to place the bet and quickly check to see if the bookmakers havent changed the odds and you will still make a profit. You will then be able to place the bets quickly so there is very little chance the odds will change You dont have to join all the websites right now you can join them as and when you spot an arb, but by joining just one a day you can save yourself valuable time in securing that hugely out of line price and the resulting large profit! Once you are a member of all the bookmakers and you have been doing this for a while, you will get very quick at it and you should only need to spend a couple of hours a day to make serious money. list of bookmakers and the relevant details you will need.
The best advice is to start small with a bank account (debit card) or credit card dedicated to arb trading, as you build up your money you will get faster and more competent at trading and in a few months you should be inflating your money every day in a couple of
hours that you have made from a small investment! Good luck and enjoy all the free cash!!!! It is easily achievable to find one 5% arb a day just using the free sources given in part 14. If you where to say start off with staking say 100 unbelievably it would only take 48 days, less than 2 months (using one 5% arb opportunity a day) to turn it into 1000, you can then make 50 a day from your arb trading!!! Of course if you started with 1000.. This opportunity really is not to be missed! The information in this guide is priceless - it really is a way of making free money. As we are at the end, my advice if you are interested in becoming an arb trader is to read it through again and start making some practice arb trades. Once you realise that you're making profits 100% of the time you will feel much more comfortable investing your real money. There are people working a couple of hours a day who are making a full time living from arb trading - and with what you have learned here along with the quick reference bookmaker guide and easy to use software, you can trade with the best of them within a couple of weeks of practice!!!
Spread Betting
So What Is Spread Betting? Spread betting comes in the form of two distinct flavours sports and financial. However, the principal of spread betting is the same regardless of the type of market or bet involved. Spread betting is both innovative and yet traditional also. It has taken the age-old philosophy of market trading and combined it with modern thinking towards sports betting and financial indices. Though the bets are very simple to understand the implications of the bets are often more complex. Some of the terminology also puts off the average punter. Here we will try and explain the main terms and phrases. Spread betting broke the mould of fixed-odds betting when it emerged on the betting scene in the early 90s. Prior to that it had been confined to a limited number of people involved in the financial markets. Spread betting took-off quickly as it provided the punter with the opportunity to bet both for or against a particular outcome in a sporting event. Like the betting exchanges, this created the possibility of betting on horses without having to find the winner. How Does it Work? The spread betting firm quotes a range on the future prospects of a share or index, or the predicted outcome of a sporting event (which is the area we will look at more closely). The investor or gambler can then decide as to whether they believe the spread price will be higher or lower than the range quoted. If this is making little sense please do not worry, spread betting is most easily explained through an example. For this example we will use football to avoid any complication. We can then proceed on to horse racing. The spread firm will make a prediction on a specific aspect of a sporting event such as how many goals will be scored in a football match or how many corners will be taken. If we take how many corners in a football match as our example: the spread firm decide that there will be 10 to 11 corners in the game. If the punter believes there will be less he would sell at 10. If the punter believes there will be more he would buy at 11. In our example the punter believes there will be more than 11 corners so he buys at 11, placing 5 per point. Being a member of Surewin he is a highly informed punter and is accurate in his assessment there was a total of 16 corners in the game. His returns are calculated by multiplying the stake by the difference between the spread and the punters prediction. So how much did he make? As he placed 5 per point and the
difference between the spread firms quote (11) and the final total (16) was 5 the well informed punter has earned 5 x 5 = 25. So from this example a few important points are made clear. With traditional betting you stake your money on the outcome of an event at fixed odds (eg 4/1). If your prediction is correct your stake is multiplied by the odds (eg 2 stake at 4/1 = (2 x 4) 8). If your prediction is incorrect you lose your stake. The odds are fixed in advance and you are either completely right or completely wrong. Spread betting is different as you dont have to predict the exact result and the odds are not fixed. You still have to make a sound prediction, but the key is to get your prediction on the right side of the spread offered by the spread betting company. Horse Race Spread Betting Horse racing is easily the biggest sector in fixed odds bookmaking. While there is also a thriving spread world, horse racing is not quite as well suited to the spread format as football or golf. Compared with other sports, spread betting on horse racing is also slightly more complex. Although spread betting has brought about a revolution in the world of sports betting, for horse racing the impact has been less dramatic. The ascent of spread betting has resulted in an increase in choice for the horse race bettor but will not replace fixed odds betting. Fixed odds betting and horse racing go together well and there will always be times when a straight win bet is the wise option. However, a sound understanding of spread betting is a valuable weapon in a punters armoury. Whether you bet for fun or for profit spread betting offers many opportunities. Perhaps the most important innovation spread betting has brought to the racing world is the fact that you can oppose a horse. Fixed odds betting offers no direct way to do this. Due to this development spread betting has brought about a dramatic shift in the way punters need to view horse race betting. This is also one reason why the approach of the Trainers4Courses publication works so well with this type of betting. Fixed odds betting is also inferior in the sense that it operates on an all or nothing basis. Spread betting operates on a sliding scale of returns. The more right you are the more you win and visa versa. As a result smart punters win a lot of money whereas the mug punter will lose heavily. Understanding spread betting also enables punters to isolate betting opportunities that are potentially more profitable. A full series of markets on the two top race meetings are available from all spread companies on a daily basis. You will also find a couple of markets on the minor meetings. Summer evening cards are covered more thoroughly. Below we describe the
more common horse racing spread betting markets. You will find that each spread betting firm will introduce additional markets, sometimes unique to them, especially for special sporting events. Rules for each market may vary between spread betting firms, especially for markets where points are allocated for specific events, so always ensure you fully understand the rules of a market before placing a bet. Favourites Index The spread gives an indication of how the favourites will perform in each race at a particular meeting. The points allocated may vary from one spread bet firm to another. For example: Winning favourite = 25 points Second place favourite = 10 points Third place = 5 points In the event of a race starting with joint favourites, we take the favourite as being the horse with the lower racecard number. In a six racing meeting the market may work something like this: The spread firms quote is 58-62. A spread firm may base this quote on the fact that in their estimate from a 6 race meeting two favourites will win and another will finish as a runner up. The other three will not be placed. Since 25 points are awarded for each of the two favourites, and 10 points are awarder for the runner up the total is 60 points. Consequently a spread of 58- 62 is appropriate for the spread firms estimated outcome. Considering that this is a 6 race meeting your maximum liability is 150 points. How do we arrive at this figure? It is possible that the favourite wins all six races of the six race meeting. Because favourites are awarded 25 points the maximum make up can be 25 x 6 = 150 points. The minimum make up could also be zero if no favourites finish in the first three. One of the benefits of this market is that it is easy for a gambler to calculate his maximum liability and potential profit. Furthermore he does not have to consider every horse in a race like with double racecard numbers and instead concentrates on only a dozen or so horses. However this also has a disadvantage. As there is less to consider one has to be more accurate to gain an edge. Unfortunately it can often prove difficult to price up the market before the meeting because it may not be possible to know which horse will start as a favourite in all of the races. This causes considerable problems for the horse race bettor. Even the finest of all handicappers will not know when the favourites market is worth buying if they cannot predict which horse will start as favourite.
When dead heats occur points are halved, therefore in a situation whereby the favourite is in a tie for first and second place 17.5 points are awarded - 25pts (1st) + 10pts (2nd) = 35pts divided by 2 = 17.5pts. In a situation were a favourite fails to come under starters orders the spread firms will award a set number of points depending upon the fixed odds price of the horse at the time of withdrawal. At evens or less 15 points are added, at 5/1 or greater five points are added and anywhere in between 10 points are awarded. Now lets have a look at an example of a six race meeting. The Spread is 58- 62. These are the results. Race one 1st Race two 10th Race three 5th Race four 3rd Race five 2nd Race six 7th As we can see from the six races we have a 1st, 2nd and a 3rd and the rest are unplaced. Therefore the favourites market for this meeting settles at 25 (1st) + 10 (2nd) + 5 (3rd) = 40 total make-up. Remember the spread was 58-62 so if you had sold at 58 for 5 per point you would have won 18 x 5 = 90. Since the total make-up is 40 and you sold at 58 there is a difference of 18. You multiply this figure by your unit stake (5), which gives a return of 90. If you had bought at 62 for 5 per point you would have lost 110. From were do we obtain this figure. You bought at 62 and the total make up was 40, the difference being 22. You then multiply this figure by your unit stake of 5. You are left with a loss of 110. Racing Post Favourites Index This is based on the same principle as the Favourites Index but the favourites are those printed first in the betting section below each race card in the Racing Post. Again, these horses are awarded points as in a similar manner to above. Race Card Double Numbers The make up is double the total race card number of the winners of each race in a meeting. So, for example, if horse number 6 wins the first race then 12 points are allocated. Starting Prices (SPs) of Winning Horses
The aggregate sum of the starting prices of the winners at a race meeting. A maximum starting price is normally set, such as 50/1, even if a horse wins at a greater price. Stop at a Winner How many races on a card will elapse before a favourite wins? The make-up will usually be a multiple of the number of that race. Winning Distances The spread represents what the total winning margins will be at a meeting. A maximum winning distance will normally be set, for example, 15 lengths for a Flat Race and 30 lengths for a National Hunt Race. This also applies should only one horse complete the race. Distances under a length will be given fractions of a length: e.g. Short Head = 0.1 of a length Head = 0.2 of a length Neck = 0.3 of a length Half a length = 0.5 of a length 3/4 of a length = 0.75 of a length Jockey Index The spread represents a "Jockey Performance", where selected jockeys are awarded points based upon their performance. The points allocated may vary from one spread bet firm to another. 1st = 25 points 2nd = 10 points 3rd = 5 points Individual Race Index A bet may be offered about the performance of horses in individual races, awarding points according to official finishing positions. The points allocated may vary from one spread bet firm to another. This market gives one an opportunity to back or oppose a horse, something which traditional fixed odds betting does not offer. The points structure will vary according to how many runners there are in a race. For example: For races with up to 12 runners: 1st = 50 points 2nd = 25 points 3rd = 10 points
Races with over 12 runners: 1st = 50 points 2nd = 30 points 3rd = 20 points 4th = 10 points Match Bets The distance between two nominated horses in a race at the finish. A maximum distance will normally be applied, for example, 12 lengths in a Flat race and 15 lengths in a National Hunt race.
Square Root Staking Plan

This simple Staking plan should increase your profits during a winning run and minimise losses during a losing run and takes little explanation. Whenever your cumulative profit is positive, the square root of that positive number is added to your initial stake. For example, lets say your cumulative profit is 49. Let us also assume your initial stake is 5. The new calculated stake is the square root of 49 which is 7 plus the initial stake of 5 which equals 12.00. If youre cumulative profit is zero or negative than the initial stake will always be the initial bet. In essence when you are not in profit the staking plan reverts to level betting. Retirement Staking Plan A very popular and quite effective staking plan that can if used correctly, keep your stakes well under control. The staking plan is quite complex and a good explanation of its histrory and an explanation is found here. http://www.grandstand.com.au/retirement.html Interestingly enough, the retirement staking plan is best described using rules. The rules can be explained so: For the first bet at beginning of every betting sequence the following applies: * Divisor = Average odds x 2 * Stake = Percentage of start bank (normally 1%) * Target = Stake x Divisor For all other bets:
* Divisor stays as average odds x 2 unless 1) The amount of bets without a reset is greater than the divisor, in which case the divisor increases by 1 2) The bet sequence is reset, in which case the divisor starts again at average odds x 2 3)When there is a winning bet but not enough to reset the sequence the divisor remains the same as the last devisor used, when the target was at the current target * Stake = Target / by Divisor * Target = Current 'Profit and Loss' in bet sequence + original target at start of bet sequence The bet sequence is reset when: * A winning bet is made that causes the target to be less than the original target * EXTRA RULE: Every time the cumulative bank increases by 200 units the original target is increased by 10 this remains a constant and never reduced. Additional Notes The average odds to use in The Staking Machine Software is calculated as follows - For fractional odds of 5/1 the average odds is calculated by using the 5 part of the fraction. For decimal odds the average odds is calculated by converting to fractional odds and taking the first part of the fraction. So for decimal odds of 5 the average odds entered in the Retirement Staking Plan Settings would be 4.
STAKING PLAN ONE

Column 1: Always start with a target of 4 for the 1st bet and add 4 for each and every bet until a profit is made and the coup is closed. Column 2: The total of column 1 and column 5. Column 5 being the running total of points lost. Always treat column 5 as a positive value when adding to column 1, irrespective of whether it is showing a plus or a minus. Column 3: Stake Indicator. Divide column 2 by 3 (except the first bet), always round up to next whole pound. Multiply the resulting figure by your chosen point value to find your next stake. Column 4. This is the amount won or lost on the bet. i.e. plus or minus. Always include betting tax at this point. Column 5. Running total of points won or lost. Column 5 from the previous bet plus or minus column 4 of current bet. Bet at the indicated stake in column 3 (multiplying this by your chosen point value) until the value of column 5 EQUALS or EXCEEDS 1. Do not start a new plan until the coup is closed. EXAMPLE (10% Betting Tax included) COLUMN 1 COLUMN 2 COLUMN 3 COLUMN 4 COLUMN 5 4 points + Total of Col 1 Stake Indicator Amount won Running total 4 every bet + Col 5 (5 always Divide Col 2 by 3 or lost on bet of points won negative) & multiply by your Include tax won or lost chosen point value to find your stake 4 4 2 (lost) -2.20 -2.20 8 10.2 4 (lost) -4.40 -6.60 12 18.60 7 (lost) -7.70 -14.30 16 30.30 11 (lost) -12.10 -26.40 20 46.40 16 (won 2/1) +30.40 +4.00 24 28.00 10 (won 4/1) +39.00 +43.00 Column 5 exceeds column 1 - GAME CLOSES In the above example, if your chosen point value was 5 (column 3 multiplied by 5) your stakes would have been 10-20-35-55-80-50 and a profit of 215 would have been made. STAKING PLAN TWO 1st of each month divide your bank by 20 to arrive at an initial monthly stake (5% of your betting bank)
Continue with this stake until a profit is shown on the month. After an overall monthly profit has been made, increase your stake to 7.5% of your bank Continue using 7.5% of your bank until a new profit is shown on the month Each time a new profit is made, increase your stake by 2.5% to a maximum 25% of your bank Once a higher percentage of your bank has been reached, DO NOT REDUCE your stake. Remain on your current stake until an overall profit has been made. Re-calculate your new starting stake on the 1st day of each month by dividing your total bank by 20 and start again with 5% An accurate record of your monthly Profit/Loss figures should be kept to operate this staking plan. Ensure that betting tax is included in your figures. EXAMPLE STARTING BANK 2000.00 - Tax @ 10% 1st month 5% bank = 100 (lost) Bank = 1890 2nd month 5% bank = 100 (lost) Bank = 1780 3rd month 5% bank = 100 (Won 3/1) Bank = 2070 5th month 7.5% bank = 155 (lost) Bank = 1899.50 7th month 7.5% bank = 155 (lost) Bank = 1729 12th month 7.5% bank = 155 (Won 3/1) Bank = 2178.50 16th month 10% bank = 218 (Won 9/2) Bank = 3137.70 20th month 12.5% bank = 392 (lost) Bank = 2706.50 22nd month 12.5% bank = 392 (Won 2/1) Bank = 3451.30 25th month 15% bank = 518 (Won 1/1) Bank = 3917.50 26th month 17.5% bank = 686 (Won 7/4) Bank = 5049.40 27th month 20% bank = 1010 (lost) Bank = 3938.40 31st month 20% bank = 1010 (Won 10/11) Bank = 4755.58 BANK @ CLOSE OF MONTH = 4755.58 1st month 5% bank = 238 (lost) Bank = 4493.78 2nd month 5% bank = 238 (Won 15/8) Bank = 4916.23 3rd month 7.5% bank = 369 Etc STAKING PLAN THREE Divide your bank by 9 to find your first stake. If selection loses: Divide Bank by 9 again to find second stake Continue dividing by 9 until a winner
After a winner: Divide bank by 5 (always divide by 5 after a winner) If next selection loses: Divide bank by 7 to find next stake If Lose: Divide by 9 and continue dividing by 9 until a winner To summarise:1/9th of betting bank until a winner 1/5th of betting bank after a winner, until a loser 1/7th of betting bank on next bet If 1/7th wins, stake 1/5th on next bet. If 1/7th loses, stake 1/9th on next bet STAKING PLAN FOUR To find your stake, multiply the Aim by 1. Decrease the multiplication factor after each loser as follows:Horse 2 = x 0.80 Horse 3 = x 0.60 Horse 4 = x 0.40 Horse 5 = x 0.30 and remain multiplying by 0.30 until a winner. After a winner restart multiplying the Aim by 1 and repeat. Start with an Aim of 50 for this example and Arrears of NIL. After each loser add your lost stake to both Aim and Arrears. Each game closes when the Arrears exceed the Aim by at least 50 (or whatever your chosen unit Aim.) Always ensure that your stake is never more than the Aim (except for betting tax). AIM 50 Arrears Nil Return Stake inc tax Horse 1 (aim x 1) = 50 = tax (lost) - 55 AIM -150 Arrears - 55 Horse 2 (aim x 0.80) =84 + tax (lost) - 92.40 AIM -197.40 Arrears -147.40 Horse 3 (aim x 0.60) = 119 + tax (lost) - 130.90 AIM -328.30 Arrears -278.30 Horse 4 (aim x 0.40) = 132 + tax (lost) - 145.20 AIM -473.50 Arrears -423.50 Horse 5 (aim x 0.30) = 143 + tax (W 3/1) 572 157.30 AIM -58.80 Arrears -8.80
Horse 6 (aim x 1) = 59 + tax (W 9/4) 191.75 64.90 AIM +68.05 PROFIT + 118.05 Each game closes when the arrears exceed the aim by at least 50.
Stop at a Winner Staking Plan

Stop at a Winner Staking Plan - The Stop at a Winner Staking Plan is also known as SAW. From now on it will be referred to as SAW. The staking plan aims to make a fixed target per session or per day. After a winning bet, the target is made and all betting finishes for that session/day. In TSM there are several options. You can see that after you have set your starting bank you then set your target by choosing a percentage of your start bank to aim for. In the settings above the start bank is 100 and the target is 1% of that. So the aim per session or per day is 1. Lets see how this works after a few losses. SAW 2 - You can see that by bet 5 the stake has increased to 6.25. It wins and the target for the day is reached. You can see by this that SAW stakes can increase dramatically to make what is a relatively very small profit. To combat this you can decrease your stoploss - number of losing bets before starting again. One other option is to link the initial target to the cumulative total. Another option is to recover commission losses so that you actually make your target AFTER commission is taken into account. In the example below commission is turned on and set to 5%.
The 7 Match Banker Bet

Based on the Yankee, but this transforms the bet. Select seven matches as banker bets, and clearly mark them on your Betting slip a b c d e f g, seven Yankees, abcf, abde, aceg, adfg, bcdg, befg, cdef. 5 winners from your seven selections will guarantee a successful Yankee. Six winners will guarantee three winning yankees, seven winners obviously guarantees seven winning yankees. Just four winners can give you a winning yankee. Two or three winners will give us consolation doubles and trebles. Important - I always add one extra point, writing on my slip, a one point win accumulator, all seven teams. I have got the bet up on several occasions and the returns can be enormous. I personally use this bet every weekend, and do the full bet three times. 1. Bankers 2. Mid Range 3. Speculative Staking accordingly: i.e. Bankers 77 times 3, Mid Range 77 times 2, and Speculative 77 times 1. Stake proportionately 1, 2/3, 1/3, i.e. 77 bets @ 30p, 77 bets @ 20p, 77 bets @ 10p
The `Bottom of the Class` Betting System

Type of racing: National Hunt only. Turf Only. Type of races Handicap hurdle and Handicap Chases, do not use novice handicaps or selling handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that has a spot form TOP rating (indicated by black spot) of 41 or higher and is carrying only TEN STONE (1000), also bet on any horse that has a SECOND rating (one away from top rating) of 40 or higher and is carrying only TEN STONE (10-00). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4/6 or better.
The `Fit and Fancied` Betting System

Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat; all handicaps except sellers. National Hunt; all handicaps except sellers. Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that is Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF), a winner last time out and is carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better.
The Ìnside Info` Betting System

Type of racing Flat Racing only. Turf only. Type of races All races containing two year olds Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check all 2yo`s, bet on any 2yo that is Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF), American bred (indicated by USA) and making its debut (first run in public). For extra selections use Fancied (indicated by F) as well as Strongly Fancied. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better.
The Òn the Mark` Betting System

Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat and National Hunt; all handicaps. Paper Needed Racing Post (use your bookmakers copy) System Source Check `Postdata` daily NAP selection, bet on `Postdata NAP only if it is a winner last time out and carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better.
The Òn the Spot` Betting System

Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat and National Hunt; all handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check the daily `Topspot` selection, bet on Topspot only if it is a last time out winner and carrying a penalty (indicated by 3lb ex, 5lb ex etc.). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better.
The `Seller` Betting System

Type of racing Flat Racing only. Turf only. Type of races All non handicap sellers, do NOT use handicaps. (Selling races indicated by (S)) Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check the days non handicap sellers, bet on any horse that has a spot form TOP rating (indicated by a black spot) of 32 or higher. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4-6 or better
The `Speed form One` Betting System

Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat; all non handicaps. National hunt; all non handicaps. Do NOT use handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check the daily `Speed horse` selection, bet on the `Speed horse` only if it is spot form Top rated (indicated by black spot) in a non handicap. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4/6 or better.
The `Speed form Two` Betting System

Type of racing Flat and National Hunt. Turf and All Weather Type of races Flat; all non handicaps. National hunt; all non handicaps. Do NOT use handicaps. Paper Needed Racing Post (use your bookmakers copy) System Source Check Top speeds daily NAP selection, bet on Top speeds NAP only is also TOP rated (or joint top) by Postdata in a non handicap. Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds 4/6 or better.
The `Spot-On` Betting System

Type of races Flat racing only. All Weather only. Type of races All handicaps except sellers. Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check the days handicaps, bet on any horse that is spot form TOP rated (indicated by black spot) and last time out winners (current season only) and is a course and distance winner (indicated by CD). Staking Level stakes Recommended Odds Evens or better.
The Amazing Two Win Singles Bet

Bookmakers do not promote this bet. In fact, you may, as this has happened to me so many times, encounter betting shop managers who do not either know of, or how to settle this bet. But it is legal, and legitimate. Any problems either placing, staking, or settling this bet, tell the manager to refer to head office. Some managers will not like the bet, as it will make them look stupid, but who cares. The trick is in how the bet is written and staked. We use the phrase, stop at a winner. It does not matter if you use this bet for either, football, racing, or even one football match and one horse race. Use a plain betting slip. This is important. This is an example of how to write out the bet Example Man Utd 1/3 to beat Charlton 100 win Arsenal 4/6 to beat Newcastle 300 win Stop at a winner Total stake 400 That is all you need to write on the slip Separate Slip Arsenal 4/6 to beat Newcastle 100 win Man Utd 1/3 to beat Charlton 300 win Stop at a winner Total stake 400
So above is an example of how to bet two selections. Two win bet selections, Be it football, racing, or one football match and one horse race. The key is the instruction, stop at a winner. Stop at a winner bets are settled in the order that they are written, not the times of the events so the bet is always, two win singles, with an outlay of eight betting points. Obviously, unused stakes are returned. Settlement of the above bet. Lets look at all outcomes. 1. Arsenal win and Man Utd lose On the first slip our l00 on Man Utd is lost, and our 300 on Arsenal wins, 300 at 4/6 returns 500 On our second slip our 100 on Arsenal at 4/6 wins, returning 166.67, stop at a winner. Arsenal win so the bet stops. And our 300 stake on Man Utd is returned. Total return 466.67. So in this example, we lay out eight betting points, we find one winner at 4/6, and one loser at 1-3, staking 800 in total. Our total return is 966.67. A profit of 166,67 on the bet, or a profit of 1.66 betting points, with a 1-3 loser! Another way of looking at this, is laying out the whole 800 in two 400 win singles on Man Utd at 1-3 and Arsenal at 4/6, the same stake as the above bet. You would lose 400 on Man Utd, 400 on Arsenal at 4/6 returns 666.66, a loss of 133.34, or a loss of 1.33 betting points. This is how clever staking turns things around. Lets settle the bet with Man Utd winning at 1-3, and Arsenal losing at 4-6. On our first slip 100 on Man Utd at 1-3 wins, returning 133.33. Stop at a winner. So the bet stops. Our 300 on Arsenal is returned. Total Return 433.33.
On our second slip 100 on Arsenal at 4-6 loses, 300 on Man Utd at 1-3 wins, returning 400, so with just one winner at 1/3 from two selections, we still get a return of 833.33, not a great profit, but a profit 33.33 none the less. Compare that to having two 400 win singles, at 4-6, and 1-3, and finding just one winner at 1-3. 400 Arsenal at 4/6 loses, 400 Man Utd at 1-3 wins. Returns 533.33. You would have laid out 800 to lose 266.67. As opposed to making a profit of 33.33 staking my way. Now lets look at what happens if both our selections win. Bet 1. 100 Man Utd at 1-3 wins, returns 133.33 stop at a winner, so the 300 staked on Arsenal is returned, total return 433.33 Bet 2. 100 Arsenal at 4-6 wins, returns 166.67, stop at a winner, so the 300 staked on Man Utd is returned, total return 466.67. Total return from both bets 433.33, plus 466.67, equals 900. A profit of 100, or one betting point. You should have spotted that is less profit than just finding one 4/6 winner. As in the earlier example, with just Arsenal winning at 4-6, we made a profit of 166.67. When did you last have a bet on two singles, where having a loser actually makes the bet more profitable! Can I make it clear, with this bet the money values I have used are just as an example. You do not need to bet in hundreds. The bet can be done to what ever you like - the profits, pro rata, are the same. It will always be a bet staking 8 betting points, and you can work it to whatever point value you like. The most important point to understand, and this bet really is simple, once you understand it, is that it is simply written on two separate plain betting slips, always
one point on the first selection, three points on the second selection. And whichever selections you put on the first betting slip, change them around on the second slip, always writing clearly......... stop at a winner underneath your instructions. Remember, the above example is using prices of 1-3, and 4-6. Lets use an example with two 2-1 shots. 1. Barnsley 2-1 to beat Wolves 100 win Millwall 2-1 to beat Coventry 300 win 2. Millwall 2-1 to beat Coventry 100 win Barnsley 2-l to beat Wolves 300 win Again, exactly the same instructions, as already explained, two separate slips, with the instructions stop at a winner In this example, as we have used identical prices. 2/1 for each selection, so if either Barnsley or Millwall win, the returns for either will be the same. So if we get one 2-l winner and one 2-1 loser, lets use Barnsley as an example: Slip one. 100 win Barnsley at 2-1 returns 300, stop at a winner. So 300 is returned from the Millwall bet, total return 600 Slip two. 100 win Millwall loses, 300 Barnsley at 2-1 returns 900. Returns from both bets are 900 plus 600, equals a total return from both bets, of 1500, finding just one 2-1 winner, and one 2-1 loser. We staked 8 betting points, in this case at 100 a point, we staked 800, and got a return of 1500, a profit of 700.
If you had just bet two 400 win singles, staking the same 800, and found one 2-1 winner, and a 2-1 loser, your return would have been only 1200, a profit of 400. But that is 300 less than my way. And in this instance, if we find two 2-1 winners, each bet returns 600, a total of 1200, for a 400 profit, exactly the same as having two 400 win singles. But, can I repeat, staking my way, if we only find one 2-1 winner, and our other 2-l selection loses, we make an extra 300, if one loses!!!
The CORRECT SCORE football betting system

There's big money to be made out of Correct Score Football Betting and gradually, the big bookmakers are trying counter measures in an attempt to reduce their liabilities. Currently, most U.K. betting shops accept Correct Score Doubles, Trebles, etc. on U.K. football matches. The special coupons can be located on most betting shop counters from each Tuesday onwards. In the event of all the coupons being used or missing a normal betting slip can be used. Ensure you date your betting slip for the Saturday in question and you'll see the actual instructions/wording below. Currently, in even matched games, a score of 2-1 (home or away) is approximately 9/1 and 3-2 (either way) is 25/1 or 28/1. So a 2-1 Treble yields 1000/1 and the worst 3-2 Double pays 625/1. My approach, in an attempt to snare a 1000/1 Treble, is to select ten matches and to perm any 3 from 10, in 120 Trebles. Obviously, I avoid all the Manchester United V Barnsley's and I believe 2-1s are easier to find than 1-2s. The individual match prices are a good guide as to who's going to win 2-1. Seek marginally (4/5, 8/11 etc.) odds-on home sides. Another good guide is to purchase a weekly Racing and Football Outlook from a good newsagents on a Wednesday. They devote four tabloid size pages to football. As said, any 3 from 10 is 120 Trebles and cheaper Perms are 3 from 8 (56) and 3 from 9 (84). There's no very simple way of calculating Trebles, but it is done as follows:
If you wish to know 3 from 16, you draw a horizontal line and below the line you write 1 x 2 x 3 and above the line you put 16 x 15 x 14. Then divide above the line by below the line for the answer - 560. Calculating Doubles is simplicity itself. If you wish to know how many Doubles in, say 20, you take the number below the 20, half the even number and multiply the two together. So Doubles in 20 is 190 (19 x 10). On U.K. football 3-2 is a fairly reasonably common score and at a minimum match price of 25/1 the Double is a very tasty 625/1. Any 2 from, say 15 is 105 Doubles and the Doubles can be from 1p upwards - so at 10p the wager would cost 10.50 and at 1p the stake is 1.05p. One things for absolute sure, you'll find more 9 and 25/1 football winners, than similarly priced horse race winners. Each week there will be roughly twenty (out of fifty-odd), 9/1 and 25/1 football winners on the coupon. Finding the 3-2s is not an impossibility. Seek home sides who average two home-goals per game, that are marginally odds-on, playing sides that are averaging at least one away goal per away game. I shouldn't be telling you this and I hope not too many readers try this approach, or it'll be Singles only from mid-September. Eliminate all the Home/Away "bankers" and cover the residue in 3-2 Doubles (any 2 from, say 35) and you'll win money over the season. Now for the instructions. Having decided how many matches you wish to cover in Doubles or Trebles and at what score, you simply do this: Find the Correct Score Column and enter 2-1 (for example) in the ten appropriate boxes (for example). Then turn the coupon sideways and write (for example) "Perm any 3 from 10 = 120 x 10p Win Trebles" and then enter 12.00p in the Total Stake box.
Should you wish to try 3-2 doubles, then use a different coupon (one wager per coupon) and write 3-2 in your 20 selected boxes and sideways write (for example) "Perm any 2 from 20 = 190 x 10p (for example) Win Doubles" and enter 19.00p in the Total Stake box. Should the coupons be absent, then borrow a duplicate coupon from behind the betting shop counter (for the match numbers) and then write on a betting slip "Football Correct Scores 30.08.97 matches 7, 11, 18, 27 etc. (Put a ring around the match numbers) all 3-2 in 120x10p Win Doubles". Do likewise for your 2-1 Win Trebles. Ask the counter-hand to check you haven't "under" or "over" staked your wager. We have developed some Plans that are a lot more economical than the full cover perms explained above. Please consider using them. They are more cost effective than full cover perms, and still have excellent guarantees. If you use these Plans you cannot just mark your 10 matches with the simple instruction "Perm any 3 from 10 = 120 bets". You will have to enter each individual bet on the coupon and you may need several coupons. It is worth the effort, because these Plans give better value for money than a full cover any 3 from 120, or any 5 from 10 etc Plan 3/4/10 Enter your own 10 match numbers at the side of those below, and then simply replace the numbers in the plan below with your own numbers. 1= 2= 3= 4= 5= 6= 7= 8= 9= 10= When completed your coupon will have 45 bets, each one a treble from your chosen 10 matches.
This Plan will guarantee you a winning treble if you have 4 correct anywhere in your 10 matches. It takes only 45 lines, a big saving on a full perm of any 3 from 10 which is 120 bets 127 1 2 10 135 136 138 139 145 146 148 149 156 1 7 10 189 234 237 247 258 259 2 5 10 268 269
2 6 10 2 8 10 2 9 10 347 348 349 3 4 10 356 3 7 10 389 456 4 7 10 489 567 568 578 579 5 8 10 5 9 10 678 679 6 8 10 6 9 10 789
Plan 3/4/11 Enter your own 11 match numbers at the side of those below, and then simply replace the numbers in the plan below with your own numbers. 1= 2= 3= 4= 5= 6= 7= 8= 9= 10= 11= When completed your coupon will have 64 bets, each one a treble from your chosen 11 matches. This Plan will guarantee you a winning treble if you have 4 correct anywhere in your 11 matches. It takes only 64 lines, a big saving on a full perm of any 3 from 11 which is 165 bets 123 124 126 127 137 139 145 146 149 156 158 159 1 5 10 1 5 11 169
179 1 8 10 1 8 11 235 237 245 246 249 256 257 269 289 2 8 10 2 8 11 2 9 10 2 9 11 2 10 11 348 3 4 10 3 4 11 357 359 367 368
3 6 10 3 6 11 378 379 3 10 11 456 459 468 469 478 4 7 10 4 7 11 4 10 11 569 579 5 8 10 5 8 11 678 6 7 10 6 7 11 6 10 11 7 10 11 8 9 10 8 9 11
9 10 11 Plan 3/4/12 Enter your own 12 match numbers at the side of those below, and then simply replace the numbers in the plan below with your own numbers. 1= 2= 3= 4= 5= 6= 7= 8= 9= 10= 11= 12= When completed your coupon will have 75 bets, each one a treble from your chosen 12 matches. This Plan has a 96% guarantee that you will have a winning treble if you have 4 correct anywhere in your 12 matches. It takes only 75 lines, a big saving on a full perm of any 3 from 12 which is 220 bets 123 124 125 126 135 1 3 10 146 1 4 10 1 5 10 1 6 10 178 179 1 7 11 1 7 12
1 8 11 1 8 12 1 9 11 1 11 12 235 237 246 247 257 267 2 8 10 2 8 11 2 8 12 2 9 10 2 9 11 2 10 11 2 10 12 2 11 12 348 349 3 4 11 3 4 12 357 3 5 10

3 5 11 368 369 3 6 11 3 6 12 3 7 10 389 3 9 12 458 459 4 5 11 4 5 12 467 4 6 10 4 6 11 4 7 10 489 4 9 12 568 569 5 6 11 5 6 12 5 7 10 589
5 9 12 6 7 10 689 6 9 12 7 8 11 7 8 12 7 9 11 7 11 12 8 10 11 8 10 12 8 11 12 9 10 11 10 11 12
The Draw
Despite the many efforts of the clerks of the courses to mitigate its more extreme effects on their tracks, the draw continues to play an important role whenever trainers, jockeys and punters come to assess the chances of their respective charges, mounts and possible selections in any race where its effects are thought to have a bearing on the outcome. There are few more galling experiences for the connections of a runner which has been specially prepared for a specific race than to see its chance of winning scuppered by being allocated a highly unfavourable draw. The shrewd punter, however, with a thorough knowledge of the overall effects of the draw bias can turn this to advantage by being able to cancel out several runners straight away, so turning the percentages in his favour. Always remember: the bigger the field, the greater are the effects of the draw and, unless there are compelling reasons to do otherwise, never back a badly drawn horse. The problems of trying to evenly water a course are manifold. One such problem is a gusting wind which tends to blow the water spray in a haphazard fashion instead of it being allowed to fall in the desired uniform pattern. During a dry spell one must be alive to the possibility of the generally established effects of the draw being altered by uneven artificial watering in just the same way as the draw bias on some courses changes on a wet day as the ground softens. The alert backer can turn these changes to his or her advantage if at the racecourse or watching the screens. It may become apparent quite early on in the day that a certain strip of ground is riding faster than the rest of the track, thereby enabling the punter to eliminate a portion of the field in some later race. Horses which are drawn towards the inside rail in races of five to eight furlongs on the round course and on fast ground will have a bigger advantage than those drawn wider than when the ground rides soft, because they will reach the bend that much quicker on the fast ground - providing of course that they do not miss the break, and so get "chopped off" at the turn. In a race on the straight course where there is only a slight draw bias, the best horses, if drawn in close proximity on the less favoured area of the track, may still dominate the race. Because these form horses will be competing against one another in what may be a separate race, as it were, they may well pull away from those better drawn but slower animals in the closing stages of the race.
In a sprint race, two-year-olds and inexperienced three-year-olds benefit from being drawn against the rails: this allows them to run against the rail, so keeping a straight line, and therefore less liable to become unbalanced and "roll about" when under pressure unlike those rivals drawn nearer the centre of the track. When considering any race which is to be run on the round course, always look at the starting position of the race in relation to the bends and the size of the field; then take into account any advantages or otherwise which might affect the main contenders of the race: good jockeyship can be an important factor here. Where the draw has an obvious influence in the outcome of a race, not only should one consider its possible effects before a race is run, but also after the event. For example: a badly drawn horse finishes on the heels of its better drawn rivals, or a runner has raced prominently for a long way on a slow strip of ground or has finished close up after being forced wide round the turns. Make notes of such instances and you will be able to take them into account when making evaluations in future races where these noteworthy runners hold engagements. On a wet day, take special note of the positioning of the starting stalls just prior to the races on the straight course. The clerk of the course has been known to move them away from their advertised position in order to allow the bulk of the field to race along that section of the course which he deems has the least advantage to any portion of the field under soft ground conditions. This is an unfair tactic which often harms those backers who take an early price with regard to prior conceptions of the draw bias being taken into account - and backed up with hard cash. Some jockeys are master tacticians when it comes to realizing any changing effects of the draw: Michael Roberts is a good example of this. Most riders who have come to Britain from the old colonial countries have great tactical awareness and appreciate saving ground on the inside, and are also quick to realize any marked effects of the draw. The most intelligent jockeys make for the quickest and fastest route home, be it via the inside rail or the fastest strip of ground. Having stated this, it has not been unknown for the jockey on the non-trier to take the longest and/or the slowest path to defeat.
THE EASY GREYHOUND RATINGS

Look at the previous finishing times for each dog over the same distance as the current race. Eliminate the fastest time for each dog and rank the dogs in order of their second fastest time i.e. in a six dog race each dog has a number with 1 being the fastest and six being the slowest. Do the same again, this time using the start times. Add together the two figures for each dog and the dog with the lowest number is our selection. Using the second fastest times eliminates any fluke so we are looking at a more reliable figure. Both start and finish times are used so the selected dog should be a reliable overall performer. All you need to do is use a good staking system and you should have enough winners to make some money.
THE EASY GREYHOUND SYSTEM

A very clever greyhound system that GUARANTEES a return every time! Take Traps 1, 5 and 6 in reverse forecasts. 6 bets at 50p = 3.00 And Traps 2, 3 and 4 for 1.00 places = 3.00 Total Outlay 6.00 You are guaranteed a Return! You have a Winning Forecast, Two Place Bets, or One Place Bet correct.
The Fixed Odds Insurance Bet

One of the attractions of the Fixed Odds Coupon is the very high returns possible for a small outlay, using a multiple bet, such as a 5-fold, 6-fold, 7-fold etc. If you correctly predict the results of 7 matches at average odds of 5/2 you get a 6433-1 win, giving a 643.39 to a 10p stake. Of course, getting 7 results correct is not easy just one wrong and you lose. There is a very clever Perm which allows you to insure against some incorrect results and you can still get a big win for a small stake. Suppose you want to pick 7 matches and you are confident of the result of two of them (lets call them Match A and Match B). You are not so confident of the remaining five. To cover these in a full perm, allowing for every possible outcome would take 3 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 3 = 243 lines. Assuming both your bankers result as expected, you are guaranteed a win, but the return could be less than the stake. However you can cover these 5 matches in a lot fewer lines by allowing for some errors. Lets say you expect the five matches to result as follows:Match C Home, Match D Draw, Match E Away, Match F Home, Match G Draw Suppose you expect to get 3 correct and maybe 2 wrong. Using the Long List on the Fixed Odds coupon, you would mark your predicted results against the seven matches (1, 2 or X0 and mark Match A and Match B (your bankers) with a B to indicate to the bookmaker your banker bets. And write your perm instructions Allow for up to 2 errors in the 5 non-bankers = 51 lines.
Now the bet will win as long as your two bankers result as expected and you get no more than two wrong in the five non-bankers. If you have three or more correct in the five the bet wins. How Does It Work? When you first see this Plan it can be a little difficult to understand. So here is an example using just three matches. To cover each match for a single result is of course just one line. e.g. Match A Home, Match B Draw, Match C Away This is your expected result for the three matches. Suppose you are confident about Match A, and that is your banker bet. But you are not sure about the other two matches, and expect to get maybe one wrong. So you will need to cover all these possible outcomes: Match A Home Match B Draw, Match C Away Match A Home Match B Draw, Match C Draw Match A Home Match B Draw, Match C Home Match A Home Match B Home, Match C Away Match A Home Match B Away, Match C Away Match A is your banker and is covered as a Home win in every line. The first line covers your expected result. So you win if you have none wrong. The remaining 4 lines assume that you will get one correct and one wrong. So B is covered as a Draw (correct) with C as a Draw and also C as a Home (both wrong). And Match C is covered as an Away (correct) with B as a Home and also B as an Away (both wrong). So you are covered if all three are correct, and also if either B or C are wrong. So to cover for up to one mistake in the two non-bankers takes 5 lines.
You can use the same principle to cover more matches and to allow for more errors in your non-bankers. This Table shows you the number of lines needed for these larger Plans. Non-bankers (allow up to (allow up to (allow up to 1 error) 2 errors) 3 errors) 1 3 lines 259 3 7 19 27 4 9 33 65 5 11 51 131 6 13 73 233 7 15 99 379 Using the Plan Heres an example of how you would use the system. Suppose you want to cover eight matches and you are confident of two matches and make them bankers: GILLINGHAM - CREWE. 8/13 Home banker HARTLEPOOL - PLYMOUTH ARG 6/4 Away Banker Lets say your other six matches are: BLACKBURN - SOUTHAMPTON 10/11 Home DERBY - MIDDLESBORO 9/4 Away BRADFORD - NORWICH 7/5 Home CRYSTAL PALACE - BIRMINGHAM 13/10 Away GRIMSBY - SHEFF WED. 11/5 Draw WOLVES - MAN CITY 9/4 Draw
And you want to cover these six matches so you will win if you have up to two nonbankers wrong. So you will put 1, 2 or X against the eight matches on the Long List, and put a B against your two bankers the Gillingham and Hartlepool matches. If you refer to the Table you will see that to cover six non-bankers and to allow for up to 2 errors takes 73 lines. At a 10p stake this will cost 7.30. If all 8 are correct at these odds gives a 1431-1 winner a return to a 10p stake of 143.10p. If one or two of your non-bankers are wrong you still have a winning 8-fold, but the returns may be more or less than 143.10p, depending on the odds of two one or two matches you got wrong. Finally, you should be aware that all bookmakers staff will be familiar with this kind of Plan. You may have to explain how it works. They should be happy to accept it once they understand how it works. The Plan can only be interpreted in only one way. There is nothing ambiguous about it. Just be certain that have the correct number of lines for the number of non-bankers and number of allowable errors.
The Going
In this section, which concerns the state of the ground, certain principles which govern the ability of the racehorse to act at full racing pace on different degrees of ground conditions have been set down. These rules, however, can nevertheless prove invaluable if adopted into your mode of thinking when assessing a race. The state of the prevailing ground conditions probably has more influence on the outcome of a race than any other factor - and there are many. A rounded action of the foreleg is usually indicative of a horse with a preference for some degree of give in the ground which will absorb and neutralize some of the shock to the joints generated as a result of the action. An exaggeratedly round action, however, is not a good thing because the horse's feet will spend too long a period in the air, thereby losing valuable ground in the process: this particularly applies on a downhill gradient, where the ground "runs away" from the horse, so to speak. A big, powerful horse which has big feet can - providing it possesses a suitable knee action - gallop well at racing pace through soft ground conditions, and may well be suited to this type of going; in contrast to the animal with small feet that will be slowed to a greater degree as its feet penetrate deeper into the mud. However, when the ground is very heavy, sticky or dead a horse that is built in a lighter mould and possesses a fairly light action may be able to gallop through or "over" this type of going to a less than average slowing effect because it will not have experienced so much muscular fatigue as a much heavier horse, who may flounder in such holding conditions. The size of a horse's feet, its knee action, body weight and distribution are all interdependent factors which, when combined with the prevailing ground conditions are related to, and greatly affect, racecourse performance. Accurate descriptions of the positive physical attributes - or otherwise - of each racehorse, its stride pattern, action and probable going preferences appear in the best racing publications. Because of their disproportionately large-size bodies, heavy-topped racehorses generally require a measure of cut in the ground. These types often exert an excess of pressure to the forelegs, and even more so if possessing a rounded action. A one-paced horse will often show "improved" form when the going is soft: this is merely because wet ground will have a slowing effect on its quicker opponents. However, when taking betting considerations into account, the one-paced animal is not
one with which to entrust one's life savings; they have an awful habit of finishing second, even when dropped in class. Horses which dislike firm ground "feel" it even more when running downhill because the ground is running away from them, whereas, when racing uphill the ground rises to meet them, thereby lessening the concussive effect on the foreleg joints and shoulders as the feet strike the ground. It is the forelegs which have to absorb much of the shock when a horse is galloping. Be cautious about backing a horse whose legs are heavily bandaged and is racing on very firm or soft ground because:a) The horse in question must obviously have had sore shins or some other foot or leg problem and, when the ground is firm, may not be willing to fully stretch out when asked to do so at the business end of a race. b) When the going is very sloshy, the bandages may hold a fair amount of water. In the racing world there is an old saying: "An ounce on the foot is worth a pound on the back". These rules apply even more so in the most competitive races. In these affairs, the horse will need everything in its favour in order to win. Always be wary of backing horses which reappear quickly after having experienced a hard race on their last outing if run on firm or very soft going, particularly younger horses and fillies: they may need time to recover from the physical excesses of a punishing race on soft ground - this applies even more so over the longer distances - or they may be feeling rather sore after having to really stretch out on firm ground. There will, of course, be exceptions to this rule, but the thoroughbred racehorse is a quite highly strung, sophisticated and in many ways delicate animal both in the physical and mental sense, and many will not readily absorb and then recover from the stresses and strains of quickly successive hard races, particularly under unsuitable conditions. Although there are a few horses that like to hear their feet rattle - and these are very much in a minority - it must be said that few actually like racing on very firm ground even though they act well enough on fast and good to firm ground. Also, few flat racers actually enjoy running through very soft conditions unless their physical attributes, knee action and constitution are suited. Good ground, with a very fine cut in it is the ideal criterion for the majority of racehorses. A horse that acts well on fast ground will still usually run up to its best when there is a bit of give in the ground: conversely, however, the soft ground specialist will rarely run up to its best form on a fast surface because:644 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com
a) It's action is unsuited and so the animal will be reluctant to let itself fully stretch out: in other words, it will be "saving" itself. b) The horse will be beaten for speed by the low, economically-actioned runners. On fast ground, note the runners which go to post with a relatively low head carriage and a low, raking and fluent action: these are the ones that will be stretching out freely throughout the race. When under pressure towards the end of a race, it is not an uncommon sight to see a horse "hang" to the left or right: this invariably means it is "feeling" the ground, or possibly that something else is hurting it. Otherwise it-may be ungenuine, or just very tired and is being asked to do too much. Be cautious about backing any horse which has run in this manner, on its next outing - particularly if reappearing fairly quickly. Sharp-actioned horses usually require fast ground to run up to their best; also they tend to be sprinters. An animal that has been operated on for a wind infirmity will be best served by fast ground conditions - providing action and conformation suit because of its restricted breathing condition. Softer ground conditions make for a harder race which, in turn, will mean harder work for the respiratory system. Often a horse that is not a natural fast-ground performer will run well on its first encounter with a fast surface; but after this particular run may be unwilling to stretch out again on fast ground in future races, and so run below form. They are normally from amongst the younger brigade and can be seen hanging to left or right when being asked to quicken. Although some horses are out-and-out fast-ground performers, many who had previously shown a distinct preference for a fast surface may want some cut in the ground as they get older and their joints become worn and arthritic.
The Home Win Banker Bet System

Selection procedure: I use the Racing Post TV sport column each day to quickly check which, if any, matches are being shown live on TV that day. On occasions, but very rarely, you could have up to four bets a day, when for example there are TV games kicking off at,12.00 midday, 14.00, 17.00, 20.00, but this is the exception. Usually, from the Friday evening game, through until the Sunday evening, Scottish/Spanish matches, I would expect to have three bets over the weekend. I am only interested in games where the home team is priced to win the match at odds between 2/5 and 13/8, without exception, and I always use the match with the earliest kick off that meets this criteria. You only use one match at a time, and that is because of the staking plan that we use. Once understood, the staking plan is very simple, a line of numbers, called an arbiter, which sets and adjusts stakes, before and after every bet. 1- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 9 We always stake the total of the numbers at either end of the line: so 1 plus 9, each number at each end equals 10, so at 5 a point, staking 10 points the first bet would be 50. If our bet loses, we cross out the 1 and 9, and stake our next bet by adding together the remaining numbers at each end of our line, i.e. 2 and 8. If our first bet wins, we add the winning stake number to the end of our line, which in this case would be 10, which would make our new line then read: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 and our next bet would be 1 plus 10, which is 11, and the next stake 55.
Here is exactly how this staking plan works (using 1 point=5) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 stake 1+9=10 = 50 result won 1-2 - profit 25 +25.00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 stake 1+10= 1 =55 result won 4-5 profit 44 +69.00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 l 1 stake 1+11=12 =60 result lost 2-5 profit 0 + 9.00 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 stake 2+10=12 =60 result lost 4-7 profit 0 -51.00 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 stake 3+9= 12 =60 result won 5-4 profit 75 +24.00 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 stake 3+12=15 =75 result won 2-5 profit 30 +54.00 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 stake 3+15=18 =90 result won 4-6 profit 60 +114.00 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 18 stake 3+18=21 =105 result lost 1-2 profit 0 + 9.00 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 stake 4+ 15=19 =95 result won 8-11 profit 69 +78.00 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 19 stake 4+19=23 =115 result lost 4-6 profit 0 -37.00 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 stake 5+15=20 =100 result won even profit 100 +63.00 5 6 7 8 9 12 1 5 20 stake 5+20=25 =125 result won 11-8 profit 171 +234.00 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 20 25 stake 5=25=30 =150 result won 10-11 profit 136 +370 5 6 7 8 9 12 15 20 25 30 stake 5+30=35 =175 result lost 1-2 profit 0 +195.00 6 7 8 9 12 15 20 25 stake 6+25=31 =l55 result won even profit 155 +350.00 6 7 8 9 12 15 20 25 31 stake 6+3l=37 =185 result won 10-11 profit 168 +518.00 Stop at this point we stop. Why? Because the aim with this plan is to make ten times our opening stake. We started with 50, and in our profit column we are plus 518, so we take our profit out, and restart. Never ever go beyond your aim, with this plan you only use it to achieve a profit of ten times your opening stake.
The MAGNIFICENT 7
For Football or Horse Racing. To cover all doubles, trebles, 4-folds and 5-folds in 7 selections takes 112 bets. Our expert has reduced this to just 32 bets, while still giving excellent guarantees! 9 Doubles Race 1 & Race 2 Race 1 & Race 3 Race 2 & Race 3 Race 4 & Race 5 Race 4 & Race 6 Race 4 & Race 7 Race 5 & Race 6 Race 5 & Race 7 Race 6 & Race 7 12 Trebles Races: 1,2,3 1,2,7 1,3,7 1,4,5 1,5,6 2,3,5 2,3.7 2,4,6 3,4,6 4,5,7 4,6,7 5,6,7 7 4-folds Races: 1,2,3,4, 1,2,5,6 1,3,6,7 1,4,5,7 2,3,5,7 2,4,6,7 3,4,5,6 4 5-folds
Races: 1,2,3,4,5 1,2,3,6,7 1,4,5,6,7 2,3,4,5,6 An ideal Saturday bet! The guarantees are excellent and the savings in stakes from full cover (112 bets) is substantial. Guarantees: 3 winners at least one double (and maybe a treble) 4 winners at least one treble, 3 doubles and possibly a 4-fold. 5 winners at least one 4-fold, 3 trebles and 4 doubles 6 winners at least one 5-fold, 3 4-folds, 6 trebles, 5 doubles. You can of course enter only part of the bet if you wish, i.e. trebles only = 12 bets.
The Multiple Hit

For Football or Horse Racing: 6 Selections 11 Bets. For football you should indicate the match result. Home, Away or Draw. Two popular multiple bets are the Yankee, covering 4 selections in 11 bets, and the Canadian covering 5 selections in 26 bets. For the same outlay as the Yankee covering 4 selections this method covers 6 selections for the same stake (11 bets) and 15 bets less than Canadian which covers only 5 selections. Laid out in a chart The Multiple Hit looks like this:
Bookmakers are often suspicious of this type of bet and you should make this bet on the bookmakers betting slips. Write out the bet in full. Your bets will look like this: 5 Doubles Match 1 & Result (Home, Away or Draw) with Match 2 Result Match 2 Result with Match 3 Result Match 3 Result with Match 4 Result
Match 4 Result with Match 5 Result Match 5 Result with Match 6 Result 4 Trebles Match 1 & Match 3 & Match 5 Match 1 & Match 3 & Match 6 Match 1 & Match 4 & Match 6 Match 2 & Match 4 & Match 6 4 Fold Accumulator Match 1 & Match 2 & Match 5 & Match 6 6 Fold Accumulator All 6 Matches
THE PROFESSIONAL HORSE RACING SYSTEM

Shows how the experts make money from two-year-olds on the flat METHOD OF SELECTION 1. Betting is confined to races for two-year-olds only of all kinds, including nurseries. 2. To qualify a two-year-old must be the outright winner of two consecutive races at any point in its first season of racing. 3. Qualifiers are backed on their subsequent outings until they lose or record three further successive wins. In this connection dead heats and disqualifications from first place are counted as wins. METHOD OF STAKING 1. There is a maximum possible total of 4 points on each qualifier made up asfollows: 2. There is a 1 point stake on each outing of each horse as long as it remains a qualifier that is as long as it goes on winning up to three consecutive victories. 3. In addition, there is a 1 point treble on the three system races of each qualifier. A successful treble only results if a horse wins all three races as a system qualifier. NOTES FOR OPERATORS The professional backer makes money from horses in several ways. In the first place, he is in the know to an extent that no average punter can be. In the second, he is prepared to place big sums in the hope of a percentage return, often supporting several horses in the same race to take maximum advantage of the differing rates of odds available around the ring. This kind of information, fascinating as it is, has little value to the amateur punter, but there is one trick of the professional trade that every-one can cash in on. I refer to the notorious liking of these experts for two-year-olds. It is almost certainly true to say that form in two-year-old races is more reliable than in any other kind of event. There are several reasons for this. In the first place, a two-yearold is an enthusiastic animal. It can be depended on to give its best each time it runs not genuine and non-trier are epithets which one only hears applied to experienced
horses. Second, most two-year-old races are run over a straight course, and this uniformity makes for more reliability in running. Similarly most juvenile events until later in the season are decided over five or six furlongs there is no great variation in distance to throw the backer offthe scent. Finally, weight seems to have little stopping effect on a good youngster penalties in nonhandicaps are a recommendation rather than a warning signal, and even in handicaps, that is nurseries, well-fancied horses with good form and big weights are more often successful than not. A good system confined to two-year-olds must be well worth its keep. The one I have in mind is based on the fact that good two-year-olds often runup long winning sequences. There have been instances of youngsters getting into double figures of wins in their first seasons racing, but obviously these are exceptions, and The Professional horse racing system sets its sights a lot lower than that. It assumes that a good two-year-old is capable of running upa maximum sequence of five consecutive victories. The number of youngsters that actually achieve this target in the course of a season will be small, a half a dozen at most, but assuming the backer can be sure of being on all such youngsters, six of these per season virtually guarantees a big profit, provided that the losses incurred from the inevitable failures are not too great. If the failures, that is the horses which fall short of the five-win maximum, but win a number of races nonetheless, if these can be made to show a profit also, however small, then evidently we have a system with a very high profit potential. The problem of course is to locate the two-year-olds capable of achieving the feat of a five-timer. Selective criteria which aim to isolate those two-year-oldsLIKELY to do so are worth-less, for quite clearly, however good the criteria employed, complete success cannot be guaranteed. Indeed, if, from the hundreds in training, I picked say fifty youngsters I thought capable of winning five races off the reel, I could count myself lucky if I found even one that actually went on to perform the feat. At the same time, it would be wholly unprofitable to back every two-year-old on every outing in order to be sure of being on the tiny minority that do. Logically the only way of ensuring the inclusion of this minority without the sacrifice of profitability arising from backing shoals of losers is to select only those horses which are already some way towards achieving the target. Hence the basic systems rule. Pick out only those horses which have already won two races and follow them in their next three.
This makes it probable that you will have a series of winning trebles in the course of a season from arelatively small body of selections and that every two-year-old which eventually wins five in a row is included in it. Furthermore, a 1 point stake on each qualifier as long as it goes on winning means that horses which fail to achieve the ultimate goal, yet record sequences of three or four victories, will at least pay for their keep, and possibly provide sufficient profit to offset the cost of complete failures which lose their first race as a system qualifier. Finally, as way of making the operation of the system absolutely clear, I recall the case several years ago of a high-class animal which later went on to win a 2000 Guineas. As a two-year-old this horse became a system qualifier after winning two races in mid-summer. It won its next outing at 3/1. This meant a profit of 3 points from that race for the 1 point single, with an additional 4 points to go onto its next race, the second leg of the system treble. This it won, again at 3/1, which produced a further 3 points from the single, and there was now 16 points to be staked on the final race in the treble. Another victory, this time at 11/2, gave another 5 points from the single bet. The total profit accruing from the successful treble was 103 points.Thus that horse alone was worth 114 points (3+3+5+103) to operators of The Professional horse racing system. Prices in this example were extremely good, and one would be wrong to expect trebles of more than 100/1 every time, but take it from me, half a dozen trebles, even at lesser odds, will be quite enough to produce a good seasonal profit, whether the failures make the expected contribution or not.The Professional horse racing system is for serious punters who look upon horses as a medium of investment and act accordingly.
The Seven Match Doubles Bet

Ask any bookmaker how many doubles there are in seven selections, and you will get the answer twenty one. My way, chose your seven teams for your doubles bet. Example. A. Man Utd 6 doubles B. Arsenal C. Spurs simply write on your betting slip, your seven selections, D. Liverpool Put a line under the top four as shown, and write 6 doubles E. Leeds next to the top four. And three doubles beside the bottom three F. Newcastle G. Chelsea 3 doubles Total nine doubles If you do find seven winners, obviously you will have nine winning doubles. If you find just three winners from seven selections, you are guaranteed at least one winning double. If your three winning selections are in either the top or bottom group, you definitely have three winning doubles. By only staking nine doubles, instead of the usual 21, lets imagine we have a bet of simply 9 3 win doubles, total staked my way 27. As opposed to usually 21 3 win doubles, which would require a total stake of 63.
If we find just two winners at 2/1 each from our seven selections, and they form just one winning double, 3 at 2/1 and 2/1 returns 27, our full stake back. If we get for example, three winning selections at just 6/4, and they fall together to give us three winning doubles, our return for a stake of just 27 would be 18.75 times three. 18.75 is the return for one 3 double at 6/4 and 6/4. If we have three doubles that would be a total return of 56.25. A profit of 29.25, for a stake of 27, by finding three 6/4 winners from seven selections.
The sure Fire Betting System

Type of racing: National Hunt only. Turf Only. Type of races Handicap hurdles only; do NOT use novice or selling handicaps. Paper Needed Daily Mirror System Source Check the days handicap hurdles, basic bets are spot form top rated (indicated by black spot) and last time out winners (current season only), best bets are Strongly Fancied (indicated by SF). Recommended stakes, minimum 1 point, maximum 4 points as follows; add one point for each of the following tipsters; Newsboy, Bouverie, Northern Correspondent and Strongly Fancied. Staking Basic bets and best bets to level stakes OR recommended stakes. Recommended Odds Evens or better.
The Ten Match Trebles Bet

Ask any bookmaker how many trebles there are in ten selections. And you will be told 120 bets. My way covers ten selections, win trebles but we stake only 45 bets, a huge difference. Choose your ten teams for your trebles - Example A. Man Utd perm two of A B C and D, with E, F or G B. Arsenal = 6 times 3 = 18 trebles C. Newcastle perm two of E F and G with H, I or J D. Liverpool. = 3 times 3 = 9 trebles E. Aston Villa Perm two of H, I and J with A, B, C or D = 3 times 4 = 12 trebles F Leeds Perm three of A, B, C and D = 4 trebles G. Chelsea Perm E F and G = 1 treble H. Spurs Perm H I and J = 1 treble I. Everton J. Sunderland Total trebles staked = 45 bets Note. Simply write A B C etc clearly next to your chosen selections And write the instructions in the same way as above, you can write the instructions anywhere on your betting slip, they do not have to be in line or anything like that. If you can find just four winners from your ten selections, you are certain to have at least one winning treble, and possibly more depending on how they line up. For example using 1 units this bet would cost 45. If we find just one winning treble at 6/4, 3/1, and 7/2, a 1 treble returns our full 45 stake!
Winner's Circle System Another Derby Day with all its excitement and, no doubt, drama has come and gone, and it is perhaps a suitable time for the Highlander to make a confession. Indeed, the time is long over-due, for the Derby Day concerned happened in 1942, a lifetime ago. Let me explain. I was a very small boy then, quite unaware that the 1942 Derby was taking place that year in Newmarket instead of Epsom, because of the War. That terrible War had comparatively little impact on life in the Highlands of Scotland, but the minor events of the 1942 Derby, the very first that I can remember, had hugely embarrassing repercussions on one little boy that day. Our whole family - my father, mother, two elder sisters, and myself had gathered round the big cabinet of the old Pye wireless to listen to the Derby commentary given then, I would guess, by the great Raymond Glendenning. We were not really a betting family, but we would all make a choice of horse, just for interest's sake, and if anyone happened to pick the winner, then a small prize might be the reward. I clearly remember my horse that day, but as to why I picked it I have absolutely no idea. It was called Watling Street. The race started, and in the way they do on radio, the commentator gave the position of all the horses in the race, ending with - "and last is Watling Street." The race continued; the commentary continued - "and last is Watling Street." Approaching Tattenham Corner - "and last is Watling Street." Going round Tattenham Corner - "and still last is Watling Street." My sisters were starting to snigger and that was the moment when the young Highlander's sense of shame could stand it no longer. I burst into tears and ran out of the house into the garden to find somewhere to hide and die. I could never remember feeling so miserable, and was even more hurt when, a minute or two later, I heard my mother's voice calling me; and she was laughing. How could she be so cruel as to laugh at my discomfiture? I eventually crawled out of the rhododendron bushes and when she saw me she ran over and picked me up, still laughing. "You should have waited," she managed to say, "your horse Watling Street won the Derby." And so it did. How was I to know then that Watling Street was being ridden that day by Harry Wragg, universally recognised as the Head Waiter, the master of waiting tactics? How, too, was I to know then, that in years to come the same exciting miracle of snatching unexpected victory from certain defeat would happen for me again and again,
and keep me hooked on horse racing to this day? Long may that miracle continue to happen for all of us. Now, two horses' names I've discovered that appeal greatly for different reasons. The first is one of the wittiest combinations of ideas and play on words that I've come across. And the second has a pathos that would bring a tear to a glass eye! Here they are. Bachelor's Pad by Pursuit of Love out of Note Book. And, the good chaser Celibate by Shy Groom out of Dance Alone. I'm quite sure that we are meant to think of another word to replace 'Dance'! The classic system this month is called the Winner's Circle, and it is both ingenious and profitable. It's been on the market since 1991, and I have in front of me as I write, the original advert for it. The headline is "Guaranteed Profit", and it goes on to say, "The Winner's Circle System will make you a net profit on its first day of operation. Otherwise, I will refund the purchase price." I think we'd better have a look at it without further delay. The following system operates from Thursday to Saturday each week. The reason for this is simply that results tend to be more reliable during this part of the week. Users of this method of betting must remain patient and appreciate profits however small they may appear. The approach taken is a highly professional one and has been developed after serious study. The main reason that punters fail to make a profit in the long run is that they show little in the way of patience. Bookies of course love punters to bet haphazardly, betting on a whim and with little regard or thought to staking strategies. The following system, therefore, takes into account professional opinion, form and expectation, and also takes full advantage of winners by adjusting stakes in a most ingenious way. Here it is then, the Winner's Circle System. Read it carefully, consider the implications, bet with patience and you too will be a part of the Winner's Circle. The system, as stated, operates from Thursday to Saturday each week BUT if at any time during that period a profit is shown, no matter how small that profit may be, then betting ceases for the week. There is a good reason for this. Most punters generally allow success to go to their heads and subsequently begin to make risky bets which invariably turn profits into losses. I know this is true because I used to do it myself. Only with patience can you hope to make a long-term profit. The Method Initially you are looking for just three selections on which to bet each day. Make a note of potential selections by checking the Selection Box of each of the day's meetings in the
Racing Post. Any horse which registers ten votes by the country's leading tipsters is a potential bet. Next, check the individual races for more specific information. To qualify further each horse must: 1. Be running in a non-handicap race. 2. Be clear favourite in the betting forecast of the Racing Post but not oddson. If, at this stage, there are less than three selections then there should be no bet for the day. If there are more than three qualifiers you must eliminate according to the following rules until you are left with just three selections. Shortest quoted odds. I.e. if there are five possible qualifiers quoted at Evens, 5/4, 6/4, 6/4 and 7/4 then the first two qualify outright, the 7/4 shot is eliminated and the next deciding factor must be taken into account to split the 6/4 chances. Firstly, take the one with the least number of runners in the race. If still the same, take the better previous form figure. A disqualification counts as the actual finishing place. If you still can't separate them take the one with the higher Postmark figure. If at this stage there are still more than three qualifiers do not bet on that day. The Staking Strategy The staking method may sound a little complex at first but with a little practice it will become quite easy to operate. You need to write out three separate betting slips, and although it is not essential, it is advisable to place the bets with different bookmakers so as not to expose the method. The example below shows how the three bets are made. The order in which the selections are written is absolutely paramount to the success of the system. STOP AT A WINNER STOP AT A WINNER STOP AT A WINNER Selection A 10 points Selection B 10 points Selection C 10 points Selection B 50 points Selection C 50 points Selection A 50 points Selection C 100 points Selection A 100 points Selection B 100 points
10-point treble Stake 160 points Stake 160 points Stake 170 points Study the pattern of bets placed on the examples above. You will soon realize how incredibly ingenious that pattern is. The total amount staked is four hundred and ninety points, so for example if you decide to use one pence per point then your total amount staked will be 4.90. Let's imagine that we have only one winner at evens. In the example above let's say that it is selection A. On the first slip we have ten points on A which returns twenty points. The other bets are stopped. On the second slip ten points are lost on B and a further fifty points on C. There is a winning bet of one hundred points on A which returns two hundred points. On the third slip ten points are lost on C, but fifty points on A returns one hundred points. Also on the third slip a ten-point treble loses. In total two hundred and fifty points were unused. So in total two hundred and forty points were staked, and the return was three hundred and twenty points. O.K, not a huge profit but it is a profit nevertheless. In fact the profit is around 21% which is perfectly acceptable to a professional investor. Still not convinced? Then compare it to level stakes!
77.7% WINNERS RUN BUSTER

THE BEST BETS HORSE RACING SELECTION SYSTEM It is an undisputed fact that favorites win a large proportion of all races each and every season. Indeed, placing a level stake on every favourite at day's principal meeting throughout the entire 2002 Flat campaign actually generated a profit! Although you can't always expect to stay in front by betting so indiscriminately, it does serve to illustrate the potential and scope that this area of speculation has to offer. Of course, not all favorites are the same - some have a much greater chance of success than others. Following market leaders in certain circumstances, for instance, is almost tantamount to throwing money down the drain. The key is to be selective. Using information gleaned from results stretching back over many seasons, the system's objective is to highlight the most opportune moment when to get involved. As the majority of punters already know, favorites have a consistently good record at certain racecourses but at others the win rate is much poorer. But this phenomenon does not stop here. By delving deeper it can be seen that specific distances are more preferable than others, especially at various times of the season. This knowledge by itself is significant but when combined with other factors which insure only horses with proven winning credentials are pinpointed, and then we have a formidable ally on our side. RULES Operations commence an April 1st and conclude the last day of October each year. Only Flat racing is covered here.
Each day consult the "Key Race Table" as given below, and check to see if there is a meeting taking place which is listed under the relevant current month. Example, if we were presently in July, only refers to meetings listed under that month - no other venues need be considered until the next month arrives. There will be occasions when nothing is forthcoming but it won't be to long before a listed racecourse is spotted. Once you have done so the next step is to examine the figures printed alongside the name of this meeting in the table. These figures represent the various distances you need to watch for. Therefore if the meeting under review is due to stage a race (or races) over the same distance, odd yards either way are ignored - as indicated by the relevant table entry, this event (or events) now become known as a "Key Race". Once a Key Race has been correctly identified, the favourite of this contest qualifies as a selection provided the following stipulations are met, otherwise the race is overlooked. The first requirement is that the favourite in question must have won its last race of the current season. The second condition is that the favourite must not only have won on its most recent outing, but must also have finished at least three lengths ahead of the horse which was placed second. If it failed to record a winning margin of 3 lengths or more - no bet. However, a Key Race favourite which meets both requirements automatically qualifies as a system selection. The best method of determining the actual favourite in advance is to have access to the betting market just before the off. This either means being present in the bookmakers or by telephoning or being on the internet at the appropriate time. Not everybody will find these options convenient, in which case it is recommended that the betting forecast printed in your newspaper be used instead. Naturally the horse quoted
first in the forecast is the favourite to consider. The sporting newspapers seem to be more accurate with their forecasts than the regular dailies, so it's worthwhile consulting the specialist press if possible. There will be occasions in Key Races when more than one runner ties as market leader. A joint favourite is allowed to qualify provided the other horses in the race which share the same odds do not also qualify - no bet if otherwise. ACTUAL EXAMPLE FROM OCTOBER 2003 On this particular day three Flat meeting were due to be staged - Folkestone, Redcar and Warwick. A quick glance at the meetings listed in the Key Race Table for October, soon revealed that Redcar was the only track which warranted further investigation. The figures printed immediately after Redcar's name told us to look out for any races run over a distance of 1 mile or over a trip of 1 miles. After scanning through the complete card it was noticed that the 3.15 qualified as a suitable Key Race because it was being run over 1 miles. As the favourite of the 3.15 happened to won last time out (current season) by a margin of four lengths, it duly qualified as a selection - IT WON @ 7-4. So as you can see from this example the system is very simple to operate, requiring just a few minutes daily to establish if there's a qualifier or not. Be patient and realise there won't be betting opportunities every single day of the week. But judging from past results, selections are certainly well worth waiting for! KEY RACE TABLE APRIL BEVERLEY 1m - CATTERICK 5f & 1m - HAMILTON 1m 1f KEMPTON 6f - NEWBURY 1m 3f - NOTTINGHAM 6f
SANDOWN 5f & 1m MAY BATH 1m - BEVERLEY 2m - KEMPTON 1m - NEWCASTLE 1m NEWMARKET 1m - NEWBURY 1m - REDCAR 1m 1f - RIPON 1m SANDOWN 5f & 1 & 2m - WARWICK 1m - YORK 6f & 1m Cash Master By Graham Laurie Copyright 2004, 2005 www.grahamlaurie.com JUNE ROYAL ASCOT 6f - BEVERLEY 5f - CHEPSTOW 1m HAMILTON 6f & 1m - NEWBURY 1m & 1m 5f - NEWMARKET 5f & 1m NOTTINGHAM 1m - PONTEFRACT 6f & 1m SALISBURY 1m & 1m - SOUTHWELL 7f - WARWICK 1m WINDSOR 1m - WOLVERHAMPTON 5f - YARMOUTH 5f JULY ASCOT 1m & 1m & 2m - BEVERLEY 7f - CATTERICK 6f - GOODWOOD 5f & 1m HAMILTON 1m - HAYDOCK 6f & 1m - LEICESTER 5f LINGFIELD 6f & 2m - NEWBURY 5f & 6f - NEWCASTLE 5f NEWMARKET 6f - NOTTINGHAM 1m - PONTERFRACT 1m - SOUTHWELL 7f & 1m WARWICK 7f - YARMOUTH 1m AUGUST CHESTER 7f & 1m5f - EDINBURGH 7f - GOODWOOD 6f - KEMPTON 1m NEWMARKET 6f & 7f & 2m - NOTTINGHAM 1m - SANDOWN 5f & 1m WINDSOR 6f - YORK 5f & 1m SEPTEMBER ASCOT 1m - AYR 6f - BRIGHTON 1m - CATTERICK 7f
DONCASTER 7f & 1m & 1m - GDODWDOD 2m - HAYDOCK 1m PONTERFRACT 1m - SANDOWN 5f & 7m & 1m - THIRSK 7f YARMOUTH 5f & 7f & 1m OCTOBER ASCOT 1m & 2m - BRIGHTON 1m - DONCASTER 1m - HAYDOCK 5f LINGFIELD 7f - REDCAR 1m & 1m Cash Master By Graham Laurie Copyright 2004, 2005 www.grahamlaurie.com EXTRA RULES COVERING NATIONAL HUNT RACING Although this system was primarily intended for Flat racing only, a number of clients have requested if the jumps could be covered as well. In order to satisfy these demands, additional Key Races are given below which specifically deal with the winter game. Rules remain exactly the same as before, except that candidates must be the ONLY HORSE in the Key Race to have won last time out during the current season. Also candidates must have won their previous contest by a margin of 5 lengths or more, no bet if otherwise. Operations begin on December 1st and end on the last day of March. KEY RACE TABLE (NATIONAL HUNT) DECEMBER HAYDOCK 2m - LINGFIELD 3m - EXETER 2m - NEWCASTLE 2m SANDOWN 2m JANUARY NEWBURY 2m - TOWCESTER 2m - HAYDOCK 2m - ASCOT 2m - FONTWELI. 2m LUDLOW 2m - CATTERICK 2m
FEBRUARY LEICESTER 3m - AYR 2m - PLUMPTON 2m 1f SEDGEFIELD 2m 5f - NOTTINGHAM 2m HAYDOCK 2m KEMPTON 3m MARCH HEREFORD 2m 3f - DONCASTER 2m - SEDGEFIELD 3m WINCANTON 2m 5f AYR 3m 1f - PLUMPTON 2m 1f
BANKER BET SYSTEM FOR HORSERACING

This is a simple system you can use on a daily basis and shows a level stake profit every year. System Rules Look at the top black spot in every race of the day; The Sun Sunratings The Mirror Spotform The Mail Formcast (You may use any newspaper of your choice) Now find the horse that has the biggest difference between the top rated blackspot horse and second rated Blackspot. If this horse is forecast favourite in the betting and under 3/1 in the betting forecast in your daily paper we have a bet. The horse must fit both rules otherwise we have a no bet day. There must be at least two runners with a form rating for the race to qualify. Dont be fooled by the simplicity of this system I have personally used it for the past 4 years and it has always shown me a profit. I personally use the Daily Mail as I find their Formcast Ratings very accurate. Try it for a week or two without using real money and I am sure you will see the potential. Finally as I tell all my clients please only use money that you have set aside for the purpose of backing horses. Set aside a betting bank and when this doubles you double your stakes. Making a profit from betting on horses is a long-term process so please be patient.
Betting Game Whos the Winner

Odds: a ratio that shows you the likelihood of an event occurring rather than it not occurring. You will need 2 sets of cards (page 2). Set A for the bookie and set B for the students to play the game with. These can be laminated but it works just as well with paper. Hat or similar to pull cards out of. Some kind of currency for the students to play with for example, Haribo sweets. The object of the game is to win sweets / score points / whatever reward. Suggested method Spread one set of cards face down on desk - students pick a card each for the first game. Encourage the students to discuss what the odds mean. Do some examples of bets with the students and discuss what they would pay out, what is a good bet, etc. Students decide how much they want to bet on their horse. A horses name is pulled out of the hat by the bookie (teacher to begin with). Horse outof-the-hat wins. The winner has to work out the pay out. Differentiation Ask other students to volunteer the value of the pay out if the winner is not confident. If the students are enjoying the game and feel confident they could choose a bookie from the group, perhaps the one with the most winnings. Sample lesson plan 1. Warm up shape challenge (10 mins) 2. Shape worksheets from BBC Skillswise (20 min)
3. Look at copies of Racing Post. Find ratios and talk about what they mean (10 min) 4. Betting game explain the rules, dish out the sweets, write names of horses on the board, discuss what the odds mean (5/10 min) 5. Play the game pull out winners and 2nd place from the hat. Students to work out what they will win back. Winner (most sweets or points at the end of the games) wins a box of Malteasers (20 min). 6. Skillswise ratio fact sheets 7. Skillswise ratio work sheets 8. Practice L1 & L2 questions on ratio (available at www.skillsworkshop.org ) 9. Update ILPs (5 min) Willy Wonka 10:1 Mutant 20:1 Hardcore MC 8:1 50 pence 9:1 Milky Bar Kid 6:1 Rockabilly 7:1 Azbo 5:1 Brides Nightie 2:1 Gringo 4:1 Libertine 3:1 Tilly Mint 25:1 Up Sticks 50:1
Betting In A Winning Style

I have been making a lot of money by this simple method. I have even made $2000 from a $30 bet Basically in this short e-book, by following my simple instructions you will be able to make some nice profit by betting. If you cant afford to lose then this is not for you. This is a proven method and there have been times that I have won but I have also lost. The main idea is that I have won more times that I lost so you will be in profit. Before We Start You must understand that football is a sport played by humans so with this I want to warn you that matches are fixed regularly (for those who dont understand meaning of fixed , matches when big teams like Man UTD or Barcelona lose against small teams homeside because they sell the match for $$$). Rule number one is never ever bet for the team you support and any team which has the coefficient under 1.5 (most of the fixed matches are the ones which are secure matches) Explaining Why Football Betting is a Black Business Football Betting is called a black business because of the fixed matches! Every single week a match or two are always fixed. The biggest betting companies, check regularly which matches to fix. Lets get the following example Ac Milan played against Atalanta the previous week. As you know Ac Milan is really a strong team especially when they play homeside. The coefficient of AC Milans win was 1.35 which means if you would bet $100 you would get $135. Now the big bosses around
the world which play huge amounts of money are always looking for secure matches like Milan or other strong teams. So they bet like $10,000 or $100,000 for AC Milan to win $13,500 or $135,000. Now imagine how many players worldwide bet for Milan win against Atalanta! There might be over $20 million dollars bets in all the huge betting companies around the world. So the staff of the betting companies make a small calculation. If Milan will win against Atalanta, they will have big losses as almost everyone bet for Milan. In this case, they contact someone from AC Milan and they offer them lets say $5 million to let the match. In this case the Betting Companies profit $15 million immediately so they dont have to pay anyone after the match. Now you will say thats something impossible BUT dont forget that most of the biggest teams in Europe have as their sponsors a betting company (you can see that on their shirts) How To Bet & Have a Chance To Win If you love betting and you also like to win , never ever bet for a fixed result (1 x 2). Almost all the time they are fixed so you better try to find another way of betting and thats the way I have experimented and earnt a lot of money. That method is Goal / No Goal Goal / No Goal is an interesting type of bet where you choose whether both teams will score or not. If both of them score , then you win , if one of them scores , you lose. This is by far the best betting option I have come across and I will explain you how to choose the proper matches which have the highest ration that both teams will score. First of all I have always used Bet365.com for my online betting and I strongly recommend
them to you. Im not sure whether any other company has this Goal / No Goal so to be sure register at Bet365.com Choosing The Right Teams So now that you know what type of betting to play with, its time to know how to pick the proper teams. Below Im posting some rules that you must take in consideration before picking a team Never choose two strong teams (Liverpool vs Arsenal or Real Madrid vs Barcelona) Always choose a match when a good team is playing Away (especially AC Milan and Valencia) If a team has 2 weeks without conceding a goal , its time to bet for it (so it means both teams will score) If there is only a match at night or lunch time , bet for it that both teams will score (usually first matches or last matches always score most goals) If a team has a coefficient of 1.3 or below , the probability that the other team will score first is pretty good so you better bet (both teams to score) Always check the statistics about the best defense and attack, also top goal scorers and best goalkeepers. From my experiments , almost 75 % of the matches which have a coefficient of 1.65 home win is a good match to bet for both teams to score Never bet both teams will score in a final or in Champions League Both teams will score is mostly used in Cup Games where strong teams play with their reserve teams
If a team lost inside 0-1 or 0-2 (any team) then the coming week they will surely score a goal away so Both teams will score! So this are some rules you must follow to pick up the right team. At the moment I am writing this e-book , Bayern Munich vs Bochum is 1 1 which means both teams have scored. The fantastic point of this kind of bet is that if the teams score fast (within 15 minutes) you dont have to wait 90 minutes Where does Goal / No Goal best works? I have worked on different championships and at below im listing the top leagues where both teams to score perfectly works 1. English Premiere League 2. Spanish Primera Divizion 3. Dutch Eredivisie 4. German Bundesliga In this championships Goal /No Goal really works great but there are also some particular matches in Italian Serie A or French La Liga you should also follow How many matches to pick and how to pick them?! It all depends how much you want to win. Personally I always played with 3 matches (each match from different league) and it worked great. So I also recommend you to work with 3 matches. There are some matches when the coefficient of Both teams to score is more than 2.00. In those cases either one of the team is really weak so the chances for them to score are low BUT I DO recommend you that sometimes those matches are more
sure to be won as all the others thing that they away team wont score but in reality the match might be fixed and you win! Use your logic and never make the mistake of betting more than 3 matches (both team to score). If you lose, dont lose your hope , in 5 bets , you might lose 2 and win 3 so you will always be in profit. Thats it for this simple trick that I have been using for a long time my friends! If you need help or tips, you can email me at admin@goldposter.net or send me a PM at Digital Point (0lgi) Below are some screenshots of my winnings Have a nice time and enjoy your winnings too
Betting The Basic

Ok, if you are new to sports betting, heres a little resume about this lucrative activity. If youre already familiar with the terminology, you can go directly to the systems. First, as you may know, sports betting is simply to place a bet on the result of a specific game on a specific sport. If your prediction wins, you win your bet. Its as simple as that! Your bets must be placed at a sportsbook. This could be made live in a casino, by telephone and on the internet. I personally use online sportsbook. Internet sportsbooks are very similar as a sportsbook accessed via telephone or live. Instead of calling in your bet to a bookie, however, you just fill out an online form. In most cases, sportsbooks have the same deposit and withdrawal options as online casinos. Heres the kind of bet you can place at a sportbook: Straight Bets: A straight bet is the most common bet, where you pick a single side to win. It could be the team to cover the spread or the game total to go over or under. The format of line will vary depending on the sport that youre betting on. Parlays: A parlays bet is a single wager involving multiple propositions. The bettor must chose the winner of each proposition in order to win the parlay. Payout odds increase as the number of included propositions increases. Teasers: A teaser, like parlay, involves multiple propositions. When betting a teaser additional points are either added to the underdog or subtracted from the favourite. Odds are
changed in accordance to the number of points the spread is moved and the number of teams combined to form the teaser. Pleasers: Pleaser are similar to a teaser, only you give, versus receive additional points: additional points are either subtracted from the underdog or added to the favourite (e.g., if the regular line on your selection is 4 and you select a pleaser, then your line would be 10). If Bets: If the first game wins, ties, cancels or is suspended, etc., you have action on the remaining team or teams. An IF bet is a combination of 2 6 teams. Reverses: If the first game wins, ties, cancels or is suspended, etc, you have action on the remaining team or teams. A reverse is a combination of 2 8 selections. Props: A proposition bet is a bet offered with conditions and odds determined by an oddsmaker. These bets are usually exotic bets like quaterback will complete the most touchdown passes, which team will score the last points in a game, or which will complete the longest fieldgoal. Many prop bets are offered at 11-10 odds, but some will be offered at better or worse odds, depending on the bet. Futures: Futures are single wager on the outcome of an event that will be determined sometime in the future. For example, picking the winner of the NFL championship, the Stanley Cup, or the World Series. Round Robins:
A Round Robin is a series of parlay-type wager built from all possible groups or the specified round robin group size. The selections can be any combination of sides, over/under, money lines, run lines, or puck lines. Currently, up to 9 teams can be grouped by either 2s or 3s. Each round robin series has the Grouped by number of teams in it and some series can win and other series loss. Each individual series is graded like a parlay. With 4 selections (A, B, C, D) grouped by 2s then you would have the following groups of 2s: A&B Half Times: A line on only the first half, or only the second half scoring of a football or basketball game. Totals (over/under): A total wager is a bet on the number of points scored in the game by both teams combined. You can bet on whether the actual number of total points scored is over or under the line posted. The total points scored includes points scored in overtime. You can also bet whether the combined number of points or goals scored by the two teams in the game will be over or under the total set by the oddsmaker. For example, if the total is 32 and you believe that the combined points scored by the two teams will exceed that number, you would bet over 32. Point Spread: The point spread is the number of points that the favored team is expected to win by. For example, say the New York Knicks are favored to beat the LA Clippers by a point spread of 7. That means that if you pick the Knicks to win, they have to win by more than 7 points for you to win your bet. If they win by fewer than 7 points or lose the game, you lose your bet. If they win by exactly 7 points (the point spread), the result is a push or tie. That means that you don't win or lose, your original bet is refunded. Money Lines:
The difference between a point spread bet and a money line bet is that there are no points involved. Instead, money odds are wagered on the favorite or underdog. There is a different money line total for either side on a money line bet, a negative side (the favorite) and a positive side (the underdog): Dallas -170 Washington +150 What this means is that Dallas is the favorite and for every $17 you bet on Dallas, you win $10 if they win. For every $10 you bet on Washington, the underdog, you win $15 if they win. By offering different odds for each team the sportsbook is able to balance action on both teams. Action Points: When wagering against the point spread, if you think that the spread is low or high you may wager 11/10 for each point you think the spread or total will go over or under. Buy Points: Buy Points means that you can move the pointspread so that you give away less points with the favorite or get more points with the underdog, for both football and basketball. To do this you must pay an extra 10% for each point you buy in your favor. For the NFL and NCAA football, you will pay an additional 20% to buy on or off of 3, or 10% to buy on or off of 7 points - also know as Key Points. Summary: While the goal of this page is to give you an understanding of the basics in sports wagering - you should be sure to read through the rules pages posted on any Internet Sportsbook you may join. Rules do vary and the variance can be the difference between a winning season and a loosing season. SPORTSBOOKS
When betting on sports, you need a safe and reliable sportsbook to place your bets online. I personally use these sportsbooks:
Sportsbooks for people in the USA If you are from the USA, I guess you know that the government adopted a new law about online gambling in 2007. In fact, I should be honest with you, nothing has really changed and nothing will change in the near futur. In fact, the new law has nothing to do with the people who plays online. The only difference is that right now, credit cards companies and banks cannot process funds from US people to offshore sportsbooks. So, that is why, many sportsbooks such as pinnaclesports.com stoped accepting people from the US. However, many reputable sportsbooks are still accepting people from the US. So, heres a list of sportsbooks that will be happy to accept people from the US.
Odds Format There is two ways to view the odds of an event. This could be in USA format or International odds format. US Odds Format When the US odds price is a positive number then the price indicates the value to be won when $100 is invested. Eg. (+115 indicates $115 would be won on a winning $100 bet). When the US odds price is a negative number then the price indicates the value required to be invested to win $100. Eg. (-110 indicates you need to bet $110 to win $100). The order of display for the team names follows the US tradition of naming the away team first. International Odds Format The odds value displayed is the amount returned on winning bets for each $1 invested. Eg. ($1.90 indicates for a $1 winning bet, $1.90 would be returned being the $1 stake and $0.90 winnings.) The order of display for the team name follows the European and Australian convention of naming the home team first. Odds Conversion We will always use the International Odds Format to calculate our bets. This is the easiest way. Now, if your sportsbook only offers the USA format, heres how to turn the USA format into International format. - When the US odds price is a positive number like +115, you just have to do this: ( US odds / 100 ) + 1 So here, this is ( 115 / 100 ) + 1 = 2.15 So +115 is the same as 2.15 You bet $100 to win $115
You bet $100 and the sportsbook gives you $215 if you win. $215 - $100 = $115 profit. You bet $100 at 2.15. The sportsbook gives you $100 x 2.15. $215 - $100 = $115 profit. - When the US odds price is a negative number like 110, you just have to do this: ( 100 / US odds ) + 1 So here, this is ( 100 / 110 ) + 1 = 1.91 So 110 is the same as 1.91 You bet $110 to win $100 You bet $110 and the sportsbook gives you $210 if you win. $210 - $110 = $100 profit. You bet $110 at 1.91. The sportsbook gives you $110 x 1.91. $210 - $110 = $100 profit. If you use Canbet, you can change the Odds format by clicking on the odds format check boxes or links under the Betting Menu. NowLets go to the Secret Systems ! Odds Conversion Chart
Abbreviations Used If you plan to handicap your own games by yourself, this is the kind of abbreviations you need to know. Major League Baseball
Heading Explanation W / L $ Ho Aw AF AA O/U BA SLG HR ERA OBP Date Home-Away H Starter A Starter Line O/U OPS AVG Starter IP Opp Starter H R ER SO BB PIT P/IP G/F OBA WHIP GB:FB Won / Loss record Units won or loss. Home Record Away Record Average Runs For Average Runs Against Over - Under Record Batting Average Slugging Percentage Home Runs For Earned Run Average On Base Percentage Date of the game Home Score Away Score Home Starter in that particular game. Away Starter in that particular game. Line for the game. Over / Under result. O for over, U for under. Slugging Percentage + On Base Percentage. Batting Average for that game. Team's starter for that game. Innings the starter pitched. The opposition's starting pitcher. Hits allowed by the starter. Runs allowed by the starter Earned runs allowed by the starter. Strikeouts by the starter. Bases on balls allowed by the starter. Total pitches by the starter. Pitches divided by the number of innings pitched. Number of ground ball outs divided by the fly ball outs. Opposition Batting Average Walks and Hits per Inning Pitched SB CS SB% QS% TW - TL W/L % $ Won $ Loss Vs. R Vs. L Start Rel R/9 K Doub Trip Slug LOB:R Ground Ball Fly Ball ratio Stolen Bases Caught Stealing Stolen Base Percentage Quality Start Percentage Team Win - Team Loss Winning Percentage Units Won Units Lost Vs. Right-handed pitchers Vs. Left-handed pitchers Starters Relievers Runs per nine innings Strikeouts Doubles Triples Slugging Percentage Left On Base to Runs ratio. National Basketball Association Heading
Explanation W / L ATS H A AF AA O/U FG% 3P% DFG% D3P% RM A/TO FT% H Line Reb FGM FGA 3PM 3PA FTA % points % minutes % 3PA to FGA AW Wins / Losses Record Against The Spread Home Away Average Points For Average Points Against Over / Under record Field Goal Percentage Three Point field goal Percentage Defensive Field Goal Percentage Defensive Three Point field goal Percentage Rebounding Margin Assist to Turnover ratio Free Throw Percentage Home Line Rebounds Field Goals Made Field Goals Attempted Three Point field goals Made Three Point field goals Attempted Free Throws Attempted Percentage of Points Percentage of Minutes Percentage of field goals that are three point attempts. AOW AL AOL AS < 100 AS 100+ AA <100 AA 100+ A500 B500 Days Rest ODR DR SU <2 DR >2 DR F D Div Conf PPG DD Fav Dog After a straight up Win After a straight up Win by the Opposition After a straight up Loss After a straight up Loss by the Opposition After Scoring less than 100 points After Scoring more than 100 points After Allowing less than 100 points After Allowing more than 100 points Versus Above .500 teams Versus Below .500 teams Days in between games. Opposition's Days in between games. Days Rest Straight Up Less than two Days Rest More the two Days Rest Favorite Underdog Division Conference Points Per Game Double-digit Favorite Underdog National Hockey League Heading Explanation W / L ATS Money H A O/U For Aga PP PK SF SA Line As Fav As Dog After W After L
Wins/ Losses Record Against The Spread Money record Home Away Over / Under Goals For Goals Against Powerplay Penalty kill Shots For Shots Against Home Line As a Favorite As a Underdog After a straight up win After a straight up loss Is it possible to predict the outcome of a game ? Every week, I receive some questions about handicapping. People want to know if it's possible to get an edge over the sportsbooks at sports betting. The answer is YES! For every casino game, the casino has an edge. This is how they make money. The game of luck will always be the same. There is something that you should now. The random law. If you flip a coin 1000 times, you will get approximately 500 tails and 500 faces. Not exactly but it will be around 50% of each. It's a law. This is of course over the long run. With only 100 outcomes, it could be 60/40. Its normal. But when it comes to sports betting, you can bring the winning ratio to 53% and more on the long run. Just because you can use a lot of information to predict the outcome of a game. You can't have a winning ratio of 75% on the long run but 53% is very possible. And it's enough to make some good money. Here's how you can use mathematics to predict the outcome of a game. Most of the outcomes of sports can be predict mathematically. There is much debate over this but the truth is that, with the right information and numbers, you can predict the outcomes of sporting events well enough to beat the spread. The problems is more with getting the right information. Most of sports are fully beatable. Football and hockey are the most difficult, basketball and baseball are considered to be the easiest to beat.
The tough part about math of sports is obtaining historical information. We are lucky in that many of the necessary statistics are publicly available. Thanks to the internet! The optimal tool for the prediction is to use multiple regression. Imagine you have a pie and each slice of the pie is one of the variables you use to predict the outcome of an event. In the ideal you would complete the pie and know with 100% certainty the outcome of the event. However, this never happens. More realistically you have only a limited % of the correct variables and all you can do is try to improve the % of the 'Pie' in predicting the outcome. The better the information you have, the more slices of the pie you can fill up. You will never reach 100% but you can reach up to 50% with nearly perfect information. The information you need to know is Wins, Loses, Percentage, home record, road record, last ten, streak, injuries, team problems, etc... One of the best place to look for this information is www.tsn.com. You'll find a lot of good information. If you use the right information, you will beat the spread over the long run. It's not easy and it takes some time to develop skills. But the most important thing to have success at sports betting is to have a good money management, a good betting system. The truth about Sports Betting For many people, sports gambling is primarily entertainment. But for other people, like pro gamblers, sports betting is simply a kind of investment. It's an easy way to get an amazing return on your investment. In fact, with a good betting system, you will easily
get a 15%-25% return on your investment every month. Think about it. I didn't say 15%25% return a year. I said 15%-25% return a month. Yes, absolutely. If you go to the bank and place your money with them, you'll get maybe 12% interest on your investment for a year. So if you place $1000, you'll make $120 for a year! What an amazing deal! If you decide to invest the same $1000 in sports betting, using a good betting system, here's what you could expect to make. Let's say that the average return is 20% a month. You start the year with $1000. After 1 month you have $1200 After 2 months you have $1440 After 3 months you have $1728 ...4 months...$2073 ...5 months...$2488 ...6 months...$2985 ...7 months...$3583 ...8 months...$4299 ...9 months...$5159 ...10 months...$6191 ...11 months...$7430 ...12 months...$8916 And so on... That is over 791% interest for only one year! Now, can you see the difference ? Some people ask me if it is possible to make $25,000 in one day. The answer is yes, you only have to place a bet of $26,881 at odds 1.93. That's it. But you have 50% chances to
lose this $26,000. The truth is that sports betting must be considered as a powerful way to get an easy return on your investment all over the year. You will not make $1,000,000 this year. You have to go slowly. But there is no bank or other kind of guaranteed investment that can give you that kind of return. If your bank gives you that kind of interest, let me know and I will stop betting on sports right away! So, this is exactly what you can expect to earn with the following systems. Youll learn the same systems pro sports gamblers use everyday to make a living at sports betting. It is very easy. Is there a catch ? Yes...you need at least 15 minutes a day to apply the system you choose and login to your sportsbook to place your bet using the betting system. If you think this is to much effort for you to earn that kind of easy money, than go to your bank and leave your money there! The Bankroll The most important thing when it comes to sports betting is certainly your bankroll. This is the money you can afford to play with. This is the money you dont need for anything else. No matter what system you play, you always have to structure your bankroll in the same way. First, you will breakdown your entire bankroll into 4 equal blocks. This way, you will only risk 25% of your entire bankroll and protect the rest of your bankroll if you hit a very bad losing streak. Now, lets take an example: Lets say you have a $1000 bankroll. So, you breakdown the $1000 into 4 X $250. Now, you start to play a system with your first block of $250.
As soon as your first block of $250 is doubled, add it back to your total bankroll. So now you have $1000 + $250 = $1250. All you have to do is breakdown the new total into 4 equal blocks. So here its 4 X $312.50. Than, you will be able to raise your betting unit and make more money. When you have doubled you first block again, start the same process again. Now you will have 4 blocks of $390.63. Repeat this process again. If you experience a long losing streak and you lose all your first block, you just have to do the opposite. So if you lose the first $250 of your $1000 (Total bankroll), it will leaves you with 3 X $250. So, its $750. Now breakdown this $750 into 4 blocks of $187.50. You just have to repeat the same process again. Up as you win, down as you lose. This is probably the most important thing. This money management is very important and very powerful. Use it to build a solid bankroll on the long run. You have to start small and grow your bankroll. Use this money management with one of the 25 secret systems and you will have a lot of success.
Betting The Exacta

In horse race betting, the exacta is the "peoples" wager, and the favorite of the average player. The amount of money bet into the exacta pool at most tracks equals or exceeds the win pool - and almost always contains far more money than any other single-race exotics pool. What does this tell us right away? There is always lots of "foolish" money in the exacta pools. The majority of race bettors play the exacta in a helter-skelter manner at best. Probably the most common exacta play of all is the worst (almost always) possible bet one could make - boxing the two lowest odd horses. It's almost a knee-jerk reaction for many bettors to automatically include the favorite on their exacta ticket. There are also such time-honored strategies as, "I think I'll box the three horses with each of my kids' ages," or "I think I'll baseball the horses whose numbers are the last 4 digits of my social security number," or "I think I'll throw this 99/1 shot in with the favorite and that good-looking gray horse," etc. etc.. That's where our profits will come from - that's the 'foolish money' we are after. Betting for "value" in the exacta is as important as it is for win betting. But - whereas in win betting, estimating value requires having an idea of what fair odds would be on a horse (i.e. some kind of betting line or acceptable odds parameters for your contenders), in exacta betting we can also use the tote odds as a guideline. How does it work?
In lieu of making your own betting line, you can use the public's win odds of your two choices as compared to the projected exacta payouts. There is a mathematical formula that will tell you what a fair payout would be for each odds-pair combination. That formula is: Bet amount (ba) divided by probability of top choice (pt) times probability of 2nd horse (ps) divided by losing probability of top horse (lpt). In the example I will give a bit later the top horse was off at 7/1 and the 2nd horse was off at 5/1. The win probability of the top horse was 12.5% - the win probability of the second horse was 16.7% - So: ba / (pt*(ps/lpt)) = $2 / (.125*(.167/.875)) = $84.00 Figure you need at least 10% bonus overlay to that "fair" amount - so $92.00 How would you like to run through those calculations for a half dozen combinations or so every race!?! Me neither! By "useable" I mean - odds at which I'd suggest you consider an exacta combo bettable. Remember that the lowest odds horses, and the highest odds horses in a race are most often bet more than they should be (bettors jumping on the favorites band-wagon, and other people playing big longshots merely hoping for a gift from heaven). Also, keep in mind that any low-priced favorite is usually an underlay in all exactas combos. For various reasons, race bettors are not always able to see the exacta payoffs when they need them at bet time. Below are some general guidelines for when you are not able to check the "will-pays." These guidelines will go a long ways towards keeping you off the over-bet and money-wasting exacta combinations: Only put horses on top that you consider overlays in their win-odds.
Limit the lowest acceptable odds on top to 9/5 or higher. Unless you've seen something that leads you to believe a particular high odds horse has good chance to run well - limit high odds on bottom to 40/1 max. Require 6/1 as a "combined" odds minimum. Examples: if you have a 2/1 horse you're putting on top - get 4/1 minimum odds on any you put under that one / 7/5 horse on top? require 5/1 underneath, etc.. Don't combine the first and second favorite (two lowest odds horses) regardless of their odds. The key to making consistent profits with exacta betting is limiting the number of combinations per race. Each losing bet increases the minimum "fair pay" amount you need. If you are looking for a payout of $60 as fair on a certain combination - and you are betting 6 exacta combinations in total ($2.00 wagers) - 5 of those will lose, so now you need $70 on that combination. Another result of limiting the number of exacta combos is that (if you are using a fixed total wager amount per race) you can then redistribute the money saved onto some of the other combinations that remain. Of course, we've all experienced (far too many times!) leaving out the winning combo though we had seriously considered including it. How do you go about limiting the number of combos while not throwing out the potential winning combo too often? The best way to automatically limit that number is to have just one "key" horse, and use only on top. If you then cut off the acceptable max odds on bottom to 40/1, in most fields, you'll have 8 or fewer exacta combos. Often you will want to wager two horses on top, and back-wheel one or both of them to a few others. The number of combinations starts to build again. Again - how can you combos to the most likely?
"Modeling" the factors that are most often seen in horses that run second at a particular track and distance will give you a "profile" of what kind of horse to look for in the place slot. For example: Maybe at the track you are betting, speed holds well in sprints. One of the early pace horses usually hangs on, and an off-the-pace type typically runs second. If you keep good handicapping records and have this kind of information, it will really help you narrow down your possible exacta bet combinations. Example race Jan. 5th at Golden Gate - 4th race - 1 mile for maiden claimers. The field with morning line odds and final odds looked like this: Eliminate horses that are going off at triple or more their morning line and are also at 15/higher. ml fo We narrowed down to 2 win contenders; # 1 and # 9. But that would give 16 possible exacta combinations with those both wheeled on top - and 32 combos if wheeled and back-wheeled to all others in the field. Obviously, this is not a strategy that can be used profitably! You could begin to pare it down like this: - Using the guideline of cutting off at 40/1 max on bottom eliminates # 2and # 6. - Eliminating triple overlays (3x ml) got rid of # 4. - Using the "6/1 combined odds" guideline gets rid of the favorite #7 under # 9. - Our place model showed place horses most commonly weren't early pace types, but rather were horses that distributed their running energy evenly - coming from off the pace. That eliminated the favorite and # 5.
(eliminating the favorite in the second slot is great when you can do it, but remember the favorite figures in about 55% of all winning exactas combinations - running either first or second) So who does that leave now? Our two contenders along with #3,# 8. One of the contenders, #9, also had a matching place profile, so we used him on top and bottom. The combos then were 5 in total; 1 with 3,8,9 and 9 with 3,8. The exacta (see chart below) came - #1 with #3 and paid $91.20. Fair exacta payout was $93, so we were loosening our demand just a wee bit - as there were 4 guaranteed losing combos. (actually, we didn't even check the "will pays" we feel using the guidelines given in this article are 1 FABULOUS RULER 10/1 7/1 2 SUNDAY SUIT 20/1 68/1 3 STRAW HAT CHARLIE 3/1 5/1 4 PROUD FRIENDLY 6/1 18/1 5 FROSTY NUGGET 12/1 6/1 6 CHEERS O'GLORY 20/1 56/1 7 ELATED WON 2/1 1/1* 8 SIDNEY BY THE C 10/1 16/1 9 I THOUGHT U KNEW 4/1 9/2 sufficient to keep us off of most under-lay combos) Let's say; however, that a player had a per-race exacta budget of $20. By whittling the number of combos down in a systematic way as outlined above - that player would now be able to have this payoff two times rather than once (if he'd found, say, 10 possible combos).
Charts of the race below: A few final points: * Studies show that wheeling the favorite on top in the exacta is a 10-20% loser while back-wheeling the favorite results in a small positive ROI. If you're going to use the favorite then - use it on the bottom side of other midodds range contenders. * A back-part/wheel (after throwing out horses that look hopelessly inadequate to today's conditions) on legitimate contenders is also usually preferable to a place bet on the same horse. * If you are using the guidelines we've given in this article - without checking the willpays for value - probably best to stay out of small field races in general (true for any single race exotics). 1 Fabulous Ruler 1-Nose 7.60 3 Straw Hat Charlie 2-2 5.50 5 Frosty Nugget 3-2 6.60 9 I Thought U Knew 4-2 4.90 7 Elated Won 5-3/4 1.10* 8 Sidney by the C 6-Nose 16.30 4 Proud Friendly 7-3 18.90 6 Cheers O'Glory 8-10 56.10 2 Sunday Suit 9 68.80 1 Fabulous Ruler 17.20 8.20 5.00 3 Straw Hat Charlie 7.00 4.00 5 Frosty Nugget 4.20 Wager Type Winning Numbers Payoff $2 Exacta 1-3 $91.20
CASH MACHINE SYSTEM

Introduction This system throws out winners consistently and each horse must be backed each way no matter what the price. All you need is the DAILY MIRROR and it takes 2 minutes to find these winners - sometimes six in one day! Rules Look for the TOP SPOTTED HORSE (black dot after the rating) and if it is rated 32 (must only be 32) with the black dot then see if both tipsters select this horse (newsboy and bouverie) = if they do then 99 TIMES!!! Out of 100 this horse will be placed - if not win. Ive used this system a lot to make fantastic profits and its great for placepot, jackpot, and scoop 6 punters. You will be amazed though so simple. Staking Method Each Way level stakes betting is advised and when your betting bank doubles in size, double your stakes. You will soon find yourself betting to high stakes and making weekly profits when using The Daily Mirror Cash Machine System. Alternative Staking method If you prefer backing win singles rather than each-way betting then this is no problem. You can back selections to straight win bets unless the S.P forecast is greater than 5/1 in which case, I strongly advise you to back them eachway. Conclusion
Try the system over a period of at least 1 month to see the true potential of my system. You will have some good runs and some bad runs along the way, that is inevitable with horse racing but overall you will see a steady rise in your betting bank month by month I sincerely hope that this system is as profitable for you as it has been for me over the years!
Combinatorial Betting
We discuss the design of combinatorial betting mechanisms. We characterize the computational complexity of several variants of the problem and pose some open research questions. Categories and Subject Descriptors: J.4 [Computer Applications]: Social and Behavioral Sciences Economics General Terms: Economics, Theory Additional Key Words and Phrases: Prediction markets, expressive betting, order matching, computational complexity, mechanism design 1. INTRODUCTION Committing to a bet is a credible way to state an opinion. Declaring that Hillary Clinton will win the 2008 US Presidential election is easy to say; staking real money on her victory at particular odds offers a quantifiable signal. A prediction market is a betting intermediary designed to aggregate opinions about events of particular interest or importance. For example, intrade.com moderates bets on whether avian flu will hit the US in 2008. The market price reflects a stable consensus of a large number of opinions about the likelihood of an outbreak. Prediction market forecasts like those on intrade.com have a track record of remarkable accuracy. Betting intermediaries abound, from Las Vegas to Wall Street, yet nearly all operate in a similar manner. Each allowable bet is explicitly listed and tracked; thus, by definition, the number of allowable bets is limited by available space. Each bets outcome space is low dimensional: for example, Hillary wins or loses or ACME stock price is x. Each bet
type is managed independently, even when the bets are logically related: for example, stock options with different strike prices Permission to make digital/hard copy of all or part of this material without fee for personal or classroom use provided that the copies are not made or distributed for profit or commercial advantage, the ACM copyright/server notice, the title of the publication, and its date appear, and notice is given that copying is by permission of the ACM, Inc. To copy otherwise, to republish, to post on servers, or to redistribute to lists requires prior specific permission and/or a fee. 2 Y. Chen et al. are traded in separate streams. Bets are processed either individually by a market maker or in pairs by a bilateral exchange, but almost never in groups of more than two at a time. In this letter, we survey our attempts to design combinatorial betting mechanisms that support many more allowable bets and propagate information appropriately across logically-related bets. Thus, our mechanisms have the potential to both collect more information and process that information more fully than standard mechanisms. In a combinatorial betting system, allowable bets are not explicitly listed, but are rather implicitly defined on a combinatorial space. For example, the outcome space might be all n! possible permutations of horses in a horse race, while the allowable bets are properties of permutations like horse A finishes 3rd or horse A beats horses B and D. Or the outcome space might be all 250 possible state-by-state results for the Democratic candidate in the 2008 US Presidential election, while allowable bets are Boolean statements like Democrat wins in Ohio and Florida but not Texas. The greater expressiveness comes at a computational cost for the betting intermediary or auctioneer, who now faces a difficult matching problem to connect up willing traders. In
general, the auctioneer must look beyond bilateral matches to consider complex multilateral matches. Full expressiveness renders the matching problem intractable in general. However, in some cases we have discovered reasonable restrictions on expressiveness that admit polynomial-time matching algorithms. Below we examine two different types of market combinatorics: (1) permutations and (2) Boolean combinations of binary events. In each case, we characterize the computational complexity of the auctioneers matching problem under various degrees of expressiveness. 2. PERMUTATION BETTING Consider wagering on the final ordering of n candidates; for example, the outcome of a horse race. The outcome space consists of all n! possible permutations of candidates. Betting directly on complete orderings is both unnatural and intractable. Betting on properties of orderings (e.g., candidate A wins, or candidate B beats candidate D) is more natural though still intractable in most cases. We analyze two restricted betting languagespair betting and subset bettingshowing that the former remains intractable while the latter is tractable [Chen et al. 2007]. A pair bet is a bet on one candidate to finish ahead of another (e.g., candidate A beats candidate B). Subset bets come in two forms: position-subset bets and candidate-subset bets. A position-subset bet is a bet on a single candidate to finish in a subset of positions (e.g.,candidate A finishes in position 1, 2, or 5). A candidate-subset bet is a bet on a subset of candidates to finish in a single position (e.g., candidate A, B, or D finishes in position 2).
Each bet defines a security that pays off $1 per share if the specified event happens and $0 otherwise. Participants place buy orders, specifying security, number of shares to buy, and the maximum price per share at which they are willing to buy. Combinatorial Betting 3 After receiving all orders, a centralized auctioneer needs to solve an order matching problem to risklessly match up orders and decide what orders to accept and reject. Orders can be indivisible (must be accepted or rejected in full) or divisible (can be accepted partially). The auctioneers matching problem can be formulated as an integer programming problem for indivisible orders and a linear programming problem for divisible orders, possibly with exponentially many constraints. We show that the auctioneers matching problem is NP-hard for pair betting with both divisible and indivisible orders. For subset betting with divisible orders, the corresponding separation problem of the linear programming formulation can be reduced to a maximum weighted bipartite matching problem, which has many polynomialtime solutions. Thus, the auctioneers matching problem for subset betting with divisible orders can be solved in polynomial time using ellipsoid algorithm coupled with a maximum matching oracle. 3. BOOLEAN-STYLE BETTING Boolean-style betting allows participants to bet on logical combinations of n binary events. The outcome space consists of all 2n possible combinations of event outcomes. The allowable bets are Boolean formulas over the events, so there are 22n allowable bets if we impose no restrictions. For example, events might be Democrat wins Alabama, Democrat wins Alaska, etc., for all fifty US states in the 2008 Presidential election. Allowable bets are logical propositions about the election outcome like Democrat wins
California and either Nevada or New Mexico. Given a Boolean formula -, the corresponding security pays off $1 per share iff - is true in the eventual outcome. More generally, we allow conditional securities S-| based on two formulas - and ; this is interpreted as, make a payoff according to -, conditional on being true. In other words, the owner of security S-| is paid $1 per share if both - and are true, paid $0 if is true but - is false, and the security is cancelled (and any money the owner paid for it is refunded) if is false. Participants place orders that specify the security, number of shares to buy/sell, and the maximum/minimum price at which they are willing to buy/sell. As before, the auctioneers matching problem is to determine which orders to accept among all orders without incurring any risk. Fortnow et al. [2004] analyze the computational complexity of matching in Boolean-style betting. They show that for divisible orders the matching problem is computable in polynomial time when there are O(logm) events, but is co-NPcomplete for O(m) events, where m is the description length of all orders. For indivisible orders, the matching problem is even harder to solve. Its NP-complete for O(logm) events and p 2-complete for O(m) events.1 Indivisible order matching is hard even when bets are restricted to conjunctions of only two events. 4. FUTURE WORK AND OPEN QUESTIONS We continue to search for useful betting languages that admit polynomial-time matching algorithms or approximations. In particular, for Boolean-style betting, 1Indivisible order matching with O(logm) events can be thought of as analogous to the typical combinatorial auction problem discussed in this special issue, minus the inherent logical structure of the Boolean space. 4 Y. Chen et al.
we have not found any satisfactory betting language for the most interesting case of divisible orders and O(m) events. The matching problems discussed here are combinatorial analogs of traditional call markets. The auctioneer bears no risk. Combinatorial prediction markets divide participants attention among an exponential number of outcomes, making the likelihood of finding agreeable trades low even with multilateral matching. This may cause a thin market problem and ultimately a failure of information aggregation. Moreover, according to the so-called no-trade theorems in economics, rational traders shouldnt speculate at all with each other in a call market or any other zero-sum betting game. Hence, it may be desirable to have a market maker subsidize trading and induce liquidity by offering prices for all allowable bets [Hanson 2003]. A number of properties are desirable for combinatorial market makers including bounded loss, no arbitrage, tractability, unbounded shares offered, smooth pricing function, and modularity of price function. We are as yet unsure which properties are most important and which are achievable in combination under what circumstances. Also unknown is the relationship between the auctioneer matching problem and the market maker pricing problem.
Cream of the Crop Racing System

This is a remarkably effective system that will show a level stakes profit for you most months. Profits can be enhanced considerably by using the free staking plan provided. Prices vary from odds-on to 4/1 and the longest losing run since April 2001 has been just 6 on one occasion. Paper: Racing Post - Examine the `selection box` of tipsters for each race in the Racing Post. For a selection to qualify it must be tipped by the first four tipsters in the `selection box`. That is, it must be the selection of Postmark, Postdata, Topspeed and Spotlight. No Bet in handicap races, nurseries, claimers, sellers, amateur or apprentice races. Rollover Double Staking Plan - You place your usual stake on the horse, and if it wins, place all of it onto the next runner. Reduce back to your usual stake whether that selection wins or losses. This system will improve your profits using the Cream of the Crop System by over 30%. Conclusion - We suggest you try The Cream of The Crop System for a month or two with small stakes until you can see the capability of the system. Then you can increase your stakes considerably when you have full confidence in this very effective system. All the very best with your future Investments
Do Your Own Ratings

Does your selection look like a winner? Use this simple checklist to help find out
Category
Question Has your horse won or placed in a race of this class or above in the last 12 months? (By 'class', I refer to the grade of the race: 'A', 'B', 'C' etc.) Has your horse won or placed on this course or one with similar characteristics in the last 12 months? (For similar courses please refer to the appropriate track matrix: Flat or NH).
Answer Won Placed Neither Won here Won on similar Placed here Placed on similar Neither Won Placed Neither Yes No Yes
Scoring 3 2 0 3 2 2 1 0 3 1 0 2 0 2
Score
Class
Course
Has your horse won or placed over Distance today's distance in the last 12 months? Has your horse finished within half a length per furlong of the winner in either of its last two runs? (e.g. if its last race was over 8f answer 'yes' if within 4l). Has your horse registered an adjusted Topspeed rating for today's race which is no lower than 75% of the highest rating for the race? (Topspeed is prepared by Dave Edwards in the Racing Post). Has your horse won or placed on today's going in the last 12 months? Does it look like your horse will be inconvenienced by the draw in today's race? Has your horse run within the last 50 days?
Recent Form
Speed
No
Won Placed Neither Yes No Yes No Yes No
2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
Going
Draw Fitness
Is your horse wearing Firsttime aids blinkers/visor for the first time?
Jockey Trainer
Has today's jockey won or placed on your horse before? Has the trainer had 3 horses placed in the last 14 days?
Yes No Yes No
1 0 1 0
When you have calculated the score for your horse, multiply by 5 to get a rating out of 100. A horse rating 100 must have an outstanding chance of winning today. Without being over-scientific, if the rating is not over 50, a bet would look risky. It is also a good idea to rate the other leading contenders in the race to see how your selection compares. This is by no means a definitive method, but it will help highlight the areas of study on which to concentrate. With a little practice, you will be able to look at a horse's form and know instinctively if it is a good bet.
Favourite Backer - Horse Racing System

The fundamental aspect of the Favourite Backer system is that we are seeking to back, as you might have guessed from the title, horses that go off as favourite. But not just any old favourite - just those which meet the selection process (revealed in the next chapter). Those horses that do meet the selection criteria are then backed using a "stop at a winner" staking methodology calculated to return a number of points profit set by the user for each winning selection and recovering any losses along the way plus the profit target. What you classify as a "point" and how many points profit per winner to aim for is entirely a matter for the individual. For our own purposes, we operate a profit target of 2.00 points per winner as per our logo on the front page of this e-book. You may use 1 as a point with a profit target of 2 or 5 per point and a profit target of 20 - it really is up to you and what you feel comfortable with. But do remember the golden rule - never bet with money you can't afford to lose. As soon as a selected horse wins then we stop betting for that day as the profit target has been achieved and we start all over again on the next day. If a selected horse is beaten, then the recover part of the staking methodology kicks in and we recalculate to recover losses plus achieve the profit target from the next selection with the knowledge that as soon as a selected horse wins, losses are recovered and the profit target is achieved. Then the cycle begins again the following day. A typical betting day might look something like this: Three horses meet the criteria The first one wins, profit target achieved, stop betting for the day. The first one loses but the
second one wins - losses are recovered and profit target achieved If all three lose, then the idea is to roll over losses and recover from the next days' selections Don't worry if that sounds a little confusing as we give you examples later in the book. Naturally, a run of losers can push up the stake considerably so back to the golden rule of never betting with money you can't afford to lose. Although you will always be in profit after a winner and our selection finding criteria is designed to give strongly fancied horses, losing runs are a sad fact of betting on the horses. However - as you can apply the selection principles and staking plan to other sports you may be more comfortable betting on football matches, tennis or anything else if the horses are not for you. Or even a combination of sports - all outlined in later pages. The Selection Process Now you know the fundamentals of the system, it's time to explain the selection process to you - it's quite straightforward. Pretty much all you need is access to the Racing Post web site It's an incredibly in-depth web site offering all the information we need to arrive at system selections. Now, here's the selection process in simple steps: go to the Racing Post web site and log-in click on "cards" towards the top left hand side to view the cards for the days' meetings disregard any selling, claiming and "banded" races - we do not select from such races from the races that remain at each meeting, work through each one noting down the forecast prices of the first and second favourites Click on the "selections" icon underneath the list of runners, which will display a list of newspaper tipster selections for that race. Note down the number of selections for the forecast
favourite repeat the process for each qualifying race (remember - no sellers, claimers or banded races) Now you have the bare information you need from which to get the days' system selections. Now it's just some simple mathematics to arrive at the selected horses on which to consider placing a bet. From the information you've gained from the steps above, do the following for each race: calculate the difference in forecast price between the first and second favourite and allocate one point to each point of difference (for example if the favourite is 6/4 and second favourite is 3/1 the difference is 1.50) allocate one point for each tipster from the "selection box" who thinks the forecast favourite will win add the two figures together The three horses with the highest combined figures are the selections for that particular day. You may decide on more or less than three - it's up to you - but we like to use three horses per day. Example: 1.30 Doncaster - price difference 1.50, number of tipsters, 9 = total 10.50 2.00 Doncaster - price difference 3.00, number of tipsters 11 = total 14.00 2.30 Doncaster price difference 2.75, number of tipsters 8 = total 10.75 3.00 Doncaster - price difference 1.25, number of tipsters 7 = total 8.25 The system selections are the forecast favourites from the Racing Post in the 1.30, 2.00 and 2.30 races at Doncaster. If the actual favourite is different for any reason then we stick with the horse identified as the selection after going through the process above. Staking Methodology Now you know the fundamentals of the system and how to arrive at the system selections, it's time to explain the staking to you - how to get your profit from each winning selection, how to stop at a winner, how to recover losses.
Remember you read earlier that this system is all about deciding how many points profit you want per winning selection , stopping at a winner, starting again each day after a winner and recovering losses as we go - well, the staking plan governs this. To arrive at the amount to stake on a system selection, the "magic formula" is to divide the right hand number in the odds by the left hand number and multiply the answer by the number of points you are attempting to win. For example - if the available price is 6/4 and you are attempting to win 2.00 points then the calculation is 4 divided by 6 multiplied by 2. The answer is 1.33. If you are backing at 1 a point then your stake is 1.33. Example: On a working assumption of 1 per point and a profit target of 2.00 points, it looks like this. Using the three Doncaster races from the pervious chapter as an example..... Doncaster 1.30 This is the first selection of the day and we are trying to win 2.00 points. The selection is available to back at odds of 6/4. You know from the above calculation that your stake is 1.33. If the horse wins, then we stop for the day as the profit target has been achieved. If the horse loses, then we move on to the second selection seeking to recover the 1.33 loss plus the 2.00 profit target meaning we're trying to win 3.33 points from the next selection. Doncaster 2.00 The selection is available to back at odds of 5/4 and we're trying to win 3.33 points. The staking calculation is 4 divided by 5 multiplied by 3.33. Thus, the required stake is 2.66. If the horse wins, then we stop for the day as the profit target has been achieved. If the horse loses then we move on to the next selection seeking to recover cumulative losses plus the 2.00 profit target. For the sake of this example, the second selection has lost as well as the first. We have cumulative losses of 1.33 and 2.66 =
3.99 Add to that the 2.00 profit target meaning we're trying to win 5.99 points from the third selection. Doncaster 2.30 The selection is available to back at odds of 2/1 and we're trying to win 5.99. The staking calculation is 1 divided by 2 multiplied by 5.99. Thus, the required stake is 3.00 (rounded up). If the horse wins then we've recovered losses and achieved the profit target so that's it for the day. If the horse loses then we carry forward the cumulative losses of 6.99 meaning we're trying to win 8.99 points from the first selection on the next day. The selection methodology should identify strongly fancied runners with the theory being that because they are "strongly fancied" they should win more often than not and by covering three each day, one should win meaning the profit target is met. Now you know all you need to know in order to put the favouritebacker.com system in to operation. If you do intend to use the system, we suggest that you "paper trade" for a while first without actually placing a bet until you've got the hang of it and feel confident enough to leap in for real. Remember - as you can see from the above example, losing runs mean an increasing amount to stake on subsequent selections until a winner arrives. This system really does deliver a profit after each winner but do beware of the increased stakes in the event of losing runs. The principles of this system can be applied to just about any sport as explained later in this e-book and you may feel more comfortable applying it to a sport you feel you know more about and/or has fewer "uncertainties" than horse racing. Other Sports
As touched on earlier, it's possible to apply the system principles to just about any sport. Just identify your selections as best suits you, set your profit target and apply the staking methodology. It's as straightforward as that. For example in football you might go for three strongly fancied home wins as long as you knew the result of one game before betting on the other if you needed to. Similarly you can apply the general system principles to tennis, rugby, cricket or pretty much any sport you wish - or a combination of them. As long as you set your profit target and apply the staking methodology then any winning bet on any sport will deliver your profit target.
FAVOURITES BETTING SYSTEM for UK HORSE RACING

1. Introduction Would you like to be able to generate regular cash flow, tax-free, without leaving your home? Silly question. Of course you would. And this can be done in just 30 minutes each day! This is not another money making scheme that is going to cost you a fortune ringing racing tipster lines, charged at premium rates. This is a system that anyone can follow, using the information contained in my detailed report. I use a simple staking system to minimise the risk to my investment and in order to build up my investment pot responsibly. The aim of my system is to generate a steady stream of profits to provide an end of month tax free cash return. It has been devised to take no more than 30 minutes each day. There is no need to sit for hours studying form or to spend all afternoon sitting in front of a computer monitoring prices with the bookmakers or the betting exchanges. You will need access to a UK Racing Post newspaper and access to a betting exchange if you want to follow all parts of the system. You will need to be 18 years of age, or older, to use it. We do not claim that this system will make you a guaranteed 10,000 within 8 weeks, or some other large amount within a short space of time. Such guarantees are worthless. This system has been designed to accumulate profits regularly and consistently, but in horse racing, as in other sports, nothing is ever guaranteed. 2. Favourites How do I do it?
Some punters frown on acquaintances who back favourites. He only backs favourites they say with disdain, as though bets are only worth placing if you are taking a gamble on a big priced outsider in the race, rather than a favourite. The fact is that a good proportion of races, between 30% and 40%, are won by favourites. If you look at both 1st and 2nd favourites, the proportion can go up to 50%-60%, and if you include 1st, 2nd and 3rd favourites, together they win between 70% and 80% of races. In fact there are some systems out in the market that only focus on the first 5 horses in the betting in any race, because horses at higher prices win very few races, especially in non-handicap races. Having said that, if between 30%-40% of favourites win, that means that between 60%70% of favourites lose. (How else would bookmakers make profits?). So how do we know which favourites to back, and as a corollary, which ones to lay? Imagine what a strong cashflow we will generate if we achieve both a high strike rate when picking winning favourites and when laying losing favourites. This system aims to provide a steady cash stream from favourites. Backing favourites, it will not generate huge amounts of money in one hit, but generates amounts of profit consistently. Not every bet placed will be successful, but the weighting of winning bets to losing bets is consistently in our favour. There will be losing runs, but never for long, and equally there will be winning runs. The important thing is that the strike-rate is tipped in our favour! 3. What you need Dont worry, you do not need any previous knowledge of horse-racing or raceform to operate my system. You can operate this system even if you are a complete novice to horse racing. To use all parts of this system, you will need to:
- be 18 years of age or older - have a copy of the Racing Post newspaper - have an account with a betting exchange on the internet, so that you can lay bets (dont worry, accounts can be opened via the useful web-sites page.) - have a basic level of numeracy. By focussing on favourites that meet my criteria, the system should take no more than 30 minutes each day to make the selections and place the bets. (It can be done in your lunch break!) If you decide to invest every single day, then thats 15 hours per month, or the equivalent of 2 working days for the returns achieved. 4. Staking system Often punters will place a large bet on a short-priced losing favourite, and a small bet on a high-priced winner. The result is that they lose a lot of money on the favourite and do not manage to cover the loss, despite having the high priced winner. It is important to have a disciplined approach when deciding your stake. Never gamble more than you can afford. The aim of my betting system, is to place small bets regularly and consistently to generate a monthly profit. You must decide at the outset how much you are able to invest in your system and stick to it. Never invest more than you can afford to lose. By following a staking plan, the bets grow as our investment grows. At the end of the month, I withdraw profits for the month and start the new month with a fresh investment pot. In this way, I can generate a regular cashflow each month. 5. Frequency of bets The system generally throws up 3 or 4 bets to place each day. These can be either back or lay bets, or both. On quieter racing days, there may be no bet at all. There may be other
days where there are 7 or 8 bets to place. The precise number of bets will depend on the number of UK horse racing meetings and the types of races. 6. The System The system consists of evaluating the favourite and deciding whether to bet or not, and then whether to back the favourite or lay the favourite. Many favourites will be classified as no bet, but some will be classified as back bets, and others as lay bets. Precise details of the system and the analysis, complete with examples, are included in the full report, available from the DucisGold web-site. 7. Summary The aim is to build up an investment pot by betting successfully on a stream of favourites until I withdraw profits at month-end. Starting with a betting stake of just 10 per bet, we were able to generate a profit of 339 in September 2009. I bank profits on the last day of the month. Then I start afresh in the new month. In that way, the system can generate a regular but variable monthly cash income stream. 8. Other factors to consider Non-runners Recently, trainers have been required to declare their runners a full 2 days before the race is due to run, rather than just 1 day, as previously. This has led to more runners being withdrawn after the formal declaration, but before the actual race. The change in the cut-off time for declaration of race-entries has meant that my bets are now placed much nearer the race start time. Bookmakers versus Exchanges when placing back bets
Some bookmakers offer an extra incentive to place bets with them, by offering what they call guaranteed odds. What this means is that if the on-course odds of the horse at the start of the race are higher than the odds offered when you placed the bet, then the bookmaker will pay out at the higher course starting price. This guarantee is not available on the betting exchanges. Another advantage of bookmakers over betting exchanges is that the exchanges charge a 5% commission on the profits of winning bets, whereas bookmakers do NOT charge any commission. However, generally if you compare starting prices at the course with the starting price announced at a betting exchange, for the same race, you will usually find that the exchanges prices are higher. i.e. better for backers. This can be a major consideration when placing multiple bets. Preferred style The Favourites system works for me. It is important that you find a betting system that works for you and your preferred style of betting. (Remember, all betting systems go through bad patches occasionally). Make your own judgement before you invest your money. For example, you might consider the following variants: If you hate losing at all costs, then you might try backing for a place, not a win. This could increase your strike rate to as high as 90%, but of course, the return each time will be much less because you will be paid at place odds. You might want to increase your Back stake accordingly. If your ambition is to be a bookie, then you might just place the lay bets. If you are a gambler at heart and think Laying bets is a travesty, then you might just place back bets.
If there are several back bets in a day, you might back them in a double or a treble, so that you benefit from accumulated odds. Win doubles or win trebles, or even each way accumulators, are favoured by some of the professional punters. 8. Alternative systems You might take the view that it would be far easier and quicker just to back all favourites, or to lay all favourites. I have found that my system returns better results than these alternative over-simplified systems, and at a managed risk level that I am comfortable with. Lets look at September 2009 as an example. My systems strike-rate on back bets was around 70%. This is well ahead of the typical 30-40% strike rate that is achieved when you bet on all favourites. 9. Record your bets Professional punters keep a record of their bets. If you open a separate account with a betting exchange and use it for bets under my system only, placing no other bets, then the exchange systems will hold all the records that you need. You will be able to download to a spreadsheet the outcome of all your bets, plus account statements and running profit & loss accounts. 10. Try the system If you dont want to risk any money on a system straight away, then try it out on paper first, for a week, or even for a whole month. Then if you are happy with it, try it out with real money. Simulating a system on paper first will also allow you to become familiar with the Racing Post newspaper racecards, the Racing Post betting edition web-site, and the system process, so that you are able to complete your bets much more quickly and confidently when you start for real.
Fixed Odds Sports Betting Fixed odds sports betting is certainly not for the faint-hearted. Evidence suggests that few actually beat the bookmaker to make a profit over the long term. Nevertheless, the fact that even a few punters are successful verifies that gaining a betting edge is not simply a pipe dream. Provided one learns how to gain this edge, and more importantly adheres to a sensible risk management of his betting strategy, fixed odds sports betting offers a potential investment opportunity to those seeking a little more excitement than merely collecting an annual low interest return from their savings. The theme of this book has been to encourage the fixed odds sports bettor to think more analytically about his betting strategy, about the markets he invests in, about the type of wagers he makes, about betting value and numerical approaches to finding it, about ways of gaining a head start, and most importantly of all perhaps, about money management and an examination of risk. It is only through such clear thinking and critical appraisal that a bettor can hope to maximise his chances of success. Without this, the bookmaker will always maintain the upper hand. 1. Set aside a betting bankroll Without a proven record of long-term success, any punter should avoid betting more than he can afford to lose. The most sensible approach to safeguard against this is to set aside a bankroll for the purposes of betting, the size of which should not encroach on the need to pay the bills. If this is lost, the punter should consider the possibility that fixed odds sports betting will not, for him at least, offer a suitable investment opportunity. 2. Research your sport and be selective
There are literally thousands of fixed odds sports betting opportunities to be found every week, and for every one the bookmaker has hoped to stack the odds against you. To improve your chances of overcoming this disadvantage, it is prudent to concentrate on one or perhaps two key sporting markets. Research these thoroughly. For the smaller, less popular markets, like darts, volleyball, cycling, ski jumping or biathlon, the bookmakers will often know less about the events than a regular follower of such sports, and may only have one or two odds compilers studying them. Be selective and dont bet because you have to, but only when you feel you have identified an edge. After all, the worst you can do by not betting at all is break even. 3. Keep accurate records For all your betting, keep accurate records of the selections backed and their prices, the amounts wagered, and the profits or losses incurred. Keeping a truthful betting history will help you to analyse your strengths and weaknesses, to assess your profitability and, most fundamentally of all, to reveal whether you have the talent to gain an edge. For advisory services, keeping and publishing an honest record goes without saying. Without one, customers have no idea how meaningful any profit claims will actually be. 4. Value-bet or dont bet at all Winning bets are the only ones that make money. True, but you cant win all the time. Without winning more often than the bookmaker has priced you to do so, the losers will ensure that your betting bank will remain in the red. Seek to identify and measure value in the odds, through a comparison of bookmakers prices, quantitative and qualitative forecasting techniques and a professionals feel for its availability. Find the value and the winners will take care of themselves. 5. Test your forecasting systems
Punters adopt different approaches to forecasting and prediction. Some prefer to study subjectively, reading up on the news about each event, and making betting judgements on the basis of information about injuries, morale, motivation and so on. Others prefer to quantify information about form, and develop rating systems to predict the outcome of the next contest. For either approach, but more specifically for numerical forecasting, test and retest your systems, and identify significance. Be wary of spurious relationships, which may misrepresent the meaningfulness of any significant association between hypothesised predictors and the actual outcome of events. Remember that if one looks long and hard enough at a set of data, a relationship of one form or another, whether meaningful or not, can usually be found. Very few will ultimately turn out to be profitable in the long run. 6. Identify favourable betting markets There are all sorts of wagers, from match bets to ante post, scorecast to handicaps. Every punter will have his favourite type of betting market, but it is shrewd to focus on those where the bookmaker has limited his overround. These include bets where the number of possible outcomes is a minimum 2 and include Asian handicap betting in football, American sports wagers and 2-way betting in many other fields. The imposed disadvantage the punter will face is lower, both because the bookmakers can afford it to be so, and because there is little room for them to manoeuvre behind less generous prices. 7. Bet singles For decades, bookmakers imposed preposterous restrictions on the availability of single bets, where the punter needs only to back the outcome of one event. Since the explosion of the offshore and Internet fixed odds betting industry, these restrictions have thankfully all but disappeared. Unfortunately, punters fed on the lure of the bigger payouts from
multiples and perms still place these unfavourable bets en masse. For highly successful bettors, it is true that profits can be enhanced, but the risks in seeking them, through the larger overrounds and lower strike rates, will always be greater. Singles on their own can offer quite reasonable rewards without the undue worry of losing the betting bankroll early. A punters greed is so often his downfall. Why try to run before you can walk? 8. Back favourites or short prices Contentious but undeniably apparent, at least in football betting, is the presence of a favouritelongshot bias. Demonstrated empirically beyond question in the European football fixed odds market, it potentially owes its existence to the risk-averse tendencies of most bookmakers, who would sooner overprice an odds-on selection than expose themselves to excessive liability by offering value in the longshot. Backing only short prices will not be enough on its own to secure a betting edge, but for those who choose to do so, the imposed average disadvantage is significantly smaller to start with. Backing shorter prices also means you will win more often and expose your bankroll to less risk if betting level stakes. Don't, however, back a favourite just because it is a favourite. Back it because you believe it contains real value, and that the bookmaker has made a mistake. 9. Compare bookmakers prices Really this goes without saying. If one bookmaker offers 1/1 whilst another offers 6/5, it would make little sense to take the less generous price. Perhaps a new betting account may need to be opened to take advantage of the opportunity, but provided the bookmakers reputation is sound and the transaction costs, if any, are small, this should not create an unnecessary distraction. Also consider the betting exchanges, where you can bet against other punters rather than against a traditional bookmaker. Despite commission payable on winnings usually 5% the odds available with exchanges are frequently
more favourable since there is technically no overround to overcome. Remember, however: do not simply bet because your bookmaker offers the highest price. Make sure the odds contain value. 10. Identify your risk preferences Are you a risk seeker or a risk avoider? The answer to this question will shape your entire staking strategy and money management. Risk seekers are happy to back high odds and large multiples, preferring the thrill of big-win gambling to the mundane grind of win some, lose some betting. Furthermore, some gamblers are prepared to chase lost capital through ratcheting up the stakes after each losing bet. Be warned: this policy will NOT guarantee profits, whilst the risks of failure are considerable. If you prefer to play it safe, a simple level staking plan will suffice, or perhaps a policy of staking to win a fixed profit each time you bet. Betting a percentage of your bankroll through simple percentage bank staking or more advanced Kelly staking can yield significant rewards for the proven bettor, but he must be prepared to wait out potentially longer periods of loss making in order to secure a greater payday at the end of the line. 11. Always analyse your betting record Money in the bank from winning bets is a wonderful feeling, particularly if you believe your skill and judgement has earned you that money. Avoid becoming complacent, however, and investigate whether your profits could simply have arisen by chance. If this is the case, they may not come so easily in the future. Even where you have established significance in a betting history, beware of unexplained factors that may be accounting for your level of success. 12. Learn how to lose
Perhaps the most important lesson a fixed odds sports bettor should learn is how to lose. Strange as this may sound, it is actually understanding how to manage losses and cope with losing runs that is so often the key to this business. Having the patience to outlast such deleterious sequences, and the willpower to resist chasing the losses, is the hardest part of gambling. Succeed here, and your chances of avoiding outright failure are greatly enhanced. Simply staying in the game is half the battle. If you arent in it, you cant win it, regardless of any ability you have at beating the fixed odds bookmaker.
Horse Racing Explained

A beginners Guide Racing is divided into two codes. Flat Racing and National Hunt Racing. Flat Racing as the term explains does not involve any jumps. National hunt however consists of steeplechase fences and hurdles (smaller than fences). Only flat racing can be run on an all weather course. Types of Races Flat Racing A Maiden Race. Nothing to do with virginity. For horses that have not won a flat race. A Handicap. Horses carry different weights to give each horse the same chance of winning. A Group Race. Top of the tree including the classics, the Derby being one of them. Listed Races. Very good races. One step below group races. Condition & Stake Races. A race where horses may carry different weights depending on the age,sex and how many races the horse has won. Note this is not the same as a handicap. Some races can be restricted to single sex runners (not the jockeys). Selling Races. The winner of these races is put up for public auction in the winners enclosure. If you are a spectator then dont wave to a friend or you may have to take the horse home with you. Claiming Races. The winner of these races is basically up for sale with a price tag attached. Often, the horses weights will depend on the amount of money required to claim (buy) the horse. Nursery Handicaps. This is nothing to do with child jockeys but is a handicap race for 2
year old horses only. Flat Racing nearly always begins in starting stalls. National Hunt A Novice Hurdle. For horses that start the season having not won a hurdle race. The winner of a novice hurdle will carry a weight penalty next time it runs in a novice hurdle. A Maiden Hurdle. Only allows horses that have not already won a hurdle race. Both these type of races can involve horses that could have won a flat race, a steeplechase, a national hunt flat race or a point to point. Handicap Hurdle. Horses again carrying different weights. In hurdle races sometimes the weight can make a big difference especially if the ground is heavy. Graded Hurdle. Some hurdle races carry certain conditions that affects the weight that each horse carries. Even at the Champion Hurdle at Cheltenham, a female horse will carry less weight than a male. (they dont however hold the stable door open for them). Steeplechase. The name steeplechase derives from a race that happened many years ago, when some people held a horse race in between two churches. The horses jumped anything that appeared to be in the way as they ran from one to steeple to another hence the name steeplechase. Novice or Beginners. Chase For horses that start the season having not won a steeplechase. A Maiden Chase For horses that have never won a steeplechase except a point to point. However, they may have already won a hurdle or flat race. Handicap Chases. we all know the most famous Handicap Chase in the world. The Grand National with horses carrying different weights to give each horse the same chance of winning.
Condition Chases. Horses may carry different weights but not as in a Handicap. The weights can vary depending on age, sex and previous form. National Hunt Flat Race. Sometimes called a bumper. For horses starting out that have not run in any race except a national hunt flat race or a point to point. A Hunter Chase. For horses that also have experience of running with a countryside hunt. Some horses in this category have been successful steeplechasers in their time. Point to Point. These races are run but not under the rules of racing. Runners in these races are often participants of a countryside hunt and these races tend to attract the same clientle. Some potential winners are often discovered at a local point to point. National Hunt races start with a tape across the track or a flag in point to point races. All races whether flat or national hunt have a class rating (1 being the best races). This is found at the top of the race card. Jockeys Flat Jockeys carry less weight than National Hunt jockeys. The total weight that a horse carries is made up of the jockey plus weights fitted into the saddle (if required). Which is why you wont find many jockeys tucking into steak & kidney pie & chips washed down with a few pints after racing. Most seem to live on fresh air. Apprentice and Conditional Jockeys Often shown on the race card following the jockeys name is a figure in brackets i.e. (7) (5) (3). This is the weight allowance that they receive depending on the number of winners that they have ridden. Some races are for apprentice and conditional jockeys only. Amateur Jockeys
Some races are for amateur jockeys only. An amateur can ride against professional jockeys however professional jockeys are not allowed to ride in amateur races. Weigh in and weigh out All jockeys must weigh out (including the saddle) before a race. After the race the jockey must weigh in (again including the saddle). These weights must be the same or an objection can be lodged from the clerk of the scales. Once you hear weighed in the result of the race is official and you can hopefully collect your winnings. Other important people involved in racing are: The Owner. Although the owner of the horse receive the prize money for winning they also have all the bills involved in racing the horse from the trainer, jockey, vet, blacksmith, transport and insurance. The Trainer. Responsible for the training and well being of the horse along with taking care of all race entries. The Starter. Person who is responsible for the start of the race including overseeing the loading of the starting stalls or line up for the start of a National Hunt Race. Judge. This person decides the finishing order of the race and the distances between the horses. They do sometimes rely on a photograph to assist with their decision. Stewards. The team of people that ensure that the race is run fairly and in accordance with the rules of racing. If they are unhappy about any element of the race then an enquiry will be held. This can often hold up the final outcome of the race therefore no winning betting slips can be presented until you hear weighed in being announced. A stewards enquiry may also occur if one jockey objects to the stewards about another runner. Helpful Hints
A Male Horse is a Colt until its 5th birthday when it becomes a Horse. A Female Horse is a Filly until its 5th birthday when she becomes a Mare. A Gelding is a Male Horse that has been castrated. All horses born in the Northern Hemisphere have an official birthday on 1st January. Therefore, if you are a breeder then the sooner the horse is born after the 1st January the better. (not before as they automatically become a year older). Racehorses can race at 2 years old. Often called Juvenile Races. The Race Card Main information on the race card is: At the top of the page you will find the time that the race starts, the distance and type of race along with the name of the race which can incorporate the name of the sponsor. On the left hand side of the race card you will find the owners colours that the jockey will be wearing along with the race card number of each horse. Moving to the centre you will find the name of the horse along with a number in brackets. This is how many days since the horse last ran. Below this you will find some of the following abbreviations. B g = Bay Gelding, Ch c = Chestnut colt, Gr f = Grey Filly, Br h = Brown Horse Following these abbreviations the name of the horses sire and dam will be shown. The name of the owner of the horse will be shown below this, with the trainers name on the right. Below this the horses form will be shown. This is displayed by letters such as C = course winner, D = Distance winner, C&D Course & Distance winner. Below this is a
record of how the horse ran in previous races. 1 is won, R is refused, whilst F is fell and P meaning pulled up. 0 means that the horse was not placed in the first four. Far right you will find the jockeys name along with some figures above it. The figures are the weight that the horse is carrying along with the draw number shown in brackets. Sometimes after the horses name there could be a weight shown in brackets. (6lb ex) This means that the horse has a weight penalty to carry since its last run, before being re handicapped. Helpful Hints If the form does not always inspire you with confidence about the horse then do bear in mind that the horse may have been running in better quality races and also over different distances to the one that you are looking at. This also means that the horse may have been running against better opposition than the horses in this race. In some maiden races, all of the horses may have never run before. This means that no form will be shown. A good guide to follow can be the betting prices or maybe the top trainer or jockey at the race course. Alternatively, if you have no idea whatsoever then you might like the colours that the jockey is wearing in the race. It is worth taking a look in the parade ring. You can see the horse that you may bet on and create your own opinion on how well the horse appears. e.g. good walker, looking fit & well. The going is the state of the ground on the course. This can be Firm, Good, Soft or Heavy. Some horses may show a preference for a particular type of going which is worth bearing in mind before placing a bet.
Draw advantage. (Flat racing only). On certain racecourses there can be an advantage to the horse that has a certain draw. Race card information and racing press should inform you when this is the case. Blinkers. Some horses wear blinkers or visa to the side of each eye. This is to help the horse concentrate and does not mean that it cant see where it is going. Course & Distance Winners. In the UK all race courses vary in terms of running right handed or left handed, some up & down hills, some have tighter or difficult corners. Due to this a course and distance winner will have an advantage. Placing your Bet Bookmakers are a funny breed with a language of their own. The odds are sometimes confusing to say the very least. If you remember learning fractions at school then you might stand a chance. Some examples. 15/8 is 1 7/8 to 1 13/8 is 1 5/8 to 1 6/4 is 1 to 1 5/4 is 1 to 1 7/4 is better odds than 13/8. 1/1 or even money gives you 1 back for each 1 stake. Always compare odds with a few bookmakers before placing you bet. The favourite (fav) in the race is the shortest odds horse that is running. There can be joint favourites. The favourite can be odds on. This means that the return is actually less than you stake e.g. 2/1 on is shown as 1/2 therefore if you place a 2 bet to win and the horse wins then your return will be 1. You will receive 3 including your stake.
Whilst at the races you may notice people with white gloves waving their arms around. These are Tic Tac people. The reason they wave their arms around is to signal to all the bookmakers what the odds are around the race course. Placing your bet with a bookmaker When placing a bet you will need to quote the horses name or race card number. The odds will be shown on the bookmakers stand. You will also have to tell the bookmaker how much money you want to bet with (your stake) and also if you want a win or each way bet. Once the transaction has taken place you will be given a ticket with the bookmakers name and your returns should the horse be successful. Each way betting Betting each way gives you the opportunity to have a bet to win whilst also having a bet to be placed. There are 2 bets involved which is why it costs double the stake. If your horse wins then you will get winning returns and place returns, however if the horse is placed then you will get place returns only. Place terms Races with 1-4 runners you can place a win bet only Races with 5-7 runners give a quarter of the odds on 1st & 2nd place. Races with 8 or more runners give a fifth of the odds on 1st, 2nd & 3rd place. Handicap races with 12-15 runners give a quarter of the odds on 1st, 2nd & 3rd place. Handicap races with 16 or more runners gives a quarter of the odds on 1st, 2nd, 3rd & 4th place.
Example. Loopy Loo with odds of 5/1 wins in a 8 horse race with a 1.00 each way bet on . 1.00 each way bet will cost 2.00. Return is 5.00 win plus 1.00 place plus stake of 2.00 therefore total return is 8.00. Rule 4 If a horse that is favourite or well fancied in the betting, is then withdrawn or does not come under starters orders then rule 4 applies. This involves a deduction on returns on the remaining horses in the race. This will be announced at the race course. Placing a Bet with the Tote As a big fan of the Tote (their profits go back into racing). Winnings from the Tote are worked out including your stake at a 1 unit. It is a pool system therefore the fewer winning tickets the better the return. Finding a Tote Window on the race course should not present a problem as they tend to be around every corner. Like with bookmakers you will give the horses race number and the amount you wish to bet with. There is quite a lot of information available relating to the return you will get from betting on each horse. The Tote staff are also very helpful and will help with any questions. You will receive a ticket with the horses number and the stake placed. The dividend will be announced after the race. Each Way & Place Betting As well as a win bet, you can place an each way or a place only bet on the Tote. Place only bet Even if your horse wins you will still get a place return on the bet. This is one bet instead of two like each way. Each Way Two bets which include one to win and one to be placed.
There are other bets with the Tote such as an Exacta which involves predicting the winner and second in the race, a Trifecta which involves predicting the first three in the race, the Totequadpot involves picking a horse to be placed in each of the four Totequadpot races, usually races 3,4,5 & 6 of a meeting and finally the Jackpot & Placepot. These can be great fun, the Jackpot involves picking the winners of the first six races whereas the Placepot involves picking a horse to be placed in the first six races. Placing a bet in the Betting Shop These are the High Street betting shops (Tote included) that we normally all visit at least once a year to place a bet on the Grand National. These shops can also be found on the race course. To place a bet involves writing your own betting slip out with the horses name, the time it runs and how much you would like to bet on it and the type of bet. Starting Price The expression starting price or often abbreviated to SP, is the off price. This means that instead of getting the price shown on the bookmakers stand you get a bet at starting price. This is the odds that the bookmakers set as an average between themselves just before the start of the race. This can sometimes prove better or worse than the price shown on the bookmakers stand at the race course.
Horse Racing Gambling System

The most important rule of this system that you should never break is that once you have reached your goal winnings for that day, YOU QUIT AND WALK AWAY. The first step in using this system is to set a value of how much you wish to win each day. As a rough rule, the safest figure is 5% of your total bank. This is purely down to you. The higher the % the more risk you have of needing to "top up" your bank with more funds. So for this example we say you have a bank of 1000, and therefore require our winnings each day to be 50. (Of course it could be just a bank of 100 and your target winnings be 5, it's up to you and the size of your pocket. remember your in this only to win!) This system relies on the fact that in all of the days race meetings that at least 1 favorite will win one of the races. There are usually 3 or 4 race meetings each day 6 of 7 races per meeting. This means across the country there are in excess of 20 races and if just 1 out of the 20 races the favorite wins, YOU'RE A WINNER. As you can imagine the chances of not a single favorite winning out of the 20 races is very small. In the last 9 months of using this system, I have never witnessed a day where that happened. To ensure you always choose the favorite of each race, you will need to either open an account on line. Such as www.paddypower.com or you must go to your local bookies and check the odds in the last 15-10minutes before a race. Newspapers do like to give you their suggested favorite; however these will not always be the excepted and agreed favorite. So here it is...
1. In the first meeting of the day you currently have a bank of 1000 and you wish to win 50. Locate the favorite for this race, take its odds "to win" and then calculate how much stake you need to put down in order to win 50. Lets say the favorite is 7-4. In order to win 50.00 you will need to place a bet of 28.57. This can be worked out by dividing 4 by 7 (7-4 odds) and then multiply it by 50 (50) If this horse wins you are now 50.00 up. CONTRATULATIONS, YOU'RE A WINNER. Now follow the most important rule of the day and quit for the day! 2. If the horse doesnt win, dont despair, go on to the next race, but this time in order to be 50 up for the day, you need to win back the 28.57 you lost in the last race plus an additional 50 for your on target winnings. A total of 78.57. Lets say for the next race, the favorite is at 4-1. So to win 78.57 you will need to place a bet of 19.64. This can be worked out by dividing 1 by 4 (4-1 odds) and then multiply it by 78.57 () If this horse wins, you have recovered the 28.57 you lost in the first race, plus the additional 50 target. CONGRATULATIONS YOU ARE A WINNER. Now quit for the day! 3. If the horse doesn't win, again dont despair, simply go on to the next race following the same procedure as in 2. Remembering that in order to be 50 up for the day, you will need to win back the 28.57 you lost in the first race and the 19.64 in the second race, plus the additional 50. Target winnings, giving a total of 98.21. The favorite in the next race is 2-1. So to win 98.21 you will need to place a bet of 49.10. This can be worked out by dividing 1 by 2 (2-1 odds) and multiplying it by 98.21. Is this horse wins; you have now recoved the 28.57 you lost in the first race and the 19.64 in the second plus the additional 50. Target.
CONGRATULATIONS YOU ARE A WINNER. Now quit for the day! If the favorite didnt win again, simply continue with this method remembering to up your stake to ensure you win back all your losses as well as your targeted winnings until the favorite does win. As you can see the more races that take place where the favorite doesnt win, your loses become more and more, therefore meaning you need to place a larger stake on the next race to win back your loses. This is why it is suggested to only place 5% of your bank. Of course no system is 100% guaranteed to win every time and we do not give this guarantee either, but you will agree that the odds of not a single favorite winning any of the races around the country in one day is as close to impossible as you can imagine. Our guarantee we give is that if within the first 14 days of you purchasing this system from us, it fails to win on any day within that 14 day period, providing you follow the instructions to the letter, we will give you a full refund of the purchase price, no questions asked. Simply send us the race results from the following days national newspaper showing us that a not a single favorite won and we will refund your money immediately. Of course you can check out our system by looking at the previous results to see how good it really is! Just check the results in the national press and you will see that a favorite will win at least 1 race in 1 of the race meetings, every day! Try this out for yourself for a few days without actually gambling any money. Simply put, if a favorite wins, you win! Ps: this system does work very very well with the premiership football ie, Chelsea and Arsenal being that they WIN more times than they loose.
Lay 1-4 Staking Plan

The idea behind the Lay 1-4 Staking Plan is that you increase the stake by 1 after a winner (losing lay) to a max of 4 until the deficit on that run is wiped out. The Lay 1-4 Staking Plan is what I would call a gentle loss recovery staking plan. With this staking plan, you know what your largest stake is going to be before you start. The best way to understand the lay 1-4 staking plan is by working through an example. We will use a start bank of 100 and one unit will be 1. The first bet is always one unit so the first stake is 1. Like with all examples, the bet loses. As the bet loses we move up one unit and the next stake is therefore 2. Again this bet loses. The next stake is therefore 3. Our luck changes, we win. The series deficit is now -13.05 including the commission of 5%. The stake stays at 3 until the deficit is wiped. You can see at bet 9 the stake reverts back to 1 as the series deficit is wiped. A fairly simple staking plan that will consistently produce better profits than level stakes. The largest bet is always 4 units. In this example this limit is never reached. However if the losing sequence were to continue the maximum bet would be 4.
LAY FOR A PLACE SYSTEM

This system is to be used on Betfair for laying horses to get beaten on the Place Market It is very easy to follow and if used correctly it will make a healthy profit each month RULES 1) There must be between 5 and 7 runners only declared (very important) 2) Just before the start lay the 1st 2 horses in the betting (1st & 2nd Favs) 3) Lay only on the place market 4) To 100 bets, do not lay if liability on both horses is over 180 5) If there are 2 joint 2nd favourites, lay the one that started 2nd favourite first, if both had same price lay the shortest one in betting. This will very rarely apply 6) For use on UK Racing Only (Not Irish) 7) Due to any Non Runners, at least 4 horses must run or no bet applies 8) When checking for selections use the Racing Post, sometimes there may be 8 runners but one of the horses may have Doubtful next to its name, if so click on the Place Market on Betfair, then on the right hand side of the page click on Rules, this will tell you how many places it is paying out on, 95% of the time it will pay out on only 2 places so we have another selection Example:~ Authorized 1.35 & Yellowstone 2.15 This would give a total liability of 150
If Authorized gets placed and Yellowstone does not you will win 100 on Yellowstone but lose 35 on Authorized, so a profit of 65 Obviously if Yellowstone gets placed and Authorized does not you will lose 15 Authorized 1.70 & Yellowstone 2.20 Your liability would be 190 so no bet would apply
Lay HiPro86 SP4

This Lay HiPro86 SP4 staking plan is a form of a loss recovery staking plan but cuts its losses before the stakes are excessive. This compromise can produce excellent results. The staking plan is borrowed from specialist lay betting software. The Staking Plan can be broken down into 2 steps. Step 1- When the first loss occurs, the loss is divided into 4 and one unit added to it. So if we have set one unit as 1 and we lose 10 in the bet the next stake is 3.5 The next 4 bets after the first loser is 3.5. After 4 winners the stake reverts back to the original 1 unit or 1. But what happens if we lose any of the four bets. Well, if a loss occurs we simply go to Step 2, which is the second stage of the loss recovery. The exception is when a loss occurs in the final bet of the increased stake. So if a loss occurred in bet 5 you would simply go back to the beginning and bet 1 unit or 1. Step 2 - (Step 2 can only be reached if a loss has occurred in step1 that causes you to go to step 2) As in step 1, divide the achieved loss of your previous bet into 4 parts and add 1 original point. Place the new stake amount on the next four bets. The next four bets are critical in this plan. If we win all 4 bets, we go back to the beginning and use 1 point staking. If we lose any bet out of the four we always go back to the beginning and revert to 1 unit staking. Lets see this staking plan in action
You can see that the loss of 21.7 in bet 4 is divided by 4 and one unit added to make the next stake 6.42. The profit column shows a commission level of 5% Now lets see what happens when the cycle is finished. You can see in the table above that the loss recovery sequence is finished in bet 9 and one unit stakes are used once more. If a loss had occurred in bet 5, 6, 7 or 8 the sequence would have reset back to 1 unit and you would have to cut your losses. If you have a bet selection system that you have confidence in not to produce frequent losing sequences this staking plan could be extremely useful. In the above example, using level stakes of 1 would have left you - 17.2. Thats a lot to claw back using 1 stakes.
Lay Ladder Staking Plan

The Lay Ladder Staking Plan is probably the most well known loss recovery staking plan out there. A Lay Ladder is usually used for 3 lays. If the first bet you make loses (i.e. the horse wins) then the 2nd bet is calculated as usual for a 1 point win plus the losses from the first bet. This way you still win your 1 point profit. The longer the lay ladder the higher your stakes can go. In theory the size of stakes can be exponential! Lets look at an example. We have set the initial stake as 2. This will be what we are trying to win with each sequence of bets. The first bet entered loses at odds of 7 which means a loss of -12 This makes the next stake 14. The bet entered as a loss at odds of 6.5. The second bet is a loss which means we lose 77. This is added to 12 makes 89. Our initial stake of 2 is added on to that to make the next stake 91. A considerable bet just to win 2! This is one staking plan that I wouldnt recommend but I know that everyone is different and some people could possibly like the idea of the lay ladder.
LAYING STAKING PLAN

A Staking Plan is a pre-determined methodology of money management that, when applied to the process of betting or investing, promotes steady overall growth through maximised returns. It ensures that the process will continue by ensuring that funds do not run out, due to the application of protection measures against losses. This is done by assuming that future results will be similar or related to past events, though this fact can never be guaranteed. The first basis of a Staking Plan is that a separate betting fund or 'bank' is used from which to stake and to which the winnings are added. This means that bets are never placed randomly without being accounted for to the bank amount, and there is a certain amount of limitation of liability in managing the money in this way, rather than betting out of everyday funds. The concept of having a bank and protecting it is fundamental to Staking Plans and applies the first stage of protection. A Staking Plan is applied to a system of selection, which may use any criteria to select the next bet. It is important to note that a Staking Plan will never select a next bet for the user; it will merely indicate the bet amount. As a priority, the Betting System used must be assessed in terms of its relative success and also to estimate the worst-case scenario for a losing sequence, i.e. the maximum number of consecutive or near-consecutive losses. This eventuality must be allowed for in selecting the bank start amount and in the type of staking plan used. Benefits of using a Staking Plan
Use of a Staking Plan can prevent many of the common mistakes in betting. A Staking Plan immediately gives discipline to staking. It establishes a bank amount and imposes rules to every bet made. This prevents betting due to emotional reactions, positive or negative. It records every activity to provide a means of checking and crossreferencing a system. Bets are limited to the amount stipulated by the Staking Plan, which prevents wild or impulse betting. A Staking Plan is the key to winning by protecting the bank from the risk that it is exposed to by betting, and encourages slow but steady growth rather than a 'get rich quick' mentality. Bookmakers want a bettor to chase losses with blind hope, often counting on luck, and this is what will happen without the use of a disciplined Staking Plan. The most dangerous time is often at the end of the day when it is tempting to try to recover all the day's losses in one action. A Staking Plan continues from day to day, so there is no 'last race' and this will not happen. A Staking Plan brings about slow growth through planning and encourages serious betting and sustained profits. The rule ofdon't ever bet more than you can afford to lose" is ensured by the use of a Staking Plan. Features of a Staking Plan A Staking Plan will: 1) Maximize ROI 2) Protect the bank 3) Indicate the next bet amount 4) Prevent level stakes or flat betting 5) Reduce and limit exposure 6) Assist in making profits from betting 7) Maximise the benefits of wins, minimise the effect of losses
8) Maintain the lowest exposure when recouping after a losing run 9) Position the bettor to gain maximum benefit from a good win 10) Act on the effect of each bet, rather than overall performance or emotion 11) Turn a marginal system into a profitable system 12) Magnify profits in a profitable system 13) Minimise losses during a long losing run 14) Allow the bank to grow slowly and safely 15) Control staking to build profits over time 16) Record the results of every bet 17) Balance to the bank 18) Impose rules for money management 19) Provide an exact bank balance at all times 20) Enable the bettor to know their exact position 21) Monitor and record each bet of a system 22) Provides a full record of transactions for checking and recording purposes 23) Give control over betting and provide a plan to which to bet 24) Help prevent betting blindly or on impulse A Staking Plan will not: 1) Indicate what to bet on 2) Turn a losing system into a profitable one 3) Predict or guarantee profits 4) Make a 'quick buck', but promote a slow, safe growth process *ONCE YOU DECIDE ON A STAKING PLAN STICK WITH IT*
Level Staking Plan

This is the most common form of plan and is also known by other names, flat betting being one of them. This system requires that you lay the same stake at all times. The size of the stake can be determined however you like but it is best practice to link it to your starting bank. For example, if your starting bank was 2000 you would split the bank into points, say 2000 points, in this case 1 represents 1 point. You would then ramp this up as required to a set stake of say 5 points or 10 points. It all depends on how often you expect to win and the odds at which you would expect to win. The formula can be written as: (X / Y) multiplied by Z. X = Start Bank Y = Points Ratio Z = Amount of points per stake
In the example it would be 2000 / 100 x 5 = 100, so your level stakes would be 100. This is a very safe staking system and can be used as a reference against other staking systems to analyse their performance. There are several variations to this system that other staking systems have incorporated, but in general the base version is used as a benchmark.
MLB Betting System

Heres the MLB betting system in detail. As long as you strictly follow my betting guidelines below, you will be winning almost all of your MLB bets. In a nutshell, you will be betting that one team is going to win at least one game in a series versus an opposing team that has swept them in their most recent series. This is a bet that you will win more than 97% of the time. Before I go into detail on how to make the bets, I will go over the money management system. There are only three bet values you should stick to: Bet A; Bet B; and Bet C. Bet A = Your beginning bet. You can, for example, set your beginning bet to win $100 when you first start out Bet B = In case Bet A fails, you make bet B to make up for any loss youve suffered from Bet A, plus any profit you would have achieved from bet A. So, if your to-win Bet A was $100, your to-win Bet B can be $200 Bet C = In case Bet B fails, you make bet C to make up for any loss youve suffered from Bet A plus Bet B, plus profit you would have achieved from bet A. So, if your to-win Bet A plus Bet B was $300, your to-win Bet C can be $400 There is no Bet D, or E, or anything thereafter. If you lose Bet C, you lose the bet. However, do not be concerned, because losing a Bet C is something that will almost never happen. Ill talk more about that later. Heres the betting system: 1. Check the MLB results and mark down any series where one team goes winless versus the opposing team (a sweep) 2. For the teams that were swept (winless in those series), mark the schedule for their upcoming series versus the same team that swept them previously
3. On the first day of the rematch between the two teams, make bet A on the team that was swept previously 4. If you lose bet A, make bet B on the next day for the same team 5. If you lose bet B, make bet C on the next day for the same team And keep this in mind: ALWAYS bet on the money line if the team youre betting on is the favorite to win. ALWAYS bet on the run line (+1.5 runs) if the team youre betting on is the underdog. You can check to see which team is the favorite or the underdog by looking at the run line in the bet lineup. A team showing a +1.5 in the run line means they are the underdog. A team showing a -1.5 in the run line means they are the favorite. Finally, if the first or second game of an eligible betting series is postponed due to bad weather, dont wager on it. Its better to be safe than sorry. If you are unfamiliar with betting, below is a screenshot of what you may see on BetUS:
The only two columns youre going to bet on are the Run Line and the Money Line. For example, if the picks today were Houston, LA Dodgers, Chicago Cubs, and Kansas City, then you would bet where the X are above by putting an amount you want to win where the Xs are located. We bet on the run line for Houston because their run line shows +1.5. We bet on the money line for the LA Dodgers because their run line shows 1.5. We bet on the run line for the Chicago White Sox because their run line shows +1.5. We bet on the run line for Kansas City because their run line shows +1.5. Basically, bet on the run line if the run line shows +1.5 for the team youre betting on, and bet on the money line if the run line shows -1.5 for the team youre betting on. Keep in mind: Whenever you are betting on the +1.5 run line, youll win the bet even if your team loses by 1 point. When betting on the money line, bet on the Listed Pitchers box and the bet will not be counted if the listed pitchers do not start due to injuries. When not betting on the money line, check up on the injuries before making a bet. If your teams best hitter or pitcher is out due to an injury, then you should just pass on that series. Click here for a good place to check for injuries. Your MLB betting season ends at the end of August. Dont bet on any games starting in September because by that time, the playoffs may be decided for a number of teams, and not all teams will give 100% into their games. In addition, new rookies will be used as September is a time when teams enlarge their rosters. I strongly recommend that you should also open up an account at LM by clicking here On the top left corner, you will notice this button: Here is an example from the 2005 season. Lets say that on 7/29, the Detroit Tigers went 0-3 vs the Oakland Athletics in their 3-game series. So, youll look at the schedule
and see that these two teams will play each other again on 8/23. This means that on 8/23, you will bet on the Detroit Tigers to beat the Oakland Athletics in the 3-game series rematch, starting with a $100 bet (or Bet A). On 8/23, Detroit did beat Oakland, therefore you have won bet A. Stop at this point and do not make any more bets in this series. Move on to the next one. But what if Detroit lost to Oakland on 8/23? Then, on the next day (8/24), youll make a bet for Detroit again, this time with a $250 (or Bet B) to make up for the loss youve suffered yesterday, as well as to win a profit. If Detroit lost to Oakland again on 8/24, then on 8/25 bet $650 (or Bet C) to make up for the losses youve suffered on the last 2 days, as well as to win a $100 profit You must be wondering, what if Detroit loses to Oakland again on 8/25? Well, then that means you lose the bet. I can assure you, however, you will almost never see this happen. In an entire MLB season, as long as you follow my guidelines, your chances of losing Bet B in any game is less than 15%. Your chances of losing bet C in any game is close to 0%. Bet under these rules and you will profit. Whenever you win a bet in any series, stop and move on to the next one. Have control on yourself, and never bet your entire bankroll on any game. If you have a huge bankroll, your Bet A can start out higher, provided that you have enough in your bankroll to make a Bet B and a Bet C if needed. Similarly, if you have a small bankroll, your Bet A can be smaller. Enjoy!
Percentage Liability Staking Plan

The percentage liability staking plan is identical to the fixed liability staking plan except that the liability is linked to a percentage of your bank. For instance if, your start bank is 100 and the percentage liability setting is 5% then your liability will be 5. If the bank increases, so will your liability. If the bank decreases, your liability will also decrease. Percentage Staking Plan - Sometimes known as the 'plateau philosophy', the percentage staking plan says you should recalculate your stake whenever your betting bank reaches a certain predefined level. For instance, whenever your fund increases by 25%. Some say that you shouldn't downgrade your stake if you fall back through a level, on the assumption that if you stick with the higher stake it will speed up your return to the top. However, a losing sequence can sometimes feel like it is never ending and by not adjusting your stakes when losing, you face bankrupting your bank. As with any other staking system, the percentage or plateau plan has a number of variations, for instance, you can increase your stake by 25% whenever the betting increases by 12.5%. Or as an extreme you could upgrade your stakes whenever your betting bank grows. This is essentially identical to the Percentage Staking Plan used with Back bets. There is one rule that is followed The stake used is a % of the cumulative bank. For instance, for a start bank of 2000 you would maybe use 2% of your bank making the stake 40. Your next bet would be 2% of whatever the next cumulative, bank total now is.
UNDERSTANDING PROGRESSION AND LIABILITY CONTROL USING THE BISMARX MODEL (SECOND REVISION)
On coming across the Bismarx betting strategy (via the Bank Vault Report, published by www.Bismarx.co.uk), I decided to do some calculations on certain key factors (partly because it seemed too good to be true!). Chief among these was the question of liability control, which I could see would be an important factor for those traders (such as myself) with relatively limited capital. The plan works on the basis of a lay ladder of five horses, where successive selections are layed, with a fixed profit for the ladder as a whole, and stakes increasing to cover additional losses if the earlier selections win (i.e. the lay loses). The first question that may come to mind is: what happens if all five horses win? The calculations and analysis below are essentially attempts to construct simple models to estimate a) how often this might happen, b) what the liability might be whenever this does happen. (It being a sound military strategy to have contingency plans to cope if things do not go according to plan!). The first thing to note is that (from the point of view of simple profitability) it is not necessarily such a disaster if the bank is lost occasionally. Under the Bismarx betting plan, assuming 1/20th of the bank is bet on each occasion, then the bank renews itself every 20 days! So, mathematically, as long as the average rate of bank loss is significantly less than once every 20 days, then the Bismarx plan is highly likely to be profitable (this assumes fixed stakes, but also applies to progressive staking strategies, where the stake is increased in line with increasing bank size, as long as profits are indeed begun to be taken out regularly at some point). In fact, I believe the current data is that there has only been ONE losing Bismarck (i.e. five successive winning horses on a day) over a period of well over a year (400+ bets?). How often would one expect a losing Bismarck, statistically? The key factor here is the average rate of loss of the Bismarck selections. A statistic often quoted is that favourites
will win around one third of the time. The Bismarck selections eliminate horses priced at either extreme (prices over 2.7 on the strict system, or prices under 1.7 - although in practise there is a little leeway given here), which mean that the one third strike rate is perhaps a useful first approximation. From simple probability theory, if each horse has a probability of 0.33 of winning, then the probability of five successive winners is: 0.335, or 0.0039. This represents an event which is only likely to occur once in every 255 days! Given that the bank renews itself every twenty days, then that seems to indicate a quite extraordinary advantage to those individuals trading via the Bismarx system. Although this calculation is just an estimate, empirical results seem to indicate it is of the right order of magnitude, with a single losing Bismarck in over a year of trading. It would be interesting to repeat the calculation using the actual percentage figure showing what proportion of the Bismarck lays do in fact win (as this calculation is very sensitive to small variations in this). If the figure falls to 0.3, then the probability of five successive winners becomes 0.35, or 0.0024. This would only be expected to happen, on average, once every 411 days. If this figure rises to a probability of 0.4, however, then the probability of five successive winners becomes: 0.45, or about 0.01. This represents an event which would be expected to happen roughly every hundred days. Given that there has only been one losing Bismarck in what (I believe) is well over a years trading, then statistically it would have been likely there would have been more than one losing Bismarck, if this was the case. So the empirical data would seem consistent with this probability falling below 0.4. However, there does seem to be one slight anomaly, in that Bismarx report that (from memory) around 80% of lay ladders end by the second leg. This would indicate that around 20% of the time the first two horses win, implying: (probability of winning Bismarck selection horse)2 = 0.2. This figure relates to a probability of winning for a single horse of almost 0.45 (taking the square root of 0.2). If one then extrapolates this figure to the five legs of the lay ladder, probability in this case of a losing Bismarck lay ladder, i.e. all five horses winning = 0.455 = 0.0184. This would correspond to a losing Bismarck, on average, every 54 days. Despite statistical fluctuations, it is extremely
unlikely that if this is the case there would only have been one losing Bismarck in well over a year of selections (one might have expected half a dozen or more). Possible explanations for this apparent anomaly? Firstly, the 80% estimate for Bismarck ladders which dont go past the second rung may not be precise; it may be rather higher than this. However, if one third of the Bismarck selections represent winning horses (in line with the earlier assumption), then one would in fact expect as many as 90% of Bismarcks to be successful by the second rung (i.e. either the first or the second horses loses). The second possibility (which I suspect may be more likely) is that the simplifying assumption of this model - that all horses are equal - may in fact be over-estimating the probability of a failing Bismarck. In practise, selections will be made with quite a variation in price (and hence relative likelihood of winning). There will be a major difference in strike rate between horses at decimal odds close to 3, than horses priced at 1.7. It may be the case that this unevenness in fact enhances the probability of the Bismarck being successful, over and above that from the estimates above based on a simple assumption of horses being equal. To investigate this more thoroughly, the precise statistics over the entire run of the 400+ Bismarck ladders to date would be very useful. The key statistics in relation to investigating this particular factor further are: 1) the overall strike rate of all Bismarck horses (i.e. how many do in fact win, irrespective of whether they are before or after the point on the lay ladder where the first horse loses). Call this figure W. 1 2) The proportion of Bismarck lay ladders which reach a successful conclusion within the first two horses. (The third vital statistic in this respect (the number of Bismarck ladders which are unsuccessful), is already known, I believe, as just a single ladder. Though it would also be useful to know the total number of Bismarck ladders run to date - I only know that it is somewhere between one and two years, whether that represents 300 or closer to 500 ladders would be of interest).
Even more valuable would be this strike rate, separated out into figures for horses at different ranges of odds (e.g. strike rate for horses in range 2.50-2.69, say).
It should also be remembered that all probability calculations are just that - probabilities and random fluctuations about a mean will always happen. So even if statistics suggest that the probability of a losing Bismarck should only occur once in every 200 days, that doesnt mean there couldnt be two losing Bismarcks within a week! (simply that its highly unlikely). The dice have no memory, as the phrase goes. There may also be nonrandom fluctuations, for example horse-racing in February may throw up a higher proportion of losing favourites (due to weather disrupting training, and the new Flat season increasing uncertainty about the true ability of horses). Contrariwise, more settled periods of racing - April to July, say - may lead to a higher proportion of favourites winning. It is also possible that these (well known) variations may be already priced into the market. The above calculations indicate the great potential profitability in this financial trading model. Given that losing Bismarcks (i.e. five losing lays on the run) appear to be relatively rare (both theoretically and empirically), then the one final factor that the trader needs to examine is liability. The whole basis of the Bismarck model of the lay ladder is that there must be sufficient capital in the bank (and nerve on behalf of the novice to the system!) to persevere with increasing the bets as the ladder is ascended. In particular, it is clear that one should not start to climb the ladder with a particular level of starting stake, without both the financial resources and the determination to persevere with increasing stakes as the ladder is ascended (and bets could rise quite sharply, if the horses tend to be at the upper end of the prices). The next section will explore liability levels. Liability Calculations As with the probability calculations, the model used will simplify the situation by assuming identical odds for the five horses selected to form the lay ladder. The five races will be numbered 1 to 5, with L N representing the liability after race numbered N (i.e. for race 1, N=1, for race 2, N = 2 etc.).
The letter P is used to represent the profit that the ladder sets out to achieve. For race 1, this will simply represent the level staked, e.g. 20 at a particular set of odds to lay. If the horse loses, then the layer retains the stake, and the ladder is terminated at race 1. However if the horses wins, the layer has to pay the backer this stake multiplied by the odds that the bet was layed at. By odds here are meant decimal odds (as used in Betting exchanges) minus one (as decimal odds, for the person backing the horse, give the total return, including original stake). Algebraically, we will represent these odds by the symbol O. So for decimal odds of 2.7 on Betfair, for example, O = 2.7 - 1 = 1.7. Now we have defined the key symbols, we can represent the liability in terms of these symbols. The basic Bismarx formula for the liability after race N is deceptively simple: L N = O (L N-1 + L N-2 + .... L 1 ) + OP
This just means that to work out the liability for a particular race, you add the overall profit (P) you are aiming to achieve with the ladder to the liability for all the previous races on the ladder 2 . This is then multiplied by the odds to lay, O (decimal odds minus one), to give the liability for the current race. For the first race on the ladder, there is obviously no previous liability (by definition). So L 1 simply equals OP, or the odds for race 1 multiplied by P. However, applying this simple-looking formula produces quite a complex outcome for race 5 (note difference from earlier versions of this paper, where I made an error in the calculation): L 5 = P(O5 + 4O4 + 6O3 + 4O2 + O) Two key features of this equation. Firstly, the liability (as common sense suggests) is simply proportional to the original staking level P (which also represents the eventual profit of the lay ladder, at whichever point it is successful). So liability can be halved by simply halving the original stake, for example.
Note, I got confused about this in the first two versions of this paper, and simply included the liability for the previous race only. This is of course contrary to the Bismarck system, where you have to add up all the previous liabilities on the ladder.
However, far less obvious is the extreme sensitivity of this equation to O, the odds level. Mathematically, this is indicated by the high indices involved (powers from squares right up to a fifth power, for a five leg lay ladder). If O is less than 1 (i.e. decimal odds of less than 2), then this essentially means the liability even after five races has only increased relatively slowly. However, the sting in the tail is that as O becomes greater than 1 (decimal odds greater than 2), then the liability level starts to increase dramatically, the more that O becomes greater than 1. This is indicated in the following table, where the odds this time are given as decimal odds as used on the betting exchanges (as these are what most of us are most familiar with). The liability for the fifth race of the lay ladder is given as a multiple of P, where P is the original staking level (representing the profit aimed at for each lay ladder). Note differences from earlier two versions of this paper, where the calculations were in error. Decimal Odds 3.0 2.7 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.7 Liability as multiple of profit P for the fifth race of a lay ladder (rounded to nearest whole number) 162P 90P 59P 28P 16P 6P
Here is a slightly fuller table, which shows the liability (to two significant figures) for each stage in the ladder, as a multiple of profit P: Decimal Odds 3.0 2.7 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.7 Liability Leg 1 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.7 Liability Leg 2 6.0 4.6 3.7 2.6 2.0 1.2 Liability Leg 3 18 12 9.4 5.8 4.0 2.0 Liability Leg 4 54 33 23 13 8.0 3.4 Liability Leg 5 162 90 59 28 16 5.8
It is obvious that as the odds layed at increase, liability will also increase. What is perhaps not so obvious is how as the decimal odds go above 2 the liability starts to increase quite dramatically, the more they get closer to 3. To put it in practical terms, if the profit aimed at for each Bismarck is 50, then the liability for the fifth race (where the first four horses on the ladder had all won) would be 300 if the horses were all at 1.7. However, if the horses were all layed at 3.0, then the liability would be over 8,000! If the trader had a betting capital of say 30,000, then even this might not be terminal (although the trader might question whether it is worth investing this much for what after all would only be a 50 profit at the end of the ladder). However, for a trader with much less than that available, either there would be insufficient capital to lay the bet at all, or the liability would be such a high proportion of the capital available that the trader could decide to terminate the ladder and accept the loss. There is an obvious trade-off here, in that horses at higher odds are also significantly less likely to win, so it is much less likely that the fifth race would be reached. However, it does demonstrate the extreme sensitivity of the liability equation to the odds level. Important addendum: the discussion in the first part of this analysis indicated a possible anomaly in the figures (in that having only one losing Bismarck in a period of 400 or so days appears to be inconsistent with the 80% figure quoted for those Bismarcks losing within the first two legs; according to the assumptions of this model, this figure should perhaps be closer to 90%). A possible explanation for this anomaly was that the variation in the horses selected may be playing a part in producing a greater proportion of winning Bismarck ladders than may have been expected than via the calculations here which assume all the horses are equal. It is a strong possibility if this turns out to be true that those Bismarck selections towards the higher end of the price range do in fact contribute particularly highly to bringing about successful lay ladders. So despite their much greater contribution to the liability, this would also explain why it is in fact advisable to include horses at the upper end of the odds range within the ladder. The original devising of the Bismarck strategy (and in particular, the vital question of choosing the odds limits of 1.7 to 2.7) presumably undertook extensive empirical investigation of the play-off between liability and strike rate. As always in science, empirical observations always take precedence over theoretical calculations! In terms of the Bismarx strategy itself, one might say, if it aint broke, dont fix it. Its practical success in running speaks for itself.
On the basis of the small number of Bismarck selections I have been exposed to so far, although the actual level of individual suggested lays fluctuated markedly, according to what was available in the betting market that day, the average level of odds was typically somewhere around decimal 2.2 3 - it should be noted that even at that level, according to this simple model the liability after five races equals twenty-eight times the profit, indicating that the suggested betting bank might not quite be sufficient if the ladder went to the fifth leg. (It would be very interesting to know the number of times the fifth leg of the ladder has actually been reached in practise, over the 400+ Bismarck ladders run so far.) Though, of course, most of the time the staking levels wouldnt get anywhere near this point, as the ladder will terminate significantly before the fifth race. And it is important to remember that we are talking about relatively infrequent scenarios here. In addition, the great strength of a lay ladder (as opposed to a win ladder) is that every other horse in the race apart from the horse you are laying is running on your behalf. While very long losing sequences when going after winners are not that uncommon, the same while laying is very much less likely. So the trader using the Bismarx principle has the odds on their side. But this does indicate why a cut-off of 2.7 is indicated on the strict Bismarx selection rules. Even if this is stretched slightly for one or two horses in the ladder, it would be important to balance this by having other horses in the ladder at significantly lower odds, to reduce the risk of the staking getting out of control. This is clearly something which is taken into account in the Bismarx selections I have seen over a number of days. Apparently 80% of the time, the ladder doesnt get past the second horse; so why are these liability calculations important? Because for 20% of the time, the ladder does go beyond the second horse, and presumably some of the time, even reaches the fifth horse. The essential principle of the Bismarck is to persevere with the ladder until there is a loser. If there is a lack of capital to put forward the liability for any race, then it is impossible to stake it on the betting exchanges. So the prospective Bismarck trader needs to have taken this fully on board, and have both the capital and the trust in the system to keep going, even at horse five. In principle, continuing onto horse six, on the very rare occasions when this is necessary. Alternatively, one could simply accept the lost bank capital of twenty points at such a position and restart the bank at a lower level with a new
3
nb based on just a few Bismarck ladders, so not necessarily typical
ladder. As was pointed out earlier, the extraordinary mathematics at the heart of the Bismarx lay ladder is that a losing sequence of five lays would only be expected to happen once in some hundreds of days trading this system; however, the bank renews itself every twenty days (assuming a profit level aimed at of 1/20th of the bank with each daily ladder). The one cautionary point is that according to this simple model (i.e every horse at equal odds), only if average odds are around 2.0 or less for the five horses in the ladder, will a twenty point bank be adequate to fund the fifth leg on the ladder. Quite a few Bismarck ladders are somewhat higher than this, on the basis of the limited sample I have seen. The bold trader could stick to a twenty point bank, accepting the slightly higher risk the bank wouldnt sustain a 5th leg Bismarck for the sake of greater returns. The more cautious trader could operate with smaller stakes, splitting the same bank into up to sixty points, if one wanted to be reasonably sure the bank could sustain a 5th leg Bismarck even at average odds up to 2.5 (on the basis of the sample I have seen, I expect very few Bismarcks would operate at average odds higher than this). The trade-off for the increased caution, of course, is a rather slower rate of growth of the bank. (It is also intriguing if the figure of only one losing Bismarck to date also means that the twenty point bank has always been sufficient. That would perhaps be slightly surprising (though pleasing!) in a sequence of 300+ lay ladders, according to the simple model presented here at any rate). Conclusion It should be noted that the mathematical models used for these calculations are simplified compared with the real situation. In particular, it is assumed that all horses have the identical odds and prices, which of course is quite different in practise, where there will be quite a range of values - an assumption which may be producing distorting results as far as the probability of an unsuccessful Bismarck is concerned (as discussed in relation to the anomaly earlier). However, these calculations should still be indicative of the general trends at work, particularly in terms of liabilities involved.. In conclusion, the profitability of the Bismarck model has been clearly established empirically; this short essay has simply tried to explore some of the mathematics behind it in a little more detail. Clearly, none of this is necessary to operate the system in
practise! (Though a good understanding of these principles must have gone into devising the system in the first place, whether or not it was mathematically formalised in the way done here). What these calculations do show are three things: firstly, just how profitable this system is, secondly, the importance of having sufficient capital (and psychological preparedness) to follow through on the lay ladder, if the first few horses represent losing lays, and thirdly, the need for extreme caution in backing more than one or two horses in the ladder at levels above 2.7.
PRO-METHOD
At first sight this method may seem a little obvious; we're looking for horses that have dropped in class and racing at a less competitive racecourse. Many selections can be found by looking beyond the horse's last race - taking form from its second and third to last race. Because the majority of punters only take the horses last race form into consideration these system selections often start at a larger price than their winning chance suggests. A horse lowered in class has merely to repeat its normal level of ability as shown in the higher class to have a good winning chance. RULES 1. Using the Racing Post ignore all handicap and selling races and any races where at least 90% of the runners have not run 3 or more times. The method works best the better the class of race so no betting in class G and be wary of class F's if a lot of the horses are from class G in their last race. Ideal races are "Conditions" races and "Claiming" races. Look out for these words in the race card heading in the paper.
2. From the races left check each horses last 3-4 races in the form pages of the Racing Post, we want a horse that has ran in a higher class race than today's race. 3. The horse must have had a good run in the higher class race and within; 4 lengths for -1 class 6 lengths for -2 classes 8 lengths for -3 classes
[From the winner.] 4. Always check the odds of the good run, if over 14/1 (12 runners or less) 16/1 over 12 runners then no bet. 5. Next check that the race with the higher class run was at a higher grade racecourse. We want a total drop of 3 classes or grades E.G.: 6. -1 class -2 grades or -2 classes -1 grade. Minimum -1 class all bets, but the same racecourse is OK as long as down 3 classes. 7. Weight Maximum +7lb from higher class race to today's race. That's the basic system above. The following are some things to look out for. If the form of the higher class race is from its 2nd or 3rd to last race then check its last race - is it better off today than its last race? If down in class or from a handicap race etc it's a bet. If the horse was already dropped in class for its last race, which is the same as today's but wasn't a bet because it wasn't dropped enough weight or needed a drop in racecourse grade and today it is a bet (from its second or third to last race) then how did it get on last time? If it was a close 2nd or 3rd (within a length or two of the winner) then today it will be a bet because it's slightly better off today because of the drop in weight, grade or from a handicap etc. If today's race is worse off than its last race then it's only a bet if it won its last race. (The horse would have been a system selection for its last race.
Only take form from sellers if the race was at a grade A or B racecourse and the horse won or was a close second. Don't take today's claiming jockey weights into consideration. If today's race at 7 furlong then the horse must be proven at 7. (At least been placed to within approx. 4 lengths, check the race time also) If today's race on all weather then the horse must be proven on AW as above. Only consider higher class form from the present season. At the beginning of the seasons both flat and national hunt, the selections may get a little thin on the ground, but the end of the season that we're in should still keep the selections coming regularly. Be wary of the horse's fitness late in the season after a long campaign, at the back end of the season horses can fade and lose their form within just a few days. Follow horses that have ran within days, their fitness is guaranteed. The best races for selections are usually claimers and normal conditions races. There are plenty of selections to be found in maiden races but you have to be wary of the opposition. Horses that have only ran once or twice are sure to improve, but horses with three or more runs behind them will have shown their limitation. Selectivity will pay off, when most of the horses are on their debut or only ran once or twice then leave alone.
That is the "class" method in full. It may take some time to fully understand the method, but once you've got the hang of it you'll never make a bet in the future without referring to the horses class etc. Over the jumps the method is very successful. Just by betting on any horse with a good drop in class, regardless of weight, racecourse grades etc. That is the basic system. When there is just one selection as above in the race then that is the selection. 90% of all the selections will be found just by following the above. If you are new to studying form or horseracing then just stick to the above (more than one selection in same race then leave race alone). Where to find the figures for the above and an example race selection are on the last page. Checking the form in the Racing Post is much easier than trying to follow these rules by themselves. It is going to be frustrating at first trying to understand the above and trying to find the form figures in the paper, but please stick with it. As soon as you know where to look and what to look for it will just "click into place" and from then on you've got a great money maker that will last you years! Once you've got fully used to the above after a few weeks (and only then) or if you already know your way around the form pages of the Racing Post then continue for a more advanced "fine tuning" of the selection process. Just stay with the above if you want, it's up to you. But using the "advanced" section will find the extra 10% of selections and help you spot a few likely losers that will crop up in the above rules.
Advanced [On the flat where times are most important, the last furlong of true run races is completed in around 12 seconds, thus in 1 second a horse travels approximately 18 yards or 6 lengths. Time can therefore be translated to distance beaten. 1 second = 6 lengths. A major factor affecting race times (fst 0.3) (slw 1.5) etc is the going. Before the value of a time can be assessed the nature of the going must be known and the time adjusted accordingly. As a rough guide the following can be used: Firm Add 0.2 seconds per furlong to recorded time
Good to firm Add 0.1 seconds per furlong Good No adjustment needed
Good to soft Subtract 0.4 seconds per furlong Soft Subtract 0.8 seconds per furlong
Now lets dig a little deeper into distances beaten. I've already given the absolute maximum lengths that a horse can be beaten according to how much class it's dropped. These distances are for all horses, regardless as to what the going and time of race was. But now we know the score about race times differing on different going and that 1 second equals roughly 6 lengths, we can also spot good selections that have been beaten, lets say by 11 lengths on good going but the race time was faster than standard (fst 2.9).
Multiply 2.9 seconds by 6 lengths 2.9 x 6 = 17.4 lengths. Because the horse was only beaten by 11 lengths then the horse had 6.4 lengths in hand over standard. To take the example further; the horses higher class race was won by a horse 2.9 seconds faster than the average standard time for that course and distance on good going, so if all the other horses ran at exactly the standard time from start to finish then our horse would have won by 6.4 lengths. So now we can pick horses beaten more than 4 lengths for -1 class, 6 lengths for -2 classes etc. As long as the horse that won the higher class race recorded a race time that would have put our horse past the winning post (not just within 4 lengths etc) at standard time. Occasionally you will come across horses that have no speed for fst and slw, in these cases just look at all the horses last two or three runs and compare class, going, odds of the selections etc. Don't try to force a selection out, if there is an outstanding candidate you will spot it. Overseas horses come along occasionally also. Just note the class or prize money to get the feel of if it's worth a bet.] End of advanced. RACE CLASS Group 1 GP 2 GP 3 E.G.: Group 1 to a group 3 is down 2 classes A (Listed) B to an E is down 3 classes
B C D E F G ( no bets in class G ) FLAT RACECOURSE GRADING A Ascot Goodwood Kempton Newbury Newmarket Sandown York B Ayr* Chester* Doncastor* Epsom* Haydock Lingfield (turf) Newcastle* C Bath Beverley Brighton Chepstow Leicester Nottingham Pontefract D Carlisle Catterick Folkestone Hamilton Lingfield (AW) Musselburgh Southwell (T+AW)
Salisbury Ripon Thirsk Warwick Windsor Yarmouth
Redcar
Wolverhampton
NATIONAL HUNT RACECOURSE GRADING A Aintree Ascot Cheltenham Haydock Newbury Sandown Wetherby Kempton B Ayr Chepstow Doncastor Lingfield Newcastle Uttoxeter C Carlisle Exeter Hexham Huntington Kelso Leicester Market Rasen Nottingham Perth
D Bangor Cartmel Catterick Fakenham Folkestone Fontwell Hereford Ludlow Musselburgh
Stratford Towcester Warwick Wincanton Windsor Worcester
Newton Abbott Plumpton Sedgefield Southwell Taunton
For jumps I suggest within 10 lengths for down one class, within 13 lengths for down two classes. Maximum weight up to +10lb Finding the Figures Looking at the picture you can see today's race is at 8.35pm and is a class F. Looking at this form picture you can see that Chorus's last race was at Windsor which is a grade C course and was a class D race. If today's race was at a grade D course then the horse would pass the first requirements; down a total of 3 class's/grades. (Dropped from a Class D race last time to a Class F today & dropped from a Grade C racecourse to a Grade D). The next thing to check is the odds of its last race, which must be under 14/1 (12 runners or less) or 16/1 (over 12 runners). As you can see the odds were 10/1 so it passes this stage. (15 runners in its last race above) So the next things to check would be the Distance beaten by the winner. In this example you'll see that the horse that came 2nd was 1/2 a length behind the winner (the 1st figure after Dist:) the 3rd horse was a further 3/4 of a length behind, 4th horse another 1/2 a length, 5th horse a neck and our horse a head
behind. Quickly total them up to give us a distance beaten figure of around 2 lengths so it passes this stage also. So as long as 90% of the horses in the race have all ran at least two or three times before then we would have a qualifying selection.
Risk Free Football

Theory Trade an In-Running football game with zero risk to make a profit. Principle The aim of these two methods is to make several back and lay bets throughout a football game as you are watching it to ensure that you never have any risk attached to your current exposure. This is done by never having exposure on the team that is currently attacking. Method One: After the game has started and the In-Running market has resumed normal liquidity (usually takes about 90 seconds), while the score is still 0-0, lay the underdog (so long as the odds are not higher than 11.00) while they are not in possession of the ball. As soon as you have placed your lay bet, you should prepare the betslip with a Back bet on the same team, to the same stake and the exact same odds. As you are watching the game, if the underdog puts an attack together that could result in a goal, you simply back them. The obvious trend of a game is for the odds on both teams to gradually increase and the draw odds to gradually decrease before a goal is scored, so you will never find yourself backing at lower odds than you have originally layed. You may wonder why you enter the exact same odds and not higher odds if higher odds are available. This is simply to ensure that your full bet is matched because Betfair automatically gives you the best odds on offer. You just enter the same odds as a safety net, but you should get higher odds for at least most of your bet. So what next? Well, if the underdog fails to score, you will have a small profit on the underdog with zero risk on the other two outcomes. You just need to hedge this profit to
create the same profit regardless of the result. I.e. if you have layed the underdog for 1,000 at odds of 7.00, then backed them at 7.40, you will have a profit of 400 (less commission) on the underdog. If you then lay them again at 7.40 with a 54 stake, you will show a profit of 54.40 on the underdog and a profit of 54 on the draw and the favourite. You can use a bot to calculate this for you with a hedging button (explained later.) You then place your 1,000 lay bet again but at the new odds of around 7.40. If the underdog do happen to score during the attack, you will still show a 400 profit on them, but their odds will have decreased significantly when the market is reformed meaning that you can create a higher profit margin. If the odds were 7.40 when you backed them as they were attacking, the likely odds on the new market will be around 2.80. You simply hedge again with a 143 lay bet at 2.80 to show a profit of 142.60 on the underdog and a profit of 143 on the draw and original favourite. You stop the first method after a goal is scored and move onto method two (explained below.) This method is a way to make small gains as the match progresses and the underdog look like creating chances; however the ideal situation is for the favourite to score first. In this scenario, you will have an untouched lay bet on the underdog at odds of 7.00. You will now have a profit of 1,000 on the draw and favourite, but the odds on the underdog will have drifted out to around 30.00. You simply make a hedging back bet on the underdog to guarantee a high profit. If you back the underdog with 233.33 at odds of 30.00, you will guarantee a profit of 739.74 on the underdog, and 739.84 on the favourite and the draw. Method Two: Once a goal has been scored (hopefully by the favourite) and you have guaranteed yourself a profit regardless of the match outcome, you can either just stop trading there if
you only want to spend a small amount of time on each game, however you can carry on with method two to make an even higher profit on each game! In method one, we made a profit when the match was goalless by laying the underdog as we knew that the natural progression of the game would see their odds rise (until a goal is scored), however now that a team is winning, the natural progression will be for the odds on that team to decrease until either another goal is scored, or they have won the match. With our starting stake returned and profit guaranteed, you can then back the team that is in the lead with the entire starting bankroll (6,000 if layed 1,000 at 7.00 to begin with), plus the locked in profit on the draw and other team. For example, if the favourite scored first, we have a guaranteed profit of 739.74, so you can back the favourite with a stake of 6,739.74. You then need to prepare the betslip with a lay on the favourite to the same stake and the same odds (the odds will be decreasing as the game goes on, however if you offer the same odds, your lay will be taken at the lowest odds available.) As the game goes on, only click the lay bet if the other team looks like scoring an equaliser. As before in method one, you simply hedge after each back and lay to create a level profit across all three outcomes. Important Information and Get-Out Times: Matches to trade ONLY trade matches that are domestic to your country. I.e. if you live in Britain, only trade English/Scottish football games. The reason for this is that pictures are quite badly delayed if they come from a different country. Terrestrial television is the quickest, closely followed by satellite from your own country. Method One You should stop trading when the underdog's odds drift higher than 11.00, because the exposure will be too high and the profit margin too low. You can still have a position open if you layed under 11.00 and the odds have drifted above 11.00, however
once you trade out, you should accept the profit you have and wait for a goal to be scored to move onto Method Two. Method Two Once the team in the leads odds come down as low as 1.12 you should stop trading and hedge your profit to give the same profit regardless of the outcome. This is simply because the profit margin is too low. Equaliser If you have traded with method one, moved onto method two, but an equaliser is scored, simply wait for the market to reform, hedge your profit, then revert back to Method One (providing that the underdogs odds are no higher than 11.00.) Alternative Trading Options: The idea behind laying the underdog to begin with is that statistically speaking, the favourite usually scores first and you will make a higher profit when the opposite team that you have layed scores first. Having said that, there is nothing to stop you from laying the favourite if you dont think that they will score first (this means that you will have lower liabilities also as the odds will be lower, but you will probably be more active throughout the game by trading out every time they create a chance.) A common pattern that I use is to lay the underdog to begin with, back the favourite if they score, then either stop if they score a second goal, or if theres an equaliser and the odds on the underdog are above 11.00, Ill lay the favourite instead at lower odds. The more trades you can make in a game, the more profit you will make. Another method you can use is to simply lay one of the teams when you think the opposite team is about to score if they fail to score, simply trade out. You probably wont make any profit on the small trades due to the back and lay bet being so close together, but as soon as you catch a goal with this method you will make a significant amount.
Betting Bots: You can manually place all the bets mentioned above; however with InRunning football there is a 5 second delay to place your bets. If you use a bot, the bets are entered straight into Betfairs API, which cuts the In-Running delay on football down to just One second. You can also use preset buttons to enter the stake and odds that you require to place the bets with one click, rather than having to click submit then confirm. The best feature though that makes it worthwhile, is a hedging button, meaning that after youve closed each trade, instead of having to work out the amount to back or lay to give an equal profit, you can simply click the hedging button which will do this for you automatically. I would highly recommend using a bot as it makes the whole experience of trading football games an easier and smoother process. Conclusion: Thanks for purchasing Risk Free Football and I hope it is as profitable for you as it has been for us over the last 18 months. If you have any questions or need any assistance please dont hesitate to contact us at sales@riskfreefootball.com
Royal Ascot - Royal Hunt Cup

data from 1986 to 2006, but excluded the 2005 meeting which was held at York. The Royal Hunt Cup (1 mile all age handicap) This race usually sees a field of 30 runners charging down the straight mile at Ascot. A tough race to find the winner, but hopefully these trends will help you narrow candidates on the day down to a manageable shortlist. POSITIVE TRENDS Recent win: Horses that have won at least one race in their last six have won 18 of the 20 races. Age: Horses aged 4 or 5 have won 18 of the 20 races. Fitness: Horses that had been off the track for at least 32 days have a very good record recording 11 wins from 176 runners for a small level stakes profit of 4.50. Distance LTO: Horses that raced over 7f LTO have 8 of the races from 119 qualifiers for a profit of 26.00 (ROI +21.9%). NEGATIVE TRENDS Age: Horses aged 6 or older have won just 2 races from 132 qualifiers (SR 1.5%) for a loss of 89.00 (ROI -67.4%). Fitness: Horses that had been off the track for 15 days or less have won 4 races from 188 qualifiers for a loss of 113.00 (ROI -60.1%). Distance LTO: Horses that raced further than a mile LTO have a dreadful record with just 1 win from 160 qualifiers. Weight: Horses in the top 3 of the weights (inc. joints) have provided 1 win from 67 runners.
Price: Horses priced 33/1 or bigger have won 2 races from 267 qualifiers. The last winner at such a price was way back in 1990. Penalty carriers: 67 horses have run carrying a penalty for their last run, and just 1 has won (Macadamia in 2003). Sex: Fillies / mares have won just 1 race from 42 qualifiers. GENERAL STATS Favourites (inc. joints): 2 wins from 22 for a small loss of 7.00 (ROI -31.9%). A further 6 favourites have been placed. Position LTO: LTO winners have won 6 of the races showing a small loss of 7.00 (ROI -7%). Some key comparisons: 1) Horses that have won at least once in their last six starts have been 4.6 times more likely to win than horses that have not. 2) Horses that won LTO have been 2.2 times likely to win than horses that did not win. 3) 5yos have the best record in terms of wins to runners they have been 3 times more likely to win than 6yo+. 4) Horses off the track for 32 or more days have been 2.9 times more likely to win than horses returning within 15 days or less. 5) Horses that raced over 7f LTO have been 10.7 times more likely to win than horses that ran over distances in excess of 1 mile LTO. How best to use the trends is a question Im often asked. What I do is produce a shortlist of the most likely candidates. How to compile a shortlist I hear you ask? Well, by using these trends it should be possible to create a manageable shortlist. Few if any horses will match all the positive trends, and also have no negative trends. What you need to do is
find the ones the best fit the trends. From here you should be able to produce a shortlist of the most likely winners from a statistical perspective. Your shortlist will not always produce the winner, but it will more often than not. Another option is use a system based selection process. Here is a system for the Royal Hunt that has produced 70% of the winners from just 23% of the runners. Hence this system would have improved your winning chances by 3 times. The system is thus: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LTO ran over 7f or 1 mile Age 4 or 5 Not carrying a penalty Male horses only SP 28/1 or shorter 4th in the weights or lower
Using this approach would have narrowed down the 608 runners to just 139. On average therefore your system shortlist would have contained just 7 runners. Remember the average number of runners has been 30. If you had backed all runners in the shortlists you would have produced the following results: Bets 139, Wins 14, Profit +80.50 (to 1 level stakes), ROI +57.9% 14 winning years out of 20 is impressive and there would have been a very healthy profit to boot. An additional system rule concentrating only on horses that have won at least one of their last six starts would have increased profits slightly but cut the winners to 12: Bets 106, Wins 12, Profit +96.00 (to 1 level stakes), ROI +90.6% The return on investment (ROI) has improved from a very good 58% to over 90%, while the profits have gone up 15.50.
Sports betting
Sports betting is the activity of predicting sports results and placing a wager on the outcome. Types of bets United States of America Aside from simple wagers such as betting a friend that one's favorite baseball team will win its division or buying a football "square" for the Super Bowl, sports betting is commonly performed through a bookmaker or through various online Internet outlets. The many types of bets include: * Proposition bets are wagers made on a very specific outcome of a match. Examples include guessing the number of goals each team scores in a handball match, betting whether a player will score in a football game, or wagering that a baseball player on one team will accumulate more hits than another player on the opposing team. * Parlays involve multiple bets (usually up to 12) and will reward a successful bettor with a large payout. For example, a bettor could include four different wagers in a fourteam parlay, whereby he is wagering that all four bets will win. If any of the four bets fails to cover, the bettor loses the parlay, but if all four bets win, the bettor receives a substantially higher payout (usually 10-1 in the case of a four-teamer) than if he made the four wagers separately. * Progressive parlays. A progressive parlay involves multiple bets (usually up to 12) and rewards successful bettors with a large payout, though not as large as normal parlays.
However in a progressive parlay, unlike a regular parlay, a reduced payout will still be made even should some of the bets lose. * Teasers. A teaser allows the bettor to combine his bets on two or more different games. The bettor can adjust the point spreads for the two games, but realizes a lower return on the bets in the event of a win. * If bets. An if bet consists of at least two straight bets joined together by an if clause which determines the wager process. If the players first selection complies with the condition (clause), then the second selection will have action; if the second selection complies with the condition, then the third selection will have action and so on. * Run line, puck line or goal line bets. These are wagers offered as alternatives to straight-up/moneyline prices in baseball, hockey or soccer, respectively. These bets feature a fixed point spread that (usually) offers a higher payout for the favorite and a lower payout for the underdog (both in comparison to the moneyline). * Future wagers. While all sports wagers are by definition on future events, bets listed as "futures" generally have a long-term horizon measured in weeks or months; for example, a bet that a certain NFL team will win the Super Bowl for the upcoming season. Such a bet must be made before the season starts in September, and winning bets will not pay off until the conclusion of the Super Bowl in January or February (although many of the losing bets will be clear well before then and can be closed out by the book). Odds for such a bet generally are expressed in a ratio of units paid to unit wagered. The team wagered upon might be 50-1 to win the Super Bowl, which means that the bet will pay 50 times the amount wagered if the team does so. * Head-to-Head. In these bets, bettor predicts competitors results against each other and not on the overall result of the event. One example are Formula One races, where you
bet on two or three drivers and their placement among the others. Sometimes you can also bet a tie, in which one or both drivers either have the same time, drop out, or get disqualified. * Totalizators. In totalizators (sometimes called flexible-rate bets) the odds are changing in real-time according to the share of total exchange each of the possible outcomes have received taking into account the return rate of the bookmaker offering the bet. For example: If the bookmakers return percentage is 90%, 90% of the amount placed on the winning result will be given back to bettors and 10% goes to the bookmaker. Naturally the more money bet on a certain result, the smaller the odds on that outcome become. This is similar to parimutuel wagering in horse racing and dog racing. * 2nd half bets. A 2nd half(Second half) bet is also sometimes called a halftime bet. This bet is placed only at halftime of a particular sporting event. This bet can be placed on the spread(Line) or over/under. The resulting bet that is placed is won or lost only on the points scored by both teams in the second half only. bets offered by UK bookmakers This glossary of bets offered by UK bookmakers is a non-exhaustive list of traditional and popular bets offered by bookmakers in the United Kingdom. The 'multiple-selection' bets in particular are most often associated with horse racing selections but since the advent of fixed-odds betting on football matches some punters use these traditional combination bets for football selections as well. Types of bet Win
A bet that produces a return only if the selection comes first in an event (i.e. wins). A win bet may be placed on a single event or the stake may be placed on two or more selections in a multiple bet (see below), all of which must win to give a return. Place A bet that produces a return only if the selection finishes first or within a predetermined number of positions (places) of the winner of an event. The return is often based on a fixed proportion of the win odds of the selection (e.g. \tfrac{1}{5} the odds a place 1,2,3). It is rare for bookmakers to offer the opportunity to bet solely on a selection finishing in a place without at least an equal bet on the selection to win (see Each-Way below). Exceptions include betting at Parimutuel-style odds in pool betting (aka. 'betting on "The Tote"' in the UK). More recently, some bookmakers have started to introduce special 'Place Only' markets, in which a punter can place a wager solely on a selection to finish placed, meaning you are not bound to having an equal or bigger stake to win. However, the odds are not set in stone as below; they are completely arbitary. Horse racing offers the following place odds for races with a given number of runners: All races Less than 5 runners: all up to win - i.e. the horse must win, but the odds for 1st place are the same as the win odds. 5-7 runners: \tfrac{1}{4} the odds a place 1,2. 8-11 runners: \tfrac{1}{5} the odds a place 1,2,3. Non-handicap races 12+ runners: \tfrac{1}{5} the odds a place 1,2,3. Handicap races
12-15 runners: \tfrac{1}{4} the odds a place 1,2,3. 16+ runners: \tfrac{1}{4} the odds a place 1,2,3,4. Each-Way A combination of win and place bets of equal size. Each-Way bets may be placed on a single event or on two or more selections in a multiple bet. Each-Way multiple bets are settled on a win-to-win and place-to-place basis, i.e. win returns from one selection form the win stake on the next selection, and the place returns from one selection form the place stake on the next selection. An alternative way of settling an each-way multiple bet (although much less common) is for the total return from the first selection to be equally divided as an each-way bet on the next selection, and so on. This is known as an EachWay all Each-Way bet and must be specifically stated as such on the betting slip as the settling method if the default Win to Win, Place to Place method of settling is not required. All the following bets are described as if they were win-only bets for ease of description; they may however, in almost all instances, be staked as an each-way bet. Single A bet on an individual selection. Multiple bet A double, treble or accumulator. A linked series of win singles where all the return from the first selection is automatically staked on the second selection as a win single and so on until all selections have won, thus giving a return, or until one selection loses in which case the whole bet is lost.
Double A bet on two selections; both of which must win to gain a return. Treble A bet on three selections; all three of which must win to gain a return. Accumulator A bet on four or more selections; all of which must win to gain a return. Accumulators are often named after the number of selections they contain - thus we can get a fourfold, fivefold or sixfold accumulator (or even higher). Full cover bet A wager consisting of all possible doubles, trebles and accumulators across a given number of selections. These include: Trixie, Yankee, Canadian or Super Yankee, Heinz, Super Heinz and Goliath. A double may be thought of as a full cover bet with only two selections. Trixie A wager on three selections and consisting of four separate bets: 3 doubles and a treble. A minimum two selections must win to gain a return. Yankee A wager on four selections and consisting of 11 separate bets: 6 doubles, 4 trebles and a fourfold accumulator. A minimum two selections must win to gain a return. Canadian or Super Yankee A wager on five selections and consisting of 26 separate bets: 10 doubles, 10 trebles, 5 fourfolds and a fivefold accumulator. A minimum two selections must win to gain a return.
Heinz A wager on six selections and consisting of 57 separate bets: 15 doubles, 20 trebles, 15 fourfolds, 6 fivefolds and a sixfold accumulator. A minimum two selections must win to gain a return. It is named for the '57 varieties' advertising slogan of the H. J. Heinz Company. Super Heinz A wager on seven selections and consisting of 120 separate bets: 21 doubles, 35 trebles, 35 fourfolds, 21 fivefolds, 7 sixfolds and a sevenfold accumulator. A minimum two selections must win to gain a return. Goliath A wager on eight selections and consisting of 247 separate bets: 28 doubles, 56 trebles, 70 fourfolds, 56 fivefolds, 28 sixfolds, 8 sevenfolds and an eightfold accumulator. A minimum two selections must win to gain a return. Full cover bets with singles Patent A wager on three selections and consisting of 7 separate bets: 3 singles, 3 doubles and a treble. Equivalent to a Trixie plus 3 singles. One winning selection will guarantee a return. Lucky 15 A wager on four selections and consisting of 15 separate bets: 4 singles, 6 doubles, 4 trebles and a fourfold accumulator. Equivalent to a Yankee plus 4 singles. One winning selection will guarantee a return. The 'Lucky' part of the name of this and other similar
bets comes from the bookmaker's practice of offering bonuses for one or more winners; usually including 'double the odds' for only one winning selection. Lucky 31 A wager on five selections and consisting of 31 separate bets: 5 singles, 10 doubles, 10 trebles, 5 fourfolds and a fivefold accumulator. Equivalent to a Canadian plus 5 singles. One winning selection will guarantee a return. Lucky 63 A wager on six selections and consisting of 63 separate bets: 6 singles, 15 doubles, 20 trebles, 15 fourfolds, 6 fivefolds and a sixfold accumulator. One winning selection will guarantee a return. Alphabet A bet consisting of six selections - 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, usually on horse racing or greyhound racing. Selections 1, 2, and 3 form a patent, as described above. Selections 4, 5, and 6 form a second patent. Selections 2, 3, 4, and 5 form a Yankee, as described above. Selections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 form a sixfold accumulator, as described above. The total number of bets in an alphabet is therefore 26 [2 patents at 7 bets each, plus 1 yankee at 11 bets, and one accumulator at one bet - (7+7+11+1=26)]. At least one correct selection guarantees a return. 'Any to Come' (ATC) or 'if cash' bets Wagers which include conditional bets, i.e. if part of the wager produces a sufficient return then a predetermined amount may be wagered on one or more of the other selections. ATC and 'if cash' bets (generally referred to as 'conditional bets') are normally not accepted on Ante-post selections. Up-and-Down
An example of an 'if cash' or 'any-to-come (ATC)' bet. A wager on two selections and consisting of two single bets. If one selection wins (hence the phrase 'if cash') then the original stake is placed as an additional single bet on the second selection. If both selections win each original stake is placed as a single on the other selection: in effect giving twice the winnings for just two stake units. The downside of only one winning selection is that both original stakes are lost. Usually played for 'single stakes about (SSA)' meaning stakes identical to the original ones are placed on selections in the case of one or more winners. 'Double stakes about (DSA)' means twice the original stake is placed on selections in the case of one or more winners. Note: an odds-on winner will not supply enough money for 'double stakes about' so the whole amount actually available is used. Round Robin A wager on three selections and consisting of 10 separate bets: 3 doubles, 1 treble and 3 up-and-down bets (each of 2 separate bets). It may be considered to be a Trixie to which 3 up-and-down bets have been added. One winning selection will guarantee a return. Flag A wager on four selections and consisting of 23 separate bets: 6 doubles, 4 trebles, 1 fourfold and 6 up-and-down bets. It may be considered to be a Yankee to which 6 upand-down bets have been added. One winning selection will guarantee a return. Super Flag A wager on five selections and consisting of 46 separate bets: 10 doubles, 10 trebles, 5 fourfolds, 1 fivefold and 10 up-and-down bets. It may be considered to be a Canadian to
which 10 up-and-down bets have been added. One winning selection will guarantee a return. Rounder A wager on three selections A, B and C consisting of 3 singles and 3 any-to-come (ATC) doubles to the original singles stakes. For example: 1 win A, ATC 1 double BC; 1 win B, ATC 1 double AC; 1 win C, ATC 1 double AB. Roundabout As Rounder (above) except the ATC doubles are to twice the stake, e.g. 1 win A, ATC 2 double BC etc. Note: In the event of an odds-on winner the complete returns (less than 2 in this example) from the winning single are bet on the appropriate double. Speciality bets Union Jack A wager on nine selections usually placed in a 3 by 3 grid on a purpose-designed betting slip and consisting of 8 trebles. If the selections A to I are placed thus: A B D E G H C F I
then the 8 trebles are (horizontally) ABC, DEF, GHI, (vertically) ADG, BEH, CFI, (diagonally) AEI, CEG. All three selections in a particular treble must win to achieve a return. It is possible to get five or even six winners from the nine selections and yet still not achieve any return (e.g. A, B, E, F, G do not give a winning treble in example 1, and A, B, D, F, H, I do not produce a return in example 2, as shown below).
Example 1 A B D E G H C F I
Example 2 A B D E G H C F I
Note that selection E appears in 4 of the trebles; A, C, G and I appear in 3 trebles; B, D, F, and H appear in only 2 trebles. This is considered more of a novelty bet. Bookmaking The general role of the bookmaker is to act as a market maker for sports wagers, most of which have a binary outcome: a team either wins or loses. The bookmaker accepts both wagers, and maintains a spread (the vigorish) which will ensure a profit regardless of the outcome of the wager. The Federal Wire Act of 1961 was an attempt by the US government to prevent illegal bookmaking. However, this Act does not apply to other types of online gambling. The Supreme Court has not ruled on the meaning of the Federal Wire Act as it pertains to online gambling.
Bookmakers usually hold a 11-10 advantage over his/her customers (for small wagers it is closer to a 6-5 advantage) so he/she will most likely survive over the long term. Successful bookmakers must be able to withstand a large short term loss. (Boyd, 1981) Many of the leading gambling bookmakers from the 1930s to the 1960s got their start during the prohibition era of the 1920s. They were often times decendents of the influx of immigrants coming into the USA at this time. Although the common stereotype is that these bookies were of Italian decent, it has been proven that many of the leading bookies were of eastern European Jewish Ancestry. (Davies, 2001) Odds This section does not cite any references or sources. Please help improve this section by adding citations to reliable sources. Unsourced material may be challenged and removed. (September 2010) Odds for different outcomes in single bet are presented either in European format (decimal odds), UK format (fractional odds), or American format (moneyline odds). European format (decimal odds) are favored in continental Europe, Canada, and Australia. They are the ratio of the full payout to the stake, in a decimal format. Decimal odds of 2.00 are an even bet. UK format (fractional odds) are favored by British bookmakers. They are the ratio of the amount won to the stake. Fractional odds of 1/1 are an even bet. US format odds are favored in the United States. They are the amount won on a 100 stake when positive and the stake needed to win 100 when negative. US odds of 100 are an even bet. Decimal 1.50 1/2 2.00 1/1 Fractional US HongKong Indo Malay -200 0.50 -2.00 0.50 +100 1.00 1.00 1.00
2.50 3/2 3.00 2/1 Decimal Decimal Fractional Fractional US US if x<0 Decimal
+150 1.50 1.50 -0.67 +200 2.00 2.00 -0.50 To Do this Fractional US US Decimal x-1 , then convert to fraction divide fraction, then x+1
Conversion formulas x
100*(x-1) if x>=2; -100/(x-1) if x<2 divide fraction, then 100*x if x>=1; -100/x if x<1 (x/100)+1 if x>0; (-100/x)+1 if x<0 x/100, then convert to fraction if x>0; -100/x, then convert to fraction
Decimal Fractional
HongKong x-1 x if x<=1; (1/x)*-1 if X>1
HongKong Indo x if x>=1; (1/x)*-1 if x<1 HongKong Malay
In Asian betting markets, other frequently used formats for expressing odds include Hong Kong, Malaysian, and Indonesian-style odds formats. Odds are also quite often expressed in terms of implied probability, which corresponds to the probability with which the event in question would need to occur for the bet to be a breakeven proposition (on the average). Many online tools also exist for automated conversion between these odds formats. Legality In the USA it is illegal to operate a scheme except for in a few states. In many European nations bookmaking (the profession of accepting sports wagers) is regulated but not criminalized. The NCAA has threatened to ban all playoff games in Delaware if the state
allows betting on college sports. New Jersey, which is also interested, has been similarly threatened. Interestingly for New Jersey, a Fairleigh Dickinson University PublicMind poll found in April 2009 that 63% of New Jerseyians supported legalizing sports betting in Atlantic city and at horse-racing tracks. However, only 48% of New Jersey voters approved of legalizing betting at off-track betting establishments. A slight majority of New Jersey voters (53%) also disapproved of legalizing sports betting nationally. In March of 2010, a national PublicMind poll found that 39% of Americans would support changing laws so that sports betting would be allowed in all states, whereas 53% reported that they would not support such measures. Converse to national opinion, a February 2011 PublicMind found that 53% of New Jersey voters supported legalizing betting in all states while 34% reported they would not support it. Equally, a majority of New Jersey voters (55%) believed that "lots of people bet anyway, so government should allow it and tax it." Proponents of legalized sports betting generally regard it as a hobby for sports fans that increases their interest in particular sporting events, thus benefiting the leagues, teams and players they bet on through higher attendances and television audiences. Opponents fear that, over and above the general ramifications of gambling, it threatens the integrity of amateur and professional sport, the history of which includes numerous attempts by sports gamblers to fix matches. In the 2009 PublicMind poll, the possibility of corrupting sports was the main concern of New Jersey voters (54%) that opposed legalizing sports betting nationally. Similarly, the 2010 PublicMind national poll found that a majority of Americans shared the views of New Jersey voters in the 2009 poll with 54% of respondents reporting that "legal betting on sports is a bad idea because it promotes too much gambling and corrupts sports." On the other hand, proponents counter that legitimate bookmakers will invariably fight corruption just as fiercely as governing
bodies and law enforcement do. Most sports bettors are overall losers as the bookmakers odds are fairly efficient. However, there are professional sports bettors[citation needed] that make a good income betting sports, many of which utilize sports information services. In areas where sports betting is illegal, bettors usually make their sports wagers with illicit bookmakers (known colloquially as "bookies") and on the Internet, where thousands of online bookmakers accept wagers on sporting events around the world. The PublicMind's 2010 national survey found that 67% of Americans did not support the legalization of Internet betting websites in the United States whereas 21% said they would support legalization. Nevada There are 142 places in Nevada that will take sports bets on professional and amateur sports. In 1998, close to 2.3 billion dollars was wagered in these places. Out of this 2.3 billion, the casinos that accepted these bets kept 77.4 million dollars as a profit. This is because the odds are stacked in favor of the casinos. (Thompson, 2001) Famous Betting Scandals In 1919, the Chicago White Sox faced the Cincinnati Reds in the World Series. This series would go down as one of the biggest sports scandals of all time. As the story goes, professional gambler Joseph Sullivan paid eight members of the White Sox around 10,000 dollars each to fix the World Series. The players involved were Oscar Felsch, Arnold Gandil, Shoeless Joe Jackson, Fred McMullin, Charles Risberg, George Weaver, and Claude Williams. All of these players have been banned for life. (Finley, 2008) Rule #21--It's nailed to every clubhouse door and every ballpark in the country: "Any player, umpire, or club or league official or employee, who shall bet any sum whatsoever
on any baseball game in connection with which the bettor has a duty to perform shall be declared permanently ineligible." This rule is why Pete Rose was given a lifetime ban from baseball after being caught for betting on baseball. (Rose, 2004) Forecasts Forecasts are bets on a single event that require the correct forecasting of the finishing order of (usually) the first two or three finishers in the event. Returns on correctly predicted finishing orders are calculated by industry sources via computer software that uses the starting price of all participants in the event, and are usually declared to a 1 stake unit on (mainly) horse and greyhound races. Straight Forecast A straight forecast (SF) or computer straight forecast (CSF) is a wager requiring the naming of two selections a and b to finish 1st and 2nd in the correct order in a specified event. Requires a single unit stake. Usually declared on horse and greyhound races of three or more runners. Equivalent to the USA exacta or perfecta, or the Canadian exactor. Reversed Forecast A reversed forecast (RF) is a wager requiring the naming of two selections to finish 1st and 2nd in either order in a specified event. It is the same as two straight forecasts on selections a and b: a 1st, b 2nd and b 1st, a 2nd. Requires two unit stakes. Equivalent to a "boxed" exacta/perfecta in North America, where the quinella is a similar wager that requires only one unit stake. Combination Forecast A combination forecast is a wager on three or more named selections in order to choose two of the selections to finish 1st and 2nd in the correct order in a specified event. It is the same as the number of straight forecasts on selections a, b ... n given by the formula
n(n 1) and therefore requires this number of unit stakes. E.g. 3 selections - 6 bets; 4 selections - 12 bets; 5 selections - 20 bets; etc. Equivalent to boxing an exacta/perfecta with more than two runners in North America. Tricast A tricast is a wager requiring the choosing of three named selections a, b and c to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in the correct order in a specified event. Requires a single unit stake. Accepted on horse races where 8 or more horses are declared and at least 6 run, and on greyhound races of 5 or more runners that form part of the bookmakers' main service. In North America, this wager is known as the trifecta (USA) or triactor (Canada). Combination Tricast A combination tricast is a wager on three or more named selections in order to choose three selections to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in the correct order in a specified event. Requires multiple unit stakes given by n(n 1) (n 2) where n is the number of selections. E.g. 3 selections, 6 bets; 4 selections, 24 bets; 5 selections, 60 bets; etc. In North America, this is a "boxed" trifecta. Sports betting systems This article does not cite any references or sources. Please help improve this article by adding citations to reliable sources. Unsourced material may be challenged and removed. (November 2009) Sports betting systems refers to a set of events that when combined for a particular game for a particular sport represents a profitable betting scenario. Since sports betting involves humans, there is no deterministic edge to the house or the gambler. Systems supposedly allow the gambler to have an edge.
Sportsbooks use systems in their analysis to set more accurate odds. Therefore the novice gambler may believe that using a system will always work, it is the general consensus that at some point, the oddsmakers will have adjusted for the system to make it no longer profitable. Very short-lived systems are called trends. Any single event that estimates a selection to have a higher likelihood of winning is called an angle as they are meant to be used in conjunction with other angles and trends to produce systems. Betting on systems Systems can be deceiving. Any sample space can be constrained enough with meaningless criteria to create the illusion of a profitable betting system. For example, a coin can be flipped with heads being home teams and tails being road teams. Heads and tails each have a 50% probability of landing but if the amount of flips is limited to a small number, it is conceivable to create the illusion of predicting heads will come up 75% of the time. That, in conjunction with the fact that sportsbooks adjust their odds according to the systems makes it difficult to follow systems indefinitely. The sportsbooks are slower to adjust the odds in some sports versus other sports depending on the number of games played and the amount of money they take in from bettors. Determining systems Determining systems is a matter of using computer analysis tools and extracting all the possible games that meet a bettor's criteria. Then the bettor analyzes the results of those games to make a determination if one team is favored over the other. Two Types of Betting Systems Multiple regressions
The stronger the historical info you have the more accurate your results will be. You will never be able to call a game within 100% of accuracy because there will always be undetermined agents, but if you have the right info you are surely able to anticipate the game like the pros. Historical data you need to know to apply multiple regressions is: Wins, Losses, Win to Lose ratio, home game record, away game record, past ten game outcomes, win/loss streaks, injuries, team changes (new coach, loss of important player, etc.) Statistical anomalies These are deviations from the common rule and give you a competitive advantage. You may be surprised to know that most scores in a football game happen only in the 3 and 7 point markers? Of course there are always missed extra points, safeties and conversions, but when compared to all points scored, they only account for a minor percentage. This point statistical distribution factor opens up the possibility of statistical anomalies. To find anomalies you need to cautiously review players and team statistics. You should also know significant factors such as: injuries, does the team tend to win more in indoor or outdoor sports stadiums, weather (for outdoor games), what atmospheric conditions is the team used to playing in, etc.. You can also look for anomalies based on public opinion and team psyche. Factors that are used into determining betting systems are a mix of psychological, motivational, biological, situational factors that, based on past performances, support one team over another. It is generally believed that more than one factor pointing towards a team is needed to have a successful betting system.
Sports Betting Guide

Sports Betting History The first ever recorded sports bets, took place on 10 September 1858, by two spectators watching a game between the Brooklyn Eckfords and the New York Mutuals, placed a 100$ bet as to whether or not John Holden would hit a home run. Holden himself was assured 25$ if he hit, he did and after the game all the debts were settled. In 1865 again, in a match between the same teams, three players from the Mutuals agreed to deliberately loose a game in return of $100 each. After the scandal involving the 1877 Louisville Grays and other fixed games prompted American League President Ban Johnson to impose a ban on all gambling inside American League ballparks, beginning 1903. However this ban soon proved ineffective and betting flourished. Richard Higham was banned in 1882 after officiating games so that certain outcomes would be produced in return for money. The Giants manger was tainted after he betted and won 400$ on his teams winning the World Series in 1905. In 1919 eight members of the Chicago White Sox accepted money to loose the World Series to the Cincinnati Reds. Since 1943 some of the game's biggest names have been tainted and expelled at some or the time for betting and accepting money for effected performance. Gambling and players involvement has not been limited to baseball and has affected other games like German Soccer and Horse racing also. In 2005 25 year old Robert Hoyzer admitted having accepted money in return for dishonest officiating. Betting in US dates back a long way, but the real thrust to this industry was with the legalization of betting in Nevada in 1931. After the mining industry started slowing
down, gambling was legalized by the state dry on cash, and soon things started showing up. Once the big casinos arrived on scene, many small sports betting shops were forced out of business. Gamblers Anonymous was formed way back in 1957, when two men started meeting on a monthly basis and discussing their gambling and supporting each other. After gaining publicity from local media coverage, the first meeting of GA was held on September 1957 in Los Angeles, California. Membership requires a commitment to stop gambling. Most of the members consider themselves compulsive gamblers, feeling that theirs is an illness which shall worsen with time if not faced. It is not a proactive organization and intervenes only when men or women feeling they can't help themselves and contact the organization. The organization helps by giving its members certain guidelines to be strictly followed by them. There are no membership fees and no outside donations are accepted. It is supported solely by contributions from its members. Considering the fact that 2 million or almost 1 percent of all Americans gamble as a \ compulsion the situation is grave and does need aid. Besides GA, there is also the National Council on Problem Gambling, helping people getting out of their addiction with gambling. Hollywood has had its share of movies based on sports betting. The hustler, blue chip, and White Men Can't Stand were all based on the issue of Sports Betting. Sports Betting: Betting on sports Betting on sports is perhaps as old as the various games themselves. Millions of people have made huge money out of betting on sports. Possibly no game is left virgin of betting. All games have bookies and wages attached to them. Alike is the case with the countries across the globe. Betting is becoming a universal phenomenon nowadays. The difference however lies in the fact that some countries have accepted
betting and so have legalized it while others still consider it illicit. For instance betting is taken to be legal nearly in entire Europe whereas Nevada is the only place in United States of America where wagering is deemed to be lawful. But the geographical scenario does not bring much variation in the terms and conditions or the rules and style of betting. The betting policies for a particular game for example cricket remain approximately the same around the world. But what differs with the place or country is the sport and the amount of bets placed on it. Like people in Asian countries are leaders in betting on cricket. Cricket is the favorite sport in the Asian subcontinent. But in Europe and America games like horse racing, basketball, hockey, soccer and football etc. receive topmost priority. Thus that sport is wagered the most, which is relished, by maximum number of people. Australia is one of the best places in the world to enjoy betting. This is because betting is legal in Australia and there are ample of sports that are cherished by the Aussies. Australian Football and Rugby are the two eminent names in this category. Lots of good information and even betting guidelines or tips about these games and many others like tennis are available on the Internet due to the legality of sports betting in Australia. Ireland is the land that gives birth to the most of the English sports action. Irish football and Hurling are unique English sports. Rugby, cricket, golf and tennis are other English sports that invite lot many bookmakers and so bets. The English Premier League or one can say the English Soccer involves tremendous wagering in Europe. Darts are also famous among the English. Many people love betting on the not so common game of Darts. But this isnt all. Punters never leave The National Leagues, the National and International Cups, the Motor Sports like Formula F1 Racing, the IRL or the Indy Racing
League and the NASCAR i.e. the National Association of Speedy Cars and Rednecks, involves million dollar wages or even more every year. Human beings have always made good business through animals. Along with the horse racing the racing of animals like camels, pigs, ponies and dogs invite great amount of betting in Europe as well as on the land of America. While betting on any game what should be followed is your knowledge of the game and what your intuition or common sense says. A bettor should be pretty clear and confident over the option of his bet. If an individual is making a bet for the first time, dont bet big. It can lead to unexpected snags. Remember, it takes time to learn and develop betting skills. Novice's Guide to On-line Sports Betting Sports betting is not a game! Well, to many people sports betting is first class excitement as well as great entertainment, but you should always keep in mind that the betting industry is not here to entertain you - the bookmakers want your money and punters (gamblers) want to beat the bookies. That is the simple truth of betting; still you can have great fun betting if you control your stakes in a sensible manor and of course win more than you lose! Both tasks are easier said than done, but hopefully this guide will increase your chances of success. Step 1: Choose your bookmaker(s) Novices to on-line betting will without a doubt face a number of confusing aspects in their effort to choose their bookmaker. First of all, there is the media (computer and internet) which you may not be familiar with. Surfing a bookie website can actually be somewhat difficult even for experienced
internet users; often due to a confusing interface, the mere complexity of information presented to you and perhaps the many possibilities of taking different actions on the website. But no need to worry - in time most people familiarize with several website interfaces. Secondly, the number of bookies in the on-line betting industry has exploded over the past few years, and they are not all reliable, which means that you could end up making a bad choice. To avoid this have a look at our list of reliable bookmakers or if you have friends who bet on-line ask them for advice. You can also visit some of the many for a concerned with betting or read through the chapter What is a quality bookmaker? presented in this guide to get an idea of what characteristics a reliable and fair bookmaker usually possess. Start your betting experience by choosing only one bookmaker. This will make you familiar with the different types of odds, games and so forth without having to deal with two or more interfaces. By the time you feel comfortable with the website of that bookie and might have become serious about winning money you should definitely sign up with more bookmakers. The reason for this is simply that you only want to place your money where it will do you most good; using the bookie with the highest odds on an event gives you higher profit in case you win.
THE BEST BOOKIES
Step 2: Open an account Naturally there are different ways of doing this depending on the bookmakers, but in general you need to fill in a standard registration form. At the same time you need to register payment method for example by credit card. Before you give away sensitive information of this kind make sure that the bookmaker has a serious security politic. Approximately 24 hours later the bookmaker will confirm that your credit card has been accepted. Your username and password will then be sent to you either by email or post delivery. You are ready to rumble Step 3: What type of bet? Keep it simple in the beginning. Pick the sports, leagues or players that you have extensive knowledge about. Use oddsDNA.com to find additional up-to-date stats on the subjects in question, before you buy your ticket (bet slip). Most people are familiar with 1X2-odds so it is recommendable to stick to this type of odds until you feel more confident with the on-line betting environment. Step 4: Place your bets, please!
Once you have found an interesting play that you want to back up, just put a little amount of your deposit at stake - if you have means like the king of Saudi Arabia, then just forget that last remark. Familiarize yourself to the experience of loosing and winning before you raise your stakes. When you have placed your bet there is no turning back - for better or for worse. Step 5: Loser or winner? Should you lose on your first bet, then rest assure it has happened too many people before you. Better luck next time Actually, winning the first bet sometimes make people careless, in terms of them thinking they have a special ability to foresee the outcome of a game without researching for facts on teams and players first. In the long run, there is only one way to beat the bookie: Know as much or more about your subject than the bookmaker does. Step 6: Support the support! Every serious bookmaker has a support line for you to contact either by phone, email, online help, letter or a combination of the mentioned means of communication. Use it! The support-staff most likely want to keep their job, so contact them whenever you are in need of assistance. Once again, it should be emphasized that you can receive good advice from the thousands of people writing in the for a and news groups focused on betting. What is a quality bookmaker? First of all, it is essential to any punter that the bookmaker they conduct business with is worthy of trust: We call this the reliability of the bookmaker. Search for information on the reliability of bookmakers in for a and the like and check our recommendations.
Also the general feeling of the bookmaker site should leave you with an impression of professionalism. This professional touch can be obtained in many ways, by the bookmaker. Some of the main quality features on a bookmaker site are mentioned below: * A payment system of considerable dimensions * Security politic concerning payment and accounts * Support services preferably by phone or on-line communication and other feedback options * A clear and detailed legal politic concerning disputes between punter and bookmaker * Low or no fees when transferring money from or to bank account * Quick and smooth money transfer especially from the bookmaker account to bank account * A high payback percentage * Single game options * Various sports and leagues to choose from including games with big favorites Sports Betting Tips
Before you place any bet on your favorite offshore sportsbook, you must have a strategy, one that you treat like an investment. There are two questions you must ask yourself before you gamble. 1) How much you want to win? 2) How much you're willing to lose? There is no guaranteed way of winning, but if you can be smart about your investment, you can certainly reduce risk and maximize return. Set a reasonable target to reach using the amount you're willing to risk, and don't get greedy after you win or lose. The biggest problems with gamblers are that they don't quit when they're up and will continue playing when they're down. This is the biggest mistake most gamblers make. And to be a real winner, you must not fall into this same trap. So before you gamble, keep in mind how much you want to win, and how much you can afford to lose. And stick with these numbers, once you reach it, cash in. So what is a reasonable target? This really depends on how much you want to win and how much you're online sports betting each game. If you start off with $200 and want to win $2000 by playing $5 a game, then I would say this is not a reasonable target. You must also understand the chances of winning for each game in order for you to set a reasonable target. I know this may sound a little vague at the moment, but I will go in depth about different strategies for most of the popular games in my later issues. But for now you must learn to minimize risk and maximize return. The rule of thumb to follow is to have return on investment ratio of 2:1. So if you're willing to lose $100, then set a target to quit when you're up $200. Bet at an amount so that it takes you a maximum of 20 wins to reach the target. And when you're down, always leave at least half of what you now have to
gamble. This way, it takes a lot of games for you to actually go down to $0. Never go crazy and just bet everything at once, you'll find that if you do that often enough, you'll always end up losing. Why? Well, if you're down to $50 now, and you bet it all, you may win and will probably keep online sports betting, but if you lose, then it is game over. The trick to never lose is to always leave some money for back up. Making Careful Sports Betting Decisions There are some many online sportsbooks out there that its hard as a recreational bettor to make a decision where you can bet in the knowledge that you won't be come another person ripped off by a rogue sportsbook. The fact is that there are less dodgy operators around than, say, 2 years ago. However, this does not mean you don't have to do your homework when deciding where to bet. Here are some simple things to look out for when selecting an online sports betting operator: Licensing - not enough can be said about this. There are some very questionable places in the world that grant "gambling licenses". As far as we are concerned, the only places that offer valid licenses are first world countries, Costa Rica and Antigua. Steer clear from anything else. Margin - every sportsbook takes some sort of margin on each bet, although it varies greatly. If either you can not find information about the margin, or it seems excessively high, move on. Bonuses and Promotions - If a sportsbook offers a huge sign up bonus, it is often reason for suspicion. Why would anyone increase your odds by giving you tons of free cash. Bonuses have their place, but its a sweetener and no more. Payout procedures - Are these clearly published on the website? Even if its is, send them en email to confirm their process and turnaround time.
Blacklisted? - You'd be amazed what pops up if you search for "Sportsbook name" + blacklisted in Google. Customer Service - Phone the toll free number listed on the site before making a deposit. Ask them a simple question like what is their minimum deposit. If you don't get a concise answer, in proper English, it's time to leave. Track record - How long have they been in business, or better yet, can you even establish this from their website. There are many other things to look out for like ownership and awards won. At the end of the day, you should trust your gut instincts and do enough research to make you comfortable. Sports betting should be a fun activity and free of the stresses of wondering if your money is safe. The Concept of Value in Sports Betting! In sports betting you need to make sure that your bets (and trades) are good value in order to make a profit. If you do not do this you will still win bets but profits may be harder to achieve. Let me explain this last statement. I actually lose more bets than I win - but the prices or odds at which I bet compensate for the losing plays. If you bet all season long on the NY Yankees (US Baseball) or Arsenal FC (English Premiership) - to win each game - you will probably end up with a fairly good winning strike rate - but it is unlikely that you will make any money. The odds will be 'short' and you may do better to try and predict when these teams might falter - and bet against them at the over inflated prices being offered on the opposing teams. These opposing teams will most likely offer the value - as they are not the popular betting choice.
When we flip a coin, we know that the true chance of it turning up heads or tails is 50% or 'evens' (1/1). As an example we set up a 'coin flipping' betting event. A neutral party begins to flip the coin. With each subsequent flip there is a definite preference for heads in the betting. The bookmaker or sportsbook takes this in his stride, he has already set the odds at 10/11 (-110 US) for either outcome which takes into account his commission. He knows that this trend is fairly usual as heads is often favored in this type of event. He decides, however, to balance his books a little by reducing his odds on heads to 5/6 and increasing tails to 1/1. Heads is now an even shorter price and represents no value. Tails now stands at a slightly better price but still only represents the 'true odds' or likelihood of winning at 1/1 or 50% and so is not value. The event continues and still the betting favors heads. Why? Well the 'average bettor' does not really understand 'value', he does not understand that heads might well be a bad bet or hold no value. He just enjoys betting and since 'heads' is winning - he wants to bet on heads. The bookmaker balances his books again with a dramatic shortening of the odds for heads to 4/9 and a lengthening to 6/4 (+150 US), on tails. At this point the professional bettor would step in and begin to place bets on tails. He knows that he has got value at 6/4 for an event where the 'true odds of success are 1/1. Sportsbook Money Lines The Money Lines, as some may call, are not as complicated as it appears. Unlike point spreads which represents probability based on game points, money lines represents probability with money. A simple way to understand money lines is to think of it as an indication of the amount of money you need to bet to win $110 and the amount of money you will win if you bet $100. Money lines are preferably explained based on a $100 value
since it used in most of the games but it doesn't mean you can only bet a $100 on a game. You can bet with money lines with any amount of many and it will become proportional to the money lines odds. Money lines are used mostly in popular sports like football and basketball. Let me explain you an example of money lines with a game of NFL where it is widely used. For example, the Patriots are the favorite against the Steelers on an AFC game. Since the Patriots are the favorite, the money lines are fixed so they have a money line of -110. The Steelers being the underdog has a money line of +110. If the Patriots are your preference and you choose to bet for them, you have to bet $110 to play a chance on winning $100. If you decide the Steelers are in a come back still not more of a favorite like the Patriots but you still think they can win the game then you bet $100 to play the chance of winning $110. This is because the probabilities calculated by the oddsmakers that are made into money lines are balanced to win less money for betting on a team that has more probability of winning and winning more money for betting on a team that has less chance of winning. It is not necessary to bet a $100 on money lines. You can choose to bet more or less and your winning will be proportional to the $100 and $110 value. For example if you bet $55 on the Raiders with a money line of -110 while the Jets have a money line of +110 and they win, you will receive $50. If you plan to bet $50 on the Jets and they win you get the amount of $55. Money lines are very easy to understand and explain probability with an approach on showing who has a better chance to win and who doesn't. Anyway, the easier way to understand money lines is by wagering. It is by experience of the process that you gain knowledge and your future betting experience will be really worth full.
Betting on Sportsbooks Successful betting on sportsbooks, or successful handicapping requires a substantial amount of homework and a systematic approach to gambling and money management. Profitable gambling on sportsbooks games has its price and you must be willing to put in the time and research. Top Sportsbooks will show you some of the things you'll need to know to make better picks and win more money this season. 1. Always approach the sportsbooks games in terms of an entire season. Don't try to win big on one game and set your goals to win more games than you lose over the long haul of an entire season. If you are serious about success, you must make a plan and remain disciplined. You should plan the proper bet size on each play or game. You should never risk more than 5% of your bankroll on any one play. I would guess that most of the sportsbooks gamblers are wagering too much on each game and ask you not fall into that same trap. 2. Narrow your weekly gambling choices down and make quality bets. Narrow your weekly gambling choices down to no more than seven games per week. It's a rare week when more than a few games will stand out as good gambling values. Find these games and you'll better your odds of winning more than you lose. Whatever system you use for your sportsbook betting remember to keep it simple. You don't want to worry so much about how much each play is worth and forget to handicap. If you want to be successful at sports betting remember that money management will be important. 3. Look for the best early moneyline and point spread values in the season. Take advantage of early season point spread and money line value before the odds makers have had a chance to catch up with which teams are hot and which teams are not. During the early part of a season, look for teams that are playing much better or worse
than expected to get your best value. Many novice handicappers concentrate on how a team performed the previous year, but in this era of salary cap constraints and constant roster turnover, teams never perform at the same level in two consecutive years. In addition, teams that performed well the previous year are no longer a good value because you are laying a much higher price with them, especially at the beginning of the next season. Start your handicapping analysis before the season starts so you'll be ready to take full advantage of the first few weeks of the season. 4. Find the best odds and gambling lines. One last place to look for value is in the line itself. With hundreds of online sportsbooks already in existence, and more springing up every season, handicapping lines and point spreads will vary from one sportsbook to the next. Having multiple places to shop for the best lines offer bettors an extra point on many games. A few extra wins that would have been pushes, and pushes that would have been losses can make a huge difference in a handicapper's bottom line at the end of a season. A few minutes of shopping around for one last chance of additional value will make certain that you are getting the best odds for your gambling dollars. 5. Use research not trends. The first type of a sportsbook gambling method is where you research as much as possible about the teams and the games specifically, weigh all the relevant substantive factors as best you can, and arrive at your best educated guess as to the likely outcome. The key to this method is a lot of research. The more informed your opinion or intuition is, the better. The second method involves looking for specific trends that appear to hit at a greater than chance rate, and then betting the games that fit these trends. The overwhelming majority of such trends have little or no predictive value whatsoever. One
reason I say this is because there are an infinite number of possible trends like this, so of course you can always go back after the fact and find as many as you want that have hit at a surprisingly high percentage. But you want to identify the ones that will continue to hit at that above chance percentage, and that is a very elusive task. For all intents and purposes, ignore trends and concentrate on trying to figure out who is the better team and by how much. Bet on Sports Like a Pro Sports betting is a challenging form of betting and despite its seeming lack of strategy and complete reliance on knowledge of the event, good sports betting actually relies on a great deal of strategy which must be used in order to win. The most important tactics involve a close analysis of the information upon which a sound judgment must be based and thereafter the bet must be placed. A winning strategy takes a few salient factors into account which are: 1. The amount of the bid 2. The kind of bet 3. The odds on offer Sportsbooks in the US and Bookmakers in UK are entities that accept sports bets. The bets can be placed predicting the outcome of several sporting events like Baseball, Snooker, Basketball, Hockey, Soccer, Football, Tennis and hundreds of other sports and athletic activities. Just to cover some basic definitions: a sportsbook is the one that accepts the sports bet. An oddsmaker is the one who sets the odds of betting.
Betting the Odds In order to place a bet, you must first select the type of bet and the amount you will wager. This naturally will depend upon the odds that are being offered. Before you go ahead and place the bet, carefully scrutinize the range of available odds. The odds must be in the ratio of at least 2:1 for the bet to be worthwhile. Another factor that must be taken into account is the amount being given by way of commission to the sports-book. This ideally should be a minimal percentage of the total value of the odds. Given below is a list of some common kinds of bets: 1. Single or Straight Bet: This is betting in its most basic form and allows you to bet at given odds, upon a winner. 2. Point Spread: Under this bet one can bet on one of two selections that have been equated through the allocation of suitable points. In the Point Spread the number of allocated points are shown with a + sign for the favorable side and a - sign for the underdog. In order that the better wins, the favored team must win by more than the Point Spread. On the flip side, if a bet has been placed on the underdog, that team has to lose by less than the Point Spread for the better to win. 4. Buy Points: This involves moving the Point Spread positively, by paying a price. 5. The Moneyline: This type of bet is simply on who will win. It establishes the odds for each side but is the reverse of the Point Spread, with a - sign standing for the favorite and the + sign for the underdog. 6. Total Bet: This is similar to point spread bets, only in that the better bets on the total points scored. 7. Over/ Under: This is a bet as per which the number of points scored by the teams in any game will be beyond/ over OR below/ under the total set by the oddsmaker.
8. Parlay of Accumulator: This is a way of betting on multiple sporting events in the hope that a big payoff will be made if all win. The picks made are in relation to the point spread. Even if one event does not win or draw, the better loses the entire bet. Huge amounts can be made through parlay betting, in the event of a win. 9. Teaser: A teaser is similar to a parlay, however it has the option of adding or taking off points from one or more than one Spread bets. The odds depend upon the number of points the spread is moved as well as upon the number of teams that are combined to form the teaser. 10. Futures: These are bets on who will win the championship in the event that there are more than two possible teams to bet on. Substantial variations between sportbooks exist in house edge on futures. 11. Buying Half a Point: In this, the straight bet player gets the option of moving the point spread half point to his advantage. The most appropriate time to buy a half point is when one team is favored by 2.5, 3, 6.5 or 7 in football. This is primarily due to the fact that several games end in a 3 or 7 point difference. The extra half point may end up turning a loss to a draw or a draw to a win. Of all these types of bets, three types of bets are prominent and must be used for the simple reason that they are simple themselves, are easy to win and have a good chance of winning. These are the Straight bet, the Doubles and the Future. Here are a few Betting tips that will help you to place the Best Bets and push you towards a big win, they are: 1. Always make an intelligent analysis of the odds and the offer of the bet.
2. For a simple bet, stick to the Straight bet as it is non-complicated and has good winning prospects. 3. Bet wisely by keeping your selections limited. Also try to limit the influence of bias in your betting. If you are a fan of a team try to limit the effect of that favoritism when betting. 4. One of the most rewarding bets is the 'Future' bet but only if you know a lot about the sport being played and about the players. 5. By betting regularly though systematically and in an analytical manner, one can improve your judgmental ability. 6. Contain the urge to bet with you winnings immediately. If you do not follow the standard rule of 50%, at least put some of your winnings back into your pocket. 7. Make sure your sportsbook is a member of a known Gambling Association, makes a quick payment and is easily accessible. Read in between the lines, about matters pertaining to disputes. 8. Train yourself to look for value odds - you will master this art soon, with time and practice. 9. If deciding between two seemingly equivalent choices, trust your judgment and not that of those who have bet before you. In so doing, choose a selection with a little higher risk so as to hike up the winnings. 10. Bet on games and leagues where the sportsbook's commission is the least. This is often in the sport or sports with which that sportsbook does most of its business, as it is likely the most efficient in that area.
NFL Betting In this article we review and comment upon the basic and exotic types of bets available to players who want action on the NFL. First, a couple of "warnings" 1) Not all bookies offer all of the bets below. 2) Not all bookies offer the bets at exactly the same odds. The odds listed are what I perceive to be the industry standard, and rarely should you accept worse. Occasionally you'll find shops offering more generous odds, be it on a week-in, week-out basis or as a short-term "special". OK, for the purposes of explaining the bets we'll assume the following first week lines in the NFL. For more info on what a line is (and isn't), see the first article in the series. Patriots 47.5 JETS 6.5 Oakland 45 GREEN BAY 10 Detroit 49 SEATTLE 7.5 Minnesota 48 ATLANTA 3 Pittsburgh 7 CLEVELAND 41.5 Now here we go: 1) SIDES
This involves the smaller number listed by each pair of teams. The team beside the smaller number is favored by that many points. (So the Jets are favored over New England by 6.5, Green Bay is favored over Oakland by 10, Seattle by 7.5, and so on.) Pick the team you like to win the game, including the handicap. You risk $11 for every $10 you want to win from the bookmaker. If you choose Seattle, Seattle must win by more than 7.5 points (so 8 points or more). If you prefer Detroit, Detroit either has to win on the field or lose by 7.5 points or less for you to win your bet. So it doesn't only matter, sometimes, who wins the game, but who wins including the handicap or "spread". If Detroit wins, Detroit bettors win. If Seattle wins by 8 or more points, Seattle bettors win. If Seattle wins on the field by 7 points or less, Detroit bettors win because Seattle "didn't cover the spread". Suppose in the Pittsburgh-Cleveland game Pittsburgh wins by exactly 7 points, the line. In that case all bets are considered off, and risked money is just returned to bettors. This is called a "push", "wash", "jerk", and other things I can't print here. This is the most common bet in football. If you're risking $11 to win $10 on each bet, you must be right 52.4% of the time to break even. 2) TOTALS This involves the larger number associated with each pair of teams. This is the "Over/Under" number, and it's listed beside the underdog. Envision the total final score of both teams in the Pittsburgh-Cleveland game. If you think it'll be "OVER" 41.5, risk $11 to win $10 from your bookie. If you think it'll be 41 points or less, bet the same amount on the "UNDER". Overtime counts!
If the Minnesota-Atlanta game ends 28-20 for a total of 48, that's a push treated the same way as a side that pushes. Bettors just get their money back. Another common bet, the "TOTAL" can see the bettor cheering both teams' offenses, or both teams' defenses. At the dorm one year in university I had the over on the Super Bowl. More than a few people were confused why I wanted both the Bills AND the Giants to run it up! 3) PARLAYS (in Europe, "ACCUMULATORS") Number of Teams .......... Odds 2 ........ 13/5 3 ........ 6/1 4 ........ 11/1 5 ........ 20/1 6 ........ 30/1 7 ........ 50/1 8 ........ 70/1 In a parlay, you pick two or more sides, totals, or a combination of sides and totals, and if they all win, you win at the odds quoted. If one or more of your picks loses, your bet loses. A popular bet is one that parlays the side and the total in the same game often "favorite and over" or "underdog and under". Pushes in Parlays: If one of your picks pushes, most places use "ties reduce": that one part of your parlay that pushed was deemed not to have been played and you now have a parlay with one pick less. So if you played a 5-team parlay and 4 of your picks won and 1 pushed, you would be credited with a winning, 4- team parlay. Avoid any shop where ties on parlays lose.
In general, multiple team parlays are BAD BETS! The true odds of hitting a 2-teamer is 3-1 and a 3- teamer 7-1, so the standard odds above give the bookie a modest edge. The bookie's cut gets big thereafter though: The true odds on a 4-teamer are 15-1, on a 6teamer 63-1, and on an 8-teamer 255-1; the payoffs aren't nearly that good! Some people say "Well it's like the Lottery...maybe the jackpot should truly be $20 million, but who's going to complain about winning $7 million?". Take that philosophy if you like, but take it at your own risk. 4) TEASERS This bet is so named because it can tease the player into thinking he has the advantage over the house. We'll discuss 2-team teasers, but teasers of more teams are also available and work the same way. 2-Team Teaser 6 Points: 10/11 6.5 Points 5/6 7 Points: 10/13 Pick two sides, two totals, or one of each. Like a parlay both must win, but you get to move the line in your favor by 6, 6.5, or 7 points depending on how much you bet. If you like Seattle and the over in the Pittsburgh game and you choose a 6-point teaser, then you lay $11 against your bookie's $10 and you need Seattle to win by (7.5 - 6) only 1.5 points or more and the total in the Pittsburgh game to go over (41.5 - 6) only 35.5. If you like New England and the under in the Pittsburgh game on a 7-point tease then New England has to win or lose by (6.5 + 7) at most 13.5 points and the Pittsburgh total has to go under (41.5 + 7) a score of 48.5.
Books treat pushes within teasers differently from place to place. Check out the shop's rules before you bet. Be sure to avoid a place where "ties lose". Is the teaser a good bet? A teaser is a lot like a cello recital. Done properly, with attention to subtleties, it can be beautiful. Done incorrectly, it's the ugliest thing ever. A future article will be entirely devoted to teasers. 5) MONEY LINES Some people prefer to bet on which team will win the game without the use of the spread. This is called "betting on the money line" or "betting straight up". On the Patriots-Jets game you might see a money line of: Patriots +$240 Jets -$280 The minus number goes with the favorite. That is how much you must risk on that team to win $100 of your bookie's dough. The plus number goes with the underdog. That is how much your bookie would wager against your $100 if you took that team. If there is no favorite, each team is listed at -$110. For either side you must risk $110 to win $100. Money lines can be parlayed; consult a book on sports betting for how to calculate payoff odds. (All baseball odds are money lines, so a book on betting baseball would have this for sure.) Most shops have a fixed conversion table for spread odds to money line odds. 3-point favorites are near - $150 on the money line, touchdown favorites near -$300, and 10point favorites near -$500. Most shops won't have a money line on a game where the spread is more than 14 points.
Most shops have all the above bets available. The following bets are slightly more "exotic" and are hit or miss. Some books cover exotics, some don't; those that do may have some and not others. 6) 1ST HALF and HALFTIME LINES These are very common now. Before the game the book will offer a line on the first half side and total. Once again you lay $11 to win $10 and the bet is "finished" at halftime. Similarly, at the half, bookies will deal a line on the second half of play only (but this does include overtime, if any). Many people beat these lines with great frequency. I haven't figured them out yet. Worse, they can be abused by dummies like a guy I know in town: ESPN's Sunday game comes on here at 9pm, and this year MNF has unfortunately reverted to its old time slot, 10pm. If he has a long day ahead of him my friend will just best the first half numbers so he won't "have to stay up to see if he wins". 7) "IF"S With apologies to Rudyard Kipling, the "if" bet is more about being a manager of money than about being a man. You call in two bets at once but the second one only plays "if" the first one wins. Usually the second bet is on a game that will start before the bet on the first game is decided. Be very clear with the clerk that you are placing an "if" bet. (Say "if" a LOT!). You may decide you like the Jets and Detroit in Week 1, but you want to limit your risk. So you decide to bet $110 to win $100 on the Jets -6.5, and then instruct your bookie to put $110 on Detroit +7.5 on the West Coast game, but only if the Jets win for you in the early game. If both teams win, you win $200...$100 from the Jets and $100 from Detroit. Nice. If the Jets win but Detroit loses on you, you're out $10: The Jets won you $100 but
you lost $110 on Detroit. If the Jets don't win by 7 or more, you lose $110-your Jets bet. The Detroit bet doesn't happen because the Jets didn't win for you. So you can win $200, or lose pennies, or lose at most $110. 8) REVERSES (Sometimes called "if-and-reverse") The reverse is two "if" bets on the same two teams, with each team on the front end once (and so each team is on the back end once as well). A "Reverse" on the above teams is simply the addition of a mirror "if" bet: one that puts $110 on Detroit no matter what, and if Detroit wins, puts $110 back on the Jets. So if both teams win, you win $400-two times $200, the total winnings on a single "if". If one team wins, you lose $120. Lets say the Jets win but Detroit loses. In the "Jets first" side, you won $100 on the Jets, but you then lost $110 on Detroit. Down $10. On the "Detroit first" side, Detroit lost, so you lose $110, and the Jets bet never happened. So you lose $10 plus $110 for $120. If both teams lose, you're out $220. Both front-ends are losers so both back-ends are thankfully void! Some people like parlays, some prefer reverses. Get opinions on this in the posting forum. I prefer single bets rather than parlays or reverses! 9) ACTION POINTS Somebody once called this "the crack cocaine of wagering". I wish people used more creative analogies. It's just another intriguing bet! You not only back a team to cover the right side of the spread, but your payoff depends on how well they do it. Suppose you like Atlanta -3 over Minnesota. Figure out your unitbet. Let's say it's $10. For every point more than three that Atlanta wins by, you win $10. For every point Atlanta falls short of winning by three by, you lose $11.
If Atlanta won by 10, you'd win $70: Take the winning margin (10), subtract the spread (3), and multiply the result by your unit-bet ($10). If Minnesota won by 3, you're out $66: Atlanta came up six points short of winning by three, so multiply 6 by your unit bet to figure out your loss. Most shops "cap" a win or loss at 15 or 20 points, and clients can usually lower the cap number when the bet is placed. So if Atlanta loses 56-7, you're not out $520. If they win in a rout, in this example you win a maximum of $200 on a 20point cap. Most people who bet action points bet them when they smell a blowout. Playing Action Points offshore requires a big bankroll because most shops require you to have in your account enough money to cover an "absolute loss" of the cap number of unit-bets. 10) SUPREMACY or SPREAD BETTING (European & some Australian Books) This bet emerged from financial districts in London, Madrid, and likely other stock exchanges. It's the European version of Action Points. The term "Spread" here is NOT the traditional spread. In the Atlanta example above, instead of booking Action points on Atlanta -3 (or Minnesota +3) the bookmaker would list what he calls the spread here as something like "Atlanta, 1-5". The good news is that winners earn $10 a point and losers lose $10 a point, not $11/point per action point loss. The bad news is that it's a split-line: Atlanta-backers have Atlanta at -5 (the higher spread number goes with the listed team, the favorite), and Minnesotabackers have Minnesota +1 (the lower spread number). What happens if Atlanta wins by exactly 2, 3, or 4 points? Everybody loses! Supremacy, for this reason, is a poor choice for the bettor in comparison to Action Points. When a game lands splat on the odds-maker's line in Action Points, all bets are off. In Supremacy, the bookie collects a small sum from everyone. This is particularly poisonous
in pro football when the number 3 lies within the spread...a disproportionate number of games are decided by exactly three points. 11) BUYING POINTS Suppose you like the Patriots at the quoted line of +6.5, but you "really" like them +7. If you can't find +7 at another shop, you can move the line half a point ("buy" a half point) in your favor by laying $12 to win $10 instead of $11 to win $10. On a to-win-$10 bet, each half-point move will cost you an extra $1 of risk. One exception is moving "onto" or "off" the number 3, which usually costs $1.50 of risk to move both on and off. (This is because lots of NFL games are decided by exactly 3 points.) Places that offer point buying will usually let people buy up to between 3 and 7 points. This can be useful when the line is around the number 3 in football, but otherwise is of questionable value. Check out opinions on the subject in our posting rooms. 12) PROPS ("Propositions") Any other strange bet may be referred to as a prop. You may see something in the Jets game like "Who will pass for more yards, Testaverde or Bledsoe?" Odds are quoted with each possible outcome in money line format. These are especially popular for the Super Bowl. Play props that interest you, but if you're going to play a lot, look for lines that don't give the bookmaker too much juice-or you may wind up being squeezed dry. Online Sports betting Tips In the past, sports betting was a famous recreational activity. But today it is more than that. A complete business, an alternative investment. People are minting money through sports betting. Whether Basketball is being played, or Football, or Baseball, betting is done on all sports, at a large scale such as Football betting, NHL Betting, Basketball
Betting. Although it is not legal in most of the countries, yet it is heavily carried out around the world. And online sports betting has brought sports betting within every body's access. Wagering lines are available on all sports and people enjoy sports betting online, 24*7. Sports betting, either online or off-line, requires good skills, tactics and luck. If one wants to beat the odds then one should be the master of game, betting odds and picks. A little mathematics and knowledge can turn the game in one's favor. The most important tactics involve a close analysis of the information upon which a sound judgment must be based and thereafter the bets must be made. A winning sports strategy based on the following handy sports betting tips: * Carefully scrutinize the range of available odds because the type of bet and the amount you will wager depends on odds. The odds must be at least in the ratio of 2:1 for the bet to be worthwhile. * Be static and quiescent while betting. Keep your likings and favoritism aside before making a bet. Give a deep and thorough study to the team's performance before choosing for bet. * If you are betting through internet, always select trusted sportsbook. The most important factor in choosing an online sportsbook involves the quality of the sportsbook. There are simply too many cases in which a player unknowingly joined a sportsbook and when it came to collect the winnings, the company could not pay. You should find a sportsbook that has good recommendations and excellent payout policies. * You can find hundreds of sports betting opportunities, but all these are not the value betting opportunities. Wait for a value betting opportunity so that you can bet intelligently and win handsome payout. * Learn about the sports to which you are betting. Read related materials like rules, tips, and secrets. Knowledge of the game helps in placing wise bets. * Keep your wagering money within limits. * By betting
regularly in a systematically and analytical manner, one can improve judgment and logic. Sports betting is a challenging form of betting and greatly relies on knowledge and skills. Learn some good sports betting tips and bet on your favorite sports; You will start doubling your income! Horse Betting Horse racing is perhaps one of the oldest sports in America. The charisma and aura of the game is such that it refreshes and revitalizes your spirits. If taken in the right sense i.e. not as a gamble with your limited money, horse racing is one of the best and conspicuous sports to play. Before taking on to this game, one needs to have a very lucid idea of the entire chemistry of this game. This includes a proper knowledge of different strategies and rules of the game. Since you will be betting on horses taking part in the race, your primary knowledge should comprise which horse will take you to victory. The best means to educate your self about the horses is to pick up two three latest good magazines on horse racing. The statistics in there reveal which horse is by far the most wanted one and also the reasons for it. Read the average winnings of different horses and why some horses fail to make it to the list of favorable ones. Make an appropriate assessment in your mind about the horses on the basis of your readings. The best you can do after that is to visit the race course if it is thrown open to public to attend morning sessions. If not, don't be disheartened. Just try to make it a little early to the ground on the event day. For that will give an opportunity to read the track and perceive various horses to make your observations. Try to match your readings with your perception. Based on a survey of the track (if the track is dry, wet etc.) there are several parameters to decide the winning chances of the horse on that very day. With a hawk's
eye scrutinize the behavior of the horses as they march past to the stands before commencement of the race. If the horse is sweating, limping, walking with head down, or seems inattentive, weary and distracted then there are less chances to its win. Bet on the horse with an adequately sturdy built and fluent gait keeping in mind your analysis of the track and what your intuition says. The horses are even categorized as- Front Runners, Closers and Morning Glories. The front runners occupy the front stage throughout the race. The closers are close chasers since beginning and can be effective winners in the end. The case is different with morning glories that shine brightly like the sun initially but die out soon, leaving at an unsatisfactory note. If two horses simultaneously reach the end, it is a tie case known as dead heat in the language of this sport. A finish is termed as blanket finish when two horses end up so closely that there is a negligible difference between them. If you are new to this sport, you are advised not to take any risk of betting on a horse that has more odds. The more are the odds, the least are the chances of winning. For instance if the odds are 10:1 then for every 1 dollar you bet in return you will get 10 dollars back which is not considered to be a good deal. A fair adjudication of the odds on the basis of kind of field, past record and type of the horse and the jockey who takes on the horse is made by the odds makers on the field. This calculative efficiency gradually sweeps in with experience. But one thing should always be categorically borne in mind that you should wager on the horse only when the money you bet is the one you can contentedly afford to lose. Never make it an addiction that makes you bet the money meant for your child's education or household work i.e. any basic, important necessity of life. An addiction to any thing is fatal in the end. So let horse racing be a pleasure in leisure.
Money Management for Sports Betting Success A Fundamental Strategy to Grind Out Long Term Profits Let's face it: the number one goal of anyone who bets on sports is to win money. No one likes the feeling of wagering on a sporting event and then losing their hard earned money because their team didn't win the game or cover the point spread. It has been well discussed in the past that most people who bet on sports lose money in the long run. After analyzing this trend, one of the biggest problems that most amateur bettors have is a poor, or nonexistent, money management strategy. While nothing in sports betting is ever for certain, there are some very important skills that you can learn, and implement today that will set you apart from a majority of the people that lose money betting on sports. You can become one of the few who shows a nice profit. This article is by no means all that there is to know or consider with a money management program, but it will give you a SOLID foundation from which to build your bankroll month after month, and year after year. Establishing Sports Betting Goals As I said earlier, people bet because they are trying to show a profit. One of the main questions that you need to consider when developing a winning plan for success is: 1. How much money do I want to make monthly or yearly from betting on sports, and do I have enough money to start with to accomplish this goal? It's ok if you don't have a clear understanding of what the answers to the above two questions should be. Very shortly it will be perfectly clear. Let's use an example of an unrealistic goal: "I would like to make $500 per month betting on sports. I have $500 to start with at the beginning of the football season."
FORGET IT, GO FIND A NEW HOBBY, OR GO PLAY THE LOTTERY! Now let's use an example of a realistic goal: "I would like to make and extra $100 - $300 per month betting on sports. I have $3000 to start with at the beginning of the football season." NOW THIS IS MUCH MORE REALISTIC, AND THIS ARTICLE WILL SHOW YOU HOW TO DO JUST THIS AND MORE BY FOLLOWING SOME BASIC MONEY MANAGEMENT SKILLS. Just as with any business, if you treat sports betting as a serious business, money can be made, if you understand what is involved. Most people have unrealistic expectations that they can bet $50 a game with a $500 bankroll and be doubling their money in no time. It just DOES NOT AND WILL NOT work this way. We will now look at how to establish a proper bankroll for your betting habits, set realistic goals, and run your sports betting just as you would do with any other business. Bankroll Size The first thing you need to do is establish a starting bankroll for your sports betting, and then decide how much you will be betting on each particular game. Your bankroll should always determine your betting size, and the size of your bets should correlate with the size of your current bankroll. Let's define bankroll size as the amount of money available to place your bets with, and the investment vehicle to build your profits. The main betting technique that we use, and that we recommend you use for long term success with a majority of your bets is a basic 2% flat rate of bankroll. What this means is that if you start with a bankroll of $1000 your first bet would be for $20, or 2% of your bankroll. Why 2% you may ask? By betting 2% you will have nearly no chance of losing your entire bankroll during a losing streak, because as your bankroll decreases, a 2% bet will
also get smaller as well. When things turn around and you go on a hot streak, and your bankroll grows to more than your initial $1000, you get to increase your bet size, simply by being disciplined and sticking with the 2% flat rate of bankroll system. Now you can see that if you are the type of person who feels comfortable betting $20 a game, you should start with a bankroll of $1000. You need to use this type of system to minimize your losses during cold streak and maximize your profits during a hot streak. How much can I expect to profit? To look at this we will use a scenario of someone who has a starting bankroll of $1000 and we will examine how much money they can make using the 2% flat rate of bankroll system with different winning percentages for picking winners. We will track 100 bets. Scenario #1 Starting bankroll: $1000 Winning percentage: 55% Initial bet size: $22 Number of bets: 100 Results: 55 winners = $1100 45 losers = $990 Rough estimate using 11-10 point spread odds $1100 - $990 = $110 profit Scenario #2 Starting bankroll: $1000 Winning percentage: 57% Initial bet size: $22 Number of bets: 100 Results: 57 winners = $1140 43 losers = $946 Rough estimate using 11-10 point spread odds $1140 - $946 = $194 profit
Scenario #3 Starting bankroll: $1000 Winning percentage: 59% Initial bet size: $22 Number of bets: 100 Results: 59 winners = $1180 41 losers = $902 Rough estimate using 11-10 point spread odds $1180 - $902 = $278 profit If you are getting thoughts that you are interested in making more per 100 bets there are two ways to make this happen with this system. The first is to pick a higher percentage of winners, if you pick higher that 60% winners you will make more money than if you only pick 55% winners. The second way is to increase your bankroll, which will allow you to increase the size of your bets. As a 2% bet of $1000 was $20, (we used $22 to simplify the math), 2% of $2000 would be $40. This situation would now allow you to increase your profits quite nicely over a 100 bet stretch. The above is a basic fundamental strategy involved in long term sports wagering success. It is a way to grind out long term profits month after month, and year after year. This system does not have the excitement factor of hitting a 6 team parlay, but it is a very safe way to build a bankroll little by little and make you one of the few you can proudly show a profit at the end of the year. Basketball Sports Gambling Strategy Basketball sports' gambling is a game of skill and relies on a great deal of strategy, which must be used in order to win. The challenge is to gather and analyze as much information as you can about a game, weigh the probabilities of each team winning, and subsequently compare your opinion to the odds makers. Make the right judgment and you win. To keep the sports gambling simple and fun I am only going to cover straight bets. When
gambling on a basketball game, there are two ways to place a straight bet within that same game. You can either bet the line also known to as the side, or how many points will be scored in the basketball game also known as the total. The Straight Bet is betting in its most basic form, which allows you to bet at given odds, upon a winner. The Point Spread can bet on one of two selections that have been equated through the allocation of suitable points. In the Point Spread the number of allocated points are shown with a + sign for the favorable side and a - sign for the underdog. In order that the better wins, the favored team must win by more than the Point Spread. On the flip side, if a bet has been placed on the underdog, that team has to lose by less than the Point Spread for the better to win. Example: Detroit -8.0 Seattle 196 In this example, Seattle is the favored team to win the basketball game by at least 8 points. The underdog team is Detroit, where the listed total for the contest is placed at 196. If you take a straight bet on Seattle, you are betting that Seattle will win by at least by 8 points. Conversely, if you bet on Detroit, you are betting that even if they do not win the game, Seattle will not win by as many as 8.0 points. Say the final score was: Seattle 100 Detroit 98 If you bet on Seattle, you would have lost, because they did not win by at least 8 points. All of these sports gambling sites offer some sort of bonus for you to do your betting online with them. They are not the outrageous bonuses that you may hear about, but are adequate to start you out. You have to be careful about sportsbooks that offer the unbelievable bonus deals because they may not be able to stay around for the long haul. In most of the sports gambling sites, if you wagered $100 on Seattle, your loss would be $100. On the other hand, if you wagered on Detroit, you would have risked the same
$110 to win $100. In other words you are laying 11 to win 10. The odds in the sportsbooks are listed in this manner: 10/11. The left-hand side of the backslash is what you stand to win and the right-hand side is the number you risk losing. In this basketball game, there was a total of 198 points scored. This exceeded the total of 196 that was predicted by the lines makers, so the game went Over. If less than 196 combined points was scored in the game, the game will have gone Under. On total points at most sportsbooks, once again, the odds are 11/10. The loser pays more than the sportsbook pays to the winner is the net profit that the sportsbook would make. This is called the juice. When looking for a sports gambling site you should look for a small juice. A line movement in any direction indicates which team that the people are betting more on. Sports gambling sites will move the line in either direction to try and entice a bettor to bet on the side that is needed to even out the amount wagered on both sides of the game. This is way the sportsbook makes its money on the juice and do not let movements in the line influence your betting. You do not want to place your wagers with a sportsbook that does not move its line, because you would then be dealing with a sportsbook that is gambling and that is poor money management by that sportsbook. Internet Sportsbetting Options Internet Sports Betting The Internet has grown tremendously over the past decade. From placing sports bets to buying a car, the Internet has made our lives extremely comfortable. The Internet has been a great tool for sports bettors. The wealth of information that's readily available has helped sports bettors make more informed decisions. In the old days, you were limited to whatever you heard on the street.
Understanding your Internet sports betting options The Internet offers you a choice of hundreds of established online casinos and sports betting portals that offer superb features and great bonuses. Since they have a lower overhead than a traditional brick and mortar gambling operation, online gambling destinations can be very liberal when it comes to a signup bonus and ongoing promotions. Online sports betting destinations are online 24 hours a day and just a click away. The options available through Internet sports betting sites are numerous and varied. Equipped with the right information, you can enjoy a plethora of betting options. Much like the stock market, knowing when to bet a moving line can be the key to success. Most online sports books are simply followers of other lines. Paying attention to line moves is vital to winning long-term. Thanks to the Internet, it's now possible to watch line moves from the comfort of your favorite chair. The Internet today, provides a number of quality sports betting online services. Not only do sports betting portals offer terrific betting odds for a number of games like horse racing, baseball, football, basketball, auto racing, golf, hockey, and tennis, some of them also give you free cash. The good sports books will give you a signup bonus and bonuses for re-depositing. Some frequently used sports betting terms: Arbitrage: Betting the same event at separate sports books in order to lock in a profit by taking advantage of different betting lines. Bankroll: Total capital available for betting sports. Bookmaker (or bookie): A person who accepts bets. Chalk: A favorite (usually, a heavy favorite).
Circled game: A game in which the sports book has reduced its betting limits, usually because of weather or the uncertain status of injured players. Futures: A type of wager involving the outcome of a season or how a particular team or player will perform over the course of a season. Hook: A half-point in the betting spread. Line (sports betting lines): The point spread or odds on a game or event. Lock: A bet that cannot lose; a term that is often misused and abused by disreputable touts. Match-up proposition: A betting option that pits two players against one another in a contest or event, often used in golf and auto racing wagering. Nickel: $500. Parlay: A bet in which two or more events must happen in order to win; if any one of them does not happen, the wager loses. Point spread: The number of points added to or subtracted from a team's actual score for betting purposes. Sports book: The part of the casino that accepts bets on athletic contests. Vigorous (or vig): The commission charged by a bookmaker. Quick Sports Betting Tips & Strategies 1.Make each bet a small percentage of your overall bankroll. For example, if you had a $1,000 bankroll and wanted to make each bet 1% of that, your average bet would be $10. As you win, you bet amount goes up. 2.Don't chase losers. Keep your bets solid and follow your defined sports betting parameters. Just because you lose three bets in a row does not mean you will win any
time soon. If you don't pick winners well, this could go on for some time. Keep to your guns. 3.Straight bets are better than parlays. Sure, parlay bets offer the chance to win a lot of money for a small bet, but straight bets will be your consistent winner over time. Everyone plays parlays, but don't make them the focus of your sports betting activity. 4.In horse racing, don't bet a horse to just show. If you think the horse is good enough to be a frontrunner, bet the horse to win, place and show. If the horse is not good enough for this type of bet, in your opinion, the horse is not worth laying any money on to begin with. There are four solid sports betting tips & strategies to make you a much better sports bettor. Your next move is to head over to your favorite sports book and put these sports betting tips & strategies into practice.
STAT ATTACK
This is a straight forward system as all my systems usually are, I dont like systems with lots of rules were it takes you hours to find the selections, keep is nice and easy is the way forward as far as Im concerned. Stat Attack is a brilliant system as it is 3 systems in one, you can choose to lay all selections which I would advice or you may decide to just use 1 or 2 parts of the system, the choice is totally yours but either way you will make a lot of money following this easy but brilliant system. RULES This is a laying system to be used on the betting exchanges, There are 3 parts to this system which are as follows 3 Milers Winners 2 Losers Top Of The Pile The rules for these 3 steps are as follows SOMETIMES A SELECTION WILL OCCUR IN 2 PARTS OF THE SYSTEM, IF SO ONLY LAY THE SELECTION ONCE TOP OF THE PILE RULES
1) Lay every Top Weight horse (always number 1) We only lay the number 1 horse even if there are joint top weights in the race 2) Handicaps Only 3) Lay on the Flat, Jumps and A/W 4) No Bet if over 6/1 5) If the Number 1 horse becomes a non-runner there is no bet in that race. So basically were laying every Top Weight in a handicap that runs on the Flat, Jumps and A/W at under 6/1 WINNERS 2 LOSERS 1) Lay all horses that have won their last two races 2) To be used on all races, Flat, Jumps and A/W 3) To be used on UK races only (Not Irish) 4) No bet if selection is over 7/2 5) If there are 2 or more horses in the same race that have won their last 2 races or more, lay them all 3 MILERS AS THE TITLE STATES WERE LAYING HORSES IN 3 MILE RACES AND OVER RULES
THIS IS A LAYING SYSTEM IN RACES OF 3 MILES AND OVER: UK RACES ONLY, (NOT IRISH) LAY EVERY HORSE THAT IS CARRYING 11-10 OR OVER, MAXIMUM LAY IS 7/1, DO NOT BACK IN HUNTER CHASES, DO NOT BACK IN GRADE & GROUP RACES AS OFTEN MOST OF THE FIELD CARRY 11-10 PLUS
Statistical association football predictions

Statistical Football prediction is a method used in sports betting, to predict the outcome of Association football matches by means of statistical tools. The goal of statistical match prediction is to outperform the predictions of bookmakers, who use them to set odds on the outcome of football matches. The most widely-used statistical approach to prediction is ranking. Football ranking systems assign a rank to each team based on their past game results, so that the highest rank is assigned to the strongest team. The outcome of the match can be predicted by comparing the opponents ranks. Today, eight different football ranking systems exist: FIFA World Rankings, World Football Elo Ratings, AQB Sports Ratings, The Roon Ba, InternationalMark, Rsoccer, Mondfoot and Chance de Gol. There are three main drawbacks to football match predictions that are based on ranking systems: 1. Ranks assigned to the teams do not differentiate between their attacking and defensive strengths. 2. Ranks are accumulated averages which do not account for skill changes in football teams. 3. The main goal of a ranking system is not to predict the results of football games, but to sort the teams according to their average strength. Another approach to football prediction is known as rating systems. While ranking refers only to team order, rating systems assign to each team a continuously scaled strength indicator. Moreover, rating can be assigned not only to a team but to its attacking and defensive strengths, home field advantage or even to the skills of each team player (according to Stern). History Publications about statistical models for football predictions started appearing from the 90s, but the first model was proposed much earlier by Moroney who published his first
statistical analysis of soccer match results in 1956. According to his analysis, both Poisson distribution and negative binomial distribution provided an adequate fit to results of football games. The series of ball passing between players during football matches was successfully analyzed using negative binomial distribution by Reep and Benjamin in 1968. They improved this method in 1971, and in 1974 Hill indicated that soccer game results are to some degree predictable and not simply a matter of chance. The first model predicting outcomes of football matches between teams with different skills was proposed by Michael Maher in 1982. According to his model, the goals, which the opponents score during the game, are drawn from the Poisson distribution. The model parameters are defined by the difference between attacking and defensive skills, adjusted by the home field advantage factor. The methods for modeling the home field advantage factor were summarized in an article by Caurneya and Carron in 1992. Time-dependency of team strengths was analyzed by Knorr-Held in 1999. He used recursive Bayesian estimation to rate football teams: this method was more realistic in comparison to soccer prediction based on common average statistics. Football Prediction Methods All the prediction methods can be categorized according to tournament type, timedependence and regression algorithm. Football prediction methods vary between Roundrobin tournament and Knockout competition. The methods for Knockout competition are summarized in an article by Diego Kuonen. The table below summarizes the methods related to Round-robin tournament. # Code Prediction Method 1. TILS 2. TIPR 3. TISR Time Independent Least Squares Rating Time Independent Poisson Regression Time Independent Skellam Regression Regression Time Algorithm Dependence Linear Least Squares No Regression Maximum No Likelihood Maximum No Likelihood
Performance Poor Medium Medium
Time-Dependent Poisson Regression Time-Dependent 5. TDMC Markov Chain 4. TDPR
Maximum Likelihood Monte-Carlo
Time dumping High factor Markov Chain High model
Time Independent Least Squares Rating This method intends to assign to each team in the tournament a continuously scaled rating value, so that the strongest team will have the highest rating. The method is based on the assumption that the rating assigned to the rival teams is proportional to the outcome of each match. Assume that the teams A, B, C and D are playing in a tournament and the match outcomes are as follows: Match # 1 2 3 4 5 Home Team A C D A B Score 3-1 2-1 1-4 3-1 2-0 Away Team B D B D C Y y1 = 3 1 y2 = 2 1 y3 = 1 4 y4 = 3 1 y5 = 2 0
Though the ratings r A , r B , r C and r D of teams A, B, C and D respectively are unknown, it may be assumed that the outcome of match #1 is proportional to the difference between . In this way, y 1 corresponds to the score the ranks of teams A and B: difference and is the noise observation. The same assumption can be made for all the matches in the tournament:
By introducing a selection matrix X, the equations above can be rewritten in a compact form:
Entries of the selection matrix can be either 1, 0 or -1, with 1 corresponding to home teams and -1 to away teams:
has full rank, the algebraic solution of the system may be found via If the matrix the Least squares method:
The final rating parameters are In this case, the strongest team has the highest rating. The advantage of this rating method compared to the standard ranking systems is that the numbers are continuously scaled, defining the precise difference between the teams strengths. Time-Independent Poisson Regression According to this model (Maher), if X i,j and Y i,j are the goals scored in the match where team i plays against team j, then:
X i,j and Y i,j are independent random variables with means and . Thus, the joint probability of the home team scoring x goals and the away team scoring y goals is a product of the two independent probabilities:
while the generalized log-linear model for and according to Kuonen and Lee is and , where a i ,d i ,h > 0 defined as: refers to attacking and defensive strengths and to home field advantage respectively. c and c are correction factors which represent the means of goals scored during the season by home and away teams. Assuming that C signifies the number of teams participating in a season and N stands for the number of matches played until now, the team strengths can be estimated by minimizing the negative log-likelihood function with respect to and :
and Given that x n and y n are known, the team attacking and defensive strengths home ground advantage that minimize the negative log-likelihood can be estimated by Expectation Maximization:
Improvements for this model were suggested by Mark Dixon (statistician) and Stuart Coles. They invented a correlation factor for low scores 0-0, 1-0, 0-1 and 1-1, where the independent Poisson model doesn't hold. Dimitris Karlis and Ioannis Ntzoufras built a Time-Independent Skellam distribution model. Unlike the Poisson model that fits the distribution of scores, the Skellam model fits the difference between home and away scores. Time-Dependent Markov Chain Monte Carlo On the one hand, statistical models require a large number of observations to make an accurate estimation of its parameters. And when there are not enough observations
available during a season (as is usually the situation), working with average statistics makes sense. On the other hand, it is well-known that team skills change during the season, making model parameters time-dependent. Mark Dixon (statistician) and Coles tried to solve this trade-off by assigning a larger weight to the latest match results. Rue and Salvesen introduced a novel time-dependent rating method using the Markov Chain model. They suggested modifying the generalized linear model above for and :
given that corresponds to the strength difference between teams i and j. The parameter > 0 then represents the psychological effects caused by underestimation of the opposing teams strength. According to the model, the attacking strength of team A can be described by the standard equations of Brownian motion, , for time t 1 > t 0 :
where and respectively.
refer to the loss of memory rate and to the prior attack variance
This model is based on the assumption that:
Assuming that three teams A, B and C are playing in the tournament and the matches are played in the following order: t 0 : A-B; t 0 : A-C; t 1 : B-C, the joint probability density can be expressed as:
Since analytical estimation of the parameters is difficult in this case, the Monte Carlo method is applied to estimate the parameters of the model.
System #1 Flat Betting

The most popular kind of bet is without a doubt, flat betting. Every Saturday night or every Monday night, an astronomic number of people place a bet on their favorite team. Soccer, Hockey, Football, on any sports. They just go for a 10$ bet or higher if they can afford to do it. They watch the game with some friends and they have a lot of fun. Sometime they win and sometime they lose. Over a year, they win half of their bets. Of course, they can make some little money over this period but not a lot of money. Like almost everybody they think that it is impossible to make a living at sports gambling especially using flat betting. Well, many people believe professional sports gamblers win almost all of their bets or at least 80% of their bets to make good money. It's understandable that people think that, but it's absolutely not true. The fact is, the difference between the percentage of bets won by professional sports gamblers and the percentage of bets won by chronic losers is relatively very small. We'll ignore money line bets here for the sake of clarity, and use only those bets wherein the player risks 107 to win 100. Well use point spreads and over/under bets. Against this type of bet, anyone at all can expect to win 50 percent. After all, the only thing required is to flip a coin and pick a side. The bookmakers' profit comes from the difference between what a bettor must risk and what a bettor expects to win. Every time a player wins, the bookmaker withholds slightly more than 6.5 percent of the winnings ($7 for every $100 risked). Consequently, a bettor winning only half his bets will ultimately go broke. Professional sports gamblers, by comparison, rarely sustain a long term winning percentage higher than 57 or 58 percent, and it's often as low as 54 or 56 percent. People find that hard to
believe, and they understandably get even more skeptical when told that, for a genuine professional sports gambler, a long term winning expectation of 60% or more is actually too high and a winning rate of 65% mathematically almost impossible to reach. I know that it sounds crazy at first, but as crazy as it may seem there is a simple explanation: If a bettor has five bets on a given day, risking $107 to win $100 on each bet, and wins three of them, that's a great winning ratio of 60% and a net profit for the day of 86 dollars. (The bettor wins $300 and loses $214) If another bettor has fourteen bets on that same day, risking $107 to win $100 on each one, and wins eight of them, that's a much poorer winning percentage of only 57%, but almost twice as much profit for the day of $158 (The bettor wins $800 and loses $642). The second bettor was not necessarily less skilled at picking winners than the first bettor. The second bettor may simply have chosen to apply all his advantages, including those which had less than a 60% chance of winning in the first place. If the ultimate goal is to make money, it is obvious which of those two bettors was more successful. The real goal is, of course, to make money. The measure of success of a sports handicapper is not his percentage of winning bets, but the amount of profit he made over any given period of time. Although there are, indeed, propositions that offer more than a 60% expectation of winning, such propositions are relatively few and far between, and are only a very small part of the overall picture. With the breakeven point at about 51.8%, genuine professional sports gamblers know there is no tenable excuse to pass up propositions offering expectations of higher than, say, 55 percent. A small advantage applied over and over is awesomely effective. Mathematicians will confirm that a profit is more assured from a group of 200 bets with a 55% expectationper-bet than from a group of 50 bets with a 60% expectation-per-bet. In other words, the more bets placed, the more predictable the outcome. This is a fact of life of which pro
sports gamblers must be familiar. It's a basic principle of math: the more bets you are able to place, the more likely it is that your winning percentage will be close to your expectations. A pro sports gambler must be more concerned with profit than with establishing a great winning percentage, and those two conditions are not always compatible. A real pro applies all his advantages as often as possible, not only the best of his advantages when they occasionally arise. The accompanying illustration (below) shows the results of different winning percentages over different numbers of bets. Standard vigorish charges of 4.55 percent are figured into the numbers. (The bookies' net commission is 4.55 percent of all risked funds. Notice in the illustration that winning 55% of 250 bets is more profitable than winning 65% of only 50 bets, - and remember that a profit is more assured - that is, more dependable - because of the higher number of trials. Now, lets take a look at some numbers. The regular Joe will place a bet one bet a week on his favorite team. The odds are at 1.93. This is of course against the spreads or for the total over/under. Over a year, if he wins 55% of his bets, that would be 29 bets. If he bets $100 a game, he would end up the year with a clear profit of $397. 29 X 1.93 X $100 = $5597 - $5200 = $397 On the other hand, the pro sports gambler will bet as much as 20 games everyday. He will bet $100 a game. Lets take a look at the numbers if he has a winning rate of only 53%. 20 games X 365 days = 7300 bets 53% of 7300 bets = 3869 wins 3869 wins at odds 1.93 at $100 = $746,717 $746717 total wagered = $746,717 - $730,000 = $16,717
NET PROFIT = $16,717 After a couple of years, pro sports gamblers will bet over $5000 to $10,000 on each game. After a couple of years, a $1000 bettor will pocket over $167,000 a year in net profit. Pro sports gamblers tend to have a lot of bets compared to non-professionals. Note that winning 55% of 500 bets is actually more profitable than winning 65% of only 50 bets. More importantly, a bettor is more assured of achieving his expected win percentage over a larger total number of bets, and with more bets and smaller bet sizes, the 'ride' is much smoother, less risky, and more predictable. Generally speaking, non-professional sports gamblers go wrong by risking too much of their bankroll on individual bets. They don't spread their risk over enough bets. Professionals use smaller bet sizes in proportion to their bankroll over larger numbers of bets. As a matter of fact, one good way to spot a non-pro is that he invariably has less than a half-dozen bets per week, and he risks more than 20 percent of his bankroll on each bet. Ideally, you must place 8-10 bets a day, and not risk more than 2.5% of the first block bankroll per bet, in order not to exceed 25% of the net running total and to obtain optimal results.
System #2 Straight Bets

Now that were talking about straight bets, I will show you a nice system to use when using straight bet. This simple system will help you to improve your winning ratio when you experience some bad days. The system is very easy to use and understand. In order to make a profit, all you have to do is to win only 2 games out of 6. Yes , thats right, only 33% of your bets. Also, all your bets will be predetermined before you start a new series. You will know exactly how much to bet on each game. This system works better when you bet against the spread in football and basketball simply because the amount of your bets are predetermined. So, for the purpose of the following examples, all odds will be at 1.93 (-107). You can have this low juice at canbet.com. However, the regular odds at most sporstbooks are 1.90 (-110). The System In the 33% straight bet system, you will place a series of up to 6 bets. You will use the predetermined amount of x, 2x, 4x, 6x, 8x, 12.5x. All you have to do is replace the X by your unit size. So, if you start with $10, the predetermined series will looks like: $10, $20, $40, $60, $80, $125. You will place only one bet at a time. So, one bet a day is the average. When you reach a profit in the series you collect your winnings and add it to your bankroll. Then, you start another series. How it Works You will only need to win 1 or 2 games within the series (depending where you are in the series) to make a profit.
Now, to clearly understand, lets see how it works. Lets say the first day, you win your bet of $10. You collect your profit and you start another series. If you lose your first bet, you will bet $20 the second day and you will continue to bet following the predetermined amounts in the series ( $10, $20 $40, $60, $80, $125 ). You will do this until you make a profit within your 6 games. Example 1: Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit 1 $10 L -$10 -$10 2 $20 W +$18.60 +$8.60 Session is over. Profit: +$8.60 Example 2: Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit 1 $10 L -$10 -$10 2 $20 L -$20 -$30 3 $40 W +$37.20 +$7.20 Session is over. Profit: +$7.20 Example 3: Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit 1 $10 L -$10 -$10 2 $20 L -$20 -$30 3 $40 L -$40 -$70 4 $60 W +$55.80 -$14.20 5 $80 L -$80 -$94.20
6 $125 W +$116.25 +$22.05 Session is over. Profit: +$22.05 Example 4: Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit 1 $10 L -$10 -$10 2 $20 L -$20 -$30 3 $40 L -$40 -$70 4 $60 L -$60 -$130 5 $80 W +$74.40 -$55.60 6 $125 W +$116.25 +$60.65 Session is over. Profit: +$60.65 As you can see in example #4, with only 2 wins and 4 loses (33% winning rate), we end the series with a nice profit of $60.65. Of course, you should understand that the main goal is to make a profit as fast as possible and not reach the 6th step. However, even if sometime you reach this 6th step, you know that you will make a good profit. The Rules 1) Make only one bet a day following the predetermined amount in the series which are x, 2x, 4x, 6x, 8x, 12.5x. X is your unit value. 2) As soon as you make a profit, collect your winning and start a new series. That means if you win bet #1 or bet #2 or bet #3, you make a profit and stop the session. 3) When you start to win after bet #3, follow the predetermined amounts in the series until you show a profit. You will only need to win 2 games within 6.
4) If you didnt win within the first 5 games (0-5), stop the series and accept the losses. You only have to recoup your losses and split your remaining bankroll in 4 parts. Then, you can start a new session with a new unit value. In case of a losing session, the betting series is made to protect your bankroll. If you lose a series of 5 bets, youll lose about 11% of your entire bankroll. This leaves you with 89% of your bankroll. Now, to see how it works with real result, heres the results of a daily free picks from a handicapping service. Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit 1 $10 L -$10 -$10 2 $20 L -$20 -$30 3 $40 L -$40 -$70 4 $60 W +$55.80 -$14.20 5 $80 L -$80 -$94.20 6 $125 W +$116.25 +$22.05 Note that after 6 bets, even if youve lost 4 of them (33% W/R), youre up $22.05. If you had made 6 straight bets of $10 each, you would be down by -$21.40. This system has increased your profits by more than 200%. 7 $10 W +$9.30 +$31.35 You win your first bet so, you start a new series with $10. 8 $10 W +$9.30 +$40.65 Again here, you win your first bet. So, you keep betting $10. 9 $10 L -$10 +$30.65 10 $20 L -$20 +$10.65
11 $40 W +$37.20 +$47.85 You made a profit. So, you stop the series and start another one. As you can see, by increasing your bets methodically according to the predetermined amounts, you save huge losses despite a 1-3 losing streak. Adding $7.20 to your Bankroll, youre now up $47.85 12 $10 W +$9.30 +$57.15 13 $10 L -$10 +$47.15 14 $20 W +$18.60 +$65.75 You made a profit. So, you stop the series and start another one. 15 $10 L -$10 +$55.75 16 $20 W +$18.60 +$74.35 You made a profit. So, you stop the series and start another one. 17 $10 L -$10 +$64.35 18 $20 L -$20 +$44.35 19 $40 L -$40 +$4.35 20 $60 L -$60 -$55.65 21 $80 W +$74.40 +$18.75 22 $125 W +$116.25 +$135 You end the series with a 6th bet. Your total profit for 23 days is $135. 23 $10 L -$10 +$125 24 $20 L -$20 +$105 25 $40 L -$40 +$65 26 $60 W +$55.80 +$120.80 27 $80 L -$80 +$40.80
28 $125 W +$116.25 +$157.05 29 $10 L -$10 +$147.05 30 $20 W +$18.60 +$165.65 Even with a disappointing 13-17 finish (that is 43.3% W/R), you end up adding $165.65 into your bankroll. If you would have use straight bet, you would have ended with $49.10. Imagine how much you can win if you have a bigger Personal Betting Bankroll to wager with, or you follow your favorite sports closely enough to consistently pick over 50% winners. You can also use my personal picks everyday. You just have to click on this link: http://www.golden-systems.com Now, just to see how much money can be made with a better winning rate (60%), lets take a look at one month of my daily pick #1 in 2004. Lets see what a $100 bettor would have made. Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit 1 $100 L -$100 -$100 2 $200 L -$200 -$300 3 $400 W +$372 +$72 4 $100 L -$100 -$28 5 $200 L -$200 -$228 6 $400 W +$372 +$144 7 $100 W +$93 +$237 8 $100 W +$93 +$330 9 $100 L -$100 +$230
10 $200 W +$186 +$416 11 $100 W +$93 +$509 12 $100 L -$100 +$409 13 $200 W +$186 +$595 14 $100 W +$93 +$688 15 $100 W +$93 +$781 16 $100 W +$93 +$874 17 $100 W +$93 +$967 18 $100 L -$100 +$867 19 $200 W +$186 +$1053 20 $100 W +$93 +$1146 21 $100 L -$100 +$1046 22 $200 W +$186 +$1232 23 $100 L -$100 +$1132 24 $200 W +$186 +$1318 25 $100 W +$93 +$1411 26 $100 W +$93 +$1504 27 $100 L -$100 +$1404 28 $200 L -$200 +$1204 29 $400 W +$372 +$1576 30 $100 L -$100 +$1476 As you can see, we end with a profit of $1476 for a winning rate of 60% (18-12). However, youll notice that with a $10 betting unit, you would have ended with a profit of $147. Amazingly, you made more money ($165) with a bad winning rate of only 43%.
But its perfectly normal. As far as you go in the series, bigger is your profit when you win. However, with a 43% W/R, chances to hit 5 loses in a row and lose the series are higher. Important 1) The 33% straight bet system is designed to show a profit when you bet against the spread with traditional odds of 1.91 or 1.93. However, this system can show even more profit when you bet on moneylines (favorite or underdog). 2) If you want to use this system with the moneyline (like hockey, baseball, soccer) and with odds different than 1.91 or 1.93, make sure to calculate your wager to win the appropriate amount in the series. If you bet on a team and the odds are 1.33, instead of betting $10 to win $9.30, you must bet $28.18. [9.30 / (1.33-1)]. 3) For every bet with odds lower than 1.91 or 1.93 that you lose, you need to ad the additional losses. So, if you lost the $28.18 bet, you need to ad ($28.18 - $10 = $18.18) to the amount of what would be your normal series. Here, the next series amount would be $38.18 ($20 + $18.18). So, if the next odds are 1.93, this win will not only bring back your losses but you will make a profit. 4) If you can afford to run 2 series or more at the same time, do it! This is how youll reach a nice regular monthly income with this system. Conclusion There is no doubt that the 33% straight bet system is a very good system. It helps to limit your losses and turn them into profit. Again remember: 1) Make only one bet a day following the predetermined amount in the series which are x, 2x, 4x, 6x, 8x, 12.5x. X is your unit value.
2) As soon as you make a profit, collect your winning and start a new series. That means if you win bet #1 or bet #2 or bet #3, you make a profit and stop the session. 3) When you start to win after bet #3, follow the predetermined amounts in the series until you show a profit. You will only need to win 2 games within 6. 4) If you didnt win within the first 5 games (0-5), stop the series and accept the losses. You only have to recoup your losses and split your remaining bankroll in 4 parts. Then, you can start a new session with a new unit value. 5) Every month or so, evaluate your Personal Betting Bankroll, and increase your 4 Betting parts if you feel comfortable doing so.
System #3 - THE UNDERDOGS SYSTEM

Well, this system is very simple and its one of my favorite. I use this system every year during the baseball season. Since I use it, I never encountered a losing session. Youll see how simple it is to earn a steady weekly profit through out the baseball season. I developed this system a couple of years ago when I was working on some casino systems. The power of this system when applied to sports betting is that you can choose your own games and it could be an underdog! Fact: The Martingale is the most popular betting system in the world. It is also called the doubling-up system and can be applied to any even money bet. When playing a casino game, the amount of the first bet is simply doubled after each successive loss, until one wins. After each win, the bet is reduced to its initial value and remains there until the next loss. When one wins, one wins one unit. For example, an 11-step martingale would be : 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 = 2047 units. That is a large amount to risk simply to win one unit ! If you use this strategy for a casino game such as roulette, craps or at sports betting, the danger is that eventually a long string of losses will keep increasing the amount of your bet until the table limit or the betting limit is reached. Yes, The Martingale is the oldest system for casino game. It is also the most dangerous system to lose all your bankroll. When playing an even bet, the casino has always an edge over the player. Lets look at a roulette table. Lets see with a French Roulette table.
There is 36 numbers plus one 0 for a total of 37 number. But now, for the purpose of this example, we will imagine a roulette table with only 36 numbers and no 0. So, when betting on even chances like red and black, you have 50% of chance to win your bet. Mathematically, in a perfect world, if you were betting on red, you should have 18 red (win) and 18 black (lose). Winning total = 18 units 18 units = 0 If you use a 5 step martingale, your series would be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 units. You have to double up your betting amount every time you lose until you reach the 5th step. Lets do some maths. You have 1 chance out of 32 to lose your series. X X X X = 1/32 That means that you have 31 chances out of 32 to win the series and make 1 unit. So, usually, in a perfect world again, if you play 32 series, you will win 31 of them and make 31 units profit. On the other hand, you will lose only one series and of course all your 5 bets for a total of ( 1+2+4+8+16) = 31 units. Total profit = 31-31 = 0 Got it ? This was of course without the casino edge! Now, if you ad the 0 or 00, you are GUARANTEE TO LOSE MONEY ON THE LONG RUN WITH A REGULAR MARTINGALE. This is the same thing with the juice at the sportsbook. When you play with odds of 1.90 or 110, you will lose money on the long run with the regular martingale.
Ok, now, heres the good news. Ill show you how to turn the martingale in your favour and get an edge over the sportsbook. What is a martingale ? I know that you know that. A martingale is a double up system to end a losing series with 1 unit profit. But why are we doubling up our bets ? Simply because in reality, when you use a martingale, you always bet the sum of all your loses plus one unit. Remember the series 1-2-4-8-16 You bet 1 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1) plus 1. So, the next bet is 2. You bet 2 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2) plus 1. So, the next bet is 4. You bet 4 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2+4) plus 1. So, the next bet is 8. You bet 8 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2+4+8) plus 1. So, the next bet is 16. You bet 16 and you win. Profit 16-(1+2+4+8) = 1 unit. Do you clearly understand how works the martingale ? It is not a double up system, it is a total lost plus 1 system! If you think about it, youll realise that you can use a martingale with any kind of bets and odds. If you want to bet only on the Yankees at 1.50 (-200), here how it works. You want to win $10. You place a bet of $20 (10/(1.50-1). You lose. Your next bet is $20+$10 = $30 / (1.50-1) = $60. You lose. Your next bet is $20+$60+$10 = $90 / (1.50-1) = $180. Etc
As you can see, your bets will raise very fast and the risk of losing your bankroll is bigger. Well, the beauty of this system is that you will get an edge over the sportsbook when betting on underdogs. FACT: Over a complete baseball season, 44% of all the games are won by the underdogs. Yes, it is not a misprint, 44% of all games. If you do your homework and you select only the good underdogs, you will easily bring this ratio to 50%. You can also pick an heavy favourite and bet the 1.5 run line. Most of the time, these odds will be from 2.10 (+110) to 2.85 (+185). Like I said, if you do your homework, you will reach a 50% winning rate. It means that you have 1 chance out of 2 to win. However, the odds will always be over 2.00 (+100). This is why you will win on the long run. The system We will use a 8 to 10 step underdog martingale. Everyday, youll pick a good underdog. Day 1 Lets say the odds are 2.35 and you want to make $10. You will start a your series and bet $7.41. (10/(2.35-1) You lose. Day 2 The odds are 2.60 Your next bet will be the sum of all your loses plus the amount you want to make. In our case its $7.41+$10 = $17.41. The next bet will be $17.41/(2.60-1) = $10.88 You lose.
Day 3 The odds are 2.20 Your next bet will be the sum of all your loses plus $10. $7.41+$10.88+$10 = $28.29 The next bet will be $28.29/(2.20-1) = $23.58 You lose. Day 4 The odds are 2.75 Your next bet will be the sum of all your loses plus $10. $7.41+$10.88+$23.58+$10 = $51.87 The next bet will be $51.87/(2.75-1) = $29.64 You win. Total Profit: $51.87 (the 3 bets lost $7.41+$10.88+$23.58) = +$10. This is only one win out of 4 bets (25% W/R) and you make an easy $10. Also, your highest bet was under $30. With a normal martingale, your 4th bet would have been $80. Heres the proof: Now, well do some maths because I want you to understand and see how you will make money on the long run. For the purpose of this example, well assume that the odds are always 2.50 (+150) and we always want to make $10. Lets see what happen on the long run with a 10 step underdog martingale. Remember, if you do your homework, youll easily reach a 50% winning rate. Number of chance to lose the 10 steps: 1/1024 ( 0.097% ) XXXXXXXXX Number of chance to win the 10 steps: 1023/1024 ( 99.90% )
You see that you have less than 1% chance of losing and more than 99% chance of winning. Now lets put some money on the table. With odds of 2.50 (+150 ), your amount lost will look like this: $6.67+$11.12+$18.53+$30.88+$51.47+$79.12+$138.53+$230.88+$384.80+$641.34 TOTAL = $1593.34 So, if you lose your 10 step underdog martingale, you will lose $1593.34. However, because you have only 1 chance out of 1024 to reach a losing streak of 10 in a row, it means that you will win the other 1023 series. Mathematically, after 1024 series, you will have won 1023 X $10, for a total of $10230 and you will have lost 1 X $1593.34. GRAND TOTAL = $10230 - $1593.40 = +$8636.66 This is why this system work so well over the long run. Personally, I use this system during the baseball season. I run 3 series at the same time. I never had to go over step 6 for the last 3 years. It is very cool. Also, youll see than even if you dont pick 50% winners, this system will works very well. The winning ratio if you win at step #10 is only 10% (1-9) but you still make a profit. Remember that without doing anything, the underdogs win 44% of the games. The Rules 1) Select the best daily underdog. 2) Start a new series every time you win a game within the 10. 3) When you lose, always make the total of your previous loses and ad the amount you want to win. Usually, you must keep the same amount a along the series. If you started with $10, keep adding $10.
4) You should always calculate the your next bet by adding all previous loses plus the amount you want to win and calculate your next bet with the appropriate odds. You only have to take the total you want to make and divide it by (odds 1). If you want to win $100 at odds 2.45 (+145), you will have to bet $68.97. 5) You can run more than 1 series at the same time if you can afford to do it. 6) Every time you win, ad your profit to your bankroll and start a new series with the first amount you want to win. 7) You can use this system with any underdog and with any sports. However, it works better during the baseball season simply because there is more than 4500 games through all the year and baseball is the bookies worst nightmare. It is so unpredictable.
System #4 The Up and Down

The up & down system is also a very good system for straight bet. It is similar to the 33% straight bet system in a way that you only need to win 36% of your bets to make a profit. This system is very simple. You will simply follow a series of predetermined amount. These amounts are $X, $2X, $3X, $5X, $8.5X, $14X, $23X, $39X. The reason why we call this the up & down system is because if you lose your first two bets, you will start to move up or down into the series depending if you have won or lost. You will bet only one game a day. If you lose your first 2 bets, you will only need to win 2 games in any 3 games stretch to make a profit and end the series. When this goal is reached, you start another series. How it works For the purpose of this example, well assume that our first bet is $10 and the odds are always 1.93 (-107). 1) First, you have to place a first bet to the predetermined amount of $10. 2) If you win your first bet, stop the series and start another one. 3) If you lose your first bet and win the second bet with the predetermined amount of $20 in the series, you stop and put the profit into your bankroll. You start another series. 4) If youve lost your first 2 bets, you will move up 1 series amount after each loss and down 1 series amount after each win. So if you lose your second bet, your third bet will be for $30. If you win your third bet, your fourth bet will be for $20. Your goal now is to win any games within 3 games.
5) Now, you keep moving up one amount after each loss and moving down one amount after each win until you win 2 bets out of any 3. When you have reached this goal, you made a profit and you start a new series with the first amount of $10. Example Now, to see how it really work, lets put some numbers to the series and see the result. Youll see that with a winning rate of only 40%, you always make some good money. Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit 1 $10 L -$10 -$10 2 $20 L -$20 -$30 3 $30 W +$27.90 -$2.10 4 $20 L -$20 -$22.10 5 $30 W +$27.90 +$5.80 You see that with a poor 40% winning rate, you still make a good profit instead of loosing money. With flat betting, you would have made -$11.40. Not bad hey? So, for this series, your goal is reached and you just have to start a new series. Now, lets take a look at a series of 20 bets. Lets assume a very bad winning rate of only 35% (7-13). Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit #1 $10 L -$10 -$10 #2 $20 L -$20 -$30 #3 $30 W +$27.90 -$2.10 #4 $20 L -$20 -$22.10 #5 $30 L -$30 -$52.10 #6 $50 W +$46.50 -$5.60
#7 $30 L -$30 -$35.60 #8 $50 L -$50 -$85.60 #9 $85 W +$79.05 -$6.55 #10 $50 L -$50 -$56.55 #11 $85 L -$85 -$141.55 #12 $140 W +$130.20 -$11.35 #13 $85 L -$85 -$96.35 #14 $140 L -$140 -$236.35 #15 $230 W +$213.90 -$22.45 #16 $140 L -$140 -$162.45 #17 $230 L -$230 -$392.45 #18 $390 W +$362.70 -$29.75 #19 $230 L -$230 -$259.75 #20 $390 W +$362.70 +$102.95 Its incredible. With only 7 wins out of 20 bets (35%), you end the session with a profit of $102.75. With flat bet, you would be -$64.90 in the hole! Now, I want to go further and show you how this system can be so powerful. Lets say you have the worst possible series of 2 wins out of 9 bets. That is a winning ratio of ONLY 22%. Look how the system perform. Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit #1 $10 L -$10 -$10 #2 $20 L -$20 -$30 #3 $30 L -$30 -$60
#4 $50 L -$50 -$110 #5 $85 L -$85 -$195 #6 $140 L -$140 -$335 #7 $230 L -$230 -$565 #8 $390 W +$362.70 -$202.30 #9 $230 W +$213.90 +$11.60 You may say I just made $11, but this is great. How can you make money with a poor winning rate of only 22%. With flat betting, you would be at -$51.40. So, this great system will let you make a profit even with this kind of W/R. Ok, enough for the theory, lets look at a real month of daily picks just to see how this system work in the real life. Lets take a look a poor month of only 50% W/R (15-15) where you would have lost money with flat betting. Now, lets see how the system perform. Heres what a $100 bettor would have made with odds at 1.93. Day(bet#) Amount W/L Profit Net Profit 1 $100 L -$100 -$100 2 $200 L -$200 -$300 3 $300 W +$279 -$21 4 $200 L -$200 -$221 5 $300 L -$300 -$521 6 $500 W +$465 -$56 7 $300 L -$300 -$356 8 $500 W +$465 +$109
Now, you end this bad session of only 3 wins out of 8 (37.5%) with a clear profit of +$109. You start a new session with a first bet of $100. 9 $100 L -$100 +$9 10 $200 W +$186 +$195 End of session #2. Another profit of +$86 right into your bankroll. You start a new session. 11 $100 W +$93 +$288 End of the session. You start another one. 12 $100 L -$100 +$188 13 $200 W +$186 +$374 End of the session. You start another one. 14 $100 L -$100 +$274 15 $200 W +$186 +$460 End of the session. After 2 weeks of play, youve already made +$460. 16 $100 L -$100 +$360 17 $200 L -$200 +$160 18 $300 L -$300 -$140 19 $500 W +$465 +$325 20 $300 W +$279 +$604 End of the session. You start another one with a $100 bet. 21 $100 L -$100 +$504 22 $200 W +$186 +$690 End of the session. You start another one.
23 $100 L -$100 +$590 24 $200 W +$186 +$776 End of the session. You start another one. 25 $100 W +$93 +$869 26 $100 W +$93 +$962 End of the session. You start another one. 27 $100 L -$100 +$862 28 $200 W +$186 +$1048 End of the session. You start another one. 29 $100 W +$93 +$1141 End of the session. You start another one. 30 $100 L -$100 +$1041 At the end of the month, you have made a net profit of +$1041 with a low winning rate of only 50%. Usually, with flat betting, you would be at -$105. Thats the beauty of this system. Summary 1) First, you have to place a first bet to the predetermined amount. These amounts are $X, $2X, $3X, $5X, $8.5X, $14X, $23X, 39X. 2) If you win your first bet, stop the series and start another one. 3) If you lose your first bet and win the second bet with the predetermined amount of $2X in the series, you stop and put the profit into your bankroll. You start another series. 4) If youve lost your first 2 bets, you will move up 1 series amount after each loss and down 1 series amount after each win. So if you lose your second bet, your third bet will
be for $3X. If you win your third bet, your fourth bet will be for $2X. Your goal now is to win any games within 3 games. 5) Now, you keep moving up one amount after each loss and moving down one amount after each win until you win 2 bets out of any 3. When you have reached this goal, you made a profit and you start a new series with the first amount of $10. As you can see in the examples, you are guaranteed to turn a small profit while hitting just 36% winners and you can make a really good profit with a very realistic 50% winning rate. Remember one thing. Even the best Las Vegas handicapper has bad streaks, so, believe me, youll have some over a long period. However, the up and down straight bet system protects your bankroll from big loses even when you go with a bad W/R of 36%. Please note that if you hit a very bad losing streak of 8 loses in a row, you wont make any profit and youll lose money. Im talking about this disappointing scenario in the interest of full disclosure. Even though I can guarantee youll make a profit with a low W/R of 36% with this System, it isnt going to turn long-term bad picks into cash. Almost no Program can. Only the unbeatable system can and Ill show you how it works later. However, if you do your homework or if you use my daily picks (because I do my homework!), you will beat the sportsbooks every time!
System #5 Parlay in a Ten

This is a betting system that constantly have shown a steady profit for me. The goal of the system is to win just one parlay in an ten bet series. This is only a 10% winning rate. So, if you can pick a winner within 10 picks (or more if you have a bigger bankroll or you use underdogs), you make a profit. First of all, stay away from parlay of more than 2 games. The more games you have in your parlay, the lower will be the payout proportionally to your bet. This is normal and this is how the sportsbooks are making their money. Lets take a look at the chart for odds of 107 (1.93) 2 Teams - odds are 3-1 - Pays 2.74 3 Teams - odds are 7-1 - Pays 6.24 4 Teams - odds are 15-1 - Pays 13.01 5 Teams - odds are 31-1 - Pays 26.10 6 Teams - odds are 63-1 - Pays 51.42 So, keep it simple and safe: ALWAYS USE A 2 TEAM PARLAY. Who are you going to bet on ? Well, 2 strong underdogs whose payout is big or 2 money line favorite with reasonable odds. Bankroll: I cant tell you exactly what bankroll you need because the odds are changing everyday. But I think that a bankroll of 100 units would be reasonable The bet will be calculated with the odds offer by the bookmakers. The formula is: B = (TL+P) / ((GAME 1 X GAME 2) - 1)
B = Your bet TL= Total lost P= Profit you want to make GAME 1= Odds for game 1 (International odds) GAME 2= Odds for game 2 (International odds) Step 1 Decide the amount you want to win. Lets say you want to make $25 on day 1 and the odds for the 2 games are 120 (1.83) and +110 (2.10) B= (0 + 25) / ((1.83 X 2.10) 1) = $8.79 Your first bet is $8.79 for the parlay. If you win, you make $25 profit. $8.79 X 1.83 X 2.1 - $8.79 = $25 You go to step 1 If you lose, you go to step 2 Step 2 Lets say the odds for the 2 games are 140 (1.71) and +105 (2.05) B = ($8.79 + $25 ) / ((1.71 X 2.05) 1) = $13.46 Your next bet is $13.46 If you win, you make $25 profit. $13.46 x 1.71 X 2.05 ($13.46 + $8.79) = $25 You go to step 1 If you lose, you go to step 3 Step 3 Lets say the odds for day 3 are +120 (2.20) and 105 (1.95) B = ($8.79 + $13.46 + $25 ) / ((2.20 X 1.95 ) 1) = $14.36
Your next bet is $14.36 If you win, you make $25 profit. $14.36 X 2.20 X 1.95 ($14.36+$13.46+$8.79) = $25 You go to step 1 If you lose, you go to step 4 Step 4 Continue the progression using the betting formula until you hit a parlay. When youll hit a parlay, youll make a profit. Remember the rules to follow: 1- Using the betting formula, make a 2 team parlay. 2- If you lose your first parlay, make another 2 team parlay using the betting formula. Continue to make 2 team parlay until you win one 2 team parlay. 3- If you win the first parlay, start another series at step 1 4- When you hit a parlay anywhere in the series, youll make a profit. 5- If you lose, continue the series up to 10 bets and even more if you can afford. I highly recommend this system. I use it everyday with my daily picks and it works very well. I only have to hit just one parlay in the series to show a good profit. I love that! Heres an example For the purpose of this example, we will assume that were betting a 2 team parlay against the spread in basketball or football. The odds will always be 3.86 (2 X 1.93 (107)). Day Wager W/L NET PROFIT 1 8.75 L -8.75 2 11.80 L -20.55 3 15.93 L -36.48
4 21.50 L -57.98 5 29.01 L -86.99 6 39.15 L -126.14 7 52.85 L -178.99 8 71.33 L -250.32 9 96.27 L -346.59 10 129.93 W +25 You finish your 10 days of betting with only one win out of 10. A winning ratio of only 10% and you make a profit of $25. Remember, it was with odds of 1.93. Now imagine with odds of 2.50 for each team during the baseball season. With a bankroll of 100 units, you can resist a losing streak of at least 25 games in a row. Not to bad! IMPORTANT 1) Keep on betting as long as your bankroll allow it to. If you experience a long losing streak without hitting your win to close the series and you have lost near 50% of your bankroll, maybe you should accept the lose and start a new series from the beginning. 2) In order to have the best success, use your 2 best picks of the day for your parlay. 3) If you have a big bankroll, you can run more series at the same time. Conclusion This powerful betting system allow you to make a good profit even if you have winning rate as low as 4% during the baseball season if you use underdogs. You have to do your homework but you will make a good profit. This system can be used with any sports and with any kind of bets. You just have to calculate the odds with the provided formula.
Again there are the rules to follow: 1- Using the betting formula, make a 2 team parlay. 2- If you lose your first parlay, make another 2 team parlay using the betting formula. Continue to make 2 team parlay until you win one 2 team parlay. 3- If you win the first parlay, start another series at step 1 4- When you hit a parlay anywhere in the series, youll make a profit. If you lose, continue the series up to 10 bets and even more if you can afford.
System #6 Stress Free

The stress free parlay system is a very funny and powerful system. This system is also used by pro gamblers because on the long run, it produce very great results. Why is this a stress free system ? Because you will be able to place your bets on a particular game and no matter which team wins, there would be a very high probability for you to make a profit. This will eliminate any stress you may have when you bet on your favorite team to win. Here, Im not talking about the kind of system where you place a bet on opposite team at different sportsbooks and where you are guarantee to win. Im talking about a system where youll place your bets at the same sportsbook. Now, you may ask, is it possible ? Well, I will show you this little known secret system right now! First, this system produce best results during the baseball season. Of course, you can use it with any kind of sports where you have the possibility to bet on the money lines and against the spread. Personally, I use this system during the MLB season and I always have a lot of success. So, here we go First, let's first observe a few MLB games. Let's take a look at today's games and lines as displayed at Canbet For the purpose of this example, we will ignore the listed pitchers and the over/under prop. Wednesday, June 9 Chicago Cubs St Louis Cardinals
1.65 2.40 -1.5 2.40 +1.5 1.62 Toronto Blue Jays Los Angeles Dodgers 1.76 2.22 -1.5 2.55 +1.5 1.56 Boston Red Sox San Diego Padres 1.74 2.26 -1.5 2.40 +1.5 1.62 New York Yankees Colorado Rockies 1.42 3.15 -1.5 1.80 +1.5 2.09 Baltimore Orioles Arizona Diamondbacks 1.74 2.25 -1.5 2.55 +1.5 1.56 Cleveland Indians Florida Marlins 2.02 1.89 +1.5 1.64 -1.5 2.35 Detroit Tigers Atlanta Braves 2.20 1.77 +1.5 1.69 -1.5 2.25 Tampa Bay Devil Rays San Francisco Giants 2.80 1.50 +1.5 2.17 -1.5 1.74 Chicago White Sox Philadelphia Phillies
1.87 2.05 -1.5 2.70 +1.5 1.51 Minnesota Twins New York Mets 1.75 2.22 -1.5 2.55 +1.5 1.56 Seattle Mariners Houston Astros 1.85 2.07 -1.5 2.75 +1.5 1.49 Oakland Athletics Cincinnati Reds 1.68 2.31 -1.5 2.40 +1.5 1.62 Anaheim Angels Milwaukee Brewers 1.59 2.55 -1.5 2.25 +1.5 1.69 Let's take a look at the odds of the first game: St Louis Cards vs Chicago Cubs If you pick the favorite Chicago, you are risking 100 to win 65, as the line is 1.65 on the action or listed bet. If you pick the underdog St Louis Cards, you are risking 100 to make 140, as the line is 2.40. Let's see what happens if you bet one unit on both sides. If Chicago wins, you lose 35, as you win 65 from that bet and lose the 100 on St Louis. If St Louis wins, you make 140 on that bet and lose 100 on Chicago and you end up in a win of 40. You see that Chicago is a favorite, it has a 1.65 line. However, if you take a look at the run line type of bet, Chicago's line becomes 2.40. It suddenly becomes an underdog. The issue is that Chicago has to win with a point spread of 2 for the run line to win.
So now if you place one unit on the underdog St Louis with a 2.40 line and one unit on Chicago's run line with a 2.40 line, you will make a profit, no matter which team wins. Lets say you place 100 on each side. If St Louis wins, you make 40 and if Chicago wins you make 40. If you place $1000 on each side, if St Louis wins, you make $400 and if Chicago wins, you make $400. The only catch is that if Chicago wins, it has to cover the 1.5 spread The only time you would be losing 2 units on such a bet is if Chicago wins with only 1 point spread. It may happen, but with low probability. What you need to do is to check statistics on past games and determine a percentage of such a thing happening. If this occurs less than 10% of the time, then this method will be a long run winner. If not, you may end up losing 2 units too often, which will override your multiple wins of 0.2 to 0.6 units. You could use today's results as a little test. What you would be looking for is opportunities to bet on both sides of a game, provided the run line of a favorite becomes an underdog versus the already underdog team. Heres the game you should be able to play for today: 1) Chicago run line 1.5 at 2.40 vs St Louis at 2.40 2) Toronto run line 1.5 at 2.55 vs Los Angeles at 2.22 3) Boston Red Sox run line 1.5 at 2.40 vs San Diego at 2.26 Note that the game between Colorado Rockies vs New York Yankees is not an opportunity as the run line of the favorite NY 1.42 is still a favorite 1.80. Again, you're looking for a favorite to become a dog, when you bet it as a run line bet. This is also not the case with the game: - Tampa Bay Devil Rays vs San Francisco Giants
4) Baltimore run line 1.5 at 2.55 vs Arizona at 2.25 5) Florida run line 1.5 at 2.35 vs Cleveland at 2.02 6) Atlanta run line 1.5 at 2.25 vs Detroit at 2.20 7) Chicago WS run line 1.5 at 2.70 vs Philadelphia at 2.05 8) Minnesota run line 1.5 at 2.55 vs New York Mets at 2.22 9) Seattle run line 1.5 at 2.75 vs Houston at 2.07 10) Oakland run line 1.5 at 2.40 vs Cincinnati at 2.31 11) Anaheim run line 1.5 at 2.25 vs Milwaukee at 2.55 So, for today, we have 11 opportunities, out of which 6 (nos. 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 11) are designated to be good ones, as the smallest amount to be won is .20 units and 2 very good ones (nos. 1 and 10), as the smallest amount to be won is .31 units. Take no. 10 for instance. You bet $100 on Oakland and $100 on Cincinnati. Now, you sit back, watch the game totally relaxed as you don't care which side wins. If Cincinnati wins you cash $31. If Oakland wins, you cash $40, provided Oakland wins with more than 1.5 spread. OK, want to see the results for the dayjust for fun of course!!! 1) Chicago run line 1.5 at 2.40 (4) vs St Louis at 2.40 (12) +$40 2) Toronto run line 1.5 at 2.55 (4) vs Los Angeles at 2.22 (0) +$55 3) Boston Red Sox run line 1.5 at 2.40 (1) vs San Diego at 2.26 (8) +$26 4) Baltimore run line 1.5 at 2.55 (8) vs Arizona at 2.25 (2) +$55 5) Florida run line 1.5 at 2.35 (1) vs Cleveland at 2.02 (8) +$2 6) Atlanta run line 1.5 at 2.25 (2) vs Detroit at 2.20 (4) +$20 7) Chicago WS run line 1.5 at 2.70 (10) vs Philadelphia at 2.05 (13) +$5
8) Minnesota run line 1.5 at 2.55 (5) vs New York Mets at 2.22 (3) + $55 9) Seattle run line 1.5 at 2.75 (0) vs Houston at 2.07 (3) +$7 10) Oakland run line 1.5 at 2.40 (17) vs Cincinnati at 2.31 (8) +$40 11) Anaheim run line 1.5 at 2.25 (2) vs Milwaukee at 2.55 (12) +$55 If you had placed your bets on all 11 opportunities, you would have made $360 profit. This is of course with $100 betting units. Had you selected only the good and the very good ones as recommended, you would have ended up with a profit of $346.
System #7 Slot Sports

This system is a bit different than any other system you may have seen. If fact, this system was initially created for the slot machine. It has been modified to use at sports betting with great success. The particularity of this system is that you can play for a couple of years without losing a single session. Yes, the progression is very low but it keeps your bankroll safe. The concept is very simple. You will use 4 predetermined series which include another predetermined number of bets in each series. Heres the series: X = Your starting bet Level #1 X X X X X X X (7 Bets ) Level #2 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X 2X (6 Bets) Level #3 4X 4X 4X 4X 4X (5 Bets) Level #4 6X 6X 6X 6X (4 Bets) So, if your starting bet is $10, the 4 series will look like this: Level #1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Level #2 20 20 20 20 20 20 Level #3 40 40 40 40 40 Level #4 60 60 60 60 Now, heres how work the 4 series. As you can see, the first series is: XXXXXXX
In order to use the series, your first bet will be your starting bet. If its $10, you bet $10. If you win your bet, you pocket the profit and you start a new series always at level #1. If you lose the first bet, you move to the second bet of the series which is again $10. XXXXXXX You should always keep on betting the same amount ($10) until you show a profit or you lose the entire series. You lost the series if your down by 7 units. In our example, if you lose the series, you will be down by $70. If you lose the entire series #1, you start betting for series #2. So, for series #2, your bets will be for $20. 20 20 20 20 20 20 You keep on betting 2X ($20 here) until you show a profit of at least $70. This is the amount you lost at level #1. When you reach this, you go back to level one and start a new series at level one of course. If you lose the entire series #2, you will move to series #3 and start betting the amount of series #3. 4X 4X 4X 4X 4X The main goal of this system is to always win back the loses from the previous series. So, if you lost the first 2 series, your goal, when playing series #3 is to win back the loses from series #2. In series #2, you lost a total of $120. So, your goal is to win back this $120 in series #3. As soon as you won back the $120, you move down to series #2 and start playing it until you win back the loses from series #1 which is $70. When your playing this system, you will always move up and down the levels. However, the beauty of the system is that when you recover the loses from a previous series, you will always make a small profit. So, as long as you move up and down the 4 levels, you
will always make some money. This system is really a long term winner. It is for the sports gamblers who wants to keep their bankroll safe even with a long losing streak. Now, here a little example to show you how it works with real results. BET# BET W/L +/- TOTAL PROFIT 1 10 L -10 -10 2 10 L -10 -20 3 10 L -10 -30 4 10 W +9.30 -20.70 5 10 L -10 -30.70 6 10 L -10 -40.70 7 10 L -10 -50.70 8 10 W +9.30 -41.40 9 10 L -10 -51.40 10 10 L -10 -61.40 11 10 L -10 -71.40 Now, at this point, your down $71.40, so you start betting with level #2. You will bet $20. You will do this until you have recovered from loses from level 1 or if you lose the entire series #2. You lose the entire level #2 if the total lost is over $191.40. Why 191.40 ? Simple. Youve already lost $71.40 with level #1 and level #2 is made of 6 X $20. That is $120. So if your total lost is over ($71.40 + $120 = $191.40) than you will have lost the first 2 levels and you move to level #3. 12 20 L -20 -91.40 13 20 L -20 -111.40 14 20 W +18.60 -92.80
15 20 L -20 -102.80 16 20 L -20 -122.80 17 20 W +18.60 -104.20 18 20 L -20 -124.20 19 20 L -20 -144.20 20 20 L -20 -164.20 21 20 L -20 -184.20 22 20 W +18.60 -165.60 23 20 W +18.60 -147.00 24 20 L -20 -167.00 25 20 L -20 -187.00 26 20 L -20 -207.00 Here, youve lost the entire level #1 and level #2. So, you move down one level and you start betting $40. You will do this until you have recovered from loses from level 2 or if you lose the entire series #3. You lose the entire level #3 if the total lost is over $407. Why $407 ? Simple. Youve already lost $207 with level #1 and level #2 and level #3 is made of 5 X $40. That is $200. So if your total lost is over ($207 + $200 = $407) than you will have lost the first 3 levels and you move to level #4. You will have recovered from level #2 when your total lost is less than $71.40. That mean you will have won back $135.60 (207-71.40), the amount lost at level #2. 27 40 W +37.20 -169.80 28 40 L -40 -209.80 29 40 W +37.20 -172.60
30 40 W +37.20 -135.40 31 40 W +37.20 -98.20 32 40 L -40 -138.20 33 40 W +37.20 -101.00 34 40 L -40 -141.00 35 40 W +37.20 -103.80 36 40 W +37.20 -66.60 Now you will move down one level because you have recovered the loses from level #2. You will than play level #2 until you make a profit or until you lose the entire level #2. It will be if your total lost is over $186.60 (66.60+120). 37 20 L -20 -86.60 38 20 W +18.60 -68.00 39 20 W +18.60 -49.40 40 20 L -20 -69.40 41 20 L -20 -89.40 42 20 W +18.60 -70.80 43 20 W +18.60 -52.20 44 20 L -20 -72.20 45 20 W +18.60 -53.60 46 20 W +18.60 -35.00 47 20 W +18.60 -16.40 48 20 L -20 -36.40 49 20 W +18.60 -17.80 50 20 L -20 -37.80
51 20 W +18.60 -19.20 52 20 W +18.60 -0.60 53 20 L -20 -20.60 54 20 W +18.60 -2.00 55 20 W +18.60 +16.60 As you can see, you end with a profit of +$16.60 even if you experienced a low winning rate of only 45.5% and a very bad losing streak at the beginning. This system is very slow but it is very safe. When youve made a good profit, you can increase you betting unit in each of the 4 series. Example: Level #1 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Level #2 40 40 40 40 40 40 Level #3 80 80 80 80 80 Level #4 120 120 120 120 Use the same process as explained.
System #8 Random Handicaps

The magic of this system is that you only need to win 36% of your bet ( 1/3 ) to make a profit. You can select your own game or you can find free picks from a lot of handicappers online. Reaching a 50% winning rate is very easy with good free picks. Go to Google and search for Free Picks. Youll find a lot of handicappers who are offering daily free picks. Ok, Now the system. First, you need to know how to calculate your bet. So the formula is AMOUNT TO BET / (INTERNATIONAL ODDS 1). Lets say you want to bet $50 at 2.20. $50 / (2.20-1) = $50 / 1.20 = $41.66 You need to bet $41.66 to win $50. $41.66 X 2.20 = $91.66 $41.66 = $50 The system is very simple. When you lose a game, you will always bet the total of your last two bets. Lets see what happen with a 37.5% winning rate and a $50 first bet. L-L-L-W-L-L-W-W Day 1 Write down the $50 you want to make. The odds are 1.91 You bet $54.95 to win $50 You lose. Write down the $54.95 bet next to the $50 you had written down. It should look like this.
$50 + $54.95 Day 2 The odds are 2.15 Your next bet is the total of the last two bets (assuming that $50 was a bet) / (2.15 1). So its $104.95 / 1.15 = $91.26 You should bet $91.26 You lose. Write down the $91.26 bet next to the previous two bets. Now it looks like this. $50 + $54.95 + $91.26 Day 3 The odds are 1.83 Your next bet is the total of the last two bets / (1.83 1). So its $146.21 / 0.83 = $176.16 You should bet $176.16 You lose. Write down the $176.16 bet next to the previous three bets. Now it looks like this. $50 + $54.95 + $91.26 + $176.16 Day 4 The odds are 2.10 Your next bet is the total of the last two bets / (2.10 1). So its $267.42 / 1.10 = $243.11 You should bet $243.11 You win. Cross out the last two bets you have written down. You do this (cross out the last two bets) only after a win. That leaves you with the $50 bet and the $54.95 bet. Now it looks like this.
$50 + $54.95 + $91.26 + $176.16 Day 5 The odds are 1.99 Your next bet is the total of the two bets we have written down / (1.99 1). So in our case its $104.95 / 0.99 = $106.01 Your next bet should be $106.01 You lose. Write down this bet next to the previous two bets. It looks like this. $50 + $54.95 + $106.01 Day 6 The odds are 1.75 Your next bet is the total of the last two bets / (1.75 1). So its $160.96 / 0.75 = $214.61 Your bet should be $214.61 You lose. Write down this bet next to the previous three bets. $50 + $54.95 + $106.01 + 214.61 Day 7 The odds are 2.45 Your next bet is the total of the last two bets / (2.45 1). So its $320.62 / 1.45 = $221.12. Your bet should be $221.12. You win. Cross out these two bets. That leaves us with $50 + $54.95 + $106.01 + $214.61
Day 8 The odds are 1.90 Your next bet is the total of the two remaining bets / (1.90 1). So its $104.95 / 0.90 = $116.61 You should bet $116.61 You win. The session is over. You have recovered from all your loses and made a $50 profit. You won 3 bet and lost 5 bets. Winning rate: 37.5% Now, heres a simulation of a real year of betting with a 50% winning rate. 50% winning rate is just like flipping a coin. This is a simulation showing 4 months (120 days) of betting. In this simulation, well assume that the odds are always 110 (1.91). Sometimes the odds are higher and sometimes odds are lower. So 110 (1.91) is a realistic average. Remember, 50% winning rates is easy to achieve because if you flip a coin, this is the W/R youll get on the long run. Lets say you start with a $2500 bankroll and your first bet is $50. Day Win/Lose Bet Amount Cash Net --- ----------- ------------- ------ ---1 w $55 $50 $2550 2 L $55 -$55 $2495 3 L $115 -$115 $2380 4 w $187 $170 $2550 5 L $55 -$55 $2495 6 w $115 $105 $2600
7 w $55 $50 $2650 8 L $55 -$55 $2595 9 L $115 -$115 $2480 10 w $187 $170 $2650 11 L $55 -$50 $2600 12 w $115 $105 $2705 13 w $55 $50 $2755 14 L $55 -$55 $2700 15 w $115 $105 $2805 16 L $55 -$55 $2750 17 L $115 -$115 $2635 18 w $187 $170 $2805 19 L $55 -$55 $2750 20 w $115 $105 $2855 21 w $55 $50 $2905 22 L $55 -$55 $2850 23 L $115 -$115 $2735 24 L $187 -$187 $2548 25 w $332 $302 $2850 26 w $115 $105 $2955 27 L $55 -$55 $2900 28 L $115 -$115 $2785 29 w $187 $170 $2955 30 w $55 $50 $3005
After 30 days, with only one bet a day, youve made an easy $500 profit. 31 w $55 $50 $3055 32 L $55 -$55 $3000 33 L $115 -$115 $2885 34 w $187 $170 $3055 35 L $55 -$55 $3000 36 w $115 $105 $3105 37 L $55 -$55 $3050 38 w $115 $105 $3155 39 w $55 $50 $3205 40 L $55 -$55 $3150 41 w $115 $105 $3255 42 L $55 -$55 $3200 43 L $115 -$115 $3085 44 L $187 -$187 $2898 45 L $332 -$332 $2566 46 w $571 $519 $3085 47 w $187 $170 $3255 48 w $55 $50 $3305 49 L $55 -$55 $3250 50 L $115 -$115 $3135 51 L $187 -$187 $2948 52 w $332 $302 $3250 53 w $115 $105 $3355
54 w $55 $50 $3405 55 L $55 -$55 $3350 56 w $115 $105 $3455 57 w $55 $50 $3505 58 L $55 -$55 $3450 59 w $115 $105 $3555 60 L $55 -$55 $3500 After 2 months, youve made $1000 profit. Now lets look at the next month with a very bad W/R of 43.3% and some bad losing streaks 61 L $55 -$55 $3445 62 w $115 $105 $3550 63 w $55 $50 $3600 64 L $55 -$55 $3545 65 L $115 -$115 $3430 66 L $187 -$187 $3243 67 w $332 $302 $3545 68 L $115 -$115 $3430 69 L $187 -$187 $3243 70 w $332 $302 $3545 71 L $115 -$115 $3430 72 w $187 $170 $3600 73 L $55 -$55 $3545 74 L $115 -$115 $3430
75 L $187 -$187 $3243 76 L $332 -$332 $2911 77 L $571 -$571 $2340 78 w $993 $903 $3243 79 w $332 $302 $3545 80 L $115 -$115 $3430 81 w $187 $170 $3600 82 w $55 $50 $3650 83 w $55 $50 $3700 84 L $55 -$55 $3645 85 L $115 -$115 $3530 86 L $187 -$187 $3343 87 w $332 $302 $3645 88 w $115 $105 $3750 89 L $55 -$55 $3695 90 w $115 $105 $3800 Now, you see that even with a poor W/R of 43.3%, youve made a profit of $300. Not bad. With flat betting, you would have lost $258.50. Lets take a look now at a better month. Lets see if you hit 56% winning rate. 91 w $55 $50 $3850 92 L $55 -$55 $3795 93 w $115 $105 $3900 94 L $55 -$55$ $3845 95 w $115 $105 $3950
96 w $55 $50 $4000 97 w $55 $50 $4050 98 w $55 $50 $4100 99 w $55 $50 $4150 100 L $55 -$55$ $4095 101 L $115 -$115 $3980 102 L $187 -$187 $3793 103 w $332 $302 $4095 104 w $115 $105 $4200 105 L $55 -$55 $4145 106 L $115 -$115 $4030 107 w $187 $170 $4200 108 L $55 -$55 $4145 109 L $115 -$115 $4030 110 w $187 $170 $4200 111 w $55 $50 $4250 112 w $55 $50 $4300 113 w $55 $50 $4350 114 L $55 -$55 $4295 115 L $115 -$115 $4180 116 w $187 $170 $4350 117 L $55 -$55 $4295 118 L $115 -$115 $4180 119 w $187 $170 $4350
120 w $55 -$50 $4400 You can see that after 4 months, with a winning rate of 50%, a bad month, some losing streak, youve made $1900 in pure profit. Now, as soon as you doubled you bankroll ($5000 here), you start your session with a target of $100. That means a bet of $110 at odds 110 (1.91). You will be able to make an easy $1000 a month. If you reach a point where your bet size is too high for you and you are reluctant to do so, then split your bet into two equal numbers or into 3 equal numbers, by writing them down and bet on the sum of the first two numbers. This will extend a bit the time of the end of the run, but will avoid reaching a bet size that is too high for you.
System #9 Parlay Mod

This system is almost the same system as the parlay system. However, there is a little difference with system #9. In fact, you will make more money with this parlay system simply because youll add a specific amount after each lost. Usually, this amount is the target you want to make. The goal of the system is the that the other parlay. Its to win just one parlay in a ten bet series. This is only a 10% winning rate. So, if you can pick a winner within 10 picks (or more if you have a bigger bankroll or you use underdogs), you make a profit. First of all, stay away from parlay of more than 2 games. The more games you have in your parlay, the lower will be the payout proportionally to your bet. This is normal and this is how the sportsbooks are making their money. Lets take a look at the chart for odds of 107 (1.93) 2 Teams - odds are 3-1 - Pays 2.74 3 Teams - odds are 7-1 - Pays 6.24 4 Teams - odds are 15-1 - Pays 13.01 5 Teams - odds are 31-1 - Pays 26.10 6 Teams - odds are 63-1 - Pays 51.42 So, keep it simple and safe: ALWAYS USE A 2 TEAM PARLAY. Who are you going to bet on ? Well, 2 strong underdogs whose payout is big or 2 money line favorite with reasonable odds. Now, I will explain exactly how the formula works with any kind of odds. It could be underdogs or favourite. If you want to bet with the money line and different odds, you
will need to understand and use this formula. Its a little bit more work but it works very well. However, if you bet on football or basketball using the spreads and all your odds are at 1.93 (-107), I will give you later, a series of 10 predetermined amount that you will be able to use very easily. For the moment, lets see how that formula works. The bet will be calculated with the odds offer by the bookmakers. The formula is: B = (TL+(NB X P)) / ((GAME 1 X GAME 2) - 1) B = Your bet TL= Total lost P= Profit you want to make GAME 1= Odds for game 1 (International odds) GAME 2= Odds for game 2 (International odds) NB= Number of bet As you can see, we add a new part to the formula which is NB X P. That mean every time you calculate your new bet, you will add a new amount. The result will be that you bet will be higher but when you win, you win a lot more money. The later you win, the more money you make! Step 1 Decide the amount you want to win. Lets say you want to make $25 on day 1 and the odds for the 2 games are 120 (1.83) and +110 (2.10) B= (0 + 25) / ((1.83 X 2.10) 1) = $8.79 Your first bet is $8.79 for the parlay.
If you win, you make $25 profit. $8.79 X 1.83 X 2.1 - $8.79 = $25 You go to step 1 If you lose, you go to step 2 Step 2 Lets say the odds for the 2 games are 140 (1.71) and +105 (2.05) Now, you ad NB X P to the formula. NB is 2 because youre at the second bet and P is your initial target of $25. 2X25 B = ($8.79 + $50 ) / ((1.71 X 2.05) 1) = $23.42 Your next bet is $23.42 If you win, you make $50 profit. $23.42 x 1.71 X 2.05 ($23.42 + $8.79) = $50 You go to step 1 If you lose, you go to step 3 Step 3 Lets say the odds for day 3 are +120 (2.20) and 105 (1.95) Now, you ad NB X P to the formula. NB is 3 because youre at the third bet and P is your initial target of $25. 3X25 B = ($8.79 + $23.42 + $75 ) / ((2.20 X 1.95 ) 1) = $32.59 Your next bet is $32.59 If you win, you make $75 profit. $32.59 X 2.20 X 1.95 ($32.59+$23.42+$8.79) = $75 You go to step 1 If you lose, you go to step 4 Step 4
Continue the progression using the betting formula until you hit a parlay. When youll hit a parlay, youll make a really good profit. Remember the rules to follow: 1- Using the betting formula, make a 2 team parlay. 2- If you lose your first parlay, make another 2 team parlay using the betting formula. Continue to make 2 team parlay until you win one 2 team parlay. 3- If you win the first parlay, start another series at step 1 4- When you hit a parlay anywhere in the series, youll make a very good profit. 5- If you lose, continue the series up to 10 bets and even more if you can afford. I highly recommend this system. I use it everyday with my daily picks and it works very well. I only have to hit just one parlay in the series to show a good profit. I love that! Predetermined amount If you want to bet against the spread, here the predetermined amount you need to use for a 10 bet series. The amounts are: Bet 1=0.368A Bet 2=0.871A Bet 3=1.558A Bet 4=2.5A Bet 5=3.786A Bet 6=5.545A Bet 7=7.951A Bet 8=11.242A Bet 9=15.743A
Bet 10=21.898A A is the first amount you want to win. Heres an example For the purpose of this example, we will assume that were betting a 2 team parlay against the spread in basketball or football. The odds will always be 3.72 (1.93 X 1.93 (107)). Well also assume that we want to make $10 as our first parlay. Day Wager W/L NET PROFIT IF A WIN 1 3.68 L -3.68 +10 2 8.71 L -12.39 +20 3 15.58 L -31.65 +30 4 25 L -52.97 +40 5 37.86 L -90.83 +50 6 55.45 L -146.28 +60 7 79.51 L -225.79 +70 8 112.42 L -338.21 +80 9 157.43 L -495.64 +90 10 218.98 W +100 +100 You finish your 10 days of betting with only one win out of 10. A winning ratio of only 10% and you make a profit of $100. Remember, it was with odds of 1.93. Now imagine with odds of 2.50 for each team during the baseball season. IMPORTANT
1) Keep on betting as long as your bankroll allow it to. If you experience a long losing streak without hitting your win to close the series and you have lost near 50% of your bankroll, maybe you should accept the lose and start a new series from the beginning. 2) In order to have the best success, use your 2 best picks of the day for your parlay. 3) If you have a big bankroll, you can run more series at the same time. Conclusion - This powerful betting system allow you to make a good profit even if you have winning rate as low as 4% during the baseball season if you use underdogs. You have to do your homework but you will make a good profit. This system can be used with any sports and with any kind of bets. You just have to calculate the odds with the provided formula. Again there are the rules to follow: 1- Using the betting formula, make a 2 team parlay. 2- If you lose your first parlay, make another 2 team parlay using the betting formula. Continue to make 2 team parlay until you win one 2 team parlay. 3- If you win the first parlay, start another series at step 1 4- When you hit a parlay anywhere in the series, youll make a profit. If you lose, continue the series up to 10 bets and even more if you can afford.
System #10 Parlay Reverse

This system is another system where well use parlay. In fact this system is a combination of parlay and straight bet. It is also called The Reverse System. This system is designed to be used for football and basketball when you bet against the spreads and when the odds are always 1.91 (-110) or 1.93 (-107). You can play this system with 3 to 6 games a day. The beauty of this system is that even if you have a bad day, you can still make money. As example, if you bet on 3 games a day with flat betting, you need to win at least 2 games to make money. But with this system, even with a poor record of 0-3, youll make money. The only way you can lose money is only if you go 1-2 (1 win out of 3). In any other situation, youll come ahead. Ok, heres how it work. The system is the same for 3, 4, 5, 6 or games. What you will do is simply bet 3 units on each team you think will win. Than, you will also bet 2 units on a parlay with the other 3 teams. Got it ? Ok, heres how the parlay pays at odds 1.93 (-107) 2 Teams Pays 3.74 3 Teams Pays 7.24 4 Teams Pays 14.01 5 Teams Pays 27.10 6 Teams Pays 52.42 Now, if you go with a 3 team parlay, you will bet 3 units on each team you think will win and 2 units on a reverse parlays with the 3 other teams. 3 units at odds 1.93 on team #1
3 units at odds 1.93 on team #2 3 units at odds 1.93 on team #3 2 units at odds 6.24 on the 3 other teams If you win your 3 games That means you win 3 games at 3 units X 1.93 and you lose 2 units on your parlay. So this is: 2.79 + 2.79 + 2.79 2 = +6.37 units If you win 2 games out of 3 That means you win 2 games at 3 units X 1.93 and you lose 3 units on the third game and 2 units on your parlay. So this is: 2.79 + 2.79 3 2 = +0.58 unit If you win 1 game out of 3 That means you win 1 game at 3 X 1.93 and you lose 3 units on 2 games and 2 units on your parlay. So this is: 2.79 3 3 2 = -5.21 units If you lose your 3 games That means you lose 3 units on 3 games and you win your 2 units parlay. So this is: 12.48 3 3 3 = +3.48 units As you know, your chance to hit 2 games out of 3 are better at sports betting than for any casino game. If you do your homework, you can hit 2 out of 3 very often. And if you have a very bad day and you go 0-3, youll still make a profit. Of course if you hit the perfection, 3 on 3, you make a good profit. Remember, if you do your homework or if you use a good handicapper, youll hit 2/3 most often than 1/3.
Now, heres the charts about what you can expect to win with different parlays. 3 team parlay 3 wins +6.37 2 wins +0.58 1 win -5.21 0 win +3.48 4 team parlay 4 wins +9.16 3 wins +3.37 2 wins -2.42 1 win -8.21 0 win +14.02 5 team parlay 5 wins +11.95 4 wins +6.16 3 wins +0.37 2 wins -5.42 1 win -11.21 0 win +37.20 6 team parlay 6 wins +14.74 5 wins +8.95 4 wins +3.16 3 wins -2.63
2 wins -8.42 1 win -14.21 0 win +84.84 Conclusion Remember that this system is the same for 3, 4, 5, 6 or games. You will simply bet 3 units on each team you think will win. Also, you will bet 2 units on a parlay with the 3 other teams. Like I said before, if you do your homework, youll hit 2-1 very often and if you hit 0-3 on a bad day, than bingo, you make money! Good luck with this system.
System #11 Parlay Straights

This is a system that I really enjoy every month. This money management allows you to set a specific amount that you want to win. You can chose to win this amount every week, every month, 2 months, etc You can apply this system with parlay or with straight bet. For the moment, we will use the parlay. How does it works ? Well it is very simple. Lets say that you want to make $500 profit a month with your bets. First, all you have to do is to is to create a series of 3 numbers which will total $500. Also, the first and third number of the series must be the same and must be the double of the second number. You can use a simple formula to calculate all the number. This formula is : A = Amount you want to make / 5 Now for the first and the third number, its 2 X A For the second number, its A Example: For $500, the 3 numbers will be: A = 500 / 5 A = 100 First and third number = 2 X A = 200 Second number = A = 100 So the series will be: 200 100 200
for a total of 500 If the amount you want to make is $100, the series will be: 40 20 40 For a total of $100 Ok, now that your series is done, write down this series. So you have: 200 100 200 The only thing that you have to do is to eliminate the entire series by betting 2 team parlay. You will always start by eliminating the first and the third number of the series. To do so, add these 2 numbers. In our case, that is 200 + 200 = 400. So, now your target is 400. You have to place a 2 team parlay in order to win 400. For the purpose of our example, lets say that the odds are 1.93 (-107). That means a 2 team parlay will pay 3.74 (+274 ). To calculate the amount you need to bet in order to win 400, use this simple formula: Amount to bet = Amount to win / ( odds 1 ) So in our example, its Amount to bet = 400 / (3.74 1 ) Amount to bet = 400 / 2.74 Amount to bet = 145.99 So, in order to win $400 with this 2 team parlay, you need to bet $145.99. If you win the parlay, you would have eliminated the first and the third number you have written down. If you win the parlay, cross out those two numbers. It will looks like this: 200 100 200 91
This leaves you with: 100 Now the only thing you need to do is win a parlay that would win $100. Ok, of course this is when everything go well. Now lets say you lose your bet. When you lose your bet, you will add your loses to your target. If your series was: 200 100 200 And your bet was 145.99 in order to win 400 and you lose this bet, you add 145.99 to your 500. So, now you have a total of 645.99 After that, you breakdown this new amount into 3 numbers using the formula that I showed you. Your new series will be: 258.40 129.20 258.40 Again here, you new target will be the sum of the first and the second number. Your new target will be 516.80 So, using the formula, in order to win 516.80 with a 2 team parlay at odds 1.93, your next bet will be 188.61. If you win your bet, cross out those 2 numbers and this will leaves you with: 129.20 Now, all you have to do is win a 2 team parlay that will win 129.20. If you win this parlay, you would have made a $500 profit. When youre left with only one number, you can add your loses to this amount every time you lose and bet a 2 team
parlay in order to win this amount. However, if this amount goes to high, simply split this amount into 3 numbers using the formula and start the process again. Remember: 1) Chose the amount you want to make 4) When you hit the first parlay, cross out these 2 numbers and bet the amount you need to bet in order to win the remaining number you have written down 5) When you lose a parlay, add the loses to the target and breakdown this amount into 3 part using the formula 6) When you have just one number left, add the loses the this number and bet a 2 team parlay in order to win this amount. 7) If this amount goes to high, split this amount into 3 numbers using the formula and start the process at the beginning. 8) When you hit 2 two team parlay, you will have eliminated the entire series and made the profit determined by you 2) Use the formula to find create the 3 numbers series 3) Use the formula to find the amount to bet to win the total of the first and third number of the series
System #12 Parlay Straight Bet

How does it works ? Well it is very simple. Lets say that you want to make $500 profit a month with your bets. First, all you have to do is to is to create a series of 3 numbers which will total $500. Also, the first and third number of the series must be the same and must be the double of the second number. You can use a simple formula to calculate all the numbers. This formula is : A = Amount you want to make / 5 Now for the first and the third number, its 2 X A For the second number, its A A = 500 / 5 A = 100 First and third number = 2 X A = 200 Second number = A = 100 So the series will be: If the amount you want to make is $100, the series will be: In the last system, I showed you how to set a monthly amount to win and use the system by betting a 2 team parlay every day. In system #12, I will show you how to use the same system with the straight bet. Of course, your bets will be higher but you will win more often. Example: For $500, the 3 numbers will be: 200 100 200
for a total of 500 40 20 40 For a total of $100 Ok, now that your series is done, write down this series. So you have: 200 100 200 You will always start by eliminating the first and the third number of the series. To do so, add these 2 numbers. In our case, that is 200 + 200 = 400. If you win you bet, cross out those two numbers. It will looks like this: 200 100 200 The only thing that you have to do is to eliminate the entire series by making straight bets. So, now your target is 400. You have to place a straight bet in order to win 400. For the purpose of our example, lets say that the odds are 1.93 (-107). To calculate the amount you need to bet in order to win 400, use this simple formula: Amount to bet = Amount to win / ( odds 1 ) So in our example, its Amount to bet = 400 / (1.93 1 ) Amount to bet = 400 / 0.93 Amount to bet = 430.10 So, in order to win $400 with this straight bet, you need to bet $430.10. If you win your bet, you would have eliminated the first and the third number you have written down. This leave you with: 100
Now the only thing you need to do is win a straight bet that would win $100. Ok, of course this is when everything go well. Now lets say you lose your bet. When you lose your bet, you will add your loses to your target. If your series was: So, now you have a total of 930.10 After that, you breakdown this new amount into 3 numbers using the formula that I showed you. Your new series will be: 372.04 186.02 372.04 Again here, your new target will be the sum of the first and the second number. Your new target will be 744.08 186.02 Now, all you have to do is win a straight bet that will win 186.02. If you win this straight bet, you would have made a $500 profit. 200 100 200 And you bet was 430.10 in order to win 400 and you lose this bet, you add 430.10 to your initial 500. So, using the formula, in order to win 744.08 with a straight bet at odds 1.93, your next bet will be 800.08. If you win your bet, cross out those 2 numbers and this will leaves you with: When youre left with only one number, you can add your loses to this amount every time you lose and make a straight bet in order to win this amount. However, if this amount goes to high, simply split this amount into 3 numbers using the formula and start the process again.
1) Chose the amount you want to make 2) Use the formula to find create the 3 numbers series 3) Use the formula to find the amount to bet to win the total of the first and third number of the series 4) When you hit the first straight bet, cross out these 2 numbers and bet the amount you need to bet in order to win the remaining number you have written down 5) When you lose a straight bet, add the loses to the target and breakdown this amount into 3 part using the formula 6) When you have just one number left, add the loses the this number and make a straight bet in order to win this amount. This system works very well when you bet on a good underdog with odds over 2.00 (+100) or with the run line or the points line. It will keeps your bets low. Also, if you think that your bets goes to high, you just have to breakdown this amount into 4 or five equal numbers instead of 3. The secret is to always eliminate the first and the last number. So, in our last example, if betting $800 is to high, you take the 930.10 and split it into 4 equal part of 232.52. 232.52 232.52 232.52 232.52 Remember: 7) If this amount goes to high, split this amount into 3 numbers using the formula and start the process at the beginning. 8) When you hit 2 straight bets, you will have eliminated the entire series and made the profit determined by you. So, your next target becomes 232.52 + 232.52 = 465.04
Your next bet to eliminate the first and last number is 465.04 / 0.93 = 500.04 If you win this straight bet, this leaves you with: 232.52 232.52 232.52 232.52 Now, repeat the same process gain.
System #13 Martingale Mod

Well, this system is a very simple, yet effective winning strategy. In fact, this system is about a very classic money management system, the Martingale double up system, that most of educated gamblers are convinced that using this method brings to disaster. Honestly, this is absolutely true. If you use Martingale, it will eventually deteriorate your bankroll, despite the fact that you have been accumulating steady 1 unit profits over some time. If you limit the martingale to 3 to 5 steps in favorable situations, you can still make profits without severely damaging your bankroll. A 3 step Martingale risks 7 units and a 5 step Martingale risks 31 units (1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16). However, there is a way to use the martingale at sports betting in order to perform very well. The trick is to use a pre-determined series of Win/Lose games. If you have a pre-determined Win/Lose betting sequence of 5 steps (say W, L, L, W, W) what are the chances that you will be right on all 5 bets. The answer is 50% (or 1/2) multiplied 5 times by itself, or 1 in 32. That means that if you tell yourself that for the next 5 bets you will be betting W, L, L, W, W regardless of the outcomes of the games, there is 1/32 probability that you will be hitting all your bets right. This is a very low probability. However, the opposite is also true, that the probability of hitting all your 5 bets wrong is also 1 in 32. That means, that if you use a pre-determined sequence of W, L, L, W, W, by using a 5 step Martingale betting method, you have a 31/32 or 97% chance that one of the 5 bets will hit right. Now this is a very high probability.
One important thing that you should know is that it is not unlikely to get the exact opposite pattern: L, W, W, L, L even if it will happen 3% of the time. The fact is, if you bet your pattern (W, L, L, W, W) continuously, statistically you should hit the opposite pattern within the next 32 bets. The result would be the lost of all your winnings. We dont want this to happen. So, the strategy will be to change the pattern after every winning sequence. This way you will be attacking the next 5 bets, with an equal probability of 97% winning chances from session to session. This system works very well for all sports. However, what I like is to use this system during the baseball season. The reasons are simple. There is a lot of winning and losing streak in the MLB and with that in mind, most of the time use the simple series of bets (W, L, W, L, W, L). So, when you select a team and apply this series to the system, chance are in your favor because this is a pattern that will not happen very often is the MLB. Also, another fact is that 44% of all games are won by the underdogs. So, if your bet must be on the underdog or if you use the run line 1.5 for the favorite, your bet will stay very low and you will be able to use a 7 9 step martingale very comfortably. Remember that when you use a martingale at sports betting, your next bet is always the sum of all your loses. Simply because the odds are never always the same. It is not like in a real casino. But, you can use this system with any sports. Now, let me refresh your mind about how works the martingale at sports betting. Remember the series 1-2-4-8-16 You bet 1 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1) plus 1. So, the next bet is 2.
You bet 2 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2) plus 1. So, the next bet is 4. You bet 4 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2+4) plus 1. So, the next bet is 8. You bet 8 and you lose. You bet the sum of all your loses (1+2+4+8) plus 1. So, the next bet is 16. You bet 16 and you win. Profit 16-(1+2+4+8) = 1 unit. What is a martingale ? I know that you know that. A martingale is a double up system to end a losing series with 1 unit profit. But why are we doubling up our bets ? Simply because in reality, when you use a martingale, you always bet the sum of all your loses plus one unit. Do you clearly understand how works the martingale ? It is not a double up system, it is a total lost plus 1 system! If you think about it, youll realise that you can use a martingale with any kind of bets and odds. If you want to bet only on the Yankees at 1.50 (-200), here how it works. You want to win $10. You place a bet of $20 (10/(1.50-1). You lose. Your next bet is $20+$10 = $30 / (1.50-1) = $60. You lose. Your next bet is $20+$60+$10 = $90 / (1.50-1) = $180. Etc Lets take the Florida Marlins as example. We will use this predetermined session: W, L, W, L, W August 25, 2004 Marlins / Giants (-1.5) 2.53 / 2.22
As for our first bet, we will place a bet on the Marlins because the predetermined series tell us to do that. $100 / (2.53 1 ) = $65.36 We place a bet of $65.36 on the Marlins at (-1.5) 2.53 Result: Marlins (5) / Giants (6) We lose our bet. Got it ? Now, lets see an example to clearly see how it works. Lets say we want to win $100 every session. The bet: We want to win $100 at odds 2.53 August 26, 2004 So, we will place a bet on the Giants. The bet will be the sum of all our loses plus the amount we want to make ($100) / odds 1. $65.36 + $100 / 2.46 1 $165.36 / 1.46 = $113.26 So, we will place a bet of $113.26 on the Giants. Result: Marlins (0) / Giants (5) Remember 1) Chose a series you wan to use like (W, L, L, L, W) or anything else. Chose the amount you want to make with this series. 2) Select a team that you will use to place your bets using the predetermined series. 3) Place your bet for or against the team youve selected in order to follow the series.
4) Use the money line if the odds for action are too low. Marlins / Giants (-1.5) 2.34 / 2.46 For the second bet, we will place a bet against the Marlins, because the series tell us to do that. Remember the series is W, L ,W, L, W. We win our bet. We clear our loses and make a $100 profit. When you win the session, start another one with the same team or with another team. You can use the same series or use another one. 5) If you lose a bet, follow the progression by adding all your loses plus the amount you want to make and calculate your next bet using the formula. 6) If you win your bet, start another session with the same team or another team. Start at step 1.
System #14 Straight Bet Rows

In this system, the goal is very simple. You will follow a predetermined series of 8 or 10 bets and as soon as you win 2 bets in a row, you will make a profit. We will use straight bet for this system. Depending on where you are in the series, when you lose a bet, you will move up to the next predetermined amount in the series and you will bet this amount. If you win this bet, you will parlay the winnings plus the bet. If you win this second bet, you clear all the loses and end the session with a profit. There is 2 series that you can use with this system. The first series is a 8 number series and allows you to make a bigger profit when you hit 2 wins in a row. 10 20 30 40 50 60 90 - 120 10 5 7 10 14 19 25 35 50 70 Now, here what you can expect to win following these 2 series with odds 1.93 (-107). 8 number series: Bet Number Bet Profit 1 10 9.30 or 27.20 2 20 8.60 or 44.40 3 30 51.74 The second series is a 10 number series and you make a smaller profit but you can resist a longer losing streak. The 2 series are: 4 40 48.80 5 50 36.00
6 60 13.20 7 90 34.80 8 120 26.40 10 number series: Bet Number Bet Profit 1 10 9.30 or 27.20 2 5 3.60 3 7 4.04 4 10 5.20 5 14 6.08 6 19 5.68 7 25 3.00 8 35 5.20 9 50 11.00 10 70 15.40 When you hit 2 wins in a row in one of these series, you make a profit. Now, heres the rules to follow: 1) Use one of these 2 series: 10 20 30 40 50 60 90 - 120 or 10 5 7 10 14 19 25 35 50 70 2) First of all, place a straight bet using the first number of the series. If this bet wins, you have two option: - Take the winnings and start another series.
- Parlay your winnings plus the previous bet in order to make more money. Its your own choice. 3) If you lose your first bet, move up to the next number in the series and place this bet. 4) If you win this first bet, parlay the winnings and your previous bet. If you win this second bet, you make a profit. If you lose your first or your second bet, move up to the next numbers in the series. 5) When you win two bets in a row, you start a new series. Now, in order to help you understand this system, lets see how it works. Well use the 8 number series and well assume the odds are 1.93 (-107). (This system work very well with odds 1.91 (-110)). Ok.the series is 10 20 30 40 50 60 90 - 120 Day 1 You place a bet of $10. You win. Now, you have the choice to take the profit and add it to your bankroll or try to parlay this amount to make a bigger profit. Lets say you decide to parlay your winnings plus your initial bet. So, its a total of $19.30. Day 2 You bet $19.30 and you lose. In reality, you lose only $10 because the $9.30 was the profit from your first bet. Youre at -$10. Day 3 You move up to the next number in the series which is 20. You bet $20. You lose. Now youre at -$30. Day 4
You move up to the next number in the series which is 30. You bet $30. You win. So you win $27.90 but you still -$2.10 in the hole! Day 5 You parlay your winnings plus the previous bet. So the next bet will be $27.90 + $30 = $57.90. You lose. Now youve lost a total of $60. Day 6 You move up to the next number in the series which is 40. You bet $40. You lose. Youre at -$100. Day 7 You move up to the next number in the series which is 50. You bet $50. You win. So, you win $46.50 but you still -$53.50 in the hole! Day 8 You parlay your winnings plus the previous bet. So, the next bet will be $46.50 + 50 = $96.50. You win. So, you win $186.25 - $96.50 - $53.50 = +$36.25 You make a profit of $36.25. Now, you can start a new series with the first number in the series. If you want to make more money with this series, multiply each number by 2 or 3. You will have a series like: 30 60 90 120 150 180 270 360 or if the series is too high, you can use a series like: 2 4 6 8 10 12 18 24
If you want to use the 10 number series, it is the same rules. The only difference is that you will make a smaller profit but you will be able to resist a longer losing streak and youll also risk a smaller part of your bankroll.
System #15 The Grand March

This system was designed for casino games but can be modified for sports betting and can be very profitable. This system can even make you profit with a low winning rate of only 15%-20%. The goal of the system is to give you a unit profit even after a bad losing streak. Heres how it work. First, youll need to choose a betting units. This is the amount you want to make after each session. My advise to you is to use a small betting unit in order to resist a long losing streak and come up with a profit. When your betting units is decided, you can start to bet using the system. You will start by betting one unit. If you win, you take the profit and add it to your bankroll and you start another session. If you lose, you increase your bet by one unit, so you bet 2 units. You will increase your bet by one unit every time you lose a bet. When you win, you will calculate the amount you need to bet in order to clear the loses and make a unit profit. So, the next bet is the sum of all the loses plus + unit. If you lose that second bet, you will have to calculate the unit value you are in the progression and add 1 unit to it. You place your bet following the same progression. I know it sounds difficult to understand but well see an example right now to understand how it work. Youll see with this example that this system is very easy to understand. Example: Lets assume that all the odds are always 1.93 (-107). Day #1 You decide that the a unit = $5 You first place a bet of $5. You lose your bet. So, youre down -$5.
Day #2 The second day, you increase your betting unit by 1. So, youll place a bet of 2 units. The next bet will be $10. You lose. Youre down -$15. Day #3 You increase your betting unit by 1. So, youll place a bet of 3 units. The next bet will be $15. You lose. Youre down -$30. Day #4 You increase your betting unit by 1. Youll place a bet of 4 units. The next bet will be $20. You win. So you win $18.60 but you still -$11.40 in the hole. Day #5 Now, you will need to calculate the next bet in order to win all your loses plus 1 unit. So, $11.40 + $5 = $16.40. You need to win $16.40. So, the next bet is $16.40 / odds 1 $16.40 / (1.93 1 ) = $17.63 Your next bet is $17.63. You lose. Youre down -$29.03. Day #6 Now that youve lost the last bet, you need to know at what stage of the progression you are. To do so, you just have to take all your loses and divided by your betting unit. So, here its 29.03 / 5 = 5.8 The you round it to 6 and you add one unit. So the next bet is 7 units (6+1). Your next bet is $35. You lose. Youre down -$64.03. Day #7 You increase your betting unit by 1. So, the next bet will be 8 units. You place a bet of $40. You lose. Youre down -$104.03.
Day #8 You increase your betting unit by 1. So, the next bet will be 9 units. You place a bet of $45. You win. Now, youre down -$62.18. Day #9 Now, you will need to calculate the next bet in order to win all your loses plus 1 unit. So, $62.18 + $5 = $67.18. You need to win $67.18. So, the next bet is $67.18 / odds 1 $67.18 / (1.93 1 ) = $72.24 Your next bet is $72.24. You win. You clear all your loses and make a unit profit. That is $5. Now you see that even with a bad winning rate of 30%, 3 wins out of 9, you still make a profit. Heres a little chart just to illustrate the last example: Day Unit Bet W/L Total 1 1 5 L -5 2 2 10 L -15 3 3 15 L -30 4 4 20 W -11.40 5 - 17.63 L -29.03 6 7 35 L -64.03 7 8 40 L -104.03 8 9 45 W -62.18 9 - 72.24 W +5.00 Now, remember
1) Chose a betting unit. This is the amount you want to make when you win a session. The smaller is your betting unit, longer you will resist long losing streaks. 2) Place a first bet of one unit. 3) If you win this first bet, collect the profit and add it to your bankroll. Start another series. 4) If you lose, increase your bet by 1 unit. 5) If you lose again, keep increasing your bets by 1 unit until a win. 6) When you win, calculate the amount you need to bet in order to clear all your loses plus 1 unit profit. Place this bet. 7) If you win this bet, you end the session with 1 unit profit and you can start another one. 8) If you lose that bet, you need to calculate at what stage you are in the progression. You do so by dividing your total lost by your unit value. The result is the unit you are in the progression. Round up this number and add 1 unit. This is your next bet. 9) Continue the progression until 2 wins in a row following the previous rules. Good luck with this system!
System #16 Baseball Streaks

The next system is especially designed for baseball. That means that you cant use this system with other sports through out the year. However, I can guarantee you that youll be very happy every April of each year when the MLB season will start. Youll see that this system is simply amazing. Since I discovered this system, I play it every baseball season and I always have incredible results. Its just wonderful. The concept of this system is very simple but very powerful. A fact that you may know is that in the MLB, there is a lot of winning streaks and losing streaks for almost every team. That is what we will use in this system. What you will do is bet on a team while theyre on a winning streak or bet on a team while theyre on a losing streak. All you have to do is pick a team anytime of the year that you think will have a winning streak or a losing streak. However, my advise to you would be to dont pick a team that is a dynasty like the New York Yankees, The Red Sox or The Atlanta Braves. The reason is very simple. The bookmakers know that people are always betting on these team and the odds will be against you. Remember that the odds value are all about public perception. All rightwhen you picked your team, youll wait for a specific signal. As you may know, there is a lot of casino system that use this kind of notion. You have to wait for a signal in order to start the system. There is some roulette systems where you have to wait for a signal like 4 reds in a row or 3 even numbers in a row or a dozen that doesnt show for 10 spins in order to make a bet.
Well, it is the same thing with this system but in sports betting like in baseball, there is some facts that are very different than in every casino games. One of these fact is about the winning streaks and the losing streaks. You can use these facts against the sportsbooks. Okso, when you have chosen your team, you wait for a signal. If you think that your team will have a winning streak, you wait for a win of your team. If you think that your team will suffer a losing streak, you wait for a lose of that team. When this signal occurs, its time to place your bet. This will allows you to catch your team when they enter in a winning or losing streak. Your session will be over when a winning team loe a game or when a losing team win a game. You will make 1 to 3 bet on this team on the money line in amounts that you need to win a predetermined amounts in the series. These amounts are X, X, 1/2X (or 0.5X). IMPORTANT: The series doesnt end until you win 3 bets in a row or lose 1 bet. In this case, you pocket the profit you made and you wait for another signal to occur. If youve selected a team to lose 3 game in a row, the session end when they loses 3 game in a row or when they win one game. Ok, now lets see how this really work. The formula is very simple, X, X, 0.5X First of all, you need to know the amount you want to bet. If you want to play with a $100 unit, the formula will be: 100 100 50 If you find this amount too high, you can choose any amount you feel comfortable with.
Now, heres how it works: First, select a team you think will win. You can do the same with a team you think will lose. Wait for a signal. If you go with a winning team, wait for a win. If you go with a losing team, wait for a lose. When the signal happens, place the necessary bet in order to win your first amount of $100. If you first bet wins, place a second bet in order to win the second amount in the series which is $100. If you win your second bet, place a third bet in order to win the third predetermined amount of $50. If you win your third bet, the session is over. Add your profit to your bankroll and wait for another signal for the same team or another one. If you lose your first bet, start a new session by tracking a new signal and start another series. In fact, you wait for a signal, you bet following the formula until you win 3 game in a row or lose one game. Simple as that. Now to see how it works in the Real Life, lets take a look at the Houston Astros from August 6th to September 6th 2004. Game Line Bet Win W/L Profit 1 1.36 - - W 2 1.80 125 100 L -$125 Run Line 3 1.78 - - L -$125
Run Line 4 2.10 - - L -$125 5 1.55 - - W -$125 6 2.20 84 100 L -$209 7 1.51 - - L -$209 8 1.97 - - L -$209 9 2.25 - - W -$209 10 1.78 129 100 W -$109 11 1.68 147 100 W -$9 12 2.08 47 50 W +$41 You start to track the Astros for a win. This happens at game #1. So, you start to bet on them at game 2 but you lose. Now, you have to accept the lose and wait for another signal. The second signal happens at game #5. The next game you start to bet but you lose again. Again, you have to accept the lose and wait for another signal. The third signal happens at game #9. You start to bet on the Astros at game #10 and you win 3 game in a row following the formula 100, 100, 50. You end the session with a clear profit of $41. Game Line Bet Win W/L Profit 13 1.82 - - L +$41 14 2.45 - - W +$41 15 1.83 120 100 L -$79 16 1.57 - - W -$79 17 1.89 113 100 W +$21 18 1.98 102 100 W +$123
19 2.80 28 50 L +$95 As you can see, you wait for another signal of one win and this happens at game #14. So, you start betting at game #15 but you lose. You have to accept the lose and wait for another signal that happens at game #16. You start to place your bet at game # 17 and you win 2 in a row. The third bet of $50 is lost but you make a good profit from the previous bet and end the session with a total profit of $95. Game Line Bet Win W/L Profit 20 2.30 - - W +$95 21 2.26 80 100 W +$195 22 2.19 84 100 W +$295 23 2.65 30 50 W +$345 You wait for the signal and it happens at game #20. You end the session with 3 wins in a row. So, you wait for another signal. Game Line Bet Win W/L Profit 24 1.83 - - W +$345 25 1.91 110 100 W +$445 26 1.50 200 100 W +$545 27 1.61 82 50 W +$595 Again here you win 3 game in a row and your total profit is $595. You wait for another signal. Game Line Bet Win W/L Profit 28 1.57 - - W +$595 29 1.55 182 100 W +$695 30 1.56 182 100 W +$795
31 1.61 100 50 W +$845 Run Line As you can see, you end another session with 3 wins in a row and you end one month of plays with a clear profit of $845. Of course the Astros had a long winning rate of 10 games in a row but this kind of things happens really often in the MLB. As you can see in the example, you can also use the run line when you place a bet. When the odds are too low (like 1.30 (-300)) and you back your team 100% that they can win by at least 2 runs, take the run line. You will have better odds. Conclusion 1) First, select a team you think will win. You can do the same with a team you think will lose. 2) Wait for a signal. If you go with a winning team, wait for a win. If you go with a losing team, wait for a lose. 3) When the signal happens, place the necessary bet in order to win your first amount of $100. 4) If you first bet wins, place a second bet in order to win the second amount in the series which is $100. 5) If you win your second bet, place a third bet in order to win the third predetermined amount of $50. 6) If you win your third bet, the session is over. Add your profit to your bankroll and wait for another signal for the same team or another one. 7) If you lose your first bet, start a new session by tracking a new signal and start another series.
In fact, you wait for a signal, you bet following the formula until you win 3 games in a row or lose one game. Simple as that. Good luck with this system! Another thing that is important is that even if you win game in a row (your first two bets), if the odds of you third game are very low like 1.33 (-300), you can end the session right now. You dont need to risk $150 to win $50 if you won the 2 previous bet. You have a chance to lose a big part of your winnings.
System #17 Going Streaks

Alrightwell still in the MLB streaks for the other system. However, this next system can be use for any kind of sports but it is perfect for baseball because of the fact that most of the team have winning and losing streak. So, in this chapter, I just want to give a little but how much powerful system that every part time sports gambler should know. I know that there is a lot of baseball fans so, thats why the examples will be about baseball but you can always use this system with any sports. However, baseball offers the most possibilities. Sohere we go Summer is the time to bet on baseball. Of course, in North America, this is the only sports that we can bet on everyday during the summer. But if you know some little but very important things, you can make a lot of money with the MLB. First thing you need to know is that its time to bet on underdogs. Yes, absolutely. During the regular season, each of the 30 team will play 162 games. This is a possibility of 4860 games to bet on. Of these 4860 games, 44% WILL BE WON BY THE UNDERDOGS. This is an amazing fact. Every 100 game, over 40 games are won by an underdog with odds over 2.00 ( +100). Another fact. Take the MLB stats and youll see that most of the time, a team will win more than one game in a row. You will see a team wins 7 to 10 games in a row many times a year. This kind of pattern only happen in the MLB. Why ? This is baseball! Another reason is the number of game.
Ok, heres a little system I use every baseball season and I have a lot of success. We will use the 2 facts above and a system called Let It Ride. We will simply invest a little amount and if we win, we will use the profit to bet on another game on the same team. You can do it as many time as you want and snowball your profit. But I think that 3 to 4 times is perfect. Does this system works ? Remember the 2004 season when the Tampa Bay Devil Rays won 12 games in a row as underdog ? Well, my friend, if you would be at Las Vegas, you would have turned $10 into over $500,000 within 2 weeks. Yes. This is money! Of course it takes some luck because this is gambling but you can be assured that someone did it for this winning streak. As for myself, I like to try a 10 game winning streak. Couple of weeks ago, thats what I did with the Pittsburgh Pirates. They were hot for a couple of days and they were 3-0 when I started to bet on them. They were always underdog. You know the results. They won 10 games in a row and for an initial bet of $10, I made over $3000 in pure profit. Was I lucky ? Yes of course, but if you dont try it, youll never make it. Simple as that. However, if you want to make a good profit over the baseball season with this system, heres what you should do. First, never bet let it ride for more than 4 games in a row. Second, bet on the teams with an average between .450 and .550. If you want to bet on teams that play over .550 like the Yankees or the Red Sox, use the run line of 1.5.
Third, always bet the same amount each game until a win. When you win, let it ride for 4 games and collect the profit. Then start again. There is a lot of possibility every week. Just look at how many team have a 4 wins streak at http://msn.foxsports.com/mlb/standings. Now, heres how it works. Instead of buying a lottery ticket every week, take a little $10 and pick a team that can easily win 4 games in a row. Lets take the Yankees as example. Lets say we take them with the run line of 1.5 because they are always (most of the time) an heavy favourite. Lets say that the odds are in average 2.15 First game, you place a $10 bet at 2.15 You win. Now you have $21.50 to bet. Game #2, you place your $21.50 bet at 2.15. You win. Now you have $46.22 to bet. Game #3, you place a $46.22 bet at 2.15 You win. Now you have $99.37 to bet. Game #4, you place your $99.37 bet at 2.15. You win. Total won = $213.64 Not bad for a small $10! And the good thing is that if you lose, you lose only $10! Of course, youll not win every time but youll make more money with this system than taking a lottery ticket! Good luck and have fun!
System #18 Underdogs

The next system is a system that use underdogs. This system is especially designed for betting on baseball. In other words, you will bet on baseball underdogs. One very important thing that you should remember is that sports gambler loves their favorites. Oddsmakers know this and they know that the natural tendency of almost every sports gamblers is to think that the spreads, set by oddsmakers, represents how much a team is favored to win the game. Well, the fact is that oddsmakers set the spreads based on public perception with the goal of getting 50% of bettors to bet on each team (each side). By doing this, sportsbooks are come out ahead no matter who win the game. Now, Ill keep this chapter short and to the point. One thing you should know is that a lot of pro sports gamblers are using this system to make thousands of dollars every month with this system. Fact: In baseball, there is a law of average showing that over an entire season, underdogs will beat favorites about 4 games out of 9 (44%). Even with money lines of 2.25, 2.35, 2.50. Example: If you bet $25 on 9 underdogs with odds of 2.35 (+135), you will make 4 X $25 X 2.35 = $235 9 X $25 = $225. So you end with a profit of $10. So, in order to help you select the best underdogs and this way, make more money, you will have to follow 3 simple rules in your selection of underdogs. 3 Rules to follow:
1) You must eliminate the game where the underdog has lost 3 or more games in a row or the favorite has won 3 or more games in a row. Remember that every baseball team face some long losing streaks as well as long winning streaks. 2) Eliminate games where the money line for the underdog are higher then 2.50 (+150). If this is the case, there is a reason and you must avoid these games. 3) Eliminate games where the underdog is facing a very good pitcher. If theyre facing a pitcher whos in the top 20 of the MLB, move on to another selection. You can use any newspaper as well as a lot of web sites to have access to this information. www.tsn.com is a good one. The pitchers standing must be according to earned-run average (ERA). So, everyday, if you follow these 3 rules on a day with as many as 15 games, you should be left with between 3 and 9 underdogs team to bet on. Amount to bet: It is really up to you. Betting around 1.25% to 2.5% of your bankroll is ok. So, if you have a $1000 bankroll, 2.5% means that you will bet $25 a game. Now everyday, all you have to do is check the MLB schedule and eliminate the games following the 3 rules. After that, youre ready to bet ! Now, lets see an example. Well take a look at a real week just to see how it works. Day 1 Monday September 6, 2004 Atlanta (1.81) vs Philadelphia (2.13) The underdog Philadelphia had won 3 in a row and the favorite had lost 1. The pitcher isnt in the top 20. So, we bet $25 on the Philadelphia. Result: Brave 3, Phillies 1. We lost $25.
Astros (1.56) VS Reds (2.63) Money line odds on Reds are too high. There is no play. Pittsburgh (1.67) VS Milwaukee (2.35) No team is on a streak. The pitcher isnt in the top 20 and the odds are ok. So, we bet $25 on the Brewers. Result: Pirates 5, Brewers 9. Profit +$33.75 Chicago (1.33) VS Expos (3.70) Money line odds on the Expos are too high. There is no play. San Diego (2.42) VS St-Louis (1.64) The cards won their 9 last games so there is no play. Yankees (1.30) VS Devil Rays (3.90) Money line odds on the Devil Rays are too high. There is no play. Detroit (1.49) VS Kansas city (2.85) Money line odds on the Royals are too high. There is no play. Baltimore (1.79) VS Minnesota (2.17) No team is on a streak and the pitcher is not in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Twins. Result: Orioles 4, Twins 1. Profit -$25 Texas (1.42) VS Chicago (3.15) The odds on the White Sox are too high. There is no play. Seattle (2.22) VS Cleveland (1.76) The Mariners lost their 5 last game so, there is no play. Oakland (1.79) VS Boston (2.16) No team are in a streak and the pitcher is not in the top 20. So, we bet $25 on the Red Sox. Result: Red Sox 8, Athletics 3. Profit +$29 Record for Day 1
WIN LOSE PROFIT TOTAL PROFIT 2 2 +$12.75 +$12.75 Day 2 Tuesday, September 7, 2004 Pittsburgh (2.31) VS Milwaukee (1.68) Pirates lost their 5 last game. There is no play. Florida (1.48) VS New York (2.88) The odds on the Mets are too high. There is no play. Atlanta (1.55) VS Philadelphia (2.61) The odds on the Phillies are too high. There is no play. Chicago (1.31) VS Montreal (3.85) The odds on the Expos are too high. There is no play. Houston (1.30) VS Cincinnati (3.95) The odds on the Reds are too high. There is no play. Colorado (2.70) VS San Francisco (1.53) The odds on the Rockies are too high. There is no play. San Diego (2.17) VS St Louis (1.79) The Cards pitcher is in the top 20. There is no play. Los Angeles (1.49) VS Arizona (2.85) The odds on the Diamondbacks are too high. There is no play. New York (1.29) VS Tampa Bay (4.04) The odds on the Devil Rays are too high. There is no play. Baltimore (2.20) VS Minnesota (1.77)
The teams are not on a streak. The pitcher is not in the top 20. So, we bet $25 on the Orioles. Result: Twins 3, Orioles 1. Profit -$25. Detroit (1.42) VS Kansas City (3.15) The odds on the Royals are too high. There is no play. Texas (1.59) VS Chicago (2.55) The odds on the White Sox are too high. There is no play. Oakland (2.00) VS Boston (1.91) Derek Lowe is in the top 20. There is no play. Anaheim (1.39) VS Toronto (3.25) The odds on the Jays are too high. There is no play. Record for Day 2 WIN LOSE PROFIT TOTAL PROFIT 0 1 -$25 -$12.25 Day 3 Wednesday, September 8, 2004 Houston (1.29) VS Cincinnati (4.12) The odds on the Reds are too high. There is no play. San Diego (2.32) VS St Louis (1.70) The odds are ok. No team is on a streak. Matt Morris is not in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Padres. Result: Padres 10, Cards 5. Profit +$33. Pittsburgh (1.67) VS Milwaukee (2.35) Oliver Perez is in the top 20. There is no play. Atlanta (1.65) VS Philadelphia (2.42)
No team are on a streak. Mike Hampton is not in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Phillies. Result: Phillies 4, Braves 1. Profit +$35.50 Florida (1.33) VS New York (3.70) The odds on the Mets are too high. No play. Chicago (1.29) VS Montreal (4.12) The odds on Montreal are too high. No play. Colorado (2.03) VS San Francisco (1.88) No team are on a streak. Kirk Rueter isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Rockies. Result: Giants 5, Rockies 3. Profit -$25. Los Angeles (1.26) VS Arizona (4.45) The odds on the Diamondbacks are too high. No play. New York Yankees (1.40) VS Tampa Bay (3.25) The odds on the Devil Rays are too high. No play. Baltimore (2.70) VS Minnesota (1.53) The odds on the Twins are too high. No play. Detroit (1.50) VS Kansas City (2.80) The odds on the Royals are too high. No play. Texas (1.94) VS Chicago WS (1.96) No team are on a streak. John Wasdin isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the White Sox. Result: Rangers 2, White Sox 5. Profit +$24 Seattle (2.15) VS Cleveland (1.80) No team are on a streak. Lee Cliff isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Mariners. Result: Indians 9, Mariners 5. Profit -$25. Oakland (2.31) VS Boston (1.68)
Pedro Martinez in the top 20. There is no play. Anaheim (1.29) VS Toronto (4.04) The odds are too high on the Jays. No play. Record for Day 3 WIN LOSE PROFIT TOTAL PROFIT 3 2 +$42.50 +$30.25 Day 4 Thursday, September 9, 2004 Pittsburgh (1.94) VS Houston (1.96) No team are on a streak. Oliver Perez is in the top 20. No play. Pittsburgh (2.31) VS Houston (1.68) No team are on a streak. Tim Redding isnt in the top 20. We bet $25. Result: Astros 9, Pirates 2. Profit -$25. Cincinnati (1.76) VS Milwaukee (2.22) No team are on a streak. Brandon Clausen isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Brewers. Result: Brewers 7, Reds 2. Profit +$30.50. Atlanta (1.59) VS Philadelphia (2.55) No team are on a streak. Russ Ortiz isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Phillies. Result: Phillies 9, Braves 4. Profit +$38.75 Colorado (1.95) VS San Diego (1.95) The odds are the same. No play. Los Angeles (1.28) VS Arizona (4.10) The odds on the Diamondbacks are too high. No play. Detroit (1.53) VS Kansas City (2.70)
The odds on the Royals are too high. No play. Yankees (1.40) VS Tampa Bay (3.25) The odds on the Devil Rays are too high. No play. Texas (2.00) VS Chicago WS (1.91) Mark Buehrle is in the top 20. No play. Seattle (2.63) VS Boston (1.56) The Red Sox are on a 4 wins streak. The odds on the Mariners are too high. There is no play. Anaheim (1.45) VS Toronto (3.00) The odds on the Jays are too high. No play. Record for Day 4 WIN LOSE PROFIT TOTAL PROFIT 2 1 +$44.25 +$74.50 Day 5 Friday, September 10, 2004 Pittsburgh (2.55) VS Houston (1.60) No team are on a streak. Peter Munro isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Pirates. Result: Pirates 6, Astros 1. Profit +$38.75. Mets (1.97) VS Philadelphia (1.93) The Phillies are on a 3 wins streak. No play. Cincinnati (1.67) VS Milwaukee (2.35) No team are on a streak. Josh Hancock isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Brewers. Result: Brewers 4, Reds 6. Profit -$25. Atlanta (1.38) VS Montreal (3.35)
The odds on Montreal are too high. No play. Colorado (2.13) VS San Diego (1.81) No team are on a streak. Brian Lawrence isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Rockies. Result: Rockies 4, Padres 10. Profit -$25. Arizona (2.00) VS San Francisco (1.91) The Diamondbacks are on a 7 loses streak. No play. Los Angeles (2.18) VS St Louis (1.78) No team are on a streak. Jason Marquis isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Dodgers. Result: Dodgers 7, Cards 6. Profit +$29.50. Detroit (2.00) VS Minnesota (1.91) No team are on a streak. Carlos Silva isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Tigers. Result: Twins 4, Tigers 1. Profit -$25. Baltimore (2.49) VS Yankees (1.61) Javier Vazquez is in the top 20. No play. Texas (1.60) VS Toronto (2.52) Ryan Drese is in the top 20. No play. Seattle (3.67) VS Boston (1.34) The odds on the Mariners are too high. No play. Oakland (1.43) VS Cleveland (3.10) The odds on the Indians are too high. No play. Anaheim (1.56) VS Chicago WS (2.62) The odds on the White Sox are too high. No play. Record for Day 5 WIN LOSE PROFIT TOTAL PROFIT
2 3 -$6.75 +$67.75 Day 6 Saturday, September 11, 2004 New York (2.48) VS Philadelphia (1.61) The Phillies are on a 4 wins streak. No play. Pittsburgh (2.57) VS Houston (1.55) No team are on a streak. Brandon Backe isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Pirates. Result: Pirates 5, Astros 2. Profit +$39.25 Chicago (1.65) VS Florida (2.40) Carlos Zambrano is in the top 20. No play. Colorado (2.35) VS San Diego (1.67) No team are on a streak. Adam Eaton isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Rockies. Result: Rockies 13, Padres 2. Profit: +$33.75. Atlanta (1.48) VS Montreal (2.90) The odds on Montreal are too high. No play. Cincinnati (1.74) VS Brewers (2.26) No team are on a streak. Luke Hudson isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Brewers. Result: Reds 9, Brewers 0. Profit: -$25. Arizona (3.24) VS San Francisco (1.39) The odds on the Diamondbacks are too high. No play. Oakland (1.55) VS Cleveland (2.61) The odds on the Indians are too high. No play. Baltimore (2.62) VS Yankees (1.55) The odds on the Orioles are too high. No play.
Detroit (2.10) VS Minnesota (1.83) The Twins are on a 3wins streak. No play. Kansas City (1.81) VS Tampa Bay (2.13) The Devil Rays lost their 12 last games. No play. Texas (1.53) VS Toronto (2.70) The odds on the Jays are too high. No play. Seattle (2.75) VS Boston (1.51) The odds on the Mariners are too high. No play. Anaheim (1.45) VS Chicago WS (3.00) The odds on the White Sox are too high. No play. Record for Day 6 WIN LOSE PROFIT TOTAL PROFIT 2 1 +$48.00 +$115.75 Day 7 Sunday, September 12, 2004 Atlanta (1.48) Vs Montreal (2.90) The odds on Montreal are too high. No play. New York (2.30) VS Philadelphia (1.71) Phillies are on a 5 wins streak. No play. Cincinnati (2.20) VS Milwaukee (1.77) Ben Sheets is in the top 20. No play. Chicago (2.05) VS Florida (1.87) A.J. Burnett is in the top 20. No play. Colorado (2.37) VS San Diego (1.66)
No team are on a streak. Jake Peavy isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Rockies. Result: Rockies 2, Padres 15. Profit -$25. Los Angeles (2.42) VS St Louis (1.64) Chris Carpenter is in the top 20. No play. Arizona (3.00) VS San Francisco (1.44) The odds on the Diamondbacks are too high. No play. Pittsburgh (3.10) VS Houston (1.43) The odds on the Pirates are too high. No play. Detroit (1.89) VS Minnesota (2.02) No team are on a streak. Nate Robertson isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Twins. Result: Twins 8, Tigers 5. Profit: +$25.50 Baltimore (2.45) VS Yankees (1.62) Jon Lieber is in the top 20. No play. Texas (1.55) VS Toronto (2.61) The odds on Toronto are too high. No play. Kansas City (1.93) VS Tampa Bay (1.98) No team are on a streak. Denny Bautista isnt in the top 20. We bet $25 on the Devil Rays. Result: Devil Rays 7, Royals 2. Profit +$24.50 Seattle (3.00) VS Boston (1.45) The odds on the Mariners are too high. No play. Oakland (1.55) VS Cleveland (2.62) The odds on the Indians are too high. No play. Anaheim (1.45) VS Chicago WS (3.00) The odds on the White Sox are too high. No play.
Record for Day 7 WIN LOSE PROFIT TOTAL PROFIT 2 1 +$25 +$140.75 By using the system, you end the week with 13 wins and 11 loses (54.1%). And all for underdogs. You make a great profit of $140.75. Fact to remember: Fact: In baseball, there is a law of average showing that over an entire season, underdogs will beat favorites about 4 games out of 9 (44%). Even with money lines of 2.25, 2.35, 2.50. Rules to Remember: 1) You must eliminate the game where the underdog has lost 3 or more games in a row or the favorite has won 3 or more games in a row. Remember that every baseball team face some long losing streaks as well as long winning streaks. 2) Eliminate games where the money line for the underdog are higher then 2.50 (+150). If this is the case, there is a reason and you must avoid these games. 3) Eliminate games where the underdog is facing a very good pitcher. If theyre facing a pitcher whos in the top 20 of the MLB, move on to another selection. You can use any newspaper as well as a lot of web sites to have access to this information. www.tsn.com is a good one. The pitchers standing must be according to earned-run average (ERA). Good luck with this system!
System #19 Betting Progression

The next system is very simple and is very powerful. In fact, I never lost a session in three years using this system. This system can be used for any kind of sports but is very powerful when applying to baseball (MLB). What we will do is simply to use the betting progression of system #4. The power of martingale applied to the underdogs. If you didnt read system #4, please take a close look at it because well use the progression in the following system. In this chapter, I will tell you how to pick the underdog to use with this system. How it works: You will simply look at the odds for each team and youll assign a number to each team. The number for each team will be the difference between the real Pct that a team is playing for compared to the odds that the lines makers have assigned to the team. Well, it could be difficult to understand right now but lets take a look at a real example. Youll understand soon that it is not very difficult to apply the system. First, lets take a look at the standing for today, September 18, 2004.
Now, lets look at the odds for each team. Well only use the money line in this system.
Heres the odds for September 18, 2004 from www.canbet.com. Now, you see that the Rockies are playing for 0.432. We will convert this number into odds. To convert this percentage into odds, you just have to follow this formula. 1 / percentage That means that the odds for the Rockies, following the percentage should be 2.31. Live odds real odds 2.19 - 2.31 = -0.12 Real odds = 1/0.574 = 1.74 Difference = +0.04 Colorado (2.19) VS Los Angeles (1.78) So, here its 1/0.432 = 2.31 In fact, this is the breakeven point for this team. If the team keep playing for 0.432 through all the year, you need to bet every game at 2.31 to break even at the end of the season. Now, we see that the line at the sportsbook is 2.19. So, we understand that the live odds is less than the real value. So next, well calculate the difference between the real odds and the live odds. You assign this number to the Rockies. Now, you do the same thing for their opponent, the Dodgers. Pct = 0.574 Live odds = 1.78 The last thing you have to do is calculate the difference between the
two numbers that you assigned to each team. Ok, lets look at the other games. San Francisco (1.55) VS San Diego (2.61) Pct = 0.557 0.537 Real Odds = 1.79 1.86 Live odds = 1.55 2.61 Difference = -0.24 +0.75 Difference between both teams = 0.98 So, here the difference between 0.12 and +0.04 is 0.16 This is the most important number you have to remember. For each game, you will found this number and you will be able to select the teams that you should use with the system. St Louis (1.26) VS Arizona (4.40) Pct = 0.660 0.309 Real odds = 1.51 3.23 Live odds = 1.26 4.40 Difference = -0.25 +1.17 Difference between both teams = 1.41 Florida (1.77) VS Atlanta (2.20) Pct = 0.531 0.588 Real Odds = 1.88 1.70 Live odds = 1.77 2.20 Difference = -0.11 +0.49 Philadelphia (1.44) VS Montreal (3.00)
Live odds = 1.93 1.97 Cincinnati (2.90) VS Chicago (1.48) Difference between both teams = 0.60 Pct = 0.510 0.419 Real Odds = 1.96 2.38 Live odds = 1.44 3.00 Difference = -0.52 +0.61 Difference between both teams = 1.13 Pittsburgh (1.93) VS New York (1.97) Pct = 0..452 0.435 Real Odds = 2.21 2.29 Difference = -0.28 -0.32 Difference between both teams = 0.04 Houston (1.43) VS Milwaukee (3.05) Pct = 0.547 0.428 Real Odds = 1.82 2.33 Live odds = 1.43 3.05 Difference = -0.39 +0.71 Difference between both teams = 1.10 Pct = 0.456 0.559 Real Odds = 2.19 1.78 Live odds = 2.90 1.48 Difference = -0.70 +0.30 Pct = 0.628 0.605
Real Odds = 1.59 1.65 Live odds = 1.81 2.14 Difference = +0.21 +0.48 Pct = 0.581 0.473 Real Odds = 1.72 2.11 Difference = -0.14 +0.45 Difference between both teams = 0.59 Toronto (1.62) VS Tampa Bay (2.45) Real Odds = 2.42 2.31 Live odds = 1.62 2.45 Difference between both teams = 0.93 Difference between both teams = 1.00 Yankees (1.81) VS Boston (2.14) Difference between both teams = 0.27 Minnesota (1.58) VS Baltimore (2.57) Live odds = 1.58 2.57 Pct = 0.412 0.432 Difference = -0.80 +0.13 Seattle (3.20) VS Oakland (1.41) Pct = 0.378 0.581 Live odds = 3.20 1.41 Difference = +0.55 -0.31 Pct = 0.483 0.363 Difference = -0.57 +0.04
Difference between both teams = 0.61 Chicago WS (1.68) VS Detroit (2.31) Real Odds = 2.02 2.17 Live odds = 1.68 2.31 Difference between both teams = 0.47 Anaheim (1.43) VS Texas (3.05) Live odds = 1.43 3.05 Real Odds = 2.64 1.72 Difference between both teams = 0.86 Cleveland (1.50) VS Kansas City (2.80) Real Odds = 2.07 2.75 Live odds = 1.50 2.80 Pct = 0.493 0.459 Difference = -0.34 +0.13 Pct = 0.568 0.547 Real Odds = 1.76 1.82 Difference = -0.33 +1.22 Difference between both teams = 1.55 The Expos, Brewers, Reds, Rangers. Remember that using a martingale with underdogs is very powerful. First, you only have to win between 5%-10% of your games to end the session and make profit. Brewers 3, Astros 4
Ok, now the hard work is done. All you have to do is pick the underdog of the games where the difference is over 1.00. ATTENTION: My advice to you would be to eliminate the games where the odds on the underdog is over 3.50. That leaves us with 4 underdogs. The Rangers are the best underdog for the day with a difference of 1.55. Now, you start a series using the progression of system #4. You can also run 3-4 series at the same time. I usually run 3 series simultaneously. Second, remember that for the MLB, 44% of the games are won by underdogs. THIS IS A FACT. Just for today, the results: Expos 6, Phillies 5 Cubs 5, Reds 6 Angels 0, Rangers 2 3-1 for today. All underdogs ! Good luck with this system !
System #20 Midrange low risk

This system is very easy to use and it is perfect for the sports gambler who want to achieve a good profit over the long run without risking a large bankroll. When you start a session, youll start your initial amount in a midrange rather than 1 unit. The advantage is that a win followed by a loss, will produce a profit. So will a loss followed by a win. If you start with 1 unit and don't reduce your bet after you win, a loss followed by a win will break even instead of gaining 1 unit. That's why, it's advantageous to start with say 10 or 20 units, a parameter you can change in the spreadsheet. Then you can move to either direction on a loss or on a win. Now, to see how it works, well take a look at some example. Well also assume that our betting unit is $5. So, if you have to play 20 units, its 20 X $5 = $100. As you already know, everybody can achieve a 50% winning rates over the long run. Even if you make your selection by flipping a coin, youll reach a 50% winning rate on the long run. THIS IS A FACT. The system use a very simple progression that is after a loss, you go up 3 units and after a win, you go down 2 units. Simple as that. As soon as you are over in your bankroll, you stop the session and you start another one. Its just like the stock exchange. You buy something, you watch the price fluctuate and you sell when you can make a profit.
For every example, well assume that the odds are always 1.93 (-107). Day Units W/L Profit Tot. Profit 1 20 L -100 -100 2 23 W +106.95 +6.95 You end the session with a profit of $6.95. This is with a 50% winning rate (1-1). With flat betting you would have been down. Day Units W/L Profit Tot. Profit 2 23 L -115 -215 4 29 W +134.85 -210.15 8 26 L -130 -205.45 11 30 W +139.50 -62.15 14 29 W +134.85 +76.85 End of the session. You end with a winning rate of 50% and a profit of $76.85. With flat betting $100 a game, you would be down by -$49. Now, heres a simulation of a bad streak. 1 20 L -100 -100 3 26 L -130 -345 5 27 L -135 -345.15 6 30 W +139.50 -205.65 7 28 W +130.20 -75.45 9 29 L -145 -350.45 10 32 W +148.80 -201.65 12 28 L -140 -202.15
13 31 W +144.15 -58 Thats it for this system. As you can see, its very easy to apply and it works very well. You can also assign to the unit the value you feel comfortable to play with. You can start with $0.50 or $100 and more. Its up to you. Good luck with this system !
System #21 Spread Under Over

The next system is a system you can use with many sports. Fact, you can use it with any sports where there are 2 outcomes. However, the best kind of bets is the spread or the over under total. Heres why: Lets say we have these 2 games. Team C vs Team D So, the possible parlays are: Team A X Team D Team B X Team C Th goal here will be to use only 3 out of 4 parlay. This way, you will cover 3 bets out of 4 possible bets. The way you select which one of these 3 parlays you will use is up to you. What I like is going with patern like using the 2 lowest spread for the home team. Usually, the home team will win the spread in at least 50% of the games. This is why I like to use this kind of parlay. When I say the lowest spread for the home team, heres an example: You will have to use the highest odds as possible. When it comes to the highest odds for spread betting, the best sportsbooks are pinnaclesports where you will usually find odds of -105 (1.95) and canbet where you will find odds of -107 (1.93). So, basically, we will select 2 games and we will make 3 parlays with these 2 games. When you use 2 games, you have 4 possible parlay.
Team A vs Team B Team A X Team C Team B X Team D These are the 4 parlay you can make with 2 games. This could be betting againts the spread or betting the total. That means you will cover all the possible outcomes of these 2 home teams plus a third possible outcomes. In this case, the spread is -4 or +4 depending of the team you choose. So, going with the patern, we want to use the lowest favorite home team. That means, the home team with the lowest spread as possible. If you dont know yet, pk means pickem. Pk means a spread of 0 for both team. So, in our case it will be the games: Lets say you have these games. So, the Away team is always the first one and the home team is the second one. Take a look at game 555-556. You see that Northeastern (+4) is the away team and they are facing Delaware (-4) which is the home team. So looking at the screenshot, we see that the 2 games with the lowest spreads for a home team are games 547-548 at pk and games 549-550 at -1.5. This is like a bet for a straigh win. New Orleans (pk) At Florida Atlantic (pk) And Tulsa (+1.5) at Marshall (-1.5) Ok, so, these will be the 2 games we will use in this example. Following the 3 parlays we have to make, we will make 3 parlays this way: Parlay 1 New Orleans (pk) X Tulsa (-1.5)
Parlay 2 New Orleans (pk) X Marshall (-1.5) Parlay 3 Florida Atlantic (pk) X Tulsa (-1.5) Each parlay will give you a return of 3.80. Why ? Now, something very inportant you need to know. We will use a session for each specific patern we use. In fact, using this specific patern represent one session. You can use many kind of paterns but the most important thing is that you need to stick to your patern everyday. This is the reason why youll make money over the long run. As you can see, the only time we will lose is if Florida Atlantic (pk) and Tulsa (-1.5) win. So, most of the time, we will win one of these parlays. Now lets look the numbers. You will place 1 unit on 3 parlays. So, this is 1 X 1.95 X 1.95 = 3.80 Because you will make 3.80 and you have to substract 3 units. These 3 units are the units you have placed on each parlay. So, every time you win a parlay, you win 0.80 unit. If you stop or change or mix patern together, this is where you will experience more loses that you want and you will lose money. Other patern could be, the 2 highest spread for home team or for the away team. Or the 2 highest total or lowest total or highest total, etc...It is up to you. Ok, now, using the patern of the 2 lowest spreads for the home team, heres the results we had for November 2007 for NCAA Basketball. L-W-L-L-W-W-W-W-W-L-W-W-W-W-W-W-W-W-W-L-W-W-W-W-W-W-W Total Bets: 27 Total Wins: 22 Total Loses: 5
Win percentage:81% So, here, just by following the same rule to pick our team, we end the month with a total of 81% win and a profit just by flat betting. In fact, placing 3 parlay at odds 3.80 for each parlay is like placing a single bet at odds 1.26. With these results for the month of November 2007, we have these results. 22 wins of 0.80 units = 17.6 units 5 loses of 3 units = 15 units 17.6 15 = +2.6 units. This is our profit. However, we we have to understand that the results wont always be like this but there is a way to protect our bankroll and make some money. In fact we will write down the results and we will wait for a lose of our bets. Right after a losing bet, we will start a slow progression. This slow and small progression will be: So, our goal is to win some money after a losing bet. But because you will win many more bets than you will lose, you wont have many bets a month. This is why you can use many sessions at the same time. This is where the money is made. So, Day 1: No bet Lose Day 3: No bet Lose Day 6: Bet 4 units on each parlay Win Profit +3.21 units Stop the X 2X 4X Thats it.
Now, lets see what happen with this progression with the November 2007 results. So, on a piece of paper, make your 3 parlays followng the rule of your choice. Here, it was the 2 home teams with the lowest spread. Day 2: Bet 1 unit on each parlay Win profit +0.80 Stop session Day 4: Bet 1 unit on each parlay Lose Profit -3 units Day 5: Bet 2 units on each parlay Win Profit +1.60 units session Day 7: No bet Win Day 8: No bet Wn Day 10: No bet Lose Start a new session Day 11: Bet 1 unit on each parlay Win Profit of +0.80 Day 13: No bet Win Day 14: No bet Win Day 24: No bet Win Day 25: No bet Win Day 27: No bet Win Total Profit:+4.21 units Day 9: No bet Win Day 12: No bet Win Day 15: No bet Win Day 16: No bet Win Day 17: No Bet Win Day 18: No Bet Win Day 19: No bet Win
Day 20: No bet Lose Start the session Day 21: Bet 1 unit on each parlay Win Profit +0.80 Day 22: No Bet Win Day 23: No bet Win Day 26: No bet Win So, for sure +4.21 units for the entire month isnt a big profit but this is a profit. This is why, when you use other patern to select your games and if you run many sessions at the same time, you will make more money. For example, if you use only 10 sessions a day, you will have to place 30 bets everyday but the result will be a profit of around 35 units every month. This is where the money is. You can expect this kind of result with any kind of patern as long as you stick to your patern everyday. I have many clients that use up to 20 sessions at the same time and they have a lot of success. They use different kind of sports. Again, heres what you have to do: - Place you 3 parlay only on paper always by covering the same patern. Example, place your teams this way: - Always place these 3 parlays: Team A X Team D - Place the appropriate amount of unit on each parlay by following the progression X 2X 4X - First select 2 games following a patern you will use everyday. The choice is up to you. It could be the 2 lowest spread for the homw favorite or the 2 highest spread for the home
favorite, the over / under total etc. The most important point is that you have to follow this patern everyday. Team A vs Team B Team C vs Team D Team A X Team C Team B X Team C - Wait for a lose - As soon as you make a profit, stop the progression and wait for another lose - Run as many sessions as you like
System #22 Low Risk Favorites

With this system, we will almost flat bet. This is a system that people who dont like to place high stakes will be happy to use. In fact, the highest bet or stake youll place is 4 units. Thats it. Youll have to follow a simple pattern and some very simple rules. Statistics show that the heavy favorites win around 71% to 74% of the games. And to break even at this odd, you would have to get the odd at 1.40 (-250) at least. This is a big change since the lockout in 2004-2005. There was no season and some changes were made to raise quality of the show for people who attend these sporting events and for people watching the games on TV. For the season 2005-2006, the system earned a total of 28 units and it usually bring around 30 units profits each season. 2005-2006 Results
As you can see, the winning percentage is 73% and the average odds for all these games is 1.39 (-255). At this odd, we need to win 72% to break even so, sure we end up with a
small profit of around 2 units. This is of course just by betting the same amount every game. Now, heres how works the system. The Rules 1. Always wait for a win to start your session 2. When you lose a bet, always wait for another win to start a new session 3. When you start a session, always use the following staking plan of 4 units, 2 units and 1 unit 4. When you have won your 3 bets or stakes, start another session and go back to step 3 starting with 4, 2, 1 unit again 5. Always place your bet or stake on the heaviest favorite (money line) I recommend a bankroll of at least 100 units to use with this system. So, if you have a bank of $1000, youre unit value will be $10. Now lets see how it works with our 2005-2006 results. Lets look at the first 15 days.
Ok, first we have to wait for a first win which is a signal to start our session. So, on day 1, no bet and we lose. Day 2 No bet and we win. Day 3 We start our staking plan and we place a bet of 4 units ($40) at odds 1.67. We win. Total +$26.80 Day 4
We place another bet of 2 units ($20). We win at odds 1.42. Profit +$8.40 Day 5 We place another bet at 1 unit ($10) at odds of 1.53. We lose. Profit -$10 Day 6 We have no bet. We wait for another win. Day 7 We won at day 7 so, we place a 4 units bet ($40) at odds 1.47. We win. Profit +$18.80 Day 8 We place a 2 units bet ($20) at odds 1.42. We win. Profit +$8.40. Day 9 We place a bet of 1 unit ($10) at odds of 1.57. We lose. Profit -$10 Day 10 We wait for another win. So, no bet here. Day 11 We start a new session with a bet of 4 units ($40) at odds 1.43. We win. Profit +$17.20 Day 12 We place a bet of 2 units ($20) at odds 1.40. We win. Profit +$8. Day 13 Again, heres the rules to follow: We place a bet of 1 unit ($10). We lose. Profit -$10. Day 14 We wait for a win Day 15 We place a bet of 4 units ($40) at odds 1.63. We lose. Profit -$40.
Total Profit is +$17.60. With a winning rate of 66%, you would have lost 3.1 units with flat betting your $10. To get the maximum results with this system, you must place a bet everyday. This is why you will end the season with a nice profit without risking too much of your bankroll. Again, heres the rules to follow: The Rules 1. Always wait for a win to start your session 2. When you lose a bet, always wait for another win to start a new session 3. When you start a session, always use the following staking plan of 4 units, 2 units and 1 unit 4. When you have won your 3 bets or stakes, start another session and go back to step 3 starting with 4, 2, 1 unit again 5. Always place your bet or stake on the heaviest favorite (money line)
Systems 5 Gems
2nd Favourites in Claimers System: Back 2nd favourites (male horses only) in Claiming races YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2002 24 138 17.39 -13.25 -9.6 -14.59 2003 30 125 24 26.58 21.26 9.67 2004 34 125 27.2 21.24 16.99 17.67 2005 40 147 27.21 26.13 17.78 25.79 2006 36 143 25.17 18.37 12.85 14.94 ____ ________ ________ ____________ __________ ________ __________ 164 678 24.19 79.07 11.66 11.37 Quick Return Favourites System: Back horses who ran 3 or less days ago, and are favourite today YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2002 63 203 31.03 13.96 6.88 8.28 2003 41 156 26.28 -9.92 -6.36 -9.76 2004 73 222 32.88 -12.81 -5.77 7.91 2005 61 216 28.24 1.05 0.49 0.13 2006 77 241 31.95 24.52 10.17 4.52 ____ ________ ________ ____________ _________ _________ __________ 315 1038 30.35 16.8 1.62 3.39
Quick Return Class Droppers System:Back 4yo+ horses who ran 3 or less days ago, and have dropped 3 classes or more for todays race YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2002 0 7 0 -7 -100 -100 2003 3 12 25 31.25 260.42 174.32 2004 5 17 29.41 51.75 304.41 137.09 2005 6 14 42.86 13.66 97.57 94.1 2006 3 18 16.67 15 83.33 22.21 ____ ________ ________ ____________ _________ _________ __________ 17 68 25 104.66 153.91 81.42 Last Time Out Claimer Winners System:Back last time out claiming race winners who run in a handicap or another claimer today. Must be male and in the first three in the betting. YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2002 29 86 33.72 47.19 54.87 38.83 2003 21 72 29.17 22.24 30.89 26.73 2004 27 89 30.34 29.82 33.51 15.2 2005 21 93 22.58 -10.97 -11.8 -5.12 2006 22 80 27.5 12.62 15.77 16.92 ____ ________ ________ ____________ _________ ___________ ________ 120 420 28.57 100.9 24.02 17.78
Maiden To Handicap System System:Back horses that ran in a maiden between 7f and less than 1m1f last time, and now run in a handicap over 1m2f or further. Must be in the first three in the betting, and no more than 13 runners. YEAR WINS RUNS STRIKE% LSP LSP% VSP% 2002 6 26 23.08 -0.12 -0.46 -18.21 2003 11 30 36.67 20.69 68.97 42.41 2004 6 20 30 7.75 38.75 66.36 2005 8 32 25 -2.02 -6.31 14.29 2006 16 41 39.02 35.42 86.39 49.52 ____ ________ ________ _______________ ______ ________ __________ 47 149 31.54 61.72 41.42 29.57
Systems Portfolio Rationale

When following systems you should never rely on just one golden goose to lay golden eggs. Treat horse racing systems like trading on the stock market: keep a portfolio. No sensible stock market investor would just buy shares in one company, and no sensible system follower should just rely on one system. If you just follow one system you are leaving yourself open to bad losing streaks which can deplete your bank and dent your confidence in a system. It is far better to run many systems all at the same time. Doing so will iron out any fluctuations in performance. Just as a share price can go up and down, a systems performance can go up and down too. If you run various systems (covering different methods just as a share investor would cover different market sectors) throughout the year, you should be able to keep on making profits.
The Favourites Phenomenon System

CONSISTENT STRAIGHTFORWARD PROFITABLE Finally Setting the record straight on stop at a winner Introduction Congratulations on your very wise decision to invest in the Favourites Phenomenon System. You are now the fortunate owner of one of the very few publicly disclosed methods which produce consistent long-term profits year after year. I want to point out that Stop At a Winner (or SAW for short) has become a very popular form of betting in the last few years. There are numerous tipsters and systems around, many of which, unfortunately, make outrageous and unrealistic claims. Understandably, many of my professional gambling colleagues frown upon this method of betting, and I can see why. Allow me therefore to illustrate where most people go wrong, and more importantly, what you can do to avoid making the same mistakes. 1: People dont fully understand what they are doing. Its all too easy to start following a tipster or method, without being aware of the implications of what happens when things go wrong. People are often lured into a false sense of security, because these methods can sometimes work for a few weeks on the trot. With the majority of Stop At A Winner methods, whether they be systems or tipster services, what you can be sure of is that eventually (and it usually doesnt take long), a losing run will come along which will almost certainly wipe away all your profits in one fell swoop, and probably your bank as well.
The FP System is spacifically designed to completely minimise any such risks, and it is therefore of the utmost importance that you read this short manual very thoroughly. 2: People try to win too much with a betting bank that is too small. What happens here is that people dont bother to do any calculations, or shall I say, they dont really want to face the inevitable, so they start betting, and think to themselves well, hopefully, that losing day wont happen to me. This is total madness, and the only guarantee with this approach Im afraid, is failure. You need to do some homework first, paper trade and then start with small stakes. 3: People dont have a plan in place for when things go wrong So, the inevitable losing day comes along, and Pete goes and loses all his profits. Panic sets in, not to mention frustration and despair at yet another system which just doesnt work. You MUST, under all circumstances, have a plan in place at all times, whether things are going well or whether they are going badly. Its far better to be over-prepared, so that you always remain level-headed. This will allow you to make decisions based on logic rather than emotion. 4: people lose their nerve So the difficult day comes along. Theres no plan in place, no well thought-out strategy, and the stakes are mounting up beyond the comfort zone. Pete starts to get a tight feeling in his stomach, his hands start to shake and all of a sudden, he cant think clearly. Pete places the next bet and prays that the horse will win. Of course, it loses, and now Pete wishes he hadnt started this ridiculous SAW betting in the first place. Does this sound familiar?
This is why I have finally released my system to the public, the same system I have been using, testing and developing for over two years. You will find below fully documented results, instructions on how to research and check the results yourself, and a very clear and simple explanation of how to use the statistics to generate profit. The Favourites PhenomenonSystem can be operated on 3 levels, with the strike rates consistently being approximately 87, 94 and 98% respectively. I have been personally using the FP System as part of my betting portfolio for the last 2 years, and generated 337 points with the Favourites PhenomenonSystem alone in 2007. The instructions in this manual are incredibly simple, as any good system should be. Youll be doing yourself a great favour by paper trading and then building up slowly. Its almost a bit too easy to make money with the FP System, but remember that a big part of making longterm profits, is in keeping losses to an absolute minimum. How To Succeed With The Favourites Phenomenon System 1: Read this manual all the way through. Dont worry if the occasional thing seems confusing, as its good to get a general overview. 4: Decide whether you are going to start at level 1, 2 or 3. (all will be explained) My recommendation is to start at level 1 (stopping after qualifying race 5) as this is very low risk and will still make you a profit. 4: Decide whether you are going to start at level 1, 2 or 3. (all will be explained)
My recommendation is to start at level 1 (stopping after qualifying race 5) as this is very low risk and will still make you a profit. 5: Practice doing the calculations, either with the calculator I have provided, or with your preferred betting software. Speed is of the essence, and the more you practice, the easier it will become. 6: Paper trade for at least 2 weeks, preferably longer. This will give you time to get used to the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem in a live environment, without the risk of losing money due to a mistake. 7: After paper trading, start with small stakes, and increase as your confidence and experience grows. Betting with real money is always very different than paper trading. 8: Be patient. This is not a get rich quick system, but rather one that makes a healthy long-term profit. You will quickly build up confidence and expertise, but these things usually dont happen over night. Remember, its persistence not perfection which will get you through the inevitable difficult moments along the way. Make a commitment to succeed, and then go for it. How the Favourites PhenomenonSystem came into existence Im sure most of you will be familiar with the commonly (and over-hyped) statistic that favourites win about 33% of their races. This is absolutely true, but its certainly no use on its own as far as making a profit goes. Another well-known fact is that a day rarely goes by without at least 1 favourite winning its race. Again this is true, but its still not much use to us on its own.
Given the above information however, I started to see if I could see any patterns that might help to bring some of these factors together. After many hours of painstaking research and thought, I stumbled on something quite amazing. I noticed that the vast majority of the time, a favourite would win a race within the first 5 races of the day. The figure is approximately 87% in fact, and this is something which has remained constant for many years. In looking further however, I discovered some more data and patterns which lessened the losing days, and ultimately lessened the risks. Between races 1-5 a favourite will win approximately 87% of the time. Between races 1-7, the figure goes up to about 94% and between races 1-9 it is a staggering 98 to 99%. My research and results clearly show that there is absolutely no point going beyond race 9, in fact doing so could prove to be disastrous. The last major piece of information is that you will never need to bet at odds lower than 5/6 or 1.85 on Betfair. Many odds-on favourites lose and their prices are often the subject of manipulation. This can dramatically increase the stakes for us, and thats exactly what we dont want. It took me a very long time to discover this fact, so please use it to your advantage. The Mechanics Behind The Favourites Phenomenon System I will shortly give you the exact steps which I follow to make a profit 98% of the time, and theres absolutely no reason what so ever why you wont soon be in the same position.
Before this however, we need to walk through how the calculations work, so that we can then put the FP System into action. What I am about to show you are purely the mechanics behind the system. This information is widely available, and I want to be clear that this isnt what you paid for. I even gave an illustration in the sales letter. So, without further ado, let me introduce you to something known as Profit Per Day, or PPD for short. This is a very simple concept once you get your head round it. Lets say for example that you want to win 30. The odds of our horse are 2/1, or 3.0 in decimal odds. In order to make a profit of 30, we must stake 15. Heres how the calculation works: With fractional odds (2/1, 3/1 etc), we divide our target (30 in this case) by the top number in the fraction, and then multiply the result by the bottom number in the fraction. So, just to be clear, our target is 30, and our odds are 2/1. 30/2 =15. 15 * 1 = 15 Therefore, our required stake is 15. With decimal odds, the calculation is more straightforward. You always deduct 1 from the decimal odds. So, if the odds are 3.0, you take 1 away, to make 2.0. To work out your stake, you divide your target amount (30 in this case) by 2. Heres the process.
Odds = 3.0 3.0 1 = 2 Target amount = 30 30/2 = 15 Therefore, our stake = 15. If our horse wins, our stake of 15 is returned to us, plus 2 * 15 = 30 profit. Lets say however, that our horse loses. Weve lost 15. In the next race, we still want to win 30 (because thats our PPD, or profit per day), but we need to add our 15 loss from the previous race. Therefore, 30 (ppd) + our 15 loss from race 1 = a target in race two of 45. Lets say that the odds of our horse in race 2 are 5/2, or 3.5 in decimal. Heres the fractional calculation. Target = 45. 45/5 (top number in fraction) = 9. 9 * 2 (bottom number in fraction) = 18. Therefore, our stake is 18. With decimal odds, the calculation is like this: Odds = 3.5 3.5 1 = 2.5 Target of 45/2.5 = 18. Therefore, our stake is 18. If the horse wins, we get our 18 stake back, plus 45. Because we lost 15 in race 1, weve actually made a profit of 30.
I cannot stress how important it is to grasp how these calculations work. If it seems confusing at first, dont worry, just take your time and understand it step by step. I have provided a special calculator which will take care of all this for us, and I will explain exactly how this works a little later. The Favourites PhenomenonSystem Rules The FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem is for use on UK racing only and excludes Irish racing. The actual rules are incredibly simple. Theres no need to study form, or know anything about jockey and trainer stats. As I mentioned earlier, the FAVOURITES PHENOMENON system can be operated on 3 levels. This however, only applies to the number of races you will be betting on, all other rules remain the same across the board. There are 4 rules in the FAVOURITES PHENOMENON system: 1: There must be a minimum of 2 daytime UK race meetings taking place. (Note, 1 daytime meeting and 1 evening meeting doesnt count, nor does 1 daytime and 2 evening meetings). 2: To qualify as a selection, our horse must be the favourite in the live market, just before the off. Personally, I wait until approximately 1 minute before the off before placing the bet. Some people find however that 1 minute doesnt give them enough time to work out the stake, and if thats the case then place the bet earlier. It is usually obvious which horse is the favourite, but there will be times when the market is unsure.
3: A favourite only qualifies as a selection if the odds are 5/6 (1.85 decimal) or higher. 5/6 is actually 1.83, but my experience shows that not going below 1.85 is better. 4: This rule is split into 3 parts as it deals with the number of races you will be betting on. 4.1: If a winner is not reached after you have bet on qualifying race 5, then you stop for the day. 4.2: If a winner is not reached after you have bet on qualifying race 7 then you stop for the day. 4.3: If a winner is not reached after you have bet on qualifying race 9 then you stop for the day. You need to decide therefore whether you are going to stop after 5, 7 or 9 races. The eventual aim (and most profitable method) is to go to race 9 if necessary. If you are just starting off however, I recommend stopping after race 5, and build up gradually. One thing you must absolutely avoid is swapping and changing. Once you make your decision, stick to it for at least a month. Staking And Size Of Bank All figures given below are my recommended minimum. For level 1 (stopping after race 5) use a 100 point bank. So, if you have a profit per day of 10, then 10 * 100 = 1000. For level 2 (stopping after race 7), use a 150 point bank. So with a profit per day of 10, your bank would be 1500 (10 * 150). For level 3 (stopping after race 9), use a 200 point bank. So with a profit per day of 10, you will need a bank of 2000.
I can tell you, both from my own experience and by talking to other people, that the main reason why most people fail to make a profit with this type of betting is because they try and win too much with too small a bank. It is far better (and less stressful) to have a bank that is bigger than it needs to be. The vast majority of the time, the stakes will not be high however, as with any system, there will be losing days. The FAVOURITES PHENOMENON system, along with my extensive research and experience, is designed to keep losses to a minimum. The most sensible thing after a losing day is to just carry on as normal. All three levels of the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONsystem make consistent long-term profits, so there is no need to make life complicated. If you are using level 1, then you will definitely encounter more losing days than if you were using level 2 or 3, but the losses are minimal. You must treat betting like a business. Learn to be unemotional in what you do, as this will help you make logical decisions that are ultimately best for your long-term prosperity. I cant stress enough that it is Consistency, not Quantity, which leads to long-term profits, and you must always think of the big picture. Important Factors To Consider There is no substitute for experience, and experience comes through practice and hard work. There are however some factors to take into consideration, which again I have included to add to the long-term profitability of the FAVOURITES PHENOMENON system. 1: How to deal with delays.
Occasionally, there will be a delay at one of the meetings. This usually happens if there has been an accident, or if a horse breaks loose before the off. This can result in the next race (at a different meeting) being run prior to the one which is delayed. My advice here is to just carry on with the sequence as normal, and bet on each race as it comes. Youve seen by now that I like to keep things simple, and Ive found this approach to be the most effective. 2: Consider avoiding Saturdays and bank holidays Statistically, Saturdays and bank holidays are just as profitable as any other day. Be aware however, that there is more racing on these days, and the chances of overlaps are significantly increased. Sometimes, races are only 5 minutes apart, and I find that this tends to make the margins too tight. Races often overlap or go off at the same time, which doesnt work at all well for the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONsystem. I would also advise exercising more caution when some of the big racing events are being run such as, the Cheltenham festival, Royal Ascot and Glorious Goodwood, as the racing is extremely competitive 3: Pay attention to weather conditions Arguably the most important factor in the outcome of a horse race is the going (or ground conditions). Some horses love harder ground, and some love soft. My rule of thumb is this: If its pouring with rain at the racecourse in the morning and going conditions have changed significantly, then I tend not to bet on that day. This is a personal decision, and you will develop your own instincts as to what is best suited to your own circumstances. 4: Preparation
About half an hour before the first race of the day, I look at the odds of the favourites for the first 9 races. If you were using levels 1 or 2, then you would look at the first 5 or 7 races respectively. This is an essential step, as it gives you a fairly clear idea of how high your stakes could go in a worst-case scenario. There are occasions where I consider the odds to be too short in general, and therefore opt to play it safe and take the day off. The rough guide I use for myself is this: Level 1: 8 points maximum loss Level 2: 15 points maximum loss Level 3: 30 points maximum loss I realise that we all have differing thresholds when it comes to risk, so my examples above are by no means set in stone. I want to encourage you to put yourself in control of the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem, and this rule of thumb has helped me out enormously. Personally, I feel no need whatsoever to bet everyday, and would rather do so when I am happy with the circumstances and I encourage you to do the same. For clarity, here is an example of how I go about making this assessment. As mentioned above, look at the odds for the days card, about half an hour before the first race is due to start. Make a note of the odds for the first 5, 7 or 9 races, depending on whether you are using level 1, 2 or 3. Next, enter the odds into the calculator I have provided. Put an L in the Won/Lost column for each race.
This will give you a fairly accurate indication of the level of risk. Example 5: What to do in the case of joint favourites The simplest thing to do is to skip the race if there are 2 or more joint favourites. As you become more used to the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem however, you may wish to dutch, and this is the approach I now take. As far as the results go however, it makes hardly any difference whatsoever, so just decide what you are comfortable with. Make sure however, that you have your approach clearly defined in your mind before using the system. During your paper trading, you may wish to experiment and see what works best for you. 6: Being clear about the numbering of the races The number of each race refers strictly to the numbering in the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem. I have used the term qualifying races 1 to 5, 1 to 7 and 1 to 9 as there will be races which you omit because the odds are too short, or because there are joint favourites and you dont want to dutch. So for example, if the first 2 races of the day dont qualify but the 3rd one does, then this is qualifying race 1 in the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem, even though it is actually race 3 going across the card. Back-checking the results If you are not familiar with the fantastic website of Adrian Massey, then I highly recommend you check it out. This is the easiest place to back-check the results of the Favourites PhenomenonSystem, and heres how you do it.
1: Go to http://www.adrianmassey.com 2: Click on the link that says Favourites Statistics. This will take you to a page that says Fate Of The Favourites 3: Click on the link that says Custom Report. This opens a new window which says Favourite Analysis You will be presented with a table with 8 columns, which you can check and uncheck, depending on what you would like to include in your custom report. 4: You need to decide whether you want to include joint favourites or not. You do this by checking or un-checking the box in the Joint/Co Favourites column. 5: You then need to select the year you want to look at. It used to be possible to go back as far as the year 2000, but at the time of writing, you only have the option of going back to 2006. 6: Next you need to select the month. It is best to go month by month as you can only include up to 2000 results in each search. 7: Check the box that says Use Estimated Betfair Odds 8: In the box that says max Number In Selections List, set this to the maximum, which is presently 2000. 9: Click the Go button, and youll get a list of results. I have spent literally hundreds of hours doing this for you, but I wanted to give you the option of verifying the results for yourself. Methods of placing bets
You can use Betfair or your preferred bookmaker to place the bets for the FAVOURITES PHENOMENONSystem. Personally I use Betfair for the following reasons. 1: The odds are generally higher 2: You can bet in running should you miss the start of the race. 3: You can use software which makes placing the bets much faster. Do remember to take the 5% commission into account if using Betfair, or it will eat into your profits. Getting the results after a race I find that the Sporting Life website is consistently quicker at providing the results after each race, usually within a minute or so. Their website is at http://www.sportinglife.co.uk You can also find live commentary here, provided by Sports Live Radio. Be aware however, that if you are listening to the commentary over the internet, there is a time lag of about 30 seconds. I used to listen to the analysis and commentaries, and have learned a lot from this. I find however, that I can concentrate better if I just watch the numbers on the screen, but this is a personal choice. Final Thoughts As any good system should be, the Favourites PhenomenonSystem is remarkably simple and very consistent. Remember however, that we are dealing with the live market, and that there will be decisions you need to take which are dependent on circumstances. I have put all my experience and knowledge into this short manual, and I want you to make this your own. Winning with the Favourites PhenomenonSystem is the easy part.
The more challenging part is to stay disciplined, and not to try and win too much too quickly. Whether you are using level 1, 2 or 3, there will be losing days, and it is a question of keeping a distance, and remaining focused on the big picture.
The Football2020 Betting System

Introduction The Football2020 Betting System will guide you to excellent betting profits on a regular basis. Use it week in week out and you will reap the rewards. Its very easy to use and to apply. The Football2020 Betting System allows you to manipulate football results to your advantage and using clever betting tactics will ensure that you will capitalize on eventuality. Getting Started The Football2020 Betting System is based on the draw results in any available football betting league. On average a fixture in any league has between 20% - 30% of being a draw, that's a fact. Check any league table from the last 10 years and you will see this consistency. As the possibility of a match being drawn is between 20% - 30% we can take the lower % and make the statement that 1 in 5 games end up as being a draw. That's the first point, secondly, after in depth research into match odds we have discovered that the draw in any given fixture in any league will be at least 2/1, however on the rare occasion you may find that the odds go under the 2/1, this is very rare and can be combated by using the betting exchanges to get much better odds, where we had found the rare draw odds being less than 2/1 with a certain bookmaker we have found that the betting exchanges offer at least 20% better odds for the draw and in many cases up to 30% better odds, This is because not many people like to bet on the draw and the odds are increased to entice this type of bet. However on average we have found the draw odds of any given game in any league between 5/2 and 3/1.
From this we can make the statement that we can take the lower average odds of 5/2 of the odds of any given game. So far we have established that 1 in 5 games result in a draw, and the average odds of a draw result is 5/2, and these are the lowest averages simply to demonstrate the power of the Football2020 Betting System. Now we need to put these statements into action. So we are going to start our betting campaign. The key to the betting campaign is to double up the original stake on losing bets. However you do not need to use double the stake on the next bet to make a profit, we advise the double bet to maintain the simplicity, further down you can read about betting to 100% profit with exact staking, the double up bet creates more than 100% profits but increases the initial bet outlay. Now we have put this method into the following example of betting on a single team for an entire season: Example : Chelsea 2004/5 Season Remember we have taken the average draw odds of 5/2 on each game. We have started the first bet of at 0.10, however you can reduce this to reduce the risk or raise it to increase profit margins. (William Hill Online Bookmakers allow you to place bets starting from 0.02) Fixture Result Draw Odds Bet Placed Bet Returns Profit Chelsea 1 - 0 Manchester United No Draw 5/2 0.10 0.10 0.10 Birmingham City 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.20 0.20 0.30 Crystal Palace 0 - 2 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.40 0.40 0.70 Chelsea 1 - 2 Southampton No Draw 5/2 0.80 0.80 1.50 Aston Villa 0 - 0 Chelsea Draw 5/2 1.60 + 4.00 +2.50
The first 4 bets lost, however the fifth bet was a winning bet, and achieved a profit and covered the first four losing bets. As the last bet was a winning bet we start the bet pattern again, a 0.10 draw bet. Fixture Result Draw Odds Bet Placed Bet Returns Profit Chelsea 0 - 0 Tottenham Hotspur Draw 5/2 0.10 + 0.25 +2.75 As the last bet was a winning bet we start the bet pattern again, a 0.10 draw bet. Fixture Result Draw Odds Bet Placed Bet Returns Profit Middlesbrough 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.10 0.10 +2.65 Chelsea 1 - 0 Liverpool No Draw 5/2 0.20 0.20 +2.45 Manchester City 1 - 0 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.40 0.40 +2.05 Chelsea 4 - 0 Blackburn Rovers No Draw 5/2 0.80 0.80 +1.25 West Bromwich Albion 1 - 4 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 1.60 1.60 - 0.35 Chelsea 1 - 0 Everton No Draw 5/2 3.20 3.20 - 3.55 Fulham 1 - 4 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 6.40 6.40 - 9.95 Chelsea 2 - 2 Bolton Wanderers Draw 5/2 12.80 + 32.00 +22.05 As the last bet was a winning bet we start the bet pattern again, a 0.10 draw bet. Fixture Result Draw Odds Bet Placed Bet Returns Profit Charlton Athletic 0 - 4 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.10 0.10 +21.95 Chelsea 4 - 0 Newcastle United No Draw 5/2 0.20 0.20 +21.75 Arsenal 2 - 2 Chelsea Draw 5/2 0.40 + 1.00 +22.75
As the last bet was a winning bet we start the bet pattern again, a 0.10 draw bet. Fixture Result Draw Odds Bet Placed Bet Returns Profit Chelsea 4 - 0 Norwich City No Draw 5/2 0.10 0.10 +22.65 Chelsea 1 - 0 Aston Villa No Draw 5/2 0.20 0.20 +22.45 Portsmouth 0 - 2 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.40 0.40 +22.05 Liverpool 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.80 0.80 +21.25 Chelsea 2 - 0 Middlesbrough No Draw 5/2 1.60 1.60 +19.65 Tottenham Hotspur 0 - 2 No Draw 5/2 3.20 3.20 +16.25 Chelsea 3 - 0 Portsmouth No Draw 5/2 6.40 6.40 +9.85 Blackburn Rovers 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 12.80 12.80 - 2.95 Chelsea 0 - 0 Manchester City Draw 5/2 25.60 64.00 +61.05 As the last bet was a winning bet we start the bet pattern again, a 0.10 draw bet. Fixture Result Draw Odds Bet Placed Bet Returns Profit Everton 0 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.10 0.10 +60.95 Norwich City 1 - 3 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.20 0.20 +60.75 Chelsea 1 - 0 West Bromwich Albion No Draw 5/2 0.40 0.40 +60.35 Chelsea 4 - 1 Crystal Palace No Draw 5/2 0.80 0.80 +59.65 Southampton 0 - 0 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 1.60 1.60 +58.05 Chelsea 1 - 1 Birmingham City Draw 5/2 3.20 8.00 +66.05 As the last bet was a winning bet we start the bet pattern again, a 0.10 draw bet.
Fixture Result Draw Odds Bet Placed Bet Returns Profit Chelsea 1 - 1 Birmingham City Draw 5/2 0.10 0.25 +66.30 As the last bet was a winning bet we start the bet pattern again, a 0.10 draw bet. Fixture Result Draw Odds Bet Placed Bet Returns Profit Chelsea 3 - 1 Fulham No Draw 5/2 0.10 0.10 +66.20 Bolton Wanderers 0 - 2 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.20 0.20 +66.00 Chelsea 1 - 0 Charlton Athletic No Draw 5/2 0.40 0.40 +65.60 Manchester United 3 - 1 Chelsea No Draw 5/2 0.80 0.80 +64.80 Newcastle United 1 - 1 Chelsea Draw 5/2 1.60 + 4.00 +68.80 Profit = 68.80 After 38 games of the season we achieved 68.80 betting profit from a 0.10 starting bet. Considering Chelsea were one of the lowest drawing teams in the league it is a great profit, especially since the many of the draw bets were actually over 3/1 and we only used the odds 5/2 for the example. Now imagine the profits if you used the Football2020 Betting system on every team in the Premier League, in effect you would get back 20 x 68.80 (approx based on above example) which is over 1250.00 for a starting stake of only 0.10. We have also set up a live running example from the start of the current 2005/6 season. We randomly chose Crystal Palace from the Championship In England,UK to demonstrate the Football2020 Betting System in action. Reduce The Risk
If you are concerned that a team may go over a certain number of games without a draw and you have not the betting funds available to be able to double up each bet, allow the teams to go a set amount of draws before betting. For Example: Wait for a team to go 3, 5 or 7 games without a draw (its up to you) and start the betting campaign from the next game, this way you have given your selected team a 3 game start. you can choose the amount of games before initiating the Football2020 Betting System, however the more you games you allow before betting the less profits are a lot more likely however the risks will also be very very low. What If I Hit a Long String Of Fixtures Without A Draw If the team you are backing have gone a long period of games without a draw and you do not feel that your budget allows you to double up for a further fixture you can act accordingly Take the betting loss and start betting that the same team again from your original betting stakes, by doing this you will eventually get a win and reduce the loss of the first run of non drawn games. If you are using the Football2020 Betting System on a number of teams you profits from your other followed teams will cover any unlikely losses that may occur. Start Your Campaign First of all, you will need a couple of betting exchange accounts, and a couple an online bookmaker accounts. It is vital that you are prepared for your new found betting venture. We recommend you register with the two main online Betting Exchanges, Bedford and Betdaq. You really do get great odds on draws on both exchanges. They will significantly increase your betting profits.
You should also get a couple of online bookmaker accounts, you should definitely get a William Hill Bookmaker account as their minimum bet value is 0.02 which is very useful to start implementing the Football2020 Betting System and also a Gamebookers betting account, as they offer by far the best draw betting odds of any online bookmaker. You can sign up to these accounts here:
Please Note : When Registering with Betfair enter the code FTB125 in the promotion box and get a 25 Free Bet. Now select some teams you want to and place your first bets, we recommend you start with a 0.10 bet on each fixture, as you gain confidence in the system you can increase your stakes. Remember you can bet on any team in any league. Good Luck With Your New Betting Campaign New Developments Now you have seen the effectiveness of the Football2020 betting system can have on standard games and fixtures, there has been a new concept added to the Football2020 betting system that allows you to bet any time, any day 364 days a year. The new development comes in the form of placing bets on virtual football, now your probably thinking that virtual football is just another gimmick to get punters to lose even
more money, and you would be right, but now you know the Football2020 betting system you can manipulate this concept into creating betting profits on a regualr basis. Bet Internet (Online Sportsbook) offer virtual football betting, a whole season of various actual leagues are simulated in a one hour period and you can bet on every fixture. What's great about this is that in order to make the simulated seasons more realistic each team is given a between on average of 6 - 12 draws per season, which is great for Football2020 members as their is a regular supply of draws to take advantage of, not only that draws odds are way higher than actual fixtures and are reguarly priced at over 3/1. You can also place bets from little as 5p/10. The draws are more guaranteed here than actual football fixtures.
The Life System

INTRODUCTION When this racing system was first shown to me I felt like a kid at Christmas it was bordering on magic, almost unbelievable. I went away and cautiously gave it a try - with great success. I began researching old racing results to see if I could find a time where it fell apart I couldnt. And I carried on using it, expecting to lose my money I didnt. It was everything I was told it would be the ultimate racing system. The guy who showed me how this works used to refer to it as his Life system. His theory was that the business of making money out of horse racing is little different to the pattern and principles you live by. There are good days and bad days, provided you realise this in advance and plan for them then the bad days would be no more damaging than a burst pipe or catching a common cold. Whilst both are inconvenient and uncomfortable theyre fairly easy to survive because you know they are resolvable problems and you work around them until things are fixed. The BIG secret, he told me, to winning consistently from betting is not finding winners; its having a definite, disciplined, plan to work through. Most people who bet have no plan, they just bet. They win and they increase their stakes out of greed, they lose and they increase their stakes out of desperation. They have no idea what the long term implications are of doing either they just do it. He likened it to an appointment for a job interview that, in the perfect world, is a one hour drive away. If your only expectation is to jump in your totally reliable car, full of petrol, drive unhindered to the interview, have all the perfect answers for the interviewer, and
get offered the job right there then your chances of being in total control are fairly limited. If however you begin to make allowances for traffic problems, needing fuel, perhaps the car breaking down, parking problems, and the interview going so badly the interviewer tells you no thanks there and then your chances of being in total control are fairly high. Obviously you dont want to have to spend money on car repairs, train fares, and be told youre not wanted but if those possibilities were in your thinking at the beginning and you planned for them, youll survive. Knowing what to expect and how to handle things whether they are going well, or not so well, is a minimum requirement before you place a single penny piece on a horse. This guy also told me something I didnt believe (probably because I didnt want to believe it) and it was only later I realised how true his words were. He told me nobody would ever become rich using his system, which is why he was happy to tell me about it and agreed to allow me to write about it. The system would allow anyone to make respectable amounts of cash but the whole idea of accumulating the kind of cash required to buy houses,expensive cars, and villas, was totally misconceived. This puzzled me a fair bit at first and I had a real problem grasping why I wouldnt be able to use this system to make hundreds of thousands of pounds after all it was unbelievably successful and the money I was prepared to use to up the stakes was bookies money. The risk to me was minimal and I set off to make my millions. A few weeks later I was back. The system had worked perfectly, I was using bookies money to bet with, yet I was still making the same amount of money day after day. It was like having a money-making machine on my kitchen table that only had one speed - 50 a day! To say I was becoming frustrated was a total understatement.
The crazy thing about the situation was I could see what was happening yet there was nothing I could do about it. It was then that I received perhaps the most important lesson about gambling Id ever had. Its such an important lesson that Ive dedicated the first chapter to it and I urge you to read it well and commit it to memory; it is possibly the most important part of this booklet. Some people have what it takes to make money out of gambling, most dont. When youve finished reading you should have a much better idea which side of things you sit on. Learn from this information and follow it on paper for a while see exactly what it can do if you can apply the principles youre going to read about. Thanks to the guy who gave me this I make enough cash each week to make a real difference to my life, Im sure if you can take this on board you can do the same BUT before you attempt to use the system make sure you read and understand the basic principles of gambling, there is no short cut, no way around you must learn these lessons well or you will NEVER be successful. Many thanks for buying this booklet and I sincerely hope you have as much fun and make as much money out of it as I do. Financial Management Financial management is about one thing money. How much money you have and how you use it. The first thing you are going to have to do in order to follow any kind of betting strategy or system is set aside a bank. Whilst this is a relatively simple thing to do there are two very important things to get right. The first thing to get right about your betting bank is your attitude towards it. Firstly you have to get it firmly placed in your
head that however good a system appears to be it is still gambling and whatever bank you set aside you MUST be fully prepared to lose every single penny of it. The possibility of losing your betting bank is part of the planning and you need to have a plan to work around it. It could be youre prepared to start again with a new bank, or it may be you give up whatever it is decide now, and stick with it. You need to place yourself in the position of losing your bank and find out how you feel. If its no more than an acceptable risk of doing what you do then youre in good shape to move on. If it scares or worries you, if it means some household bill isnt going to get paid or your standard of living is going to be effected then youre not in such good shape and its time to think long and hard as to whether betting for profit is really for you. Your betting bank is working capital for your business of betting. This means it is not available for dipping into to buy groceries, pay bills, or go to the pub. And as weve already said, its not available for the occasional fun bet. If it cant be that way for you then again think long and hard if this is really for you. Betting strategies often fail for the same reasons new businesses fail lack of capital. In simple terms that means running out of money. I like to think in points when it comes to the financial side of betting, it means I can speak in exactly the same words to someone who has 20 to risk or another person who has 1000. A point is a point, whether its 10p or 10 you make that decision for yourself, but make sure you have enough of them. The betting strategy this system uses requires a fair amount of points to run comfortably. When I first began following it for real I used just 10p per point and began with a bank of 30 thats 300 points. At the end of the second week Id built that bank up to 97 (or 970 points). I believe a bank of 300 points is sufficient for flat staking. If you decide to use a staking plan, which will be
released later to members a bank of 1000 points is so comfortable I can almost 99.9% guarantee you will never go bankrupt. As yet Ive never found a time where the system wipes out more than 30 points in a whole day and that is the maximum it can lose so a 300 point bank allows for 10 days of no winners. It isnt going to happen, its IMPOSSIBLE. Obviously its a different story using a staking plan for non aggressive recovery but the results are based on flat staking. This is the level of bank you need to be thinking about 300 points. A point can be worth whatever you like but I can tell you now, dont bother going too high. This system can produce a daily profit of between 1 and 20 points so if you opt for too big a value youll have problems getting bets on. If you have limited funds minimum stakes on betfair are 2, this means a bank of 600 is advised, if your bank is less than this I would suggest opening an account with Bet365, I find this the best online bookie, You can place bets as low as a penny! Detachment No Room for Emotion OK, youre almost ready to be let loose on how the system works but before that I need to cover the biggest problem of them all emotion. I started with a 30 bank, in fact it had once been a 10 bank and Id had a string of successes using each way doubles and built it up to just over 30. In my mind it wasnt my money, Id won it, so I wasnt attached to it. Also, without meaning to sound boastful, it was only thirty quid a take away for two, a night in the pub, six bottles of Tesco wine, not life changing amounts of money here.
So I was happy to follow the plan in a completely disciplined manner. If I lost thirty quid I lost thirty quid it was worth that to see if this thing would work for me. I was the model follower, doing only what the plan told me to do. As Ive already said at the end of the second week Id changed that 30 into 97 and it was starting to look like my money, the kind of money that would pay a bill, buy some clothes, pay for a weeks shopping, a sit down meal for the whole family. Two weeks earlier I had no hesitation about losing thirty quid but a hundred pounds (in round numbers) was beginning to look a lot different. So it was that I found myself taking my foot of the gas so to speak when I saw the bank being used FOR THE PURPOSE IT WAS DESIGNED FOR, working capital. It was not money to be used for buying food, drink, or nights out, it was money to be used to finance a betting strategy. But I stopped seeing it that way. Imagine the feelings when that bank becomes 1000 and its nearing Christmas or a birthday, or some unexpected bill drops through the door? There will come a point where your bank will reach a level in which you can withdraw a wage for yourself each month, until that time comes. Be disciplined, The crazy thing was that I can never remember a time when more than about 10% of my bank was at risk, and yet all I could see was the potential for zero. Im sure you too will arrive at a time when you simply cant place the proper bet and easing back, and when the winning bet comes up instead of a 10 point return its finishing -10 points! And then of course youre full of regret at not having been able to stick to the plan, and you become angry with yourself. Sometimes youll find yourself taking it into the evening, even to bed with you the disappointment of not doing what it is you should have done. You may even find yourself one day thinking it would have been better to
lose your entire bank than not having won enough through not following the plan. Strange little demons will sing and dance inside your head telling you all kinds of things and you must learn to control them. Unless you are experienced at doing so already you must learn to detach yourself from the emotion. The bank is no more than working capital, if you lose it you lose it youre prepared for that and will deal with it. Betting is just a job, some horses win and some lose it matters not, a loser is no more than an inevitable part of betting. One thing I can assure you is that while you follow this on paper as part of your preparation its easy to make all sorts of decisions. Selecting and Placing the Bets About the only things you need to get going in addition to the soft skills weve already covered is a betting bank, access to The Racing Post ONLINE, somewhere to place the bets (Internet or shop) and the time it takes to play the system. Racing Post Free to join here http://www.racingpost.co.uk This is where I get all the proper selections every day I use the system. I use the Internet and with a bit of practice you can operate the system while you work on other things, and even find time to make yourself a cup of coffee while its all happening. If you prefer to visit the bookies then to be honest its easier but Im a technology man and I like sitting at my PC shifting cash around and updating my results list. Either way I suggest you start with a 1000 point bank if you want to use the staking plan that will be ready later on and a 300 point bank for flat stakes. It takes me about 20 minutes to get ready to operate this system and I usually do not use it on Saturdays or evenings as this is my break, time off. And also if youre experienced you will know how hectic Saturdays are with races over lapping others. If you decide to
use it on a Saturday be careful as there can be too many races to make it work. You do need to be available from the first race onwards until youve made the profit we have set out to make. I usually stop at a winner or when I have made at least 1 points profit. But as mentioned earlier this system can make a whole lot more than that. Sometimes that can be no more than two or three races in; occasionally it goes all the way to the 10th race where we stop. Finding Selections You now have to go through the racing cards and list, in order of start time, each race in order. We may only need the first 10 races, but for races that get filtered out we will take details for the first 15 races. The next job is to go to the betting forecast in the RACING POST for each race and find the horses LISTED third, fourth, and fifth in the betting order. Note I emphasised LISTED because there could be several horses at the same price so to make sure you do get three horses per race you skip the first two, and use the horses listed third, forth, and fifth, as follows: Betting Forecast: Johns Luck; Mandys Purse; Daves Bike, Toms Car; Rogers Van , Simons Grass, Wills Whiff, Mikes Pond Racing Post example: Your selections are the ones underlined because they appear Third. Fourth, and Fifth, in the betting order Sorry to labour this point but its the one that causes the most confusion when there are several horses all priced the same. When youve found the three selections for each race you place them in the table in the right place under each header, Horse 1 Horse 2 Horse 3
The idea is that you are going to begin betting on the first race of the day, betting on all three selections per race, until you make a pre determined sum of money for that day then you stop. The advised predetermined profit is a minimum of 1 point. Occasionally youll find one of your selections may get backed down to favourite and what was an 9.00 shot in the morning on betfair turns out to be as short as 4.5. But on the other side of the coin Ive had winners that were forecast at 10.00 ends up winning at much greater odds. If it interests you the average odds winners for this system are 10.00 Whilst it sounds a little hectic its actually quite easy to operate, the only time you may have to juggle a race out of place is if a race is delayed and runs into the next race. In this situation, it is just unfortunate and I usually carry on placing my 3 bets on the next race. But it is personal choice on what to do. This is your business and you have to plan every aspect. If youre a shop customer then you could simply fill out a betting slip for each race without putting the stake in (because you dont know it yet) and keep them in chronological order ready to use. On the Internet I open up 2 browser windows (if youre non-technical all that means is I click on Internet Explorer twice and have two open at the same time) and log one onto The Racing Post website where I can even see a running commentary on the race and get real time results, and the other one is logged onto my on-line betting account. I just flit between the two to watch whats going on and place bets. If at the time of betting one of your 3 horses has been withdrawn whether it be 5 minutes before the race or 5 hours before the race you will use the next horse in the Betting forecast list for example below, if Toms Car was withdrawn we would use Simons Grass and if two were withdrawn we would use wills Whiff and if all three
are with drawn you would use Mikes pond, so in effect you are using the 6th, 7th and 8th in the betting forecast LIST, instead of what was the 3rd, 4th and 5th. Betting Forecast: Johns Luck; Mandys Purse; Daves Bike, Toms Car; Rogers Van, Simons Grass, Wills Whiff, Mikes Pond If the favourite or second favourite are withdrawn nothing changes we still use our same horses from the forecast. Check that there are at least 6 runners and a maximum of 20 runners before you place the bet. Make sure your smallest price selection is above 3.10 on betfair, this guarantees at least some profit if it wins the race. If it is below, 3.1, Scrap the Race. Check that the Favourite is not floating around or under 2.00 odds, if it is there has to be at least 8 runners for the race to qualify. If there isnt Scrap the race.. I recommend that the system be used with FLAT stakes and STOP AT A WINNER or WHEN IN PROFIT for the day. Stop at a winner I refer to as (SAW) and When you hit at least 1 point profit for the day I call this (FIRST BLOOD) Stopping and taking a loss is referred to as (SL) If we reach 10 races and still no winner (-30 points) stop betting, and take the loss (SL) If we have had winners in the first 10 races but we are still to reach a profit (FIRST BLOOD), then carry on but dont exceed the 30 points (SL) barrier. YOUR FIRST BET OF THE DAY CAN BE PLACED EVEN AN HOUR OR MORE BEFORE RACING STARTS! We dont currently use the IRISH or EVENING RACING but if you decide to use these we cannot see any problems, but we dont have historical data to confirm it is as profitable. Also if you do use these meetings use a separate bank and treat it as a separate business altogether.
System Rules Summary No Saturdays No Evening meetings No IRISH racing Check that there are at least 6 runners and a maximum of 20 runners before you place the bet. If there isnt scrap the race. Check that the Favourite is not floating around or under 2.00 odds, if it is there has to be at least 8 runners for the race to qualify. If it isnt scrap the race. Anything above 2.10 is ok Make sure your smallest price selection is above 3.10 on betfair, this guarantees at least some profit if it wins the race. If it is below, scrap the Race. Place your first bet of the day as early as possible, all other bets to be placed as close to the official off time as possible. Place a 1 point stake on each of the three selections, regardless of price. Whilst waiting for your result set your next bet up in betfair market. Use Racing Post commentary to get the fast result. REMEMBER Stop at your first winner, if it leaves you with a profit of at least +1.00 point (SAW) , otherwise carry on until you are in profit for the day. (FIRST BLOOD) If we reach 10 races and still no winner (-30 points) stop betting, take the loss (SL) If we have had winners in the first 10 races but we are still to reach a profit (FIRST BLOOD), Then carry on but dont exceed the 30 points (SL) barrier.
Stop at winner = (SAW) Carrying on until we make a profit for the day is called (FIRST BLOOD) Safety Net Stop Loss = -30 points (SL) What your aim should be is to make 33% profit on your bank, once per month, and as I have proved to myself this is easily achievable sticking to 1 point on each selection, at the end of each month you re-assess your bank and find your new 1 point stake amount. Example; Month 1 - 600 End of Month 2 - 800 End of Month 3 - 1064 End of Month 4 - 1400 End of Month 5 - 1800 approx End of Month 6 - 2400 approx Reassessing your bank at the end of each month and aiming to increase your bank by 33% each month could well make in excess of these amounts, but I am trying not to blow any bells and whistles they just arent needed. CONCLUSION First of all you must be comfortable with everything we discussed in the E-book, this entire system is based on the a winner is due theory and whilst it hasnt let me down and Im having a hard time finding a period where it would have this type of system requires that your mindset is geared to the idea that you could lose the whole bank, but if you follow my recommendation I very much doubt that will ever happen but this is gambling after all! The upside of that is that the rewards are pretty impressive. Unlike
betting on favourites where your profits are small and a couple of losers can easily leave you at a loss, when your winners turn up at odds of 8/1; 10/1; 12/1; 14/1; 16/1 ; and even 25/1 and 40/1; its much easier to reverse a negative position. For some people the biggest disadvantage is the amount of time needed to operate the system but, business is usually done and dusted within an hour or so each day so its not as bad as it might seem. Most bookies allow a minimum of 10p stake so it is possible to get off and running on a modest bank (remember, I started on 30) but make sure you have sufficient points (even if a point is 5p). If you dont, and run out of cash after a few bets, dont check the results youll be gutted. Dont forget (or avoid) to follow it on paper until youre familiar with it, this really is important. This is a pretty fast moving system, you need to know what youre doing, and learning on the job could end up being expensive. The attraction of this is that you can win a decent amount of cash fairly quickly. I do very well out of it and its an exciting system to operate but dont forget this is a winner is due type of system and theres always the very real chance that one day the winner wont come. Dont bet with money you cant afford to lose (not just with this, thats a GOLDEN RULE) and dont get carried away if you build up to a decent bank and pull down 50 - 100 a day then youre well ahead of the crowd. And my final word enjoy your betting and stay in control, if your betting is taking over your thoughts at every waking hour STOP its not worth it. Many thanks for being with me, the very best of luck, and I sincerely hope you get as much out of this as I do.
The Mega Buster

I have spent a great deal of time and a fair amount of money over the years researching, testing, and fine tuning various systems and methods of finding winners in horse racing. Some have been good, but took up far too much time analysing the form ratings to be of interest to me. Others took less time, but results were sporadic. This system takes only about 5-10 minutes a day on the Racing Post website (or with the paper) to find a qualifying selection. Once you get used to it, you can just scan the meetings of the day, hone in on ones that meet the initial criteria, and then very quickly see if those particular meetings have a qualifying selection to use. In testing I found that the results were excellent, compared with the amount of time required to find the selections. The strike rate averages at about 40% usually with prices around 2/1-3/1 but more importantly, I found there were at least 10 selections a month, making this ideal to use either on its own with Cash Master or to use as a Run Buster should you need to break a losing cycle. So the first thing you need to do is go to the Racing Post website at: www.racingpost.co.uk You need to have an account to access the data, but this is free so just register with the site and in you go. Once in you will need to look at the Cards so click that link in the left column and you will be shown all the meetings for the day. Go to each meeting and you will be shown all the races at that meeting. For National Hunt Races (Hurdles and Chases)
The first thing you do is EXCLUDE all races that meet the criteria below: Exclude all races: With 11 Runners or more Handicap Races National Hunt Flat Races Selling Races Amateur Races Mares Only Races Apprentice Races Three Year Old Hurdle Races Hunter Chases Any race greater than 3 miles, 2 furlongs in distance. This information will either be written on the name of the race (Handicap, Selling etc) or can be found by clicking on the race itself (number of runners and distance). Once you have found a qualifying race or races, you need to look for horses that are top rated on the RPR (Racing Post Rating) which can be found on the far right next to the horse details. The horse must also be clear top rated not joint top rated with another horse. If you find a clearly top rated horse in a qualifying race you now need to check that it finished at least 1st or 2nd in its last race and that it has raced within the last 45 days, so you will have to exclude any horse that last raced 46 days ago and over. Again, just by clicking on the horse in question you will be shown all the details necessary.
The number of days since it last raced is shown in the list of runners next to the name of the horse. Click on that horse and its position in the last race it ran is shown under Race Outcome e.g. with the figure 1/9 meaning first out of nine, or 3/11 meaning it came 3rd (so no good). Next you need to check that this horse is in the first TWO in the racing post betting forecast. If you look at the bottom underneath the list of runners you will see the betting forecast. You can include joint second favourites. Finally, if the selection or any other runner in the race is odds-on then no bet. You must not bet if there are any odds-on favourites in the race. For Flat Turf Again the first thing you do is EXCLUDE all races that meet the criteria below: Exclude all races: With 11 Runners or more Handicap Races Maiden Races Claiming Races Amateur Races Selling Races Any race less than 6 furlongs in distance Any race greater than 1 mile, 4 furlongs in distance. As before, look for horses in the remaining races that are top rated on the RPR (racing post rating). The horse must be clear top rated, not joint top rated. The top horse must have finished 1st or 2nd in its last race and must have raced within the last 45 days (exclude 46 days and over).
The top rated horse must be in the first two in the racing post betting forecast, include joint second favourites. If the selection or another runner in the races is odds-on then no bet, do not oppose or back odds-on favourites. So thats it. Do not worry if this seems complicated at first (or too simple!). Once you give it a go you will find it fairly straightforward and you will be honing in on selections in about 5 minutes. I have done very well using this system and I think youll find it an ideal alternative to using tipsters or for use in combination with tipsters and to clear losing runs.
bet365 - Sports Betting, Copa America Football Odds, Casino, Poker, Games, BingoOne of the worlds leading online gambling companies. The most comprehensive In-Play service. 200 Bonus for New Customers. Bet on Copa America Football. Watch Live Sport. We stream over 20,000 events. Bet on Sports. Play Now on Casino, Poker, Games and Bingo. Online Betting - Sports Betting, Poker & Casino - Bet online at bwin The worlds leading name in online betting and real money gaming. Exciting live sports betting odds, online poker, games and casino. Join gaming community and play for real! Sports bets are the core business at bwin. Today, the sports betting line-up includes more than 90 different sports; the core area of customer interest is soccer. William Hill Online Betting, Sports Betting, Poker, Casino, Bingo, GamesOnline betting and gambling at William Hill, the world's biggest bookmaker. Visit us now for sports betting, poker games, online casino, bingo and Vegas games.William Hill plc (LSE: WMH) is one of the largest bookmakers in the United Kingdom. William Hill Casino Club provides one of the top online casinos available to players. Sports Betting, Online Casino, Games and Poker entertainment. Ultimate online gaming experience in Sports betting, Live Betting, Casino, Live Casino, Poker, Games and Bingo. Offers sports betting, poker, casino games and bingo, as well as pool betting on Supertoto and Superscore. Expekt.com also offers live video streamed sport and is available in over 20 languages. Expekt.com Best Odds for Online Sports Betting at Pinnacle Sports Including Open Championship Odds & Womens World Cup Final Odds. Get the best odds for online sports betting at Pinnacle Sports including the British golf, Copa America, and the Women's World Cup semi-finals from Germany. We offer the best online wagering on all major sports; gamble with best odds on tennis, soccer, baseball, hockey and basketball.
Victor Chandler | Open Golf Betting | Football Betting | Online Betting | Live In-Play Sports Betting - Victor Chandler online sports betting, casino and poker. The Victor Chandler group is one of the world's leading independent bookmaking and gaming groups. Victor Chandler online sports betting, casino and poker. Company offers a wide range of gaming products tailored to each individual market. bet-at-home sports betting. Fun and excitement are now guaranteed 24 hours a day. With bet-at-home you can bet on the outcome of sporting events updated on a daily basis round the clock. Join and win now! bet-at-home Holding ltd is part of the Mangas group, a leader in online gambling and sports betting. One of the most popular betting providers in Europe and has subsidiaries in Germany, Austria and Malta. In-Play betting while you watch live sportLeading UK in-play bookmaker, offering wide range of betting opportunities on all sports. Whatever your sport. Offer virtual racing and games. With hundreds of sports betting markets at StanJames we've got it covered. Bet 24/7 live and In-Play at our platform with hundreds of live markets! Stan James is a British bookmaker established in 1973, under the name StanJames. Totesport Online Betting - Bet Online on Horse Racing & Sports. Try the Totesport online betting experience and get free bet offers upon registration! Casino games, horse racing, football, sports betting and much more! totesport is synonymous with horseracing. From morning until night you can get on our early prices from Ascot to stateside racing from Arlington Park. Remember - our profits stay in racing! Place your bet now with live betting. Betsson also brings you scratch games, casino games, online poker, online bingo and betting games. Betsson sports betting, online poker, casino and more. Betsson offers a wide range of first-class online gambling products. The Betsson Sportsbook presents over 4000 sports betting channels with very attractive odds. For your in-play betting needs Betsson
Online Sports Betting | Sky Bet | Bet on Football, Horse Racing Sky Bet Sports. The first choice for online sports betting. Sky Bet Online betting. Get up to 40 in free bets. Bet on live football, the Premier League, US Open, Wimbledon, with in-play markets and much more...Sky Betting and Gaming is a British-based gambling company, Products Sports betting, online poker, online casino and online bingo. Betfred is the Worlds biggest owner-operator bookmaker with a retail estate of over 840 shops and a call centre employing 100 people. Bookmakers offering online sports betting, online poker and casino games. Betfred is owned and operated by Fred Done who started with just one shop in Salford in 1967. Betfred is called the Bonus King. No other high street bookmaker offers daily bonuses and price boosts. Online betting with 888sport, one of the leading UK online bookmakers, has never been easier! Place your bet with 888sport online sports betting services. Online betting place your bet with 888sport the online bookmakers. 888sport the safest bet. Bets can be placed on a variety of sporting events including horseraces, cricket, football, rugby and other events, such as the Big Brother television programs. Sportingbet bringing you all the best odds in sports betting. Check out our Casino and Poker products too. Sportingbet is one of the worlds most well known online gaming operators. Founded in 1998, Sportingbet online sports betting service plc has been listed on the London Stock Exchange. 24/7 global in:play sports betting across all sites customers can bet every minute of every day Competitive odds Come and place your bet at the number one bookmaker online - Titan Bet! Covering all your favourite sports games, we offer the best sports betting with a huge range of betting options, free bets, speciality bets and much more.. The number one website for sports betting online. Our sportsbook is brought to you as part of the Titan brand that includes Titan Casino and Titan Poker, from the Titan mega-brand.
Bring the most comprehensive, LIVE In-Play soccer betting service available anywhere online. Bet on every twist and turn of the game, with over 500 matches LIVE In-Play each week. Bet live on over 500 football games each week and enjoy Sports, Racing, Casino, Live Dealer, Poker and Games. Welcome to Canbet - one of the world's leading wagering and gaming customers from over 100 countries around the world. Online Betting at Blue Square | Sports Betting, Poker, Casino & Gaming. Online Sports Betting with Blue Square with one of the leading UK Sports Betting Sites - Bet online now with Blue Square. Blue Square's services now include an online casino, slots and online poker. One of the largest interactive betting services in the UK. Blue Square bookmaking business to now offer all aspects of the gaming market Sports Betting at Dafabet.com - Online Sportsbook - Sportsbook Dafabet.com - Asia's leading Online Sports Betting site offering football, soccer, online poker, online casino, online mah-jong, sports bonus, live betting and more. Offering sports betting, online casino, online poker and online games. We have been serving China and the Asia Pacific market since 2004. Bodog is an online gambling site with online poker, casino games and sports betting. Bet in the sportsbook, play poker, blackjack, slots and more! One of the most recognized entertainment brands on Earth, the Bodog banner, including online gaming, Bodog Nation, and an international television company (Bodog TV), which has produced reality television series such as Bodog Fight and Wild Card Poker. Coral Sports & Football Betting, Play Online: Games, Poker, Roulette + Free Bets. Get a free 25 Bet today with the UKs top Bookmaker Coral. Great Football Betting, Best Odds on all UK and Irish Racing & superb Bet in Play. International, Premier League and Champions League Football Betting. With a huge number of sports betting markets, we also offer comprehensive bet in play markets and best odds.
Odds, Livebetting, Casino, Poker - Betsafe.com Betsafe is today one of the leading suppliers of online gaming products worldwide, with over 500.000 customers from over 100 different countries. Since the official launch in January 2006 Betsafe has been able establish themselves as one of the most trusted and reliable gaming companies in the market Betsafe becomes the obvious choice. betboo is an online gaming entertainment company with offices in the UK, Europe and South America. The company has been operating since 2004 and is owned by Gaming VC Corporation Limited. betboo is committed to ensuring customers security at all times in its gaming services. It uses stateof-the-art fraud and security measures to ensure the integrity of its customers data. AllYouBet - Online sports betting - Bet online on sporting events worldwide. All You Bet Online betting - Sports betting made easy. Bet and win Now on All You Bet, we make sports Betting Online much easier You Bet, You Win. Make your first bet with some bonus cash at AllYouBet! Whatever your game, AllYouBet gives you the winners advantage with a 50% cash-back bonus on your first deposit. Place bets on great odds with Gamebookers.com Gamebookers, one of the world's leading online sports books. We offer a wide variety of betting opportunities across an international selection of sports. Our focus is on fun, ease of use, reliability and security. Online gambling enjoyed by millions of adults worldwide. However, we also realise that there may be players let gambling assume too large a role in their life. Place bets with PartyBets. Will give you 100% extra on your first deposit, up to $50, when you open an account at PartyBets.com today. If you are looking for the best online betting action on a huge range of sporting events, place your bet with PartyBets.com Have market leading positions in each of our four product verticals: sports betting, poker, casino and bingo. Our mantra is to Let the World Play for Real
Thanks to Mr Springer's over thirty years of experience in the bookmaking business, IBA Entertainment is a professional and competent partner. bet3000.com the company aims at offering its clients fair and competitive odds on numerous attractive events and in-play markets. Mr Springer has been a licensed bookmaker for more than 30 years. He remains one of the most innovative bookmakers. Poker, Casino, Live Casino & Sports Betting Redbet. Redbet offers the best of online betting: two poker networks, exciting casino games & sport betting. Sign up and enjoy attractive welcome bonuses and regular promotions. Redbet was founded by a group of Swedish entrepreneurs, computer programmers and sports betting professionals all with extensive experience in the sports betting industry. Play Online Casino Games, Bet on Live Sports and join Poker Tournaments - Betway. Win with the best in online sports-betting, casino and poker at Betway.com. Bet on live sports with fantastic odds, play slot games with huge jackpots and win with exciting poker tournaments. Experience the thrill of live sports betting at Betway.com where youll find over 10,000 sports markets. One of Europe's leading providers of Sports Bets, Casino and Poker. Government licensed and safe. Over 10,000 bets daily. Excellent and fast customer service. Play and win right away without downloading any software. myBet.com is a brand of the Personal Exchange International Limited (PEI Ltd.) FREE statistics on teams and players, Monthly promotions, Cashback Program, VIP Club 188BET - In-Play Betting & Live Football Betting Specialists. 188BET are the In-Play betting specialists, offering the best in live betting on football & sports from around the world. Get the latest In-Play odds & bet now. THE BEST ODDS - Our odds are up to 20% better than those on offer from a betting exchange (after you've paid commission on your winnings). everything comes true on 10Bet.com!
10Bet internet betting offers sports betting online & 10bet free bet bonuses on internet gambling sports; today it's 1 of the top sports betting websites. Sports Betting Online - Diversify your Life with 10Bet.com Internet Betting Website Service, Sports Betting Online: Football Bets - 10Bet.com offers the best odds, which are updated daily. * 10Bet's unique Pool betting game Totopot

Betting Systems Compilation

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Betting Systems Compilation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BETTING SYSTEMS COMPILATION

2 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

3 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

ALL WEATHER BANKER

4 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

Amazing Secret System

5 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

Channel 4 Yankee Dandy

6 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

Claiming Stakes Plan

7 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

COLIN DAVEY METHOD

8 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

9 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

Cracking The Placepot

12 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

13 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

How to write your bet 3.10 York Horse A Horse B

Horse C Horse D Horse E

2 x 3 = 6 Doubles at 1.00 = 6.00 Staked

Stake 6.00 Tax 0.54 Total 6.54

14 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

FOOTBALL SYSTEM `A`

15 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

GREYHOUND SUPER SYSTEM

16 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

HANDICAP BANKERS SYSTEM

17 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

19 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

P=MCR Greyhound System

20 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

22 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

Precision Racing Systems - PJ1

25 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

THE 10K SYSTEM

WEDNESDAY ODDS=4/1 THURSDAY ODDS=4/1 FRIDAY ODDS=6/1 SATURDAY ODDS=6/1

29 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

THE 500/1 PLAN

Use a race at a meeting of reasonable quality. You do not necessarily have to

35 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

The Association Method

MASTER RATING 104 101 94 94 91

F(40) G(72) H(39)

These are the specific rules for Flat Racing:-

38 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

The Australian Dream Horse Racing System

39 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

40 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

41 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

42 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

43 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

The Bookie Basher

maximum of 3 lengths) on going similar to the reported going.

44 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

The Brown Jack

(a) No bet if less than 3 years results.

46 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

The Chevy Chase

47 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

THE CURTIS RATING SYSTEM

49 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

The Dream Racing System

50 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com

53 BETTING SYSTEM PROFESSIONAL 2011. www.bettingsystemprofessional.com